Syncfusion.Tools.Windows This class holds the name of the Tools assembly and provides a helper routine that helps with resolving types when loading a serialization stream and when the framework probes for assemblies by reflection. The full name of this assembly without version information, e.g. "Syncfusion.Tools" A reference to the for the Tools assembly. The root namespace of this assembly. Used internally for locating resources within the assembly. This delegate helps with resolving types and can be used as a eventhandler for a event. The source of the event. The event data with information about the type. A reference to the assembly where the type is located. If the requested assembly is either Tools, Grid or Shared this method returns the reference to the corresponding assembly, it is bound to. It's mandatory that you distribute Syncfusion.Grid.dll and Syncfusion.Shared.dll when you use this method in your application. Use this handler when reading back types from a serialization stream saved with an earlier version of this assembly. public static AToolsType LoadSoap(Stream s) { try { AppDomain.CurrentDomain.AssemblyResolve += new ResolveEventHandler(ToolsWindowsAssembly.AssemblyResolver); SoapFormatter b = new SoapFormatter(); b.AssemblyFormat = FormatterAssemblyStyle.Simple; AToolsType t = b.Deserialize(s) as AToolsType; return t; } finally { AppDomain.CurrentDomain.AssemblyResolve -= new ResolveEventHandler(ToolsWindowsAssembly.AssemblyResolver); } } Interface for Spreadsheet Ribbon Gets the SpreadsheetRibbon Gets the SpreadsheerRibbonSize Property for BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage Serializing the value of the BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage Resetting the value of the BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage Update the BackStage visibility Collection of Visible ToolStripItem instances with data about items in main panel. update the RibbonControlAdv visibility Gets or sets the BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage List of objects storing info about visible tab items. Manages a set of tab pages. A TabControlAdv contains tab pages, which are represented by objects that you add through the property. It provides a set of pre-built tab types( property) with different look and feel, allows you to align the tabs to either of the four sides of the Control ( property), can be used in a singleline or multiline mode( property) and provides a broad set of properties which affects its appearance and behavior. It also provides you a simple event based mechanism ( event) to customize the drawing of the tabs. To enable themes support in XP, turn on the property. The following example uses the Visual Studio .NET Windows Forms Designer to create a TabControlAdv with three tab pages. Each tab page contains several controls. public class Form1 : System.Windows.Forms.Form { private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabControlAdv TabControlAdv1; private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab2label1; private System.Windows.Forms.Button tab3Button; private System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar tab3monthCalendar1; private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker tab3dateTimePicker1; private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab3label; private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab2label2; private System.Windows.Forms.TextBox tab2textBox1; private System.Windows.Forms.ListBox tab1listBox1; private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox tab1comboBox1; private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab1label1; private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv tab1; private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv tab3; private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv tab2; private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components; public Form1() { // // Required for Windows Form Designer support // InitializeComponent(); } private void InitializeComponent() { this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container(); this.tab2label1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); this.tab1 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv(); this.tab1listBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ListBox(); this.tab1comboBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); this.tab1label1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); this.tab3 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv(); this.tab3Button = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); this.tab3monthCalendar1 = new System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar(); this.tab3dateTimePicker1 = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); this.tab3label = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); this.tab2 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv(); this.tab2label2 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); this.tab2textBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.TextBox(); this.TabControlAdv1 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabControlAdv(); this.tab1.SuspendLayout(); this.tab3.SuspendLayout(); this.tab2.SuspendLayout(); this.TabControlAdv1.SuspendLayout(); this.SuspendLayout(); // // tab2label1 // this.tab2label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top; this.tab2label1.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); this.tab2label1.Name = "tab2label1"; this.tab2label1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 48); this.tab2label1.TabIndex = 0; this.tab2label1.Text = "Tab2"; this.tab2label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; this.tab2label1.Paint += new System.Windows.Forms.PaintEventHandler(this.TabPageAdv1_Paint); // // tab1 // this.tab1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.FixedSingle; this.tab1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.tab1listBox1, this.tab1comboBox1, this.tab1label1}); this.tab1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(1, 29); this.tab1.Name = "tab1"; this.tab1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 257); this.tab1.TabIndex = 0; this.tab1.Text = "Tab 1"; this.tab1.ToolTipText = "0asdfasdf"; // // tab1listBox1 // this.tab1listBox1.Items.AddRange(new object[] { "Item 1", "Item 2", "Item 3"}); this.tab1listBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 88); this.tab1listBox1.Name = "tab1listBox1"; this.tab1listBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 147); this.tab1listBox1.TabIndex = 2; // // tab1comboBox1 // this.tab1comboBox1.DropDownWidth = 192; this.tab1comboBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 56); this.tab1comboBox1.Name = "tab1comboBox1"; this.tab1comboBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 21); this.tab1comboBox1.TabIndex = 1; this.tab1comboBox1.Text = "comboBox1"; // // tab1label1 // this.tab1label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top; this.tab1label1.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 12F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); this.tab1label1.Name = "tab1label1"; this.tab1label1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(371, 48); this.tab1label1.TabIndex = 0; this.tab1label1.Text = "Tab Page 1"; this.tab1label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; // // tab3 // this.tab3.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.tab3Button, this.tab3monthCalendar1, this.tab3dateTimePicker1, this.tab3label}); this.tab3.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(1, 29); this.tab3.Name = "tab3"; this.tab3.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 257); this.tab3.TabIndex = 1; this.tab3.Text = "Tab 3"; this.tab3.ToolTipText = "2asdfasdf"; this.tab3.Layout += new System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventHandler(this.TabPageAdv2_Layout); // // tab3Button // this.tab3Button.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(264, 72); this.tab3Button.Name = "tab3Button"; this.tab3Button.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(72, 24); this.tab3Button.TabIndex = 3; this.tab3Button.Text = "button1"; this.tab3Button.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button1_Click); // // tab3monthCalendar1 // this.tab3monthCalendar1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(16, 96); this.tab3monthCalendar1.Name = "tab3monthCalendar1"; this.tab3monthCalendar1.TabIndex = 2; // // tab3dateTimePicker1 // this.tab3dateTimePicker1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 64); this.tab3dateTimePicker1.Name = "tab3dateTimePicker1"; this.tab3dateTimePicker1.TabIndex = 1; // // tab3label // this.tab3label.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top; this.tab3label.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); this.tab3label.Name = "tab3label"; this.tab3label.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 48); this.tab3label.TabIndex = 0; this.tab3label.Text = "Tab3"; this.tab3label.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; // // tab2 // this.tab2.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.tab2label2, this.tab2textBox1, this.tab2label1}); this.tab2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(1, 29); this.tab2.Name = "tab2"; this.tab2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 257); this.tab2.TabIndex = 2; this.tab2.Text = "Tab2"; this.tab2.ToolTipText = "1asdfasdfasd"; // // tab2label2 // this.tab2label2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 96); this.tab2label2.Name = "tab2label2"; this.tab2label2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(112, 16); this.tab2label2.TabIndex = 2; this.tab2label2.Text = "Text Entry:"; // // tab2textBox1 // this.tab2textBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 120); this.tab2textBox1.Multiline = true; this.tab2textBox1.Name = "tab2textBox1"; this.tab2textBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(368, 80); this.tab2textBox1.TabIndex = 1; this.tab2textBox1.Text = "textBox1"; // // TabControlAdv1 // this.TabControlAdv1.Anchor = (((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top | System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Bottom) | System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Left) | System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right); this.TabControlAdv1.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ActiveBorder; this.TabControlAdv1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.tab3, this.tab2, this.tab1}); this.TabControlAdv1.Cursor = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default; this.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = true; this.TabControlAdv1.ImageList = this.imageList1; this.TabControlAdv1.ItemSize = new System.Drawing.Size(80, 30); this.TabControlAdv1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(40, 16); this.TabControlAdv1.Name = "TabControlAdv1"; this.TabControlAdv1.ShowToolTips = true; this.TabControlAdv1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(376, 288); this.TabControlAdv1.TabGap = 20; this.TabControlAdv1.TabIndex = 4; this.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = typeof(Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabRenderer2D); this.TabControlAdv1.TextAlignment = System.Drawing.StringAlignment.Near; this.TabControlAdv1.UserMoveTabs = true; this.TabControlAdv1.VSLikeScrollButton = true; // // Form1 // this.AutoScaleBaseSize = new System.Drawing.Size(5, 13); this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(688, 309); this.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.TabControlAdv1}); this.Name = "Form1"; this.Text = "Form1"; this.tab1.ResumeLayout(false); this.tab3.ResumeLayout(false); this.tab2.ResumeLayout(false); this.TabControlAdv1.ResumeLayout(false); this.ResumeLayout(false); } } Private Function Form1() As Public ' ' Required for Windows Form Designer support ' InitializeComponent() End Function Private Sub InitializeComponent() Me.components = New System.ComponentModel.Container() Me.tab2label1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.tab1 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv() Me.tab1listBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ListBox() Me.tab1comboBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox() Me.tab1label1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.tab3 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv() Me.tab3Button = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() Me.tab3monthCalendar1 = New System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar() Me.tab3dateTimePicker1 = New System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker() Me.tab3label = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.tab2 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv() Me.tab2label2 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() Me.tab2textBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() Me.TabControlAdv1 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabControlAdv() Me.tab1.SuspendLayout() Me.tab3.SuspendLayout() Me.tab2.SuspendLayout() Me.TabControlAdv1.SuspendLayout() Me.SuspendLayout() ' ' tab2label1 ' Me.tab2label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top Me.tab2label1.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, (CType((0), System.Byte))) Me.tab2label1.Name = "tab2label1" Me.tab2label1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 48) Me.tab2label1.TabIndex = 0 Me.tab2label1.Text = "Tab2" Me.tab2label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter Me.tab2label1.Paint += New System.Windows.Forms.PaintEventHandler(Me.TabPageAdv1_Paint) ' ' tab1 ' Me.tab1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.FixedSingle Me.tab1.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.tab1listBox1,Me.tab1comboBox1,Me.tab1label1}) Me.tab1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(1, 29) Me.tab1.Name = "tab1" Me.tab1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 257) Me.tab1.TabIndex = 0 Me.tab1.Text = "Tab 1" Me.tab1.ToolTipText = "0asdfasdf" ' ' tab1listBox1 ' Me.tab1listBox1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.tab1listBox1,Me.tab1comboBox1,Me.tab1label1}) Dim Object() As Me.tab1listBox1.Items.AddRange(New string() { "Item 1", "Item 2", "Item 3" }) Me.tab1listBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 88) Me.tab1listBox1.Name = "tab1listBox1" Me.tab1listBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(192, 147) Me.tab1listBox1.TabIndex = 2 ' ' tab1comboBox1 ' Me.tab1comboBox1.DropDownWidth = 192 Me.tab1comboBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 56) Me.tab1comboBox1.Name = "tab1comboBox1" Me.tab1comboBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(192, 21) Me.tab1comboBox1.TabIndex = 1 Me.tab1comboBox1.Text = "comboBox1" ' ' tab1label1 ' Me.tab1label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top Me.tab1label1.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 12F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, (CType((0), System.Byte))) Me.tab1label1.Name = "tab1label1" Me.tab1label1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(371, 48) Me.tab1label1.TabIndex = 0 Me.tab1label1.Text = "Tab Page 1" Me.tab1label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter Me.tab3.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.tab3Button,Me.tab3monthCalendar1,Me.tab3dateTimePicker1,Me.tab3label}) Me.tab3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(1, 29) Me.tab3.Name = "tab3" Me.tab3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 257) Me.tab3.TabIndex = 1 Me.tab3.Text = "Tab 3" Me.tab3.ToolTipText = "2asdfasdf" Me.tab3.Lay+= New System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventHandler(Me.TabPageAdv2_Layout) ' ' tab3Button ' Me.tab3Button.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(264, 72) Me.tab3Button.Name = "tab3Button" Me.tab3Button.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(72, 24) Me.tab3Button.TabIndex = 3 Me.tab3Button.Text = "button1" Me.tab3Button.Click += New System.EventHandler(Me.button1_Click) ' ' tab3monthCalendar1 ' Me.tab3monthCalendar1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(16, 96) Me.tab3monthCalendar1.Name = "tab3monthCalendar1" Me.tab3monthCalendar1.TabIndex = 2 ' ' tab3dateTimePicker1 ' Me.tab3dateTimePicker1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 64) Me.tab3dateTimePicker1.Name = "tab3dateTimePicker1" Me.tab3dateTimePicker1.TabIndex = 1 ' ' tab3label ' Me.tab3label.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top Me.tab3label.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, (CType((0), System.Byte))) Me.tab3label.Name = "tab3label" Me.tab3label.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 48) Me.tab3label.TabIndex = 0 Me.tab3label.Text = "Tab3" Me.tab3label.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter ' ' tab2 ' Me.tab2.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.tab2label2,Me.tab2textBox1,Me.tab2label1}) Me.tab2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(1, 29) Me.tab2.Name = "tab2" Me.tab2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 257) Me.tab2.TabIndex = 2 Me.tab2.Text = "Tab2" Me.tab2.ToolTipText = "1asdfasdfasd" ' ' tab2label2 ' Me.tab2label2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 96) Me.tab2label2.Name = "tab2label2" Me.tab2label2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(112, 16) Me.tab2label2.TabIndex = 2 Me.tab2label2.Text = "Text Entry:" ' ' tab2textBox1 ' Me.tab2textBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 120) Me.tab2textBox1.Multiline = True Me.tab2textBox1.Name = "tab2textBox1" Me.tab2textBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(368, 80) Me.tab2textBox1.TabIndex = 1 Me.tab2textBox1.Text = "textBox1" ' ' TabControlAdv1 ' Me.TabControlAdv1.Anchor = (((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Bottom) _ Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Left) _ Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right) Me.TabControlAdv1.Cursor = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default Me.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = True Me.TabControlAdv1.ImageList = Me.imageList1 Me.TabControlAdv1.ItemSize = New System.Drawing.Size(80, 30) Me.TabControlAdv1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(40, 16) Me.TabControlAdv1.Name = "TabControlAdv1" Me.TabControlAdv1.ShowToolTips = True Me.TabControlAdv1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(376, 288) Me.TabControlAdv1.TabGap = 20 Me.TabControlAdv1.TabIndex = 4 Me.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = Type.GetType(Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabRenderer2D) Me.TabControlAdv1.TextAlignment = System.Drawing.StringAlignment.Near Me.TabControlAdv1.UserMoveTabs = True Me.TabControlAdv1.VSLikeScrollButton = True ' ' Form1 ' Me.AutoScaleBaseSize = New System.Drawing.Size(5, 13) Me.ClientSize = New System.Drawing.Size(688, 309) Me.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.TabControlAdv1}) Me.Name = "Form1" Me.Text = "Form1" Me.tab1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.tab3.ResumeLayout(False) Me.tab2.ResumeLayout(False) Me.TabControlAdv1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.ResumeLayout(False) End Sub The interface that represents the parent tab control. Implement this interface if you need to create a custom tab control that uses the and framework. Called when the tab panel's bounds are affected. Called to force a repaint in the specified rectangle. The rectangle to repaint. Returns the object used by this Control for painting. Returns the instance. Called to let custom drawing of the tabs. The object containing some information regarding this call. True if custom drawing was performed; false otherwise. Called to notify a change in scroll position. Queries if this is design mode. True if in design mode; false otherwise. Indicates whether to validate the current active tab page. Bounds of the tabControl. Returns the tab panel renderer used to draw the tab panel. Returns the drawing utility object that helps draw themed tabs. Indicates whether XP Themes should be used if available for drawing. Indicates multiline text. Office2007 color scheme. Office2010 color scheme. Tabs border visibility. Tabs border width. Loads the tab state from persistent storage medium. Saves the tab state to Isolated Storage. Reads a previously serialized tabState using the AppStateSerializer object. A reference to the instance. Reads the tabstate information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. //Loading TabState from xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) AppStateSerializer serializer = new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState"); this.tabControlAdv1.LoadState(serializer); 'Loading TabState from xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) Dim serializer As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState") Me.tabControlAdv1.LoadState(serializer) Saves the current tab state information to the specified . A reference to the instance. Writes the tab state information like Active TabPage, TabOrder and New Text using Label Edit to the persistence medium. //Saving TabState to xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) AppStateSerializer serializer =new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState"); this.tabControlAdv1.SaveState(serializer); serializer.PersistNow(); 'Saving TabState to xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) Dim serializer As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState") Me.tabControlAdv1.SaveState(serializer) serializer.PersistNow() Should rotate tabs when RightToLeft mode active. Indicate multiline text. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Raises the NavigationButtonClick event. The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for each tab. The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for tab only if mouse is over it. The value that indicates previous active tab index. Indicates width of the custom borders. Indicates visibility of the custom borders. Indicates color of the custom borders. Forces the laying out of tab control elements within the next Paint Message handler. True to force; false to prevent layout. Default size of the control default item size Initializes a new instance of the TabControl class. The following example creates a TabControlAdv with one TabPageAdv object. The constructor instantiates tabControl1. Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace for this example. public Form1() { this.tabPage1 = new TabPageAdv(); // Invokes the TabControlAdv() constructor to create the tabControl1 object. this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); this.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1); this.Controls.Add(tabControl1); } Public Sub New() Me.tabPage1 = New TabPageAdv() ' Invokes the TabControlAdv() constructor to create the tabControl1 object. Me.tabControl1 = New TabControlAdv() Me.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1) Me.Controls.Add(tabControl1) End Sub 'New Handles the MouseDown event of the Parent of TabControlAdv. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Static constructor. Overridden. See . Called by the constructor to initialize default properties of the tab control. Advanced method. You do not have to call this directly. Removes all the tab pages and additional controls from this tab control. All controls are removed through the Controls property. Brings the selected tab to view, if scrolled out of view. Validates that the currently selected tab is not disabled or invisible. This method ensures that the currently selected tab is not disabled or invisible. If so, it would reset the SelectedIndex to a new tab page that is selectable. If no selectable tab pages are found, then this method will do nothing. The value that indicates close button BackColor. Initialize the fore color of the close button. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value of the CloseButtonForeColor Initialize the fore color of the close button in hover state. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value of the CloseButtonHoverForeColor Initialize the forecolor of close button in pressed state. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value of the CloseButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the forecolor of the close button for inactive state. Resets the property to its default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value of the InactiveCloseButtonForeColor. The value that indicates whether close button BackColor should be visible for each tab. Called when ShowCloseButton property is changed. Indicates whether the close button should be visible accordingly to the property. Index of the tab. Indicates whether the close button should be visible accordingly to the property. Sets the visibility of the close button. Index of the tab. Value that indicates the visibility of the close button. Updates the visibility of the close buttons on the tabs. Position of the mouse. Updates the visibility of the close buttons on the tabs. Tab index. Called when the tabStyle is changed. New Instance for TabControlAdv AccessibleObject Specifies a value indicating whether fixed single border color need to be serialized. The FixedSingleBorderColor. Resets the fixed single border color to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Gets the preferred size of the item. Indicates whether he current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Overridden. See . Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Initialize the fore color of the active tab page. To ensure whether style TabStyle has been changed. Initialize the fore color of the inactive tab page. Resets BorderColor to its default value. Raises the event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnSelectedIndexChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelectedIndexChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnSelectedIndexChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the event. An instance that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnSelectedIndexChanging method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelectedIndexChanging in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnSelectedIndexChanging method so that registered delegates receive the event. Advanced method to aid customization. Indicates whether the bounds should also be set on the tab page. This method is called from to ensure that the current tab page is valid and is the requested tab. Sometimes bounds should not be set on the tab pages as the tab control might not have been created at this point. Advanced method to aid customization. The new tab panel renderer. This method is called when the Multiline property is toggled. Internally, a different is used to render the multiline mode and the singleline mode. You can override this method and provide a custom renderer or modify the existing renderer based on the current Multiline setting. Forces the tab control to re-layout its elements. Advanced method. Need not be called under normal usage scenarios. Overridden Handles the LostFocus event of the labelEdit control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. Raises the tab moving. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Begins the label edit process. Ends the label edit. End the editing process and sets the new text, if true. Returns the Rectangle region of a Tab in client co-ordinates given its tab-index. The tab index of the tab. A Rectangle in client co-ordinates. Is mouse point contains in scroll button. Returns the tab at the specified location. The point where the tab is to be found. The hit tab's index; -1 if none found. Raises the DrawItem event. A DrawItemEventArgs that contains the event data. True if there were listeners; false otherwise. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnDrawItem method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnDrawItem in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnDrawItem method so that registered delegates receive the event. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . An EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . An EventArgs that contains the event data. Calls the method on the parent container control. True if validation was successful; false otherwise. Overridden. See . An EventArgs that contains the event data. Returns the Top and Left border color. The Color value. Returns the Right and Bottom border color. The Color value. Returns the Right and Bottom border shade color. The Color value. Draws the 3D border around the tab control. The Graphics object into which the border is drawn. The rectangular bounds within which the border is drawn. Sets region of the control Draw borders for top tabAlignment. Draw borders for bottom tabAlignment. Draw borders for left tabAlignment. Draw borders for right tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for top tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for top tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for bottom tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for bottom tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for left tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for left tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for right tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for right tabAlignment. Overridden. See . Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. Draws the borders of Whidbey style tabs. Draws the borders of office2003 tabs. Draws the additional borders for Office2003 or Whidbey style. Holds the child controls removed by the designer, in a arraylist. The collection of the child controls stored in array list. Draws the background for the tab panel. The Graphics object into which to draw. This method will paint the background of the tabs and the scroll button area, if any. However, the background of the tabs will again be repainted by the corresponding (corresponding to the specified tab style). Draw border for Docking Whidbey style. Graphics object. Rectangle in which we draw borders. Used for drawing borders for Office2007 style. Graphics object. Used for drawing borders for Office2010 style. Graphics object. Advanced method to aid customization. The border rectangle. This is the border drawn by the tab control excluding the tab panel. Forces the laying out of tab control elements. The Graphics object using which to calculate element sizes and positions. Advanced method. You do not have to call this directly. Overridden. See . A LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. Advanced method to aid customization. Called by the method to compute the tab panel bounds. Sets the bounds for the tab panel. The new bounds of the tab panel. Override this method and provide a new rectangle to set a custom bounds for the tab panel. Returns the current bounds of the tab panel. A rectangle. Advanced method to aid customization. The computed tab panel bounds. The adjusted tab panel bounds. This method is called by to adjust the computed tab panel bounds for custom needs. The base class implementation inserts a scroll button if necessary and also adjusts the panel bounds to accommodate this scroll button with a call to . Advanced method to adjust the navigation control dimensions. A value specifying the bounds of the tabPanel. Advanced method to aid customization. The tab panel bounds to be adjusted. True to indicate scroll buttons are needed; false otherwise. The base class implementation adjusts the tab panel bounds and positions the scroll buttons appropriately. Initializes the scroll buttons used to let user scroll the tabs. Destroys the scroll buttons. True if this is called because the multiline property changed; false if called from Dispose. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . A KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . The string representation of the Control. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Overridden. See . Occurs when a control is added to the tabControlAdv control collection. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Handles the MouseDown event of the tabPage control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Occurs when a control is removed from the TabControlAdv control collection. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. If needed raises enter event on current tab page. Invisible tabPage cannot be shown in runtime. Gets or Sets, should Tabs state automatically persisted or not. Gets or sets should rotate tabs when RightToLeft mode is active. Gets or sets indicate multiline text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control interprets an ampersand character to be an access key prefix character. Occurs before navigation button click. Gets the navigation control used to navigate through tabs. Gets the value indicating whether the component is currently in design mode. Occurs when the tabs are drawn. The event handler receives an argument of type DrawTabEventArgs containing data related to this event. Take a look at the DrawTabEventArgs class reference for information on the data passed to this event handler. In this event handler, you can take over drawing of the whole tab or draw portions of the tab while delegating the rest to the default drawing logic. A tab's default drawing logic is exposed in the DrawTabEventArgs args. The default drawing logic is classified as drawing the background, interiors and borders. You can call the corresponding DrawBackground, DrawInterior, DrawBorders methods in the DrawTabEventArgs class to use the default painting logic. The example below illustrates this logic. The following example customizes tab drawing to create a Yahoo-Messenger like tab panel. It uses just the tab's default drawing logic to obtain this effect. // Make sure to set the "3D" tab style, turn on the HotTrack property and handle // the DrawItem event of the tab control. private void InitializeComponent() { .... this.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = true; this.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = typeof(Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabRenderer3D); this.TabControlAdv1.DrawItem += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DrawTabEventHandler(this.Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike); .... } private void Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike(object sender, DrawTabEventArgs drawItemInfo) { // Draw the default background and interior in all cases. drawItemInfo.DrawBackground(); drawItemInfo.DrawInterior(); // The border should be drawn only when the item is selected or highlighted. if(((int)drawItemInfo.State & ((int)DrawItemState.Selected | (int)DrawItemState.HotLight)) > 0) { // Draw the borders drawItemInfo.DrawBorders(); } } ' Make sure to set the "3D" tab style, turn on the HotTrack property and handle ' the DrawItem event of the tab control. Private Sub InitializeComponent() Me.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = True Me.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = GetType(Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabRenderer3D) Me.TabControlAdv1.DrawItem += New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DrawTabEventHandler(Me.Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike) End Sub 'InitializeComponent Private Sub Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike(sender As Object, drawItemInfo As DrawTabEventArgs) ' Draw the default background and interior in all cases. drawItemInfo.DrawBackground() drawItemInfo.DrawInterior() ' The border should be drawn only when the item is selected or highlighted. If(CInt(drawItemInfo.State) And(CInt(DrawItemState.Selected) Or CInt(DrawItemState.HotLight))) > 0 Then ' Draw the borders drawItemInfo.DrawBorders() End If End Sub 'Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike Occurs when the SelectedIndex property is changed. Occurs before the SelectedIndex property gets changed to let you cancel the new selection. Returns whether the TabControlAdv is initializing. Indicates whether the Layout method needs to be called to layout the TabControlAdv elements. Internal method. You will not have to call or override this method explicitly. Returns the current used by the tab control to render the tab panel. Gets or sets the value of . Returns the collection of tab pages in this tab control. A that contains the objects in this TabControlAdv. Returns the number of tabs in the tab strip. The number of tabs in the tab strip. Returns the current used by the tab control to render the tab panel. Gets or sets the value whether close button BackColor. Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button. The default value is Color.Empty. Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button in hover state. The default value is Color.Empty. Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button in pressed state. The default value is Color.Empty. Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button for inactive state. The default value is Color.Black. Gets or sets the value whether close button BackColor should be visible for each tab. Gets or sets the value whether close button should be visible for tab only if mouse is over it. This property will work only if property is set to true. Gets or sets the value, whether close button should be visible for each tab. Gets or sets the space to be reserved when no Tabs are present. Indicates whether space has been reserved for TabPage's when there are no Tab pages. Indicates whether the scroll buttons should be drawn with the Visual Studio MDI child tabs like flat look. True for VS like scroll buttons; false otherwise. Default is false. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Indicates whether to show or hide scroll buttons when there is not enough space for the tabs in single Line mode. True if scroll buttons are needed; false otherwise. Default value is true. Gets the default size of the control. The default System.Drawing.Size of the control. Gets a value indicating whether the is DockingWhidbeyBeta. Indicates whether the TabStyle is DockingWhidbey. Gets a value indicating whether the is Office2007. Gets a value indicating whether the is Office2010. Indicates whether the is Metro. Gets a value indicating whether the is VS2008. Gets a value indicating whether this tabstyle is VS2010. true if this instance is V S2010; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is Whidbey style. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is BlendDark style. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is BlendLight style. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is Whidbey style. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is Office2003 style. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is OneNote style. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is OneNoteFlatTabs style. Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is TabRenderer2D style. Indicates whether host OS is Vista. Indicates whether the tabs are painted as 2D, 3D(regular), WorkbookMode or other registered tab types. A reference to a type that implements the ITabRenderer interface. There are 3 pre-built tab styles available, represented by the following classes in the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace: TabRenderer2D (2D tabs), TabRenderer3D(3D tabs), TabRendererWorkbookMode (Workbook mode tabs). This type-based TabStyle property allows you to implement custom tab types and plug them into the available TabStyles list of a TabControlAdv instance and specify them as the preferred TabStyle seemlessly. The following example creates a TabControlAdv with three TabPageAdv objects. This example sets the TabStyle property to 2D which displays the tabs of the tab pages in a flat/2D appearance. To define the dimensions of the tabs, set the ItemSize property equal to a Size structure. In this example, Size defines the tabs 90 pixels wide and 50 pixels high. You cannot change the width of the tabs unless the SizeMode property is set to Fixed. Use the System.Drawing and Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namspaces for this example. private void InitMyTabs() { this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); this.tabPage1 = new TabPageAdv(); this.tabPage2 = new TabPageAdv(); this.tabPage3 = new TabPageAdv(); // Positions tabs on the left side of tabControl1. // this.tabControl1.Alignment = System.Windows.Forms.TabAlignment.Left; // Sets the tabs to appear in 2D mode. tabControl1.TabStyle = typeof(TabRenderer2D); // Highlights TabPage.Text when the mouse passes over tabs. this.tabControl1.HotTrack = true; // Set the relative alignment between the images and text in a tab this.tabControl1.ImageAlignmentR = RelativeImageAlignment.BelowText; // Allows more than one row of tabs. // this.tabControl1.Multiline = true; // Creates a cushion of 22 pixels around TabPage.Text strings. this.tabControl1.Padding = new System.Drawing.Point(22, 22); // Makes the tab width definable. this.tabControl1.SizeMode = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabSizeMode.Fixed; // Sizes the tabs of tabControl1. this.tabControl1.ItemSize = new Size(90, 64); // Make sure to take into account the padding values. // To rotate text when aligned vertically. this.tabControl1.RotateTextWhenVertical = true; // Allows the user to move the tabs by simply dragging and dropping this.tabControl1.UserMoveTabs = true; // Draws the scroll buttons Visual Studio MDI Tabs like. this.tabControl1.VSLikeScrollButton = true; this.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { this.tabPage1, this.tabPage2, this.tabPage3}); this.tabControl1.Location = new Point(16, 24); this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 0; this.tabControl1.Size = new Size(248, 232); this.tabPage1.Text = "Tab1"; this.tabPage2.Text = "Tab2"; this.tabPage3.Text = "Tab3"; this.Size = new Size(300,300); this.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { this.tabControl1}); // Selects tabPage1 using SelectedIndex. this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 1; // Shows ToolTipText when the mouse passes over tabs. this.tabControl1.ShowToolTips = true; } Private Sub InitMyTabs() Me.tabControl1 = New TabControlAdv() Me.tabPage1 = New TabPageAdv() Me.tabPage2 = New TabPageAdv() Me.tabPage3 = New TabPageAdv() ' Positions tabs on the left side of tabControl1. ' this.tabControl1.Alignment = System.Windows.Forms.TabAlignment.Left; ' Sets the tabs to appear in 2D mode. tabControl1.TabStyle = GetType(TabRenderer2D) ' Highlights TabPage.Text when the mouse passes over tabs. Me.tabControl1.HotTrack = True ' Set the relative alignment between the images and text in a tab Me.tabControl1.ImageAlignmentR = RelativeImageAlignment.BelowText ' Allows more than one row of tabs. ' this.tabControl1.Multiline = true; ' Creates a cushion of 22 pixels around TabPage.Text strings. Me.tabControl1.Padding = New System.Drawing.Point(22, 22) ' Makes the tab width definable. Me.tabControl1.SizeMode = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabSizeMode.Fixed ' Sizes the tabs of tabControl1. Me.tabControl1.ItemSize = New Size(90, 64) ' Make sure to take into account the padding values. ' To rotate text when aligned vertically. Me.tabControl1.RotateTextWhenVertical = True ' Allows the user to move the tabs by simply dragging and dropping Me.tabControl1.UserMoveTabs = True ' Draws the scroll buttons Visual Studio MDI Tabs like. Me.tabControl1.VSLikeScrollButton = True Me.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabPage1, Me.tabPage2, Me.tabPage3}) Me.tabControl1.Location = New Point(16, 24) Me.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 0 Me.tabControl1.Size = New Size(248, 232) Me.tabPage1.Text = "Tab1" Me.tabPage2.Text = "Tab2" Me.tabPage3.Text = "Tab3" Me.Size = New Size(300, 300) Me.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabControl1}) ' Selects tabPage1 using SelectedIndex. Me.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 1 ' Shows ToolTipText when the mouse passes over tabs. Me.tabControl1.ShowToolTips = True End Sub Gets or sets the border style for the tab control. Gets or sets the border color when the BorderStyle is FixedSingle. Gets or sets the area of the control (for example, along the top) where the tabs are aligned. One of the TabAlignment values. The default is Top. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Indicates whether tabs are aligned to the top, bottom or based on the RightToLeft property when aligned vertically. One of the TabVerticalAlignment values. The default is Default. This property can be used to force the tabs to align to the top or bottom of the control irrespective of the RightToLeft setting, when aligned vertically. Gets or sets the background image displayed in the TabControlAdv. Overridden. See . An System.Drawing.Image that represents the image to display in the background of the TabControlAdv. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets or sets the size of the control's tabs. A Size object that represents the size of the tabs. The default automatically sizes the tabs to fit the icons and labels on the tabs. To change the Width of the tab, the SizeMode property must be set to Fixed. The Height however will be set irrespective of the SizeMode. Gets or sets the space between tabs in Single Line Mode. The space between the tabs in pixels. Default value is zero. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Indicates whether more than one row of tabs can be displayed. True if more than one row of tabs can be displayed; false otherwise. The default is false. If Multiline is false, only one row of tabs is displayed - even if all the tabs do not fit in the available space. In that case, however, scroll buttons are displayed that allow the user to navigate to the undisplayed tabs. If the Multiline property is changed to true while the SizeMode property is set to ShrinkToFit, the SizeMode property is automatically reset to Normal. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Indicates whether the selected tab should be moved to the front row when in multiline mode. True to move to front row; false otherwise. Gets or sets the mode on how tabs are sized. One of the values. The default is Normal. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Gets or sets the extra space that should be added around the text or image in the tab. A Point structure representing the padding along the X and Y directions in pixels. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Gets or sets the background color of the tab panel and tabs. The tab's color will be overriden by individual Tab BackColor in the instance, if any. The Color value. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the active tab. The Font object to apply to the text displayed by the control. The default is the value of the Font property. Indicates whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when available. XP Themes are allowed only when is set to Top. Setting this property to true will reset the alignment to top. Themes are also used only by the "3D" setting. Gets or sets the backcolor of the active tabs. Will be overridden by any individual Tab BackColor in the instance, if any. The Color value. Gets or sets the color of the inactive Tabs. Will be overridden by any individual Tab BackColor in the instance, if any. The Color value. Gets or sets the forecolor of the active tab page. The default value is Color.Empty. Gets or sets the forecolor of the inactive tab page. The default value is Color.Empty. Gets or sets the images to be displayed on the control's tabs. An ImageList that specifies the images to display on the tabs. To display an image on a tab, set the ImageIndex property of that TabPageAdv. The ImageIndex acts as the index into the ImageList. Gets or sets the zero based index of the currently selected item. Returns -1 if no tabs are available. The zero-based index of the currently-selected tab page. The default is -1, which is also the value if no tab page is selected. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Gets/Sets HotTrackedTabPageAdv index in TabControlAdv Gets or sets the currently selected tab page. The currently-selected TabPageAdv. Default value is null. Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment of the Tab within the layout rectangle. One of the StringAlignment values. Default is StringAlignment.Center. Gets or sets the vertical line alignment of the Text in the Tab in the layout rectangle. One of the StringAlignment values. Default is StringAlignment.Center. Gets or sets the relative alignment of the Image with respect to the text. One of the RelativeImageAlignment values. Default is RelativeImageAlignment.LeftOfText. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. Gets / Sets the ImageOffset. Adjust y-position of the image. Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. Gets or sets width of the custom borders. Gets or sets visibility of the custom borders. Gets or sets color of the custom borders. Gets or Sets the Color of the separator. Indicates whether the text in the tabs should be rotated to draw horizontally when the tab strip is aligned to the left or right border. True to rotate it when aligned vertically; false otherwise. Default is false. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Indicates whether the Text value of the TabPageAdv needs to rotated when TabAlignment is specified as Left or Right. Indicates whether tabs change in appearance when the mouse passes over them. True to turn on hot-tracking; false otherwise. Default is false. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Indicates whether the Control should take focus when one of the tabs is clicked. Note that this will however still set focus on the tab control when the user tabs around to set focus on different controls. You should then use the TabStop property to prevent focus on tab. Indicates whether the Control should switch between tab pages when the user enters certain keys like Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Shift+Tab. True to switch; false otherwise. Default is true. When true, the Control will also process Up, Down, Left and Right keys (if it has focus) and the Ctrl+PageDown and Ctrl+PageUp keys to shift between the tab pages appropriately. Ctrl+Tab and Ctrl+Page* keys will be processed by the tab control even when the focus is within one of the children in the tab pages. Also if the tab control is within an MDI Child Form, the default behavior of Ctrl+Tab keys switching the MDI child windows will be broken. Indicates whether tooltips should be shown for tabs that have their tooltips set. True to turn on tooltips; false otherwise. Default is false. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Gets/Sets the visibility of the separator. Indicates whether SuperToolTips should be shown for tabs that have their tooltips set. Indicates whether users can change tab position within the tab control by drag and drop. True to allow users to move tabs; false otherwise. Default is false. Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. Specifies whether to Scroll in tabs or pages. One of the ScrollIncrement values. Default is ScrollIncrement.Tab. Returns the Control instance representing the scroll control used in the tab panel strip. Gets / Sets the Text. Overridden. See . Occurs when the LabelEdit TabPage Caption is changed. Occurs when the LabelEdit property is changed. Occurs before Editing TabPage's Caption editing. Occurs after Editing TabPage's Caption editing. Occurs on HotTracking TabPageAdv Occurs on moving TabPage Occurs when the order of tabs is changed. Indicates whether TabPage's captions are editable. Gets / Sets the Office2007 color scheme. The default value is Office2007Theme.Blue Gets / Sets the Office2010 color scheme. The default value is Office2010Theme.Blue. Gets a value indicating whether the text is in editing mode. Gets the DisplayRectangle. Overridden. See . Gets whether the control needs to drawn based on the theme appearance. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Contains a list of Control instances. This collection makes sure that the TabControlAdv's Controls list will get populated with only TabPageAdv objects. Creates an instance of the TabControlAdv.ControlCollection class. The TabControlAdv object whose tab page collection this list will hold. Removed the specified control to the collection.. The tabpage to remove. Adds the specified control to the collection. The tabpage to add. Overridden. See An array of controls. Implement this interface to provide certain default properties for the tab panel. You should implement this interface when you create custom tabs along with the implementation. A default implementation is available using . Returns the default active tab's color. A . Returns the default inactive tab's color. A . Returns the tab's fore color. A . Returns the default tab panel background color. A . Returns the default tab panel font. A . Returns the default active tab font. A . Returns the default inactive tab font. A . Returns the default single border Color. A . Gets the default Active Tab Color. The TabControlAdv active tab color. Gets the default active tab font. The TabControlAdv active tab font. Gets the default Inactive Tab Color. The TabControlAdv inactive tab color. Gets the default inactive tab color. The TabControlAdv tab forecolor. Returns default fixed single border color. The TabControlAdv default fixed single border color. Returns default inactive tab font. The TabControlAdv default inactive tab font. Returns the Default tab panel background. The TabControlAdv default tab panel background. Returns the Default tab panel font. The TabControlAdv default tab panel font. Supports to assign SuperAccelerator To set backstage item font Assign focus once backstage is visible Gets/Sets the Width of the backstage. To resets the BackStageWidth Indicates whether to serialize BackStageWidth Indicates the whether the default backstage item height. To resets the UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight Indicates whether to serialize UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight Gets whether default highlight color should be used Contains the list of control added to the BackStage. To hide accelerators on keypress Reset the TouchStyleBackStage item size. Serializing the property TouchBackStageSize. Variable for RightToLeft. Gets or Sets super accelerator for backstage elements Gets or sets visibility of BackStageButton text. Gets or sets value for UseGDIPlusDrawing. Gets/Sets the Width of the backstage. Specifies whether the default height should be used in BackStageItem This property should be disabled to set the BackStageItem height This property is applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle Gets the backstage item font Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. Gets/Sets RightToLeft for BackStage Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used Contains the list of control added to the BackStage. Gets/Set the value for child Item Size and this will applicable for TouchRibbonStyle. Represents a single tab page in a . The following example creates a with one TabPageAdv object. Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace for this example. public Form1() { this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); // Invokes the TabPage() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. this.tabPage1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv(); this.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { this.tabPage1}); this.tabControl1.Location = new Point(25, 25); this.tabControl1.Size = new Size(250, 250); this.ClientSize = new Size(300, 300); this.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { this.tabControl1}); } Public Sub New() Me.tabControl1 = New TabControlAdv() ' Invokes the TabPage() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. Me.tabPage1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv() Me.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabPage1}) Me.tabControl1.Location = New Point(25, 25) Me.tabControl1.Size = New Size(250, 250) Me.ClientSize = New Size(300, 300) Me.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabControl1}) End Sub 'New Creates a new instance of the TabPageAdv class with its tab data and default properties. The data for this tab. The default properties for this tab. Creates a new instance of the TabPageAdv class. The following example creates a TabControlAdv with one TabPageAdv object. The constructor instantiates tabPage1. Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespaces for this example. public void MyTabs() { this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); // Invokes the TabPageAdv() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. this.tabPage1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.ToolsTabPageAdv(); this.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1); this.Controls.Add(tabControl1); } public Form1() { MyTabs(); } Creates a new instance of the TabPageAdv class qith the specified text for the tab. The text for the tab. This example creates a TabControlAdv with a TabPageAdv object. The constructor accepts the myTabPage string as Text for tabPage1. Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespaces for this example. public void MyTabs() { this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); string tabPageName = "myTabPage"; // Invokes the TabPageAdv() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. this.tabPage1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv(tabPageName); this.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1); this.Controls.Add(tabControl1); } public Form1() { MyTabs(); } Called to create the default for this TabPageAdv. An instance. Adds transparent style to control styles. Removes Transparent style from control styles. Raises the Enter event. The that has some information regarding this event. Raises the Leave event. The that has some information regarding this event. Raises the Enter event. The that has some information regarding this event. Raises the Leave event. The that has some information regarding this event. Hide the tab page from the user. Displays the tab page to the user. Closes . Removes page from collection. That also removes page from parent collection. This method is called by only when user clicks tab page's or tab control's close button. False if page can't be closed. This happens if closing is canceled in event handler, page is disposed/being disposed, page is detached from , or hosted in any other (non-) control. In last case, page is just removed from parent's collection. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Returns a System.String containing the name of the System.ComponentModel.Component, if any. This method should not be overridden. Overridden. See A System.String containing the name of the System.ComponentModel.Component, if any, or null if the System.ComponentModel.Component is unnamed. A string representation Gets the control of the TabPageAdv. The component The parent of the TabPageAdv. enables to set the tab back color as active tab color Get or Set Close Button Invisible tabPage cannot be shown in runtime. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Resets the property to its default value. You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to its default value. Occurs when the tab page is closing. This event is not fired when tab page is disposed or being disposed. Occurs when the tab page is closed. This event is not fired when tab page is disposed or being disposed. Gets or sets the site of the control. Gets or Sets whether to have custom scrollbar Gets the ScrollerFrame for TabPageAdv. Indicates whether this control is transparent. Overridden. See . Anchoring TabPageAdv instance is disabled. Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. Overridden. See . One of the System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle values. The default is System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.None. Docking TabPageAdv instance is disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. Overridden. See . true if the control can respond to user interaction; otherwise, false. The default is true. Indicates whether to enable the tab. True to enable; false otherwise. If disabled, the tab will be drawn disabled and the user will not be able to select the tab page through the mouse or keyboard. You can however select a tab programmatically using the or property. Gets or sets the tab order of the control within its container. Overridden. See . The index value of the control within the set of controls within its container. The controls in the container are included in the tab order. TabIndex property for the TabPageAdv instance is disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. Overridden. See . true if the user can give the focus to the control using the TAB key; otherwise,false. The default is true.NoteThis property will always return true for an instance of the System.Windows.Forms.Form class. TabStop property for the TabPageAdv instance is disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and all its child controls are displayed. Overridden. See . true if the control and all its child controls are displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. Visible property for the TabPageAdv instance is disabled. enables to set the tab back color as active tab color Gets / sets the ToolTip text for this tab. The ToolTip text for this tab. This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. The ToolTip text appears when the user moves the mouse over the tab - if the ShowToolTips property of the TabControlAdv is true. For more information on ToolTips, see the class. Gets or sets the SuperToolTip information for this tab. Gets / sets the index to the image displayed on this tab. The zero-based index to the image in the TabControlAdv.ImageList that appears on the tab. The default is -1, which signifies no image. The ImageIndex points to an image in the TabControlAdv object's associated ImageList. Gets or sets the image. The image. Gets or sets the size of the image. The size of the image. Indicates whether to show a particular tab. True to show the tab; false otherwise. When the tab is made invisible, you can still show the tab page by setting the appropriate programmatically. In fact, you can hide all the tabs and operate the tab like a Wizard. But also note that Essential Tools provides a separate WizardControl for that purpose. Overridden. Gets / sets the text to display on the tab. The text to display on the tab. Gets / sets the font used to display text in the tab. The Font object. This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. The Font specified here will be used when rendering the associated tab in the TabControlAdv. Gets / sets the background color of this tab. Will override the Active Tab and Inactive Tab Colors. This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. The color specified here will be used when rendering the associated tab in the TabControlAdv. Gets / sets the forecolor of this tab. Default is SystemColors.WindowText. This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. The color specified here will be used when rendering the associated tab in the TabControlAdv. The setting will not affect the Controls in the tab page. Indicates whether or not themes should be used to draw this tab page. True if enabled; false otherwise. By default, the value for this property is inherited from the parent TabControlAdv. You can explicitly set it to false if you want to turn off themed drawing of the background of this tab page. Contains the collection of controls that the TabPage uses. Constructor of the ControlCollection. The TabPageAdv instance. Add the specified control to the control collection. Overridden. The Control instance. Overridden. See . The array of controls. Gets or sets accelerator key for BackstageTab Initialize the height of the TabItem To Reset ItemHeight Indicate whether to Serailize BackStageTabHeight Initialize the height of the BackStageTab Gets or Sets the height for the BackStageTab, when UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight property is disabled. This property applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle An instance that implements the single-line tab mode. A default implementation. The and renderers derive from this class. The interface you should implement to create a custom tab panel renderer. The base interface that the and the derive from. Lays out the tabs according to the current bounds. The instance. Indicates whether this method was called from the Paint event. Scrolls the tabs based on the specified and Returns the preferred size of the tab panel. The context to help calculate the sizes. The that should contain the preferred size when returned. A non-zero width in the size parameter indicates the available width and requires you to provide the preferred height for that width. Zero width in the size parameter indicates you to provide the preferred width and height for the tab panel, assuming infinite available width. Returns the preferred size, if any, of the tabs. Returns the bounds of the specified tab. Indicates whether the background color is solid. True if solid; false otherwise. Paints the tab panel background. The instance. The background . The background bounds. Paints the tab panel with the tabs. The instance. The clipping rectangle to use while drawing. Returns the tab position under the specified co-ords. The mouse position in client or transformed drawing co-ords. Indicates whether the mouse position is in transformed drawing co-ordinates or client co-ordinates. The hit tab's index; -1 if none found. Returns the mouse position. Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse move messages. The that has some information regarding this event. Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse leave messages. The that has some information regarding this event. Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse down messages. The that has some information regarding this event. Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse up messages. The that has some information regarding this event. Called by the parent tab control to forward got focus messages. The that has some information regarding this event. Called by the parent tab control to forward lost focus messages. The that has some information regarding this event. Indicates whether a tab is currently being moved. True if moving; false otherwise. Cancels current tab dragging, if any. Ensures that the current scroll position is valid. Indicates whether to make the selected tab visible. Indicates whether to redraw the invalid regions. Transforms the RectangleF in client co-ordinates to rotated drawing co-ordinates or vice-versa. The RectangleF to transform. Indicates whether to transform to drawing co-ordinates or to transform to client co-ordinates. The transformed . If to draw image anyway. Indicates whether the parent tab control should forward mouse move messages to the renderer. Indicates whether the tabs need to be laid out due to change in some property. Gets / sets the that contains information regarding tab panel. Gets / sets the current bounds of the tab panel. Indicates whether scrolling is supported. Indicates whether scrolling to the left is allowed for the current layout. Indicates whether scrolling to the right is allowed for the current layout. Returns the tab panel's backcolor. See . See . See . Calls the method. Initialize the bringSelectedTabToFront. Sets the tab positions that needs to be recalculated. See . A instance. Initialize the bounds of the tab panel renderer. Hash containing [ control ]:[ ToolTip ] pairs. Returns whether the TabControl is mirrored for vertical alignment. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The Color instance. Returns the default Inactive Tab Color. The Color instance. Returns the default tab forecolor. The Color instance. Returns the default tab panel background color. The Color instance. Returns the default single border color. The Color instance. Returns the default tab panel font. The Font instance. Returns the default active tab font. The Font instance. Returns the default inactive tab font. The Font instance. Indicates whether the TabData visible or not. Returns the Hidden tabs count. The count of the hidden tab items. See . The ScrollIncrement indicates the increment The scroll direction. Initialize the tab renderers. Initialize the current hot track tab item. Initialize the current tooltip tab item. See . Indicates to make selected tab visible. Invalidate the scrolling. Transforms the RectangleF in client co-ordinates to rotated drawing co-ordinates. The RectangleF to transform. Indicates whether to transform to drawing co-ordinates or to transform to client co-ordinates. The transformed . The TabPanelRenderer class performs the drawing of the tabs in a transformed space to accommodate the top, bottom, left and right alignment of the tabs. The transform is such that irrespective of the tab alignment the TabPanelRenderer can use the same code to draw the tabs. Creates a new instance of the TabPanelRenderer class. Called when a instance is detached from this renderer. Creates a new given a tab style name. The tab style name. The containing the data for the renderer. Can be null. The new . Removes the s. Called when the tabs collection is changed. Returns the largest height for any tab. A Graphics object. The largest height. Called when a property is changed that requires recalculating the preferred size and layout. The event handler that gets called when the corresponding 's property is changed. The . A containing information regarding this event. Called when the associated 's is changed. Called when the associated 's selected index is changed. The previously selected tab index. The newly selected tab index. Invalidates the union of the tab regions specified by their indices. The beginning tab index. The ending tab index. The event handler that gets called when a 's property is changed. The . An EventArgs instance containing information regarding this event. The event handler that gets called when a 's bounds are affected. The . An EventArgs instance containing information regarding this event. Indicates whether the background will be a solid color. True if solid; false otherwise. Paints the tab panel background. The instance. The background . The rectangle that should be used for the painting region. Draws the tabs. The object. The rectangle that should be clipped from the drawing region. Called by the tab control when mouse hovers on the control. The instance containing the event data. Called by the tab control when mouse enter the bounds of the controls. The instance containing the event data. Called by the tab control when mouse move has occurred. The instance. Validates position to show tooltip in. Position to check. True, if position is in tab's bounds to show tooltip for, otherwise- false. Shows or Hides Tooltip window. Text to show in toolTip. If text is null or empty string, toolTip is hidden. Shows or hides super tooltip. The super tooltip info. Start showing tooltips Stops showing tooltips Returns the tab index at the specified location. The location where hit test is to be performed. Indicates whether the above location is in absolute or transformed co-ordinates. The hit tab index; -1 if no tab was found. Called by the tab control when mouse leave had occurred. The instance. Cancels the current tab drag-and-drop. Gets the mouse position Gets the mouse position. The mouse point. Called by the tab control when a mouse down occurs. The instance. Indicates whether a tab is currently being moved. True if moving; false otherwise. Called as the tab is dragged. The instance. Called by the tab control when a mouse up occurs. The instance. Called by the tab control when focused. The EventArgs instance. Called by the tab control when it has lost focus. The EventArgs instance. Moves tabs in groups from one position to other. The beginning position of the group. The number of tabs to move. The destination position. Resets hot tracking state, if any. Gets the Tab Renderers. Gets or sets whether tab panel forced to draw image. Indicates whether the layout is required. Gets or sets the bounds. See . See . Indicates whether scrolling to the left is allowed for the current layout. See . Indicates whether scrolling to the right is allowed for the current layout. See . Gets the IsMirrored See . Gets or sets TabPanelData. See . Returns the backcolor of TabPanel. The tab panel backcolor. Returns the ToolTip text Gets the SuperToolTip info. Returns whether tooltips should be shown or not. Returns whether tooltips should be shown or not. Returns the selected tab index when drag and drop started. The rectangular region where drop should not be performed during drag and drop. This region is in transformed co-ordinates. Indicates whether the user is moving tabs using a drag-and-drop. Offset for tab page. Creates a new instance of the class. The parent. Indicates the scroll offset X position. Indicates the Padding x. Indicates the padding y. Overridden. See . Event sender. Event data. Scrolls by the specified increment in the specified direction. The scroll increment. The direction. Validates the current scroll offset, recalculating it, if necessary. Indicates whether to make the selected tab visible. Indicates whether to force a repaint if recalculation is necessary. Overridden. See . Overridden. See Overridden. See The object. Overloaded. Returns the preferred size. The object. The preferred size. Overridden. See . The object. The preferred size. Gets / sets the padding to use to the left of the tabs while calculating the tab positions. A float value representing the horizontal padding. Gets / sets the padding to use to the top of the tabs while calculating the tab positions. A float value representing the vertical padding. Returns the current scroll position. A float value representing the scroll offset. Gets or sets the LastKnownPreferredWidth. Indicates whether scrolling is supported by this renderer. Indicates whether the tab can scroll left based on the current dimensions. Indicates whether the tab can scroll right based on the current dimensions. Gets the whether the tabs need to rotate the text when aligned vertically. Initialize the height of Button height To Reset ItemHeight To Serialize ItemHeight Gets or sets accelerator key for Backstagebutton Initialize the height of BackStageButton Gets or Sets the height for the BackStage button, when UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight property is disabled. This property applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle Sets the TouchStyle renderer for BackStageView. Initialize the height of the BackStageSeparator To Reset ItemHeight To serialize ItemHeight Gets or Sets the height for the BackStage Seperator, when UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight is disabled. This property applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle The tab renderer that implements the 2D tabs look-and-feel. A default implementation from which your custom tab renderers could derive. The interface to implement when you create custom tab styles (tab renderers). Use the default implementation when you want to create custom tab renderers. See for information on how to register your custom renderer with the framework and other requirements. Note that your implementation should have a non-default constructor that takes the following 2 parameters: ( and ). Returns the preferred size for this tab. Indicates whether the text is shrunk. Indicates whether the specified mouse position is within this tab. The point to verify. True if the point is within the tab bounds; false otherwise. Returns the rectangle representing the dirty portion of the tab. Returns the current tab bounds. This includes any overlapped region. Returns the current tab bounds. This includes any overlapped region. Paints the tab. The instance. The clipping rectangle to use while drawing. Notifies the tab that its properties have changed. Indicates whether this tab is visible. If to draw image anyway. Gets / sets the containing information regarding this tab. Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. Indicates whether hot tracking is set on in this tab. Gets / sets the . Represents the method you should call from your implementation to allow for custom drawing of the tabs. A instance. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Save the graphics state. The Graphics object. The rectangle of the Tab Renderer. Restore the Graphics state. The Graphics object. Indicates whether its needed to mirrored background. Initialize the tab panel renderer. Indicates the Image text padding. Special graphics for text measuring. Creates an instance of the . The instance. The parent instance. See . Indicates whether the text is shrunk. The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for each tab. The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for each tab. The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for each tab. Bounds of the close button. The value that indicates whether the close button is clicked. Checks, does CloseButton's bounds contain specified point. Point to check. true, if CloseButton's bounds contain specified point, otherwise - false. The value that indicates whether mouse is over the close button. Draw the close button. The Graphics object to draw the close button. The close button bounds. Draws the close button. The object. The bounds of the close button. Draws the close button border. The object. The bounds of the close button. Gets the close button bounds. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. Returns the correct preferred size. The Size of the Tab panel. The preferred size. Returns the position where the text should be drawn given a layout rectangle and the Graphics context. The instance. The text to draw. The font with which to draw. The layout rectangle. The . The position where the text should be drawn. Adjusts image Y position when RelativeImageAlignment is RightOfText or LeftOfText. Adjusts image X position when RelativeImageAlignment is AboveText or BelowText. Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is AboveText. Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is BelowText. Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is LeftOfText. Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is RightOfText. Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is Overlap. Gets the image rectangle. Gets the image rectangle. Draws the focus rectangle in the specified rectangle. The instance. The layout rectangle. The forecolor with which to draw. The backcolor with which to draw. Draws the text and image of the tab, given the context. The instance. The layout rectangle. The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. Starts the animator. Handles the FrameChanged event of the Image control. The source of the event. The instance containing the event data. Draws the text of the tab, given the context. The instance. The layout rectangle. The text to draw. The with which to draw. The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. Draw text by native GDI API. graphics which handle we have to use. Font which we have to use for text drawing. Text color. Draws text to bitmap. Draws disabled text to bitmap. Measures text according to . Paints the tab. See . The instance. The clipping rectangle to use while drawing. Gets the interior bounds Draws the background of the tab. The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. Draws the borders of the tab. The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. Draws the interior of the tab. The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. Indicates the selected state of the item. Indicates the hotLight state of the item. Rotates/scales the provided graphics object by an angle based on the current alignment such that you can use drawing code that assumes Top alignment for a tab. The Graphics object to apply transformation on. You should normally use this in the DrawInterior, DrawBackground, DrawBorders overrides to transform the incoming Graphics object. Use this in conjunction with the TabUtils.ApplyTransform to transform the incoming bounds of the above overrides. See . Returns the forecolor with which to draw the tab text. Fore color. Returns the forecolor with which to draw the tab text on active tab. Fore color. Returns the current drawing bounds. The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Returns the current drawing bounds. Overrides in OneNoteStyleRenderer. The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Returns the overlapped size, if any, of the tabs. The overlap size. Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. The mouse position to test. True if hit; false otherwise. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Releases unmanaged resources and performs other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection. Get special measure graphics that allowing measuring without control creation. Gets or sets to draw the image anyway. Returns last drawn text bounds. Gets or sets a value indicating whether text should be drawn. Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. Gets / sets the associated with this tab. Indicates whether this tab should be drawn visible. Indicates whether hot tracking is on. See . Returns the parent . Indicates the border color of the tabs. Gets or sets the value whether close button should be visible for each tab. Gets or sets the value whether close button should be visible for each tab. Gets or sets the value whether close button should be visible for each tab. Gets or sets the value of TabStyle name. Gets the bounds of the close button. Gets or sets the value whether close button is clicked. Gets CloseButton size. Gets correct close button point. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Gets or sets the value whether mouse is over the close button. Gets the whether the tabs need to rotate the text when aligned vertically. Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. See . Gets or sets the image rectangle. Gets or sets the tab alignment. See . See . Specifies the default border colors for the 4 borders. Returns the border color given the border and the alignment. The . The . The Color for the border. The default horizontal overlap. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Creates a new instance of the TabRenderer2D class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Used internally to represent the borders. BackStage Renderer for TouchStyle. BackStageTab Selection color BackStagerTab Highlight Color BackStageTab Selection color BackStagerTab Highlight Color BackStageTab Selection color BackStagerTab Highlight Color Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Specifies certain default properties for a tab renderer used by TabControlAdv. Use this class only when you are deriving from TabRendererBase to create a custom tab renderer. Specifies the mechanism by which the will get the default properties associated with a tab renderer. Specifies the default tab panel background color. Specifies the default tab fore color. Specifies the default active tab color. Specifies the default inactive tab color. Specifies the default single border color. Specifies the default tab panel font. Specifies the default active tab font. Specifies the default inactive tab font. Specifies the amount in X and Y directions, in which a selected tab will overlap the inactive tab. The user specified tab size, if any. If no size was specified by the user, then this will be SizeF.Empty. If you return for example (6, 3) then the tab will overlap by 3 pixels to its left and right and by 3 pixels on top. Draws the tab panel's background. Indicates whether the background will be a solid color. True if solid; false otherwise. Indicates whether to draw the tabs from left to right or from right to left. This is useful when you implement overlapped tabs. Indicates whether to draw ellipsis if text width is larger than tab width. Indicates whether this tab type should be made available in the design-time property grid for the property. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Inactive Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default single border color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns a system color. Returns the default tab panel font. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Font value. This implementation returns the tab control's font. Returns the default inactive tab panel font. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Font value. If the panelData's Font is not null, it is returned. If not, the default tab panel font is returned. Returns the default active tab panel font. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Font value. Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. Returns the overlap size. The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Indicates whether the background color is solid. True if solid; false otherwise. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. Indicates whether to draw ellipsis if text width is larger than tab width. Indicates whether this tab type should be made available in the design-time property grid for the property. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. Overridden. See . The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Returns the default Inactive TabColor. Overridden. See . The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default active tab panel font. Overridden. See . The tab panel data. The tab control. A Font value. Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. Can be directly used by user. Just adds new providers form Tools.Windows. Banner text provider for UpDownBase-derived classes. Banner text provider for ToolStripTextBox-derived classes. Banner text provider for ToolStripComboBox-derived classes. Banner text provider for ToolStripComboBoxEx-derived classes. Abstract extendable text box wrapper for . Extended bar item. Text box to extended text box info map. Extendable tex box wrapper. Instance of owning . Extendable text box wrapper for . Banner text provider ComboBoxBarItem-derived classes. Extendable text box wrapper for . Banner text provider TextBoxBarItem-derived classes. Carousel Control - a circular conveyor used on which objects are displayed and rotated. The Carousel control provides a 3D interface for displaying objects. Boolean variable for object reached. Boolean variable for ltr. Boolean variable for MouseDown. Variable for activeCarouselItem. Variable for m_Selected. Variable for selElement. Variable for endPt. Variable for stPont. Variable for _ptFirst. Variable for _ptSecond. Integer variables. Integer variables. Integer variables. Integer variables. Integer variables. Double variables. Double variables. Variable for m_Alfa. Variable for clikedItemId. Initializes Timer object. Initializes PreviewElement collection. Initializes CarouselElement collection. Constructor. Creates a new instance of Carousel. Preset the calculated value used in rendering images Creates the accessibilty for the control. Accessibility Variable for RotateAlways property. Sets the custom bounds if true Sets the CarouselItembounds Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. CarousalBounds Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. UseCustomBounds Resets the property to it's default value. Variable for DesignText. Variable for PadX. Variable for PadY. Variable for ShowImagePreview. Variable for ShowImageShadow. Variable for UseOriginalImageinPreview. Variable for HighlightColor. Variable for ImageshadeColor. Variable for CircularViews. Variable for ActiveItem. Variable for ActiveImage. Used internally for control's layout Variable for ItemCollection. Variable for CarouselImageCollection. Variable for ImageList. Initializes the FilePath variable. Variable for ImageSlides. Initializes the Perspective variable. Initializes TouchTransitionSpeed variable. Initializes the variable for TransitionSpeed. Initializes the variable for CarouselPath . Initializes the variable for VisualStyle. Set angle and speed for the child items to rotate based on pan gesture from Touch devices Set angle and speed for the child items to rotate Helper to configure the preview elements and its settings Occurs when the specified timer interval has elapsed and the timer is enabled. object EventArgs that contains EventData Helper used to display images in Carousel view Helper used to display the images as preview Graphics used to draw images Returns the value of rectangle where the image should stop after selected Rectangle Loads images to the collection once the ImageSlides property is true. Unloads the images from the collection Populates the images or controls. Updates the internal collection which holds the value Used to backup the controls while loading images Backups the controls in the Carousel Restore the list of controls from the backup Returns the currently selected element mouse down location CarouselElement Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Paint event. PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.HandleCreated event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.HandleDestroyed event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ControlAdded event. ControlEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ControlRemoved event. ControlEventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is pressed. Object MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the selected item arrives to the center of the Carousel view Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. LayoutEventArgs which contains EventData Releases the unmanaged resources used by the System.Windows.Forms.Control and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Variable for VisualTheme Processes Windows messages. Windows Message Function to decode gestures and apply appropriate actions Windows Message Boolean Value Occurs when an item in the Carousel view is selected Occurs when an item in the Carousel view is being selected Occurs when a selected item arrives to the center of the Carousel view Gets or sets whether to rotate Carousel items continuously. Gets or Sets whether custom bounds should be used Gets or sets the Carousel Item Bounds Gets or sets the text to display in the Design mode, when ImageSlides are enabled Gets or sets the value to shift the items with respect to X - axis. Gets or sets the value to shift the items with respect to Y - axis. Gets or sets the value to preview the selected image. Gets or sets the value to display shadow for the images Turn off this will increase performance. Gets or sets the value to display original image for preview, else compressed image will be used. For high resolution images, its preview may affect performance Gets or sets the color to render the selection rectangle of images Gets or sets the color to shade the images in view Internal collection of child items. Currently active Item or Control in the view. Currently active Item or Control in the view. Gets or sets the items associated with the Carousel. Gets or sets the collection of items to display. First priority in loading images to the control Imagelist which contains images to populate in the control Second priority in loading images to the control Address of a location where the control can fetch images to display. Last priority in loading images to control Gets or sets the value to display images in the control Gets or sets the value to render the items in specified angle Gets or sets the value to rotate the child objects of the control based on Touch Gestures Gets or sets the value to rotate the child objects of the control Gets or sets the value to the path in which the child items in Carousel should traverse Gets or sets the VisualStyle property. Gets or sets the VisualTheme. Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. Variable for Carousel. Constructor. Carousel Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. Number of Child. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. Index Child specified to the index Retrieves the object that has the focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. Child Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate The vertical screen coordinate An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. Bounds of the Control Gets the role for the Carousel. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject Gets the state of the accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. Class for CarouselLayoutManager. Initializes the ANGLEORIGINAL variable. Initializes the ALFA variable. Variable for Carousel. Initializes the m_Alpha variable. Initializes the m_AlphaAxes variable. Initializes the PI_FACT variable. Initializes the centerPoint variable. Initializes the m_Timer variable. Initializes the transForming variable. Initializes the stPoint variable. Initializes the endPoint variable. Initializes the btmPoint variable. Initializes the LTR variable. Creates a new instance of CarouselLayoutManager class. Carousel Releases any references to the Carousel control. Returns a value of rectangle where the selected control should stop after selection Performs layout changes when control's layout is called Function for TouchFlipRotator. Begins circular transformation Stops transformation Occurs when the specified timer interval has elapsed and the timer is enabled. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Gets or sets whether custom bounds should be used Delegate for Carousel's layoutManager Internal collection which holds the list of child items to be populated in the control. Initializes new instance for CircularList class. Child items collection to be populated in the control. Delegate for OnCarouselItemSelectionChanged eventhandler carousel CarouselItemSelectionChangedArgs which contains EventData Event args for OnCarouselItemSelectionChanged event. Variable for Carousel. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the SelectedControl Gets or sets the SelectedImage [if ImageSlides property is true] Returns the currently ActiveCarouselPath Delegate for OnCarouselItemSelectionChanging eventhandler carousel CarouselItemSelectionChangingArgs which contains EventData Event args for CarouselItemSelectionChanging event. Variable for Carousel. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the SelectedControl Gets or sets the SelectedImage [if ImageSlides property is true] Returns the currently ActiveCarouselPath Delegate for OnCarouselItemFocused EventHandler carousel event args Event args for CarouselItemFocused event Variable for Carousel. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the currently focused control Gets the currently focused image [if ImageSlides property is true] Returns the ActiveCarouselPath Class for CarouselDesigner Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CarouselDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Componnent object Gets a value indicating the designer action class for CarouselActionList Initializes a new instance of the CarouselActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets Name. Gets or sets the value to rotate the child items continuously Gets or sets the value to preview the selected image Gets or sets the value to display shadow for the images Gets or sets the value to display images in the control Gets or sets the items associated with the Carousel. Gets or sets the collection of items to display in the Carousel ImageList which contains images to populate in the control Gets or sets the visual style Class for CustomCollectionEditor Variable for ITypeDescriptorContext. Variable for IWindowsFormsEditorService. Initializes new instance for CustomCollectionEditor class. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. Adds the specified item. Object Item which is to be added in the context Removes the specified item. Object Item which is to be removed from the context Calls the CollectionChanged event. Creates new CustomCollectionEditorForm. Carousel new CustomCollectionEditorForm Collection changed event Delegate for CollectionChanged EventHandler. Class for CustomCollectionEditorForm. Variable for IList collection. Variable for backupList. Variable for PropertyGrid. Variable for Panel. Variable for add Button. Variable for remove Button. Variable for down Button. Variable for up Button. Variable for ok Button. Variable for cancel Button. Variable for ComboBox. Variable for CustomCollectionEditor Variable for ListBox. Variable for SplitContainer. Variable for Label. Variable for Label. Variable for Carousel. Initializes the new instance of CustomCollectionEditorForm class. Carousel Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets the data type of each item in the collection. The collection for which to get the item's type The data type of the collection items. Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain The collection for which to return the available types An array of data types that this collection can contain. Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. The type of item to create. A new instance of the specified object. Destroys the specified instance of the object. The object to destroy. Destroys the specified instance of the object. The object to destroy. Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. The type of item to create. Removes the specified instance of the object. The type of item to create. Adds the specified instance of the object. The type of item to create. Moves the specified item to the specified index. The collection for which to return the available types index of the selected item destination index of the selected item Generates the ItemArray. IList collection Returns the object array. Creates a new object for itemcollection . The collection item for which to create an object. Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add it in the item collection. The object to be customized with respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. The collection item for which it customizes the created object. Refreshes the ItemCollection. Occurs when a property value changes. Object Occurs when the selected System.Windows.Forms.GridItem is changed. Object SelectedGridItemChangedEventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the collection is changed. sender object instance object Value of the selected item To Undo the changes. IList source IList destination Copies the Items from Source to Destination Source list Destination list Overrides OnResize function. EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the control is clicked. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the control is clicked. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the control is clicked. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the control is clicked. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the control is clicked. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the control is clicked. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs before a form is displayed for the first time. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Gets the Message's Text and Visibility. Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndex property or the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndices collection has changed. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. sender object EventArgs which contains EventData Event for InstanceCreated. Event for DestroyingInstance. Event for ItemRemoved. Event for ItemAdded. Gets or sets the Collection. Delegate for InstanceEventHandler. Object Object Image which adds as a object when adding to Carousel's ImageListCollection Creates a new instance of CarouselImage class. Gets or sets the ItemImage to load in the Carousel. Class for CarouselElement. Initializes the m_ThumbSize variable. Initializes the m_bmpOriginal variable. Initializes the m_bmpMain variable. Initializes the m_bmpShadow variable. Initializes the m_dAngleOriginal variable. Initializes the m_dAngleActual variable. Initializes the m_dDistanceFromScreen variable. Initializes the m_Rect variable. Initializes the m_RectShadow variable. Initializes the new instance for CarouselElement class. image to load in the collection Initializes the new instance for CarouselElement class. filename of the image to load in collection Applies image to the CarouselElement. Class for PreviewElement Initializes the previewBitmap variable. Initializes the previewBitmapStartRect variable. Initializes the previewBitmapRect variable. Initializes the previewBitmapPerc variable. Initializes the previewBitmapState variable. Initializes the previewObject variable. Constructor. Creates a new instance of PreviewElement class. Bitmap which is used to display in preview Rectangle where preview image starts to draw Recatngle where preview image displays at end Perspective value of preview bitmap State of Preview bitmap : either in display or hide Image which is used to display as preview Class for CarouselItem. Initializes the new instance for CarouselItem class. Desginer class of CarouselItem Defines the identifiers that are used to indicate selection rules for a component. List of available CarouselPath. Child items are traversed in a Default path. Child items are traversed in a Orbital path. Child items are traversed in a Linear path. Child items are traversed in a Oval path. List of available VisualStyles Default VisualStyle for child items. Office VisualStyle for child items. Metro VisualStyle for child items. Collection which holds the Carousel's child items Initializes new instance of ItemCollection class. The Control that this collection is associated with. The Control that this collection is associated with. The list of items stored in this control. Sorts the items in the collection Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. The comparer used to compare items. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Variable for itemCollectionList. Returns the Items collectionList. CollectionList which contains items. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Adds an item to the collection. The item which is added to the collection. Removes all items from the collection. Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. The object to locate in the collection. True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. True if the item was successfully removed from the collection, otherwise false. This method also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Adds an item to the list. The item which is added to the list. The position at which the item was inserted. Determines whether the list contains a specific value. The object to locate in the list. True if an instance of the item was found in the list, otherwise false. Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. Class for CarouselImageCollection. Initializes the new instance for CarouselImageCollection class. The control that this collection is associated with. The control that this collection is associated with. The list of items stored in this control. Sorts the items in the collection Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. The comparer used to compare items. Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Variable for CarouselImageList. Returns the CarouselImageList. CarouselImageList Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Adds an item to the collection. The item which is added to the collection. Removes all items from the collection. Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. The object to locate in the collection. True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. True if the item was successfully removed from the colleection, otherwise false. This method also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins Determines the index of the specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if it is found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Adds an item to the list. The item which is added to the list. The position at which the item was inserted. Determines whether the list contains specific value. The object to locate in the list. True if an instance of the item was found in the list, otherwise false. Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if it is found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts the item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which the item should be inserted. The object which is to be inserted into the list. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets the value indicating whether the list is read-only. Gets the value indicating whether the list has fixed size. Aligns at left Aligns at top Aligns at right Aligns at bottom Office Blue color Office silver color Office black color None Renderer of the clock Renderer of the clock Timer Indicates current time Indicates hour hand color Indicates minute hand color Indicates second hand color Indicates start gradient back color Indicates end gradient back color Indicates minutes bacl color Indicates alignments Indicates remainder Indicates remainder enabled or disabled Show or Hide AMorPM Show or Hide border Indicates color of the border Indicates image Indicates clock visual style Indicates thickness of the hour hand Indicates thickness of the minute hand Indicates thickness of the minute Indicates thickness of the minute Indicates thickness of the second hand Remainder event handler Tick event handler Indicate renderer Indicate renderer Show or hide the minutes Show or hide the minutes Indicate path region Indicate path region image for clock frame image collection for clock frame Clock type Show / Hide the custom time custom time value Clock Format Digital clock border color clock back color Handling the digital text Clock frame Digital clock shapes Show/hide the Digital clock frame get/set the digital text color Value for custom clock hours Value for custom clock minutes Value for custom clock seconds Finding AM/PM Gets/Sets the Clock time Parent BackColor Digital text size Digital text font Display digital clock dates Default size of the control OnPaint Set the digital clock size Used for calculate digital clock size used for drawing edged region Used for drawing edged region Get rounded region for the digital clock begining x-co-ordinate points for digital clock begining y-co-ordinate points for digital clock Used for measuring the region Used for measuring the region Used for measuring the region returns rounded region Set Digital clock size Used for drawing the clock frame used for drawing edged region Used for drawing edged region Size changed OnResize Overrides the AccessibleObject. The that owns the TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject. Sets VisualStyle Set the time To update Custom Time Applies the scaling Specifies the thickness of the hour hand. Specifies the thickness of the minutee hand. Specifies the thickness of the second hand. Specifies the thickness of the minutes. Gets/sets the value for CustomTime Supports for both analog and digital clock Set default font Gets/ sets the value to CurrentDateTime Supports for both analog and digital clock Gets/ sets the value to Show/Hide the custom time clock Supports for both analog and digital clock Gets /sets the clock type Specifies the thickness of the minutes. Specifies the visual style. Gets or Sets the renderer. Gets or Sets the digital clock renderer. Gets or Sets the current time. Gets or Sets the color of the hour hand. Gets or Sets the color of the minute hand. Gets or Sets the Image. Gets or Sets the color of the second hand. Gets or Sets the first color of the gradient background. Gets or Sets the second color of the gradient background. Gets or Sets the border color. Hide Controls back color Gets or Sets control back color Gets or Sets the alignment of AMorPM. Enable of Disable remainder. Gets or Sets the date time for remainder. Show or Hide the minutes. Show or Hide the second hand. Gets or Sets the color of the minutes. Show or Hide the border. Marked as Obsolete. Please use ShowHourDesignator instead. Gets or sets a value to show/hide the HourDesignator. Gets / sets the value for digital clock text color Support only for digital clock Show/Hide the Digital Clock Frame Support only for digital clock Gets /sets the value for digital clock shape Support only for digital clock Gets /sets the value for digital clock frame Support only for digital clock Gets/Sets the value for DigitalClock Date Gets /sets the value for Digital text Support only for digital clock Gets / sets the value for Clock format Support only for digital clock Values for angle chaged Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or Sets the touch mode Clock type Analog clock digital clock Clock Shapes Rectangle shape Rounded rectangle shape Circle shape Square shape Rounded square Clock frames Default digital clock frame1 default digital clock frame 2 default digital clock frame 3 CheckBoxAdv Designer Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Gets a value indication the designer action Coded UI Accessibility Class Variable to hold Clock Constructor Gets the Description Gets the Clock role CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the ClockActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets Name. Gets or sets the Text Gets or sets the Clock type. The style. Gets or sets the hourdesignator Gets or sets the clock shapes Gets or sets the frames Gets or sets to show dates Gets or sets the frame types Indicate angle value Indicate the clock Get or Set the clock Drawing Digital clock Dot Graphics used for drawing the text Font or the digital text brush used for drawing the highlighted lines x points for drawing the text y points for drawing the text Drawing Digital clock colon Graphics used for drawing the text Font or the digital text brush used for drawing the highlighted lines x points for drawing the text y points for drawing the text Drawing Digital clock polygon Graphics used for drawing the text polygonPoints used for drawing the colon Font for the digital text brush used for drawing the colon x co-ordinate point for colon y co-ordinate point for colon Drawing Digital clock background frame Graphics used for drawing the text and frame Image for digital clock frame clock used for drawing the digital clock depends on respected properties Drawing Digital clock border Graphics used for drawing the text clock used for drawing the digital clock depends on respected properties Get rounded frame begining x-co-ordinate points for the digital clock begining y-co-ordinate points for the digital clock width used for measuring rounded region width height used for measuring rounded region height radius of the rounded region Drawing Digital clock background frame Graphics used for drawing the text Image for digital clock frame clock used for drawing the digital clock depends on respected properties Drawing Digital clock AM and PM Drawing Digital rounded frame Graphics used for drawing the digital clock border p used for drawing the digial clock border begining x-co-ordinate points for the digital clock begining y-co-ordinate points for the digital clock width used drawing the rounded border height used drawing the rounded border radius used drawing the rounded border Get rounded frame begining x-co-ordinate points for the digital clock begining y-co-ordinate points for the digital clock width used for measuring rounded region width height used for measuring rounded region height radius of the rounded region Drawing Digital clock border Graphics used for drawing the text CustomTime used for customizing the digital text Drawing the clock with respected shape digitalOuterColor used for drawing the digital clock border Font for digital text Width used for drawing the digital clock shape with respected width Heigt used for drawing the digital clock shape with respected Height C used for drawing the graphics path segmentdata Drawing Digital clock Dot Graphics used for drawing the text Font or the digital text brush used for drawing the highlighted lines x points for drawing the text y points for drawing the text Drawing Digital clock Dot Graphics used for drawing the text Font or the digital text brush used for drawing the highlighted lines x points for drawing the text y points for drawing the text Drawing Digital clock Dot Graphics used for drawing the text Font or the digital text brush used for drawing the highlighted lines x points for drawing the text y points for drawing the text Drawing Digital clock Dot Graphics used for drawing the text Font or the digital text brush used for drawing the highlighted lines x points for drawing the text y points for drawing the text Drawing Digital clock colon Graphics used for drawing the text Font or the digital text brush used for drawing the highlighted lines x points for drawing the text y points for drawing the text Drawing Digital clock polygon Graphics used for drawing the text polygonPoints used for drawing the colon Font for the digital text brush used for drawing the colon x co-ordinate point for colon y co-ordinate point for colon segmentdata Get Digital text size graphics used for measuring the text size text used for measuring digital clock width and height font used measuring the digital clock size CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the ClockActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets the Text Gets or sets the visual style. The style. Gets or sets Name. Gets or sets the Office2007 color scheme. The Office2007 color scheme. Gets or sets the Office2010 color scheme. The Office2010 color scheme. Gets or sets the HorizontalItemsSpacing. The style. Gets or sets the VerticalItemsSpacing. The style. Specifies the Action To specify once the item is added To specify once the item is removed This enum specifies the AutoComplete match mode for MultiSelectionComboBox. The most appropriate match for the current content of the MultiSelectionComboBox will be listed out and the user can choose to type further or select from the match list. Possible matches for the current content of the MultiSelectionComboBox will be presented in the form of a popup window with a selectable list of matches. Auto suggest functionality will be disabled. Defines VisualItem input mode To set SelectedItem as the text input of VisualItem. To set SelectedValue as the text input of VisualItem. To set custom text input for VisualItem, based on end user requirement. Specifies the MultiSelectionComboBox DisplayMode. Defines the display mode selection as Normal Mode. Defines the display mode selection as Visual Item. Defines the display mode selection as Delimiter Mode. Specifies the MultiSelectionComboboBox AutoSizeMode. Size will be updated with respect to Height. Size will be updated with respect to Width. Scroll Bar will be displayed once control bounds exceeds defined height. Specifies MultiSelectionComboBox Smart Tag designer Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Component object Gets a value indication the designer action MultiSelectionComboboxActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the MultiSelectionComboboxActionList class. Represents component Overridden InitializeActionList. Gets/Sets whether to display CheckBox in DropDown window Gets/Sets whether to show Groups in DropDown window Gets/Sets the Display Mode Gets/Sets the AutoSizeMode Gets/Sets the AutoSuggestMode Mode The ButtonEdit class provides an easy way to create controls with an edit control ( and ) and any number of associated buttons. The buttons can be set to be aligned to either side of the edit control. The buttons are derived from the class and are implemented in the class. This class provides a customized version of Button that can work with the ButtonEdit class. The ButtonEdit class implements the interface that enables it to act as a listener with the ButtonEditChildButton class. The ButtonEdit class listens for change notifications from the child ButtonEditChildButton controls and adjusts its layout accordingly. The buttons can be added to the ButtonEdit control through the designer. The buttons will be automatically laid out. The ButtonEdit control uses to layout the buttons. The ButtonEdit class can be easily derived from to replace the standard edit control with a specialized TextBox derived class. The ButtonEdit class supports the Windows Forms styles and can be used as a regular TextBox control. // InitializeComponent sample this.buttonEdit1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEdit(); this.buttonEditChildButton1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEditChildButton(); this.buttonEdit1.SuspendLayout(); this.SuspendLayout(); this.buttonEdit1.Buttons.Add(this.buttonEditChildButton1); this.buttonEdit1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.buttonEditChildButton1}); this.buttonEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat; this.buttonEdit1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 16); this.buttonEdit1.Name = "buttonEdit1"; this.buttonEdit1.SelectionLength = 0; this.buttonEdit1.SelectionStart = 0; this.buttonEdit1.ShowTextBox = true; this.buttonEdit1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(368, 22); this.buttonEdit1.TabIndex = 0; this.buttonEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Left; // // buttonEditChildButton1 // this.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonAlign = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonAlignment.Right; this.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonEditParent = this.buttonEdit1; this.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonType = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonTypes.Browse; this.buttonEditChildButton1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat; this.buttonEditChildButton1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(352, 0); this.buttonEditChildButton1.Name = "buttonEditChildButton1"; this.buttonEditChildButton1.PreferredWidth = 16; this.buttonEditChildButton1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(16, 22); this.buttonEditChildButton1.TabIndex = 1; this.buttonEditChildButton1.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.buttonEditChildButton1_Click); this.AutoScaleBaseSize = new System.Drawing.Size(5, 13); this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(400, 273); this.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.buttonEdit1}); this.Text = "Syncfusion ButtonEdit Demo"; this.buttonEdit1.ResumeLayout(false); this.ResumeLayout(false); ' InitializeComponent sample Me.buttonEdit1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEdit() Me.buttonEditChildButton1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEditChildButton() Me.buttonEdit1.SuspendLayout() Me.SuspendLayout() Me.buttonEdit1.Buttons.Add(Me.buttonEditChildButton1) Me.buttonEdit1.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.buttonEditChildButton1}) Me.buttonEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat Me.buttonEdit1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 16) Me.buttonEdit1.Name = "buttonEdit1" Me.buttonEdit1.SelectionLength = 0 Me.buttonEdit1.SelectionStart = 0 Me.buttonEdit1.ShowTextBox = True Me.buttonEdit1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(368, 22) Me.buttonEdit1.TabIndex = 0 Me.buttonEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Left ' ' buttonEditChildButton1 ' Me.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonAlign = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonAlignment.Right Me.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonEditParent = Me.buttonEdit1 Me.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonType = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonTypes.Browse Me.buttonEditChildButton1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(352, 0) Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Name = "buttonEditChildButton1" Me.buttonEditChildButton1.PreferredWidth = 16 Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(16, 22) Me.buttonEditChildButton1.TabIndex = 1 AddHandler Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf buttonEditChildButton1_Click) Me.AutoScaleBaseSize = New System.Drawing.Size(5, 13) Me.ClientSize = New System.Drawing.Size(400, 273) Me.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.buttonEdit1}) Me.Text = "Syncfusion ButtonEdit Demo" Me.buttonEdit1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.ResumeLayout(False) This interface is implemented by the to listen to notifications from classes. You will not need to use this class directly. It is useful for listening to notifications from class. Notifies the listener that the 's size has changed. The that has changed its size. The new size of the button. This notification is sent by the when the property value is changed. The control implements this interface and receives the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new size of the ButtonEditChildButton. Notifies the listener that the 's alignment has changed. The that has changed its alignment. The new alignment. This notification is sent by the when the property value is changed. The control implements this interface and receives the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new alignment of the ButtonEditChildButton. See the type for the values that the ButtonAlignment can support. Double Border Text Offset Adjust Position Adjust Height The width of the dropdown button. The border size of Visual Item Required designer variable. The flat style to be applied across all buttons. Collection of ButtonEditChildButtons. The host form. The textbox. The resource manager. The IContainerControl Parent The color scheme that the renderer will render. MetroColor Default size of the control Hold MultiSelectionComboBox Control Visual Item Collection Holds the Collection of VisualItems for MultiSelectionComboBox Control Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Raises the MaximumSizeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnMaximumSizeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Note to Inheritors: When overriding OnMaximumSizeChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnMaximumSizeChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the MinimumSizeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnMinimumSizeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Note to Inheritors: When overriding OnMinimumSizeChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnMinimumSizeChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Creates an object of type and initializes it. The ButtonEdit class can be created by dragging and dropping a ButtonEdit control from the control toolbox. The constructor initializes the embedded TextBox. The embedded child controls will have to be explicitly added to the ButtonEdit object (this will be done by the designer if using the control through the Windows Forms designer). The method provides an easy way to change the default embedded TextBox to a specialized TextBox derived class such as the or the . Begins the initialization. Begins the initialization. Indicates the object that initialization is complete. Indicates that the initialization is complete. Creates a object. The TextBoxExt object that is created. This method can be overriden to create a derived class to be returned. This will result in the TextBox object in the control to be replaced with a derived control. Initializes the used in the editable text portion. This method is called once to initialize the TextBox used to draw the editable portion of the ButtonEdit. Use the property to get a reference to the TextBox from inside an override of this method. Make sure to call the base class when you override this method for default initialization. Cleans up any resources being used. Resets to the default ButtonEditBackColor. Resets the color for the flat border to default. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Draws the border and background of the control. The context. The within which to draw. This method is used to draw the border around the text area (when called from method) and around the listbox area (when in ComboBoxStyle.Simple mode and called from the method). This method uses themes to draw if necessary or calls and to draw the background and border. Draws the unthemed border of this control. The context. The within which to draw. Called by to draw the border when not in themes mode. Draws the borders of the buttonEdit. Draws the borders of the buttonEdit with specified border style. Draws the borders of the buttonEdit with specified border style and specified border 3D style. Draws the borders of the buttonEdit with specified border style, specified border 3D style and specified color. Draws the unthemed background of this control. The context. The within which to draw. Called by to draw the background when not in themes mode. Helper function to get an image from within embedded resources. The resource name to get from. An image; null if the image is not available. The class can take an image based on the property. This helper function loads the images based on the resource name. This is the implementation of the interface for listening to changes to the child buttons. The ButtonEditChildButton that has changed its size. The new size of the button. This notification is sent by the when the property value is changed. The control implements this interface and receives the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new size of the ButtonEditChildButton. This is the implementation of the interface for listening to changes to the child buttons. The ButtonEditChildButton that has changed its alignment. The new alignment of the button. This notification is sent by the when the property value is changed. The control implements this interface and receives the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new alignment of the ButtonEditChildButton. See the type for the values that the ButtonAlignment can support. Handles the Button Clicked event of the child buttons. The child button. The event data. This handler raises the event and passes the that was clicked as the sender of the event. Handles the Button text changed event of the child buttons. The child button. The event data. Returns the active edit control. This implements the interface. The edit control that has the current focus. This interface is implemented so that the control can provide auto completion services for the embedded TextBox control. Indicates that paint message should not be passed when child controls are removed by designer. Indicates whether a child button is visible or hidden within the layout. There might be instances when you need to hide a child button that is part of the collection. Calling this method with the button index and the right value for the visibility will set the appropriate visibility for the button and also adjust the layout so that the other child buttons and the TextBox are aligned properly. Handles MouseEnter event of the child buttons. Handles MouseLeave event of the child buttons. Handles the BackColorChanged event of the child buttons. Handles the MouseDown event of the child buttons. Handles the MouseUp event of the child buttons. Handles the MouseLeave event of the child buttons. Handles the MouseEnter event of the child buttons. Checks whether the given child is contained within the control.Returns false for ButtonEdit TextBox. Handles the LostFocus event event of the child buttons. Override this to handle the event in a derived class. Call the base implementation first so that the delegates will be called. The ButtonClickEventArgs event data. This method raises the event when any of the Child buttons are clicked. Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderSidesChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the ThemeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. To Perform MultiLine Layout Holds the Inner Scroll Bar for MultiSelectionComboBox Holds whether to render InnerScrollerBar in MultiSelectionComboBox Forces the laying out of combobox elements. The Graphics object using which to calculate element sizes and positions. Advanced method. You do not have to call this directly. Updates the bounds of the drop-down button bounds. Sets the bounds based on the . Called from the Paint event handler to draw the edit portion's border and background. The from the Paint event. This method calls the method with the appropriate dimenison to draw the border around the text portion. Forces the laying out of combo elements within the next Paint Message handler. True to force; false to prevent layout. Determines the heights of certain portions of this control. Not used, obsolete. A reference variable through which to return the height for the text area. Make sure to call the base class when you override this method. This method expects you to return a height for the text area through the reference variable, set the height of this control and the height of the buttons. Raises the OnMouseLeave event. Event data. Raises the OnMouseEnter event. Event data. Raises the OnMouseDown event. Event data. Refreshes ButtonEdit ChildButtons. Event handler that sets the Parent's ActiveControl when one of the child controls are clicked. There is a problem with using the ButtonEdit control inside a UserControl that doesn't update the UserControl's Active Control property properly when the user clicks inside the ButtonEdit. This event handler sets the ActiveControl explicitly. The child TextBox. The event data. Gets a value indicating whether the control is mirrored. To Attach TextBox with the control To Detach TextBox with the control Private helper function that applies the style to all the child buttons. Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. The TextBox control that sends the event. The event data. The DockChanged event is handled. DockStyle value must be None. Handles the event of the embedded TextBoxExt control. The TextBoxExt control that sends the event. The event data. The MaximumSizeChanged event is handled. Handles the event of the embedded TextBoxExt control. The TextBoxExt control that sends the event. The event data. The MinimumSizeChanged event is handled. Handles the event of the ButtonEdit control. The ButtonEdit control that sends the event. The event data. The MaximumSizeChanged event is handled. Handles the event of the ButtonEdit control. The ButtonEdit control that sends the event. The event data. The MinimumSizeChanged event is handled. Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. The TextBox control that sends the event. The event data. The SizeChanged event is handled. Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. The TextBox control that sends the event. The event data. The MultilineChanged event is handled. Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. The TextBox control that sends the event. The event data. The BackColorChanged event is handled. Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. Handles the event of the ButtonEdit control. The ButtonEdit control that sends the event. The event data. The DockChanged event is handled. Raises the event. The child button. The event data. Calls the method. Inserts the into the controls collection. The index at which to insert. The child button control that is to be added. This method is invoked by the class when new buttons are added to the ButtonEdit control. To Insert Visual item Sets the Buttonstate Button Control EventArgs Removes a ButtonEditChildButton from the controls collection. The index of the child control to be removed The child control that is to be removed This method is invoked by the class when buttons are removed from the ButtonEdit control. To Remove Visual Item Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. The TextBox control that sends the event. The event data. The TextChanged event is handled and the ButtonEdit control sets its own text to be the same as that of the embedded TextBox control's Text property. Sets the base style to use. Computes the border factor based on the button style. This is called by the event system when a ControlRemoved event occurs. This is called by the event system when a GotFocus event occurs. Sets the Color scheme for the button based on the current XP Scheme and the IsComboButton property. applie the scaling for controls Gets or sets the theme color of the ButtonAdv Gets or sets the backcolor of the ButtonEdit control. Gets the VisualItemCollection of MultiSelectionComboBoxControl Specifies whether the ComboBoxBase control modifies the case of characters as they are typed. One of the enumeration values that specifies whether the ComboBoxBase control modifies the case of characters. The default is CharacterCasing.Normal. Gets or sets the alignment of text in this control. One of the enumeration values that specifies how text is aligned in the control. The default is HorizontalAlignment.Left. You can use this property to align the text within a ComboBoxBase to match the layout of text on your form. For example, if your controls are all located on the right side of the form, you can set the TextAlign property to HorizontalAlignment.Right, and the text will be aligned along the right side of the control instead of the default left alignment. Gets or Sets the Forecolor based on layout of the text. Use this property to bind the TextBox. Gets or sets the ParentContainer control that implements IContainerControl. Set this property to a Form or UserControl if its not the same as the Parent of the control. Gets or sets the collection of Buttons that makes up this ButtonEdit control. The Buttons property is a collection of type that includes all the child buttons that are embedded as child controls in the ButtonEdit control. You can add and remove buttons and edit their properties through the designer. Gets the Collection of VisualItems for MultiSelectionComboBox Control Gets or sets the background image Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down portion is displayed or not. Indicates whether to use visual styles. Gets or sets the button style for the control. Gets or sets the state of the ButtonEdit control. Gets / sets the height of the drop-down button. Gets / sets the height of the edit portion. Returns the embedded control. The TextBoxExt control is the core control of the control. This control takes up the width of the control minus the widths of the individual buttons. This TextBoxExt control can be accessed through this property. The property of the class is the same as the property of the embedded control. A TextBox object. The TextBox control's properties can be changed through the property grid in the designer. The TextBox control can be hidden from view by setting the property to false. The Text property is overriden to keep the text in sync with the embedded TextBox control's Text property. Indicates whether the embedded TextBox is visible in the ButtonEdit. If the TextBox control is kept invisible, it will be ignored during the layout process and the space will be divided among the child . Gets or sets the SelectionStart property of the ButtonEdit control which is same as the property of the embedded . The ButtonEdit control shadows some of the properties of the embedded TextBox control. The SelectionStart property is shadowed enabling access to the ButtonEdit in a manner similar to the TextBox control for accessing the Text content of the control. Gets or sets the Selection Length of the embedded TextBox control. The ButtonEdit control shadows some of the properties of the embedded TextBox control. The SelectionLength property is shadowed enabling access to the ButtonEdit in a manner similar to the TextBox control for accessing the Text content of the control. Gets or sets the FlatStyle to be applied to the buttons in the control. The ButtonEdit control applies the same FlatStyle to all the child controls in the layout. Indicates whether the Height property of the control can be changed. True to prevent height change; false otherwise. Note that this property will be frequently set and reset within the control layout. You can use this temporarily to force a particular height on the control. Indicates whether the Layout method needs to be called to layout the combo elements. Internal method. You will not have to call this property explicitly. Indicates whether themes are enabled for this control. Gets or sets the 3D border style for the control. This property is used only when BorderStyle is Fixed3D. Gets or sets the border sides for which you want the 3D border style applied. This property is used only when BorderStyle is Fixed3D. Gets or sets the color with which the Flat Border should be drawn. A Color value. Default is SystemColors.ControlDark. Gets or sets the maximum size of the control. A Size value. Default is (0,0). Gets or sets the minimum size of the control. A Size value. Default is (0,0). Gets or sets the background image layout Raised when one of the child is clicked. Handle this event if you want to handle the click event of any of the child button. You can also add any of the events exposed by the child buttons themselves as the class derived buttons that raise the Click event. Fired when the ThemesEnabled property changes. Fired when BorderSides property changes. Fired when Border3DStyle property changes. This event is raised if the MaximumSize property is changed. This event is raised if the MinimumSize property is changed. Gets/Sets InnerScrollerBar for MultiSelectionComboBox Gets/Sets to Render InnerScrollerBar in MultiSelectionComboBox Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or Sets the Touchmode Collection of objects. The collection of controls that make up the property of the ButtonEdit class. You will not need to use this class directly. The owner ButtonEdit object. Creates an object of type . The ButtonEdit object that owns this collection. The ButtonEdit class that owns this collection is passed in as a parameter and this collection class will use this reference to the owner to inform it to add a Button control or remove a Button control when an item is added or removed to the collection. Adds a to the collection. The object to be added. The index of the object in the collection. Add an item to the internal List object results in the method being invoked. Derived handler for the InsertComplete event. The index of the inserted item. The object that was inserted. Be sure to call the base class implementation of this method if overriding. The owner (the ButtonEdit) control is instructed to insert a new ButtonEditChildButton. Removes a object from the collection. The ButtonEditChildButton that is to be removed from the collection. Removes the ButtonEditChildButton from the internal List object if the ButtonEditChildButton exists. Indicates whether an object exists in this collection. The object to check for. True if the object exists in this collection; false otherwise. This method is used for checking if an item exists in the collection before trying to delete or change that item. Copies elements of this collection to another collection starting at an index. The array to be copied to. The index to begin from. The internal List copies the child buttons to the new array passed in. Derived handler for the RemoveComplete event. The index of the inserted item. The object that was inserted. The owner is informed by the collection to re-layout itself to accommodate the change. Gets / sets the Indexer property for This allows the ButtonEditChildButtons to be accessed through the indexer. Collection of objects. The collection of controls that make up the property of the ButtonEdit class. You will not need to use this class directly. The owner ButtonEdit object. Creates an object of type . The ButtonEdit object that owns this collection. The ButtonEdit class that owns this collection is passed in as a parameter and this collection class will use this reference to the owner to inform it to add a Button control or remove a Button control when an item is added or removed to the collection. Adds a to the collection. The object to be added. The index of the object in the collection. Add an item to the internal List object results in the method being invoked. Derived handler for the InsertComplete event. The index of the inserted item. The object that was inserted. Be sure to call the base class implementation of this method if overriding. The owner (the ButtonEdit) control is instructed to insert a new ButtonEditChildButton. Removes a object from the collection. The VisualItem that is to be removed from the collection. Removes the VisualItem from the internal List object if the VisualItem exists. Indicates whether an object exists in this collection. The object to check for. True if the object exists in this collection; false otherwise. This method is used for checking if an item exists in the collection before trying to delete or change that item. Copies elements of this collection to another collection starting at an index. The array to be copied to. The index to begin from. The internal List copies the child buttons to the new array passed in. Derived handler for the RemoveComplete event. The index of the inserted item. The object that was inserted. The owner is informed by the collection to re-layout itself to accommodate the change. Gets / sets the Indexer property for This allows the ButtonEditChildButtons to be accessed through the indexer. Vscorll WinAPI To Reduce Flickering WINAPI SendMessage WINAPI Stores size factor in which font size needs to be updated. To Enable Scrolling in DropDownWindow To ignore Visual Item update once selected index changed To Ignore AutoComplete source update upon Grouping enabled and disabled To ignore Grouping upon no suggestion is found. To get the item height before touching the MultiSelectionComboBox and assign this value on Click. To ignore TextChangedEvent To ignore Delimiter update To Store AutoComplete item To store details of DataSource Required designer variable. The calculator button. To prevent serialization of the child buttons. Default size of the control To set Grouping header font Specifies scroller Index Specifies spacing factor To disable SelectedIndexChanged event internally Specifies DropDownItem Grouping Specifies DropDown item Grouping index Specifies Internal Grouping Item Display Member Info DataSource property DataSource BackUp DataManger property to Verify ListBox mouse down to not update DataManager, when DataSource updated internally To handle DelimiterUpdate Initializes a new instance of the MultiSelectionComboboxControl class. The MultiSelectionComboboxControl class also creates the controls that it hosts such as the control. To assign the group header height on TouchMode. To reset ShowGroups To Specify ShowGroups to be serialized or not Holds the GroupHeaderCollection for Header text Localization purpose Holds the GroupHeaderForeColor for Header Color Localization purpose To reset GroupHeaderForeColor To Specify GroupHeaderForeColor to be serialized or not Holds the GroupHeaderSeparatorColor for Header Color Localization purpose To reset GroupHeaderSeparatorColor To Specify whether GroupHeader separator color can be serialized or not Holds the Grouping Items To Reset VisualItemDisplayMember To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemDisplayMember To Reset Value member. To indicate whether to serialize Value Member Indicates whether the CheckBox needs to be displayed in DropDown To reset ShowCheckBox visibility To Specify whether ShowCheckBox can be serialized or not Initialize the data manager for interanl purpose Holds AutoComplete Items Holds Display Member To Reset Display member. To indicate whether to serialize Display Member Holds Group Header color To Reset the GroupHeaderBackColor To indicate whether to serialize GroupHeaderBackColor Holds Tick Color To Reset the TickColor To indicate whether to serialize TickColor Holds SelectionMode To Reset the DisplayMode To indicate whether to serialize DisplayMode Holds the AutoCompleteMode To Reset AutoCompleteMode Indicates whether to serialize AutoCompleteMode Holds the AutoSizeMode To Reset the AutoSizeMode To indicate whether to serialize AutoSizeMode Holds the VisualItem BackColor To Reset the VisualItemBackColor To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemBackColor Holds the VisualItem background color upon selection To Reset the VisualItemSelectionColor To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemSelectionColor Holds the VisualItem Border Color To Reset the VisualItemBorderColor To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemBorderColor Holds the VisualItem text color upon selection To Reset the VisualItemSelectionForeColor To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemSelectionForeColor Holds the DropDownButtonImage Holds the Internal Scroller of TextBox Holds the row index of VisualItem in Scrolling To Reset the VisualItemRowCount To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemRowCount Holds the PopupControl height To Reset the DropDownHeight To indicate whether to serialize PopupHeight Holds the Items collection Holds the height of an item in the MultiSelectionComboBox drop down window. To Reset the ItemsHeight To indicate whether to serialize ItemsHeight Holds the PopupWidth To Reset the DropDownWidth To indicate whether to serialize PopupWidth Holds the MaximumDropDown Items count To Reset the MaximumDropDownItems To indicate whether to serialize MaximumDropDownItems Holds the EmptyResultText To Reset the EmptyResultText To indicate whether to serialize EmptyResultText Holds the Selected Index To Reset the SelectedIndex To indicate whether to serialize SelectedIndex Holds the Delimiter Character by which selectedItems can be separated. To Reset the DelimiterChar To indicate whether to serialize DelimiterChar Holds the selected item Holds the SelectedValue To Reset the SelectedValue To indicate whether to serialize SelectedValue To Reset the Text To indicate whether to serialize Text Indicate whether to serialize VisualItem Input Mode To reset Visual Item input mode Hold CheckBox API Holds the ListBox instance Holds the m_CheckedCollection instance On Font Changed To raise SelectedIndexChanged event To set bounds of control To Open dropdown upon selection To Reset dropdown upon selection To Raise Dropdown event This function will be invoked once Visual Item Close Button is hovered This function will be called once MouseDown occurs in VisualItem Gets triggered upon Visual Item close button is clicked To Remove VisualItem This will be triggered once control is added This will be triggered once control is removed This will be triggered once initialization is over To Add ListBox Item To Filter MultiSelectionComboBox property To compare MultiSelectionComboBox API to classify Items property To return display member column To get control list To Update Delimiter text Occurs once Binding list is changed To Set Filtered Data To Set Filtered Data Returns the BindingManagerBase for the datasource. To Draw DropDown Items To Maintain checkbox state Occurs on mouse click occurs on List box Method to select all the items in DropDown Method to un select all the items in DropDown To check and uncheck item Occurs on mouse move Occcurs when mouse pointer leave Occcurs when mouse pointer enter To Add VisualItem upon Mouse Down selection To Hide Popup and Add Selected Item in TextBox To Open DropDown window Overrides the Windows Message. The Message To Open popup and Set size based on available items Adds Visual Item in ComboBoxAutoComplete Visual Item Text To Update Visible Item position To invalidate Visual Item Event that will be triggered once TextBox text is changed To Attach TextBox To Create TextBox To Deattach TextBox Event that will be triggered once TextBox key selection is performed Once TextBox Readonly is changed This event will be triggered once Key pressed in TextBox Event will be raised before PopUp is closed in MultiSelectionComboBox Occurs on TextBox KeyDown event Occurs on layout is changed Occurs on Size changed Occurs once Mouse down occurs on ScrollBar Occurs when upper scroll button is clicked To perform DropDown control grouping To Retrieve GroupingHeaderCollection for Localization Process To Update Grouping for Filtered Items To Enable / Disable Grouping To update Previous and Next visible items upon Scrolling To Rearrange IncreaseWithWidth Layout Update MultiColumnComboBox child Items Layout To update the layout based on the RowCount To Rearrange IncreaseWithHeight Layout This function is used to Rearrange Scroll Mode Items To Update SelectedItems To Initialize Layout To Update Popup Location To Update Popup Size To Update Cursor position Stores the child buttons removed by the designer in a separate arraylist to prevent serialization Arraylist containing the child buttons To Reset Child Button collection Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Raises the DataSourceChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Sets the internal items. The index of item. The value. This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox text is changed This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox AutoSizeState is changed This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown items checked state is changed. This event will be triggered MultiSelectionComboBox VisualItemCollection changes This event will be triggered upon MultiSelectionComboBox SelectedItem collection is changed. This Event will be triggered upon MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown window visiblity is changed This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox datasource is changed Gets/ Set whether the DropDown Items can be Grouped based on initial character Gets the GroupHeaderCollection for Header text Localization purpose Gets/Sets DropDown window GroupHeader ForeColor Gets/Sets the DropDown Group Header Separator color Gets/Sets the Grouping Items Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source from which to draw the value. Gets or sets a string that specifies the property to display the value for the VisualItems, when VisualItemInputMode is set as VisualItemMode. Gets/Sets whether the CheckBox needs to be displayed in DropDown Gets/Sets the DataSource for Internal purpose Gets or sets the data source for this object. Gets the AutoComplete Entries Gets/Sets AutoComplete DataSoruce Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source whose contents you want to display. Gets/Sets the DropDown Grouping Header back color Gets/Sets the DropDown items check marker color Gets/Sets the SelectionMode Gets/Sets the AutoCompleteMode Gets/Sets the AutoSizeMode Gets/Sets the VisualItem BackColor Gets/Sets the VisualItem background color upon selection Gets/Sets the VisualItem Border Color Gets/Sets the VisualItem text color upon selection Gets/Sets DropDownButton Image Gets/Sets Internal Scroller of TextBox To specify the Row count of VisualItem in Scrolling This property is applicable when AutoSizeModes is specified as None and DisplayMode is set as VisualItem. Gets/Sets the PopupControl height Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in this MultiSelectionComboBox. Gets or sets the height of an item in the MultiSelectionComboBox drop down window. Gets/Sets the DropDown control width Gets/Sets the Maximum number of DropDown Items Gets whether the drop-down window is displayed or not. Gets/Sets the Empty Result Text which gets displayed in DropDown window upon no match found for user input. Gets/Sets the Selected Index Gets/Sets the Delimiter Character by which selectedItems can be separated. Gets or sets currently selected item Gets the TextBox Gets/Sets the MultiSelectionComboBox Text Gets the collection of Buttons Gets/Sets the VisualItem collection. Gets/Sets the VisualItemInput Mode. Gets/Sets the DropDown Button. Gets the PopupContainerControl to Display DropDown window Gets DropDown CheckedListBox Control Gets the DropDown ListBox Control Gets the Checked items in DropDown collection Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture Initializes a new instance of the class. The that owns this object collection. Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the item collection. An object that represents the item collection. Removes the specified item from the . The to remove from the list. Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. The zero-based index location where the item is inserted. An object representing the item to insert. Removes all items from the . Indicates whether the specified item is located within the collection. An object representing the item to locate in the collection. if the item is located within the collection; otherwise. Adds an item to the list of items for a MultiSelectionComboBox. An object representing the item to add to the collection. The zero-based index of the item in the collection. Adds an array of items to the list of items for a MultiSelectionComboBox. An array of objects to add to the list. Copies the entire collection into an existing array of objects at a specified location within the array. The object array to copy the collection to. The location in the destination array to copy the collection to. Gets the number of items in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether this collection can be modified. Gets / sets the item at the specified index. This is the Indexer property. Index value of the item. Item at the specified index. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. MultiSelectionComboBox Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. This defines AutoSizeMode event delegate handler A class that defines AutoSizeMode EventArgs Initializer of AutoSizeEventArgs class Gets the MultiSelectionCombobox AutoSizeMode A Delegate that defines MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown event delegate handler A class that defines MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown event Arguements Holds the MultiSelectionComboBox dropdown window visibility Initializer of DropDownStateEventArgs class Gets whether the MultiSelectionComboBox dropdown window visible or not This defines SelectedItemCollectionChanged event delegate handler A class that defines SelectedItemCollectionChanged Arguements Holds Selected Items Holds the SelectedItems changed action Initializer of SelectedItemCollectionChangedArgs class Gets the SelectedItems collection Gets the SelectedItems changed action This defines VisualItemCollection changed event delegate handler A class that defines VisualItemCollection EventArgs To Hold the visual item Holds the VisualItemCollection changed action Initializer of AutoSizeEventArgs class Gets the Visual Item Gets the VisualItemCollection changed action This defines CheckedState event delegate handler A class that defines CheckedState Event Arguements Initializer of CheckMarkerEventArgs class Gets/Sets Selected Item Gets/Sets whether the selected item is checked or not This class helps to render Popupcontrol MultiSelectionComboBox Holds the MultiSelectionComboBox Holds whether to disable popup notification To Show Popup To Hide Popup Gets/Sets the MultiSelectionComboBox Gets/Sets whether to disable popup notification or not A class that defines Grouping Caption and its localization text. Initializes HeaderTextLocalizer class Gets Grouping Caption Text Gets/Sets Grouping header Localization text This class helps to render visual item in combobox Gets/Sets Close button rectangle Notifies if Mouse is pointed on Close Button Hold MultiSelection is enabled or not Hold Selection Color Hold Selection Text Color Hold if Visual Item is Selected Holds the SelectedItem Value Holds the SelectedValue Holds the Border color Holds Close Button Image Occurs on Mouse Down Occurs on Size Changes Occurs on Mouse move Need to set this as internal Occurs on location changed Occurs on paint event Dispose event This event will be Triggered once Close Button is clicked This event will be Triggered once Close Button is Hovered Gets/Sets the Row Index Gets/Sets whether MultiSelection is Enabled or not Gets/Sets VisualItem Text Gets/Sets Visual Item Selection Color Gets/Sets Selected VisualItem ForeColor Gets/Sets Whether Visual Item is selected or not Gets/Sets Visual Item Cursor Gets the SelectedItem Value in MultiSelectionComboBox Gets the SelectedValue in MultiSelectionComboBox Gets/Sets VisualItem border Color Gets/Sets Close Button Image in Visual Item The ButtonEditParent that needs to be notified of changes. This class helps to render check box in Dropdown window To Render Multi Selection CheckBox in DropDown Window This class helps to render ScrollBar inside the MultiSelectionComboBox Up ScrollButton Rectangle Down ScrollButton Rectangle To Initialize To draw internal ScrollBar To render scroll button Hover Color To Render notification arrow To calculate notification arrow points Paint Event Mouse Leave event Mouse Move event Mouse Up event Holds Up Scroller Color Holds Down Scroller Color To process scroll up function To process scroll down function Mouse Down event Size changed event Scroll Up event Scroll Down event Gets/Sets upper scroller button hover color Gets/Sets bottom scroller button Handles the event. Provides data for the event. HubTile.BeforeTransitionEventArgs new instance ImageStreamDirection Streaming Image index Gets or sets the image flow direction. Gets/Sets Streaming Image index Gets/Sets HubTile FlipDirection Gets/Sets HubTile Type Handles the event. Provides data for the event. HubTile.SelectionMarked new instance IsSelected Gets whether Hubtile is in Selected State Handles the event. Provides data for the event. HubTile.TransitionCompleted new instance ImageStreamDirection Streaming Image index Gets or sets the image flow direction. Gets/Sets Streaming Image index Gets/Sets HubTile FlipDirection Gets/Sets HubTile Type Handles the event. Provides data for the event. HubTile.ZoomCompleted new instance pulseduration zoomscaleindex Gets/Sets Zooming Pulse duration Gets/Sets Zooming scale Index This Enum defines HubTile Type This Enum will enable HubTile to zoom in and out its image contents. This Enum will set HubTile to animate itself in various rotation transition. This Enum will set HubTile as like Windows live tile. This Enum defines HubTile rotation Transition This Enum sets HubTile Transition in Horizontal orientation. This Enum sets HubTile Transition in Vertical orientation. This Enum defines HubTile Transition Direction This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to left to right This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to right to left This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to top to bottom This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to bottom to top HubTile Designer Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Component object Gets a value indication the designer action This class enables to use Font properties of HubTile in Common This initialize HubTile Text item Gets/Sets Title text forecolor Gets/ Sets text to be displayed in Top Gets/Sets TitleText Font To save control size before expand To save control size before collapse To save control Location before expand To save control Location before collapse Image Sliding axis To save Font settings in MouseDown To perform image zooming Animation To perform image Unzooming Animation To Perform Image Streaming Animation To trigger Image Streaming Animation based on particular interval Rendering Bounds WinTile Polygon Path Indicates the streamer index Indicates Start Image index Indicates the axis point To Switch from Vertical to Horizontal Rotation To Switch from Horizontal to Vertical Rotation Overrides the AccessibleObject. The that owns the TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject. To Render RotateTile type PaintEventArgs To Render ZoomTile type PaintEventArgs To Render Default and BannerTile type PaintEventArgs HubTile Paint event PaintEventArgs HubTile Mouse Enter event EventArgs HubTile Mouse Leave event EventArgs HubTile Mouse Down event MouseEventArgs HubTile MouseUp Event MouseEventArgs HubTile Size changed event EventArgs To initialize custom control settings To Perform image zooming functionalities X Location Y Location To Expand HubTile upon Mouse Enter To Collapse HubTile upon Mouse Enter To dispose all Timer settings To get Mouse clicked region Point Hit Co-Ordinates Resets HubTile Transition Timer settings To visually indicate Selection upon Mouse clicked To visually indicate Selection upon Mouse up To Flip Control in Vertical direction To Flip control Horizontally Flow image right to left PaintEventArgs Flow image left to right PaintEventArgs Flow image top to bottom PaintEventArgs Flow image bottom to top PaintEventArgs Perform Zoom - In HubTile EventArgs Perform Zoom - Out HubTile EventArgs To Increase Image X/Y location to animation HubTile EventArgs To initiate SlideAnimation HubTile EventArgs Timer to rotate the HubTile ToptoBottom HubTile EventArgs Timer to rotate the HubTile BottomToTop Timer to rotate the HubTile Left To Right HubTile EventArgs TO Initiate Vertical Animation HubTile EventArgs This event will be triggered once HubTile Text contents changed This event will be triggered once HubTile transition is begins This event will be triggered if after HubTile transition is completed This event will be triggered once HubTile Selection changed This event will be triggered once HubTile Zoom In and Zoom Out is done Gets/Sets HubTile BackColor Gets/Sets HubTile Font Gets/Sets whether tile SelectionMarker can be drawn Gets/Sets Region to display Body Text on HubTile. Gets/Sets whether tile sliding effect can be enabled or not. Gets/Sets whether tile Notification can be Frozen or not. Gets/Sets whether tile is selection marked or not. Gets/Sets tile Banner Height Gets/Sets tile Banner visibility, which is applicable for Default Tile and Rotate Tile type Gets/Sets whether Banner to be displayed or not on Tile, It will be applicable for RotateTile type. Gets/Sets whether to switch Rotate Tile Banner Visibility on next image index Gets/Sets the hover border color which will be drawn once Tile is focused. Gets/Sets the hover border length which will be drawn once Tile is focused. Gets/Sets whether to enable HubTile Hover border color Gets/Sets whether tile expands on focus or not. Gets/Sets the speed of Tile rotation transition, it will be applicable for RotateTile type. Gets/Sets HubTile Selection arrow color Gets/Sets Selection Marker Color Gets/Sets whether Icon to be displayed in Banner Region or not. It will be applicable for DefaultTile type. Gets/Sets Icon to be displayed in Tile Banner Region, it will be applicable for DefaultTile type. Gets/Sets HubTile Type Gets/Sets the Banner Region Color of the Tile. It will be applicable for DefaultTile and RotateTile type. Gets/Sets the Rotation transition direction of Tile, it will be applicable for RotateTile type. Gets/Sets whether to enable Tile Flip rotation or not Gets whether Tile is Focused or not Gets/Sets the speed of Tile Image Transition, it will be applicable for Default Tile type. Gets or sets the image index for Image Transition, it will be applicable for Default Tile type. Gets or sets whether the Tile Image Transition to be enabled or not, it will be applicable for DefaultTile Type. Gets or sets the image flow direction. Gets/Sets whether to enable or disable Zoom In / Zoom Out Gets/Sets ImageList for Image and rotation transition. Gets/Sets ImageListAdv for Image and rotation transition. Gets/Sets tile title region text layout properties. Gets/Sets HubTile Title layout Properties Gets/Sets tile footer region text layout properties. Gets/Sets the tile banner region text layout properties. Gets/Sets HubTile background image Gets/Sets X-axis Zoom co-ordinates Gets/Sets Y-axis Zoom co-ordinates Gets/sets the pulsing speed of the Tile. It will be applicable only for the PulsingTile type. Gets/sets the pulsing scale depth of the Tile. It will be applicable only for the PulsingTile type. Tile Instance To get the Control name To define the Accessible Role Control Desciption CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Represents component Overridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets the HubTile ImageSource Gets or sets the HubTile Name Gets or sets the HubTile TransitionDirection Gets or sets the HubTile TransitionDirection Gets or sets the HubTile TransitionDirection A class for Navigation MenuItem in DrawerPanel Variable for finding Text Size Constructor Gets/Sets the Selection state chooses the text alignment Resets the TextAlign Serialize the TextAlignt Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left Specifies the Drawer Item Text Specifies the HoverColor Specifies the Selection Color Specifies the BackColor Specifies the TextColor Override Mouse Move Overrides MouseLeave Overrides Leave Overrides MouseUp Overrides MouseDown Overrides Paint Event Gets/Sets the Selection state Gets/Sets the TextAlignment Gets/Sets the Item Text Gets/Sets the HoverColor Gets/Sets the Selection Color Gets/Sets the TextColor Enum property for TextImageRelation. Class for Footer Item Constructor Variable for TextImageRelation Resets the TextAlign Serialize the TextAlignt Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left chooses the text alignment Resets the TextAlign Serialize the TextAlignt Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left Specifies the HeaderText Specifies the HeaderImage Gets/Sets the TextImageRelation Gets/Sets the TextAlignment Gets/Sets the HeaderText Gets/Sets the HeaderImage Class for HeaderItem in DrawerPanel Variable for TextImageRelation Resets the TextAlign Serialize the TextAlignt Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left Specifies the HeaderText Specifies the HeaderImage Specifies the Transition Direction Override Mouse Move Overrides MouseLeave Overrides Leave Overrides MouseUp Overrides MouseDown Gets/Sets the TextImageRelation Gets/Sets the HeaderText Gets/Sets the HeaderImage Gets/Sets whether the Transition is in RightDirection Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. DrawerMenuItem Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. ContentViewContainer Class Constructor Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. ContentViewerContainer Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. A Scrollable container class, to display navigation menu items Constructor Items removed Items added Focus on Mouse Enter Dispose function MouseLeave Override Override MouseWheel DrawerPanel ScrollablePanel Variable Constructor To Reset BackColor Serialize the BackColor Gets/Sets the BackColor Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. DrawerViewContainer Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. ITypeDescriptorContext IWindowsFormsEditorService ItemCustomCollectionEditor constructor EditVaue method is used to edit the value in the Item Collection Provides information about container Object providing custom support Object of the container Returns the object of the container GetEditStyle for the editor Provides information about container Returns EditorStyle Indicates the ItemAdded Sender as container Added Items in the container Indicates the ItemAdded Sender as container Added Items in the container Triggers the CollectionChanged event Object that carries the Item Value of the Item with all its associated properties Creates the form NavigationDrawer Form Returns the new CollectionEditorForm Fires when the Collection in the item changes delegate for collection changed event Collection which holds the NavigationDrawer's child items Constructs a new instance. The Control that this collection is associated with. The Control this collection is associated with. The list of items stored in this control. Sorts the items in the collection Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. The comparer used to compare items. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. List for Item collection which contains the control added Enumarable list for collection Returns the updated Collection List Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Adds an item to the collection. The item to add to the collection. Removes all items from the collection. Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. The object to locate in the collection. True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. True if the item was successfully removed from the colleection, otherwise false. This method also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Adds an item to the list. The item to add to the list. The position at which the item is inserted. Determines whether the list contains a specific value. The object to locate in the list. True if an instance of the item is found in the list, otherwise false. Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. IList variable for collection Arraylist for previous list Property grid Panel for buttons Add button Remove button Ok button cancel button Custom collection editor Splitcontainer label list box NavigationDrawer object To get the property value of tree menu item Contains the TreeNavigator item Contains the property for the corresponding item Gets the value of the associated property To get the property value of tree menu item Object for TreeNavigator Returns the data type of the particular property To set the property value of tree menu item TreeNavigator Item Name of the property Value of the property Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets the data type of each item in the collection. The collection for which to get the item's type The data type of the collection items. Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain The collection for which to return the available types An array of data types that this collection can contain. Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. The type of item to create. A new instance of the specified object. Destroys the specified instance of the object. The object to destroy. Destroys the specified instance of the object. Destroys the object created Creates the specified instance of the object. Instance of the Item Fires on item removes Item that is being added Fires on item added Item that is being added Moves the item List the contains the old value Index of the selected item Index to which the selected item moves GenerateItemArray for the itemcollection Item collection for displaying in text box Returns the Item collection Creates a new object for itemcollection . The collection item for which to create an object. Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add in the item collection. The object to be customized in respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. The collection item for which it customizes the created object. RefreshValues in list box Gets the property of the selected control Selected Item in the ListBox Particular property for the selected item Fires on item collection selected item changes The container that the item is associated with Item's selected property Selected Item property value Undo the changes in the list Source list in which the changes has to be done Destination List on which the item added Method to copy items Source from which the item has to be copied Destination to which the item should be copied override method to resize EventArgs parameter Override for onclosing CancelEvent arguement Clicking event for cancel button Sender as object Click event arguement Event for upclick button Sender as object Click event arguement Event for ok button Sender as object Click event arguement Occurs when add button is clicked Sender as object Click event arguement Occurs when remove is clicked Sender as object Click event arguement Form load event Sender as object Event arguement Occurs when selcted item changed in listbox Closes the form on keydown Fires once the control is added to the list. Fires once the control is deleted to the list Fires once the Item removed Fires once the item added Ilistcollection property Delegate for the new item created Sender as container Item added in the collection Defines the Drawer Position Specifies the Left position Specifies the Right position Specifies the Top position Specifies the Bottom position Defines the Transition Specifies the SlideOnTop Specifies the Push Specifies the Reveal Gesture Begins Gesture Ends Zoom Gesture Pan Gesture Rotate Gesture Two finger tap Gesture Press and Tap Gesture Gesture notification Zoom Gesture All Gestures To Provide smooth animation Touch Gestures Timer used for Navigation Drawer sliding animation To Define if DrawerPanel is showing Items collection To Define if NavigationDrawer Panel in dragged To Define if NavigationDrawer Panel in dragged MouseDown Point Drag Padding Navigation Drawer class Constructor Variable for Drawer Header Variable for DrawerFooter Specifies the Animation Duration To Reset the Animation Duration To define whether to serialize Animation Duration Specifies the ContentViewContainer Specifies the DrawerPanel Specifies the DrawerPanel, Sliding postion To Reset the Position To specify whether to serialize Postion or not Specifies the Transition type To Reset the Transition type To define whether to serialize Transition type Specifies the DrawerWidth To Reset the Drawer Width To define whether to serialize the DrawerWidth Specifies the DrawerHeight To Reset the DrawerHeight To define whether to serialize the DrawerHeight Specifies the TouchThreshold points To Reset the TouchThreshold To define whether to serialize the TouchThreshold MouseMove MouseUp MouseDown Override MouseDown Event Override MouseUp Event Override MouseMove Event Override for SizeChanged Event To update the control size, with respect to Transition type To reture whether the DrawerPanel is visible or not A function used to toggle between open and closed states of the DrawerContentView. To Toggle between Drawer Panel visiblity First Touch Point Second Touch Point Function to Decode Touch Gestures Touch Gesture Messages Gesture Config size Gesture Info size Windows Procedure Override To Perform Collapse Animation Touch Position To Perform Expand animation Touch Position To Position the DrawerPanel Touch/Mouse Drop Position To perform Gesture updates Initial Location Current Location Timer to perform Animation Gets the Header for the Navigation DrawerPanel Gets the Footer for the Navigation DrawerPanel Gets/Sets the Navigation Menu Items Gets / Sets the Animation Duration for DrawerPanel Gets the ContentViewer, on which the desired items can be placed. Gets the DrawerPanel, which displays the navigation items to which you need to jump to. Gets/Sets the Sliding postion of DrawerPanel. Gets/Sets the Transition type for the DrawerView panel. Gets/Sets the DrawerPanel Width. Gets/Sets the DrawerPanel Height. Raises when Transition expands begins. Raises when Transition collapses begins. Raises when Transition expands ends. Raises when Transition Collapses ends. Delegate for Opening Event. Source of the event. CancelEventArgs contains the event data. Inherits the properties of CancelEventArgs. Delegate for Closing Event. Source of the event. CancelEventArgs contains the event data. Inherits the properties of CancelEventArgs. Delegate for Opened Event. Source of the event. CancelEventArgs contains the event data. Delegate for Opened Event. Source of the event. CancelEventArgs contains the event data. Gesture Information Class for SmartTag Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Component object Gets a value indication the designer action Class for Smart tag Action List Constructor override To set Transition Gets/Sets the Position Gets/Sets the Drawer Width Gets/Sets the DrawerHeight Gets/Sets the Animation Duration To populate the Navigation Menu Items Class to Handle Mouse Message Mouse Message Filter function This Event raises when MouseMove occurs This Event raises when MouseDown occurs This Event raises when MouseUp occurs Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. RibbonControlAdv Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Specifies that this object can contain a collection of . 's bar. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its text. The 's text. Determines whether this instance of is a selected bar of the specified . The instance of owner control. Returns true if selected Fires event. Chaned property Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Occurs when a property value changes. Gets Collection of child bars. Gets the collection of visible s. Gets or sets 's text. Gets or sets 's image. is ignored if has non-null value. Gets or sets disabled 's image. is ignored if has non-null value. Gets or sets the 's index of the image in . is ignored if has non-null value. Gets or sets the disabled 's index of the image in . is ignored if has non-null value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether 's menu auto expands when mouse is over the bar. Gets or sets the object that contains data about the . An that contains data about the . The default is null. 's properties that support property changed notification. Represents Text Represents Image Represents Disabled Image Represents Image Index Represents Disabled Image Represents visible Represents Enabled Represents AutoExpand Base observable generic collection. Observable CollectionBase Inserts an element into the at the specified index. The zero-based index at which should be inserted. The object to insert. The value can be null for reference types. is less than zero.-or- is greater than . Removes the element at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the element to remove. is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . Replaces the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to replace. The new value for the element at the specified index. The value can be null for reference types. is less than zero.-or- is greater than . Adds the elements of the specified collection to the end of the . The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the . The collection itself cannot be null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Inserts the elements of a collection into the at the specified index. The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. The collection whose elements should be inserted into the . The collection itself cannot be null null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Fires event. One of the values that specifies how the collection changed. An that specifies the instance of the collection where the change occurred. Occurs when collection is changed. Observable generic collection. Item must implement . Observable Collection Inserts an element into the at the specified index. The zero-based index at which should be inserted. The object to insert. The value can be null for reference types. is less than zero.-or- is greater than . Removes the element at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the element to remove. is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . Replaces the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to replace. The new value for the element at the specified index. The value can be null for reference types. is less than zero.-or- is greater than . Occurs when property of item within the collection is changed. Stores collection of instances. Adds the range an array of s. An array of s objects representing the bars to add to the collection. Finds the by its text. The text. Index of found or -1 otherwise. Bar CollectionEditor Form Bar CollectionEditor Form Initializes a new instance of the class. The provider. The navigation view. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets a value indicating whether is dirty. true if dirty; otherwise, false. Initializes a newly created component. A name/value dictionary of default values to apply to properties. May be null if no default values are specified. Initializes the designer with the specified component. The to associate the designer with. This component must always be an instance of, or derive from, . Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets the selection rules that indicate the movement capabilities of a component. A bitwise combination of values. Fills a hierarchical collection of labeled items, with each item represented by a . A hierarchical collection of labeled items. The context information for a component. The method of this interface that obtains the object that provides the service. Edits the value of the specified object using the editor style indicated by . An that can be used to gain additional context information. An that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, the method should return the same object it was passed. Gets a value indicating whether drop-down editors should be resizable by the user. true if drop-down editors are resizable; otherwise, false. Extended . Initializes a new instance of the class. The os editor. Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is clicked. Provides data for the , , and events. BarCollection Editor Initializes a new instance of the class. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the method. An that can be used to gain additional context information. An that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. Gets the editor style used by the method. An that can be used to gain additional context information. A value that indicates the style of editor used by the method. If the does not support this method, then will return . Initializes a new instance of the class. The type. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets a custom type descriptor for the given type and object. The type of object for which to retrieve the type descriptor. An instance of the type. Can be null if no instance was passed to the . An that can provide metadata for the type. Initializes a new instance of the class. The parent custom type descriptor. Navigation View Initializes a new instance of the class. The parent custom type descriptor. Initializes a new instance of the class. Returns a filtered collection of property descriptors for the object represented by this type descriptor. An array of attributes to use as a filter. This can be null. A containing the property descriptions for the object represented by this type descriptor. The default is . Returns a collection of property descriptors for the object represented by this type descriptor. A containing the property descriptions for the object represented by this type descriptor. The default is . Provides data for a event. Initializes a new instance of the class. true to cancel the event; otherwise, false. The bar to be selected. Initializes a new instance of the class. The bar to be selected. property is set to false. Gets or sets the bar to be selected. Provides data for a event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The selected bar. Gets or sets the selected bar. Extended history for . This class allows the user to simply implement Undo\Redo engine. To achieve this, class that supports Undo\Redo must implement ISuppportHistory interface and ICommand interface, which will actually execute specified actions for each undo\redo step. HistoryManager supports executing more undo\redo actions as one block. Use BeginBlock(), CloseBlock() for this. Resets history. Adds command to the history list. Command to add. Performs UnDo operation. True if successful; false otherwise. Performs Redo operation. True if successful; false otherwise. Begins block of commands. Closes block of commands. Rolls back last non-closed block. Used as a separator between blocks of commands. Indicates number of opened blocks of commands. UnDo commands list. ReDo commands list. Initializes a new instance of the HistoryManager class. Resets history. Resets the Redo Stack Resets the Undo Stack Adds command to history list. Command to add. Performs Redo operation. True if successful; false otherwise. Performs UnDo operation. True if successful; false otherwise. Begins block of commands. User may add more than one command to Undo\Redo list and unite them into one command, e.g. : Each Opened block must be closed. Block of commands may be opened multiple times, but IT MUST BE CLOSED that many times as it was opened. BeginBlock(); // add action1 // ..... BeginBlock(); //...... EndBlock(); // add actionN CloseBlock(); Closes block of commands. See for more details. Rolls back non-closed block. Gets a value indicating whether the block of commands is opened. Gets a value indicating whether Undo Commands list is not empty. Returns true if not empty; false otherwise. Gets a value indicating whether Redo Command list is not empty. Returns true if not empty; false otherwise. Gets collection of undo command. Gets collection of redo command. Hit test areas. Represents History Back Button Represents History Forward button Represents History Dropdown button Represents BarImage Represents textbox Represents area between last bar and drop-down button. Represents Drop down button Represents custom buttons Represents Bar Represents MaxNonBarArea Represents Bar Text Represents Bardrop down Represents nothing Represents UpButton Area states. Default state of the area. Area is hot (mouse is hovered over the area). Area is active (mouse is hovered over the child area). Area is pressed. Area is disabled. Common layout information. Initializes a new instance of the class. The 's hit test area. The bounds. Hit test area. The bounds. 's layout information. Initializes a new instance of the class. Index value The bounds of . The text's bounds of . The drop-down bounds of . Shevron visibility Index of bar is the collection of selected s. The text's bounds of . The drop-down bounds of . Indicates whether chevron is shown instead of drop-down button. Offsets all layout's bounds on X-axis. The X-axis offset. Performs hits test within the . Tested hit point. Layouting info of 's hit test area. Stores collection of instances. Initializes a new instance of the class. The initial number of elements that the can contain. Stores collection of instances. Specifies that this object implements layouting for control. Measures the text used in . The control. Graphics to measure at. The text to be measured. Size of measured text. Updates the layout of control according to its state. The control. Performs hits test. Tested hit point. Layouting info of hit test area. Gets the Layouting information for the specifies area of control. The area. Layouting information of the area. Gets the layout information for s. Gets the string format used in layouting. Gets the border's bounds. Gets of current layout. Specifies that this object implements cache areas' state information. Gets the state of the hit test area. Area's layout information. Area's state Sets the state of the hit test area. Area's layout information. Area's state. Clears all cached area states. Collection of cleared layouts. Base layouter for control. Initializes a new instance of the class. Measures the text used in . The control. Graphics to measure at. The text to be measured. Size of measured text. Updates the layout of control according to its state. The control. Gets the height of the text box. The navigation view. Returns TextBox Height Gets the height of the space area. The navigation view. Returns integer value Performs hits test. Tested hit point. Layouting info of hit test area. Gets the Layouting information for the specifies area of control. The area. Layouting information of the area. Gets the bounds for the specifies area of control. The area. The area's bounds. Gets the state of the hit test area. Area's layout information. Area's state Sets the state of the hit test area. Area's layout information. Area's state. Clears all cached area states. Collection of cleared layouts. Finalizes an instance of the LayouterBase class. is reclaimed by garbage collection. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets the layout information for s. Gets the string format used in layouting. Gets the border's bounds. Gets of current layout. This button can be hosted in . Custom Button Default width of control. Default size of the control Initializes a new instance of the class. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Font changed Size changed Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets the default size of the control. The default of the control. Stores collection of instances. Breadcrumb navigation view. Navigation View Objects that support history must implement this interface. Gets or sets the HistoryManager to use. Gets or sets a value indicating whether register items are in history list. Default height of control. Default 's path separator. Default size of the control Initializes a new instance of the class. Serialzing the CustomRender. Reset the CustomRender. Apply the ColorTable for Custom style. Determines whether contains the specified bar. The bar to be verified. true if the control contains the specified bar; otherwise, false. Determines whether contains the specified bar. The bar to be verified. The collection of bars. If not null, will contain hierarchy of parent bars s of searched bar. true if the collection contains the specified bar; otherwise, false. Method perfomes deep (recursive) search. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Size changed Raises the event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Performs the work of setting the specified bounds of this control. The new property value of the control. The new property value of the control. The new property value of the control. The new property value of the control. A bitwise combination of the values. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Enables rendering with . Signals the object that initialization is starting. Signals the object that initialization is complete. Required designer variable. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Occurs when property is changed. Occurs when property is changing. Occurs when is added to collection. Occurs when is removed from collection. Occurs when when the recently visited popup is shown. Occurs when when the recently visited popup is closed. Color table of the Win8 NavigationView Style Gets the collection of s. Gets/Set the customized render for the NavigationView. Gets the collection of visible s. Gets the collection of s. Gets or sets the visual style. Gets or sets the current selected bar. Gets the chain (path) of the s ended with . Gets or sets the chain (path) of the s ended with . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is in editing mode. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the bar should go into edit mode. Gets or sets the image list for s. Gets or sets the disabled image list for s. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show history buttons. true to show history buttons; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether this is initializing. Gets the text box for edit mode. Gets or sets the size of the recently visited popup drop-down. Gets or sets the recently visited paths. The array of strings. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show border. true to show border; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the color of the bars' area border. The color of the border. Gets or sets the background image displayed in the control. An that represents the image to display in the background of the control. Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. One of the values of ( , , , , or ). is the default value. The specified enumeration value does not exist. Gets or sets the background color for the control. A that represents the background color of the control. The default is the value of the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show text of root s. Event for find out the state of the HistoryUpButton. Gets the default size of the control. The default of the control. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets to use. Gets or sets the to use. Gets or sets a value indicating whether registered items are in history list. Delegate for find out the state of the HistoryUpButton. NavigationView ButtonState User must implement this interface to perform specified actions for UnDo\ReDo. Executes action. Reverses command. Executes action. Reverses command. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. The PopupMenu class lets you create XP like context menus in the XP Menus framework. The PopupMenu class works in conjunction with a . You should first associate a ParentBarItem with a PopupMenu (using its property) and fill the ParentBarItem with BarItems that you want displayed in the popup. Then use the PopupMenu's method to popup a menu at any location. Note that the ParentBarItem attached to this PopupMenu need not be associated with any BarManager. However, if the ParentBarItem is part of a BarManager(which itself is already in the form's designer) then you can design the PopupMenu during design time (through the PopupMenu designer's "Customize" verb) by simply dragging and dropping items from the BarManager into the PopupMenu. Take a look at our samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. The XPMenus sample will illustrate how to use the PopupMenu in the presence of a BarManager. The XPToolbarsAndContextMenus sample will illustrate how to use the PopupMenu in the absence of a BarManager, at stand alone. // Create and initialize a ParentBarItem this.editBarItem = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ParentBarItem(); this.editMenu.Text = "Edit"; this.editMenu.Items.AddRange(new BarItem[] { this.cutItem, this.copyItem,}); // Associate the ParentBarItem with the PopupMenu this.popupMenu1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.PopupMenu(); this.popupMenu1.ParentBarItem = this. editBarItem; // Then associate it with a RichTextBox this.popupMenusManager = new PopupMenusManager(); this.popupMenusManager.SetXPContextMenu(this.richTextBox1, this.popupMenu1); ' Create and initialize a ParentBarItem Me.editBarItem = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ParentBarItem() Me.editMenu.Text = "Edit" Me.editMenu.Items.AddRange(New BarItem() {Me.cutItem, Me.copyItem}) ' Associate the ParentBarItem with the PopupMenu Me.popupMenu1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.PopupMenu() Me.popupMenu1.ParentBarItem = Me.editBarItem ' Then associate it with a RichTextBox Me.popupMenusManager = New PopupMenusManager() Me.popupMenusManager.SetXPContextMenu(Me.richTextBox1, Me.popupMenu1) Ignore working area when menu begin popup. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the PopupMenu class. Creates a new instance of the Popupmenu class and adds itself to the specified container. The container into which to add. This constructor is used at design-time to add a component to the form's IContainer field so that it gets disposed when the form gets disposed. Indicates whether a specified control is part of the popup hierarchy. Indicates whether the Popup is currently open and dropped down. True if the Popup is open; false otherwise. Pops up a menu at the specified location within the control. Pops up a menu beside the specified rectangle in the control. The parent control for this PopupMenu. The rectangular region in client co-ordinates of the control to which the popup will be docked. Use this version of Show to popup the menu around a rectangle like in a combo box rather than around a point. The Popup drop-down position will be determined based on the available screen area and the docking rectangle beside which to popup. In NT4.0 this method will return immediately and the menu will be shown asynchronously. Will be thrown if control is null. Will be thrown if the control's handle is not created or if the control is not visible. Pops up a menu beside the specified rectangle in the control. The parent control for this PopupMenu. The point in the control's client co-ordinates at which the popup will be dropped-down. Use this version of Show to popup the menu at a specified point. The Popup drop-down alignment will be determined based on the available screen area and the point beside which to popup. In NT4.0 this method will return immediately and the menu will be shown asynchronously. Will be thrown if control is null. Will be thrown if the control's handle is not created or if the control is not visible. Hides a Popup if it is being displayed. Shows the children UI. Returns the parent control. Processes a shortcut key. The underlying is allowed to process the shorcut which will result in a 's event getting fired, if one with the specified shortcut is found. Processes the shortcut key. The shortcut key. True if processed; false otherwise. In this overload, if the shortcut was processed, the PopupMenu's property will be set to null when the 's event is fired. Processes the shortcut key. The shorcut key. The control in whose context the shortcut should be processed. True if processed; false otherwise. In this overload, if the shortcut was processed, the PopupMenu's property will be set to the specified control when the 's event is fired. Child closing method. Serves to get the border overlap cue. Serves to get the location for pop-up alignment. Processes mouse messages. Raises the BeforePopup event. A CancelMouseEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforePopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforePopup in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforePopup method so that registered delegates receive the event. Pre processing mouse messages. Returns the control that is displaying the PopupMenu. The control that is displaying the context menu. If no control has displayed the context menu, the property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). This property enables you to determine which control currently displays the context menu defined in this PopupMenu. If the context menu is not currently displayed, you can use this property to determine which control last displayed the context menu. You can use this property in the event to ensure that the control displays the proper menu items. You can also use this property to pass a reference to the control to a method that performs the tasks associated with a menu command displayed in the popup menu. Since the Form class inherits from control, you can also use this property if the context menu is associated with a form. You can use this property in the event to figure out in which control the context menu was shown. This can also be used when a shortcut key triggers a . event to determine in which control's context the shortcut was processed, if a PopupMenu is associated with multiple controls. Gets or sets ignore working area when menu begin popup. Indicates whether the PopupMenu should be displayed within the WM_CONTEXTMENU message processing stack or if the PopupMenu should be shown after a short delay (using a timer). Use the Asynchronous (timer based) approach if you intend to dispose the underlying SourceControl from within a Popup event. Gets or sets the ParentBarItem that specifies the items in the dropdown menu. The ParentBarItem that specifies the items in the dropdown menu. The default value is null. If this property is null, then calling Show on the PoupMenu will not have any effect (will Assert in debug mode). Sets the design time form. Gets the available menu grid. Fired when the ParentBarItem property changes. Fired right before the popup menu gets displayed with the position. This event gets fired before the underlying 's BeforePopup event gets fired. The difference is that this event also provides the mouse position of the context menu. Both events are cancellable. Occurs when menu is popped up. Occurs when menu is collapsed. Indicates whether a specified control is part of the popup hierarchy. Control value Bool vaue Returns true if related control Child closing method. Popup Child Popup CloseType Gets the available menu grid. EventArgs for BarPopup event of Navigation view Gets the currently picked bar. Gets or Sets maximum count of child items to be displayed at one time. Custom Color table for NavigationView. BackColor of the selected item. Border color of the selected item. Color of the dropdown arrow. BorderColor of the TextBox. BackColor of the TextBox. BackColor of the NavigationView. BackColor of the Arrow in Pressed state. BackColor of the Arrow in active state. Color of the Arrow in pressed state. Color of the Arrow in active state. Color of the Arrow in defaut state. visual styles. Represents office 2007 Style Represents Vista Style Represents Metro Style Represents Custom Style Specifies that this object implements rendering for control. Renders control. control to render. control's . control's layouter. control's area states. Base renderer for control. Renders control. control to render. control's . control's layouter. control's area states. Initializes the renderer. control to render. control's . control's layouter. control's area states. Renders control's background. Renders control's borders. Renders the history buttons' area. Renders the history buttons's background. Renders the selected bar's image. The layout info. Renders the history button's image. The image. The bounds. Renders the history back button. The area's layout information. Renders the history forward button. The area's layout information. Renders the history drop down button. The area's layout information. Renders the history drop down button. The area's layout information. Renders the editor area. Sets the color of the text box background. The background color. Renders the bars' area. Renders the bars. Renders the bar. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar's background. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. The state. The bounds. Renders the bar's text area. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar's text. The bar to be rendered. The state. The text bounds. Renders the bar's drop down button. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar drop-down button's arrow. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. The bar's layout. The image. The arrow bounds. Renders the bar's borders. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar's border. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bounds. Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bar's layout. Creates background brush for a . The bounds. First color. Second color. The blend. Created background brush. Renders the drop-down button. The drop-down button's layout. Renders custom buttons' area. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Finalizes an instance of the class. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Initializes the renderer. control to render. control's . control's layouter. control's area states. Renders the editor area. Renders the bars. Renders the bar's background. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. The state. The bounds. Renders the bar's drop down button. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar borders. The bar. The info. Renders the drop down. The drop-down button's layout. Gets current Office2007 color table. Drop-down button implementation for . Initializes a new instance of the class. The control. Gets owner . Indicates whether owner control is active. true if this instance is control active; otherwise, false. Renders control's background. Renders control's borders. Renders the bars' area. Renders the editor area. Renders the bar's background. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. The state. The bounds. Renders the bar. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar's text. The bar to be rendered. The state. The text bounds. Renders the bar's border. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bounds. Renders the bar's drop down button. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. The bar's layout. The image. The arrow bounds. Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bar's layout. Renders the drop-down button. The drop-down button's layout. Renders control's background. Renders the bars' area. Renders the editor area. Renders the bar's background. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. The state. The bounds. Renders the bar. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar's text. The bar to be rendered. The state. The text bounds. Renders the bar's border. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bounds. Renders the bar's drop down button. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. The bar's layout. The image. The arrow bounds. Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bar's layout. Renders the drop-down button. The drop-down button's layout. Renders the background area. Renders control's background. Renders the bars' area. Renders the editor area. Renders the bar's background. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. The state. The bounds. Renders the bar. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Renders the bar's text. The bar to be rendered. The state. The text bounds. Renders the bar's border. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bounds. Renders the bar's drop down button. The bar to be rendered. The bar's layout info. Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. The bar's layout. The image. The arrow bounds. Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. State of the drop-down button. if set to true, bar's border is drawn. The bar's layout. Renders the drop-down button. The drop-down button's layout. Renders the background area. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Advanced RadialMenu with MenuItems,RadialFontListBox, RadialMenuSlider and RadialColorPalette. Initializes the WM_GESTURENOTIFY variable. Initializes the WM_GESTURE variable. Initializes the GC_ALLGESTURES variable. Initializes the variable GID_BEGIN. Initializes the variable GID_END. Initializes the variable GID_ZOOM. Initializes the variable GID_PAN. Initializes the variable GID_ROTATE. Initializes the variable GID_TWOFINGERTAP. Initializes the variable GID_PRESSANDTAP. Initializes the gesture flags GF_BEGIN. Initializes the gesture flags GF_INERTIA. Initializes the gesture flags GF_INERTIA. Initializes the gesture flags ULL_ARGUMENTS_BIT_MASK. Required designer variable. Method to dispose sub items Control Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Initialization of components. Constuctor of the RadialMenu Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is released. object MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the control is redrawn. Object PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Re-Initializing the RadialMenu after disposed Object PopupClosedEventArgs which contains EventData Resetting RadialMenu properties. Displaying the RadialMenu in Cursor location Displaying the RadialMenu in defined location Location Initializing the fontListBoxinitialize Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndex property or the has changed. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the autosize bool variable. Accessibility object for RadialMenu. Variable for displayStyle. Reset the Display Style property Serializing the DisplayStyle Property Resets the Opacity Serializes the Opacity. Opacity Variable for showToolTip. Resets the ShowToolTip. Serializes the ShowToolTip. Boolean Variable for outerArcGap. Resets the OuterArcGab Serializes the OuterArcGap. Variable for backColor. Variable for persistPreviousSate. Resets the PersistPreviousSate Serializing the property PersistPreviousSate Variable for menuImageCollection. Resets the ImageCollection Serializing the property ImageCollection Variable for useIndexBasedOrder. Resets the UseIndexBasedOrder Serializing the property UseIndexBasedOrder UseIndexBasedOrder Resets the ItemOnLoad Serializing the property ItemOnLoad ItemOnLoad Resets the Icon Serializing the property Icon Icon Initializes the initialImage variable. Resets the MenuIcon Serializing the property MenuIcon Default value of the MenuIcon Resets the Items Serializing the property Items Items Variable for stateImageList. Resets the ImageList Serializing the property ImageList ImageList Variable for wedgeCount. Resets the WedgeCount Serializing the property WedgeCount WedgeCount Variable for outerArcColor. Resets the OuterArcColor Serializing the property OuterArcColor OuterArcColor Variable for outerArcHighlightedColor. Resets the OuterArcHighLightedColor Serializing the property OuterArcHighLightedColor OuterArcHighLightedColor Variable for triangleColor. Resets the DrillDownArrowColor Serializing the property DrillDownArrowColor DrillDownArrowColor Variable for centerCircleRadiusFactor. Resets the CenterCircleRadiusFactor Serializing the property CenterCircleRadiusFactor InnerCircleRadius Variable for highLightedArcColor. Resets the HighlightedArcColor Serializing the property HighlightedArcColor HighlightedArcColor Variable for rimBackground. Resets the value for OuterRimColor Serializing the property OuterRimColor OuterRimColor Variable for innerCircleColor. Resets the value for InnerCircleColor Serializing the property InnerCircleColor InnerCircleColor Variable for centerCircleRimColor. Resets the value for CenterCircleRimColor Serializing the property CenterCircleRimColor CenterCircleRimColor Variable for useTransition. Resets the value for UseTransition Serializing the property UseTransition UseTransition Variable for transitionSpeed. Resets the value for TransitionSpeed Serializing the property TransitionSpeed TransitionSpeed Variable for rimThickness. Resets the value for OuterRimThickness Serializing the property OuterRimThickness OuterRimThickness Variable for containerVisible. Resets the MenuVisibility Serializes the MenuVisibility. MenuVisibility Variable for paletteWedgeCount. Variable for fontItemHeight. Variable for mosueDownWithMove. Variable for mouseDownCheck. Variable for visibleColorCollection. Variable for colorCollectionVisibility. Variable for fontListbox. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show OriginalMenu. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable CancelEvents. Variable which enables or disables the visibility of PiePalatte. Variable which enables for disables the visibility of Slider. Variable for angle. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MousePressed. Variable for radialSlider. Variable for pieColorPalatte. Variable for sliderForeColor. Variable for currentMousePoint. Variable for getMouseDownPoint. Finding the nearest angle MouseXY used for finding nearest angle Angle Sets the Angle. Mouse pointer Variable for sliderImage. Variable for startAngle. Initializes the MinimumValue variable. Initializes the MaximumValue variable. Initializes the SliderDivision variable. Initializes the FindAngleDiffence variable. Refreshing the RadialMenu Overrides OnSizeChanged event. EventArgs which contains EventData Invalidates the entire surface of the control and causes the control to be redrawn. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Updates the ImageList ImageListAdv ImageListAdv Variable for _gestureConfigSize. Variable for _gestureInfoSize. Initializes the gesture flags _iArguments. Initializes the variable _ptFirst. Initializes the variable _ptSecond. Menus will be arranged from given Start angle. StartAngle of the menus Initializes new object for BackgroundWorker. Control will dynamically creates menus as per the given directory. Initializes the new object for Label. Occurs when the background operation has completed, has been canceled, or has raised an exception. Object RunWorkerCompletedEventArgs which contains EventData DragEventArgs which contains EventData Adds the sub items Name of RadialMenuItem RadialMenuItem Sets whether to decoding the gesture. Implements a Windows message. True or false Converts from "binary radians" to traditional radians. GCI_ROTATE_ANGLE_FROM_ARGUMENT Radians Sets the Location. Variable for touchPopUpPoint. Overridden. System.Windows.Forms.Control.WndProc(). Implements a Windows message. Sets the checked state of the CheckOption. RadialMenuItem Checks whether the RadialMenuItem is Checked. RadialMenuItem RadialMenuItem Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Next level drill down for RadialFontListBox RadialFontListBox Next level drill down for RadialColorPalette RadialColorPalette Next level drill down for RadialColorPalette RadialColorPalette Next level drill down for RadialMenuSlider RadialMenuSlider Next level DrillDown for RadialMenuItem RadialMenuItem NextLevelOpening for RadialMenuSlider RadialMenuSlider NextLevelOpening for RadialColorPalette RadialColorPalette NextLevelOpening for RadialMenuItem RadialMenuItem NextLevelOpeing for RadialFontListBox RadialFontListBox Occurs when the MaximumValue of the RadialMenuSlider is changed. object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the MinimumValue of the RadialMenuSlider is changed. object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when RadialMenuFontListBox item height is changed. object EventArgs which contains EventData Set the region for MenuItem in index based RadialMenu. RadialMenuItem Set the region for MenuItem in sequence. RadialMenuItem Slider current line drawing PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Return Angle Current point Origin point Angle Initializes the outer color values for ColorPalette. Initializes the inner color values for the ColorPalatte. Get the current item MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. EventArgs which contains EventData Refreshes RadialMenuItem. RadialMenuItem Refreshing all the Items in RadialMenu. Paints the Rim PaintEventArgs which contains EventData RadialMenuItem Drawing RadialColorPalette PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Drawing RadialMenuSlider PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Drawing division lines PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Draws Radial Triangle. No of items Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface OuterColor Draws Triangle No of items Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. Boolean variable Boolean variable Drawing index based MenuItem. PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the TransparencyKeyColor variable. Sets the color for Transparency. Color variable Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Paint event. PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Variable for origin. Checks whether the mouse point is inside the circle. Mouse pointer location Boolean variable Checks whether the mouse point is outside the circle. Mouse pointer location Boolean variable Gets the current point Degree Radius Origin Point PointF Gets the ColorPalette outer path. Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle GraphicsPath Gets the ColorPalette inner path. Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle GraphicsPath Initializes the innerPaletteThickness variable. Gets the ColorPalette outer region. Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle Region Gets the ColorItem outer region. Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle Region Gets the outer palette inner region. Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle Region Gets the inner palette region Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle Region Get the path of inner ColorPalette. Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle GraphicsPath Gets the path of outer ColorPalette. Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface Color Start angle GraphicsPath variable for DrillDown property Resets the DrillDown property Serializes the DrillDown property DrillDown Event for NextLevelOpening. Occurs when previous menu level is opening. Occurs when previous menu level is opened. Occurs when next menu level is opened. Gets or sets the BackColor. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the AutoSize. Gets or sets the BorderStyle Overrides the ContextMenu. Overrides the ContextMenuStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container enables the user to scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. Overrides the BackgroundImage. Overrides the BackgroundImageLayout. Overrides the Dock. Overrides the MaximumSize. Overrides the MinimumSize. Overrides the RightToLeft. Gets or sets the value to the DisplayStyle. Gets or sets the value to the Opacity. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the ToolTip. Gets or sets the value associated with the OuterArcGap. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the PreviousState. Gets or sets value to the images of the Menus. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the sequence menu order. Gets or sets value to the load MenuItem. Gets or sets the value to the Icon. Gets or sets value of the MenuIcon. Gets or sets the value to the items. Gets or sets value to the images of the Menus. Gets or sets the value to allocate the space for the items. Gets or sets the value to the color of the OuterArc. Gets or sets the value to the color of the OuterArc. Gets or sets the value to the color of the DrillDownArrow. Gets or sets the value to the radius of the CenterCircle. Gets or sets the value associated with the HighlightedArcColor. Gets or sets the value to the color of the Rim. Gets or sets the value associated with the InnerCircleColor. Gets or sets the value to the color of the CenterCircleRim. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable the Transition. Gets or sets the value to the speed of the transition. Gets or sets the value to the thickness of the OuterRim. Event for MenuVisibilityChanged. Event for MenuVisibilityChanging. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MenuVisibility. Gets the value associated with the SliderCurrentPieAngle. Gets the value associated with the ColorPaletteAngle. Gets the value associated with the PieAngle. Gets or sets the value associated with the PaletteWedgeCount. Gets or sets the value for FontItemHeight Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MosueDownWithMove. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MouseDownCheck. Gets or sets the value associated with the visibleColorCollection. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable the visiblity of ColorCollection. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show OriginalMenu. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable CancelEvents. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable for disable the visibility of PiePalatte. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable for disable the visibility of Slider. Gets or sets the value associated with the Angle. Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MousePressed. Gets or sets the value associated with the RadialSlider. Gets or sets the value associated with the PieColorPalatte. Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderForeColor. Gets or sets the value for CurrentMousePoint Gets or sets the value for GetMouseDownPoint Gets or sets the value for SliderImage Gets the startAngle. Gets or sets the DrillDown type for NextLevelOpening Enum that specifies the type of DrillDown for NextLevelOpening DrillDown while clicking on the Inner circle. DrillDown while clicking on the Outer circle. DrillDown while clicking on the Both circle. Delegate for StartMenulOpening. object MenuVisibilityChanging which contains EventData Delegate for NextMenuLevelOpening. object NextLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousMenuLevelOpening. object PreviousLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousMenuLevelOpened. object PreviousLevelOpened which contains EventData Delegate for NextMenuLevelOpened object NextLevelOpened which contains EventData Designer class for RadialMenu Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Componnent object Gets the value indicating the designer action Class for RadialMenuActionList. Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuActionList class. Represents component Overridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets the items associated with the RadialMenu. Gets or sets the Name. Gets sets the value for WedgeCount Variable for Points Initializes the GESTUREINFO. Initializes the GESTURECONFIG Class for RadialMenuItem Initializes new instance of RadialMenuItem class. Initializes the filePath variable. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the defaultProcessStart variable. Sets the value for DefaultProcessStart. boolean Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Fires PreviousMenuLevelOpening event. Fires NextMenuOpening event. Fires PreviousMenuLevelOpened event. Fires NextMenuOpened event. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseEnter event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. EventArgs which contains EventData Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. Color Initializes the cancelEvents variable. Initializes the parentItem variable. Initializes the menuRegion variable. Initializes the itemRegion variable. Initializes the selected variable. Initializes the menuSelected variable. Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. Initializes the groupName variable. Resets the GroupName value Serializing the GroupName property GroupName Initializes the checkMode variable. Reset the CheckMode value Serializing the CheckMode property CheckMode Initializes the checkedState variable. Resets the Checked value. Serializing the Checked property. Initializes the imageIndex variable. Resets the ImageIndex Serializes the ImageIndex property. ImageIndex Initializes the backColor variable. Resets the BackColor Serializes the BackColor property. BackColor Initializes the disabled_Color variable. Initializes the index variable. Resets the Index. Serializes the Index property. index Initializes the items collection. Resets the Items. Serializes the Items property Items Gets or sets the FilePath. Occurs when next level is opening. Occurs when previous menu level is opening. Occurs when next level is opened. Occurs when previous menu level is opened. Overrides ContextMenu. Overrides ContextMenuStrip. Overrides BackgroundImage. Overrides the BackgroundImageLayout. Overrides the Dock. Overrides the MaximumSize. Overrides the MinimumSize. Overrides the RightToLeft. Gets or sets the value for CancelEvents. Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. Gets or sets the Region for MenuItem. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. Gets or sets the value for CheckMouseEntered Gets/Sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim Gets or sets the value to item GroupName. Gets or sets the value to item CheckMode. Gets or sets the value to item checked state. Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. Gets or sets the value associated with the RadialMenu BackColor. Gets the value of the DisabledColor. Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. Gets or sets the value to the items of the the RadialMenu. Delegate for NextLevelOpening. object RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousLevelOpening. object RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for NextLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Class for RadialFontListBox Initializes the radialMenuFontListBox variable. Initializes the cancelEvents bool variable. Initializes the menuRegion variable. Initializes the itemRegion variable. Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. Initializes the parentItem variable. Initializes the selected variable. Initializes the menuSelected variable. Initializes the radialFontListBoxVisibility variable. Initializes the disabled_Color variable. Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. Color Initializes the itemHeight variable. Resets the ItemHeight Serializes the ItemHeight. ItemHeight Initializes the itemBackColor. Resets the ItemBackColor Serializes the ItemBackColor property. ItemBackColor Initializes the index variable. Resets the Index Serializes the Index variable. Index Initializes the imageIndex variable. Resets the ImageIndex Serializes the ImageIndex. ImageIndex Fires the event PreviousMenuLevelOpened. Fires the event NextMenuOpened. Fires the event NextMenuLevelOpening. Fires the event PreviousMenuLevelOpening. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the RadialFontChanged event. string Initializes the new instance for RadialFontListBox class. Occurs when next menu level is opening in RadialFontListBox. Occurs when previous menu level is opening in RadialFontListBox. Occurs when previous menu level is opened in RadialFontListBox. Occurs when next menu is opened in RadialFontListBox. Occurs when selected Font is changed in RadialFontListBox. Gets or sets the RadialMenuFontListBox. Gets or sets the value associated with the CancelEvents. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the CheckMouseEntered. Gets or sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the RadialFontListBoxVisibility. Gets the DisabledColor property. Event forItemHeightChanged. Gets or sets the value to the ItemHeight. Gets or sets the value to the backcolor of the item. Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. Overrides the Dock property. Overrides the BackgroundImage property. Overrides the Dock ContextMenuStrip. Overrides the RightToLeft property. Delegate for NextLevelOpening. object RadialFontMenuNextLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousLevelOpening. object RadialFontMenuPreviostLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for NextLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Class for RadialMenuFontBox. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuFontBox class. InitializeComponent of the RadialMenuFontBox class. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Variable for panel1. Variable for panel2. Variable for radialMenuFontListBox1. Variable for borderColor. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Paint event. PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Gets or sets the BorderColor property. Overrides the CreateParams property. Class for RadialMenuFontListBox. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuFontListBox class Variable for standardStringFormat Variable for recentlyAddedMaximumCount Variable for Adjust Variable for defaultFont Variable for RecentlyAdded Variable for FontImage Gets the fontcollection. Graphics Draws the splitter. Graphics Rectangle Overrides the OnDrawItem. DrawItemEventArgs which contains EventData Overrides SelectedIndexChanged event. EventArgs which contains EventData Overrides FontChanged event. EventArgs which contains EventData Gets or sets the drawing mode for the control. Gets or sets the method in which items are selected in the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox. Gets or sets the MaximumFavourites property. Gets or sets the Image property. Advanced RadialColorPalette with color items Raises PreviousMenuLevelOpened event. Raises NextMenuOpened event. Raises PreviousMenuOpening event. Raises NextMenuOpening event. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseEnter event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. EventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the new instance for RadialColorPalette class. Initializes the cancelEvents variable. Initializes the piePalatteVisibility variable. Initailizes the defaultColorPaletteItemCollection. Initializes the selected variable. Initializes the menuSelected variable. Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. Initializes the parentItem variable. Initializes the redRegion variable. Initializes the greenRegion variable. Initializes the blueRegion variable. Initializes the yellowRegion variable. Initializes the colorPaletteItemCollection. Initializes the menuRegion variable. Initializes the itemRegion variable. Initializes the disabled_Color property. Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. Color Initializes the index variable Resets the Index Serializes the Index. Index Initializes the itemBackColor variable. Resets the ItemBackColor Serializes the ItemBackColor. ItemBackColor Initializes the imageIndex variable. Resets the ImageIndex Serializes the ImageIndex property. ImageIndex Initializes the blackColorCollection variable. Initializes the redColorCollection variable. Initializes the yellowColorCollection variable. Initializes the greenColorCollection variable. Initializes the blueColorCollection variable. Initializes the BlackColorCollection. Initializes the RedColorCollection. Initializes the YellowColorCollection. Initializes the GreenColorCollection. Initializes the BlueColorCollection. Raises the ColorPaletteColorChanged event. NextLevelOpening event for RadialColorPalette. PreviousMenuLevelOpening event for RadialColorPalette. NextLevelOpened event for RadialColorPalette. PreviousLevelOpened event for RadialColorPalette. Gets or sets the value associated with the CancelEvents. Gets or sets the value associated with the PiePalatteVisibility. Gets or sets the value for DefaultColorPaletteItemCollection. Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the CheckMouseEntered. Gets or sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim. Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. Gets or sets the value associated with the RedItemRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the GreenItemRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the BlueItemRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the YellowItemRegion. Gets or sets the value to the ColorPaletteItemCollection. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. Gets the value for DisabledColor. Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemBackColor. Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. Overrides the BackColor property. Overrides the Dock property. Overrides the BackgroundImage. Overrides the ContextMenuStrip. Overrides the RightToLeft. Event for ColorPaletteColorChanged. Delegate for NextLevelOpening. object RadialMenuNextLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousMenuLevelOpening. object RadialMenuNextLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for NextLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Class for ColorSpecialItems. Initializes the new instance for ColorSpecialItems class. Adds the items in ColorCollection. ColorCollection ColorCollection Adds the items in ColorCollection. ColorCollection Removes the items from ColorCollection. ColorCollection Checks whether the InnerList contains the given ColorCollection. ColorCollection ColorCollection Gets the values of the ColorCollection. ColorCollection Gets or sets the ColorCollection. Index ColorCollection Class for ColorCollectionConverter. Class for ColorCollection. Initializes the menuSelected variable. Initializes the itemSelected variable. Initializes the itemRegion variable. Initializes the itemInnerRegion variable. Initializes the color1 variable. Resets the Color1 Serializes the Color1 Color1 Initializes the color1Region variable. Initializes the color1InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color1OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color2InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color2OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color3InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color3OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color4InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color4OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color5InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color5OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color6InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color6OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color7InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color7OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color8InnerSelected variable. Initializes the color8OuterSelected variable. Initializes the color1OuterRegion variable. Initializes the color2 variable. Resets the Color2 Serializes the color2. color2 Initializes the color2Region variable. Initializes the color2OuterRegion variable. Initializes the color3 variable. Resets the Color3 Serializes the Color3 Color3 Initializes the color3Region variable. Initializes the color3OuterRegion variable. Initializes the color4 variable. Resets the Color4 Serializes the Color4 Color4 Initializes the color4Region variable. Initializes the color4OuterRegion variable. Initializes the color5 variable. Resets the Color5 Serializes the Color5 Color5 Initializes the color5Region variable. Initializes the color5OuterRegion variable. Initializes the color6 variable. Resets the Color6 Serializes the Color6. Color6 Initializes the color6Region variable. Initializes the color6OuterRegion variable. Initializes the color7 variable. Resets the Color7 Serializes the Color7. Color7 Initializes the color7OuterRegion variable. Initializes the color7Region variable. Initializes the color8 variable. Resets the Color8 Serializes the Color8. Color8 Initializes the color8Region variable. Initializes the color8OuterRegion variable. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemInnerRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1InnerSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2InnerSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3InnerSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4InnerSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5InnerSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6InnerSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8OuterSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1OuterRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2OuterRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3OuterRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4OuterRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5OuterRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6OuterRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7OuterRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8Region. Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8OuterRegion. Advanced RadialMenuSlider Initializes the angle variable. Initializes the cancelEvents variable. Raises the PreviousMenuLevelOpened event. Raises the NextMenuOpened event. Raises the PreviousMenuOpening event. Raises the NextMenuOpening event. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseEnter event. EventArgs which contains EventData Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. EventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuSlider class. Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. Initializes the parentItem variable. Initializes the menuRegion variable. Initializes the itemRegion variable. Initializes the menuSelected variable. Initializes the selected variable. Initializes the sliderVisibility variable. Initializes the disabled_Color variable. Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. Color Initializes the minimumValue variable. Initializes the itemBackColor variable. Resets the ItemBackColor. Serializes the ItemBackColor property. itemBackColor Resets the MinimumValue Serializes the MinimumValue property. MinimumValue Initializes the maximumValue variable. Resets the MaximumValue Serializes the MaximumValue property. MaximumValue Initializes the sliderValue variable. Initializes the index variable. Resets the Index Serializes the Index. Index Initializes the sliderStyle variable. Resets the SliderStyle Serializes the SliderStyle. SliderStyle Initializes the imageIndex. Resets the ImageIndex Serializes the ImageIndex ImageIndex Raises the SliderValueChanged event. Occurs when next level is opening in RadialMenuSlider. Occurs when previous level is opening in RadialMenuSlider. Occurs when next level is opened in RadialMenuSlider. Occurs when previous level is opened in RadialMenuSlider. Gets or sets the value associated with the Angle. Gets or sets the value associated with the CancelEvents. Overrides the BackColor. Overrides the Dock. Overrides the BackgroundImage. Overrides the ContextMenuStrip. Overrides the RightToLeft. Gets or sets the value associated with the CheckMouseEntered. Gets/Sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderVisibility. Event for MinimumValueChanged. Gets or sets the value to the MinimumValue of the Slider. Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemBackColor. Event for MaximumValueChanged. Gets or sets the MaximumValue of the Slider. Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderValue. Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderStyle. Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. Event for SliderValueChanged. Delegate for NextLevelOpening. object RadialSliderNextLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousLevelOpening. object RadialSliderPreviousLevelOpening which contains EventData Delegate for NextLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. object EventArgs which contains EventData Delegate for SliderValueChangedEventArgs. Delegate for ColorChanged. Delegate for SelectedFontChanged. RadilMenuSliderStyle Default SliderStyle. Frame SliderStyle. Class for RadialMenuSliderValueChangedEventArgs. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuSliderValueChangedEventArgs class. Initializes the s_value. Gets or sets the RadialMenuSlider Value Class for SelctedColorChangedEventArgs. Initializes the new instance for SelctedColorChangedEventArgs class. Color Initializes the selectedColor variable. Gets or sets the value for SelectedColor. Class for SlectedIndexChangedEventArgs. Initializes the new instance for SlectedIndexChangedEventArgs. Color Variable for selectedFontname. Gets or sets the value of SelectedFontName. Class for RadialMenuNextLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuNextLevelOpening class. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Class for RadialMenuNextLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuPreviousLevelOpening. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Class for PreviousLevelOpened. Initializes the new instance for PreviousLevelOpened class. Variable for Owner. Variable for selectedItem. Gets or sets the value for SelectedItem. Class for PreviousLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for PreviousLevelOpening class. Variable for Owner. Variable for Owner. Variable for selectedItem. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Gets or sets the value for SelectedItem. Class for NextLevelOpened. Initializes the new instance for NextLevelOpened. Variable for Owner. Variable for selectedItem. Gets or sets the SelectedItem. Class for NextLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for NextLevelOpening class. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Variable for selectedItem. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Gets or sets the value for SelectedItem. Class for MenuVisibilityChanging. Initializes the new instance for MenuVisibilityChanging. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Class for RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel. Class for RadialMenuItemPreviousLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuItemPreviousLevelOpening. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Class for RadialSliderNextLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialSliderNextLevelOpening. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel. Class for RadialSliderPreviousLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialSliderPreviousLevelOpening. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Class for RadialFontMenuNextLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialFontMenuNextLevelOpening class. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Class for RadialFontMenuPreviostLevelOpening. Initializes the new instance for RadialFontMenuPreviostLevelOpening. Variable for Owner. Variable for cancel. Gets or sets the value for Cancel Property for DisplayStyle. Displays the text above the Image. Displays the Text below the Image. Displays the Text alone. Displays Image alone. Property for CheckMode. Allows to select one RadialMenuItem at a time. Allows to check the selected RadialMenuItems alone. RadialMenuItems cannot be checked. Class used for Accessibility of RadialMenu. RadialMenu Constructor RadialMenu Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. Number of Child. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. Index Child specified to the index Retrieves the object that has the focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. Child Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. Mouse pointer X location Mouse pointer Y location control Navigates to another accessible object. AccessibleNavigation An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents one of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation values. Bounds of the Control Gets the role for the RadialMenu. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject Gets the state of this accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. Class for RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditor variable for ITypeDescriptorContext. Variable for IWindowsFormsEditorService. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditor. Overridden function of EditValue. Contextual information about a component An object that provides custom support to other objects. Object RadialMenuItemCollection Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. Used to gain additional context information. UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style Added Items to the ITypeDescriptorContext. Object Item Items removed from ITypeDescriptorContext. Object Item Event for CollectionChanged. Object Value Initializes new RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditorForm RadialMenu RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditorForm Event for CollectionChanged. Delegate for CollectionChanged EventHandler. Collection which holds the RadialMenu's child items Constructs a new instance. The Control that this collection is associated with. The Control this collection is associated with. The list of items stored in this control. Sorts the items in the collection Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. The comparer used to compare items. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Variable for itemCollectionList. Exposes the enumerator, which supports a simple iteration over a collection of a specified type. List Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Adds an item to the collection. The item to add to the collection. Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. The object to locate in the collection. True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. True if the item was successfully removed from the colleection, otherwise false. This method also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Adds an item to the list. The item to add to the list. The position at which the item was inserted. Determines whether the list contains a specific value. The object to locate in the list. True if an instance of the item was found in the list, otherwise false. Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. CustomCollectionEditorForm for RadialMenu Variable for Collection. Variable for backupList. Variable for pg_PropGrid. Variable for pan_ButtonsPan. Variable for add button. Variable for remove button. Variable for down button. Variable for up button. Variable for ok button. Variable for cancel button. Variable for comboBox1. Variable for attachedEditor. Variable for listBox1 Variable for label1. Variable for radialMenu1. Variable for components. Variable for panel1. Variable for splitContainer1. Variable for panel2. Initializes the radialMenu variable. Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditorForm class. RadialMenu Event for Load. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Gets the value of the Property. RadialMenu PropertyInfo object Returns the Properties. RadialMenu object Sets the Property. RadialMenu Property Name Value of the property. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets the data type of each item in the collection. The collection for which to get the item's type The data type of the collection items. Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain The collection for which to return the available types An array of data types that this collection can contain. Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. The type of item to create. A new instance of the specified object. Destroys the specified instance of the object. The object to destroy. Destroys the specified instance of the object. The object to destroy Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. The object to destroy Removes the Item from the collection. Item which is to be removed. Adds the Item to the collection. Item which is to be added Moves the item to the specified index. collection index up or down Generates the item array. Collection Object Creates a new object for itemcollection . The collection item for which to create an object. Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add in the item collection. The object to be customized in respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. The collection item for which it customizes the created object. Refreshes the value by adding the Items to the collection. Occurs when a property value changes. Object PropertyValueChangedEventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the selected System.Windows.Forms.GridItem is changed. Object SelectedGridItemChangedEventArgs which contains EventData Function which sets the properties. Object Instance of the Item Value of the Item Function to undo the changes. Collection Collection Copies the Items from source to destination. Source collection Destination collection Overrides OnResize method. EventArgs which contains EventData Overrides OnClosing method. CancelEventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the cancel Button is clicked. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the up Button is clicked. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the down Button is clicked. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the ok Button is clicked. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the add Button is clicked. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the remove Button is clicked. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Load event of the CustomCollectionEditorForm. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndex property is changed Object EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. Object KeyEventArgs which contains EventData Event for InstanceCreated. Event for DestroyingInstance. Event for ItemRemoved. Event for ItemAdded. Gets or sets the Collection. Delegate for InstanceEventHandler. Sender Instance Class for Transition. Initializes the controlZoomPoint variable. Initializes the controlOpacityPoint variable. Initializes the controlSpinRange variable. Initializes the controlTimeNow variable. Initializes the transiotionMinTime variable. Initializes the transitionMaxSize variable. Initializes the new instance of padding. Initializes the Transition variables. Creates a shallow copy of the current System.Object. Transition Adds the values of Transition variables. Transition Gets or sets the value for ControlSpinPoint. Gets or sets the value for ControlSpinRange. Gets or sets the value for ControlZoomPoint. Gets or sets the value for ControlOpacityPoint. Gets or sets the value for ControlTimeNow. Gets or sets the value for TransiotionMinTime. Gets or sets the value for TransitionMaxSize. Gets or sets the value for Padding. Gets or sets the value for Spin. Gets or sets the value for Zoom. Gets or sets the value for ZoomAndSpin. Enum property for TransitionTypes. Spins while previous level is opening. Zooms when next level is drill down. Both Spin and zoom occurs. Enum property for TransitionVisibility. Shows the Transition. Hides the Transition. Shows the update. Class for TransitionTransformRequiredEvents. Initializes the _timeNow variable. Initializes the new instance for transitionCollection. Initializes the new instance for clientRectangle. Initializes the new instance for transition. Initializes the new instance for clipRectangle. Initializes the defaultMatrixMode variable. Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. Initializes the new instance for transitionVisibility. Sets the value for TransitionCollection. Gets or sets the value for TimeNow. Gets or sets the value for TransitionCollection. Gets or sets the value for ClientRectangle. Gets or sets the value for Transition. Gets or sets the value for ClipRectangle. Gets or sets the value for DefaultMatrixMode. Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. Gets or sets the value for TransitionVisibility. Class for TransitionNextItem. Variable for transition. Variable for transitionController. Variable for transitionControl. Variable for TransitionVisibility. Variable for Rectangle. Variable for isControlActive. Initializes the new instance for activateTime. Gets or sets the value for ActivateTime. Gets or sets whether the Control is Focused. Class for StartTransition. Initializes the new instance for transitionNextItem list. Initializes the new instance for transitionNextCall list. Initializes the maximumTransitionTime variable. Initializes the transitionGab variable. Variable for TransitionTypes. Initializes the new instance for normalTransition. Variable for transitionThread. Initializes the new instance for StartTransition class. Initializes the transitionDurationStp variable. Initializes the new instance of StartTransition class. IContainer Initialization of StartTransition class. Occurs when the component is disposed by a call to the System.ComponentModel.Component.Dispose() method. Object EventArgs which contains EventData Function which starts the Transition. Sets the Control visibility based on TransitionVisibility property. Control TransitionVisibility Sets the Control visibility based on TransitionVisibility property. Control TransitionVisibility Sets the flag for next transition. Control Calls control's BeginInvoke. Control TransitionVisibility Starts the Transition. TransitionNextItem Returns the bool value whether the Transition can extend. Object bool Ends the Transition if it is over. Returns the controls visibility base on TransitionVisibility property value. Control TransitionVisibility bool Raises the ControlTransitionCompleted event. TransitionNextItem Adds the controls in transitionNextItem controls list. Control bool Transition Adds the controls in transitionNextItem controls list. Control TransitionVisibility boolean Transition Rectangle Hides the control. Control bool Transition Raises the ControlFramePainted event. object PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Clears all the list and values to its default value. Gets or sets the value for MaximumtransitionTime. Gets or sets the value for TransitionGab. Gets or sets whether the Transition is overed. Gets or sets the value for NormalTransition Gets or sets the value for TransitionTypes of control. Event for ControlTransitionCompleted. Gets or sets the value for TransitionDurationStp. Event for ControlFramePainted. EventHandler for AllTransitionCompleted. Delegate for Action. Control TransitionVisibility Delegate for InvokeDelegate. Control TransitionVisibility Delegate for DostartTransition TransitionNextItem Class for TransitionHandler. Initializes the bytesPerPixel variable. Initializes the new instance for transitionDummmyImage. Initializes the timeStep variable. Variable for transitionControlImage. Variable for TransitionArea. Variable for _transitionVisibility. Variable for _transition. Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. Initializes the currentTime variable. Releases all resources used by this System.Drawing.Image. Initializes the new instance for TransitionHandler class. Control TransitionVisibility Transition float variable Rectangle Resets the TransitionDummmyImage value. Resets the TransitionDummmyImage value. Control Sets the Transition image of the control. Control bool bool Returns bitmap Transition image of the control. Control Bitmap image Raises the FramePainted event. object PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Returns the Transition area of the control. Rectangle Rectangle Paints Frame of the control. object PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Raises the MouseDown event. object MouseEventArgs which contains EventData Sets the TransitionImage3 of Control. Control bool value whether including ForeGround value or not. bool Bitmap Initializes the t_nextcontrol variable. Initializes the new instance for rnd. Raised TransfromNeeded event. object TransitionTransformRequiredEvents which contains EventData Invalidates the TransitionDummmyImage control. Event for TransfromNeeded. Returns bool value whether the Transition is over. Event for FramePainting. Event for FramePainted. Event for MouseDown. Gets or sets the value for CurrentTime. Gets or sets the TransitionDummmyImage property. Gets or sets the TransitionImage Gets or sets the Frame. Gets or sets the TimeStep property. Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. Gets the bounds of the Control. Gets or sets the value for transition_nextcontrol. Delegate for InvokeDelegate. Delegate for Action. Control Interface for DuplicateControl. Function which begins the DuplicateControl's transition Control Padding value of the control Event for TransitionTransfromRequired. Event for DuplicateControlInvalidation. Gets or sets the Bitmap image for TransitionPicture. Gets or sets the Bitmap image for DuplicateFrame. Event for DuplicateControlFInvalidation. Class for DuplicateTransitionControl. Variable for components. Initializes the new instance for DuplicateTransitionControl class. Occurs when the control is redrawn. object PaintEventArgs which contains EventData Variable for duplicateImage. Variable for duplicateFrame. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the System.Windows.Forms.Control and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. bool variable whether the items can be disposed. Function which begins the DuplicateControl's transition Control Padding value of the control Gets or sets the TransitionPicture of DuplicateControl. Event for TransitionTransfromRequired. Event for DuplicateControlFInvalidation. Event for DuplicateControlInvalidation. Gets or sets the DuplicateFrame for DuplicateControl. Class for TransitionOverdEvents. Initializes the new instance for transition. Initializes the new instance for transitionVisibility. Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. Gets or sets the value for Transition Gets or sets the value for TransitionVisibility Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. Class for TransformRequired. Initializes the transitionTimeNow variable. Initializes the transitionLine variable. Initializes the duplicateControlRectangle variable. Variable for transitionOriginalPoint. Initializes the transitionOriginalLine variable. Initializes the new instance for transition. Initializes the new instance for duplicateCtrlClientArea. Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. Variable for transitionPoints. Initializes the new instance for transitionVisibility. Initializes the useTransform variable. Gets or sets the value for TransitionTimeNow. Gets or sets the value for DuplicateCtrlClientArea. Gets or sets the value for TransitionPoints. Gets or sets the value for TransitionLine. Gets or sets the value for DuplicateControlRectangle. Gets or sets the value for TransitionOriginalPoint. Gets or sets the value for TransitionOriginalLine. Gets or sets the value for Transition. Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. Gets or sets the value for TransitionVisibility. Gets or sets the value for UseTransform. Gets/Sets Slider needle type Gets/Sets Slider needle color Gets/Sets Slider circle color Gets/Sets the Slider backcolor Gets/Sets the Slider inner circle color Gets/Sets the Slider background color Gets/Sets the Slider circle width Gets/Sets the value for shoeoutercircle Gets/Sets the sliderneedlewidth Gets/Sets the Slider lines color Gets/Sets thevalue for slider divisions Gets/Sets the values for maximum Gets/Sets the values for maximum Gets/Sets the values for Range style Gets/Sets the values for Range style Gets/Sets the value for Slider style Gets/Sets the Slider dummy angle Gets/Sets the Slider angle difference Slider frame image Slider angle Slider draw region Slider orgin Slider angle point Gets/Sets the Slider New Value Gets/Sets the Slider Old Value Innercircle border thickness InnerCircleWidth Default size of the control Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Default Gap between start value to end value. Return points deponds on degrees and radius angle length Center point Region to Radial Slider Size to Radial Slider Return points deponds on degrees and radius angle length Center point Return Angle Current point Orgin point drawing the control Drawing Frame Slider e used for drawing the slider Sets the values to InnerCircleWidth Drawing Default Slider Ee.Graphics used for drwing the slider Drawing current point e.Graphics used for drawing current line Drawing division lines e.Graphics used for drawing range line Drawing Slider range e.Graphics used for drawing range line return points from angle theAngle used for calculating the points Gets the current point e.X and e.Y used for find the angle Checking the points inside the circle or not location used for checking the points are inside the circle or not Checking the points outside the circle or not location used for checking the points are outside the circle or not Sets the value for dummy angle Gets the value for dummy angle e.X and e.Y used for calculating the dummy angle Finding the nearest angle mouseXY used for finding nearest angle Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets/Sets the valur for Slider needle Type Gets/Sets the values for Slider needle color Gets/Sets the values for Slider outer circle color Hide Controls BackColor Gets/Sets the Control backcolor Gets/Sets the values for Slider circle color Gets/Sets the values for Slider circle width Slider Needle width Gets/Sets the values for slider lines color Values for angle chaged Gets/Sets the value for Angle Gets/Sets value for Slider Gets/Sets the values for Slider Division Gets/Sets the values for Maximum value Gets/Sets the values for Minimum value Avoid flickering Gets/Sets the values for Range style Gets/Sets a value to show or hide the range border for framestyle Gets/Sets the values for Slider style To find out Mouse down has been occurred or not. Gets/Sets the values for Font Gets/Sets the values for SliderSringFormat Gets/Sets the values for DummyAngle Slider needle types Slider styles Slider range styles Provides information about a RadialSlider, that can be used by an accessibility application. Initializes a new instance of the class. RadialSlider which needs to be used for accessibility application. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An RadialSliderAcessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. Gets the role for the RadialSlider. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name. The accessible object name. Gets or sets the accessible object bounds. The accessible object bounds. Gets the description of the RadialSliderAcessibleObject. A string describing the RadialSliderAcessibleObject. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. The description of what the object does or how the object is used. Parent of the AccessibleObject An RadialSliderAcessibleObject that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. Gets the state for the RadialSlider. This is used by accessibility programs. The value of the RadialSlider. Desginer class for Carousel Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Componnent object Gets a value indication the designer action Designer action list of carousel Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets/Sets the value for Maximum value Gets/Sets the value for Maximum value Gets/Sets the value for Slider style Gets/Sets the value for Slider Division Maximum value of TrackBar. Minimum value of TrackBar. Position of Left thumb position of right thumb Initial Position of Left thumb Initial Position of right thumb Initial Height of the channel Initial frquency of ticks Default size of the control Default slider size Required designer variable. Blend for slider. Value of the SliderMin Value of the SliderMax Value of the Left Slider Position Value of the Right Slider Position Indicates whether left slider is moved by mouse Indicates whether right slider is moved by mouse color of the range Previous range color. Area where mouse pointer is currently situated Currently pushed Item color of the thumb Previous thumb color. color of the Highlighted Thumb Color of the Pushed Thumb Color of the Channel Previous channel color. Orientation of the Control Height of the Channel size of the slider Minimum value of the RangeSlider Maximum value of the RangeSlider Frequency of the Ticks Indicates whether to show ticks Height of the RangeSlider Current Focus of the Thumb Indicates whether to Enable Thumb Specifies an advanced appearance this control. scaling value Initializes a new instance of the RangeSlider Initializes a new instance of the RangeSlider Minimum value. Maximum value. Serializes thumb color. resets the thumb color Serializes range color. resets range color Serializes channel color. Resets channel color Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Draws the sliders. The graphics. Draw the metro slider. Rectangle. The graphics. LeftThumb. Draw the slider. Rectangle. The graphics. State of the slider. Draws the ticks. The graphics. Gets the slider path. Rectangle. Path of the slider in the given rectangle Gets the end color of the thumb. state of the thumb. end color of the thumb. Paints the RangeSlider A PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Processes Mouse Click A MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. Handles Mouse Moving A MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. Font changed Handles When Mouse is released An EventArgs that contains the event data. Resets current Area An that contains the event data. Sets the SliderMin value and invalidate position. Sets the SliderMax value and invalidate position. Sets the SliderMoveLeft and invalidate position. Invalidates the left slider. Invalidates the right slider. Translates bounds of RangeSlider Bounds of Rectangle that are being modified. Non-modified rectangle if orientation is horizontal, modified rectangle - otherwise. Modifies given mouse location according to RangeSlider orientation. Mouse location which is to be modified. Non-modified mouse location if orientation is horizontal, modified mouse location - otherwise. Invalidates given area. The area to be invalidated. Sets height on AutoSize. X position Y Position Bounds Width Bounds Height Bounds Speified Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the RangeSliderAdv. Gets or sets the color of the thumb. The color of the thumb. Gets or sets the color of the highlighted thumb. The color of the highlighted thumb. Gets or sets the color of the pushed thumb. The color of the pushed thumb. Gets or sets the Position of the Minimum slider. Minimum Slider value. Gets or sets the Position of the Maximum slider. Maximum Slider value. Gets or sets the color of the range. The color of the range. Gets or sets the color of the channel. The color of the channel. Gets or sets the orientation. The orientation. Gets or sets the height of the channel. The height of the channel. Gets or sets the size of the slider. The size of the slider. Gets or Sets the Tick color Gets or sets the minimum. The minimum. Gets or sets the maximum. The maximum. Gets or sets the tick frequency. The tick frequency. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show ticks. true if ticks are shown; otherwise, false. Gets the background color for the control. (overridden property) Gets the range. The range. Gets or sets the Focus of the Thumb. The focus of the Thumb. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to Focus Thumb. true if Focus Thumb enabled; otherwise, false. Occurs when the Value property of a RangerSlider changes, either by movement of the thumb or by manipulation in code. Occurs when a mouse action moves the thumb. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets the left slider position. The left slider position. Gets or sets the right slider position. The right slider position. Gets the left slider bounds. The left slider bounds. Gets the right slider bounds. The right slider bounds. Gets the channel bounds. The channel bounds. Gets display rectangle of RangeSlider control. If orientation is vertical, rectangle will be the same as when orientation is horizontal. Gets the color of the thumb border. The color of the thumb border. Gets the start color of the thumb. The start color of the thumb. Gets or sets the current area where Mouse pointer is. The curent area. Gets or sets the currently pushed item. The pushed item. Gets the inner channel. The inner channel. Gets the right outer channel. The right outer channel. Gets the left outer channel. The left outer channel. Makes AutoSize property visible in property grid. Different areas of the control Out of Control Over Left thumb Over Right Thumb Different states of an item Default state of the item. Item should be drawn highlighted. Item is pushed. Different focus of Thumb Focus of Left Thumb. Focus of Right Thumb. RangeSlider Style Default appearance. Metro-like appearance. Returns left and right sizers only when AutoSize is on. Serializer for RibbonControlAdvHeader. Serializes quick and main items. Provides an interface that can manage design-time serialization. The value which needs to be serialized. A CodeDOM object representing the object that has been serialized. Dialog form for Ribbon customization. Form Load event . Initialize the localized resources. Used to execute this form. RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. Overrides SetVisibleCore method. value:true to make the control visible; otherwise, false. Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. Updates state of Add button. Adds items to destination list view. Event handler for OK button click. Removes items from destination list view. Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. Method clears destination list. Down Button Click event. Up button click event. Component in Rename Form Rename Button event. Form Keydown event. Keydown event to close the form. Buton click event. TreeView Afterselect event. New Tab button click event. New Group Button click event. Update the text on the labels based on Localization Removes the item from Treeview and add to the list. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. Ribbon panel to extract items from. Add Images for the ToolStripItem. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. DropDown to extract items from. Gets the description for the ToolStripItem. Clears source list. Adds items to the TreeNode. To select, first item by default Creates the image list Adds item to the treeview Items to be addded Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. used to draw the list items Extracts supported items list from specified collection. Source items collection list of suported items Suported item in Toolstrip item. To move and up the tab item in the treeview Selected treeNode to move Bool variable to decide to move up or down Collection of components reflected in quick panel. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. To handle with system text. To get the label text. To store the initial values. Bool variable to differentiate between Up click and down click. Contains the list of toolstripitem available initially Contains the list of Non Custom tab and custom tab. List to store the Items in treeview. Int variable to append the tab text. Int variable to append Tab Group text. New form for Rename option. TextBox for Renam option. Button in Rename form. Display name label. Cancel Button in Rename form. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. StartPanel class. Constructor of the StartPanel The ToolStripDropDown instance. Overrides the ToString() method. DropDown with items. Gets DropDown with items. RibbonPanelItem class Constructor of the RibbonPanelItem The ToolStripTabItem instance. The RibbonPanelItem text. Overrides the ToString() method. Returns the RibbonPanelItem text. Gets the RibbonPanel Dialog form for quick panel customization. Initialize the localized resources. Executes the Office2013CustomizeQuickItemsDialog The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. Updates state of Add button. Updates availability of Remove button. Adds items to destination list view. Removes items from destination list view. Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. Removed items from destination list on mouse double click. Updates colection of quick buttons. Method clears destination list. ButtonClick event Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. Ribbon panel to extract items from. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. DropDown to extract items from. Clears source list. Updates destination list view: clears it and then fills again. Clear destination list. Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. Extracts supported items list from specified collection. Source items collection list of suported items Collection of components reflected in quick panel. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. Collection of items in quick panel. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. StartPanel class Constructor of the StartPanel. The ToolStripDropDown instance. Overrides the ToString() method. DropDown with items. Gets DropDown with items. Dialog form for Ribbon customization. Form Load event. Initialize the localized resources. Used to execute this form. RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. Updates state of Add button. Adds items to destination list view. Event handler for OK button click. Removes items from destination list view. Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. Method clears destination list. Down Button Click event. Up button click event. Component in Rename Form Rename Button event. Form Keydown event. Keydown event to close the form. Buton click event. TreeView Afterselect event. New Tab button click event. New Group Button click event. Update the text on the labels based on Localization Removes the item from Treeview and add to the list. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. Ribbon panel to extract items from. To select, first item by default Add Images for the ToolStripItem. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. DropDown to extract items from. Gets the description for the ToolStripItem. Clears source list. Adds items to the TreeNode. Creates the image list Adds item to the treeview Items to be addded Adds item to the treeview Items to be addded Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. used to draw the list items Extracts supported items list from specified collection. Source items collection list of suported items Suported item in Toolstrip item. To move and up the tab item in the treeview Selected treeNode to move Bool variable to decide to move up or down Collection of components reflected in quick panel. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. To handle with system text. To get the label text. To store the initial values. Bool variable to differentiate between Up click and down click. Contains the list of toolstripitem available initially Contains the list of Non Custom tab. List to store the Items in treeview. Int variable to append the tab text. Int variable to append Tab Group text. New form for Rename option. TextBox for Renam option. Button in Rename form. Display name label. Cancel Button in Rename form. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. StartPanel Constructor of the StartPanel The ToolStripDropDown instance. Overrides the ToString() method. DropDown with items. Gets DropDown with items. RibbonPanelItem class RibbonPanelItem class The ToolStripTabItem instance. The RibbonPanelItem text Overrides the ToString() method. Gets the RibbonPanel Dialog form for quick panel customization. Initialize the localized resources. Executes the Office2013CustomizeQuickItemsDialog The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. Updates state of Add button. Updates availability of Remove button. Adds items to destination list view. Removes items from destination list view. Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. Removed items from destination list on mouse double click. Updates colection of quick buttons. Method clears destination list. ButtonClick event Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. Ribbon panel to extract items from. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. DropDown to extract items from. Clears source list. Updates destination list view: clears it and then fills again. Clear destination list. Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. Extracts supported items list from specified collection. Source items collection list of suported items Collection of components reflected in quick panel. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. Collection of items in quick panel. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. StartPanelOffice2016 class Constructor of the StartPanelOffice2016. The ToolStripDropDown instance. Overrides the ToString() method. DropDown with items. Gets DropDown with items. Dialog form for Ribbon customization. Form Load event. Initialize the localized resources. Used to execute this form. RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. Used to execute this form. RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. Updates state of Add button. Adds items to destination list view. Event handler for OK button click. Removes items from destination list view. Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. Method clears destination list. Down Button Click event. Up button click event. Component in Rename Form Rename Button event. Form Keydown event. Keydown event to close the form. Buton click event. TreeView Afterselect event. New Tab button click event. New Group Button click event. Update the text on the labels based on Localization Removes the item from Treeview and add to the list. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. Ribbon panel to extract items from. To select, first item by default Add Images for the ToolStripItem. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. DropDown to extract items from. Gets the description for the ToolStripItem. Clears source list. Adds items to the TreeNode. Creates the image list Adds item to the treeview Items to be addded Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. used to draw the list items Extracts supported items list from specified collection. Source items collection list of suported items Suported item in Toolstrip item. To move and up the tab item in the treeview Selected treeNode to move Bool variable to decide to move up or down Collection of components reflected in quick panel. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. To handle with system text. To get the label text. To store the initial values. Bool variable to differentiate between Up click and down click. Contains the list of toolstripitem available initially Contains the list of Non Custom tab. List to store the Items in treeview. Int variable to append the tab text. Int variable to append Tab Group text. New form for Rename option. TextBox for Renam option. Button in Rename form. Display name label. Cancel Button in Rename form. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. StartPanel Constructor of the StartPanel The ToolStripDropDown instance. Overrides the ToString() method. DropDown with items. Gets DropDown with items. RibbonPanelItem class RibbonPanelItem class The ToolStripTabItem instance. The RibbonPanelItem text Overrides the ToString() method. Gets the RibbonPanel Represents ToolStripCheckBox able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip ToolStripCheckBox. ToolStripCheckBox class, that represents checkbox item on ToolStrip. Constructor of the ToolStripCheckBox. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets Image for a check mark by specific ID. Check mark ID that indicates Image. Draws the background of the ToolStripCheckBox. Indicates if ToolStripItem is disabled. Gets TextFormatFlags according to Text alignment. Serialzing the property CheckedImage Resetting the property CheckedImage Serialzing the property CheckedImage Resetting the property CheckedImage Serialzing the property ImageCheckBoxSize Resetting the property ImageCheckBoxSize Internal layout instance. Horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. Gets or sets the background image displayed in the item. An System.Drawing.Image that represents the image to display in the background of the item. Gets or sets the background image layout used for the . One of the values. The default value is . Gets or sets the background color for the item. A that represents the background color of the item. The default is the value of the property. Gets or sets the horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. One of the values. The default value is MiddleLeft. The value assigned is not one of the enumeration values. This property is not used, because automatically appears pressed in and not pressed in when clicked. Gets/Sets the value for displaying the image or not in checked state. Gets/Sets the value for displaying the image or not in checked state. Gets/Sets the value for size of the displaying the image in checked state. Gets instance of Office12ColorTable class. If owner's renderer has Office12ToolStripRenderer type, property returns current Office12ColorTable instance, otherwise - returns default Office12ColorTable one. Gets or sets whether text and images are displayed on a . One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets the foreground color of the item. The foreground of the item. The default is the value of the property. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a . The to be displayed. Gets or sets the alignment of the image on a . One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets a value indicating whether an image on a is automatically resized to fit in a container. One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. One of the values. Gets or sets Internal layout instance. Mirrors automatically the image when the property is set to . true to automatically mirror the image; otherwise, false. The default is false. Gets the orientation of text used on a . One of the values. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the will allow three check states rather than two. true if the is able to display three check states; otherwise, false. The default value is false. 1 Class for layout information of a . Minimum CheckMark height. Minimum CheckMark width. Control border width. Offset from CheckMark to Text. Constructor of the CheckBoxInternalLayout. The ToolStripCheckBox instance. Gets Y-coordinate of check mark part of the . Gets X-coordinate of check mark part of the . Gets Y-coordinate of text part of the . Gets X-coordinate of text part of the . Gets height of text part of the . Gets width of text part of the . Gets if CheckMark is positioned above or under the Text in . Last preferred size of . Instance of . Gets bounds of check mark part of the . Gets bounds of text part of the . Size of check mark part of the . Size of text part of the . Get preferred size of a . Gets bounds of check mark part of the . Gets bounds of text part of the . Gets size of check mark part of the . Gets size of text part of the . Interface for toolstrip items able to reflect ToolStripEx or ToolStripItem. Implemented for items that can be shown in quick panel only. Indicates whether item reflects given component. Component to check. True if item reflects given component; otherwise false. Gets reflected component. Creates new instance of QuickCheckBoxReflectable. Constructor of the QuickCheckBoxReflectable The ToolStripCheckBox instance. Creates and initializes new instance of QuickCheckBoxReflectable. ToolStripCheckBox to reflect. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Redirects mouse click to reflected button. Update properties from reflected button Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. CheckBox that is reflected by current QuickCheckBoxReflectable. Gets or sets CheckBox that is reflected by current QuickCheckBoxReflectable. Gets / Sets whether the QuickCheckBoxReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets component that is reflected by current QuickCheckBoxReflectable. QuickComboBoxEx class Metrocolor. Serialize metrocolor. Resets the metrocolor. To reset Visual Style To indicate whether to Serialize Style Raises the DropDown event. Raises the DropDownClosed event. Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. Raises the TextUpdate event. Text Changed DropDown Closed Gets a in which the user can enter text, along with a list from which the user can select. A . Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the . One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the currently displays its drop-down portion. true if the currently displays its drop-down portion; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the . The maximum number of items in the drop-down portion. The minimum for this property is 1 and the maximum is 100. Gets or sets the maximum number of characters allowed in the editable portion of a combo box. The maximum number of characters the user can enter. Values of less than zero are reset to zero, which is the default value. Gets or sets the metrocolor. Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. A zero-based index of the currently selected item. A value of negative one (-1) is returned if no item is selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items in the are sorted. true if the combo box is sorted; otherwise, false. The default is false. Gets/Sets ToolStripComboBoxEx Style Gets the default size of the . Gets the default spacing, in pixels, between the and an adjacent item. Occurs when the drop-down portion of a is shown. Occurs when the drop-down portion of the has closed. Occurs when the value of the property has changed. Occurs when the text has changed. Creates new instance of QuickComboboxEx. Creates new instance of QuickComboboxEx. ToolStripComboBox to reflect. Creates and initializes new instance of QuickComboboxEx. ToolStripComboBox to reflect. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Updates text of reflected combobox. Updates text. Updates selected index. Update properties from reflected combobox Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxEx. Gets or sets ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxEx. Gets / Sets whether the QuickComboBoxExReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets component that is reflected by current QuickComboboxEx. Represents ToolStripRadioButton able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip ToolStripRadioButton. ToolStripRadioButton class, that represents RadioButton item on ToolStrip. Constructor of the ToolStripRadioButton. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Clean up specified resources being used. Method updates state of all controls which have the same owner as current control. Methods checks control if there are no checked controls with same GroupID and owner. Methods checks first control if there are no checked controls with same GroupID and owner among the remaining controls. Draws the background of the ToolStripRadioButton. Indicates if ToolStripItem is disabled. Gets TextFormatFlags according to Text alignment. Gets image for ToolStripRadioButton by specific ID. Image identifier. Image that have just created or image from hashtable. Method creates image for checked ToolStripRadioButton. Image varies on several ToolStripRadioButton checked states. The border color of ToolStripRadioButton border. The starting color of the gradient used to draw the background of ToolStripRadioButton. The dilute coefficient of inside border of ToolStripRadiobButton. Method creates image for unchecked ToolStripRadioButton. Image varies on several ToolStripRadioButton unchecked states. The border color of ToolStripRadioButton border. Gets circular path by specific rectangle. Rectangle for circular path. Path based on ellipse. Gets rectangular path by specific rectangle. Rectangle for rectangular path. Path based on rectangular area. Internal layout instance. Horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. Group's identifier which is used to create groups of controls on the same parent. Blend for unchecked ToolStripRadioButton. Blend for checked ToolStripRadioButton. Gets or sets the background image displayed in the item. An System.Drawing.Image that represents the image to display in the background of the item. Gets or sets the background image layout used for the . One of the values. The default value is . Gets or sets the background color for the item. A that represents the background color of the item. The default is the value of the property. Gets or sets the horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. One of the values. The default value is MiddleLeft. The value assigned is not one of the enumeration values. Gets instance of Office12ColorTable class. If owner's renderer has Office12ToolStripRenderer type, property returns current Office12ColorTable instance, otherwise - returns default Office12ColorTable one. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is pressed or not pressed. true if the is pressed in or not pressed in; otherwise, false. The default is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is in the pressed or not pressed state by default, or is in an indeterminate state. One of the values. The default is Unchecked. This property is not used, because automatically appears pressed in and not pressed in when clicked. Gets or sets whether text and images are displayed on a . One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets the foreground color of the item. The foreground of the item. The default is the value of the property. Gets or sets group's identifier which is used to create groups of controls on the same parent. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a . The to be displayed. Gets or sets the alignment of the image on a . One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets a value indicating whether an image on a is automatically resized to fit in a container. One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. One of the values. Gets or sets Internal layout instance. Gets bitmap for checked ToolStripRadioButton. Gets bitmap for checked selected ToolStripRadioButton. Gets bitmap for checked pressed ToolStripRadioButton. Gets bitmap for unchecked ToolStripRadioButton. Gets bitmap for unchecked selected ToolStripRadioButton. Gets bitmap for unchecked pressed ToolStripRadioButton. Mirrors automatically the image when the property is set to . true to automatically mirror the image; otherwise, false. The default is false. Gets the orientation of text used on a . One of the values. Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. One of the values. The default is . Class for layout information of a . Minimum CheckMark height. Minimum CheckMark height for 125 DPI. Minimum CheckMark width. Minimum CheckMark width for 125 DPI. Control border width. Offset from CheckMark to Text. Constructor of the RadioButtonInternalLayout. Gets Y-coordinate of check mark part of the . Gets X-coordinate of check mark part of the . Gets Y-coordinate of text part of the . Gets X-coordinate of text part of the . Gets height of text part of the . Gets width of text part of the . Gets if CheckMark is positioned above or under the Text in . Last preferred size of . Instance of . Gets bounds of check mark part of the . Gets bounds of text part of the . Size of check mark part of the . Size of text part of the . Get preferred size of a . Gets bounds of check mark part of the . Gets bounds of text part of the . Gets size of check mark part of the . Gets size of text part of the . Serializes the specified object into a CodeDOM object. The serialization manager to use during serialization. The object to serialize. A CodeDOM object representing the object that has been serialized. Creates new instance of QuickRadioButtonReflectable. Creates and initializes new instance of QuickRadioButtonReflectable. ToolStripRadioButton to reflect. Creates and initializes new instance of QuickRadioButtonReflectable. ToolStripRadioButton to reflect. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Redirects mouse click to reflected button. Update properties from reflected button Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. RadioButton that is reflected by current QuickRadioButtonReflectable. Gets or sets RadioButton that is reflected by current QuickRadioButtonReflectable. Gets / Sets whether the QuickRadioButtonReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets / Sets the GroupID Gets component that is reflected by current QuickRadioButtonReflectable. RibbonDropDownContainer Class Constructor of the RibbonDropDownContainer. MenuColor for ControlItem OfficeColorScheme for ControlItem OfficeColorScheme for ControlItem OfficeColorScheme for ControlItem Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets the RibbonOptionDropDownCollection Gets/Sets the value for MenuColor Gets/Sets the value for OfficeColorScheme Gets/Sets the value for OfficeColorScheme Gets/Sets the value for OfficeColorScheme RibbonOptionDropDownCollection class Constructor for RibbonOptionDropDownCollection The RibbonDropDownContainer instance. Returns whether the list contains the RibbonOptionDropDownCollection type The Control item type. Adds the range type to the list The Control item type. Removes the type from the list The Control item type. Inserts teh ControlItem into the list The index of the control item which needs to be inserted. The Control item type. Returns the index of the ControlItem The Control item type. searches the name in the list To find the control item by name. Overrides the oninsert method Gets the unique name Gets the index of for the RibbonOptionDropDownCollection The index of the ControlItem ControlItemDesigner class Gets the SelectionRules ControlItem class Constructor of the ControlItem. Text for Header Font for HeaderTextFont SubTextFont SubText itemImage ArrowColor ColorScheme StatusCheck Gets/Sets the value for HeaderText Gets/Sets the value for HeaderTextFont Gets/Sets the value for SubText Gets/Sets the value for SubText Gets/Sets the value for itemImage Gets/Sets the value for ArrowColor Gets/Sets the value for ColorScheme Gets/Sets the value for StatusCheck Provides data for RibbonItemsEventHandler. Event arguments contains extra information about item. Initializes a new instance of the class. The toolstrip item that is the source of the event. instance. Gets the toolstrip item associated with the event. The toolstrip item associated with the event. Represents the method that will handle the and events for a class. The source of the control. Provides data for RibbonItemsEventHandler. Event arguments contains extra information about ToolStrip item. Supports events which are raised before item will be added to collection and before item will be removed from collection. Also method for removing item at the specific index is represented. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Gets the item at the specified index. Occurs before item will be added to collection. Occurs before item will be removed from collection. Header of RibbonControlAdv. Header of RibbonControlAdv. RibbonControlAdvHeader class RibbonControlAdvHeader class RibbonControlAdvHeader class Ribbon header interface. Adds item to Tabs collection Adds item to Quick access bar. Collection of Quick access items Collection of tab items Occurs when a new item is added to the Quick access bar. Occurs when an item is removed from the Quick access bar. Allows class to hide some of toolstrip items. Used in ToolStripItemCollectionFiltered. Height of quick panel. Used for layouting Title. used for layouting quick access items. used for layouting quick access items. Width of scroll button that used for scrolling tabItems. Interval for timer. Width of separator between Tab items. Width of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. Height of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. Height of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. Height of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. Height of the 125 DPI Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. Height of the 150 DPI Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. To Hook the lost focus and got focus events for the RibbonForm. To hook the lost focus and got focus events for the child controls in the RibbonForm. control To Unhook the lost focus and got focus events for the RibbonForm. To Unhook the lost focus and got focus events for the child controls in the RibbonForm. control Got focus event for the controls in the form. Lost focus event for the controls in the form. Gets text for component to use in quick panel stuff. Component to get text for. Text for component. Gets image for component to use in quick panel stuff. Component to get image for. Image for component. Adds item to the collection of quick items. ToolStripItem to be added. Adds item to the collection of main items. ToolStripItem to be added. Unsorted tab items Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. Clears info about item. Initializes tab item. Selects group. Gets whether default highlight color should be used Added Scroll buttons painting. Handles release of mouse capture. Raises TabCheckedChanged event. Removes group from hash. Subscribed for group events. Invalidates control. Checks another tab item if previous was hidden. Checks the first visible item that is not given item. Item to be unchecked. Gets tab group for item. Item to get tab group for. Tab group for item. Assigns tab group to item. Item to assign tab group to. Tab group to assign. Gets group by point. Point to find group at. Found group or null. Returns width of all Tab items. Call RedrawWindow method to Repaint Scroll buttons. Process position in Layout for Tab items and if it not in right bounds that set correct value to it. Position to process. Move controls to right according to scroll position and their location. Move controls to left according to scroll position and their location. Handles mouse keeping pushed. Process action when user moves mouse over right or left scroll button or Tab items. Process action when user press left mouse button on right or left scroll button or Tab items. When user double clicked on right or left scroll button return true and not process this action, otherwise - return false. When user press mouse on right or left scroll button return true and not process this action, otherwise - false. Remove selection from last selected TabItem. Checks next TabItem on the right of/on the left of currently selected one. Value that indicates which TabItem must be selected next. Method tries to get next available item. Checked item. Direction for item search. Checks TabItem visibility. TabItem to check. Method scroll TabItem to show it at full length. TabItem to scroll. Method tries to check next visible TabItem. Getting started from current TabItem method goes forward to last TabItem, then if no one TabItem is checked it goes back to first TabItem. If no one is checked in this case then TabItem will check itself if it's visible. Resets the Font property to it's default value. Resetting the value of the Office2013ColorTable. Serializing the value of the Office2013ColorTable. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Specifies whether high contrast theme to be enabled. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Collection of ToolStripItem instances with data about items in quick panel. Collection of ToolStripItem instances with data about items in main panel. Collection of visible ToolStripItem instances with data about items in main panel. Menu button. Instance of RibbonControlAdvLayoutEngine. Width of menu button. Height of quick panel. Width of the quick panel Indicates whether control is ready for custom layout. Current checked tab item. Collection of tab groups. Dictionary with tab items and tab groups. Rectangle of title. Indicates visibility of quick panel. Fake item to return for invisible items during filtering. Indicates whether items should be filtered. Collection of filtered items. Collection of overflow items. Rectangle in which tab items must be shown. Position of rightmost TabItem. Indicates if right scroll bar is shown. Indicates if left scroll bar is shown. Indicates if right scroll button is selected. Indicates if left scroll button is selected. Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. Interval for timer. Currently pushed button. Selected Tab item. List that contain separators X position. Brush factor value to paint separator between Tab items. Indicates if separators between Tab items must be drawn. Sets the Item location. The ToolStripItem instance. The location of the item. Gets the ToolStripItem The ToolStripItem instance. Processing mouse messages from parents if header is disabled Raised when selected(checked) ToolStipTabItem has changed. List of objects storing info about top VisibleTabItem. Occurs when the Quick items added to the RibbonControlAdv header. Occurs when the Quick items removed from the RibbonControlAdv header. Gets the Quick item collections. Gets the Main item collections. Gets instance of ComplexRibbonLayoutEngine. Gets the ToolStripItemCollection. Gets the Over flow item collections. Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used Get or sets the AutoHide MouseMove color. To specify the BackStageButton enabled in RibbonControlAdv Gets/sets the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv. Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2013 style RibbonControlAdv. Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2016 style RibbonControlAdv. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Specifies whether to enable or disable HighContrast theme. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. Gets or sets currently selected tab Gets or sets the dropdown shown when menu button is clicked. Gets or sets width of menu button. Gets or sets the image of the menu main button. Gets or sets sets the text font of the menu main button. Gets or sets the text of the menu main button. Gets or sets the text of the menu main button. Gets or sets visibility of menu button. List of objects storing info about items of quick panel. List of objects storing info about top items. Specifies the title of the form in the RibbonControlAdv header. Specifies the color of the TittleText in the RibbonControlAdv header. Gets or sets the form title alignment in RibbonControlAdv header. Gets or sets the font settings of the form title in RibbonControlAdv header. Gets or sets control fore color. Quick items' customize menu Overflow button to show hidden items. Gets/Sets the BackStageView associated with RibbonControlAdv. Gets the height of quick panel. Gets the width of quick panel. Gets or sets tooltip for QuickDropDown. Gets or sets tooltip for Over flow button Gets or sets MinimizeButtonToolTip Gets or sets MaximizeButtonToolTip Gets collection of tab groups. Gets hash of items and tab groups. Gets rectangle of the title. Gets or sets visibility of quick panel. BackColor for QATDialogBoxButtonsBackColor Gets / Sets the HideMenuButtonToolTip. Gets or sets value indicating whether quick access toolbar should be shown below ribbon. Gets or sets rectangle for tabItems. Gets or sets value indicating whether should show the context menu in Ribbon header. Get bounds of right scroll button. Get bounds of left scroll button. Gets value that indicates if right scroll button is selected. Gets value that indicates if left scroll button is selected. Area in which user pushed mouse button. Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item. Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item and transfer it value to ScrollPosition property. Gets the rectangle that represents the display area of the control. Collection of items, which is also supports interface to manipulate adding and removing operations. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Raises event and according to property of does base implementation. The zero-based index of the item to add. item to add. Raises event and according to property of does base implementation. The zero-based index of the item to remove. item to remove. Changes owner of item if object sent to this method is of type. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Object which has been removed. Raises event and checks of item can be added. item to be added. True if item can be added, otherwise - false. Gets the item at the specified index. Occurs before item will be added to collection. Occurs before item will be removed from collection. Occurs before item will be added to collection. Occurs before item will be removed from collection. Different areas of the control. Out of scroll buttons. Right scroll button. Left scroll button. Layout engine for RibbonControlAdvHeader. Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv. The container of the layout A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv from left to right. Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv from right to left. Tab items list. Constructor of the MainItemsList Constructor of the MainItemsList The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The list of the ToolStripTab items The displayed size. The width of the tab items. MdiButtons list. Constructor of the MdiButtonsCollection Constructor of the MdiButtonsCollection The collection of the ToolStripItem. MdiButtons width. Gets MdiButtons width. SystemButton class. Constructor of the SystemButton The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The system button commands. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. The custom-sized area for a control. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed on the item. The command of the system button. Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner MdiSystemButton class Constructor of the MdiSystemButton The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The system button command. The MDI command. HelpSystemButton class The constructor of the HelpSystemButton The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The system command. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a ToolStripItem. MinimizeSystemButton class. Constructor of the MinimizeSystemButton The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a ToolStripItem. Ribbon2013MinimizeSystemButton class Constructor of the Ribbon2013MinimizeSystemButton The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a ToolStripItem. SystemMenuStrip class The constructor of the SystemMenuStrip The form instance. Indicates whether the items are updated or not. The ToolStripRenderer instance. The system item information. SystemToolTipInfo class. Indicates whether the current value of the ForeColor property is to be serialized. Gets or Sets backColor of SuperToolTip. Gets or Sets forecolor of SuperToolTip. Gets the Header ToolTipItem. Gets the Body (Description) ToolTipItem. Gets or Sets Footer ToolTipItem Gets /Sets the location of the Image. Reset the CustomLocation property. Serializes the UseCustomLocation property. Returns true if the value of the point is not empty. Specifies whether to use custom location for Image. Reset the UseCustomLocation property. Serializes the UseCustomLocation property. Returns true if the value is true. Indicates whether the current value of the Font property is to be serialized. Indicates whether the current value of the ForeColor property is to be serialized. Indicates whether the current value of the Image Transparency color property is to be serialized. Indicates whether the current value of the ImageScaling Size property is to be serialized. Gets the size of the image. Gets the maximum size (width) of the text. Specifies the way image and text are situated. Gets or Sets whether a ToolTipItem should be hidden. Gets or Sets the text to be displayed in the SuperTooltip. Gets or Sets the font for the toolTip text. Gets or Sets the forecolor of the SuperTooltip text. Gets or Sets, the alignment of the SuperTooltip text. Gets or sets value specifying the way image and text are situated. Gets or Sets, the image to be shown in the tooltip. Gets or Sets, the alignment of the image. Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. Gets or Sets, the image scaling size. Gets the bounds of the image. Gets /Sets the location of the Image. Specifies whether to use custom location for Image. Gets the bounds of the toolTip text. Constructor of the SystemToolTipInfo Collection for filtering invisible items in ToolStripIOtemCollection. Underlying IItemHidable control. Underlying ToolStripItemCollection. Dispose the ToolStripItemCollection Performs filtering. The index of the ToolStripItem Returns count of underlying collection. Renderer for RibbonControlAdv header. Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. ToolStrip instance. True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, otherwise - False. Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. ToolStrip instance. True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, otherwise - False. Clean up any resources being used. Clean up specified resources being used. Hastable of resources to dispose Handle changes of display settings and user preferences. Destructor of the RibbonControlAdvHeaderRenderer. Draw right or left scroll button. Header on which scroll button is located. Graphics used in painting. Rectangle in which arrow paints. Indicates if right or left arrow must be painted. Draw separators between Tab items. Header on which scroll button is located. Graphics used in painting. Rectangle to draw separators in. Draw up or down scroll button. Panel on which scroll button is located. Graphics used in painting. Rectangle in which arrow paints. Indicates if up or down arrow must be painted. Draw up or down scroll button on DropDownEx. The OfficeDropDown instance The graphics object used in painting. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button on drop down. Indicates whether the drop down or not. Right arrow on scroll button. Left arrow on scroll button. Down arrow on scroll button. Up arrow on scroll button. Right office arrow. Left office arrow. Bitmaps Constructor of the Bitmaps The capacity of the bit maps. Gets or sets the value associated with the specified key. The key whose value to get or set. The value associated with the specified key. If the specified key is not found, attempting to get it returns null, and attempting to set it creates a new element using the specified key. Office2010RibbonHeaderRenderer. Constructor of the Office2010RibbonHeaderRenderer The Office2010ColorTable instance. Draw the separators. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance The graphics object which helps provide the data to paint the separator. The rectangle which helps to draw the separators. Draw the Tab scroll button. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The graphics object which helps provide the data. The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button.. Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. Office2013RibbonHeaderRenderer class. Constructor of the Office2013RibbonHeaderRenderer. The Office2010ColorTable instance. Draw the separators. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance The graphics object which helps to provide the data. The rectangle which helps to draw the separators. Paints the context menu text Draw theme text Draw the Tab scroll button. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The graphics object which helps provide the data. The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button. Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. TouchStyle renderer class for Ribbonheader. Constructor of the TouchStyleRibbonHeaderRenderer The Office2010ColorTable instance. Hover image Normal Image Arrow Width Arrow height Arrow image Arrow image Arrow image Arrow image Right Arrow Left Arrow Bitmap for MenuButton. Draw the Tab scroll button. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The graphics object which helps provide the data. The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button.. Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. Arrow Image Arrow Right Image IsEnable ArrowDownImage CheckButton Right Arrow Left Arrow. Office2016RibbonHeaderRenderer class. Constructor of the Office2016RibbonHeaderRenderer. The Office2010ColorTable instance. Draw the separators. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance The graphics object which helps to provide the data. The rectangle which helps to draw the separators. Paints the context menu text Draw theme text Draw the Tab scroll button. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. The graphics object which helps provide the data. The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button. Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. QuickItemsCollection class DPI 150 Extra item size TouchModeWidth TouchModeWidth DPI 125 Extra item size Indicates whether toolstrip items must be destroyed on removing from their base collection. Constructor of the QuickItemsCollection The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Lays out items in the specified bounds rectangle. Rectangle to lay out items in. Resulting bounds of layout. Performs full layout of items, with possible changes in overflows. Rectangle to lay out items in. Resulting bounds of layout. Gets / Sets the ToolStrip. Occurs when ToolStripItem added Occurs when ToolStripItem removed. Represents additional functionality for quick items. Always exists at the end of quick items panel. Quick Menu touch height Creates new instance of QuickItemsDropDownButton. Shows customization dialog. Used to open the Customize Ribbon dialog box,once the Customize Ribbon context menu is clicked. Shows or hides quick item referenced by clicked menu item. Fills dropdown menu. Initializes dropdown. Set the size when the touch mode is disabled. Checks whether the item height is changed. Set the size when the touch mode is enabled. Gets collection of reflected items from quick panel. List of reflected items from quick panel. Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner Returns owner casted to RibbonControlAdvHeader. QuickItemsDropDownMenu class ContextMenuStrip extended with title. Margin of ContextMenuStrip before and after title caption. Default size of the control Default font style of the control Font which stored after changed in design MetroColor of Contextmenu Applies scale factor Extends height for title. Resets title height. Resets title height. Disables right mouse button Disables right mouse button Title height. Title size. Font for title. Gets or Set the Metrocolor Gets or Sets the TouchMode Gets the bounds of the display rectangle. Gets or sets title height. Gets or sets Title Size Gets or sets Title font. Creates new instance of ContextMenuStripEx. Constructor of the QuickItemsDropDownMenu QuickItemsOverflow Contructor of the QuickItemsOverflow The ToolStripItem instance. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Instance of RibbonControlAdvLayoutEngine. Gets the LayoutEngine Gets / Sets the Header of the RibbonControlAdv. Layout engine for DropDownOverflow. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. The QuickItemsOverflow instance. Indicates whether the contains a Minimum width or not A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv. The source of the control The LayoutEventArgs contains the event data. Represents additional functionality for quick items. Always exists at the end of quick items panel. Fills dropdown menu. Initializes dropdown. Creates new instance of QuickItemsOverflowButton. Indicates if DropDown has items. In our situation return true. Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner Returns owner casted to RibbonControlAdvHeader. Class for CustomDictionaryEditor Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. Initializes the new instance for CustomDictionaryEditor class. Method to show the custom dictionary editor window. SpellCheckerAdv parameter parameter for Form Method to hide the custom Dictionary editor. Updates the buttons in custom Dictionary editor dialog window. Loads the CustomDictionary. Loads the CustomDictionary from the specified path. path of the CustomDictionary Occurs when the Btn_New is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Text property value changes. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_Add is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_Ok is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_DeleteAll is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_Delete is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Initializes the components designer variable. Initializes the lbl_Path designer variable. Initializes the lbl_Dictionary designer variable. Initializes the lbl_Word designer variable. Initializes the listBox_Words designer variable. Initializes the txt_Path designer variable. Initializes the txt_Word designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Add designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Delete designer variable. Initializes the Btn_DeleteAll designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. Initializes the Btn_New designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. Gets or sets the assiciated with this dialog. Class for CustomDictionaryMetroEditor Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. Initializes the m_metroColor variable. Initializes the new instance for CustomDictionaryMetroEditor class. Method to show the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor dialog window. SpellCheckerAdv parameter parameter for Form Hides the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor dialog window. Updates the Buttons in the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor dialog window. Loads the CustomDictionary. Loads the CustomDictionary with specified path. path of the custom dictionary Occurs when the Btn_New is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Text property value changes. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_Add is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_Ok is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_DeleteAll is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_Delete is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Initializes the components designer variable. Initializes the lbl_Path designer variable. Initializes the lbl_Dictionary designer variable. Initializes the lbl_Word designer variable. Initializes the listBox_Words designer variable. Initializes the txt_Path designer variable. Initializes the txt_Word designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Add designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Delete designer variable. Initializes the Btn_DeleteAll designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. Initializes the Btn_New designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. Initializes the ListBoxWords_ScrollerFrame designer variable. Gets or sets the MetroColor property. Gets or sets the associated with this dialog. Class for OptionsDialog class. Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. Initializes the new instance for OptionsDialog class. Updates the state of the CheckBox in OptionsDialog window. Updates the SpellCheckerAdv properties. Method to show the OptionDialog window. SpellCheckerAdv parameter parameter for Form Occurs when Btn_Ok is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the components designer variable. Initializes the lbl_SpellCheckerOptions designer variable. Initializes the separator1 designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInUpperCase designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeSpecialSymbols designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsWithNumbers designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInMixedCase designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeHtmlTags designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeFileNames designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeInternetAddresses designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeEmailAddress designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. Initializes the separator2 designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the assiciated with this dialog. Class for OptionsMetroDialog class. Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. Variable for m_metroColor Initializes the new instance for OptionsMetroDialog class. Updates the state of the CheckBox in OptionsDialog window. Updates the SpellChecker properties. Method to show the OptionDialog window. SpellCheckerAdv parameter parameter for Form Occurs when Btn_Ok is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the components designer variable. Initializes the lbl_SpellCheckerOptions designer variable. Initializes the separator1 designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInUpperCase designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeSpecialSymbols designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsWithNumbers designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInMixedCase designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeHtmlTags designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeFileNames designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeInternetAddresses designer variable. Initializes the OptionExcludeEmailAddress designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. Initializes the separator2 designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the assiciated with this dialog. Gets or sets the Metrocolor property. Class for SpellCheckerDialog window. Initializes the spellChecker variable. Initializes the editor variable. Initializes the TextUpdatePending variable. Initializes the IgnoreTextChange variable. Initializes the ChangeAllCollection variable. Initializes the IgnoreAllCollection variable. Initializes the IgnoreOnceCollection variable. Initializes the isCancelClicked variable. Cannot create default instance of SpellCheckerDialog. Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerDialog class. SpellCheckerAdv parameter ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools parameter Handles this event to change the text while double clicking the item in LBox_Suggestions. Occurs before a form is displayed for the first time. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs before the form is closed. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Overrides OnClosed method. EventArgs which contains EventData Overrides OnShown method. EventArgs which contains EventData Updates the Buttons in SpellChecker dialog. Method to show the SpellChecker dialog Process the misspelled words in SpellCheckerAdv. Method to clear the HashTable Hides the SpellCheckerDialog. Highlights the Text in TextBox start index of the RichTextBox text Length of the Text Occurs when the Btn_Undo is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains event data Occurs when the Btn_Options is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_CustomDictionary is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_Change is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_IgnoreOnce is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_IgnoreAll is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_AddToDicktionary is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the Btn_ChangeAll is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the RTxt_Editor text is changed. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the components designer variable. Initializes the RTxt_Editor designer variable. Initializes the Lbl_NotInDictionary designer variable. Initializes the LBox_Suggestions designer variable. Initializes the Lbl_Suggestions designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Options designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Undo designer variable. Initializes the Btn_IgnoreOnce designer variable. Initializes the Btn_IgnoreAll designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Change designer variable. Initializes the Btn_AddToDicktionary designer variable. Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. Initializes the Btn_ChangeAll designer variable. Initializes the Btn_CustomDictionary designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Occurs when the Btn_Cancel is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Initializes the errorword variable Initializes the ignorewords list. Initializes the Suggestions list. Gets or sets the ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface. Gets or sets the SpellCheckerAdv control. Gets or sets the IsCancelClicked. Initializes the worker variable. Initializes the spellChecker variable. Initializes the editor variable. Initializes the TextUpdatePending variable. Initializes the IgnoreTextChange variable. Initializes the ChangeAllCollection variable. Initializes the IgnoreAllCollection variable. Initializes the IgnoreOnceCollection variable. Cannot create default instance of SpellCheckerDialog. Handles this event to change the text while double clicking the item in LBox_Suggestions. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Interface for ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools. Selects the word specified by the index. Zero based index of the word on the Text. length of the word to be selected. Gets or sets the whose is to be spell checked. Gets or sets the current misspelled word. Gets or sets the Text to be spell checked by the Gets or Sets the control to be checked using SpellCheckerAdv. Enum property for SpellCheckerAdv style. SpellCheck dialog window with default visual style SpellCheck dialog window with Metro visual style. Class for SpellCheckerAdv which is derived from Component. Initializes the variable for SpellCheckerBase class. Variable for EmbeddedResourceStream. Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv class. Initializes the visualstyle variable to its default value. Initializes the m_metroColor variable. Initializes the DEF_CUSTOM_DIC_PATH variable. Initializes the DEF_DIC_NAME variable. Specifies the path of the dictionary. Specifies the path of the custom dictionary. ArrayList to hold the wrong words. ArrayList to hold the repeated words. Specifies whether to ignore internet address during spell check. Specifies to ignore email address during spell check. Specifies to ignore html tags during spell check. Specifies to ignore file names during spell check. Specifies to ignore words in mixed case during spell check. Specifies to ignore words in upper case during spell check. Specifies to ignore words with number during spell check. Specifies to ignore words repeated words during spell check. Allows to customize the number of suggestions to be displayed in the suggestion list. Specifies to ignore special symbols during spell check. Stream that contains the dictionary. Initializes the closeReason variable. Initialized the spellCheckerDialog variable. Initializes the spellCheckerMetroDialog variable. Initializes the optionsDialog variable. Initializes the optionsMetroDialog variable. Initializes the customDictionaryEditor variable. Initializes the customDictionaryMetroEditor variable. Initializes the editor variable. Initializes the worker variable. Initializes the SuggestionListWords variable. Initializes the MisspelledWordList array list. Performs the SpellCheck of the loaded TextBox base control using ContextMenu. ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface Performs Spell check for loaded TextEditor control. ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools Method to get the suggestion list error word Dictionary Initializes the new instance for ContextMenuStripEx. Initializes the new instance for ToolStripMenuItem. Initializes the mousepoint variable. Method to check the spelling of the given Text editior control. ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface Initializes the selectedword variable. Initializes the currentTextIndex variable. Occurs when the mouse moves hover the TextBox control. object sender MouseEventArgs which contains event data Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is pressed. Object MouseEventArgs which contains EventData object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem is clicked. object sender EventArgs which contains EventData Writes the specified word to the dictionary. Specifies the path of the dictionay file. Specifies the word to be added to the dictionary. Overwrites the specified wordlist to the dictionary. Specifies the path of the dictionay file. List of words to overrite the dictionary. Deletes the contents of the dictionary file by over writting. File path whose content to be deleted. Deletes the specified word from the customdictionary. Specifies the path of the dictionay file. Specifies the word to be deleted. Shows the . Form that owns this dialog. Raises the events. Represents errors that occur during application execution. Shows the . Form that owns this dialog. Initializes the Dialog windows in SpellCheckerAdv. Checks whether the word is in Dictionary or not. Word which is need to be check with Dictionary True when the word is not in the Dictionary Gets the suggestion list for the given wrong word. Error word Dictionary with suggestion Returns the List of suggestion using the same sound of the word. wrong word List of suggestion Returns the phonetic suggestions for error word in specified accuracy Returns the suggestion list by interchanging the letters of the error word. Initialization of the m_suggestionlist variable. Generates the word list by using the suggestion list from PCL. Checks the dictionary to generate the suggestion list. ArrayList String suggest_list Changes the string in the suggestion list as per the casing in the Error word Checks for the Upper case. Checks for the First letter capital. Finds the casing for the given word. Gets the suggestion list generated using the Soundex Algorithm. ArrayList String TextBox control. Initialization of the ignorewords variable. Performs the spell check operation. wrong word string Returns the case of the given wrong word wrong word ECaseUpperWord enum property Returns the HashTable of the suggestion list. ArrayList wrong word Returns the length of the wrong word. word wrong word Length of the wrong word To customize the number of suggestions to be displayed. ArrayList errror_string Splits the retrieved sentence into words. Initialization of the htdictPathVsEntriesList variable. Checks the dictionary, to identify the misspelled words. ArrayList wrongWords Checks whether the word is present in the dictionary. Gets the items from the dictionary list. Gets the items from the dictionary list. Initialization of the CustomDictionayCacheDirty bool variable. Converts the dictionary entries to array list. Converts the dictionary entries to array list. Initializes the htdictPathVsSoundXList variable. Method to show the SpellChecker dialog. ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface Gets or sets the VisualStyle of the SpellCheckerAdv Gets or sets the MetroColor property. Gets or sets the Editor property. Gets or sets the CustomDictionaryEditor property. Gets or sets the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor property. Gets or sets the SpellCheckerDialog property. Gets or sets the SpellCheckerMetroDialog property. Gets or sets the OptionsDialog property. Gets or sets the OptionsMetroDialog property. Gets or sets the status of the dialog window Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore repeated words during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore words in mixed case during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore words in upper case during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore words with number during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying the number of suggestions to be displayed in the suggestion list. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore special symbols during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore file names during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore internet address during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying the path of the dictionary. Gets or Sets a value specifying the path of the custom dictionary. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore email address during spell check. Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore html tags during spell check. Holds the list of misspelled words. Gets/Sets the value to indentify the type of the SpellCheckerAdv. Holds the string of the change all. Gets or sets the stream that contains the dictionary. Raised when there is an exception in the . Checks for the Upper case. Checks for the First letter capital. Enum property which shows the word casing. Returns whether all the characters in the word is Upper. Returns whether all the characters in the word is Lower. Returns whether first character in the word is Upper. Delegate for Exception Handler. object sender Represents errors that occur during application execution. Class for SpellEditorWrapper. Sets the text of the TextBox control. Text Method to set the selected Text given text Method to apply the selection. starting index of selection ending index of the selection Initializes a new instance of class that hosts the control. Selects the word specified by the index. Zero based index of the word on the Text. length of the word to be selected. Initializes the TextBox control variable. Initializes the currentWord variable. Returns the Control in which spell check is going to applied. Gets or sets the whose is to be spell checked. Gets or sets the current misspelled word. Gets or sets the Text to be spell checked by the Delegate which is set the Text Text of the Editor control Selects the Text Starting integer of the text Length of the Text Property for SplitButton Color code for Button's Default State Color code for Button's Pressed State Color code for Button's Actived State Color code for Button's Disabled State Initializing Solid Brush to paint the button Arrow have painted, and its size is depends upon the width and heigh. And location is depends upon the left and top value Creating the Border appearence of the Button And the Visual Style may achive throgh the Colors as an input Rendering of text. Instance for SplitButton Get or Set the SplitButton Value Color code for Button's Default State Color code for Button's Pressed State Color code for Button's Actived State Color code for Button's Disabled State Initializing Solid Brush to paint the button Arrow have painted, and its size is depends upon the width and heigh. And location is depends upon the left and top value Creating the Border appearence of the Button And the Visual Style may achive throgh the Colors as an input Rendering of text. Instance for SplitButton Get or Set the SplitButton Value Holds option for ButtonMode Holds option for Style Specifies the DropDown position on Top Specifies the DropDown position on Bottom Specifies the DropDown position on Left Specifies the DropDown position on Right Button mode as toogle or normal Color code for Button's Pressed State Color code for Button's Actived State Color code for Button's Disabled State Color code for Button's DefaultColor State Button Initiallizing on load Assign initial Color to the Arrow Assign initial color to the ArrowButton Background Inidicates Button state Show the DropDown on Button click Position of the DropDown Location of the mouse pointer on the button (x coordinates value) Location of the mouse pointer on the button (y coordinates value) Initial Button Border Color Initial Button Shadow Color Color values for button when it is in normal State Color values for button when it is in normal State Button's Arrow part Border color Button's Arrow part Shadow color Initial Spliter Color spliter shadow color BackColor Button toogle mode indicator Inidicate That it has MousePointer Default size of the control Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. get or set the value for VisualStyle Button Rendering Property Constructor Fire while ButtonDropDown get Focus Fire while ButtonDropDown lost Focus It performs Button painting as setting Border Color, BackGround Color, Arrow Color, using Button Renderer Perform Button Back Color Border color and Background Color while the Button is in normal state Handles Gestures Gesture message true/false Rendering property for ContextMenuStripEx Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Font changed Checked EventHandler for ToogleButton UnChecked EventHandler for ToogleButton DropDownItemEventHandler , when the dropdown item is clicked. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Holds the DropDown Items get or set the value for ButtonToogleMode State of the Button Either Checked or UnChecked Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture Gets or sets the DropDown renderer of the SplitButton used to customize the appearance of the SplitButton DropDown look and feel of Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ContextMenuStripEx Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. Variable for SplitButton. Constructor. SplitButton Retrieves the object that has the focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. Child Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate The vertical screen coordinate An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. Bounds of the Control Gets the role for the SplitButton. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject Gets the state of the accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. Collection of items used in SplitButton Constructor for SplitButtonItemsCollection Returns whether the list contains the SplitButtonItemsCollection type Adds the SplitButtonItemsCollection type to the list Removes the SplitButtonItemsCollection type from the list Inserts the SplitButtonItemsCollection type into the list Returns the index of the SplitButtonItemsCollection type searches the name in the list Overrides the oninsert method Gets the unique name Gets the index of for the SplitButtonItemsCollection Color of the scroll button arrow. Paints the Gallery item. ToolStripItem Render EventArgs True /False Draws the standard scroll bar. Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the background of the Scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Uesd to draw standard scroll bars. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Draws te scroll button background. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Draws the compact scroller. Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the scroll button background. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Paints the gallery items Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the gallery caption area. Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the background of the selected gallery item. Graphics Bounds of the item. Color Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the DropDown arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used Holds the StatusStripEx color Gets/Sets the StatusStripEx Metro Seperator color Matches the pattern. The regex. The source. Searches the pattern. The regex. The source. Searches the pattern. The regex. The source. The position. Parses the length. The number. The hundred percent. Parses the length. The length. The hundred percent. The box. Parses the length. The length. The hundred percent. The box. The em factor. if set to true [return points]. Gets the color. The color value. Gets the width of the border. The border value. The b. Splits the values. The value. Splits the values. The value. The separator. Gets the type information. The path. The more info. Finds the style sheet source. The path. Gets the image. The path. Gets the style sheet. The path. Removes the comments. The style sheet to process. Finds the parent box. Name of the tag. The b. The init container. Darks the color. The c. Gets the border path. The border. The b. The r. if set to true [is line start]. if set to true [is line end]. Constructs the line boxes. The g. The block box. Does the alignment. The g. The line box. Aligns righttoleft. The line. Gets the ascent. The f. Gets the descent. The f. Gets the line spacing. The f. Vertical Alignment The g. The line box. vertical cell alignment. The g. The cell. Justify Alignment. The g. The line box. Center Alignment. The g. The line. Right Alignment. The g. The line. Splits the words. The box. The word text. The words. Gets the property default value. The value. Determines whether the specified property is valid property. The property. Type of the s. true if [is valid property] [the specified property]; otherwise, false. Gets the unit. The length. Gets the HTML length number. The length. Determines whether the specified length has error. The length. true if [is HTML length has error] [the specified length]; otherwise, false. If length is in Ems, returns its value in pixels Gets the length string. The length. contains css properties. Contains default values Contains all inhertiable properties Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Sets the initial Html box of the box Returns false if some of the boxes Gets the index of the box to be used on a (ordered) list Creates the Searches for the first word occourence inside the box, on the specified linebox Gets the specified Attribute, returns string.Empty if no attribute specified Gets the value of the specified attribute of the source HTML tag. Gets the height of the font in the specified units Gets the previous sibling of this box. Gets the longest word (in width) inside the box, deeply. Gets the maximum bottom of the boxes inside the startBox Get the width of the box at full width (No line breaks) Gets the longest word (in width) inside the box, deeply. Inherits inheritable values from specified box. Gets the result of collapsing the vertical margins of the two boxes Calculates the bounds of box and children, recursively. Calculate the word spacing Assigns words its width and height Ensures that the specified length is converted to pixels if necessary Deeply offsets the top of the box and its contents Paints the specified g. Paints the border. Paints the background. Paints the Decorations like UnderLine, Strike etc. Offsets the rectangle of the specified linebox by the specified value. Resets the array Removes boxes that are just blank spaces ToString override. Gets or sets the width of the bottom border. The width of the bottom border. Gets or sets the width of the border left. The width of the border left. Gets or sets the width of the border right. The width of the border right. Gets or sets the width of the border top. The width of the border top. Gets or sets the width of the border. The width of the border. Gets or sets the border bottom style. The border bottom style. Gets or sets the border left style. The border left style. Gets or sets the border right style. The border right style. Gets or sets the border style. The border style. Gets or sets the border top style. The border top style. Gets or sets the color of the border. The color of the border. Gets or sets the color of the border bottom. The color of the border bottom. Gets or sets the color of the border left. The color of the border left. Gets or sets the color of the border right. The color of the border right. Gets or sets the color of the border top. The color of the border top. Gets or sets the border. The border. Gets or sets the border bottom. The border bottom. Gets or sets the border left. The border left. Gets or sets the border right. The border right. Gets or sets the border top. The border top. Gets or sets the border spacing. The border spacing. Gets or sets the border collapse. The border collapse. Gets or sets the margin. The margin. Gets or sets the margin bottom. The margin bottom. Gets or sets the margin left. The margin left. Gets or sets the margin right. The margin right. Gets or sets the margin top. The margin top. Gets or sets the padding. The padding. Gets or sets the padding bottom. The padding bottom. Gets or sets the padding left. The padding left. Gets or sets the padding right. The padding right. Gets or sets the padding top. The padding top. Gets or sets the width. The width. Gets or sets the height. The height. Gets or sets the color of the background. The color of the background. Gets or sets the background image. The background image. Gets or sets the background repeat. The background repeat. Gets or sets the color. The color. Gets or sets the display. The display. Gets or sets the direction. The direction. Gets or sets the empty cells. The empty cells. Gets or sets the float. The float. Gets or sets the position. The position. Gets or sets the height of the line. The height of the line. Gets or sets the vertical align. The vertical align. Gets or sets the text indent. The text indent. Gets or sets the text align. The text align. Gets or sets the text decoration. The text decoration. Gets or sets the white space. The white space. Gets or sets the word spacing. The word spacing. Gets or sets the font. The font. Gets or sets the font family. The font family. Gets or sets the size of the font. The size of the font. Gets or sets the font style. The font style. Gets or sets the font variant. The font variant. Gets or sets the font weight. The font weight. Gets or sets the list style. The list style. Gets or sets the list style position. The list style position. Gets or sets the list style image. The list style image. Gets or sets the type of the list style. The type of the list style. Gets the list item box. The list item box. Gets the width available on the box, counting padding and margin. Gets the bounds of the box Gets or sets the bottom of the box. Gets the children boxes of this box Gets the left of the client rectangle (Where content starts rendering) Gets the top of the client rectangle. Gets the right of the client rectangle Gets the bottom of the client rectangle Gets the client rectangle Gets the containing block-box of this box. Gets the font's line spacing Gets or sets the first linebox where content of this box appear Gets or sets the last linebox where content of this box appear Gets the HTMLTag that hosts this box Gets the HtmlContainer of the Box. Gets if this box represents an image Gets the line-boxes of this box (if block box) Gets or sets the location of the box Gets or sets the parent box of this box Gets the linebox(es) that contains words of this box (if inline) Gets the rectangles where this box should be painted Gets the right of the box. When setting, it will affect only the width of the box. Gets or sets the size of the box Gets or sets the inner text of the box Gets the BoxWords of text in the box Initializes a new instance of the HtmlRootBox class. Initializes a new instance of the HtmlRootBox class. The document source. Feeds the blocks of the stylesheet Feeds the style with a block. Parses the HTML document Applies style to all boxes in the tree Makes block boxes be among only block boxes. Gets the inline boxes. Gets the blocks of style defined on this structure. Gets the document's source Gets or sets the maximum size of the container Represents HtmlTags Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The tag. Converts an HTML length into a Css length Applies the table border. Applies the table padding. Gets the value indicating if the attribute list has the specified attribute Gets the attributes in the tag Gets the name of this tag Gets the value whether the tag is a closing tag Gets the value whether the tag doesn't need a closing tag; Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The block source. Updates the PropertyValues dictionary Asigns the style on this block o the specified box Gets the properties and its values Gets the dictionary with property-ready values Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. Initializes a new instance of the class. The owner. The image. Appends the specified char to the word's text Represents this word for debugging purposes Gets the width of the word including white-spaces Gets the image this words represents (if one) Gets if the word represents an image. Gets a bool indicating if this word is composed only by spaces. Spaces include tabs and line breaks Gets if the word is composed by only a line break Gets if the word is composed by only a tab Gets the Box where this word belongs. Gets the text of the word Gets or sets an offset to be considered in measurements Gets or sets the left of the rectangle. The left. Top of the rectangle Width of the rectangle Height of the rectangle Gets or sets the right of the rectangle. Gets or sets the bottom of the rectangle. Gets or sets the bounds of the rectangle Gets or sets the location of the rectangle Gets or sets the size of the rectangle Creates a new LineBox Gets the maximum word bottom. Add the word box to their lists if necessary. Return the words of the specified box Updates the specified rectangle of the specified box. Assign the rectangles to their specified box Gets the baseline Height of the rectangle Sets the baseline of the words of the specified box to certain height Returns the words of the linebox Gets the related boxes. The related boxes. Gets the words. The words. Gets the owner box. The owner box. Gets the rectangles. The rectangles. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The table box. The g. Analyzes the Table and assigns values to this HtmlTable object. Gets the spanned width of a cell Gets the cell column index checking its position and other cells colspans Gets the cells width, taking colspan and being in the specified column Gets the colspan of the specified box Gets the rowspan of the specified box Recursively calculate the specified box Recursively calculates words inside the box To indicate is it possible to reduce the width To indicate is it possible to reduce the width Gets the available width. Gets the current sum of column widths Gets if the user specified a width for the table Hosts a list of all rows in the table, including those on the TFOOT, THEAD and TBODY Gets the column count of this table Gets the minimum width of each column Gets the declared Columns on the TABLE tag Gets an array of column widths. Gets the boxes that represents the table-row Boxes of the table, Gets the table-footer-group Box Gets the table-header-group Box Gets the actual horizontal spacing of the table Gets the actual vertical spacing of the table Gets the original table box Used to make space on vertical cell combination Gets the index of the row where box ends ToolTipEditor Form ToolTip EditorForm Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. The TabControlAdvAccessibleObject class provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. Constructor for TabControlAdvAccessibleObject class The instance of the TabControlAdv. TabPageAdv is Child control in terms of Accessibility for TabControlAdv The number of the tab pages. Gets the Accessibility object of the TabPageAdv identified by index. The index of the TabPageAdv. The AccessibleObject of the specified tab page. Returns whether the control is Focused or not Indicates whether its focused. Returns the Selected TabPageAdv Indicates whether the currently selected child. Overridden Navigate method The instance of the AccessibleNavigation. The AccessibleObject of the selected tab. Gets Role of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Name of the TabcontrolAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Bounds of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Description of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Returns Text value of TabControlAdv Class for TabPageAdv Accessibility Constructor for TabPageAdvAccessibleObject class The instance of the TabPageAdv. Returns whether the control is Focused or not The AccessibleObject of the TabPageAdv. Gets Role of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Parent of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Name of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Bounds of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets Description of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Inactive TabColor. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. A default implementation for TabRendererBlendDark. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Creates a new instance of the TabRendererBlendDark class. The tab control parent. The parent. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Inactive TabColor. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. A default implementation for TabRendererBlendLight. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Creates a new instance of the TabRendererBlendLight class. The tab control parent. The parent. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the Metro style. Constructor of the TabRendererMetro class. Registers the type of the tab. Gets the path for the tab. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics path Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Returns the default Inactive TabColor. Overridden. See . The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default single border color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns a system color. The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the Office2010 style. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Contains information about Office2010 theme colors. Contains information about Office2010 color theme. The TabControl. Blend for drawing top ellipse when office2010ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. Blend for drawing bottom ellipse when office2010ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. Registers the type of the tab. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererOffice2010 class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. The Graphics object. The preferred size. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for the tab. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics path Gets specified rounded path for the rectangle for drawing top ellipse when office2010ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Gets information about Office2010 theme colors. Gets or sets information about Office2010 color theme. Gets the tab border color. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Space between top border and panel. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Tab Size Overlap Size Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. The selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs by this much. Indicates the size of the tab. The overlap size. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Inactive TabColor. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default single border color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns a system color. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Indicates whether the background color is solid. True if solid; false otherwise. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. Space between top border and panel. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Inactive TabColor. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default active tab panel font. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Font value. Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. The selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs by this much. The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Gets a value indicating whether host OS is Vista. Gets the default items border color. The Tab Renderer that implements the VS2008 look and feel. This tab renderer implements the Office 2003 OneNoteStyle look-and-feel. The tab renderer that implements the 3D tabs look-and-feel. The default horizontal overlap. The default vertical overlap. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Creates a new instance of the TabRenderer3D class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the overlapped size, if any, of the tabs. Overridden. See . The overlap size. Adjusts the bounds and graphics based on alignment. Returns the polygonal border of the tab from the bounds. The tab's bounds. The polygonal border. Returns the polygonal shade border of the tab from the bounds. The tab's bounds. The polygonal border. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. The default horizontal overlap. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Creates a new instance of the TabRenderer3D class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the overlapped size, if any, of the tabs. The overlap size. Returns the current drawing bounds. Overrides in OneNoteStyleRenderer. The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Returns the current drawing bounds. The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Gets the interior bounds of the tab. The bounds of the current tab The Tab which is selected Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. The mouse position to test. True if hit; false otherwise. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Selected item line width. Selected item border color. Color to draw tabs borders with. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Indicates whether border path is used for drawing background. Registers the type of the tab. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererVS2008 class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the current drawing bounds. The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Gets the interior bounds of the tab. The bounds of the current tab The Tab which is selected Returns Rectangle Gets the path for the tab. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. Returns Graphics path Returns the preferred size for the tabs. The Graphics object. The preferred size. Returns the forecolor with which to draw the tab text. Fore color. Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Gets a value indicating whether host OS is Vista. The Tab Renderer that implements the VS2010 look and feel. Initializes the class. Constructor of the TabRendererVS2010. The instance of the ITabControl. The instance of the ITabPanelRenderer. Bounds of the close button. Registers the type of the tab. Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for the tab. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics path Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. Returns Graphics Path Checks, does CloseButton's bounds contain specified point. Point to check. true, if CloseButton's bounds contain specified point, otherwise - false. Gets the name of the tab style. The name of the tab style. Gets the tab panel property extender. The tab panel property extender. Gets the bounds of the close button. Represents the default tab properties for . Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the overlap size. The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). VS2008-like tab splitter UI. Indicates, whether panels are in collapsed state. Indicates, whether control's panels are swapped. Splitter control Collection of primary pages. Collection of secondary pages. Collection with selected page in Collapsed mode Additional initialization of the control. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Raises simple events (). Gets the collection of controls contained within the control. Indicates, whether panels are in collapsed state. Value is false, if control is in expanded state. Gets or sets the splitter orientation. Indicates, whether control's panels are swapped. If value is true, primary items are layouted as secondary and vice versa. Layout of tabs in splitter is also swapped. Gets or sets the location of the splitter, in pixels, from the left or top edge of the TabSplitContainer. Gets or Sets the backcolor for TabSplitter. Returns collection of primary nested items. Returns collection of secondary items. Occurs when property is changed. Occurs when property is changed. Occurs when property is changed. Occurs when the Splitter's position has been changed. Splitter buttons IDs Splitter orientation. Mouse coordinates of the last MouseDown event Button colors Tab colors Tabs rectangles Gets or sets the image to be shown in the page's tab. Gets or sets the transparency color for the tab image. Collection containing 's primary or secondary nested items. Selected page's index. Gets or sets the zero-based index of the currently selected page in collection Raised when selected page was changed. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Main text label Gets or Set the value for dragging Sub text label List of images Image flow direction Text flow direction Size type of the tile Start image index Indicates the slid show Indicates the Text Animation Indicates the internal back color Indicates to show navigator Indicates the dummy bound Inidcate to draw border Slider speed Slider animation speed Indicates the dummy parent Inidcates navigation left arrow argb value Inidcates navigation right arrow argb value Inidcates the left outer rectangle Inidcates the right outer rectangle Inidcates the axis point Indicates the streamer index Indicates the layout group Font changed MouseCaptureChanged will be raised when this IamgeStreamer is captured with mouse. Mouse up Mouse down Draws horizontal arrows Draws vertical arrows Flow image right to left Flow image left to right Flow Text right to left Flow Text left to right Flow Text Botton to Top Flow Text top to bottom Flow image horizontal flip Gets dummy imagestreamer Flow image top to bottom Flow image vertical flip Flow image bottom to top Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Fires before sliding Fires after slided Gets or sets the main text. Gets or sets the sub text. Gets or sets the images. Gets or sets the image flow direction. Gets or sets the text flow direction. Gets or sets the tile size for tile layout. Gets or sets the slider speed. Gets or sets the slider animation speed. Gets or sets the start image index. Gets or sets the slide show. Gets or sets the slide show. Gets or sets the internal back color. Gets or sets to show navigator. Gets or sets to draw border. Gets or sets the dummy bound. Flow from left to right Flow from right to left Flow from top to bottom Flow from bottom to top flow horizontal flip Flow from left to right Flow from right to left Flow from top to bottom Flow from bottom to top Sets notmal Tile Sets double tile Horizontically ImageListAdv Designer Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Gets a value indication the designer action Variable for TileLayout. Constructor for TileLayoutAccessibleObject class. The instance of the TileLayout. Returns whether the control is Focused or not Indicates whether its focused. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An ImageStreamerAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Gets Role of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program. Gets Name of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Bounds of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Description of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Returns Text value of TabControlAdv CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the ClockActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets Name. Gets or sets the Text Gets the animation speed Gets the slider speed Gets the text animation Gets the text animation direction Indicates first item in the row Indicates the row Indicates the column Indicates the items Indicates to set Items Indicates the text Indicates to dispose Indicates the timer Arrange the controls Get the container Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Creates a new instance of the collection. Adds a to the collection. The to add. The position of the added node in the list. Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. One of the entries. Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the collection. In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. Variable for TileLayout. Constructor for TileLayoutAccessibleObject class. The instance of the TileLayout. TabPageAdv is Child control in terms of Accessibility for TabControlAdv The number of the tab pages. Gets the Accessibility object of the TabPageAdv identified by index. The index of the TabPageAdv. The AccessibleObject of the specified tab page. Returns whether the control is Focused or not Indicates whether its focused. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An LayoutGroupAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Gets Role of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program. Gets Name of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Bounds of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Description of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Returns Text value of TabControlAdv Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. TimerDrag Timer Title Font Main flow layout Current hover layoutgroup Current hover imagestreamer Dummy imagestreamer's mouse point Shows item preview Indicates mouse point on the new group Indicates to allow new group Indicates transparency Indicates exit image Indicates new group image Indicates show preview image Indicates to show accessories panel Indicates the dragger form Indicates the dummy imagestreamer Sets the parent form flat Contains group collection Shows group title Indicates new group indicator color Indicates the allignment of the text Indicates the items Indicates the accessories form Indicates the list of child imagestreamer Indicates the current dragging streamer Indicates the new group rectangle Indicates current selected group index Indicates the imagestreamer flower Indicates mouse on the accessories panel Indicates the show new group button Indicates theexit button Indicates the show preview button Indicates accessories form opening Indicates accessories form closing Timer used to open accessories form Timer used to close accessories form List of position of the group List of position of the items List of position of the group text Rectangle of the accessories region New Instance for TileLayout AccessibleObject Get a transparent form Drop final imagestreamer to the group Drops imagestreamer for preview gets a dummy imagestreamer. Create a new layour group. Sets accessories form location gets a accessories form Gets the parent form. Calcuates the group position Resets the imagesstreamer bounds from the dumy bounds Sets size for the dummy imagestreamer Calculates the imagestreamer position Calculates the dimensions Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets font of the title text. Gets or sets main inner layout. Gets or sets current hover layout group. Gets or sets current hover image streamer. Gets or sets dummy imagestreamer. Gets or sets to show item preview. Gets or sets mouse point on new group. Gets or sets to allow new group. Gets display rectangle. Gets or sets transparency value. Gets or sets the exit button image. Gets or sets the new group button image. Gets or sets the show preview button image. Gets or sets to show accessories panel. Gets or sets the dummy imagestreamer. Gets or sets to make parent form flat. Gets or sets the layout group collection. Gets or sets the alignment of the text. Gets or sets the color of the new group indicator. Gets or sets to show the title of the group. Tilelayout Position rectangle Indicates name of the tile Indicates index of the tile Indicates the font of the tile Indicates the text of the tile Indicates fore color of the tile Indicates mouse on button Indicates current row Indicates current column Indicates first items in the row Arragne controls Creates a new instance of the collection. Adds a to the collection. The to add. The position of the added node in the list. Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. One of the entries. Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the collection. In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. Variable for TileLayout. Constructor for TileLayoutAccessibleObject class. The instance of the TileLayout. TabPageAdv is Child control in terms of Accessibility for TabControlAdv The number of the tab pages. Gets the Accessibility object of the TabPageAdv identified by index. The index of the TabPageAdv. The AccessibleObject of the specified tab page. Returns whether the control is Focused or not Indicates whether its focused. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An TileLayoutAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Gets Role of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program. Gets Name of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Bounds of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Description of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program Returns Text value of TabControlAdv Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Interface for ToggleButtonRenderer Method for Drawing the Button Frame for ToggleButton Method for Drawing the Slider in ToggleButton Instance for Default ToggleButtonRenderer Constructor for ToggleButtonRenderer Method for Drawing the Button Frame for ToggleButton Method for Drawing the Slider in ToggleButton Enumeration for ToggleButtonState Enumeration for TogglebuttonDisplayType Instance for ToggleButtonDesigner Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the ToggleButtonDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Component object Gets a value indication the designer action Class for ToggleButton inherited from Control Gets or Sets the initializing stage of toggleButton. Gets or Sets the ToggleButtonState Gets or Set whether the mouse is moved or not Gets or Sets the point for mouseposition Gets or Sets the DisplayType for ToggleButton Gets or Sets whether the mouse is hovered on the control Gets or Sets whether the ToggleState change is cancelled Gets or Set whether the mouse is hovered on the slider Signals the object that initialization is starting. Signals the object that initialization is complete. Constructor for ToggleButton Raises the ToggleStateChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the ToggleStatechanging event. The instance containing the event data. Gets or Sets the ActiveState values for ToggleButton Gets or Sets the Slider values for ToggleButton Gets or Sets the InactiveState values for ToggleButton Serializes the ToggleState for ToggleButton Resets the ToggleState Serializes the DisplayType Resets the DisplayType Button Rendering Property Serializes the Renderer of the control Resets the Renderer of the control Swaps the ToggleState of the control Overrides the Paint Method Event data Overrides the Mouseup method Event data Overrides the Mouse enter method Event data Raises when key down is performed EventArgs that contains the event data. Overrides the Mouse leave method Event Data Overrides the Mouse up method Event Data Initializes the components Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Occurs when the ToggleState property changes. Occurs when the ToggleState property is changing. Gets or Sets the ActiveState values for ToggleButton Gets or Sets the Slider values for ToggleButton Gets or Sets the InactiveState values for ToggleButton Gets or Sets the ToggleButtonState Gets or Sets the DisplayType of the ToggleButton Gets or Sets the BackColor of the control. Gets or Sets the ForeColor of the control Gets or Sets the BackGroundImage of the control Gets or Sets the BackgroundImageLayout of the control Gets or Sets the Renderer for Toggle Button ToggleStateChanged EventArgs Gets or Sets the ToggleState Initializes a new instance of the ToggleStateChangedEventArgs class Source type Gets the ToggleState of the control Toggle ChangedEvent Handler object sender EventArgs that contains the event data. ToggleStateChanging EventArgs Gets the old ToggleState of the control Gets the new ToggleState of the control Initializes a new instance of the ToggleStateChangingEventArgs class Source type Gets the source of the Toggle state changing. Gets the source of the Toggle state changing. Toggle ChangingEvent Handler object sender EventArgs that contains the event data. Class for adding subproperties ActiveState properties class Gets or Sets the backcolor Gets or Sets the forecolor Gets or Sets the bordercolor Gets or Sets the hovercolor Gets or Sets the text Gets or Sets the activeimage Serializes the active image Resets the active image Serializes the backcolor Resets the backcolor Serializes the forecolor Resets the forecolor Serializes the bordercolor for active state Resets the bordercolor Serializes the hovercolor Resets the hover color Serializes the active state text Resets the text constructor for active state Constructor for active state Gets or Sets the activeimage Gets or Sets the BackColor of Active state Gets or Sets the Forcolor for active state Gets or Sets the bordercolor Gets or Sets the Hovercolor for active state Gets or Sets the active state text Constructor for ActiveStateCollection class that converts the properties and combines Class for adding subproperties Inactive state properties class Serializes the image Resets the image Serializes the backcolor Resets the backcolor Serializes the forecolor Resets the forecolor Serializes the bordercolor Resets the bordercolor Serializes the hovercolor Resets the hovercolor Serializes the text Resets the text Constructor for inactive state Constructor for inactive state Gets or Sets the image for inactive state Gets or Sets the backcolor of inactive state Gets or Sets the forecolor for inactive state Gets or Sets the bordercolor for inactive state Gets or Sets the hovercolor of inactive state Gets or Sets the text of inactive state Constructor class that converts the properties and combines Class for adding subproperties Slider properties class Serializes the displaymode Resets the displaymode Serializes the image Resets the image Serializes the backcolor Resets the backcolor Serializes the forecolor Resets the forecolor Serializes the bordercolor Resets the bordercolor Serializes the hovercolor Resets the hovercolor Serializes the text Resets the text Serializes the width Resets the width Constructor for slider class Constructor for slider class Gets or Sets the displaymode Gets or Sets the image for slider Gets or Sets the backcolor for slider Gets or Sets the forecolor of slider Gets or Sets the bordercolor of slider Gets or Sets the hover color of slider Gets or Sets the text for slider Gets or Sets the slider width Constructor class that converts the properties and combines Returns the destination type Gets the Constructor of Slider class ToggleButtonActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the ToggleButtonActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets Name. Gets or Sets the toggle state Gets or sets the On text. Gets or sets the RightToLeft mode CustomCollectionEditor for TreeNavigator control ITypeDescriptorContext IWindowsFormsEditorService ItemCustomCollectionEditor constructor EditVaue method is used to edit the value in the Item Collection Provides information about container Object providing custom support Object of the container Returns the object of the container GetEditStyle for the editor Provides information about container Returns EditorStyle Indicates the ItemAdded Sender as container Added Items in the container Indicates the ItemAdded Sender as container Added Items in the container Triggers the CollectionChanged event Object that carries the Item Value of the Item with all its associated properties Creates the form TreeNavigator Form Returns the new CollectionEditorForm Fires when the Collection in the item changes delegate for collection changed event Collection which holds the TreeNavigator's child items Constructs a new instance. The Control that this collection is associated with. The Control this collection is associated with. The list of items stored in this control. Sorts the items in the collection Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. The comparer used to compare items. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. List for Item collection which contains the control added Enumarable list for collection Returns the updated Collection List Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Adds an item to the collection. The item to add to the collection. Removes all items from the collection. Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. The object to locate in the collection. True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. True if the item was successfully removed from the colleection, otherwise false. This method also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. The zero-based index in array at which copying begins Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the item at the specified index. The zero-based index of the item to remove. Adds an item to the list. The item to add to the list. The position at which the item is inserted. Determines whether the list contains a specific value. The object to locate in the list. True if an instance of the item is found in the list, otherwise false. Determines the index of a specific item in the list. The object to locate in the list. The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The object to insert into the list. Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. The object to remove from the collection. Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets or sets the element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get or set. The element at the specified index. Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. CustomCollectionEditorForm for TreeNavigator IList variable for collection Arraylist for previous list Property grid Panel for buttons Add button Remove button Ok button cancel button Custom collection editor Splitcontainer label list box Treenavigator object constructor for the form Control to which the ItemCollection is associated with To get the property value of tree menu item Contains the TreeNavigator item Contains the property for the corresponding item Gets the value of the associated property To get the property value of tree menu item Object for TreeNavigator Returns the data type of the particular property To set the property value of tree menu item TreeNavigator Item Name of the property Value of the property Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets the data type of each item in the collection. The collection for which to get the item's type The data type of the collection items. Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain The collection for which to return the available types An array of data types that this collection can contain. Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. The type of item to create. A new instance of the specified object. Destroys the specified instance of the object. The object to destroy. Destroys the specified instance of the object. Destroys the object created Creates the specified instance of the object. Instance of the Item Fires on item removes Item that is being added Fires on item added Item that is being added Moves the item List the contains the old value Index of the selected item Index to which the selected item moves GenerateItemArray for the itemcollection Item collection for displaying in text box Returns the Item collection Creates a new object for itemcollection . The collection item for which to create an object. Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add in the item collection. The object to be customized in respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. The collection item for which it customizes the created object. RefreshValues in list box Gets the property of the selected control Selected Item in the ListBox Particular property for the selected item Fires on item collection selected item changes The container that the item is associated with Item's selected property Selected Item property value Undo the changes in the list Source list in which the changes has to be done Destination List on which the item added Method to copy items Source from which the item has to be copied Destination to which the item should be copied override method to resize EventArgs parameter Override for onclosing CancelEvent arguement Clicking event for cancel button Sender as object Click event arguement Event for upclick button Sender as object Click event arguement Event for ok button Sender as object Click event arguement Occurs when add button is clicked Sender as object Click event arguement Occurs when remove is clicked Sender as object Click event arguement Form load event Sender as object Event arguement Occurs when selcted item changed in listbox Closes the form on keydown Fires once the control is added to the list. Fires once the control is deleted to the list Fires once the Item removed Fires once the item added Ilistcollection property Delegate for the new item created Sender as container Item added in the collection Enumeration for the Navigation Mode Header of each level is stacked in the top of the Tree Navigator. Header of current hierarchy level item can be displayed in the top of the Tree Navigator with the back button Class for smart tag Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Component object Gets a value indication the designer action TreeNavigator control provides a unique interface that can expand a tree structure in-place without taking up more space on the screen. To hold scroll value. borderwidth variable header rectangle reset location variable List for active list List for selected item list List for the sub items TreeMenuItemCollection variable bool variable to show navigation Scroller for navigation panel Navigation panel NavigationMode variable Variable for header color border color variable Gives the selected item Gives the previously selected item chooses the text alignment Gets the item back color Bool variable to show the touch scroll behavior variable for clicked state of menu item offset for item bounds Internal flag variable for keyboard navigation To get the previous Description panel width metro color table. Container Initialize method Constuctor of the TreeNavigator varable for Show Header Resets the ShowHeader Serialize the ShowHeader Returns true if the ShowHeader is true Customization Property for Header text Holds the TreeMenuItem PadY Resets the PadY Serialize the PadY Returns true if the PadY is 2 Resets the TextAlign Serialize the TextAlignt Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left Resets the UseTouchScrollBehavior Serialize the UseTouchScrollBehavior Returns true if the UseTouchScrollBehavior is true Resets the selected item Serializes Selected items Returns true if the Selected Item is null Resets the PrevSelectedItem Serializes PrevSelectedItem Returns true if the Selected Item is null Resets the BorderColor Serialize the BorderColor Returns true if the BorderColor has default color Resets the HeaderColor Serialize the HeaderColor Returns true if the border thickness is 2 Resets the ItemBackColor Serializing the property ItemBackColor ItemBackColor Resets the NavigationMode Serialize the NavigationModes Returns true if NavigationMode is default Resets the Items Serializing the property Items Returns true if the value is null To Perform Scrolling Refreshing the TreeNavigator Reset the visiblity of the treemenu items Invalidates the description panel content Selected TreeMenuItem To serialize Vertical scroll value To re-apply scroll position To update visible item bounds calculates the Treemenu item bounds Header area paint PaintEventArgs Gives the bounds of the Header Transfers the subitem for calculating the layout ActiveList of the visible TreeMenuItems Raises the selected changed event TreeMenuItem Raises the selected changing event TreeMenuItem To get the Keyboard navigation for the control using up and down key. Key date Returns true/false according to the key data Scroller frame mouse move Container that has the Scroller MouseEventArgs Scroller frame mouse up event Container that has the Scroller MouseEventArgs Layout changing override LayoutEventArgs RTL override EventArgs Onpaint override PaintEventArgs Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Occurs after the selection of the TreeMenuItem changes Occurs before the selection of the TreeMenuItem changes Shows/Hide the Header in the Navigation panel Gets/Sets the TreeMenuItem PadY Gets /Sets the TextAlign Gets/Sets the ScrollBehavior Gets/Sets the bool navigation mode Gets/sets the selected item Gets/sets the previously selected item Gets/Sets the BorderColor Gets/Sets the Border Width Gets or sets the Item BackColor Gets/Sets the Navigation Modes Gets or sets the value to the items of the TreeNavigator. To view the clicked state Class for adding subproperties off state properties class Header back color Header Forecolor Header Font Header Size Header Text Text Rectangle Serializes the HeaderText Reset the Header text Serializes the HeaderText Serializes the HeaderBackColor Resets the HeaderBackColor Serializes the Description Header BackColor Resets the Description Header BackColor Resets the font Serializes the font Reset the header size Serialize the Header Size Constructor with zero arguements Parameterised constructor Gets the HeaderForeColor Gets the HeaderFont Gets the HeaderBackColor Gets the HeaderSize Gets the Text that need to render on the Header Area Gets/sets the Text bounds for the HeaderText. Gets/sets the Header text Gets/sets the HeaderBackColor Gets/sets the header fore color Gets/Sets the font for the header Font Gets the height of the Header Constructor class that converts the properties and combines override method for expandable property Contextual Information about the object Type of the class to which the property is associated with True/False explaining whether it can convert the context override method for expandable property Contextual Information about the object Provide the information for the specfic culture Object for the container Type of the class to which the property is associated with Designer class override Action list override TreeMenuItem Gets the itemheight gets the click state Holds the visibility of the TreeMenuItem To check the visibility has been handled internally. current index of the item Active list of the menu item variable for TreeMenuItemCollection object for treenavigator gets the selected item get the selected color bool variable to indicate child items flag value indicates the hover state picture box for back button item back color Gets the item hover color Gets the item hover color gives the expanded state Comstructor Resets the Selected property. Serializing the property Selected. Returns True if the Selected is true Resets the SelectedColor Serializing the property SelectedColor Returns True if the SelectedColor is empty Resets the ItemHoverColor Serializing the property ItemHoverColor ItemBackColor Resets the SelectedItemForeColor Serializing the property SelectedItemForeColor ItemBackColor Resets the ItemBackColor Serializing the property ItemBackColor Returns True if the ItemBackColor is empty Resets the Items in the ItemsCollection Serializes the Items in the ItemsCollection Returns True if the Item is null Paints the normal arrow PaintEventArgs Paints the reverse arrow PaintEventArgs Gets the location for the back button PaintEventArgs Mouse enter event for picture box Sender as Parent EventsArgs Mouse down event for picture box Sender as Parent EventsArgs mouse leave event for picture box Sender as Parent EventsArgs Override for mouse enter EventArgs Override for mouse leave EventArgs Disposing all the events used To Expand or Collapse the Selected Item Gets or sets the Itemselection Gets the clicked state of the item Gets or sets the SelectedItem BackColor Gets or sets the Item HoverColor Gets or sets the Selected Item ForeColor Gets or sets the Item BackColor Gets or sets the value to the items of the the TreeNavigator. Returns true if it has sub items Gets/Sets the Expanded or collapsed state Event handler for Selection changing event Sender as TreeNavigator SelectionStateChangingEventArgs Event handler for Selection changed event Sender as TreeNavigator SelectionStateChangedEventArgs Events args for Selection changed Constructor Tree menu item Expanded state Gets /Sets the currently selected item returns true if a node is expanded Events args for Selection changed Constructor TreeMenuItem Selected item TreeMenuItem oldvalue TreeMenuItem new value Previously Selected item (old value) Current Selected item (new value) Cancel args Expanded state Gets the currently selected item Gets the currently selected item Gets the Previously selected item Cancel the selection Returns true if the node is expanded Tree navigator action list Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Represents component override Gets or sets Name. Gets or sets the value to the items of the TreeNavigator. Gets /Sets the Navigation mode Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. TreeNavigator Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. Number of Child. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. Index Child specified to the index Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. TreeMenuItem Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. Number of Child. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. Index Child specified to the index Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Gets the parent of an accessible object. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. PrintHelper class which helps the print the TreeViewAdv. Constructor of the PrintHelper Shows a PrintPreview dialog displaying the Tree control passed in. TreeView for print preview. Title for document. Converts the TreeViewAdv into image. The TreeViewAdv which needs to be printed. Print the TreeViewAdv The TreeViewAdv which needs to be printed. Tile of the document Gets an image that shows the entire tree, not just what is visible on the form Returns an image of the specified width and height, of a control represented by handle. Renders the UpDownBase control. Draws arrow. Graphics object Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. State of button where the arrow will be drawn. Indicates whether the arrow is upper. Draws button's background, border and arrow. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. Draws button's background. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws up and down buttons. Graphics object State of up-button. State of down-button. Draws button's border. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Recalculates and sets button's rectangles. Gets Up-Down button's orientation. Renders UpDownBase control with Office2007 style. Basic abstract class for rendering UpDownBase control. Recalculates and sets button's rectangles. Draws arrow. Graphics object Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. State of button where the arrow will be drawn. Indicates whether the arrow is upper. Draws button's border. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background, border and arrow. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. Draws up and down buttons. Graphics object State of up-button. State of down-button. Gets the control that is rendering. Gets the spin orientation of rendering control. Gets the up-down buttons of rendering control. Gets the text box of rendering control. Gets the bounds of up-button. Gets the bounds of down-button. Initializes a new instance of the UpDownOffice2007Renderer class. Control to render. Color scheme of Office2007 style. Changes the color table according color scheme. Draws arrow with Office2007 style. Graphics object Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. State of button where the arrow will be drawn. Indicates whether the arrow is upper. Draws button's border with Office2007 style. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background with Office2007 style. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background, border and arrow with Office2007 style. Graphics object State of up button. State of down button. Draws button's background, border and arrow. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. Gets or sets the color scheme to render with. Gets border color for UpDownControl. Renders UpDownBase control with Office2010 style. Initializes a new instance of the UpDownOffice2010Renderer class. Control to render. Color scheme of Office2010 style. Changes the color table according color scheme. Draws arrow with Office2010 style. Graphics object Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. State of button where the arrow will be drawn. Indicates whether the arrow is upper. Draws button's border with Office2010 style. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background with Office2010 style. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background, border and arrow with Office2010 style. Graphics object State of up button. State of down button. Draws button's background, border and arrow. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. Gets or sets the color scheme to render with. Gets border color for UpDownControl. Initializes a new instance of the Metrorender class. Control to render. Color scheme of Metro style. Gets or sets the color scheme to render with. Changes the color table according color scheme. Draws arrow with Metro style. Graphics object Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. State of button where the arrow will be drawn. Indicates whether the arrow is upper. Draws button's border with Metro style. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background with Metro style. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Draws button's background, border and arrow with Metro style. Graphics object State of up button. State of down button. Draws button's background, border and arrow. Graphics object Rectangle of button. State of button. Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. Gets border color for UpDownControl.+ /// Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked CommandBar. Basic class for all renderers. CommandBarRenderer provides the basic functionality that is needed by all renderers. You must inherit from CommandBarRenderer to create your own renderers. Reference to CommandBar. Draws text for CommandBar. The rectangle within which to draw text. Draws background for CommandBar. The rectangle to draw background. Draws gripper of the CommanBar. The rectangle within which to draw gripper. Draws DropDown button of the CommandBar. The rectangle within which to draw DropDown button. Gets rectangle of the DropDown button. Gets rectangle within which to draw text for docked CommandBar. Gets rectangle for gripper. Indicates whether the CommandBar has MainMenu DockStyle. Indicates whether the CommandBar has vertical DockStyle. Draws CommandBar. Gets reference to CommandBar. To Ensure if Metro Theme is set Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for floating CommandBar. Basic class for floating renderers. CommandBarFloatingRenderer provides the basic functionality that is needed by floating renderers. You must inherit from CommandBarFloatingRenderer to create your own floating renderers. Draws close button of the CommandBar. The rectangle within which to draw close button. Gets rectangle for close button. Draws floating CommandBar. Gets rectangle within which to draw text for floating CommandBar. Gets rectangle of the DropDown button for floationg CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked ControlBar. Basic class for ControlBar renderers. ControlBarRenderer provides the basic functionality that is needed by ControlBar renderers. You must inherit from ControlBarRenderer to create your own ControlBar renderers. Reference to ControlBar. Gets rectangle for gripper of the ControlBar. Gets rectangle within which to draw text for ControlBar. Gets reference to ControlBar. Draws text of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws background of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws close button of the ControlBar. Draws gripper of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Minimum width of a MDIDropDownButton. Minimum height of a MDIDropDownButton. Minimum indent for a MDIDropDownButton. An instance of the MDITabPanel. Recalculate position and size of button. Client rectangle. Gets or sets an instance of MDITabPanel. Gets size of a button. Gets location of a button. Gets or sets if button location is right to left. Gets button bounds. Indicates if button is pressed. Gets button highlighted state. Gets or sets button pushed state. Gets or sets if scroll need mode is active of button. Gets or sets a tab control alignment. Gets a value indicating whether the tabAlignment is set to right or left. A Popup menu class with MDITabPanel's reference. An instance of the MDITabPanel. Gets or sets an instance of MDITabPanel. The tab control used to render a tab group in a tabbed MDI UI managed by the . To access this tab control, override (you can provide a custom derived class, if necessary) and/or . Drop down button popup menu. Determines if scrollbar buttons are needed. Hash table used for saving the state of the form before adding to Tabbed MDI. Gets the previous X postion of the mouse. Used to avoid the flickering issue of the ToolTip. Gets the previous Y postion of the mouse. Used to avoid the flickering issue of the ToolTip. Overridden. See . EventArgs that contains event data. Creates a new instance of the MDITabPanel class. The corresponding instance. Overridden. See . MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Gets preferred size of a MDITabPanel. Indicates whether an mdi child Form is "hosted" within this tab control. An mdi child Form. True if the Form is part of this tab control; false otherwise. Update close and drop down buttons. Adds an mdi child Form to this tab control (tab group). The Form to add. Settings for the tab. This method will be called to add an mdi child Form to the tab group represented by this tab control. To access or provide a custom tab page, override the method. Creates a new tab in the tab group. The data for this tab. Default properties of this tab. A instance. Removes the tab page corresponding to the mdi child Form. The mdi child Form. Internal flag. True if successfully removed; false otherwise. Returns the of a given mdi child Form. The mdi child Form. The instance associated with this Form. Can be null. Returns the selected mdi child Form in this tab group. A child instance. Initialize drop down button popup menu. Fill drop down button popup menu. Gets drop down button control. Gets drop down button control visibility. Gets or sets if button for each Tab is shown. Gets a value indicating whether the tabAlignment is set to right or left. Represents an individual item that can be displayed in a menu structure, a tool bar or a popup menu in the XP Menus framework. In order for the BarItem to be displayed, you must add it to the Items property of a (to appear in menus or context menus) or a (to appear in the tool bar). This is normally achieved using simple drag-and-drop during design-time. The BarItem will of course be rendered differently based on whether it is part of a menu structure or the tool bar. The BarItem class provides properties that enable you to configure the appearance and functionality of a bar item. To display a check mark next to this bar item (when in a menu) or to give it a special checked highlight (when in a tool bar), use the property. You can use this feature to identify a bar item that is selected in a list of mutually exclusive bar items. For example, if you have a set of bar items for setting the color of text in a TextBox control, you can use the Checked property to identify which color is currently selected. The property can be used to define a keyboard combination that can be pressed to select the bar item. You can enable partial menus behavior in bar items when they are contained within a by setting the BarItem's property. In an MDI scenario, bar items added to an MDI parent's MainMenu(BarStyle.IsMainMenu enabled in the property) and the MDI child's MainMenu will automatically be merged to create a consolidated menu structure. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Factor for double click time. Indicates whether to show underlines with mnemonics always. Indicates whether doubleClick event is triggered on demand. Indicates whether the bar item text shows hot key prefix when rendered. Indicates whether the bar item is drawn in large icons mode. Valid only for XPToolBar related items. Text alignment. Used only in popup menu. Text color in normal mode. Text color in Disabled mode. Text color in active mode. Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. Text font. Indicates whether the tooltip is shown. Displayed icon or bitmap. Disabled image. Highlight image. Default image size. Size for . Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the BarItem class. Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its Text property. Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its Text property and Click event. Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its Text property, Click event and Shortcut. Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its merge type, merge order, shortcut, Text property, Click, Popup and Select event. Holds cursor position while last mouse down event. Holds time when last mouse down event took place. Indicates whether BarItem was double clicked. Padding for themes control X. Padding for themes control Y. Enable or Disable the tooltip of the BarItem when it is in popup menu. Padding for control with disabled themes. Indicates whether to Reset menu Arrow size always. Determines if the HighlightedImageIndex is valid. Gets or sets the Metrobackcolor. Creates a clone of this BarItem instance. An object that has similar properties to this BarItem. Creates a new instance of BarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this BarItem into the specified BarItem. The BarItem where the values should be copied to. The Manager property will not be copied over. Adds the BarItem properties to the SerializationInfo object for Serialization. Forces the BarItem to fire an UpdateUI event. Forces the BarItem to fire an ItemDoubleClicked event. Forces the BarItem to fire an ItemClicked event. Forces the BarItem to fire a Selected event. Forces the BarItem to fire an Unselected event. Raises the AfterPopupItemPaint event. Raises the BeforePopupItemPaint event. Raises the DrawToolbarItem event. A that contains the event data. True if there were listeners; false otherwise. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnDrawToolbarItem method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnDrawToolbarItem in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnDrawToolbarItem method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the PropertyChanged event. An SyncfusionPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the CanDragDrop event. An CanDragDropEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnCanDragDrop method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCanDragDrop in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCanDragDrop method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the UpdateUI event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnUpdateUI method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnUpdateUI in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnUpdateUI method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the ProvideFontInfo event. A ProvideFontInfoEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnProvideFontInfo method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvideFontInfo in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvideFontInfo method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the ContainmentChanged event. A ContainmentChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnContainmentChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnContainmentChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnContainmentChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the ItemClicked event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnItemClicked method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemClicked in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemClicked method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the Selected event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnSelected method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelected in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnSelected method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the Unselected event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnUnselected method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnUnselected in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnUnselected method so that registered delegates receive the event. Checks whether time interval between two last mouse click is less than SystemInformation.DoubleClickTime. Check whether position of cursor satisfy double click condition. Checks whether satisfy double click condition. Raises the BeforePopupItemPaint event. Raises the AfterPopupItemPaint event. Indicates whether BarItem is disposed. Occurs when the menu item is clicked by the user. Occurs when the user selects a BarItem during menu navigation using mouse or keyboard. Occurs when the item has be unselected during user navigation using mouse or keyboard. Occurs when a property's value changes in this object. This event may not be thrown for some of the properties in BarItem. Take a look at the property's documentation to confirm whether this event will be thrown for a property. Occurs when a gets added to or removed from a or . Occurs when the BarItem gets dragged over a ParentBarItem(submenu) or a Bar(Tool Bar) during user-customization. Occurs if either the or is on. You can update the state of the BarItems in the following ways: Neurotic Approach: In this approach you change the state of the BarItem as and when the corresponding application state changes. This is what the XPMenus framework expects you to do by default and so it will not fire the UpdateUI event under any circumstances. Relaxed Approach: The above neurotic approach is sometimes cumbersome as it's difficult to keep track of state changes in application and updating the UI state appropriately. So, the framework provides another alternative where you can update the BarItem states in a relaxed manner. There are 2 ways of updating the BarItems in the relaxed approach: 1. Fast Updates: If updating the BarItem states is a trivial operation then use this approach, which is also how MFC does it. In this approach the UpdateUI event will be called when the hosting this BarItem is dropped down, or when the BarItem is hosted in a toolbar and when the application goes into an Idle state, or when a shortcut corresponding to this item is about to be processed. You can turn on this behavior through out the menu structure by setting the to true. For s and s that are outside the scope of a BarManager set the UpdateUIMFCStyle property in those instances explicitly. 2. Slow Updates: If updating the BarItem states is not a trivial operation then use this approach. In this approach you simply turn on the property of the BarItem whose state has changed one or more times and the framework will then fire it's event the next time the application goes into an idle state. Lets you provide a custom font for this bar item. Occurs after the PopupItem is painted. Occurs before the PopupItem is painted. Occurs when is changed. Occurs when the menu item is double clicked by the user. Gets or sets padding for themes control X. Enable or disable the tooltip of the BarItem in popup Gets or sets padding for themes control Y. Gets or sets padding for control with disabled themes. Gets or sets the text alignment. Used only in popup menu. Gets or sets the text color in normal mode. If value is empty default color is used. Gets or sets the text color in disabled mode. If value is empty use default color. Gets or sets the text color in active mode. If value is empty default color is used. Gets or sets text font. If value is null default font is used. Indicates whether to show underlines with mnemonics always. Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of this bar item when its bar is merged with another. A MenuMerge value that represents the bar item's merge type. The merge type of a bar item indicates how the bar item behaves when it has the same merge order as another bar item being merged. You can use merged menus/bars to create a consolidated menus/bars based on two or more existing menus/bars. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. The following example creates a BarItem with the MergeType and MergeOrder specified so that the bar item is added to the merged menu/bar at first position. public void InitMyFileMenu() { // Set the MergeType to Add so that the bar item is added to the // merged menu/bar. barItem1.MergeType = MenuMerge.Add; // Set the MergeOrder to 1 so that this bar item is placed lower // in the merged menu/bar order. barItem1.MergeOrder = 1; } Indicates whether this item will participate in user customization. True to make it customizable; false otherwise. Default is true. When turned off, the item will still be visible and active in the menus/toolbars for normal click, mouse move actions. When the user opens the Customize dialog or when the user presses the Alt+Click on an item, all these items will become invisible in the menus/toolbars and also in the Customize dialog. When you presses the Alt+Click on an item whose customizable property is set to false, no customization will start. Gets or sets a value indicating the relative position of the bar item when it is merged with another. A zero-based index representing the merge order position for this bar item. The default is zero. The merge order of a bar item specifies the relative position that this bar item will assume if the parent item that the BarItem is contained in is merged with another. Changing this property's value will throw the event. The s in a main-menu bar (the with the BarStyle.IsMainMenu flag set) will appear in an order based on their MergeOrder value during runtime, irrespective of their order during design-time. This is because the main-menu is created by merging the main-menus of the mdi container form and the mdi children, if any. Gets or sets the painting style in which this bar item will be drawn when placed in a Menu or Bar. A PaintStyle value that represents the bar item's paint style. Take a look at the documentation for the PaintStyle enumeration for more information on the interpretation of each PaintStyle value. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Indicates whether the menu item is enabled. True if the bar item is enabled; false otherwise. The default is true. A BarItem that is disabled is displayed in gray color to indicate its state. When a parent bar item is disabled, all child bar items are not displayed. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. The following example creates an event handler for the Popup event for three bar items that handle cut, copy and delete operations in an application. The event handler code enables or disables the bar items based on whether a specific TextBox control in the application, named textBox1, has text selected within it. This example assumes that three BarItem objects are created named menuItemCut, menuItemCopy and menuItemDelete have been created. public void Popup(Object sender, EventArgs e) { // Determine if there is text selected in textBox1. if(textBox1.SelectedText == "") { // Disable the menus since no text is selected in textBox1. menuItemCut.Enabled = false; menuItemCopy.Enabled = false; menuItemDelete.Enabled = false; } else { // Text is selected in textBox1, so enable menu items. menuItemCut.Enabled = true; menuItemCopy.Enabled = true; menuItemDelete.Enabled = true; } } Indicates whether the BarItem should be drawn with a checked appearance. When in a menu, a check mark will be placed to the left of the item. When in a Command Bar this will be drawn with a selected background. You can use the Checked property in combination with other bar items in a menu or tool bar to provide state for an application. For example, you can place a check mark on a bar item in a group of items to identify the size of the font to be displayed for the text in an application. You can also use the Checked property to identify the selected bar item in a group of mutually exclusive bar items. Note This property will be ignored for parent bar items (ParentBarItem and DropDownBarItem). Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. The following example uses the Checked property to provide the state in an application. In this example, a group of bar items are used to specify the color for the text in an TextBox control. The event handler provided is used by the Click event of the three bar items. Each bar item specifies a text color, menuItemRed (Red), menuItemGreen (Green), or menuItemBlue (Blue). The event handler determines which bar item was clicked, places a checkmark to the selected bar item and changes the text color of the form's TextBox control. The example assumes that the System.Drawing namespace has been added to the form that this code is placed in. The example also assumes that a TextBox has been added to the form that this example code is located in that is named textBox1. // The following event handler would be connected to three menu items. private void MyMenuClick(Object sender, EventArgs e) { // Determine if clicked menu item is the Blue bar item. if(sender == menuItemBlue) { // Set the checkmark for the menuItemBlue bar item. menuItemBlue.Checked = true; // Uncheck the menuItemRed and menuItemGreen bar items. menuItemRed.Checked = false; menuItemGreen.Checked = false; // Set the color of the text in the TextBox control to Blue. textBox1.ForeColor = Color.Blue; } else if(sender == menuItemRed) { // Set the checkmark for the menuItemRed bar item. menuItemRed.Checked = true; // Uncheck the menuItemBlue and menuItemGreen bar items. menuItemBlue.Checked = false; menuItemGreen.Checked = false; // Set the color of the text in the TextBox control to Red. textBox1.ForeColor = Color.Red; } else { // Set the checkmark for the menuItemGreen. menuItemGreen.Checked = true; // Uncheck the menuItemRed and menuItemBlue bar items. menuItemBlue.Checked = false; menuItemRed.Checked = false; // Set the color of the text in the TextBox control to Blue. textBox1.ForeColor = Color.Green; } } Gets or sets the index value of the image displayed in the BarItem. A zero-based index that represents the position in the ImageList control (assigned to the ImageList property) where the image is located. The default is -1. The ImageList (or the LargeImageList) and the ImageIndex property together will be used to determine the image that will be drawn in the BarItem. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the BarItem. An ImageList is that which stores the collection of image objects. The default value is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) or the BarManager's ImageList to which this BarItem is a part of. The ImageList and the ImageIndex property together will be used to determine the image that will be drawn in the BarItem. However, if the LargeIcons property of the BarManager this BarItem is part of is set to TRUE, the LargeImageList ImageList will be used rather than this ImageList property. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the BarItem. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the BarItem when in LargeIcons mode. An ImageList is that which stores the collection of image objects. The default value is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) or the BarManager's ImageList to which this BarItem is a part of. Make sure to set the ImageSize of this property's ImageList to a larger size than the ImageList associated with the ImageList property. The recommended size for this LargeImageList is 32X32. The LargeImageList and the ImageIndex property together will be used to determine the image that will be drawn in the BarItem if and only if this BarItem is parented to a BarManager and the LargeIcons property of the BarManager is set to TRUE. ImageListAdv to use when the BarManager is in LargeIcons mode. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the disabled Label control. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display in the disabled Label control. Gets or sets the ImageList with disabled images to be used when the BarManager is in LargeIcons mode. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv with disabled images to be used when the BarManager is in LargeIcons mode. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. Gets a boolean value indicating whether the DisabledImageIndex is valid. Gets or sets the index value of the image displayed in the highlighted BarItem. Gets or sets the index value of the image displayed in the disabled BarItem. Indicates whether the bar item is visible. True if the bar item will be made visible on the parent menu/bar; false otherwise. The default is true. You can use this property to modify a menu structure without having to merge menus or disable menus. For example, if you want to hide a complete section of functionality from the menus for your application, you can hide them from the user by setting this property to false. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. The following example creates a bar item, sets the caption, assigns a shortcut key, makes the bar item visible and shows the shortcut key display for the bar item. The example assumes a BarItem object has been created that is named barItem1. public void SetupMyMenuItem() { // Set the caption for the bar item. barItem1.Text = "New"; // Assign a shortcut key. barItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN; // Make the bar item visible. barItem1.Visible = true; } Gets or sets the object that is associated with this BarItem. An object that is associated with this BarItem. The default value is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Any type derived from the Object class can be assigned to this property. If the Tag property is set through the Windows Forms designer, only text may be assigned. A common use for the Tag property is to store data that is closely associated with this item. Gets or sets the caption of the bar item. The text caption of the menu item. When you specify a caption for your menu item with the text parameter, you can also specify an access key by placing an '&' before the character to be used as the access key. For example, to specify the "F" in "File" as an access key, you would specify the caption for the menu item as "&File". You can use this feature to provide keyboard navigation for your menus. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. The following example creates a bar item, sets the caption, assigns a shortcut key, makes the item visible, and shows the shortcut key display for the item. The example assumes a BarItem object has been created that is named barItem1. public void SetupMyMenuItem() { // Set the caption for the bar item. barItem1.Text = "New"; // Assign a shortcut key. barItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN; // Make the bar item visible. barItem1.Visible = true; } Public Sub SetupMyMenuItem() ' Set the caption for the bar item. barItem1.Text = "New" ' Assign a shortcut key. barItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN ' Make the bar item visible. barItem1.Visible = True End Sub 'SetupMyMenuItem Gets or sets the BarItem's ID. Should be unique among all the BarItems in a , if added to a BarManager. A string representing the ID. A default value will be generated for this property based on the Text value. Gets or sets the tooltip for the item. A string representing the tooltip. Tooltips will be shown only when the item is in a toolbar (not in a dropdown submenu). When this tooltip text is empty, a tooltip will be synthesized based on the Text property and the Shortcut property. Gets or sets the category under which this BarItem will be listed in the Customization Dialog. The CategoryIndex is used to categorize the BarItem in the Customization Dialog. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Gets or sets the shortcut key associated with the menu item. One of the Shortcut values. The default is Shortcut.None. Shortcut keys provide a method for users to activate frequently used menu items in your menu system and to provide keyboard access to your application for those users who do not have access to a mouse or other pointer device. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. The following example creates a menu item, sets the caption, assigns a shortcut key, makes the menu item visible and shows the shortcut key display for the menu item. The example assumes a BarItem object has been created that is named menuItem1. public void SetupMyMenuItem() { // Set the caption for the menu item. menuItem1.Text = "New"; // Assign a shortcut key. menuItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN; // Make the menu item visible. menuItem1.Visible = true; } Public Sub SetupMyMenuItem() ' Set the caption for the menu item. menuItem1.Text = "New" ' Assign a shortcut key. menuItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN ' Make the menu item visible. menuItem1.Visible = True End Sub 'SetupMyMenuItem Gets or sets the custom shortcut text that is to be used in displaying the menu item. By default, this property will return a string based on the property value. But if you specify a non-null value (including String.Empty) to this property that value will be returned.

To reset this property programmatically, specify null. In design time select "Reset" from the context menu of the property grid entry of this property.

This property is useful when you want to replace the default shortcut text (for example, "Ctrl+D0", displayed when Shortcut.Ctrl0 is the shortcut), with something else (say "Ctrl0", in the above example).

The BarManager to which this BarItem will be parented to. Including this BarItem in a BarManager will allow it to be usable in a Form's Menus and tool bars. And also participate in the Customization feature enabled by the BarManager. Make sure that this BarItem has a unique text and category index before you add it to a manager. The BarItem can also be created and used outside the context of BarManagers when used in a stand-alone PopupMenu. Take a look at the PopupMenu class reference for an example of how to create and use a stand-alone BarItem in a PopupMenu. Gets or Sets the metro backcolor Indicates whether this bar item will appear in it's parent's partial menus list. True to make this appear in partial menus; False otherwise. Default value is true. When this value is true, the item will always be visible when it's parent menu is shown. If false, the item will appear only when the user expands the hidden portion of the partial parent menu (through the arrows at the bottom). Note that this assumes that the parent menu has its UsePartialMenus property set to true. Note that if the user selects this item then this value will be set to true for the period of RecentlyUsedItemResetDelay. Also, this property is meaningful only when this item is a child of another menu(ParentBarItem). If this is a then this value can be set to false only if all the children also have their corresponding property set to false. Changing this property's value will fire the event. Indicates whether the event should be fired in the next application idle event. True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. If this property is set to true, then this BarItem will listen to the event and then fire the event. It will continue doing this in the Application.Idle event handler until you turn off this property. Take a look at the event for more information on it and when you should use this pattern for your BarItem UI update. This property is obsolete, please use the UpdateUIOnAppIdle instead. Indicates whether the bar item image should be drawn mirrored. This property can be optionally set to be the top level form that hosts this BarItem in the case that the BarItem is also hosted by another form embedded inside a UserControl. Setting this property to be the top level parent form will make tooltips work for this BarItem. Indicates whether the tooltip is shown. Gets or sets displayed icon or bitmap. Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. Gets or sets the image painting while BarItem is disabled. Gets or sets the image painting while BarItem is highlighted. Gets or set size for . Gets or sets value whether doubleClick event is triggered on demand. Indicates whether the component is currently in design mode. Lets you data-bind certain properties of the Form containing the MainFrameBarManager of this BarItem. Represents the associated with each tab in a tabbed MDI tab control (tab group). The default implementation. The extended interface that represents the data associated with a tab. The interface that represents the data associated with a tab. Gets / sets the font of the tab. Gets / sets the backcolor of the tab. Gets / sets the backcolor of the tab to check if it is applied or not. Gets / sets the forecolor of the tab. Gets / sets the text of the tab. Indicates the enabled state of the tab. Indicates the visible state of the tab. Gets / sets the tooltip of the tab. Gets or sets the image. The image. Gets or sets the size of the image. The size of the image. Gets / sets the image index of the tab. enables to set the tab back color as active tab color This event will be thrown when the tab's bounds were affected. This event is thrown when the tabs property is changed. Gets or sets the super tooltip info. Creates a new instance of the TabData. Creates a new instance of the TabData. The instance of the TabData. Copy the TabData information. The instance of the TabData. Disposes this object. Dispose the object. True if called by Dispose; false if called by the destructor. This method throws the event. This method throws the event. Gets or sets the font of the TabData. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the backcolor of the TabData. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets or sets the text of the TabData. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. see . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets or sets the image. The image. Gets or sets the size of the image. The size of the image. Gets or sets the ImageChanged. Fired when the tab data's bounds are affected. Fired when the tab data's property is changed. Overridden. See . Creates a new instance of the MDIChildTabData. The tab panel data. The corresponding child form. The corresponding Creates a new instance of the MDIChildTabData. Creates a new instance of the MDIChildTabData. Overridden. See . Returns the mdi child form associated with this tab. Gets or sets the text for the tab. This override, always returns the associated form's Text property. Gets or Sets icon to be displayed. Overridden. See . Initialize the MetroColorTable; Create the ListBoxWindow's Handle. Releases the ListBoxWindow's Handle. To check whether the mouse pointer hovered on ComboBox To Draw the DropDown arrow. Raises event. Gets or sets the MetroColorTable to customize appearance of the ComboBoxEx DropDown button Raised when property is changed. Scroll regions identifiers Returns mouse coordinates relative to upper-left corner of the listbox window Sizing initial rectangle Scrolling initial top index Metro color table for ComboBoxDropDown Button. Initialize the DropDownArrowNormalColor Initialize the DropDownArrowSelectedColor Initialize the DropDownArrowPressedColor Initialize the DropDownButtonNormalColor Initialize the DropDownButtonSelectedColor Initialize the DropDownButtonPressedColor Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton arrow color in normal state. Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton arrow color in hover state. Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton arrow color in pressed state. Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton backcolor in normal state. Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton backcolor color in hover state. Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton backcolor in pressed state. SR provides localized access to string resources specific from the assembly manifest Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SR.resources Specifies the category in which the property or event will be displayed in a visual designer. This is a localized version of CategoryAttribute. The localized string will be loaded from the assembly manifest Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SR.resources Specifies a description for a property or event. This is a localized version of DescriptionAttribute. The localized string will be loaded from the assembly manifest Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SR.resources ToolsResourceIdentifiers contains Ids specific to the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace. This class is used as a separator between blocks of commands. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool property disposing. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Interop call to get the LCID of the current culture. Returns UserDefaultLCID Retrieves character-type information for the characters in the specified source string. Value that specifies the locale identifier. Value that specifies the type of character information the user wants to retrieve. Pointer to the string for which character types are requested. Size, in characters, of the string pointed to by the lpSrcStr parameter. Pointer to an array of 16-bit values. Boolean result, indicates success of WinAPI call. Determines whether a key is up or down at the time when the function is called and whether the key was pressed after a previous call to GetAsyncKeyState. Specifies one of 256 possible virtual-key codes. Returns AsyncKeyState Enables/disable dwm non-client rendering Represents Handle True to enable, False to disable. True if Set NCRendering is successful, false otherwise. Indicates if composition is enabled True if composition is enabled. False otherwise. Represents NOSIZE Represents NOMOVE Represents NOZORDER Represents NOREDRAW Represents NOACTIVATE Represents FRAMECHANGED Represents SHOWWINDOW Represents HIDEWINDOW Represents NOCOPYBITS Represents NOOWNERZORDER Represents NOSENDCHANGING Represents DRAWFRAME Represents NOREPOSITION Represents DEFERERASE Represents ASYNCWINDOWPOS Computes the string size that should be passed to a typical Win32 call. This will be the character count under NT and the ubyte count for Win95. The string to get the size of. The count of characters or bytes, depending on what the pinvoke call wants. Represents always tip Represents NOPREFIX Represents NOANIMATE Represents NOFADE Represents Balloon Represents IDISHWND Represents SUBCLASS Represents TRACK Specifies the type of character information the user wants to retrieve. Retrieves character type info. Retrieves bi-directional layout info. Retrieves text processing info. These types support ANSI C and POSIX (LC_CTYPE) character-typing functions. A combination of these values is returned in the array pointed to by the lpCharType parameter when the dwInfoType parameter is set to CT_CTYPE1. Represents Uppercase represents Lowercase Represents Decimal digits Represents Space characters Represents Punctuation Represents Control characters Represents Blank characters Represents Hexadecimal digits Represents Any linguistic character: alphabetic, syllabary, or ideographic. These types support proper layout of Unicode text. The direction attributes are assigned so that the bidirectional layout algorithm standardized by Unicode produces accurate results. These types are mutually exclusive. Left to right Right to left European number, European digit European numeric separator European numeric terminator Arabic number Common numeric separator Block separator Segment separator White space Other neutrals No implicit directionality (for example, control codes) These types are intended to be placeholders for extensions to the POSIX types required for general text processing or for the standard C library functions. A combination of these values is returned when dwInfoType is set to CT_CTYPE3. Diacritic nonspacing mark Vowel nonspacing mark Represents Symbol Katakana character Hiragana character Half-width (narrow) character Full-width (wide) character Ideographic character Arabic Kashida character Punctuation which is counted as part of the word (Kashida, hyphen, feminine/masculine ordinal indicators, equal sign, and so forth) All linguistic characters (alphabetical, syllabary, and ideographic) Not applicable Specifies which type of input the application processes. Direction keys TAB key All keyboard input All keyboard input (the application passes this message in the MSG structure to the control) EM_SETSEL messages Default push button Non-default push button Radio button WM_CHAR messages Represents Static control Represents Button Represents MSGFILTER Represents JOURNALRECORD Represents JOURNALPLAYBACK Represents KEYBOARD Represents GETMESSAGE Represents CALLWNDPROC Represents CBT Represents SYSMSGFILTER Represents MOUSE Represents HARDWARE Represents DEBUG Represents SHELL Represents FOREGROUNDIDLE Represents CALLWNDPROCRET Represents KEYBOARD_LL Represents MOUSE_LL dest = source dest = source OR dest dest = source AND dest dest = source XOR dest dest = source AND (NOT dest ) dest = (NOT source) dest = (NOT src) AND (NOT dest) dest = (source AND pattern) dest = (NOT source) OR dest dest = pattern dest = DPSnoo dest = pattern XOR dest dest = (NOT dest) dest = BLACK dest = WHITE Represents WINDOW Represents CACHE Represents INTERSECTRGN Represents LOCKWINDOWUPDATE Represents PARENTCLIP Represents CLIPSIBLINGS Represents CLIPCHILDREN Represents EXCLUDERGN Represents SOLID Represents HOLLOW Represents HATCHED Represents PATTERN Represents DIBPATTERN Represents DIBPATTERNPT Represents PATTERN8X8 Represents DIBPATTERN8X8 Window attributes [get] Is non-client rendering enabled/disabled [set] Non-client rendering policy [set] Potentially enable/forcibly disable transitions [set] Allow contents rendered in the non-client area to be visible on the DWM-drawn frame. [get] Bounds of the caption button area in window-relative space. [set] Is non-client content RTL mirrored [set] Force this window to display iconic thumbnails. [set] Designates how Flip3D will treat the window. [get] Gets the extended frame bounds rectangle in screen space Represents Last Non-client rendering policy attribute values Enable/disable non-client rendering based on window style Disabled non-client rendering; window style is ignored Enabled non-client rendering; window style is ignored Represents last Event data for pre matching modifications. The item to be matched. Creates an object of type AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs and sets the internal object array with the information about the currently selected item. The array that holds the information about the currently selected item. The array value set through this constructor can be accessed through the property. Gets / sets the currently selected item. The first item in the array is the first column of the matching item and so on for all the sub items. Event data for the event. for the delegate that uses this event handler. This event handler is used to package the information that is sent by the class when in This is set to false when the event is raised. The event handler can set this value to true if it wants the class to accept the current item as a possible match for the . Setting this value to false with tell the class to ignore this entry. The current text value to be matched. The possible match value. Creates a new object of type AutoCompleteMatchItemEventArgs. The current text to be matched. The possible match string. This constructor for the class takes the current text of the target control that is to be matched and the possible match string that it is to be compared against as arguments. The values set through this constructor can overriden through the and properties. Returns the current text value to be matched. The current text that is to be compared against for possible matches. This is done one at a time using this event argument. The possible match for this is accessed through the property. You can set the CurrentText and properties using the appropriate constructor. Returns the possible match value that needs to be compared against the property by the event handler. The current text that this possible match will be checked against is accessed through the property. You can set the and PossibleMatch properties using the appropriate constructor. The event argument for the delegate. This event handler is used as the event data for the event raised by the control. The image column index. The DataRow that has the values for all the columns. Creates and intializes the AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventArgs object. The property is initialized to -1 and the property is set to null. The object that contains the value that is to be added to the history list. The class uses a and this value is one of the rows for the internal history list of the class. You can also set the values of sub items or change their values when it is handled in the event raised by the control. Gets / sets the column index into the property. The event uses the type for the event data. This value can be set in the event hander to be a different value. Changing the index will change the image that will be displayed. The event data for AutoCompleteSelected event. This event is raised by the class when the user selects an item in the list off possible matches for the current text being displayed in the target edit control. is the event handler delegate that uses this class as the event data. The list of subitems. Specifies if the selected value is to be set to the Target control. Creates an object of type AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs and sets the internal object array with the information about the currently selected item. The array that holds the information about the currently selected item. The column index to be used for matching. The array value set through this constructor can be accessed through the property. Returns the Auto Complete item as an object array. This property holds the information about the currently selected item. The first item in the array is the first column of the matching item and so on for all the sub items. Returns the index of the item that was used for the matching. This index could be different from the matching index of the control. The returned will only have items/columns that are displayed in the drop down list of the control. Indicates whether the SelectedValue should be applied to the target control. This only applies when used in the AutoCompleteItemSelected event. Gets/Sets the value selected. This class wraps an exception that is thrown by the system as event data. The event data can be used to track the problem with the exception that was raised by the system during the auto completion of the control. The exception thrown by the system. Initializes a new instance of the class with an exception. The exception that resulted in this event data being created. The exception that is set through the constructor can be accessed through the method. Returns the original exception that was thrown by the system. The that is returned can be used to track down any issues that occur in the auto completion process of the control. The exception that was thrown by the system. The event data for event. The event data provides information that can be used to tailor the behavior of the control for different edit controls. is the event handler delegate that uses this class as the event data. The editControl that is getting the focus or losing the focus. Indicates whether the control is losing the focus. Initializes a new instance of the class using a and a boolean. The edit control that is losing the focus or gaining focus. Indicates whether the edit control is gaining focus or losing it. The parameter is the edit control that is gaining focus or losing it. The control's behavior can be changed based on which edit control it is providing auto completion for. The parameter indicates whether the edit control is losing or gaining focus. The value will be false if the edit control is gaining focus. Returns the edit control that is gaining or losing focus. The control's behavior can be tailored to be different for each control that it is providing auto completion for. When handling the event this property provides information about the currently active edit control. Indicates whether the event has been raised in response to a control gaining focus or losing focus. This class wraps an exception that is thrown by the system as event data. The event data can be used to track the problem with the exception that was raised by the system during the auto completion of the control. The location of the top left corner of the AutoSuggest window. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is handled. true if handled; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AutoCompleteCustomize event should be canceled Gets /sets values that determine the position of AutoCompletion. Gets/sets the text for AutoCompletion Gets or sets the active control on the AutoComplete control. Delegate for the event. The AutoCompleteCustomizeEventHandler uses the class as the event data. Delegate for the event. The AutoCompleteTargetChangingEventHandler uses the class as the event data. Delegate for the event. The AutoCompleteSelectedEventHandler uses the class as the event data. Delegate for the event. The AutoCompleteSelectedEventHandler uses the class as the event data. Delegate for the event. The AutoCompleteMatchItemEventHandler takes a object as the event data argument. Delegate for the event. The AutoCompletePreMatchItemEventHandler takes a object as the event data argument. Delegate for the event of the control. The AddItemCancelEventHandler uses the as the event data. Specifies the border types that can be assigned to the popup control. You can set this value through the designer for the property. The popup control's border will be fixed and the user will not be able to resize it. The popup control's border will be sizable and the user will be able to resize it by grabbing its bottom right corner. Specifies the modes in which the AutoComplete control will filter the history list for the current text in the target edit control. The property uses this type to fix the type of matching to be performed. The matching will be automatic. This means that the default matching routine built into the control will be used. The matching will be manual and the user will be able to specify a custom event handler to approve a match. event is invoked for each item that is in the history list. Specifies the modes of auto completion that can be applied to an edit control (text box, combo box and controls implementing IEditControlsEmbed). The control provides a AutoComplete extended property to these types of edit controls. This type is used by the control to set the extended property on the target controls. The default AutoCompleteMode.Disabled. AutoComplete will be disabled. Possible matches for the current content of the active edit control will be presented in the form of a popup window with a selectable list of matches. The most appropriate match for the current content of the edit control will be automatically appended to the edit control and the user can choose to type further or accept the appended word. Activates both AutoAppend and AutoSuggest modes of auto completion for the target control. Possible matches from Multiple columns for the current content of the Active edit control will be presented in a form of a popupwindow with a selectable list of matches. Multisuggest mode is an extended mode of AutoSuggest. Possible entries of the current content of the Active edit control will be presented in a form of a popupwindow with a selectable list of matches. With this mode all possible matches will be highlighted. The AutoComplete class provides auto completion capabilities for edit controls ( , and based controls). AutoCompletion is the process in which a program prompts the user with helpful completion suggestions when the user inputs some text through a edit control (TextBox or ComboBox controls). The address bar in Microsoft Internet Explorer provides this feature when users type in part of a web address. The AutoComplete control is implemented as an extender control that provides an "AutoComplete" extender property to edit control type controls. The AutoComplete control can operate in or Mode. In AutoSuggest mode a drop down list of possible matches for the current text will be displayed and the user can select the appropriate entry they want. In AutoAppend mode the edit control with the focus will be filled with the possible match and the user can continue typing to change the current suggestion or accept the text as it is. The AutoComplete control can use a internal list of 'history items' to provide the auto completion to its target controls or it can take an external data source as the source for the auto completion items. The property can be used to customize the appearance of the drop down list of items. // This code shows how the AutoComplete control // is initialized and used this.autoComplete1 = new AutoComplete(); this.textBox1 = new TextBox(); // Set buttonEdit1 properties this.autoComplete1.AdjustHeightToItemCount = true; // The AutoComplete control will add contents of the target control to // its history list automatically (when the enter key is hit) this.autoComplete1.AutoAddItem = true; // The AutoComplete control will maintain its history items this.autoComplete1.AutoSerialize = true; // The category under which the history list will be persisted this.autoComplete1.CategoryName = "websites"; // Specifies if any of the columns in the data source are to be treated as // image index this.autoComplete1.ImageColumnIndex = -1; // The image list to be used as the image source this.autoComplete1.ImageList = null; // The preferred height for the drop down window this.autoComplete1.PreferredHeight = 200; // Add a event to customize data added to history this.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem += new AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(this.autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem); // Set Auto Complete // properties for target TextBox this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.textBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Both); // Added by designer - Add the TextBox to the Form this.Controls.Add(textBox1); ' This code shows how the AutoComplete control ' is initialized and used Me.AutoComplete1 = New AutoComplete() Me.textBox1 = New TextBox() ' Set AutoComplete1 properties ' Set the ParentForm property of the AutoComplete control Me.AutoComplete1.ParentForm = Me Me.AutoComplete1.AdjustHeightToItemCount = True ' The AutoComplete control will add contents of the target control to ' its history list automatically (when the enter key is hit) Me.AutoComplete1.AutoAddItem = True ' The AutoComplete control will maintain its history items Me.AutoComplete1.AutoSerialize = True ' The category under which the history list will be persisted Me.autoComplete1.CategoryName = "websites" ' Specifies if any of the columns in the data source are to be treated as ' image index Me.AutoComplete1.ImageColumnIndex = -(1) ' The image list to be used as the image source Me.AutoComplete1.ImageList = Nothing ' The preferred height for the drop down window Me.AutoComplete1.PreferredHeight = 200 ' Add a event to customize data added to history AddHandler Me.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem, New AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(AddressOf AutoComplete1_BeforeAddItem) ' Set Auto Complete ' properties for target TextBox Me.AutoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.textBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Both) ' Added by designer - Add the TextBox to the Form Me.Controls.Add(textBox1) This interface should be implemented by classes that act as the owner for the class. The DataListView class will query its owner for special formatting conditions such as column width and any images that need to be displayed. The need for this class is to abstract the formatting information from the DataListView class. The DataListView class can display a DataSource even if the property is not set using default formatting values. Returns the index of the column that has information about the images (if any). The index of the Image column. Returns the width of the specified column. The index of the column for which the minimum width is required. The width of the column. The event args for the AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler. This event handler is used as the event data for the event raised by the control. Holds information about what the AutoComplete extender property is set on the target controls. The control is the key and the AutoComplete is the value. Holds information for each control if ComboUpDown behavior is to be shown. The control that has the current focus. The text of the target control before the change suggested by the AutoComplete control. Specifies whether the TextChanged event should be ignored. Indicates whether case sensitivity for matching should be used. The PopupControlContainer. Indicates whether the content has changed. The list used for displaying the matches. Indicates whether the internal data will be persisted by the control itself. Overrides the IgnoreCompletion check when set. This is needed when the ProcessAutoComplete method is called when the Text property of the target control is empty. The collection of Columns specifying the attributes of the columns of the List displayed with the matches. The image list that will be used by the AutoComplete object. Indicates whether the drop down list will have a column header. Specifies the kind of border for the popup control. Specifies the user defined category under which the data held by this AutoComplete needs to persist historical data. The minimum column width when a new column is added. Indicates whether the current content should be added to the history during validation (when the target control loses focus). The internal DataTale that will hold the history items. The external data source. Indicates whether the controls have been inistialized for the drop down. The preferred height. The preferred width. Indicates whether the height of the drop down is to be adjusted based on the number of items. Indicates whether a SelesctionChangeCommitted event has been raised by a target combobox. This is tracked so that the following TextChanged event will be ignored by the AutoCompletion logic. The mode for the matching routine. The internal field that indicates whether the AutoComplete control should suppress or override the ComboBox control's own dropdown. for the data binding support Indicates whether the dropdown for an AutoComplete enabled control appears in a single click. Allows user to delete entries from list. Allows user to set the maximum no of list to be displayed. By default the value is -1 . Indicates whether the list is to be sorted automatically. The RightToLeft state of the target control. Indicates whether DropDown size is persistent. Gets or sets whether to allow duplicate values in AutoComplete DataSource. Indicates the item font of the AutoCompletePopup Indicates the style of Column header in AutoCompletePopup Reset the HeaderStyle of the AutoComplete Popup. Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete HeaderStyle property is to be serialized. Resets the Header font of the AutoComplete Popup. Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete HeaderFont property is to be serialized. Reset the HeaderForeColor of the AutoComplete Popup. Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete HeaderForeColor property is to be serialized. Resets the item font of the AutoComplete Popup. Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete ItemFont property is to be serialized. Serializing EnableDuplicateValues property True Resetting EnableDuplicateValues property Indicates the item forecolor of the AutoCompletePopup Reset the Item ForeColor of the AutoComplete Popup. Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete TextColor property is to be serialized. Initializes the static fields. Initializes a new instance of the class and registers it in owner's container. Parent container. Initializes a new instance of the class. The AutoComplete class can be created through the designer and also programmatically through code. The AutoComplete class uses the property to provide support for differentiating between auto complete histor lists. The CategoryName property is not set by default. Cleans up any resources being used. Implementation of the interface. Implementation of the interface. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Initializes the drop down list control with the list of matches. True if the drop down was properly initialized; false otherwise. Updates the width of the DropDownList. Width of the DropDownList Indicates whether the ParentForm property is to be serialized. Indicates whether the control needs AutoCompletion at this time. The current text. True if the current state of the control does not require completion. Populates the list with matches. The current text. The DataView object that has the list of matches. Raises the TargetChanging event. Raises the AutoCompleteCustomize event. Filters the complete list of items to be considered for matches to form a set of probable matches. The text to the matched. The matching items will be added to this ListView. The count of the matches. Override this function if you want to use a different matching routine from the internal built in matching routine. Sets the internal table data based on the property. This method is invoked by the property when an external data source is specified. Override this method if you want to provide your own implenmentation for custom data sources. The property needs to be set with the appropriate data in this method. Raises the DropDownDisplayed event. The instance containing the event data. Invokes the DropDownClosed Event. Invokes the AutoCompleteItemSelected Event. An AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAutoCompleteSelected method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnAutoCompleteItemSelected in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAutoCompleteSelected method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the event. A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeAddItem method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeAddItem in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeAddItem method so that registered delegates receive the event. // Add a event to customize data added to history this.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem += new AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(this.autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem); // autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem int columnCount = args.RowItem.Table.Columns.Count; object [] itemarray = args.RowItem.ItemArray; string itemText = (string)itemarray[0];// the url field string nameText = (string)itemarray[1];// The name field if(itemText.Substring(0,4) == "http") { if(nameText == null || nameText == String.Empty) nameText = "Website"; } else if(itemText.Substring(0,3) == "ftp") { if(nameText == null || nameText == String.Empty) nameText = "FTP site"; } else args.Cancel = true; itemarray[0] = itemText; itemarray[1] = nameText; args.RowItem.ItemArray = itemarray; ' Add a event to customize data added to history AddHandler Me.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem, New AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(AddressOf autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem) ' autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem Dim columnCount As Integer columnCount = args.RowItem.Table.Columns.Count Dim itemarray() As Object itemarray = args.RowItem.ItemArray Dim itemText As String itemText = CType(itemarray(0), String) ' the url field Dim nameText As String nameText = CType(itemarray(1), String) ' The name field If (itemText.Substring(0, 4) Is "http") Then If ((nameText Is Nothing) _ OrElse (nameText Is String.Empty)) Then nameText = "Website" End If Else If (itemText.Substring(0, 3) Is "ftp") Then If ((nameText Is Nothing) _ OrElse (nameText Is String.Empty)) Then nameText = "FTP site" End If Else args.Cancel = True End If End If itemarray(0) = itemText itemarray(1) = nameText args.RowItem.ItemArray = itemarray The AutoComplete control has the ability to display an icon next to a possible match item when displaying the drop down list in mode. This overloaded version of AddHistoryItem adds an item to history and also sets the image index for that item. The string to be added to the history list. The image index of the icon to be set for this item in the assigned to this control. Overloaded. The AutoComplete control can display sub items with columns and also an icon for possible matches when in mode. This method sets the associated icon for any item already in history. The item key identifier string. The Image Index. True if the item is added to the histor list; false otherwise. The AutoComplete control can display sub items with columns and also an icon for possible matches when in mode. This method sets the associated icon for any item already in history. The item key identifier string. The sub item index - starts at zero. The sub item value. True if the sub item was set successfully; false otherwise. The sub item index was out of range. Indicates whether the current text is a substring of the possible match. Does the match between the current text and a possible match. This can be overriden to provide an implementation that does something more specific. The text to be completed. The possible match string. True if the possible match string is an acceptable match; false otherwise. Invokes the OnMatchItem Event. The AutoCompleteMatchItem event data. The OnMatchItem method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnMatchItem in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnMatchItem method so that registered delegates receive the event. Invokes the AutoCompleteItemBrowsed event. An AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed method so that registered delegates receive the event. Handles the KeyDown event of the list view control. The list control. The event data. Handles the KeyDown event of the target control. The control with the focus. The key event data. This is an event handler that responds to the ControlEnter event. We attach this to each control we are providing AutoComplete text for. The control with the current focus. The event data. This method is the handler for the Enter event of the target control. All controls that are provided with auto completion get their Enter event handled to provide a way for the AutoComplete control to hook into the other events for the edit control. This is an event handler that responds to the ControlLeave event of the current control. The control with the current focus The event data. Handles the ControlLeave event and unwires the events that we hooked into in the event. Handles the TextChanged event of the current control. The ProcessAutoComplete method is invoked if there is a change in the control's text content. The control being provided with AutoComplete. The Event Args. This is the core of the auto completion process where the TextChanged event from the edit control is handled and the auto complete tries to provide auto completion. Indicates whether autocomplete process should start. if set to true process autocomplete. If AutoComplete should be processed after typing some text, it should be set to false on load, and then set to true after typing the text. Handles the SelectionChangeCommitted event of the current control. The control being provided with AutoComplete. The Event Args. This event is handled to prevent a problem that appears when auto completion is applied to a ComboBox. When the user selects an item in the drop down list of the ComboBox, the TextChanged event is raised and the auto completion process starts in response to this. This should be avoided and the workaround is to handle the SelectionChanged event that's raised by the ComboBox when the selection changes and suppress the TextChanged event that is raised right after. Displays the popup control when the user DoubleClicks in the target control. The control with the focus. The event data. Displays the popup control when the user Clicks on the target control. The control with the focus. The event data. Handles the DoubleClick event of the drop down list. The drop down list. The EventArgs object with event data. Handles the Click event of the drop down list. The drop down list. The EventArgs object with event data. Handles the SelectionChanged event of the drop down list. The drop down list. The EventArgs object with event data. The handler for the Validated event of the edit control. The current text of the edit control will be added to the history list if the property is set. The edit control with the focus. The event data. Handles the PopupClosed event of the drop down control. The drop down container. The EventArgs object with event data. Initiates the AutoComplete process. This is called automatically when the AutoCompleteMode is not set to Disabled. This method invokes the method to get a list of matches for the current text. Override the method if you are providing your own history source. The current text content of the edit control. Specifies the entry that should be shown as selected. Indicates whether the popup control is currently being displayed. True if the drop down list is being displayed; false otherwise. Returns the number of probable matches for a particular string in the AutoComplete control's current history list or data source. The text to use for the matching. The count of items that match. Initiates the AutoComplete process. This is called automatically when the AutoCompleteMode is not set to Disabled. This method invokes the method to get a list of matches for the current text. Override the method if you are providing your own history source. The current text content of the edit control. Allows you to open the auto complete list in your code. AutoComplete control requires that the control that needs to be provided with the AutoCompletion services have the focus first before the ProcessAutoComplete is called. The current text content of the edit control. Returns the ItemArray for the matching entry. The current text content of the edit control. An itemArray. Updates the selected item to represent the match. Set the SelectedItem Internal helper function to fill the drop down list with the possible matches. The DataView object that has the list of matches. This function sets the ListView control with the DataView object that is to be used as its data source. The ListView control used here is a ListView derived class that can take a DataSource and populate its columns and rows. Resets the internal history list. Override this if you are providing your own history source in your derived class. This is an implementation for the IEditControlsEmbedListener. The parent control that makes the call. The edit control that has the focus. This is used when there is a composite control that has more than one edit control embedded and is being provided auto completion. The parent composite will inform the auto complete control through this method when there is a change in focus between its multiple edit controls. Raises the BeforeAddItem event, if this value is set to true Calls the method to raise the event. True if the item is not to be added to the history. This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetImageColumnIndex. The index of the column in the data source that provides the index of images in the assigned image list. This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetColumnWidth. The index of the column for which to return the width. The width of the column. Returns the BindingManagerBase for the datasource. This should only be invoked when there is a DataSource. Indicates the Extender property target. The target control to be considered for extending. True if the target control can be extended; false otherwise. The AutoComplete control provides auto completion for edit contols (the TextBox and ComboBox controls in Windows Forms) and classes that implement the interface. The method will return true if any of these cases are met. This is the extended property for the AutoComplete property. This will be called by the framework when the AutoComplete property is set on any control. The control that the property is applied to. Specifies whether the control is to be provided auto completion. Auto complete will be provided if this parameter is true. When using the designer, the AutoComplete control adds an extender property to the target controls. When using the AutoComplete control programmatically through the code, you need to use this method to add and remove auto completion for a target control. In this example,AutoComplete with AutoSuggest mode is enabled to a TextBox control. this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.textBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteModes.AutoSuggest); Me.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.textBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteModes.AutoSuggest) Sets the auto complete combo up down. The control that the property is applied to.. if set to true [enable combo up down]. Indicates whether a control has AutoComplete Enabled. The AutoComplete control maintains a list of controls that it needs to provide auto completion for. This method looks up the AutoCompletion mode for the control being considered. AutoCompleteMode mode = this.autoComplete1.GetAutoComplete(this.comboBox1); if(mode == AutoCompleteMode.Disabled) this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.comboBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteMode.AutoSuggest); else this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.comboBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Disabled); Dim mode As AutoCompleteMode mode = Me.autoComplete1.GetAutoComplete(Me.comboBox1) If (mode = AutoCompleteMode.Disabled) Then Me.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.comboBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteMode.AutoSuggest) Else Me.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.comboBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Disabled) End If Returns information for each control if ComboUpDown behavior is shown or not. Adds an item to the internal history of the AutoComplete control. This method will create a new entry for this string in the internal list. This call will be ignored if an item already exists with the same string value. This method is overloaded. The string to be added to the history list. Overloaded. Saves the current state of the control to the windows registry. Saves the current internal list information to the specified persistence medium. A value. Specifies the name of an IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or a registry key to which the persistence information will be written. Writes the internal history information to the persistence medium specified by the parameter and at the path specified by the object. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCurrentState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. Saves the current internal list information to the specified persistence medium. A reference to the instance. Writes the internal history information to the persistence medium specified by the parameter and at the path specified by the object. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. Overloaded. Reads the persisted state from the windows registry. True if the read is successful; false otherwise. Reads a previously serialized internal history list. A reference to the instance. True if the load is successful; false otherwise. Reads the internal history information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. Reads a previously serialized internal history list. A value. The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or the registry key containing the persisted dockstate information. True if the load is successful; false otherwise. Reads the internal history information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCurrentState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. Closes the drop down window. In this example,DropDown closes if character '@' is entered in AutoComplete enabled TextBox. private void textBox1_KeyPress(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.KeyPressEventArgs e) { if (e.KeyChar == '@') { this.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown(); } } Private Sub textBox1_KeyPress(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.KeyPressEventArgs) If e.KeyChar = "@"C Then Me.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown End If End Sub Creates the AutoCompleteItemSelectedEventArgs and Invokes OnAutoCompleteItemSelected. The itemArray object. The column index. Raises the MatchItem event . The current text of the edit control. The possible match to be displayed. True if the possible match string is an acceptable match; false otherwise. Creates the AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs and invokes OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed. The item array that contains the item and the sub items (columns) of the entry selected. The column index. Serializes the internal list to the isolated storage. This method is only invoked when the property is set to true. This method invokes the method to persist the history items. Items are not persisted when an external data source is provided. Deserializes the internal history list. Used by the default serialization. method. Restores DropDown state. Saves DropDown state. There will be a difference between the number of columns that is passed to the VirtualListView and the number of columns in the property. This method gets the actual index of a column in the VirtualListView with the Columns property. The index of the visible column. The actual index of the visible column. Returns the AutoCompleteMode for the current control. The type value for the control with the focus. Returns the active edit control. The edit control is not the same as the active control. The control that we hold as the active control could embed an edit control and may not be the actual edit control that needs to be provided with the AutoComplete services. The control with the focus. To Set selected item in ComboBoxAutoComplete Sets the text of the edit control target to the selected text. The selected text. Adds an item to the history list when invoked. The target edit control. Returns AutoCompleteModes of the ActiveFocusControl InvalidDataType is raised when the specified data type is not valid. Gets or sets the value of the selected item in the AutoComplete control. Sets or retrieves the index of the selected option. Returns the selected item. This is a changing property and valid only at runtime. The last browsed item in an AutoComplete control drop down will be set as the selected item. Specifies whether the auto completion should be performed for this text change. Use internally as a counter to calculate if the current change in the target control's text requires auto completion or is to be ignored. Indicates whether the dropdown for an AutoComplete enabled control appears in a single click. The SingleClick property controls how many times the user has to click on an AutoComplete enabled Control for the dropdown to appear. By default, it requires a double-click. But if SingleClick is set to true, the first click will make the dropdown appear. Example shows the SingleClick property activated when AutoComplete enabled edit control gets focus. private void textBox1_GotFocus(object sender, EventArgs e) { this.autoComplete1.SingleClick = true; } Private Sub textBox1_GotFocus(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) Me.autoComplete1.SingleClick = True Indicates whether to allow deletion of items in the list when user pressed Delete Key. Indicates How many number of items to be displayed in the AutoComplete. Indicates whether default sorting is to be performed. Indicates whether the current item in the target control is to be automatically added to the history list during validation and when the Enter key is pressed. The AutoComplete control has two distinct functions. One is to provide AutoCompletion to partial strings typed into edit controls that are targeted by the AutoComplete control. The second function is to maintain the history or item list against which the partial string will be compared for possible matches. The AutoAddItem property specifies automatic addition to the history list or item list that the AutoComplete control is referring to. Gets or sets the user defined category name under which the internal data is serialized. The CategoryName is an important property that is useful in properly using the AutoComplete control. You can specify a common CategoryName for AutoComplete controls in use in various forms. For example, if you have a form based application that collects the First Name of users in more than one form, you can set the CategoryName to be "FirstName" and set the edit controls used for collecting the First Name under the operation of the AutoComplete controls. This CategoryName will help share the First Names across forms. Specifies the kind of border the control should use for the popup control displayed when in Mode. The drop down window's appearance can be controlled by setting this property. The default value is . Gets or sets the matching mode for the matching routine. The matching mode that is specified will have a marked impact on the nature and speed of the auto completion process. The Matching mode can be set to or . The default mode is In the automatic mode, the current text of the target edit control is matched with the internal history list or external data source using a filter and the results are displayed in the drop down list when in AutoSuggest mode and used to fill the edit control when in AutoAppend mode. Setting the MatchMode to Manual brings in a lot of change in the functionality of the AutoComplete control. Instead of getting the list of items matching the current text, the AutoComplete control will loop through all of the items in the history list and raise a event for each of these entries. The user can handle the event and do their own comparison and let the AutoComplete control to include an item in the matching list. However, the Manual setting will tend to slow down the process and the desired method for providing your own custom matching would be to override the method. Returns the columns that will be displayed in the popup control when the AutoCompleteMode is set to AutoSuggest. The Columns property is a collection of objects that specifies the attributes of a column. You can specify a list of columns and their width and column heading for each column in the drop down list of the matching items. In the event that an external data source is specified through the property the columns in the data source will automatically be represented in the Columns collection (except for the columns set to be invisible). At design time there will be a Refresh Columns verb available that can be invoked to synchronize the with the collection. Any changes made to the collection after invoking this verb will be retained. Do not invoke the Refresh Columns verb after making changes to the collection as the changes made will be lost and the column data will be refreshed from the data source. There is no constraint to the number of columns that will be displayed. But, the first 32 columns are considered to be "Keys" and the matching column has to be within the first 32 columns. this.autoComplete1.DataSource =this.dataView1 ; this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("EmployeeID", 100, true); this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo2 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("LastName", 100, true); this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo3 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("BirthDate", 100, true); this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo4 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("City", 100, true); Me.autoComplete1.DataSource =Me.dataView1 Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("EmployeeID", 100, True) Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo2 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("LastName", 100, True) Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo3 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("BirthDate", 100, True) Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo4 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("City", 100, True) Indicates whether the popup control displayed during AutoSuggest mode has headers. This property will apply to all the columns. You can specify headings for the columns that are displayed through the collection through the property grid. Gets or sets the Column Header style of the AutoCompletePopup Gets or sets the Header font of the AutoCompletePopup Gets or sets the HeaderForeColor of the AutoCompletePopup Gets or sets the Item font of the AutoCompletePopup Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the close button at the bottom right of the DropDownContainer. Gets or sets whether to allow duplicate values in AutoComplete DataSource. The size gripper at the bottom right of the DropDownContainer will be shown as long as the ShowGripper property is set to true. Returns the PopUp of AutoComplete This example shows how the AutoCompletePopup property exposes the internal SizablePopupControlContainer through ShowPopup method. private void ComboBox1_KeyDown(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.KeyEventArgs e) { if (CheckBox1.Checked) { this.AutoComplete1.AutoCompletePopup.ShowPopup(this.PointToScreen(new Point(ComboBox1.Location.X, ComboBox1.Location.Y + ComboBox1.Height))); } } Private Sub ComboBox1_KeyDown(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.KeyEventArgs) Handles ComboBox1.KeyDown If CheckBox1.Checked Then Me.AutoComplete1.AutoCompletePopup.ShowPopup(Me.PointToScreen(New Point(ComboBox1.Location.X, ComboBox1.Location.Y + ComboBox1.Height))) End If///End Sub Gets or sets the ImageList that will specify the images to be used by the popup control when in AutoSuggest Mode. You can specify an ImageList object as the source of images or icons for the matching items. First drag and drop (or create through code) an object. Then add the icons you want to use to the ImageList. Set the AutoComplete.ImageList property to point to the ImageList you created. You also need to set the property to indicate in which column of the data the index (of the image in the ImageList) is specified. Indicates whether the AutoComplete control persists its data. The AutoComplete control can maintain its own internal history data and persist it to IsolatedStorage and read it back. The default value for this property is true. If you leave the default values as is for the AutoComplete control and set the property, the new entries that are added will also be persisted and read back. If AutoSerialize is true, history items are saved to / loaded from registry automatically.This example uses AutoAddItem and CategoryName properties along with AutoSerialize set to false inorder to make the control save list items to an external datasource like XML. this.autoComplete.AutoAddItem = true; this.autoComplete.AutoSerialize = false; this.autoComplete.CategoryName = "SomeCategory"; Me.autoComplete.AutoAddItem = True Me.autoComplete.AutoSerialize = False Me.autoComplete.CategoryName = "SomeCategory" Indicates whether the case sensitivity should be used for string comparison. This setting specifies if the default matching routine is case sensitive. Indicates the visual style. Default value is true. Indicates the metro color. Default value is true. Gets or sets the Item Text ForeColor of the AutoCompletePopup Default value is Black. Gets or sets the target control with the current focus. This property is used internally to get to the active edit control that is being provided auto completion by this AutoComplete control. This example overrides the Form's ProcessCmdKey method and close the drop down if the ActiveControl of the form is the same as the ActiveFocusControl of the AutoComplete control. public class Form1 : System.Windows.Forms.Form { protected override bool ProcessCmdKey(ref Message msg, Keys keyData) { if (keyData == Keys.Escape) { if (this.ActiveControl == this.autoComplete1.ActiveFocusControl) { this.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown(); return true; } } return base.ProcessCmdKey(ref msg, keyData); } } Public Class Form1 Inherits System.Windows.Forms.Form Protected Overloads Overrides Function ProcessCmdKey(ByRef msg As Message, ByVal keyData As Keys) As Boolean If keyData = Keys.Escape Then If Me.ActiveControl = Me.autoComplete1.ActiveFocusControl Then Me.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown Return True End If End If Return MyBase.ProcessCmdKey(msg, keyData) End Function End Class Gets or Sets whether DropDown size is automatically persistent. Returns the minimum column width. The AutoComplete class supports multiple columns in the drop down window of the possible matches. This static member is set to the minimum width of such columns when displayed in the drop down. Indicates whether the DataManager position is to be changed when entries in the ListControl are selected (when the DataSource property is set to a data source). Indicates whether the replacement of the matching entry is to be case sensitive. If the user enters 'A' and there is a matching entry 'abcd', the AutoComplete will set the target edit control's Text to 'abcd' if this property is set to false and 'Abcd' if this property is set to true. Gets / sets the text which was before the next ProcessAutoComplete method is called. Gets or sets the description of the control used by accessibility client applications. Gets or sets the name of the control used by accessibility client applications. Gets or sets the accessible role of the control used by accessibility client applications. Gets or sets the ParentForm for databinding purposes. Example shows how the AutoComplete control can be used in a UserControl In this case when the AutoComplete control is used in a UserControl, the parent form of the UserControl has to be set to the ParentForm property of the AutoComplete control. private void UserControl1_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.autoComplete1.ParentForm = this.ParentForm; this.autoComplete1.DataSource = this.items; } Private Sub UserControl1_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.autoComplete1.ParentForm = Me.ParentForm Me.autoComplete1.DataSource = Me.items End Sub Implementation of the interface. Indicates whether the AutoComplete control should suppress or override the ComboBox control's own dropdown. Set this property to true if the target 's drop down list is replaced by the control's drop down list. If the value is set to false the AutoComplete control's drop down will not be displayed when the 's drop down list is visible. Gets or sets the column that is to be used for matching during AutoCompletion. Returns the column index that will serve as the image index. The AutoComplete control supports displaying an icon in the drop down list for each matching item. This icon is specified to the AutoComplete control by specifying the data for one of its as the image index into the provided in the property. This is a read only property that provides the internal object that is used to manipulate the list of history items. The AutoComplete control uses a object internally to manipluate the matching data that is to be used for its matching operations. This property is populated from an internal history list that the AutoComplete class maintains or from the external data source that is specified through the property. This example shows how the rows of internal DataTable can be accessed foreach(DataRow dr in this.autoComplete1.TableData.Rows) { Console.WriteLine ("Rows "+dr[0]); } For Each dr As DataRow In Me.autoComplete1.TableData.Rows Console.WriteLine("Rows " + dr(0)) Next Indicates whether the height of the drop down should be adjusted based on the number of items. The AutoComplete control displays a list of matching items when operating in mode. This property indicates whether the height of the drop down should be adjusted to make the maximum number of items visible. Gets or sets the preferred height for the drop down list displayed by the AutoComplete control. The preferred height is used by the AutoComplete control to fix the initial height of the drop down window that is displayed when in mode. Gets or sets the preferred width for the drop down list displayed by the AutoComplete control. The preferred width is used by the AutoComplete control to fix the initial width of the drop down window that is displayed when in mode. Gets or sets the external data source that will be used as the history item list. The AutoComplete control can take an external data source (any data source that implements IList or IListSource) for its history list. When this property is set, the AutoComplete control will initialize itself with the data source and use that as the basis for its matching routines. For example, if you have a DataSet with the list of names of the States in the US and specify that as the DataSource, the AutoComplete control will display all matches from within these names when the user types in the target edit control. private void Form1_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { DataTable dt; dt = new DataTable("select"); dt.Columns.Add("Countries"); dt.Columns.Add("states"); dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "India " }); dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "New York " }); dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "Washington " }); dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "London" }); dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "Canada" }); autoComplete1.DataSource = dt; } Private Sub Form1_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Private dt As DataTable dt = New DataTable("select") dt.Columns.Add("Countries") dt.Columns.Add("states") dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"India "}) dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"New York "}) dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"Washington "}) dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"London"}) dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"Canada"}) autoComplete1.DataSource = dt End Sub The event that will be raised before the AutoComplete control performs a matching operation for the current text content of the active edit control. This event can be handled to change the text that will be used for the auto completion. This event is raised when the target control of the AutoComplete control changes. This event can be handled to change the constraints for displaying matching items differently for different controls. Handle this event to customize the AutoCompletion. The position of the drop down can be changed. The Text to be used for auto completion can also be changed. Occurs after the dropdown has been dropped down and made visible. Custom processing can be done when the drop down is displayed. Occurs when the AutoComplete dropdown is closed. Handling this event will tell you whether the dropdown was closed or cancelled by the user. Raised when a new item is about to be added. New items can be added explicitly by calling the method. You may choose to cancel adding this item in this handler. This example shows how you can handle this event and selectively choose to add an item to the history list. This event enables you to provide a custom matching routine for the current value in the edit control. You can consume this event and set the property of the argument. Returning true will add the entry and false will ignore the entry. Raised when a new item has been selected by the user when the AutoComplete drop down list is displayed when the AutoComplete mode is set to . Occus when the user selects an item from the list of possible matches when the AutoCompletMode is set to AutoSuggest. The information needed for setting the attributes of a column in the drop down list of the control. The control supports displaying multiple columns of data for probable matching items. This class specifies the appearance and behavior of each column that should be visible. In the case that the is an external the objects in the DataTable will be mirrored in the property which is a collection of these objects. The , , and properties specify the appearance of the column at runtime. The and properties specify how the column is to be treated at runtime. If a Column is set to be the MatchingColumn (the property is set to true) that column will be used for matching against the current text of the target edit control of the control. The text of the column header. The minimum width for the column header. Used internally even if the column display text is changed. Initializes an object of type AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo. Overloaded. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo class holds the information needed to intialize one column in the drop down list view of the control. The initial values for the column name and the default header width are set. Initializes an object of type AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo. The text for the column header. The width of the column. Indicates whether the column is to be visible. This constructor takes the header text, the minimum width and the visible value of the column as parameters to the constructor. You can also use the default constructor and then set the column header using the property and the minimum width by setting property. Sets the property. The name of the column. The property is kept as a read only property and the initial value of the property is set to be the property. This method is provided in case there is a need for changing the after being set from a data source or through the property. PropertyChanged event handler. Gets / sets the minimum column width for the column to be inserted in the ListView of the drop down list in a control. The MinColumnWidth value will be used when inserting columns into the drop down list view of the control. Gets / sets the column header text for the column to be inserted in the class. The default value is set to a empty string. The property is a read only property and its initial value is set to be the same as the ColumnHeaderText. Returns the name of the column. This is a read only property and the initial value is either set from the column name of a that this column represents or the that is set initially for this column. The and ColumnName properties can have different values. The ColumnName is important in the matching process when the data source is a external as the filtering for the probable match list is performed based on ColumnName. Indicates whether this column is to be visible. This property affects the visibility of this column at runtime. Any column that is set to be the matching column cannot be set to be invisible. Indicates whether the column that this item represents is to be treated as the matching column. When the value is set to true and this item belongs to a collection all other items are set to non matching columns. Indicates whether the column that this item represents is to be treated as the image column. When the value is set to true and this item belongs to a collection all other items are set to non image columns. Collection of objects. Used in the property of the control. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection is a set of objects each of which hold information required to create a column in a . The owner of the collection. Creates an instance of the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection class. The control that contains this collection. Inserts the into the collection at the specfied index. The zero-based index at which the item is to be inserted. The to be inserted. Adds one object to the collection. The object to be added. The count of the list items Removes objects from the collection. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo object to remove. Returns the index of the column that is used for matching. Index of the matching column. Iterates through the collection and returns the index of the element that has the to be true. Indicates whether the collection contains a specific AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate in the access control list. True if the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry is found in the collection; false otherwise. Copies all the elements of the current one-dimensional Array to the specified one-dimensional Array starting at the specified destination Array index. Destination array. Starting index from which to start copying. Overrides OnInsertComplete. Gets / sets the Indexer property for the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection class. Returns the object based on the index in the collection. The AutoCompleteInfo class provides an encapsulation for the data to be serialized for persisting the current state of the class. The AutoCompleteInfo class provides a wrapper around the DataTable used by the class to hold the history items when in mode. The internal sorted list object used to save the history items. Creates an object of type AutoCompleteInfo and initializes the member objects. The DataTable that is used by the AutoCompleteInfo class to hold information about the history items of the AutoComplete class is initialized with a new . The property needs to be set with the appropriate DataTable. Returns the complete list of items in the object. This value needs to be set to the DataTable being used by the class that this object is providing services for. The list of subitems. Returns the Auto Complete item as an object array. This property holds the information about the currently selected item. The first item in the array is the first column of the matching item and so on for all the sub items. Returns the index of the item that was used for the matching. This index could be different from the matching index of the control. The returned will only have items/columns that are displayed in the drop down list of the control. Gets or sets the height of the drop down. Collection of objects. Used in the property of the control. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection is a set of objects each of which hold information required to create a column in a . Adds one person to the collection. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo object to be added. returns the count of the list items Add array of targets into collection. array of columns. Removes DataColomnInfo objrects from the collectoin. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo object to remove. Indicates whether the collection contains a specific AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate in the access control list. True if the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry is found in the collection; false otherwise. Return order index of the column in collection, otherwise -1. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate in the access control list. Order index in collection, otherwise -1. Insert spcified column into collection. position where to insert column. The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate in the access control list. Copies all the elements of the current one-dimensional Array to the specified one-dimensional Array starting at the specified destination Array index. Destination array. Starting index from which to start the copying. Gets / sets the Indexer property for the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection class. Returns the object based on the index in the collection. Office2007 theme. Control's visual style. Color table. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets or sets Office2007 theme. Gets or sets Office2007 theme. Gets or sets control's visual style. ComboBoxAutoComplete derives from and embeds an control to provide auto completion services for the ComboBox. Default size of the control Default font style of the control Font which stored after changed in design Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. To set SelectedItem in ComboBoxAutoComplete, when loading AutoComplete control as its DropDown. Apply Scale for controls OnFontChanged event Override the OnDropDown method to show the AutoComplete drop down. The event data. Override WndProc. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Preprocesses keyboard or input messages within the message loop before they are dispatched. A , passed by reference, that represents the message to process. The possible values are WM_KEYDOWN, WM_SYSKEYDOWN, WM_CHAR, and WM_SYSCHAR. true if the message was processed by the control; otherwise, false. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the /> event Overides An that contains the event data. Returns the AutoComplete. Indicates whether user is allowed to enter new text. Gets or sets the value indicating whether changes can be done. Gets or sets the ParentForm of the ComboBox. This property needs to be set to be the form on which this ComboBox control is placed. This is used by the control. Gets or Sets Text according to the match. (overridden property) Gets or sets value for updating AutoComplete with SelectedValue. Gets or sets the currently selected value in AutoCompleteControl when UpdateComboSelectionProperties is set . Gets or sets the currently selected item. Gets or sets the index of the currently selected item. This property is obsolete. This class used for additional handling messages, that are sent to ComboBoxAutoComplete. ComboBoxAutoComplete control, listen to messages for. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. ComboBoxAutoComplete Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Creates a custom ComboBox class that does not display the drop down in any mode. Override WndProc. Old code. Have to be removed in near future. Represents an error that occurred during setting an external data source by the control. This exception packages the exception that was raised by the system when there is a problem with the data source. The original exception can be accessed through the property. The most common source for this exception to be raised is an incorrect Data source specified. Please refer to the property for more information. Overloaded. Initializes a new instance of the class using a message and an original exception. The message for the exception. The original exception. The content of the message parameter is intended to be understood by humans. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. This message takes into account the current system culture. The inner parameter is the original exception raised by the system in the process of setting the data source. The following table shows the initial property values for an instance of . PropertyValue The error message string. The inner exception reference. Initializes a new instance of the class using a message. The message for the exception. The content of the message parameter is intended to be understood by humans. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. This message takes into account the current system culture. The following table shows the initial property values for an instance of . PropertyValue The error message string. A null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Summary description for VirtualListView. DataListView extends the ListView class to provide DataBinding support. The creates appropriate columns to reflect the columns in the DataSource and populates them. Required designer variable. The data source for the DataListView. Indicates whether the image information will be provided by the owner. The owner. The index of the image column. Initializes a new instance of the DataListView class. Overrides Control.OnResize. The event data. Populates the ListView based on the columns in the DataSource. Sets the columns based on the DataSource. Sets the control Height based on the item count subject to a maximum height. The maximum height. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Adds a column to the ListView and also sets its width if available. Datacolumn object Index value Sets the data for the ListView from the DataSource. Adds a row of data to the ListView. The row of data to be added. Resizes the columns. The new total width. Gets or sets the index of the image column. Gets or sets the owner object that will provide formatting information. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image field will be provided by the Owner object. Gets or sets the data source that the ListView is displaying data for. Indicates the header font of the AutoCompletePopup Indicates the header forecolor of the AutoCompletePopup Set the state of the passed Listview item's index. Listview item's index. Select the passed item? Populates the ListView based on the columns in the DataSource. Sets the control Height based on the item count subject to a maximum height. The maximum height. Gets the height of the adjusted max. Actual height of the max. Gets index of the item which is at a specified position. Overrides . The Windows to process. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Draw item's background A that contains the event data. Draw image and subitems' text A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Gets or sets the HeaderForeColor of the AutoCompletePopup Gets or sets the Header font of the AutoCompletePopup Gets/sets the sets the number of items to be displayed. Gets the value whether horizontal scrollbar is visible. Gets the value whether vertical scrollbar is visible. Retrieve the text for a ListView cell (item and subitem). Listview item (row). Listview subitem (column). Text to display. Used for processing properties in PropertyGrid of TextBox which belongs to ButtonEdit control. Necessary for settings of the attributes of the property. Used for processing of TextBox property which belongs to ButtonEdit control. Used for processing focus changed event for ButtonEdit control. ButtonEdit control that this native window is bound to. Default constructor. ButtonEdit control to handle events for. Indicates whether to fire focus changed events or it is received from some child controls of ButtonEdit. Invokes the default window procedure associated with this window. A that is associated with the current Windows message. Specifies actions to occur when an object receives the focus Occurs when the control loses focus The ButtonEditChildButton class is used by the class as its child buttons. This class is derived from the class. You will not need to create this control directly as it will be created through the ButtonEdit class. The Buttons embedded in a control need to abide by some constraints imposed by the layout and the settings of the ButtonEdit control. A customized Button control is needed for this purpose so that the relationship between the embedded child buttons and the parent ButtonEdit control can be established. Customizing the Button class to provide features suitable for use inside the ButtonEdit control also provides ease of use for users. The ButtonEditChildButton implements additional properties such as (that allow you to choose different types of commonly used button icons). The ButtonEditChildButton also supports a listener model that notifies a listener when its size or alignment changes. The listener implements the interface to listen to these notifications. Default height of child button. Default widht of the button. Pre-defined names of button image resources. Button alignment of the edit control. The ButtonEditParent that needs to be notified of changes. The preferred width of the button. To save the text of the button. Indicates that button was clicked. Initializes a new instance of the class. The ButtonEditChildButton is created and assigned the constraints that need to be in place for it to be embedded in a control. The is initially set to . Sets the appearance of the button control. The appearance to be set. Sets the appearance of the button control. The appearance to be set. Returns the image for the specified button type. This dependence between the ButtonType and the Image is not maintained strictly and is meant to be a help to developers. You can specify any image you want for the button through the property. returns image Button Types Overrides the OnClick method. Set focus to parent control when needed. The click event data. Gets or sets the control that is the parent and also the listener. The control implements the interface to act as a listener for change notifications from ButtonEditChildButton controls. Gets or sets the preferred width; the width set by the use, treated as the width of the ButtonEditChildButton control. The property and the PreferredWidth property are maintained in sync and the Size property will not allow the width property to be changed. Changes to the width of the button have to be set through the PreferredWidth property. Gets or sets the Size property. The Size property displays the size of the ButtonEditChildButton. The height of the button is fixed by the height of the control and the width is specified through the property. Gets or sets the Location property. Cannot be changed. Gets / sets the for this ButtonEditChildButton. Each of the ButtonTypes are associated with a commonly used button icon such as Up, down, undo, redo, etc. Choosing one of these types will set the property to one of the pre configured images. This dependence between the ButtonType and the Image is not maintained strictly and is meant to be a help to developers. You can specify any image you want for the button through the property. Gets or sets the image based on the button style for the control. Gets the appearance of the button control Gets or sets the alignment of the button with respect to the edit control. The possible values for the ButtonAlign property are the values of the enumeration. Using the values of the enumeration the value can be set to be at the right or the left of the edit control. The default value for this property is Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the TAB key to give focus to the control. Indicates whether to use visual styles. Override required for hiding property from design time for user. Gets or sets the display of the control when users move the mouse over the control and click. The event data for event. The event is raised when any of the child controls of the class are clicked. One of the members of the event data is the actual that was clicked. The clicked button object. Initializes a new instance of the ButtonClickedEventArgs class. Needs to set the property with the that was clicked. Initializes a new instance of the ButtonClickedEventArgs class. The button that was clicked. This version of the constructor sets the property with the that was clicked. Gets or sets the clicked object. The event handler will be able to use this to get the that was clicked. The delegate for the event. The source of the event. A ButtonClickedEventArgs that contains the event data. See the event for more information. Specifies the button alignment with respect to the edit control. Any included as part of a control can be aligned to the right or to the left of the edit control (the TextBox). The default value is . The button appears to the left of the edit control. See the property for more information. The button appears to the right of the edit control. See the property for more information. Calculator control encapsulates the functionality of a calculator with the ability to perform arithmetic calculations. The calculator control can be used in two different layouts. See for more information. The default property of the Calculator Control class is the property. This property is of type . The Calculator Control uses a object to perform the calculations and maintain the state of the calculations. The CalculatorControl implements the interface to receive notifications from the Calculator Engine. The calculator buttons are of type and the buttons maintain their own information about the action that is to be performed when clicked. //InitializeComponent // Create the Calculator Control this.calculatorControl1 = new CalculatorControl(); this.textBox1 = new TextBox(); // Set the value of the calculator control this.calculatorControl1.DoubleValue = 0; // Set the border style for the control this.calculatorControl1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Raised; // The flat style for the buttons this.calculatorControl1.FlatStyle = FlatStyle.Standard; // Set the size of the calculator this.calculatorControl1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(288, 232); // Add a event handler for the ValueCalculated event of the child button this.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(this.CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated); // Add the CalculatorControl control to the form this.Controls.Add(this.calculatorControl1); 'InitializeComponent ' Create the Calculator Control Me.calculatorControl1 = New CalculatorControl() Me.textBox1 = New TextBox() ' Set the value of the calculator control Me.calculatorControl1.DoubleValue = 0 ' Set the border style for the control Me.calculatorControl1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Raised ' The flat style for the buttons Me.calculatorControl1.FlatStyle = FlatStyle.Standard ' Set the size of the calculator Me.calculatorControl1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(288, 232) ' Add a event handler for the ValueCalculated event of the child button AddHandler Me.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated, New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(AddressOf CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated) ' Add the CalculatorControl control to the form Me.Controls.Add(Me.calculatorControl1) This interface can be implemented by classes that want to act as the parent for this calculator engine. The Calculator Control implements this interface to get notifications from the Calculator Engine when there is a change in the state of the Calculator Engine. The calculator engine will invoke this method for its parent to be informed of a change in its value. The internal string value of the engine. The error condition. The feedback message. The memory value. Gets a value indicating whether the engine needs to repeat the assign (=) action. This interface can be implemented by classes that want to act as the parent for this calculator engine. The Calculator Control implements this interface to get notifications from the Calculator Engine when there is a change in the state of the Calculator Engine. The Calculator Buttons will use this method to call back a click action and pass in their type action property. The action that is to be performed. This handler will be invoked by the buttons each time a button has the focus and the KeyDown event is raised. This will be used by the parent Container Control to process keyboard shortcuts. The KeyEventArgs defining the KeyDown event. Default size of the control The total number of buttons. The border 3D style. For tooltip. The last action received. The display box for the CalculatorControl. This TextBox will display the output from the calculations. The array of buttons for the CalculatorControl. Each of these buttons will have a different function. The label to display the memory state. The layout type. Indicates whether the display text box should be displayed. Hashtable to mnemonic keys. The calculator 'engine'. The GridBagLayout object for the Windows Standard Layout. Indicates whether the Calculator buttons are ThemesEnabled. The GridBagLayout for Financial Layout. Value when the control is resized based on the layout. The currently selected culture. Specifies the special culture value that needs to be applied. Array of cultures that require RightToLeft by default. The UseUserOverride value to be passed in when creating CultureInfo objects. The NumberFormatInfo object that will specify the localized attributes for displaying the current value Indicates whether the previous action is to be repeated when the Assignment (=) action is clicked. Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Required designer variable. The flat style for the calculator buttons. The NumberFormatInfo that defines the formatting. Vertical spacing between buttons. Horizontal spacing between buttons. Use vertical and horizontal spacing between buttons. Initializes static members of the CalculatorControl class. Variable to find the difference between previous font size and current font size Initializes a new instance of the class. The constructor will initialize the and the display textbox with the initial values. Returns a copy of the current NumberFormatInfo. Returns Numberformat info Applies RightToLeft based on the current culture. Initalizes the CalculatorEngine that will perform the calculations. The CalculatorEngine is initialized and the CalculatorControl sets the interface for communicating with the CalculatorEngine. Initializes the calculator display. The display TextBox and the memory value display label are created and initialized. The calculator buttons are created and added to the CalculatorControl. Modifies the properties of the TextBox used for displaying the calculated value. The TextBox is enabled and the forecolor and backcolor properties are changed. Overrides the method. The Paint event data. This override is for drawing a border around the Calculator Control by invoking the method. Draws a border around the Calculator Control. the Graphics object to draw on. The type of the border drawn is based on the property. Overrides the method. The event data. This method is overriden in order to set the color of the child buttons to be the same as the backcolor of the Calculator Control. Processes the dialog key. One of the Keys values that represents the key to process. Returns bool value This is overriden in order to capture and process enterkey input Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Creates the display textbox. This method creates the TextBox that will be used by the Calculator Control to display the value of the calculations. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool value for disposing Handles the KeyDown event of the child controls. The KeyEventArgs for the event data. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Resets the calculator and initializes the internal calculator engine. Raises the LayoutTypeChangedEvent. Stores the previous font size of the control Sets the size of the control according to the layout type. Calculates the size of the control according to the font size, if EnableFontScaleMode is enabled. Invokes the LayoutTypeChange event. A LayoutTypeChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnLayoutTypeChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnLayoutTypeChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnLayoutTypeChange method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the FlatStyleChangedEvent. Raises the FlatStyleChangedEvent. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Invokes the FlatStyleChange event. A StyleChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnFlatStyleChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnFlatStyleChange in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnFlatStyleChange method so that registered delegates receive the event. Font changed event Returns the current layout manager for the calculator. The current layout manager for the calculator. Returns the layout manager for this layout type. The layout type. The layout manager. Handles the event. This initiates a refresh of the layout. The calculator control. The event data. Sets the characteristics for a button with the current layout. This helper method is invoked when a Layout is initialized for each calculator button. The index of the button. The Button style. The Button action. The caption of the button. Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. To serialize Font property To reset Font property Returns the button caption color. Calculator button. Returns Button Color Returns the button caption font. Calculator button. Returns button Font. Sets the button caption color. Calculator button. Color to set. Returns the button index from the calculator button action. Button action. Button index; -1 if invalid code is passed. Sets the button caption font. Calculator button. Font to set. Adds a shortcut key for the button. The index of the button. The KeyData that the button will be invoked through. Sets the layout constraints for a child control. The layout type. The target control. The grid bag constraints object for this control. The minimum size. The preferred size. This helper method is invoked when a Layout is initialized for each non button control. Initialized the layout managers and the controls. This method initializes all the controls that needs to be initialized for a layout. Initializes the layout for the Calculator Control. The Financial Layout resembles the layout of the calculator popularized by the Quicken(r) products. Most of the functionality is geared towards simple banking arithmetic. Initializes the layout for the Calculator Control. The Windows Standard Layout resembles the layout of the calculator provides with the windows operating system. Most of the functionality is the same as the operation of the Windows operating system calculator. Sets the FillType in GridBagConstraints and returns the Insets for use in GridBagConstraints. The GridBagConstraints. The insets for use. Raises the event. The event data for the ValueCalculated event. This event is raised when there is a change in the property of the CalculatorControl. The handler can output the value to its own display area. This helps customize the Calculator control usage and the default display area of the CalculatorControl can be hidden and the display can be another suitable display area. Transfers the current value to the display. This method displays output only if the property is set to true. Refreshes the memory label based on the new memory value. The memory value. The memory label is set to M if the memory value is > 0 and empty otherwise. The Calculator Buttons will use this method to call back a click action and pass in their type action property. The action that is to be performed. The calculator engine will invoke this method for its parent to be informed of a change in its value. The internal string value of the engine. The error condition. The feedback message. The memory value. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Occurs when the property is changed. Occurs when the property is changed. Raised when the of the calculator control changes. Handle this event if you want to do some processing when the Value changes. this.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(this.CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated); calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated if(arg.ErrorCondition == false) this.textBox1.Text = arg.Value.ToString(); else this.textBox1.Text = arg.Message; AddHandler Me.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated, New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(AddressOf CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated) 'calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated If (arg.ErrorCondition = False) Then Me.textBox1.Text = arg.Value.ToString Else Me.textBox1.Text = arg.Message End If Raised when the changes. Other classes that need to be aware of the current layout of the Calculator Control or just need to know that the layout has changed so that they can reinitialize themselves, can handle this event. Raised when the FlatStyle changes for the Calculator Control. The Calculator Control maintains the same flatstyle for all its child buttons. This event is handled by all the buttons and they set their flatstyle property appropriately. Gets or sets the culture that is to be used for formatting the currency display. Gets or sets the NumberFormatInfo object that will be used for formatting the number value. This property will not be exposed to the developer. This is only meant to be an acccessor for use within the control. The developer will be able to access the properties of the NumberFormatInfo through the individual properties exposed. Gets or sets the mode for the cultures. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the NumberFormatInfo used for formatting will use the UseUserOverride parameter for CultureInfo. The NumberTextBoxBase control has several properties that expose Culture specific information. These properties use a object for handling the culture specific information. This property is used in the creation of the NumberFormatInfo object. Gets or sets the Border3DStyle for the CalculatorControl's border. This value can be any of the values of the type . Setting the value to displays no border. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is to be resized based on the layout. Gets or sets the vertical spacing between buttons. Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between buttons. Gets or sets a value indicating whether use vertical and horizontal spacing between buttons. Gets or sets the flat style for the objects. This property raises the StyleChanged event so that the buttons can set themselves to this new FlatStyle. Gets or sets a value indicating whether themes are enabled for the Calculator Control. This property raises the StyleChanged event so that the buttons can set themselves to this new FlatStyle. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the assignment action (=) will repeat the previous action. This property raises the StyleChanged event so that the buttons can set themselves to this new FlatStyle. Gets a accessor for the Calculator Engine. Gets or sets the of the Calculator Control as a double value. This property does not maintain its own value and converts the Calculator Value object to double. Gets or sets the current value of the Calculator Control. The Value property is a shadow of the Calculator Engine's Value property. Gets or sets the text alignment. Based on the , the Text in the display textbox will be aligned left or right based on this value. Gets or sets the current layout type for the Calculator Control. This is of type . Gets / Sets the size of the control according to the layout type. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calculator control is to display the display textbox. The textbox can be hidden and the application using the Calculator Control can handle the event to display the value in their own display area / textbox. Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles can be set through this property. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use visual style. Gets or sets the button style for the Calculator Control. The Calculator Engine class is used by the to perform the internal arithmetic calculations. The Calculator Control itself does not retain any information about the calculations performed. The design of the Calculator Control uses the Calculator Engine class for all its calculations. The Calculator Control only takes user input and passes the results of the calculation back to the display. Give the functionality that this class is required to perform, it provides methods and properties that will perform calculations and also inform the Calculator Control about the changes. You will not need to use this class separately. This interface is implemented by the Calculator Engine class to provide a common interface for interacting with the Calculator Control. The Calculator Control can work with any class that implements this interface. This method allows the Calculator Control to tell the Calculator Engine to perform an action. The action to be performed. Return bool value The Value of the Calculator Engine at this point. Returns Calculator value Sets the value of the Calculator Engine. The value. Resets the Calculator Engine. This method is for resetting the Calculator Engine. This is useful when switching layouts for example. Gets or sets the NumberFormatInfo object. The internal value of the Calculator Engine. The memory value of the Calculator Engine. Indicates whether data is appended to the double part. Replaces the text in the display string for the next input. The current error condition. The error message in case the Calculator Engine is in error state. Indicates whether the equal button was clicked. Indicates whether the percent operation was performed last. The internal stack object used for the calculations. The stack position. Indicates whether a digit was entered lastly. The parent object. Globalization information. Indicates whether the Reciprocal or Sqrt operator was selected. Initializes a new instance of the Engine class. The calculator engine parent. This constructor invokes the default constructor and also assigns the parameter that is passed in to be the parent for this CalculatorEngine. The interface is defined for the interaction between the Calculator Engine and the Parent. The CalculatorEngine class uses an internal stack to perform the calculations. This method initializes the stack. Returns the default double character recognized by system functions. Returns String value. Helper function that performs the arithmetic calculation. Operand 1. The operator. Operand 2. The calculated value. Pushes the element - could be an operand or the operator- into the stack. The object to be pushed into the stack. Pops the top element from the stack. Returns Stack object Indicates whether the stack is empty. True if the stack is empty; false otherwise. Clears the calculation stack. Handler for the Clear Entry action. This action clears the last entry or error. True if the action completed; false otherwise. The interaction between the Calculator Control buttons and the Calculator Engine is defined by the event raised. This event is handled by the method. The HandleAction method then invokes the HandleClearEntry method if the "Clear Entry" button was clicked. Handles the button action based on the object that was passed in. The calculator action. True if the action was handled successfully; false otherwise. The interaction between the Calculator Control buttons and the Calculator Engine is defined by the event raised. This event is handled by the method. The HandleAction method then invokes the appropriate method based on the button that was clicked. Raises the event. The EngineValueChanged event is raised when there is a change in the value or the error condition. See for more information. A number has been entered. The value of the number. ^True if there is no error. The new digit is added to the appropriate operand and held in memory for calculations. This is subject to the max length restrictions. This method is invoked when the decimal point button has been clicked. True if the action was handled without error; false otherwise. All digits entered after this is added to the decimal portion of the internal value string. This method is invoked when the backspace key is pressed. True if the action was handled without error; false otherwise. Deletes one character from the end of the displayed current value. This key is ignored if the value in the display is a calculated value. This method is invoked when the Clear Button is pressed. True if the action was handled without error; false otherwise. This action resets the Calculator Engine and the display is also initialized. This takes the Calculator Engine object back to the initialized state. All data held in memory for calculations are dropped. Gets or sets the top of the stack. Gets or sets the NumberFormatInfo class that defines the globalization values for the CalculatorEngine. This is a read only property. The values for the NumberFormatInfo object can be set through the individual properties such as Gets or sets the Decimal separator that is in effect in the globalization settings. By default this value is taken from the globalization values provided by the NumberFormatInfo object. However, this default value can be changed by setting this property. Gets a value indicating whether the current error condition of the Calculator Engine. This is a read only property that returns the current error condition of the Calculator Engine. Gets a value indicating whether current error message that accompanies an error condition. This property is valid only if the property is set to true. Gets or sets the Calculator Value object that specifies the current value of the Calculator Engine. Defines the look and feel of a . The CalcultorBtnStyle class is closely tied to the display attributes of the class. The font to be used for the button caption. The forecolor for the button. The flat style to be applied to the button Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonStyle class. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonStyle class. The forecolor to be used for the button. The font to be used for the button. The FlatStyle to be used for the button. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonStyle class. Another instance of the class. Raises the event. Invokes the StyleChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. The StyleChanged event. Gets or sets the font to be used for displaying the Button title. Gets or sets the color for the button title. Gets or sets the flat style to be applied to the button. Enumerates all the actions that could be assigned to a calculator button including the digits and all arithmetic operators. The digit 0. The digit 1. The digit 2. The digit 3. The digit 4. The digit 5. The digit 6. The digit 7. The digit 8. The digit 9. Dummy operator. The * multiplication operator. The + addition operator. The - subtraction operator. The / division operator. The % percent operator. The = equal to operator. The MC memory clear operator. The MR memory recall operator. The MS memory store operator. The M+ memory plus operator. The reciprocal operator. The sqrt operator. The +/- sign operator. The C Clear operator. The CE Clear Entry operator. The . Decimal operator. The backspace operator. Initializes a new instance of the class. Raises the ThemeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Overrides the OnPaint method. Paint event data. Raises the paint event depending on UseVisualStyle. The instance containing the event data. Overrides the OnMouseDown method. Event data. Overrides the OnMouseUp method. Event data. Overrides the OnMouseEnter method. Event data. Overrides the OnMouseLeave method. Event data. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool proeprty Disposing Gets or sets a value indicating whether themes are enables for the XP button. Class derived from and customized to hold information specific to calculator functions. The Calculator Buttons are not created directly by users and the creates and uses these buttons. The style for the Calculator Button objects are kept in objects. The object that specifies the style characteristics of the button. The button title. The calculator action associated with this button. The calculator button parent. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButton class. Button parent This constructor initializes the style object and the title for the Button with empty objects. They can be set through the property. Initializes the CalculatorButton object. The button style object. The action to be performed by this button. The caption text. True if the button is initialized successfully; false otherwise. The Calculator Button also changes its style when the CalculatorButtonStyle object raises the event. Internal helper function to apply the button styles to the button. Overrides the base class' OnClick method and raises the CalculatorButton event. The event data Indicates the parent that a KeyDown event has occurred. The KeyEventArgs object defining the KeyDown event. Raises the CalculatorButton event. The action performed by this calculator. Invokes the CalculatorButton event. An CalculatorButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnCalculatorButton method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnCalculatorButton in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCalculatorButton method so that registered delegates receive the event. Handles the StyleChanged event of the object associated with this button. The CalculatorButtonStyle object. The event data. Raised when a Calculator Button with an associated CalcAction is pressed. Each Calculator Button has a CalcAction associated with it. The interaction between the buttons and the is defined by the ButtonAction event. Gets or sets the action performed by this Calculator Button. Gets or sets the object that specifies the look and feel of the button. The Calculator Button dynamically updates its style when there is a change to the style object by handling the event of the object. The delegate for the . Sender object Calculator Button EventArgs Delegate for the event. Sender object Calculator StyleChanged EventArgs The event handler for the event should bear this signature. Event data for the event. The associated with the button raising this event. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonEventArgs class. The associated with the button. Gets or sets the associated with the button. The Calculator Control uses this class to accept new values and also reports its internal value using this class. This class encapsulates the value of the Calculator Control in the form that it maintains internally and also provides the value in the format required to the requesting class. The CalculatorValue class provides methods to get the value of the Calculator Control as a string or as a double value. The receiving method or class can get the value in the format they require it in and format it themselves for display. This helps the Calculator Control to work with different kinds of classes that require the value to be formatted differently. The internal string value of the Calculator Control. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorValue class. The CalculatorValue is initially set to zero. This can be changed by invoking the method. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorValue class. The initial value that is to be set. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorValue class. The initial value that is to be set. Returns the current value of the class object as a double type. returns double value Invoke this method to get the value of the CalculatorValue object as a double. Returns the current value of the class object as a decimal type. Returns decimal value Invoke this method to get the value of the CalculatorValue object as a decimal. Returns the current value of the class object as a string type. Returns string value Invoke this method to get the value of the CalculatorValue object as a string. Sets the current value of the class object through a string. The value that is to be set. Invoke this method to set the value of the CalculatorValue object using a string. Sets the current value of the class object through a double value. The value that is to be set. Invoke this method to set the value of the CalculatorValue object using a double. Gets a value for the CalculatorValue class. This can be accessed as CalculatorValue.Empty. Gets or sets provides the necessary globalization information for the properties that rely on these settings. The event data for event. This class contains the data needed for handling a change in the layout type of the Calculator Control. The Calculator Control supports two different layouts as enumerated by the enumeration. When the property is set to a particular layout, the internal implementation of the needs to know about the change and other classes that interact with the will also needs to know so that they can adjust themselves to the new layout. The new layout. Initializes a new instance of the class. A value of type . The new layout that has been set on the is the only variable that is needed for this data type. This can also be accessed through the property. Gets or sets the new layout type that has been applied to the . The CalculatorControl supports two different layouts as enumerated by the enumeration. The Calculator Control supports the following layouts. This layout is modeled after the Windows Standard calculator. This layout is modeled after the standard financial layout. Provides data for a event. The applies the FlatStyle property to all the Calculator Buttons. This event argument specifies the FlatStyle currently applied to the CalculatorControl so that the buttons handling the event will be able to apply the right FlatStyle. The changed flat style. Initializes a new instance of the class. The changed flat style The FlatStyle property is passed in as a parameter. Gets or sets the changed Flat style. Delegate for the LayoutTypeChanged event. Object Sender Calculator Layout TypeChanged EventArgs Refer to the event for more information. The event data for CalculatorControl.ValueCalculated event. This event is raised whenever there is a change in the internal value of the . This event data class contains the necessary pieces of information for the handlers to get the new value of the Calculator Control. This class also has members that provide information about the current error state of the Calculator Control. The Memory value of the calculator can also be got from this class. The internal value. The error condition. The feedback message. The memory value. The last action performed. Initializes a new instance of the class. The Value of the CalculatorControl. The error condition. The feedback messsage. The last action that was performed. This constructor sets all the required values for the . Gets or sets the object that contains the value of the Calculator Control. This value has to be read in conjunction with the error condition of the Calculator Control and the error message. The memory value can also be accessed through this class. Gets or sets the last action that was performed. This value has to be read in conjunction with the error condition of the Calculator Control and the error message. The memory value can also be accessed through this class. Gets or sets the memory value of the Calculator Control. This value is to be used along with the property of the CalculatorControl as well as the error condition if any. Gets or sets the custom error message when in error mode. This message has to be used in conjunction with the value set by the Calculator Control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the error condition of the Calculator Control if any. This message has to be used in conjunction with the value set by the CalculatorControl. The delegate for the event. Object Sender Calculator ValueCalculated EventArgs Refer to the event for more information. XP Button drawing class. Draws the XP Button. The graphics object. The rectangle. Overridden. See . Bool disposing TextBox derived class that draws the display text for the . Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorTextBox class. The calculator parent. Raises the event. Overridden. Input focus is disabled Indicates the parent that a KeyDown event has occurred. The KeyEventArgs object defining the KeyDown event. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Overrides the WndProc to deactivate mouse click. The Message. The PopupCalculator is a class derived from that embeds a to display it in Popup Mode. The PopupCalculator class includes a that it uses for displaying the drop down window. The alignment of the Calculator Control with the parent control can be set through the property. The embedded itself can be accessed through the property. This class also raises the event. property. The popup control container for the calculator. The Calculator Control. The PopupCalculator will be closed after this action. The alignment of the Calculator Control with respect to the parent control. Indicates whether the embedded calculator has been created. The FlatStyle for the embedded calculator. The Size for the embedded calculator. The BorderStyle for the embedded calculator. The Value for the embedded calculator. The LayoutType for the embedded calculator. Default size of the control Initializes a new instance of the class. This constructor initializes the internal controls used for displaying the Calculator Control. The initial value of the calculator needs to be set through the property. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Font changed Gets /Sets the font for the Control. To serialize Font property To reset Font property Raises the event. This event is raised by the calculator control before the popup calculator closes when the '=' button is clicked. This event will not be raised when the popup calculator control closes when it loses focus. Calculator close type. Invokes the PopupCalculatorClosing event. A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnPopupCalculatorClosing method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the event. True if the Calculator display has been canceled by a event handler; false otherwise. This event can be handled if you want to make some changes to the Calculator Control before it is displayed. Invokes the BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay event. A BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplayEventArgs that contains the event data. Returns Bool property. The OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method so that registered delegates receive the event. Closes the popup calculator if it is displayed. This method is invoked when the raises the event. Handles the popup control container's BeforePopup event. The popup control container. The event data. This handles the 's event and sets the BorderStyle and BackColor for the PopupControl conatiner. Overloaded. Displays the calculator. This is the method used to display the Popup Calculator itself. This method takes into account the CalculatorPopupAlignment and displays the Popup Calculator at the right position. Displays the calculator. The location to display the popup calculator. This method displays the CalculatorControl and raises the event. This event allows the display to be canceled by a handler. Gets the metrocolor. Enables rendering with . Event raised before the calculator popup is displayed. This event is a type event. You can cancel the PopupCalculator from being displayed by handling this event. Event raised by a popup calculator when closing after the '=' button was clicked. By default the CalculatorControl will raise this event when the '=' equal button is clicked. This event can be canceled by a handler and the PopupCalculator will not be closed. Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets /Sets the font for the Control. Sets the flat style for the PopupCalculator. Sets the border style for the PopupCalculator. Sets the size of the PopupCalculator. Gets or sets the value for the PopupCalculator. Sets the Layout type for the PopupCalculator. Gets or sets the action that will trigger closing the popup calculator. Gets or sets the property is the same as the property of the PopupControlContainer. Gets or sets the relative alignment of the Popup with the parent control. Refer to the enumeration for the list of values that this can take. Gets the that this PopupCalculator class embeds. This is a read only property. Sets a value indicating whether to use visual styles. Gets or sets the metrocolor. Sets the button style for the PopupCalculator. Gets or sets to use. Gets a value indicating whether rendering with is enabled. Derived class for the PopupCalculator. Specifies the way in which a popup calculator was closed. This information is usually provided in a PopupControlContainer's event. You can use it to determine, in some cases, whether or not to use the updated data in a popup. The user wants the changes made in the popup to be applied. The user canceled the popup and expects the changes, if any to be ignored. The popup was deactivated due to the user clicking in some other window, a different application getting focus, etc. Delegate for the event. Sender object Calculator closing event Args See the event for more information. The event data for event. This event is raised by the class when in Popup mode. The event is raised when the Popup is being closed after the Calculator was displayed. Specifies whether the equal to(=) button was clicked. The final value of the calculator. Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorClosingEventArgs class. Specifies if the '=' button was clicked. The final value of the calculator. This constructor for the class takes the two required pieces of information for this class as parameters. The first parameter specifies if the Equal to button was clicked. What this means is that the user chose to click the Equal button and complete the calculation. The object contains the final calculated value of the Calculator Control. Gets whether the equal button was clicked. The behavior of the CalculatorControl in PopupMode is to close when the Equal to button is clicked. This property specifies if the Equal to button was clicked by the user. Gets the final value of the calculator. The final value of the is the value that the object had when the Popup Calculator Control was closed. This enumeration lists the possible alignments for the CalculatorPopup when displayed by the control. Align to the left of the control. Align to the right of the control. CheckBoxAdv BackStyle Represent sDefault Represents Horizontal Gradient Represents Vertical Gradient CheckBoxAdv Style Classic appearance. Office 2007-like appearance. Office 2010-like appearance. Metro-like appearance. The CheckBoxAdv control is an alternative to the .Net CheckBox control. It has a very customizable border and background and supports advanced DataBinding. CheckRadioBase class. Default CHeckBox Size Checkbox standard offset value Indicates whether Alt pressed or not pressed Default Rectangle size Default size of the control Indicates whether it is initializing stage. Internal flag which indicates whether text will be rendered. Rectangle used to draw checkbox in. Text Location. Image checkbox size. Alignment for checkbox. The alignment of the text. The alignment of the text. Indicates whether the mouse button is pressed. Indicates whether the mouse is over the control. Indicates whether the focus rectangle will be visible. Indicates whether the height of the CheckBox will be automatically calculated. Indicates whether the checkbox will draw itself with the images provided. Indicates whether the images will be stretched when drawing over the checkbox. Indicates whether the text will be wrapped. Indicates whether AutoEllipsis is applied. Indicates whether the text shadow is visible. Determines the state of the checkbox. Determines the position of the text. Determines the offset of the shadow. The focus rectangle. The image when checked. The image when unchecked. The image when disabled. The image when checked and mouse over. The image when unchecked and mouse over. The image when indeterminate. The image when indeterminate and mouse over. The 3D border style of the CheckBox. The 2D border style of the CheckBox. The border style of the CheckBox. The background style of the CheckBox. The color of the border. The color of the border when mouse over. The color of the text shadow. The start color of the gradient. The end color of the gradient. The string to get/set to the StringValue property when checked. The string to get/set to the StringValue property when unchecked. The integer to get/set to the IntValue property when checked. The integer to get/set to the IntValue property when unchecked. Helps in the drawing of the control. Required designer variable. Helps in the themed drawing of the control. Initializes a new instance of the CheckRadioBase class. Applies the scaling Serializes AutoEllipsis property of CheckBoxAdv Resets AutoEllipsis property of CheckBoxAdv property to enable or disable the AutoSize To serialize AutoSize property To reset AutoSize property Added to build with version 1.0 of framework Check Box size Returns type of rectangle Added to build with version 1.0 of framework Returns Rectangle Box width Added to build with version 1.0 of framework Returns Rectangle box height Cleans up any resources being used. On paint method Paint event Argument Overridden OnRightToLeftChanged. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnMouseEnter. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnMouseLeave. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See. MouseEventArgs that contains event data. Overridden. MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. Overrriden OnSizeChanged . EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnEnter. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnLeave. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden IsInputKey. Keys data that contains the event data. Return bool property. Overridden OnKeyDown. KeyEventArgs KeyEventArgs Overridden OnTextChanged. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnFontChanged EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnenableChanged EventArgs that contains the event data. Ovridden OnThemechanged. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnHandleDestroyed. EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden OnHandleCreated. EventArgs that contains the event data. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Retuns the whether Mirrored or not. Returns bool property. Performs text drawing routine. Graphics to draw on. Performs specific text drawing. Graphics to draw on. String Format Recalculates control height. Update Control Height Size of the text. Calculate rectangle position according to it alignment and size. Rectangle to position. Rectangle alignment. Rectangle size. New Rectangle location. Sets new location. New X coordinate. New Y coordinate. New location. Recalculates rectangle bounds used to position text and checkbox in. Rectangle recalculating. Checkbox Size Calculates text size. Max allowed text width. Max allowed text height. New text size. Modifies ContentAlignment. new ContentAlignment value Modified ContentAlignment. Modifies TextAlignment. new TextAlignment value Modified TextAlignment. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or Sets the touchmode Gets or sets the alignment of the text. WrapText must be set to false. Gets or sets the alignment of the text. WrapText must be set to false. Gets or sets the end color of the gradient of the background of the control. Gets or sets the start color of the gradient of the background of the control. Gets or sets the background style of the CheckBox. Gets or sets the offset of the text shadow. Gets or sets the color of the text shadow. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text shadow is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in the CheckBox is wrapped. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AutoEllipsis is applied when the size is small. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the state images of the CheckBox are stretched. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkbox will be drawn using the images provided. Gets or sets the checkbox alignment. Specifies whether a control will automatically size itself to fit its contents. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will automatically calculate it`s height. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the focus rectangle is visible when it gets the focus. Gets or sets the 3Dborder style of the checkbox. Gets or sets the style of the border.It can be None, 3D and 2D. By default it`s value is Fixed3D. Gets or sets the style of the border when BorderStyles is FixedSingle. By default it`s value is Solid. Gets or sets the color of the FixedSingle border when mouse over. Gets or sets the color of the border. Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when unchecked and mouse over. Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when checked and mouse over. Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when disabled. Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when unchecked and mouse not over. Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when checked and mouse not over. Gets or sets the Image checkbox size. Gets or sets for the checked state. Gets or sets for the unchecked state. Gets or sets for the checked state. Gets or sets for the unchecked state. Gets or sets a value indicating whether GDI Text renderer in RadioButton or not. Internal rectangle border gradient angle. Internal rectangle gradient angle. Indicates the read only mode of the CheckBox. Indicates the auto check mode of the CheckBoxAdv The check state of the checkbox. Indicates whether the undetermined state can be accessed through clicking. The integer to get/set to the IntValue property when indeterminate. The string to get/set to the StringValue property when indeterminate. Specifies an advanced appearance this control. Specifies office 2007 color scheme. Specifies office 2010 color scheme. Specifies Metro color. Blend used for drawing normal rectangle. Blend used for drawing selected and pushed rectangle. Points that used for drawing the tick. Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdv class. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Return Should serialize BackColor true if backcolor changed Reset backcolor to default value Signals the object that initialization is starting. Signals the object that initialization is complete. Raises the CheckStateChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises when Check property of the checkbox changes. EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the paint event. The instance containing the event data. Overriden Raises when key down EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the MouseUp event. The instance containing the event data. Overridden Raises the MouseEnter event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the MouseDown event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the Clicked event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the EnabledChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Overridden Processes a mnemonic character. The character to process. true depending on CheckState. Overrideen for raises when handle created. EventArgs that contains the event data. Init method Drawing CheckBox Graphics object Drawing office 2007 style. Graphics Object Drawing office 2010 style. Graphics Object Drawing Metro style. Graphics Object Drawing borders. Graphics Object Color 1 for border Color 2 border Drawing Normal background. Graphics object Drawing selected background Graphics object Drawing selected background Graphics object Drawing pushed button background Graphics object Drawing pushed button background Graphics object Drawing Disabled Background. Graphics object Drawing Disabled Metro Background. Graphics object Drawing Tick for checkbox Graphics object Tick color for drawinf tick Drawing the interminate Rectangle. Graphics object Drawing the interminate Rectangle. Graphics object Determines the state of checkbox. Returns integer value for the state of check box On Style changed Toggle CheckState Source tyle of Checked changed event Occurs when the CheckState property changes. Occurs when the CheckState property changes. Occurs when the BoolValue property changes. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the read only mode of the CheckBox is set. Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the checkBoxAdv. Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. Gets or sets the theme color of the CheckboxAdv Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox to automatically change state when clicked. Gets or sets a value indicating whether checked state of the CheckBox is checked or not. Gets or sets a value indicating whether GDI Text renderer in CheckBox or not. Gets or sets the check state of the CheckBox. Gets or sets a value indicating whether undetermined state can be accessed through clicking. Gets/sets the Text of the CheckBoxAdv Gets/sets the Font of the CheckBoxAdv Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when indeterminate and mouse not over. Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when indeterminate and mouse over. Gets or sets the integer value used when indeterminate. Gets or sets the int value. Gets or sets the indeterminate string. Gets or sets the string value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Boolvalue is true or false Used for data-binding. Gets/Sets BackColor Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. CheckBoxAdv Designer Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Componnent object Gets a value indication the designer action CheckedChanged EventArgs Source type Initializes a new instance of the CheckedChangedEventArgs class Source type Gets the source of the Checked state changing. Specifies possible sources of the Checked state changing. Specifies that Checked state was changed by mouse. Specifies that Checked state was changed by keyboard. Specifies that Checked state was changed from code. Checked ChangedEvent Handler object sender EventArgs that contains the event data. CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Image check box is used. Gets or sets a value indicating whether checked property is true or false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Tristate of the CheckBoxAdv is true or false. Gets or sets CheckedImage. Gets or sets UncheckedImage. Gets or sets IndeterminateImage. Gets or sets Name. Gets or sets the Text Gets or sets the visual style. The style. Gets or sets the Office2007 color scheme. The Office2007 color scheme. Gets or sets the Office2010 color scheme. The Office2010 color scheme. Defines RadiobuttonAdv Styles Classic appearance. Office 2007-like appearance. Office 2007-like appearance. Metro-like appearance. The RadioButtonAdv control is an alternative to the .Net RadioButton control. It has a very customizable border and background and supports advanced DataBinding. Indicates whether RadioBoxAdv is checked. Determines whether OnClick event should be fired. Specifies an advanced appearance this control. Specifies office 2007 color scheme. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Specifies office 2010 color scheme. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Specifies Metro color. Blend used for drawing normal background. Blend used for drawing selected background. Blend used for drawing internal border. Initializes a new instance of the RadioButtonAdv class. Return Should serialize BackColor true if backcolor changed Reset backcolor to default value Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Signals the object that initialization is starting. Signals the object that initialization is complete. Raises the check changed event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the group check changed event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the paint event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Processes a mnemonic character. The character to process. true if the character was processed as a mnemonic by the control; otherwise, false. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. Event Argument Raises the event. Key Event argument Raises the event. Key Event argument Raises the event. Event argument Init method Performs checkbox drawing routine. Graphics to draw on. Draws office 2007 style for radio button. Graphics object Draws office 2010 style for radio button. Graphics object Draws Metro style for radio button. Graphics object Fills the background of the radio button with specified color. Graphics object Back color Draws disabled background of the radio button. Graphics object Draws disabled background of the radio button. Graphics object Draws normal background of the radio button. Graphics object Draws selected background of the radio button. Graphics object Draws selected background of the radio button. Graphics object Draws pushed background of the radio button. Graphics object Draws pushed background of the radio button. Graphics object Draws normal check mark of the radio button. Graphics object Draws normal check mark of the radio button. Graphics object Draws normal check mark of the radio button. Graphics object Draws normal check mark of the radio button. Graphics object Draws normal check mark of the radio button. Graphics object Draws border of the radio button. Graphics Object Border color Gets check mark rectangle of the radio button. Represents Rectangle Returns Graphics Path Gets path for the border of check mark of the radio button. Represents Rectangle Returns Graphics path Onstyle Changed method Presents current RadionButtonAdv state using ThemeStates enum. Return integer value Fills lstTabIndexes arrayList with RBInfo and then sorts it. ContainerControl whose children are enumerated. ArrayList to fill. Determines RadioButtonAdv control to set checked. First tab index Integer Value Determines checked RadioButtonAdv control. First tab index Return integer value Occurs when the Checked property changes. Occurs when the Checked property of in group changes. Occurs when the Checked property changes Gets/Sets BackColor Gets or sets a value indicating whether check state of the RadioButton. Gets or sets a value indicating whether OnClick event should be fired. Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the radioButtonAdv. Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. Gets or sets a value indicating whether GDI Text renderer in RadioButton or not. Gets or sets the theme color of the RadioButtonAdv Gets or sets checked RadioButtonAdv in current container according to TabIndex. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. RadioButtonAdv designer class Designer Action List collection Initializes a new instance of the RadioButtonAdvDesigner class. Initialize method Represents component Gets a ActionList collection Class containig Control reference and its TabIndex. Integer value Tab Index Initailizes a Radio button with Defaut null value Initializes a new instance of the RBInfo class. Integer value Tab Index RadioButtonAdv control Comparing the Taindex values Object value for button info Returns the integer vvalue for tab index Gets a TabIndex value Gets a object RadioButton. RadioButtonAdvActionList Class. Initializes a new instance of the RadioButtonAdvActionList class. Represents component InitializeActionList method Gets or sets a value indicating whether ImageCheckBox. Gets or sets a value indicating whether checked property is true or false. Gets or sets a value indicating checked Image. Gets or sets a value indicatingUncheckedImage Gets or sets a value indicating Name Gets or sets a value indicating Text. Gets or sets a value indicating whether ThemesEnabled property is true or false. Gets or sets the Office2007 color scheme. The Office2007 color scheme. ColorDlgAdv class. Clean up any resources being used. Bool value for Dissposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Defines ColorItemstate Normal Defines ColorItemstate Highlighted Defines ColorItemstate Selected Represents Office 2007 Style ColorPicker. Default size of the control Required designer variable. Initializes a new instance of the class. Serializes the AutoSize property false Reset the AutoSize property Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Gets the metrocolor. Updates layout and invalidates control. Fills default groups with colors. Font changed Processes the dialog key. The keys. Returns bool value Processes the dialog key internal. The keys. Returns bool property Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Performs the work of setting the specified bounds of this control. The new property value of the control. The new property value of the control. The new property value of the control. The new property value of the control. A bitwise combination of the values. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets the StateButton Gets the MoreColorButton Gets or sets Office2007 theme for control drawing. Default is blue color theme. Gets or sets Office2010 theme for control drawing. Default is blue color theme. Gets or sets horizontal spacing between ColorItems. Gets or sets border offset for ColorItems. Gets or sets vertical spacing between ColorItems. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use Office2007 style for control drawing. Default value is true. Gets or sets the metrocolor. Gets or sets size for ColorItems. Gets or sets the border style of the control. A value. The default is BorderStyle.None. Gets or sets groups collection of the control. Gets or Sets Custom Groups collection of the control. Gets the ThemeGroup Gets or sets the text alignment. Default value is MiddleLeft alignment. Gets or sets the height of the buttons. Gets or sets the the selected color. If color isn't found in any group it's added to recent colors group. Gets or sets color, which become selected after automatic button click. Default value is black color. Gets or sets index of TabPageAdv, that was selected in previous selection. Raised when ColorItem is picked or new was added from . Raised when mouse hovers over . Gets the required creation parameters when the control handle is created. A that contains the required creation parameters when the handle to the control is created. Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that can specify. An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or sets the background color for the control. A that represents the background color of the control. The default is the value of the property. Delegate for the event. Sender Object ColorPickedEventArgs that contains the event data. The ColorPickedEventHandler uses the class as the event data. This class is used for keep color that was picked in . Get the BaseColor Item index Color Picker Recent items Standard items 0 - RecentGroup, 1 - StandardGroup, 2 - ThemeGroup. Index of new added ColorItem. Integer value for BasecolorItem index Represents Theme Colors Represents tandard Colors Represents Recent Colors represents Custom Colors Gets collection of base ColorItems for this group. Gets or sets type of the Group. Gets or sets Group's header height. Gets or sets group's name. Gets or sets a value indicating whether group is visible. Gets or sets count of visible SubColorItems. Gets or sets a value indicating whether SubColorItems should be visible of hidden. CheckBoxAdv Designer Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Gets a value indication the designer action ColorUIAdv Office2007 Renderer class GradientBar class. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Bool value disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Bool Disposing HexagonColorControl class. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Bool Disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents Normal Color cell state. Represents selected Color cell state. CurrencyEdit class encapsulates a control and adds the ability to drop down a . The CurrencyEdit class derives from and embeds a CurrencyTextBox class. The embedded CurrencyTextBox class is exposed through the property. The CurrencyEdit has full support for the Windows Forms designer and you can just drag and drop it onto the form and set the properties. The calculator button's visibility is controlled by the property. // CurrencyEdit control this.currencyEdit1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CurrencyEdit(); // // currencyEdit1 // this.currencyEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat; this.currencyEdit1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(16, 80); this.currencyEdit1.Name = "currencyEdit1"; this.currencyEdit1.SelectionLength = 0; this.currencyEdit1.SelectionStart = 5; this.currencyEdit1.ShowCalculator = true; this.currencyEdit1.ShowTextBox = true; this.currencyEdit1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(304, 22); this.currencyEdit1.TabIndex = 1; this.currencyEdit1.Text = "$1.00"; this.currencyEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Right; // Add the CurrencyEdit control to the form this.Controls.Add(this.currencyEdit1); ' CurrencyEdit control Me.currencyEdit1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CurrencyEdit ' ' currencyEdit1 ' Me.currencyEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat Me.currencyEdit1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(16, 80) Me.currencyEdit1.Name = "currencyEdit1" Me.currencyEdit1.SelectionLength = 0 Me.currencyEdit1.SelectionStart = 5 Me.currencyEdit1.ShowCalculator = true Me.currencyEdit1.ShowTextBox = true Me.currencyEdit1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(304, 22) Me.currencyEdit1.TabIndex = 1 Me.currencyEdit1.Text = "$1.00" Me.currencyEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Right ' Add the CurrencyEdit control to the form Me.Controls.Add(Me.currencyEdit1) Required designer variable. The calculator button. The CalculatorControl popup. Indicates whether the calculator button is to be displayed. Closes the calculator when this action occurs. Indicates whether the current value of the CalculatorControl should be transferred to the CurrencyTextBox. Indicates whether the current value of the CurrencyTextBox should be transferred to the CalculatorControl. The LayoutType for the drop down calculator. To prevent serialization of the child buttons. Indicates whether calculator must be shown and got focus. Default size of the control Initializes a new instance of the CurrencyEdit class. The CurrencyEdit class also creates the controls that it hosts such as the control and the control. Initializes the layout for the control. Overrides InitializeLayout in . Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Draws the background of control depending on ReadOnly property . The context. The within which to draw. Draws the background with ReadOnlyBackColor when control is set to ReadOnly.Else,with default BackColor. This method is the handler for the calculator button's click event. The calculator event. The event data. Displays the PopupCalculator when the calculator button is clicked. Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. To serialize Font property To reset Font property Handles the PopupCalculator's CalculatorClosing event. The popup calculator. The event data. This method raises the event. True if the Calculator display has been cancelled by a event handler; false otherwise. This event can be handled if you want to make some changes to the Calculator Control before it is displayed. Raises the event. This event is raised by the calculator control before the popup calculator closes when the '=' button is clicked. This event will not be raised when the popup calculator control closes when it loses focus. Calculator close type Invokes the CalculatorClosing event. A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnPopupCalculatorClosing method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Invokes the BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay event. A BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplayEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method so that registered delegates receive the event. True if hte Calculator is showing. Handles the KeyDown event of the embedded TextBox and drops down the Calculator Control. The TextBox. The event args. Sets the CurrencyTextBox as the TextBox for this control. A CurrencyTextBox object. This override of the CreateTextBox method allows us to change the default TextBox object that will be created with a object. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Invokes the ValidationError event. A ValidationErrorEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnValidationError method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnValidationError in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnValidationError method so that registered delegates receive the event. HandleTextBox ValidationErrorEvent Sender object ValidationErrorArgs that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Overridden Stores the child buttons removed by the designer in a separate arraylist to prevent serialization Arraylist containing the child buttons Event raised before the calculator popup is displayed. This event is a type event. You can cancel the PopupCalculator from being displayed by handling this event. Event raised by a popup calculator when closing after the specified button was clicked. By default the CalculatorControl will raise this event when the specified button is clicked. This event can be canceled by a handler and the PopupCalculator will not be closed. Gets the Calculator Button. The Calculator Button can be used to change the appearance of the button. Gets or sets the action that will close the popup calculator. This is set to by default. Gets or sets the layout type for the Calculator Control. The Calculator Control supports different layouts for Financial and Windows Standard type calculators. The different layouts change the layout of the buttons and their appearance. Gets or sets the alignment of the Popup Calculator with respect to the ButtonEdit control. Please refer to the type for the types of alignments supported. Gets or sets the alignment of the Popup Calculator with respect to the ButtonEdit control. Please refer to the type for the types of alignments supported. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calculator button is to be displayed. If the Calculator is not to be used, you can use the class that is used internally by the class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to transfer the values from the edit control to the calculator. Indicates whether the current currency value of the CurrencyTextBox is to be transferred to the CalculatorControl when the Calculator is dropped down. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to transfer the calculated value to the edit control. Indicates whether the calculated value is to be transferred to the CurrencyTextBox when the popup calculator is closed. Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. Gets the collection of Buttons that make up this ButtonEdit control. Indicates whether the TextBox is to be displayed. Gets the CurrencyTextBox control that defines the Currency behavior for this control. See the control for more information. Gets or sets the decimal value of the control. This will be formatted and displayed. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Occurs when the property is changed. Overrides the Text property. The Text property is not persisted. Raised when an unacceptable character is encountered as input. This event can be handled and you can do your processing based on the information provided. The ValidationErrorEventArgs object will provide the invalid text that was input and also the position within that text where the error occurred. Console.WriteLine("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 InvalidText" + e.InvalidText); Console.WriteLine("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 StartPosition" + e.StartPosition ); Console.WriteLine(("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 InvalidText" + e.InvalidText)) Console.WriteLine(("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 StartPosition" + e.StartPosition)) Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. CurrencyEdit Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. CurrencyEdit class encapsulates a CurrencyTextBox control and adds the ability to drop down a popup calculator. The left end button. The left button. The right button. The right end button. The datasource. Initializes a new instance of the DataButtonEdit class. Sets the status of the data buttons depending on position. Sets the position. The new position to move to. Required designer variable. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the data manager. Gets or sets the data source that the grid is displaying data for. CurrencyEdit class encapsulates a CurrencyTextBox control and adds the ability to drop down a popup calculator The calculator button. The popup control container for the calculator. The Calculator Control. The collection of Columns specifying the attributes of the columns of the List displayed with the matches. This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetImageColumnIndex. The index of the column in the data source that provides the index of images in the assigned image list. This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetColumnWidth. The index of the column for which to return the width. The width of the column. Initializes a new instance of the DataLookupEdit class. Get the AutoComplete DataColumnInfoCollection Returns AutoComplete DataColumnInfoCollection The image list that will be used by the AutoComplete object. Initialize the dropdown Returns true if the the dropdown is initialized. Wire events. Handle ListSelectionChanged Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Setting the selected value. Selected Value Raises when popup closed. Sender object PopupClosedEventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the DoubleClick event of the drop down list. The drop down list. The EventArgs object with event data. Checking whether dropdown is showing or not Returns true if Dropdown is showing. Required designer variable. Cleans up any resources being used. bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Handles the calculator button's click event. The calculator event. The event data. Displays the calculator. Shows the calculator at the specified location. Location of the Popup. Raise Before DataListPopupDisplay Event Returns true if Datalistpopup display Invokes the BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay event. A BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplayEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method so that registered delegates receive the event. Returns true if evet is cancelled. Handles the CalculatorControl's PopupClosed event. The popup control container. The event data. Closes the popup calculator if it is displayed. Handles the popup control container's BeforePopup event. The popup control container. The event data. Event raised before the calculator popup is displayed. Gets or sets the columns that will be displayed in the popup control when the AutoCompleteMode is set to AutoSuggest. The Columns property is a collection of AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo objects that specify the attributes of a column. Gets or sets the drop down list displaying the matches. Gets or sets the ImageList that will specify the images that will be used by the popup control when in AutoSuggest Mode. Gets or sets DataList view Gets or sets the datasource for the DataButtonEdit. Gets or sets DataListview This class is a wrapper for Grid, used in MonthCalendarAdv, for more extensibility. Set the SuperToolTip when the mouse is on the date Gets/ sets the ToolTipInfo Gets the DateValue when the mouse is on the date. This class is a wrapper for GridModel, used in MonthCalendarAdv, for more extensibility. This class is a wrapper for CurrentCell, used in MonthCalendarAdv, for more extensibility. Deactivates the current cell and confirms or rejects changes made to the current cell. Bool value for discard chnages return true if the current cell is deactive. Notifies that the current cell is active ( or not ). Index of the cell's row. Index of the cell's column A value that details options how to activate the current cell. You can specify if the associated control should get focus, if range selection should be ignored and more Return true if the current cell is active. Gets or sets the horizontal distance. Gets the Index of the cell's row. Gets the Index of the cell's column. Sets ToolTip style for SuperToolTip Normal Style SuperToolTip Baloon Style SuperToolTip Office2007 Style SuperToolTip This class is used to return the event arguements when the mouse is hover the Date. Initializes a new object. The row index. The column index. The cell button that is the target of the current mouse operation or NULL if the cell itself is the target. The originating this event. Gets the date value of the current mouse operation. Gets the cell button that is the target of the current mouse operation or NULL if the cell itself is the target. Gets the originating this event. Gets the Calender Model. Gets/Sets the TooltipInfo for the SuperToolTip DateTime CustomFormatParser. Represents Field Type Day Represents Field Type hour Represents Field Type minute Represents Field Type month Represents Field Type seconds Represents Field Type AMPM Represents Field Type Year Represents Field Type string d The one or two-digit day. dd The two-digit day. Single digit day values are preceded by a zero. ddd The three-character day-of-week abbreviation. The full day-of-week name. h The one or two-digit hour in 12-hour format. hh The two-digit hour in 12-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. H The one or two-digit hour in 24-hour format. HH The two-digit hour in 24-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. m The one or two-digit minute. mm The two-digit minute. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. M The one or two-digit month number. MM The two-digit month number. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. MMM The three-character month abbreviation. MMMM The full month name. s The one or two-digit seconds. ss The two-digit seconds. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. Represents AMPMFormat.t The one-letter AM/PM abbreviation ("AM" is displayed as "A"). tt The two-letter AM/PM abbreviation ("AM" is displayed as "AM"). Represent the year format y The one-digit year (2001 is displayed as "1"). Represent the year format yy The last two digits of the year (2001 is displayed as "01"). Represent the year format yyyy Represents DatetimeString format default style Drop button for drop down date calendar. Indicates whether the calendar is dropped. Indicates whether the calendar is selected (highlighted). Normal mode backcolor. Pressed mode backcolor. Selected mode backcolor. Arrow color. Gets the color of the background. State of the button. Return back color Draws the styled control. Graphics object State of the button. State of the checkbox. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button dropped is state. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button selected (highlighted) state. Gets or sets normal mode back color. If color empty then use default color. Gets or sets pressed mode backcolor. If color empty then use default color. Gets or sets selected mode backcolor. If color empty then use default color. Type Converter for SpecificCultureInfo. Retrieves only specific cultures. Collection of standard values. Returns collection of standard values. ITypeDescriptor Context Return stadard values Used for VS2003 designer auto-generated code for DateTimePickerAdv. Invalid value is reverted to the last known valid value. Is value is invalid, the nearest valid value is set. Specifies that this control supports culture-dependent behavior. The DateTimePickerAdv control extends the Windows Forms DateTimePicker control and provides several important features. Internationalization - The DateTimePickerAdv control is fully culture aware. Databinding - Supports DataBinding with a data source. Supports null value. Custom dropdown - The DateTimePickerAdv can display a custom drop down calendar. XP Themes - The DateTimePickerAdv control supports XP themes when applicable. Sets DateTimePickerAdv font to MonthCalendar popup The popup window containing the calendar. Gets bordercolor. Variable for previous Font size Variable for finding difference between current font size and previous font size Variable for storing previous difference Variable for storing previous None button difference Variable to store size property Gets the metrocolor. Gets or sets a value to supress the Value of DateTimePicker on ValueChanged event Raises StretchDropDownImageChanged event. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface. Indicate whether the image for DropDownButton is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the DropDownButton. To serialize Font property To reset Font property Returns the Custom Popup Window with the calendar and wires the calendar events. This is kept in a separate method so that it can be invoked from ISupportInitialize.EndInit(). Serialize the SuppressValueChangedOnNavigation. Reset the SuppressValueChangedOnNavigation. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Virtual function used to initialize the default popup window. The default popup window . Specifies whether to show current date on pressing Enter key on the control. Specifies whether to show current date in MonthCalenderAdv Specifies whether to navigate to current date Processes AMPM field. Key pressed Sets AM. Sets PM. Processes year field. Key pressed Sets max year value. Sets min year value. Processes month field. Key pressed Sets max month value. Sets min month value. Processes day field. Key pressed Sets max day value. Sets min day value. Processes minute field. Key pressed Sets max second value. Sets min second value. Processes minute field. Key pressed Sets max minute value. Sets min minute value. Processes hour field. Key pressed Sets max hour. Sets min hour. Override this method when you want to modify the default behavior of the DateTimePickerAdv that jumps to select the first field when the last is selected and the right arrow is pressed and vice versa. A bool value that indicates whether to jump or not. Refreshes all date-time input fields of the control. Checks is value is within the min/max range and if so, sets the Value property to the specified value. Datetime value Checks whether the specified value is within the specified range. DateTime value to be checked. True if the value is acceptible according to the min-max range. Proceedes with date coercing, based on mix-max dates range settings. DateTime value to be checked. Returns the specified date without change if it is within the min-max dates range, or returns the closest allowed value. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Method to update popup control size in DateTimePickerAdv Displays popup. Handles Gestures Gesture message true/false Cuts property to clipboard. True if value has been sucessfully cut. Copies property to clipboard. True if value has been sucessfully copied. Pastes clipboard data to property. True if clipboard data has been sucessfully pasted. Handles invalid selected date and restores it to default. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Overrides font property Occurs when check-box's checked state is changed. Occurs on popup. Occurs when property is changed. Occurs before popup. Occurs when popup is closed. Occurs when property is changed. Occurs when popup is closed. Gets or sets the theme color of the DateTimePickerAdv Gets or set the value to apply the border syle of the DateTimePickerAdv Gets or sets a value indicating whether the shortest name of the weekdays should be used. This property value have influence only under Framework 2.0 and higher. Gets currently used calendar. Gets or sets the image for DropDown button. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image for scroll button is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the scroll button. Gets the one-based index of the week of year. Gets the Popup window calendar. Gets or sets the fields of the DateTimePickerAdv. Gets or sets the selected field of the DateTimePickerAdv. Gets or sets a value indicating whether calendar drop down should be shown when pressing ALT + down arrow key when NULL date is set. true if show drop down when null date is set; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Backspace or Delete keys make the date null. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the none date button visible. if and are both set to false, NoneButton is hidden anyway. Gets or sets the Office style of the Date Time Picker. Gets or sets the Office2007 theme used for drawing the control. Gets or sets the Office2010 theme used for drawing the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether toggles the read only state of the picker. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the valueChange when control is readonly. Gets or sets the drop down backcolor in normal mode. If color is empty then uses the default color. Gets or sets the drop down backcolor in pressed mode. If color is empty then uses the default color. Gets or sets the drop down backcolor in selected mode. If color is empty then uses the default color. Overrides Border Color property Gets are sets the Back color of the control. (overridden property) Gets or sets the keys which will toggle off null date. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calendar will size according to the widths of the days. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the null date support is enabled. If set to false the DateTimePicker will always have a selected date. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the context menu will be a Syncfusion XPMenu. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkbox, drop button, updown and calendar will be themed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the UpDown will have a VS like look. Gets or sets the format of the value of the picker when copying. Gets or sets a value indicating whether when copy or paste operation is done, only the selected field is taken into consideration. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the focus will be moved off the control when there are no fields to tab through. This is active only when the TabForwarding property is set to true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown button will have a flat appearance. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the DateTimePicker will advance to the next field. Gets or sets a value indicating whether after the completion of a field the DateTimePicker advances to the next field. Gets or sets the spacing between the fields of the picker. Gets or sets the size of the popup Calendar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current culture of the machine will be used. The culture will be set to the culture. Gets or sets the trailing forecolor of the popup calendar. Gets or sets the title forecolor of the popup calendar. Gets or sets the title backcolor of the popup calendar. Gets or sets the backcolor of the popup calendar. Gets or sets the forecolor of the popup calendar. Gets or sets the font of the popup calendar. Gets the popup calendar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checked state of the checkbox is set. Gets or sets the image list of the popup menu of the popup calendar. Gets or sets the size of the DateTimePickerAdv control. Gets or sets the popup window`s alignment. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CustomPopupWindow will be shown instead of the internal calendar popup. Gets or sets the that will be shown instead of the internal calendar. If the container contains controls implementing the interface and the Active property set to true the picker will interact with those controls like the internal calendar. Gets or sets the year that will complete the year fields when typing. Gets or sets the text to be displayed, when no date is selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether there is no date selected. Gets or sets the format of the picker. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the UpDown buttons will be visible when it gets the focus. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop button is visible. Gets or sets a value to supress the Value of DateTimePicker on ValueChanged event Gets or sets a value indicating whether the UpDown buttons are visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkBox will be visible. Gets or sets the minimum value that can be picked from the picker. Gets or sets the maximum value that can be picked from the picker. Gets or sets the Nullable date of the Control Gets or sets the selected date of the picker. Occurs when the property is changed. Gets or sets the wrapper property around the selected date of the picker. Use this property if you want to be able to set the value of the control to null. Gets or sets the format of the picker when Format is Custom. Gets or sets the current culture of the picker. Gets or sets value indicating what action should be chosen if user try to enter value that is not within the specified min or max range. Specifies whether to show current date on pressing Enter key on the control. Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture Gets or sets a value indicating whether selection should be reset to first field on focus. true if reset selection on focus; otherwise, false. Modified version of MonthCalenderAdv class to fit the requirements of DateTimePickerAdv. The MonthCalendarAdv extends the Windows Forms MonthCalendar control and provides several important features: Internationalization - The MonthCalendarAdv control is fully culture aware. XP Themes - The MonthCalendarAdv control supports XP themes when applicable. Multiple selection - The MonthCalendarAdv can select multiple non-consecutive dates. Default Column width Specifies a value indicating whether the calendar control should handle Enter key to move between cells. Set this to False if Enter should be ignored instead. Mouse drag multiselect mode. Moused drag multiselect firts row col point. X - row. Y - col. Moused drag multiselect last row col point. X - row. Y - col. When need skip CheckCell on CellClick event this member set to true; Holds time when last mouse down event took place. Internal usage variable Holds cursor position while last mouse down event. Internal usage variable Gets the Date value from the current cell. Indicates whether MonthCalendarAdv was double clicked. Internal usage variable Variable for previous Font size Variable for finding difference between current font size and previous font size Variable for storing previous difference the circle color. value of mouse over. gets the value on left button click. gets the value on right button click. The border type of the text box control. The border sides for which you want the 3D border style applied. The 3D border style for the control. The single border color for the control. Is need Draw themed border. Use for drawing themed border. Use for drawing system border. The first day of the week. Default Control Size Default header height Default Bottom height Raises the BorderStyleChanged event. Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. Raises the BorderColorChanged event. Raises the ThemedBorderChanged event. Raises the NoneButton_Click event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the SelectionChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the DateSelected event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the DateChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Sets font to MonthCalendar popup Resets the style of the control to VisualStyle.Default. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Resets the color of the today font to SystemColors.ActiveCaption. Sets the PopupParent. Resets the color of the day names to SystemColors.ControlText. Resets the HeaderForeColor to SystemColors.ActiveCaptionText Resets the color of the inactive month to SystemColors.InactiveCaptionText. Resets the highlight color to Red. Indicate wether the image for scroll button is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the scroll button. Resets the size of the scroll button to (17,19). Resets the color of the grid background to SystemColors.Window. Resets the day names font. Resets the color of the days to SystemColors.ControlText. Resets the header font to Microsoft Sans Serif. Resets the end color of the header to SystemColors.ControlDark. Resets the start color of the header to SystemColors.ActiveCaption. Resets the days font to Microsoft Sans Serif. Serializes HeaderHeight propert Resets HeaderHeight property to its default value Serializes DayNamesHeight property Resets DayNamesHeight property to its default value To serialize Font property To reset Font property Initializes a new instance of the class. applies the scaling Is control initializing at this time. Contains map of month to GridRangeInfoList. Initializes the grid. The CalendarGrid. Raises when the Key is pressed MonthCalendar Key Event arguement Returns the current style for a cell. The row index of the cell. The column index of the cell. The style of the cell. Sets the GridStyleInfo for the cell. The row index of the cell. The column index of the cell. The new style of the cell. Property that enables ClearSelection Clears selected dates. Raises the DateCellQueryInfo event. The instance containing the event data. Fires InvalidDateSelected event. Refreshes the calendar. Refreshes the calendar if set to true. if set to true refreshes the calendar. Cleans up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Indicates whether week numbers displayed. Called when the numbering of the weeks have changed. Raises the ShowWeekNumbersChanged event. draws the metroheader background. Raises the MouseDown event. The instance containing the event data. Check whether time interval between two last mouse down events is less than SystemInformation.DoubleClickTime. value indicating whether time interval between two last mouse down events is less than SystemInformation.DoubleClickTime Handles Gestures Gesture message true/false Implement this method and draw your NonClient area using the passed in params. The PaintEventArgs using this to draw the nonclient area. The control's window bounds into which to draw. Left and Top are usually 0. The control's bounds in screen co-ords. Return a HRgn (as IntPtr) that excludes the region you just drew in the displayRect. Applies the metro style. Fired when user selects disabled date value. Occurs when the user makes a date selection. Occurs when the date selected in the MonthCalendarAdv changes. Occurs when the selection of date within the control has changed. Occurs when a NoneButton on the MonthCalendarAdv is clicked. This event is raised if the BorderStyle property is changed. This event is raised if the BorderSides property is changed. This event is raised if the Border3DStyle property is changed. This event is raised if the BorderColor property is changed. This event is raised if the ThemedBorder property is changed. Occurs when is changed. Occurs when FirstDayOfWeek is changed. Handle this event to provide custom formatting for calendar cells. This event will be triggerred once mouse hover on date Overrides font property Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calendar control should handle Enter key to move between cells. Set this to False if Enter should be ignored instead. Gets or sets mouse drag multiselect mode. Gets or sets value indicating whether the shortest name of the weekdays should be used. This property value have influence only under Framework 2.0 and higher. Gets or sets the visual style for the MonthCalendarAdv. Indicates the Office2007 theme used for drawing the control. Indicates the Office2010 theme used for drawing the control. Gets or sets the context menu for the MonthCalendarAdv. Indicates whether the calendar will adapt it`s width to fit the contents of the day names. Gets or sets the color of the today date text in the calendar. Returns the today button at the bottom of the calendar. Returns the none button at the bottom of the calendar. Gets or sets the minimum value selectable by the calendar. Gets or sets the maximum value selectable by the calendar. Gets or sets the selection types of the calendar. Indicates the selection types of the calendar. Sets the Selected date to null. Gets or sets the imagelist of the popup menu. Gets or sets the color of the day names. Gets or sets the forecolor of the header. Gets or sets the trailing forecolor of the calendar. Gets or sets the color of the selected date. Indicates the themed state of the scroll buttons. Indicates the themed state of the grid. Gets or sets the size of the scroll buttons. Gets or sets image for left scroll button. If this value is null then draw default button. Gets or sets image for right scroll button. If this value is null then draw default button. Indicate wether the image for scroll button is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the scroll button. Gets or sets first day of week. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the grid. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the grid. Gets or sets the selected dates. Gets or sets the backcolor of the grid. Gets or sets the height of the day names. Gets or sets the font of the day names. Gets or sets the style of the grid lines. Gets or sets the height of the bottom controls. Gets or sets the height of the header. Gets or sets the color of the days. Gets or sets the background image of the calendar. Gets or sets the background image layout of the calendar. Indicates whether the grid should wrap text. Gets or sets the font of the header. Indicates whether the header gradient will be vertical. Gets or sets the image of the header. Indicates whether the header will show a gradient background. Gets or sets the end color of the header gradient. Gets or sets the start color of the header gradient. Also used as backcolor. Gets or sets the font of the days. Gets or sets the current value of the calendar. Gets or sets the culture of the calendar. Gets or sets the border type of the text box control. Gets or sets the border sides for which you want the 3D border style applied. Gets or sets the 3D border style for the control. Gets or sets the single border color for the control. Gets or sets the draw themed border. Gets/sets the background color, gradient, etc. for the days header. gets or sets the touchmode Gets is control initializing at this time. Gets the week column offset. Gets or sets the font of the week numbers column. Gets or sets the text color for weeks column. Gets or sets the background color, gradient, etc. for the week numbers column. Indicates whether to display column with week numbers. Notifies that the numbering of the weeks have changed. Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture Gets currently used calendar. Gets or sets the current value of the calendar. Class used to simplify translation of calendar-dependent date and time to calendar-independent and vice-versa. Calendar dependent year value. Calendar dependent month value. Calendar dependent day value. Calendar dependent hour value. Calendar dependent minute value. Calendar dependent second value. Current calendar independent date and time settings. Indicates whether m_datetime value is valid or it should be updated. Currently used calendar. Returns the week of the year that includes the date in the specified System.DateTime. A System.Globalization.CalendarWeekRule value that defines a calendar week. A System.DayOfWeek value that represents the first day of the week. A positive integer that represents the week of the year that includes the date in the time parameter. Initializes a new instance of the CultureSpecifiecDateTime class. Calendar-independent date and time value. Calendar to be used for translating date and time. Initializes a new instance of the CultureSpecifiecDateTime class. Calendar-dependent year. Calendar-dependent month. Calendar-dependent day of month. Calendar-dependent hour. Calendar-dependent minute. /// Calendar-dependent second. Calendar to be used for translating date and time. Updates calendar-independent setting using calendar-dependent settings. Updates calendar-dependent settings using calendar-independent settings. Gets or sets calendar-independent date and time. Gets the one-based index of the day of week. Gets or sets the calendar-dependent year. Gets or sets the calendar-dependent month. Gets or sets the calendar-dependent day. Gets or sets the calendar-dependent hour. Gets or sets the calendar-dependent minute. Gets or sets the calendar-dependent second. Gets the count of days in current month. Delegate used for the NullButtonEvent of the IDateTimePickerAdvCalendar. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate used for the SelectDateEvent of the IDateTimePickerAdvCalendar. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate used for the DateChangedEvent of the IDateTimePickerAdvCalendar. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Position for insert next number. Indicates whether to skip check year validating. Resets insert year mode. Parse current value with picker and field type. returns the current value of type int Gets or sets position for insert next number. Represents Arrow Keys Represents Numeric keys Represents any key The DateTimePickerExt type will soon be replaced with the DateTimePickerAdv for consistency in Control naming in our library. Please replace all occurrences of DateTimePickerExt with DateTimePickerAdv in your app. DateTimePickerAdv CalendarStore class. DateTimePickerAdv Menu class. IDateTimePickerAdvMenu interface. DateTimePickerAdv MenuExt class. A collection that stores objects. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. A from which the contents are copied Initializes a new instance of the class. An array of objects with which to intialize the collection Adds a with the specified value to the . The to add. The index at which the new element was inserted. Copies the elements of an array to the end of the . An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. A containing the objects to add to the collection. Indicates whether the contains the specified . The to locate. if the is contained in the collection; otherwise. Copies the values to a one-dimensional instance at the specified index. The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from . The index in where copying begins. is multidimensional. -or- The number of elements in the is greater than the available space between and the end of . is . is less than 's lowbound. Returns the index of a in the . The to locate. The index of the of in the , if found; -1 otherwise. Inserts a into the at the specified index. The zero-based index where should be inserted. The to insert. Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the . Returns FieldDefenition Removes a specific from the . The to remove from the . is not found in the Collection. Gets / sets the field definition at the specified index of the . The zero-based index of the entry to locate in the collection. The entry at the specified index of the collection. is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. Interface used by DateTimePickerAdv. If the DateTimePickerAdv customDrop is true and the CustomPopupWindow is the interface`s parent and Active is true then the interface will communicate with the picker through events. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the interface`s events are to be considered by the DateTimePickerAdv. Gets or sets the font used to draw the calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the color used to draw the foreground of calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the color used to draw the month background of calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the color used to draw the title background of calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the color used to draw the foreground of the title of calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the color used to draw the trailing foreground of calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the minimum date of the calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the maximum date of the calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the date of the calendar that implements the interface. Gets or sets the culture of the calendar that implements the interface. Fired when the null button of the calendar that implements the interface is clicked. Fired when a date is selected in the calendar that implements the interface. Fired when the date is changed in the calendar that implements the interface. Handler for the event. Provides information about the current calendar date cell that is being formatted. The property provides the date that this cell represents. The property can be set to any valid values and it will be applied to the calendar cell. Set the property to true for the changes to be accepted. Gets/Sets the the value to indicate the highlight color of the selected date. The MonthCalendarExt type will soon be replaced with the MonthCalendarAdv for consistency in Control naming in our library. Please replace all occurrences of MonthCalendarExt with MonthCalendarAdv in your app. Variable for storing previous difference Variable for finding difference between current font size and previous font size Specify the previous difference MonthCalendarAdvConverter class. Name NoneButton property of the MonthCalendarAdv. Name TodyaButton property of the MonthCalendarAdv. Name Appearance property for NoneButton and TodyaButton of the MonthCalendarAdv. Name ButtonUseVisualStyle property for NoneButton and TodyaButton of the MonthCalendarAdv. Name Office2007 color scheme property of the ButtonAdv. Number of the comment lines. Sets CodeFieldReferenceExpression of the CodeAssignStatement. Assign Statement Property Value Sets CodePrimitiveExpression of the CodeAssignStatement. Assign Statement Property Value Represents NumericUpDown for MonthCalendarAdv. Extends the NumericUpDown to provide XP Look and Feel. Take a look at the and properties. Default windows message for gesture support. Default windows message for Mouse captured. Collects the boolean value if Control is selected by Touch or Mouse control. Default size of the control Sends the specified message to the default windows procedure. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Initializes a new instance of the class. To Show/Display the virtual keyboard To hide the touch keyboad. Cleans up any resources being used.Disposes the themed drawing enabled for the control. if set to true [disposing]. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. The source of the event. An that contains the event data. Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on settings. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Overridden Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Overridden.Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on fontchange Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on settings. Positions child controls based on settings. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Enables ThemedEditDrawing Metrocolor Overridden. See . Parameter messsage Raises the ThemeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The RaiseThemeChangedEvent method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding RaiseThemeChangedEvent in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's RaiseThemeChangedEvent method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderColorChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises ReadOnlyChanged event.Called inorder to set the buttons disabled when control edit portion is set to readonly. Event will be triggered when control lost its Focus Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Captures Up and Down buttons based on position Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets the border sides of the control that will be drawn in 3D mode. Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. This style is used when the BorderStyle is Fixed3D and when XP Themed drawing is disabled. Gets or sets the maximum length of the text that can be entered into the editable portion of the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. Gets the value in hexadecimal numeration. Gets or sets Office2007Theme for Office2007 style. Gets or sets Office2010Theme for Office2010 style. Gets or sets the alignment of the up and down buttons . Gets or sets the border style for the control. Fired when the ThemesEnabled property is changed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when available. Gets or sets a value indicating whether you want themed border around the control when themes are enabled. This property is used only when the property is set. Gets or sets visual style that is used for drawing a control. Gets or Sets the MetroColor Occurs when Border3DStyle property is changed. Occurs when BorderColor property is changed. Occurs when BorderSides property is changed. Occurs when a is changed. Draws background of the up/down button for MonthCalendarAdv with Office2007 visual style. Graphics object Rectangle object Button ID Button State Draws border of the up/down button for MonthCalendarAdv with Office2007 visual style. Graphics Object Rectangle object Button ID Button State Image indexes. ComboBoxAdv Items. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe). Gets the number of elements. The number of elements contained in the . Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . Represents a combo box control. Similar to the Windows Forms' , the ComboBoxAdv displays an editing field combined with a listbox, allowing the user to select from the list or to enter new text. The property determines the style of combo box to display. Represents the base class for all combos with data binding support. Like and . Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializing this ComboBoxBase also requires you to set the property. Releases all resources used by the control. bool disposing Releases all resources used by the control. Creates the list control. Returns list control Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Indicates the DisplayMember changing Returns the selected value based on the Value Member Item Text Adds the specified items to the combo box. An array of to append to the combo box. Finds the first item in the that starts with the specified string. Finds the first item in the combo box that starts with the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. The s parameter is a substring to compare against the text associated with the items in the combo box list. The search performs a partial match starting from the beginning of the text and returning the first item in the list that matches the specified substring. You can then perform tasks, such as removing the item that contains the search text using the method or changing the item's text. Once you have found the specified text, if you want to search for other instances of the text in the ComboBoxBaseDataBound, you must use the version of the FindString method that provides a parameter for specifying a starting index within the ComboBox. If you want to perform a search for an exact word match instead of a partial match, use the method. Finds the first item after the given index which starts with the given string. The search is not case sensitive. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. The s parameter is a substring to compare against the text associated with the items in the combo box list. The search performs a partial match starting from the beginning of the text, returning the first item in the list that matches the specified substring. You can then perform tasks, such as removing the item that contains the search text using the method or changing the item's text. This method is typically used after a call has been made using the version of this method that does not specify a starting index. Once an initial item has been found in the list, this method is typically used to find further instances of the search text by specifying the index position in the startIndex parameter of the item after the first found instance of the search text. If you want to perform a search for an exact word match instead of a partial match, use the method. Finds the item that exactly matches the specified string. Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. The s parameter is a string to compare against the text associated with the items in the combo box list. The search looks for a match starting from the beginning of the text, returning the first item in the list that matches the specified substring. You can then perform tasks, such as removing the item that contains the search text using the method or changing the item's text. Once you have found the specified text, if you want to search for other instances of the text in the ComboBoxBaseDataBound, you must use the version of the FindStringExact method that provides a parameter for specifying a starting index within the ComboBox. If you want to perform partial word search instead of an exact word match, use the method. Finds the first item after the specified index that matches the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. The s parameter is a string to compare against the text associated with the items in the combo box list. The search looks for a match starting from the beginning of the text, returning the first item in the list that matches the specified substring. You can then perform tasks, such as removing the item that contains the search text using the method or changing the item's text. This method is typically used after a call has been made using the version of this method that does not specify a starting index. Once an intial item has been found in the list, this method is typically used to find further instances of the search text by specifying the index position in the startIndex parameter of the item after the first found instance of the search text. If you want to perform partial word search instead of an exact word match, use the method. Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. Text to search. Indicates whether to ignore case during serach. Index of specified text in list; -1, if nothing found. Raises the DropDownStyleChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Called to determine the height of textArea of this control. A object. A reference variable through which to return the height for the text area. This method expects you to return a height for the text area through the reference variable, set the height of this control (if not in ComboBoxStyle.Simple mode) and the height of the drop-down button () based on the Font specified. Returns height of NonClientArea of ListControl. Returns height of NonClientArea of ListControl Called when selection changed on popup close]. Raises the text box KeyUp event. The instance containing the event data. Keys.Delete and Keys.Back are not caught in Keypress Raises KeyPress event and resets the list control if the popup is not showing. EventArgs that contains the event data. Verifies whether new text is allowed to be entered from native message. The message. True if the message is handled. Called when the popup is closed. Sets the popup text. The value. Gets the popup text. Returns popup text Sets the selected text. The text. Index of the found item. Filters the item . The item that is usually an entry in the list Returns an object of Filter Item Returns the text associated with an item. The item that is usually an entry in the list. The item's text. Raises the DataSourceChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the ValueMemberChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the validating event. The instance containing the event data. Sets the internal items. The index of item. The value. Indicates whether the Text property should be serialized in the designer. Return true if string is not empty Overriden. Indicates whether selected index of the ListControl has been changed. TRUE if index has been changed; FALSE otherwise. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items in the combo box are sorted. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should resize to avoid showing partial items. Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the control. Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in this control. Gets or sets the data source for this object. Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source whose contents you want to display. Gets or sets a value indicating whether allowing NewText. Gets or sets the zero-based index of the currently selected item. Gets or sets the currently selected item in the ComboBox. Gets or sets the value of the member property specified by the property. Gets / sets the text associated with this control. Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source from which to draw the value. Specifies the FlatStyle. (overridden property) Occurs when the property has changed. Occurs when the changes. Occurs when the property changes. Occurs when the property changes. Occurs when the property changes. Gets the object associated with this control. Represents RemoveAt Represents Remove Represents Insert Represents Clear Represents SetItem Represents Add Represents AddRange Initializes a new instance of the class. The that owns this object collection. Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the item collection. An object that represents the item collection. Removes the specified item from the . The to remove from the list. Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. The zero-based index location where the item is inserted. An object representing the item to insert. Removes all items from the . Indicates whether the specified item is located within the collection. An object representing the item to locate in the collection. if the item is located within the collection; otherwise. Adds an item to the list of items for a ComboBoxBaseDataBound. An object representing the item to add to the collection. The zero-based index of the item in the collection. Adds an array of items to the list of items for a ComboBoxBaseDataBound. An array of objects to add to the list. Copies the entire collection into an existing array of objects at a specified location within the array. The object array to copy the collection to. The location in the destination array to copy the collection to. Gets the number of items in the collection. Gets a value indicating whether this collection can be modified. Gets / sets the item at the specified index. This is the Indexer property. Index value of the item. Item at the specified index. Width of the borders. Default height of combobox when comboBoxStyle is simple. Default Item height Image indexes. Collection of ImageIndexItems. Image list. Show image of selected item in text box. Show images in combo list box. Show indent for images in combo list box. Specifies whether selected index is changed or not. Specifies whether selection change is committed. Reset Font To serialize Font Finds the first item in the combo box that starts with the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. Finds the first item after the given index which starts with the given string. The search is not case sensitive. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. Finds the first item after the specified index that matches the specified string. The string to search for. The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. Text to search. Indicates whether to ignore case during serach. Index of specified text in list; -1, if nothing found. Handles Gestures Gesture message true/false Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture Gets or sets image list. Gets image list indexes. Gets collection of image indexes. Gets or sets a value indicating whether draw selected item image in text box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether draw images in combo list box. Gets or sets a value indicating whether show indent for images in combo list box. Gets the collection of Items Gets the ListBox associated with this combo. Gets or sets the IntegralHeight Gets or sets the textbox height in ComboBoxAdv. Gets or sets the DropDown Style Gets or sets the Font of ComboBoxAddv Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. ComboBoxAdv Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Specifies the list box used in a . Parent ComboBoxAdv. Specifies Metro color scheme. Draws the image. The instance containing the event data. Draws the text. The instance containing the event data. Draws the Background The instance containing the event data. Raises the DrawItem event. A that contains the event data. A ComboBox that will show a list of fonts installed in the system. The method will let you refill the combo box at any time. This method will be called initially from the constructor. You could get the selected Font text and construct a new Font as follows: Font newFont = new Font(this.fontCombo.Text, 10.0); Default size of the control Box Height Initializes a new instance of the FontComboBox class. Handles Gestures Gesture message true/false Fills the combo box at any time. This will be called automatically in the constructor. Convert color from RGB to BRG. Color object Returns color Raises the event and sets DropDown according to ItemWidth. An that contains the event data. Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture Gets or sets a value indicating whether the auto complete behaviour. This property functions only when the DropDownStyle is set to DropDown. Gets a value indicating that elements are drawn manually Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in control. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. FontComboBox Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. A ListBox that will show a list of fonts installed in the system. The method will let you refill the listbox at any time. This method will be called initially from the constructor. You could get the selected Font text and construct a new Font as follows: Font newFont = new Font(this.fontListBox.Text, 10.0); Specifies an advanced appearance this control. Maintains the previous ItemHeight before enabling the EnableTouchMode Default size of the control box height Applies the scaling Font changed Indicates whether the control is a multi column control. Fills the combo box at any time. This will be called automatically in the constructor. Use auto complete. Find item index with auto complete string. AutoComplete String Returns item auto complete string. Need skip auto complete string reset. process auto complete. Key data Key processed. gets or Sets the touchmode Gets or sets the theme color of the FontListBox Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the FontListBox Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is a multi column control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control use auto complete. RangeSlider Style Classic appearance. Metro-like appearance. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. FontListBox Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the FontListBoxAccessibility A string describing the FontListBoxAccessibility. Represents a combo box that can show multiple columns in the dropdown.

This combo box is meant to be used in data bound mode where it will show all the records and the different fields in the data source in a multi column grid, in the dropdown.

Data binding is done as usual through the , and properties. The DisplayMember is used to determine which field will be shown in the combo.

If you bind an array of objects of custom type then the public properties in that type will correspond to each column in the dropdown multi-column grid.

Note that in this version you cannot populate the of this combo manually.

Metrocolor Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates the ListControl. Returns List control Updates the list box border style. Gets the height of the list box border depending on Border Styles. Returns Listbox border height Gets the Item Collection. Gets the Columns to be added for the MultiColumnComboBox. Checks for binding data source Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. The instance containing the event data. Used to assign the DataTable for the Items proeprty. Raises the DataSourceChanged event. The instance containing the event data. If Control's DataSource is null,then the ListBox DataSource resets to null Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. String for searching Returns the Found index Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. string for searching Start Index Returns the Found index Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. String for searching Returns the Found index Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. string for searching Start Index Returns the Found index Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. String text Bool value for ignore case Returns the found index Handles Gestures Gesture message true/false Called before the popUp is displayed Overridden.Depending on the number of items set as MaxDropDownItems,ListBox adjusts its height. Updates the property based on the PopupControl's selected value. Indicates whether the event should be fired if the text is changed. True if the event was fired; False otherwise. You normally do not have to call this method. However when you programmatically update the SelectedValue of a plug in the list control, you might have to call this method to update the combo's text based on that new value. Returns string with numbers only. Text string Returns string with numbers only Gets or sets the theme color of the MultiColumnComboBoxAdv Gets or sets the index of the currently selected item. Overriden. Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple columns or a single column should be shown in the dropdown. Gets the Item Collection. Gets the Columns to be added for the MultiColumnComboBox. Gets the dropdown list box, which is an instance of the associated with this combo. Indicates whether the control should resize to avoid showing partial items. Gets or sets an advanced appearance for this control. Gets or sets Office 2007 color scheme. Gets or sets Office 2010 color scheme. Gets or sets a value indicating whether column headers should be displayed in the dropdown. Gets or sets the for alpha blended row selections in the dropdown. A for alpha blended row selections. It is important to set the alpha value to be less than 255 when calling . Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture Gets / sets text. Column collection for MultiColumnComboBox. Constructor Adds the item to the Collection Column Removes the item from the Collection Column Provides the Indexer for the Collection Provides collection for Item proeprty in MultiColumnComboBox. Constructor MultiColumnComboBox Adds the item to the Collection Specifies the Row to add Removes the item from the Collection Specifies the Row to remove Removes the item at specified position Index Provides the Indexer for the Collection Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. MultiColumnComboBox Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Specifies the list box used in a . The documentation for the base class GridListControl is available as part of Essential Grid. The GradientLabel class provides a way to create fancy and appealing labels in all your forms. The GradientLabel class is fully compatible with the Windows Forms that it derives from. The GradientLabel class gets most of its uniqueness from the class that is used for the property. The look and feel of the GradientLabel is almost completely configurable through the property. The is another property that can specify the look and feel of the GradientLabel. // InitializeComponent // Create the Gradient Label this.gradientLabel1 = new GradientLabel(); // Set formatting properties this.gradientLabel1.Text = "Essential Suite Gradient Label"; this.gradientLabel1.BackgroundColor = new BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText); this.gradientLabel1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Etched; this.gradientLabel1.Font = new Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, (System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold | System.Drawing.FontStyle.Italic), System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); this.gradientLabel1.Location = new Point(24, 16); this.gradientLabel1.Name = "gradientLabel1"; this.gradientLabel1.Size = new Size(440, 56); this.gradientLabel1.TextAlign = ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; // Add the GradientLabel control to the form this.Controls.Add(this.gradientLabel1); ' InitializeComponent ' Create the GradientLabel control. Me.gradientLabel1 = New GradientLabel() ' Set formatting properties Me.gradientLabel1.Text = "Essential Suite Gradient Label" Me.gradientLabel1.BackgroundColor = New BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText) Me.gradientLabel1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Etched Me.gradientLabel1.Font = New Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25!, (System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold Or System.Drawing.FontStyle.Italic), System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, CType(0, Byte)) Me.gradientLabel1.Location = New Point(24, 16) Me.gradientLabel1.Name = "gradientLabel1" Me.gradientLabel1.Size = New Size(440, 56) Me.gradientLabel1.TextAlign = ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter ' Add the GradientLabel control to the form Me.Controls.Add(Me.gradientLabel1) Specifies the border color of the gradient label. Specifies the appearance of the border. The border 3D style. What sides have a border. The background Brush info. Indicates whether the text should be drawn active when the control is disabled. Default size of the control Overrides the OnPainBackground method of the class. The event args value for the event. This method is overriden to paint the background of the so that the text drawn by the default painting routines will not be affected. The 3D border specified through the is also painted through this method. Draws the . PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Daras the . PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Gets StringFormat for . Returns String Format Gets horizontal alignment of the . Return String Alignment Gets vertical alignment of the . Return String Alignment Draws the background. This is invoked by the override. The graphics object that the background is to be drawn on. You can override this virtual function to provide your own drawing methods. Draws the 3D border for the . This is invoked by the override. The graphics object that the background is to be drawn on. The 3D border specified in the property is drawn in this method on the provided object. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Font changed Gets or sets a value indicating the border color of the gradient label. Can be set only in case if BorderAppearance is FixedSingle. Gets or sets a value indicating the border appearance of the gradient label. Gets or sets the BackColor. (overridden property) Gets or sets the background color and other styles. This property is the most important attribute of the class. The class that is used by this property is a very extensive implementation for custom painting. You can configure the different look and feel you want to give your by changing this value. Gets or sets the 3D border style for the GradientLabel. The GradientLabel replaces the default provided for classes with the Border3DStyle type in this property. This property uses the enumeration. Setting the value to shows no border. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text should be drawn active when the control is disabled. Gets or sets the sides of the label that has borders drawn. This property uses the enumeration. Setting the value to shows borders on all sides. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 The clipping mode to be used by the control when returning the text content of the control. Include all literals in the data that's returned. Exclude all literals in the data that's returned. Resets the VisualStyle Serailize the VisualStyle true/false Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. Proposed Size Returns the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. Current distance for 100% opacity ("-1" - undefined) Transparency changes' range Gets or sets the color scheme used for painting Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the MiniToolBar. Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. Gets or sets the hides unused property of the base class Gets or sets the opacity of minitoolbar Gets or sets a value indicating whether hides unused property of the base class Gets or sets the control which is associated with MiniToolBar Gets the transparency changes' range Set item location depending on RTL property. MiniToolbar on which items lay out. Item which must be positioned. MiniToolbar RightToLeft property. Position for item on MiniToolbar. Handles the event. Provides data for the event. Returns TreeNodeAdv instance Gets/Sets which mouse button was pressed Gets the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released Gets the x-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event. Gets the y-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event Gets a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated, multiplied by the WHEEL_DELTA constant. A detent is one notch of the mouse wheel. Handles the event. Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvAfterFindArgs class TreeNodeAdv instance TreeNodeAdv Text which needs to be searched Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv instance that matches Search String Gets/Sets value of search string Handles the event. Initializes new instances of TreeViewOnBeforeFindArgs class TreeNodeAdv instance TreeNodeAdv text which needs to be searched Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value Handles the event. Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacingArgs class TreeNodeAdv Instance Search String Replace String TreeViewSearchOption TreeViewSearchRange Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches search string Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search option value Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search range value Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value Handles the event. Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacedArgs class Search String Replace String TreeNodeAdv Instances Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value Provides data for the MultiColumnTreeView selection events. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEventArgs class. A instance. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEventArgs class. A instance. A type. Gets or sets the associated with the event. Gets or sets the associated with the event. Provides data for the cancelable validation events in the MultiColumnTreeView. Provides data for the editing events in the . Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEditEventArgs class. A instance. The label for the node. Gets the label for the node. Gets the that is currently being edited. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvCancelableEditEventArgs class. A instance. The new text for the node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be cancelled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing should end now. This property is consulted only when is set to true. If you Cancel the operation and if this property is set to false, editing mode will end; otherwise editing mode will be preserved. Default is true.

This property will be ignored by the event.

Provides data for the event. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBeforeEditEventArgs class. Specifies the . A instance. Gets the . Gets the that is used to edit the node. Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnStyleChangedEventArgs class. Tree Column EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets TreeColumnAdv Gets StyleChanged EventArgs Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewColumnSelectedChangedEventArgs class. Tree Column Gets TreeColumnAdv Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewColumnResizeEventArgs class. Tree Column Previous Index Current Index Gets TreeColumnadv Gets previous horizontal offset relatively start resizing position. Gets current horizontal offset relatively start resizing position. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewColumnResizedEventArgs class. Tree Column Previous Index Current Index Gets TreeColumnAdv Gets previous column width. Gets current column width. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvSelectionEventArgs class. Selected Nodes Collection TreeviewAdv Action Gets selected nodes collection Gets TreeViewAdv Action Provides data for the event. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvCancelableSelectionEventArgs class. Selected Nodes Collection TreeViewAdv action True if cancel the event Gets or sets a value indicating whether Provides data for the event. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvNodeEventArgs class. Tree node Gets the which is associated with the action. Custom EventArgs class which is used in event. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvCancelableNodeEventArgs class The node which is associated with the event True if cancel the event Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event is to be cancelled. Custom EventArgs class that is passed to BeforeCheck event of event. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBeforeCheckEventArgs class The node which is involved in the action Parameter to indicate whether the action should be cancelled The new state of check box associated with node Gets the checkstate of the node Base class fro TreeNode paint event message classes. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBasePaintEventArgs class. Graphics object Tree node Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBasePaintEventArgs class. Graphics object Tree node Rectangle bounds Gets the which is associated with the action. Gets the bounds of Gets the object associated with the event Declaration of boolean values that can be used handled by class inheritors. Represents Selected Represents Active Represents Full Row Select Represents HotTracker Represents handled Represents Handled Plus Minus Represents Handled CheckBox Represents Handled Option Button Represents Handled LeftImagrList Represents Handled State ImageList Represents Hadled Right Image List Represents Handled Text Event args that are passed in the DrawNode event of the TreeViewAdv control. Contains information about the appearance of the node and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. Optimization of boolean values storage. (12 boolean varables) Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvPaintEventArgs class The node associated with event The instance of Graphics class Bounds of the Node Location of Text The Level of Node The Indent of Node Indicates whether the Node is selected Indicates whether the Node is active Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled The foreground color of node Gets the level of node An instance of Gets the visual style of the node Gets the indent of node An instance of Gets or sets foreground color Gets or sets the RightMargin Gets the location of text as Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting PlusMinus button was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting CheckBox was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting Option button was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting images in left side was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting state image was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting text was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting images in right side was handled Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is selected Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is Active Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled Gets or sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled Event args that are passed in the NodeBackGround event of the TreeViewAdv control. Contains information about the appearance of the node background and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. Optimization of boolean values storage. (5 boolean varaibles) Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvPaintBackgroundEventArgs class. The node associated with event The instance of Graphics class Indicates whether the Node is selected Indicates whether the Node is active Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled The BrushInfo with which the background will be painted Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is selected Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is Active Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled Gets or sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event was handled Gets or sets the BrushInfo with which the background will be painted by default, if you don't mark this event as handled. You can optionally change the properties of this BrushInfo object or provide a new BrushInfo without marking this event as handled . TreeColumn Style ChangedEventHandler Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data.

Handles the and event.

Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data.
Handles the event of the MultiColumnTreeView control. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event of the MultiColumnTreeView control. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data./> Specifies the selection mode for the tree. Lets you select one node at a time. Lets you select multiple nodes within the same level. Lets you select multiple nodes across all levels. Specifies the different sort types that can be specified in the method. Sorts by text. Sorts by the tag value. Sorts by the checkbox value. Specifies the node positions in a node collection. Represents First Node position Represents Last Node position Represents Previous Node position Represents Next Node position Represents Text Represents Left Images Represents Right Images Represents CheckBox Represents State Image Represents Option Button Represents Custom Control Specifies the action that raised a TreeViewAdv event. The event was caused by a keystroke. The event was caused by a mouse operation. The event was caused by the collapsing. The event was caused by the expanding. The action that caused the event is unknown. Enum for specifying the options to find and replace in TreeView. Enum for specifying the levels of range to find and replace in TreeView. Enum for specifying the navigation style to find and replace in TreeView. This collection contains checked nodes in treeView. Use Add/Remove methods to add/remove nodes. These methods will check/uncheck proceed nodes automatically. Use Clear method to delete and uncheck all nodes from collection. Initializes a new instance of the CheckedNodesColection class. Adds the specified node to the collection and checks it. Tree node object Returns treenode index Removes specified node from collection and unchecks it. Treenode object Clears collection. Add node to or remove from checked nodes collection and process the same way all node's subtree. Tree node Removes checked nodes in the specified collection from the list of checked nodes. Treenode collection Adds checked nodes from the collection to the list of checked nodes. Treenode Collection Adds the specified node and all it's checked subnodes to the collection. Tree node Returns Treenode index Removes specified node and all it's subnodes from collection. Tree node Special class to support serializing the ChildStyle info. Contains appearance and behavior information regarding the s. An empty style object. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvStyleInfo class. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvStyleInfo class. The style object that contains the original data. Initializes a new instance of the class. A that holds data for this . All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. Initializes a new instance of the class. A that holds the indentity for this . Initializes a new instance of the class. A that holds the indentity for this . A that holds data for this . All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. Returns the for this style or null if style is used outside a grid model. The this style belongs to or null. Reset value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize our property value Returns bool value Reset value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize our property value Returns bool value Reset value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize our property value Returns bool value Reset value to default value Gets a value indicating whether we serialize closedImage property value Returns bool value Reset value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize our property value Returns bool value Reset value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize our property value Returns bool value Reset value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize our property value Returns bool value Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. Returns bool value Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. Returns bool value Reset property LeftStateImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftStateImagePadding property value. Returns bool value Reset property RightStateImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightStateImagePadding property value. Returns bool value Reset property Multiline value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Multiline property value. Returns bool value Gets or sets information such as TreeNode for the current . Gets the object that holds all the data for this style object. Gets a with default settings. Gets or sets the color of check symbol. Gets or sets the color of intermediate check symbol. Gets or sets the background of checkbox when it is in intermediate state. Gets or sets the background of checkbox . Gets or sets the color of Option button. Gets or sets the color of Selected Option button. Gets or sets the font of the node. Gets or sets the Color of the text. Gets or sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. The specified base style should be available in the collection. Gets or sets the background of the node. Gets or sets the text of the node. Gets or sets the help text of the node. Gets or sets the display member of the data bound to the node. Gets or sets the height of the node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkbox of the node is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. Gets or sets the tag of the node. Can be used to store additional information for the node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the optionbutton of the node is visible. Gets or sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node`s text. Gets or sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node`s text. Gets or sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. Gets or sets the image index in the NodeStateImageList where the node is expanded. Gets or sets the image index in the NodeStateImageList where the node is collapsed. Gets or sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. Gets or sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node`s controls will be themed. Gets or sets the sort type of the node. Gets or sets the sort order of the node. Gets or sets the culture of the node used while sorting. Gets or sets the object that compares two nodes. Gets or sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the buttons in the node are enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whetherIndicates whether the first child should be marked as if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. True to ensure a default optioned child. False otherwise. Gets or sets the checkState of the node. Gets or sets the image that will be drawn on the left of the node`s text. This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. Gets or sets the image that will be drawn on the right of the node`s text. This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. Gets a value indicating whether RightImage property has or not. Gets or sets the image that will be shown where the node is expanded. This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. Gets a value indicating whether OpenImage property has or not Gets or sets the image that will be shown where the node is collapsed. This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. Gets or sets the image that will be shown where the node has no children. This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. Gets or sets the image for state button where the node is expanded. This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. Gets or sets the image for state button where the node is collapsed. This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. Gets a value indicating whether LeftImagePadding property value has or not. Gets a value indicating whether RightImagePadding property value has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether LeftStateImagePadding property value has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether RightStateImagePadding property value has set or not. Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiline text or single line.. Gets a value indicating whether Multiline property value has set or not. Raises when click the List box Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Base class that provide functionality of DropDown list for PropertyGrid. ListBox Click ender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Method return by order index real value that have to be stored as property value. selected item from list corresponding value that index. On startup detect what item is selected and return it order index. Selected item from DropDown list. Selection Index value Method return array of items that will be added as items into ListBox. User have to select value from this array for property. Array of values. Gets drop down control Gets current context of editor. Method return by order index real value that have to be stored as property value. selected item from list corresponding value that index. On startup detect what item is selected and return it order index. Selected item from DropDown list. Selection Index value Method return array of items that will be added as items into ListBox. User have to select value from this array for property. Array of values. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvImageListIndexUITypeEditor class. Type of list to use. Method return by order index real value that have to be stored as property value. selected item from list corresponding value that index. On startup detect what item is selected and return it order index. Selected item from DropDown list. Selection Index value Method return array of items that will be added as items into ListBox. User have to select value from this array for property. Array of values. ListBox DrawItem Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Represents State Represents Right Represents Left Represents Node state The MultiColumnTreeView control is an advanced tree control that surpasses the functionality and look of the standard TreeView control. Default image index. A border width when Border style is set to BorderStyle.Fixed3D. Minimum column width Default size of the control Default item height Storage of all boolean internal varaibles. Optimize control memory usage. By default each boolean field in class eat 4 bytes of memory - bit array reserve one bit for each boolean value and align collection internal size to integer. Indicates the current now which is selected by key pressing Node which must be highlighted like parent for dragging. Special graphics for text measuring. Header height Storage of columns. Custom control collection. Key - custom control. Value - node. ImageList with images that are displayed instead of expand/collapse button. Index of default image for collapse button. Index of default image for expand button. Nodes needed to be highlighted for selecting child. Point to remember last click-point. NOTE : It will be set at OnMouseDown and null ( set to Point.Empty ) at OnMouseUp. ( need to fix issue # 180 ) Collection contains checked nodes in tree Indicates the currently selected keys. Shows a PrintPreview dialog displaying the Tree control passed in. MultiColumnTreeView for print preview. Title for document. Gets an image that shows the entire tree, not just what is visible on the Control Returns an image of the specified width and height, of a control represented by handle. Returns Image Creates a new MultiColumnTreeView control. Event will be fired when the parent is changed for MultiColumnTreeView. Event will be triggered when location of the parent form is changed. in destructor don't forget to clean resources. Initialize control styles. Crete list of standard styles. Cleans up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Determines if the BackColor property was modified. Returns bool property Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Recreate CustomControlCollection. Implement this interface to support keyboard based (Shift+F10) context menu invocation. The context menu will then appear near the selected node. The PopupMenu in the XPMenus framework will then call this method to determine the location for popup. Calls the to raise the event. An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. Overloaded. Begins the editing of the specified node. The node to edit. Begins the editing of the selected node. Saves or Cancels the editing of the selected node. True to cancel editing; false to save changes. Forces the end of the editing of the selected node. Returns a that contains the image of the dragged nodes with it's state image. A instance when there is atleast one selected node; Null otherwise. Begins the printing process of the MultiColumnTreeView. Returns the tree node at the specified point in client co-ordinates. The point in client co-ordinates. A . Returns the location of the tree node in client co-ordinates. The whose location you need. A . Operation has linear computation complexity algorithm that is why use it carefully on large tree hierarchies. Returns the total height of the rows from the specified start to end. The top row. The bottom row. The total height. Returns the rectangular area in which the tree node will be drawn. A . A . Returns the tree node at the specified row index. The row index. A . Returns the row index of a tree node. A . The row index. Cancels any current mouse based selection and edit mode. Returns a node from the specified path. Make sure that the path does not end with a separator when calling this. The path of the node. The node that has the specified path. Returns the path of the specified node. Node whose path is to be returned. The path of the node. Overloaded. Extends the selection to the specified node. A TreeNodeAdv. This method will not do anything if the property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. Extends the selection to the specified node. A TreeNodeAdv. Indicates whether or not any current selection should be removed. This method will not do anything if the property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. Method fills an array with newly selected nodes. Currently selected node. Indicates whether all nodes must be selected or only nodes on same level. List of selected nodes. Begins a drag-and-drop operation. Added by lucas in order to resolve problem 169. The data to drag. One of the DragDropEffects values. A value from the DragDropEffects enumeration that represents the final effect that was performed during the drag-and-drop operation. Returns the width required to draw the text specified using the font specified. A object. The text that is to be drawn. The using which to draw. Width required. Returns the width required to draw the text specified using the font specified. A object. The text that is to be drawn. The using which to draw. Size required for text. Collapses all the tree nodes.

The CollapseAll method collapses all the objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the control.

The state of a TreeNodeAdv persists. For example, suppose that a parent tree node is expanded. If the child tree nodes were not previously collapsed, they will appear in their previously-expanded state. Calling the CollapseAll method ensures that all the tree nodes appear in the collapsed state.

Expands all the tree nodes.

The ExpandAll method expands all the objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the control.

Cancels the edit mode.

The CancelEditMode method cancels the edit mode when the node is in the EditingMode.

Retrieves the number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. true to count the items that the subtrees contain; false otherwise. The number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. If includeSubTrees is true, the result is the number of all the tree nodes in the entire tree structure. This example describes how to count all the nodes(including child nodes) of the treeViewAdv The user could get the total number of nodes by calling GetNodeCount method with the bool argument which indicates whether count should include sub trees or not. If we pass it as true, it will count the nodes with the subtrees also. private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { //Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to //get the total number of nodes in the tree int TotalNodesInTree = this.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount( true ); MessageBox.Show( "Total nodes in tree = " + TotalNodesInTree.ToString()); } //Add nodes private void button2_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv()); } //Remove nodes private void button3_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode); } Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) ' Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to ' get the total number of nodes in the tree Dim TotalNodesInTree As Integer = Me.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount(True) MessageBox.Show("Total nodes in tree = " & TotalNodesInTree.ToString()) End Sub 'Add nodes Private Sub button2_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv()) End Sub 'Remove nodes Private Sub button3_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode) End Sub Overloaded. Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible. The node that requires visibility. Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. The node that is to be scrolled Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. The node that is to be scrolled. True to force it to be the the top-most visible node; false to just scroll it into view. Overloaded. Returns the node at the specified location. The X co-ordinate. The Y co-ordinate. The node at the point. Returns the node at the specified location. The point. The node at the point. Returns the node at the specified location. Location. Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. The node at the point. Returns the node at the specified location. Location. Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the images and text, not the whole bounds of the node. The node at the point. If both the pHitTextBounds and pHitTextOrImageBounds params are false then the testing will be done on the whole node. Gets the treeNodeAdvSubItem at the specified location. Gets the treeNodeAdvSubItem at the specified location. Returns the node at the specified point. Specified point. Node at specified point if exist; null otherwise. Method called by column when it style changed. Method called when selected column changed. Method called when column catch click event. Method called when column catch resized event. Method called when column catch resizing event. Method called when column catch double click event. Raises the NodeEditorValidateString event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeEditorValidateString method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidateString in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidateString method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the NodeEditorValidating event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeEditorValidating method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidating in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidating method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the NodeEditorValidated event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeEditorValidated method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidated in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidated method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the edit cancel event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnEditCancelled method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnEditCancelled in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnEditCancelled method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeEdit event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeEdit method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeEdit in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeEdit method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the NodeStateImageListChanged event. Raises the DefaultExpandImageIndexChanged event. Raises the DefaultCollapseImageIndexChanged event. Raises the ItemDrag event. An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnItemDrag method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemDrag in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemDrag method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the NodeBackgroundPaint event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeBackgroundPaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeBackgroundPaint in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeBackgroundPaint method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeNodePaint event. An that contains the event data. The OnBeforeNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNodePaint in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeNodePaint method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterNodePaint event. An that contains the event data. The OnAfterNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterNodePaint in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterNodePaint method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeExpand event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeExpand in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeExpand method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeCollapse event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCollapse in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCollapse method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterExpand event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAfterExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterExpand in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterExpand method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterCollapse event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAfterCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCollapse in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCollapse method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterSelect event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAfterSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelect in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelect method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterCheck event. A that contains the event data. The OnAfterCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCheck in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCheck method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterInteractiveChecks event. A that contains the event data. The OnAfterInteractiveChecks method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterInteractiveChecks in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterInteractiveChecks method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeSelect event. An that contains the event data. The OnBeforeSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelect in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelect method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeCheck event. An that contains the event data. The OnBeforeCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCheck in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCheck method so that registered delegates receive the event. Selects a default node (the first visible one) if the tree did not have anything focused. Method handles nodes selection and scroll events on OnMouseUp event. Indicates whether Ctrl key is pressed. Indicates whether Shift key is pressed. Mouse event args. Font changed Serializing the MetroColor property Reset the MetroColor property Serializing the NodeHoverColor property Reset the NodeHoverColor property This method indicates that the multipleNodes can be selected with mouseDown and drag . Raises the ThemeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderStyleChanged event. The OnBorderStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderSingleChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderSingleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderSingleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderSingleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderColorChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the GradientBackgroundChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnGradientBackgroundChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnGradientBackgroundChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnGradientBackgroundChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw any child controls. Draws reversible line. Horizontal offset relatively client rectangle point (0,0) Gets column by mouse position Method draws non-client area of an MultiColumnTreeView. EventArgs with Non-client info for drawing. Invalidates nodes in collection. Collection to invalidate. The PaintEventArgs using this to draw the non client area. The control's window bounds into which to draw. Left and Top are usually zero. The control's bounds in screen co-ordinates. HRgn (as IntPtr) that excludes the region you just drew in the displayRect. Method draw header of the tree view Graphics on which we should draw columns. Control bounds. area reserved for borders Height of header. Fills empty cell for column Draws the vertical lines of the tree. Graphics object. Node to draw the vertical lines to. The RowIndex of the node. The Last Visible Node Row Index for comparing if in the node iteration nodes have passed it. Method calculate how much space reserved for borders by control. returned value must be be in range [0;2]. pixels reserved for borders. Gets bounds for columns if true than calculates for all columns, else calculates for first column Sets height for all columns Returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the selected region of all the nodes specified. The nodes whose selected region is to be included in the resultant rect. The bounding Rectangle. The node's text and left images will be included in the rectangles. Method recalculate Horizontal scroll Maximum value. Gets node by path. TreeNodeAdv object, root for search Node path. TreeNodeAdv object by path. Returns true/false if the specified node is under the collapsed node. The collapsed. The node. true if specified node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. Returns true/false if the active node is under the collapsed node. The collapsed. true if active node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. If the some columns has gradient style than return true. Removes the nodes list from selected nodes list, if its under the collapsed node. Collapsed node. Returns true if the node which is to be collapsed contains any selcted nodes. The Collapsed node. true if collapsed node contains selection nodes; otherwise, it returns false. Exclude node from selection and if it is an ActiveNode - reset ActiveNode value. Node for removing from tree Method to iterate TreeNodeAdv in MultiColumnTreeView This method is used internally by the tree control to add and remove selected nodes. This method will fire the appropriate selection events to let the user cancel the selection, etc. The nodes to add. The nodes to remove. Specifies what kind of action triggered this call. Indicates whether selection events should be fired before and after this selection change. Indicates whether the specified nodes to be removed from selection will be removed even if the user cancelled the selection change the BeforeSelect event handler. True if the selection changed; false otherwise. Highlighted all parent nodes. Refresh Highlighting. Gets bounds for area which must be select distance from top of clientArea to Y position of node true if RightToLeft mode current node object Gets mouse down node Returns Mouse down node Serializing the Style property Reset the Style property Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Gets or sets a value indicating whether recalculate height of nodes for proper multi-line text displaying Gets the number of tree nodes that can be fully visible in the tree view control. The number of items that can be fully visible in the control. The VisibleCount value can be greater than the number of tree nodes in the tree view. The value is calculated by dividing the height of the client window by the height of a tree node item. The result is the total number of objects that the is capable of displaying within its current dimensions. Overriden. Gets or sets a value indicating whether default graphics to be used for drawing instead of double buffering for faster drawing performance. Gets or sets the position of the Horizontal scrollbar. Gets or sets the position of the Vertical scrollbar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables scrollbars. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. Gets or sets the HistoryManager to use. Gets or sets a value indicating whether register items in history list. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the instead when is true. True to ignore theme background; false otherwise. Default is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and it's parts should be drawn themed. True to enable themes; false otherwise. Default is false. Gets or sets the border sides of the control that will be drawn. One of the values. Default is Border3DSide.All. Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles. This will override the BackColor setting. The provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles for column's headers zone. Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. Gets or sets the 2D border style. One of the values. Default is ButtonBorderStyle.Solid. Gets or sets the border style of the control. One of the values. Default is BorderStyle.Fixed3D. Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. One of the values. Default is Border3DStyle.Sunken. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control must draw dotted rectangle around selected node when it has no focus. Gets or sets a value indicating whether cue image should be drawn at a distance below the mouse cursor while dragging. Gets or sets a value indicating whether sort treeview including all the child nodes. true if sort all with child nodes; otherwise, false. This example describes how to sort all the nodes in the MultiColumnTreeView If SortWithChildNodes property is set to true,the user can sort all the nodes including all the child nodes in the treeViewAdv. The SortOrder of the Root should be specified for the sorting all nodes. // Sorts only the root nodes. private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort(); } // Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv private void button2_Click_1(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending; this.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=true; this.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort(); } 'Sorts only the root nodes. Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort() End Sub 'Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv Private Sub button2_Click_1(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending Me.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=True Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort() End Sub Gets or sets a value indicating whether an alpha blended image of the selected nodes should be drawn beside the cursor during drag and drop. True to show an alpha blended image; false otherwise. Default is true.You could customize the style in which nodes are drawn in the above image by adding a "DragNodeCueStyle" style to the collection. Gets the first fully-visible tree node in the tree view control. A that represents the first fully-visible tree node in the tree view control. Initially, the TopVisibleNode returns the first root tree node, which is located at the top of the . However, if the user has scrolled the contents, another tree node might be at the top. Gets the last visible node. A instance. Gets the helptext control of the MultiColumnTreeView. This is the control used to display the of the nodes. Gets the tooltip control of the MultiColumnTreeView. This is the control used to display the tooltip for the nodes when the text of the nodes are partially visible. Gets or sets the text color of the selected node. Default is a system color. Gets or sets the text color of the selected node when not focussed. Default is a system color. Gets or sets the background of the selected node. Default is based on a system color. Gets or sets the background of the selected node when the control is not focussed. Default is based on a system color. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drag-drop operation will occur only if the node is dragged on the text area. Default is true. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a tree node has no children. An index into the . Default is zero. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a tree node is collapsed. An index into the . Default is 1. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a tree node is expanded. An index into the . Default is 2. Gets or sets the imagelist that holds images to be drawn based on the state of the node. The , and properties refer to an image inside this list. Gets or sets the imagelist that holds images to be drawn on the right of the node. The will then indicate which images are to be drawn in the node. Gets or sets the imagelist that holds images to be drawn on the left of the node. The will then indicate which images are to be drawn in the node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the controls (eg PlusMinus) will have a transparent background. Setting this property slows down drawing of the MultiColumnTreeView control. Default is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected node will be brought to view by scrolling, if necessary. Default is true. Gets or sets the selection mode for the tree. Default is TreeSelectionMode.Single. Note that setting this property does not affect the current selection state. For example, if the current selection includes multiple nodes and this property gets set to TreeSelectionMode.Single, then the will not be cleared to show a single selection. Gets a collection of base styles used in the tree. A Hashtable of style names versus styles. The style names are of type string and the styles are of type . This collection holds the standard style that specifies the global node settings for all the nodes (is named "Standard"), the node level styles for nodes at specific levels (should use the convention "NodeLevelX") and other custom base styles. Also when you specify a style named "DragNodeCueStyle" that style will be applied on the nodes before preparing the drag-cue bitmap during drag-and-drop, a feature that can be turned on using the property. Gets the standard style that all the nodes inherit from, by default. Gets the standard style that all columns inherit from, by default. Gets the standard style that all sub-items inherit from, by default. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the method adds a separator at the end of the path string returned. Default is false. Gets or sets the space left on the left side of the control. Default is 3. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the label text of the tree nodes can be edited. True if the label text of the tree nodes can be edited; false otherwise. The default is false. The method will let you begin editing a node programmatically irrespective of this setting. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. Default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event will be fired before drawing a node's background. Default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree should follow the load-on-demand paradigm. Default value is false. When set to true, all the nodes will have the plus-minus set to visible to begin with. You should then handle the event of the nodes and add subnodes to the respective nodes. The tree will then keep or hide the plus-minus based on whether or not children were added.This provides you a way to delay loading nodes in trees until the user initiates a node expand. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the MultiColumnTreeView is printing. Gets the PrintDocument of the MultiColumnTreeView. when you use print document it will give the snap shot only so use printpreview Gets or sets a value indicating whether the nodes will have an option button. Default value is false. Gets a value indicating whether selected node is in editing mode. Gets or sets the separator string that splits the path of a node. Call to get the path of the specified node. Default value is "\". Gets or sets a value indicating whether the plus minus controls are visible. Default value is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree lines are visible. Default value is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether lines are drawn between the tree nodes that are at the root of the tree view. Default value is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether header drawn or not. Default value is True. Gets or sets the indent of the child nodes from the parent node. Default value is 19. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the nodes will have a hot tracked appearance when the mouse cursor is hovering over them. Default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. Default value is false. Gets the collection of Nodes which are in Expanded state. Result is calculated on reach call. Gets the collection of Nodes which are in Collapsed state. Result is calculated on reach call. Gets the selected nodes of the MultiColumnTreeView. Use this property only when property lets you select multiple nodes. Otherwise, use to get the single selected node. Gets the checked nodes of the MultiColumnTreeView. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the MultiColumnTreeView will hide it's selected nodes when not focussed. True to hide selection; false otherwise. Default value is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the complete row will be highlighted when a node is selected. Default value is false. Gets or sets the color of the tree lines. Default is Color.Gray. Gets or sets the line style of the tree lines. Default value is DashStyle.Dot. Gets or sets a value indicating whether keyboard based searching should be allowed. Default value is true. When set to true, the users can key in char keys to browse to the next node that begins with that character(s). Multiple characters entered in succession will be assumed to be part of the same word, so search will be performed on that substring. Search will be restricted to and nodes. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the state of the parent node's checkbox is based on the checkstate of it's child nodes' checkboxes. Default value is false. If all child nodes are checked the parent node is also checked. The same with unchecked. If some child nodes are checked and some are unchecked then the parent node will have an indeterminate state. If the CheckState of the parent node is set by code or by clicking on it the state of all subnodes will be set to that state. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapsed node should be selected if any of the child node is selected or not. true if the collapsed node should be selected if that node has a selected child node; otherwise, false. If this property is set to false, it won't trigger the and event after collapsing the node. Gets or sets a value indicating whether checkboxes will be shown for the nodes. Default value is false. Gets or sets the selected node of the MultiColumnTreeView. The tree fires the event to let you cancel the change and event to notify you of a new selected node.Use to property when multi-node selection is turned on. Gets the base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. A instance or null if there is no such node. This node will be consulted while extending the selection in a multi-select scenario using user interaction or when calling the method. Gets or sets the default height of the nodes. Default value is dependent on the control's font height. Gets or sets the root node of the MultiColumnTreeView. Gets / sets the top-level nodes collection of the MultiColumnTreeView. Gets / sets the columns of the MultiColumnTreeView. Gets or sets the node on which the user did a right-mouse down. A instance. This property will return a non-null value only when the user has his mouse down or when the context menu is being shown for the tree.Use this property in your context-menu's popup event to determine on which node the user had right-clicked. However, do not use this property in a context menu item's Click property as this would be set to null by then. If the user right-clicked in the empty region then this property will return null. When the user instead used the keyboard to invoke the context menu (via Shift+F10) then this property will return the currently selected node and the menu will also appear beside the selected node. Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a horizontal scrollbar thumb. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Recalculation of the Nodes maximum height should be done while expanding/collapsing. true if suspend recalculate the nodes hieght while expand/collapse; otherwise, false. This property can be reduced the delay while expanding/ collapsing the large number of nodes, if we set it as true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the size box should be drawn when both scrollbars are visible and the control is not a docked window in an MDIChild window. Note: Another better solution is drawing the NonClientArea ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. Showing the size box works around a problem with .NET controls because by default the the area at the bottom right is not drawn and that can cause drawing glitches. Note: Another better solution is drawing NonClientArea ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. Gets or sets a value indicating whether If tree in design mode than all unvisible node should be displayed. Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a vertical scrollbar thumb. Gets or sets ImageList with images that are displayed instead of expand/collapse button. The below description helps the user to set Custom images for expand/collapse (+/-) signs in the MultiColumnTreeView The standard +/- signs for the expand/collapse buttons in the MultiColumnTreeView can be replaced with the custom images by setting ImageList to the newly added NodeStateImageList property of the MultiColumnTreeView. Single click on the image expands or collapses the current node. By setting some particular index of default image for expand/collapse button in the TreeviewAdv's DefaultCollapseImageIndex and DefaultExpandImageIndex property ,all the ParentNode's can be displayed with default Images for expanding and collapsing actions. Each Parent Node's +/- signs can be set with different images ,by setting the TreeNodeAdv's CollpaseImageIndex and ExpandImageIndex. Gets or sets index of default image for collapse button. Gets or sets index of default image for expand button. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default node should be selected on the MultiColumnTreeView control gains focus. true if node should be selected on MultiColumnTreeView gains focus; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. Gets or sets a value indicating whether bounds of the nodes collecion update need. Gets or sets a value indicating whether custom controls visibilITY and bounds update need. Gets custom control collection. True if control has at least one column, otherwise False. Gets or sets special measure graphics that allowing measuring without control creation. Gets vertical lines above plusminus rectangle This event will be triggered when mouse hover occurs in tree nodes and it returns the particular node details which is currently being pointed from its arguement. Occures before a node gets into the edit mode. Occurs when the text entered by the user changes in the Node editor control. Occurs before the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. Occurs after the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. Occurs after the Editing mode gets cancelled by Escape key. Occurs before a node is selected. The collection in the property is both read-only and fixed size. Occurs before a node's checkbox is checked. Occurs after a node is selected. You can determine the selected node using the property. Occurs after a node is checked. This event will be fired when the node's property has changed or when a new node has been .You could alternatively listen to the individual node's event. Occurs after one or more node's CheckState has changed due to setting. When is turned on in a parent node, changing the parent's or one of it's children's will cause the CheckStates of the parent and the child nodes to be updated appropriately. This event will be fired at the end of all these updates. Occurs before a node is expanded. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's expanded. Use this event when you set the property to true to add child nodes to the specified node before it is expanded. Occurs before a node has collapsed. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's collapsed. Occurs after a node is expanded. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's expanded. Occurs after a node has collapsed. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's collapsed. Fired before a node is being painted when the property is set to true. Handle this event when you want to draw the node yourself. If you set the property to true the MultiColumnTreeView assumes that you have drawn all the contents of the node and no additional drawing will be done by the MultiColumnTreeView. If you leave it to false the MultiColumnTreeView will automatically draw the usual contents of the node. Do not draw the background of the node here. Otherwise it will draw over the vertical line. Use the NodeBackgroundPaint for painting the background. Fired after a node is being painted when the property is set to true. This event is ideal for custom drawing portions of the node in addition to the default drawing. The HandledXXX properties of the event args can be ignored for this event. Fired to draw the background of a node if the property is set. Handle this event when you want to draw the background of the node yourself. Occurs when the user begins a drag of one or more items in the tree view control.

The Item property in the argument is an array of MultiColumnTreeView nodes that are currently selected.

You can choose to initiate an ole drag-and-drop operation in this event handler.

To initiate an ole drag-drop in this event handler: // MultiColumnTreeView.ItemDrag event listener private void treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs e) { // Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). TreeNodeAdv[] nodes = e.Item as TreeNodeAdv[]; DragDropEffects result = this.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy | DragDropEffects.Move); // more app logic based on result... } ' MultiColumnTreeView.ItemDrag event listener Private Sub treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs) Handles treeViewAdv2.ItemDrag ' Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). Dim nodes As TreeNodeAdv() = CType(e.Item, TreeNodeAdv()) Dim result As DragDropEffects = Me.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy Or DragDropEffects.Move) ' more app logic based on result... End Sub 'treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag ' Also take a look at our ..\Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop sample for more information on how to turn on drag-drop cues.
Occurs when is changed. Occurs when is changed. Occurs when is changed. Occurs when the tree's BorderStyle is changed Occurs when the tree's Border3DStyle is changed Occurs when the tree's Border2DStyle is changed Occurs when the tree's BorderColor is changed Occurs when the tree's GradientBackground is changed Occurs when the tree's BorderSides is changed Occurs when the ThemesEnabled property changes Occurs when the tree's selected column changed. Occurs when the tree's column is clicked. Occurs when the tree's column is double clicked. Occurs when the tree's column is resized. Occurs when resizing the tree's column. This event will be triggered if double click occurs on TreeNodeAdv This event will be triggered if single click occurs on TreeNodeAdv This Event will be triggered when treenode match is found based on search string This Event will be triggered once treenode match yet to be found based on search string This Event will be triggered on matched treenode text is being replaced based on search string This Event will be triggered on matched treenode text after gets replaced based on search string Gets or sets the value to the color of the MetroColor. Gets or sets the value to the color of the MetroColor. Gets Rectangle reserved by control for tree painting. RTL mirror effect is applied on result rectangle automatically. Scrolling effects also applied on result rectangle automatically. Gets Rectangle reserved by control for tree painting. Gets or sets the value to the Style.. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 /// True - we show header, otherwise False. True - select node when collapsed, otherwise False. True - enabled Undo/Redo manager, otherwise False. True - force control to ignore recalculations requests, otherwise False. Auto custom controls adding in MultiColumnTreeView.Controls false - only in designer editor. True - indicate that tree is free for draging operation, otherwise False. True - in control enabled hot tracking functionality, otherwise False. True - show level lines in tree, otherwise False. True - show root line in tree heirarchy, otherwise False. True - control in printing process, otherwise False. Indicates whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. True - load data on user demand, otherwise False. Indicates whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. True - paint full row selection, otherwise paint only label selection. True - on control focus lost do not show selection, otherwise False. True - indicate that we in Dragging process, otherwise False. Indicates whether mouse has left out of control. Stub variable which indicates whether artificial drag-and-drop works when AllowDrop is set to false. Indicates whether control must draw dotted rectangle around selected node when it has no focus. Indicates whether cue image should be drawn at a distance below the mouse cursor while dragging. indicates the direction of selection True - custom control refresh required, otherwise False. Need update custom controls visibility and bounds. True - indicate that control catch key down and processing it, otherwise False. True - indicate that control catch Mouse down and processing it, otherwise False. True - indicate Left mouse button catch and processing, otherwise False. True - indicate Mouse up catch and procesing, otherwise False. To avoid nested calling of EndEdit method. True - force nodes to recalculate own height for multiline cases, otherwise False. MUST BE LAST DECALRED IN ENUM!!! Maximum counter of bit flags. Visual Style of the MultiColumnTreeview default style Metro style Initializes new instances of TreeViewAdvFindReplaceDialog class TreeViewAdv instance Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string Search Text TreeViewSearchOption TreeViewSearchRange true if match found Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string Search Text true if match found Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string Search Text TreeViewSearchOption TreeViewSearchRange returns true if match found Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string Search Text returns true if match found returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced TreeViewSearchOption TreeViewSearchRange returns true if match found Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced TreeViewSearchRange returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced TreeViewSearchOption returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Text to be replaced returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced TreeViewSearchRange returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced TreeViewSearchOption returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Search Text Text to be replaced TreeViewSearchOption TreeViewSearchRange returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Returns true if matched all TreeNodeAdv text replaced Text to be replaced returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced Defines if Search Text matches any TreeNodeAdv text Search String returns true if match found Find and return TreeNodeAdv based on TreeSearchOption TreeNodeAdv instances Search Text SearchTreeNodeAdvCollection Find and return matched TreeNodeAdv Collection TreeViewAdv Instances Search String SearchTreeNodeAdvCollection Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdvCollection that matches search string TreeViewAdv instance Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv Search Option Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv search range Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv search navigation type The GroupViewItem objects are "child" controls in terms of accessibility so return the number of GroupViewItems. Returns the number of GroupViewItems Gets the Accessibility object of the GroupViewItem identified by index. Returns Child Tree node index Gets the role for the GroupView. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets the state for the GroupView. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. The value of an accessible object, or null if the object has no value set. TODO: place correct comment here Style storage for column. Reference on parent control. Storage of text bounds Column bounds Column state Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdv class. text of column. Called when control start initialization. Called when control ends own initialization. Reset property Visible value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Width value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Width property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Font value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Text value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property TextColor value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Background value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property HelpText value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property SortOrder value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize SortOrder property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Comparer value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Comparer property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Tag value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property LeftImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property RightImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderSides value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderColor value to default value Reset HighlightBorderColor value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Indicate whether to serialize HighlightBorderColor property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderSingle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSingle property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property AreaBackground value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize AreaBackground property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property VerticalAlignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize VerticalAlignment property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property HorizontalAlignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize HorizontalAlignment property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Updates column's location. X position Y position Update parent reference of column. Reference on parent control. Reset column reference on parent. Draw Column at specified position. Graphics on which we should draw ourself. X,Y coordinates. Draw Column at specified position. Graphics on which we should draw ourself. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Draws the Background image for the Column. Graphics Method draw images from the left side of the column text. In RTL mode logic is reversed and images drawn from right side. Graphics for drawing. Start position of images drawing. New start position for other methods that will draw after us. Gets reference on style that used by column. Gets or sets a value indicating whether column selected state Gets or sets a value indicating whether column visible to user or not. Gets or sets column width. Gets or sets font that will be used for column text painting. Gets or sets the column text. Gets or sets the column text color. Gets or sets the column background style. Gets or sets height for column. Gets or sets hint text for the column. Gets or sets sorting order of the column. Gets or sets custom comparer that will be used for column value sorting. Gets or sets the column user data. Gets or sets image that will be painted from left side of the column text. Image will be stretched to column header height. Gets or sets image that will be painted in the background of the Column. Image will be stretched to column header height. Gets or sets image that will be painted from right side of the column text. Image will be stretched to column header height. Gets or sets the base style for the column from which to inherit. The specified base style should be available in the collection. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of text in column bounds. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text in column bounds. Gets or sets the color of the highlight border. The color of the highlight border. Gets the column size. Gets or sets the column bounds. Gets a value indicating whether RTL drawing algorithm is used or not. Gets or sets area reserved for text drawing Gets padding reserved for column border drawing. Gets area reserved for background drawing. Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdvCollection class. Reference on parent Tree. Add column into collection. reference on column. Order Index of column. Add range of columns into collection. Array of columns. Add range of columns into collection. Array of columns. Remove column from collection. Treecolumn object Insert column into collection. insert position. Column reference. Method check is column in collection or not. reference on column to check. True - column found in collection, otherwise False. Method return order index of item if it exists in collection, otherwise -1. reference on column. -1 if nothing found, otherwise column order index. Clone collection and it items. Copy of the this collection. Clone collection. Reference on cloned version of the current collection. Method return accumulated width of all columns. Method ignore visibility settings. Return Total Column WIdth Method return accumulated width of all columns. True - count only visible columns, otherwise False. Accumulated width in pixels. Methods return array infilled by visible to user columns. Return array infilled by visible to user columns. Utility method used for event raising. Event parameters. On collection clearing method raise event with corresponding parameters. On item inserting into collection set correct parent. Method raise event with corresponding parameters. Treenode index TreecolumnAdv value On item remove from collection reset column parent. Method raise event with corresponding parameters. Tree node index TreeColumn object On item replace/set in collection change items Parents. Method raise event with corresponding parameters. Tree node Index Old value new Value Method check correctness of input parameters. parameter to check. Access to collection items by index. Treecolumn index Gets array of visible columns. Raised when collection detect own changes. Declaration of storage propterty: Visible. Declaration of storage propterty: Width. Declaration of storage propterty: Font. Declaration of storage propterty: Text. Declaration of storage propterty: TextColor. Declaration of storage propterty: HelpText. Declaration of storage propterty: SortOrder. Declaration of storage propterty: Comparer. Declaration of storage propterty: Tag. Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImage. Declaration of storage propterty: BackgroundImage. Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImageIndices. Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: RightImage. Declaration of storage propterty: RightImageIndices. Declaration of storage propterty: RightImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: Background. Declaration of storage propterty: AreaBackground. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSides. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderStyle. Declaration of storage propterty: Border3DStyle. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderColor. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSingle. Declaration of storage propterty: BaseStyle. Declaration of storage propterty: VerticalAlignment. Declaration of storage propterty: HorizontalAlignment. Declaration of storage propterty: AllowTextOverlap. Declaration of storage propterty: HighlightBorderColor. Static data must be declared static in derived classes (this avoids collisions when StyleInfoStore is used in the same project for different types of style classes). Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdvStyleInfo class. Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdvStyleInfo class. The style object that contains the original data. Initializes a new instance of the class. A that holds data for this . All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. Initializes a new instance of the class. A that holds the indentity for this . Override this method to return a default style object for your derived class. A default style object. You should cache the default style object in a static field. Reset property Visible value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. Returns a bool value Reset property Width value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Width property value. Returns a bool value Reset property Font value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. Returns a bool value Reset property Text value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. Returns a bool value Reset property TextColor value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. Returns a bool value Reset property Background value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. Returns a bool value Reset property HelpText value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. Returns a bool value Reset property SortOrder value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize SortOrder property value. Returns a bool value Reset property Comparer value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Comparer property value. Returns a bool value Reset property Tag value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. Returns a bool value Reset property LeftImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. Returns a bool value Reset property BackgroundImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BackgroundImage property value. Returns a bool value Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. Returns a bool value Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. Returns a bool value Reset property RightImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. Returns a bool value Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. Returns a bool value Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. Returns a bool value Reset property BorderSides value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. Returns a bool value Reset property BorderStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. Returns a bool value Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. Returns a bool value Reset property BorderColor value to default value Resets the color of the border. Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. Returns a bool value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. Returns a bool value Reset property BorderSingle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSingle property value. Returns a bool value Reset property AreaBackground value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize AreaBackground property value. Returns a bool value Reset property BaseStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BaseStyle property value. Returns a bool value Reset property VerticalAlignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize VerticalAlignment property value. Returns a bool value Reset property HorizontalAlignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize HorizontalAlignment property value. Returns a bool value Reset property AllowTextOverlap value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize AllowTextOverlap property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize AllowTextOverlap property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether column is visible to user or not. Gets a value indicating whether Visible property value. Gets a value indicating whether Width property value. Gets a value indicating whether Font property value. Gets a value indicating whether Text property value. Gets a value indicating whether TextColor property value. Gets or sets the Background style of column. Gets a value indicating whether Background property value. Gets a value indicating whether HelpText property value. Gets a value indicating whether SortOrder property value. Gets a value indicating whether Comparer property value. Gets a value indicating whether Tag property value. Gets a value indicating whether LeftImage property value. Gets a value indicating whether BackgroundImage property value. Gets a value indicating whether LeftImageIndices property value. Gets a value indicating whether LeftImagePadding property value. Gets a value indicating whether RightImage property value. Gets a value indicating whether RightImageIndices property value. Gets a value indicating whether RightImagePadding property value. Gets a value indicating whether BorderSides property value. Gets a value indicating whether BorderStyle property has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether Border3DStyle property has set or not. Gets or sets the color of the highlight border. The color of the highlight border. Gets a value indicating whether this instance has highlight border color. true if this instance has highlight border color; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether BorderColor property has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether BorderSingle property has set or not. Gets or sets the background for column area reserved by control. Gets a value indicating whether AreaBackground property has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether BaseStyle property has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether VerticalAlignment property has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether HorizontalAlignment property value has set or not. Gets a value indicating whether AllowTextOverlap. Returns an array with base styles for the specified style object. The style object. An array of style objects that are base styles for the current style object. Gets the parent control. Gets the parent column. The TreeNodeAdv represents a node in a . It contains information about the specific node like text, background style and other settings.

The collection holds all the child TreeNodeAdv objects assigned to the current TreeNodeAdv. You can add, remove or clone a TreeNodeAdv; when doing so, all child tree nodes are added, removed or cloned. Each TreeNodeAdv can contain a collection of other TreeNodeAdv objects. This can make it difficult to determine where you are in the when iterating through the collection. To determine your location in a tree structure, use the property. The FullPath string can be parsed using the string value to determine where a TreeNodeAdv label begins and ends.

The TreeNodeAdv label is set by setting the property explicitly. The alternative is to create the tree node using one of the TreeNodeAdv constructors that has a string parameter that represents the property.

You can specify images for the node using the , , , and properties.

The order in which the tree node's contents are drawn is as follows: CheckboxOption ButtonsLeft imagesState imageNode LabelRight images The "State image" will be one of OpenImgIndex, ClosedImgIndex and NoChildrenImgIndex.

Selecting specific tree nodes and iterating through the collection can be achieved by using the following property values: , , , , , . Assign the object returned by one of the aforementioned properties to the property to select that tree node in the TreeViewAdv control.

Tree nodes can be expanded to display the next level of child tree nodes. The user can expand the tree node by pressing the plus (+) button next to the TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed or you can expand the TreeNodeAdv by calling the method. To expand all child tree node levels in the collection, call the method. You can collapse the child TreeNodeAdv level by calling the method or the user can press the minus (-) button next to the TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed. You can also alternate the TreeNode between the expanded and collapsed states using the property.

The following example displays customer information in a control. The root tree nodes display customer names, and the child tree nodes display the order numbers assigned to each customer. In this example, 1,000 customers are displayed with 15 orders each. The repainting of the TreeViewAdv is suppressed by using the and methods, and a wait Cursor is displayed while the TreeViewAdv creates and paints the objects. This example assumes you have a Customer object that can hold a collection of Order objects. It also assumes that you have created an instance of a TreeViewAdv control on a Form.

// Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. private ArrayList customerArray = new ArrayList(); private void FillMyTreeView() { // Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. for(int x=0; x!=1000; x++) { customerArray.Add(new Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())); } // Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. foreach(Customer customer1 in customerArray) { for(int y=0; y!=15; y++) { customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(new Order("Order" + y.ToString())); } } // Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. Cursor.Current = new Cursor("C:\\Cursors\\MyWait.cur"); // Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear(); // Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. foreach(Customer customer2 in customerArray) { treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)); // Add a child treenode for each Order object in the current Customer object. foreach(Order order1 in customer2.CustomerOrders) { treeViewAdv1.Nodes[customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)].Nodes.Add( new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)); } } // Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. Cursor.Current = Cursors.Default; } ' Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. Private customerArray As New ArrayList() Private Sub FillMyTreeView() ' Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. Dim x As Integer For x = 0 To 999 customerArray.Add(New Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())) Next x ' Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. Dim customer1 As Customer For Each customer1 In customerArray Dim y As Integer For y = 0 To 14 customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(New Order("Order" + y.ToString())) Next y Next customer1 ' Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. Cursor.Current = New Cursor("C:\Cursors\MyWait.cur") ' Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear() ' Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. Dim customer2 As Customer For Each customer2 In customerArray treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)) ' Add a child TreeNodeAdv for each Order object in the current Customer object. Dim order1 As Order For Each order1 In customer2.CustomerOrders treeViewAdv1.Nodes(customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)).Nodes.Add( _ New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)) Next order1 Next customer2 ' Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. Cursor.Current = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default ' Begin repainting the TreeView. treeViewAdv1.EndUpdate() End Sub 'FillMyTreeView
Inflate offset for drawing selection rectangle. Default image index. Collection of subitems. CustomControl relative location. Node custom control. X-delta reserved for Left Images drawing. X-delta reserved for State Images drawing. State images is painting after Left Images. X-delta reserved for horizontal anchor drawing. Show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. Horizontal offset of text. Width of node text. Position of node with indents in pixels. X-delta reserved for level lines drawing. Custom visible property. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified label text. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified label text and child tree nodes. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property was modified. Reset property Multiline value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Multiline property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Populates the provided SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the object . Returns the child node who's option button is checked. Raises the CheckStateChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnCheckStateChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCheckStateChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCheckStateChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Called by primitives collection when collection detect changes. Custom control collection changing. Occurs when sub item collection changed. Recalculates the dimensions of all the UI elements in this node and it's children. Method is call recalculation recursively. Please keep in mind that this can greatly reduce performance. Returns the path of the node. The separator string. The path of the node.

You can also use the property to get the full path with the path separator specified in the property.

Optimization method that allow to reduce cost of FullPath operation. FullPath container. The separator string. Expands parent nodes to make this node visible and also scrolls the tree such that this node is brought into view. Expands the node. Expands this node and all the subnodes. Collapses this node and all it's children. Removes itself from the parent node, if there is any. Returns the number of child tree nodes. True if the resulting count includes all tree nodes indirectly rooted at this tree node; false otherwise. The number of child tree nodes assigned to the collection. Moves this node to a different collection. Moves the node to the end of the specified collection. A to which this node will move. A node can be positioned to any other TreeNodeAdvCollection in the same tree or in a different TreeViewAdv control.Note: All of the descendants of the node will move along with it.Note: A node cannot be moved to one of it's own Descendants. Moves the node to a new collection at the specified index. A to which this node will move. The new index of the node in the new collection. Moving a node by index will ensure that the node ends up at the index specified. Note that the node will first be removed from its existing collection and then added to the specified collection at the specified index. If the source collection and destination collection are the same, make sure to take into account the above semantics while specifying the index, or use the Move override that lets you specify a relative position. Moves the node to a specified position in relation to the specified "relative node". The "relative node" that determines this node's new position. Specifies where this node will be moved in relation to the "relative node". A node can be positioned relative to any other node in the same tree or even a different TreeViewAdv Control. Indicates whether the current node is a direct or indirect child of the specified node. The node that is to be tested for ancestry. True if the targetNode is a parent of this node; False otherwise. Indicates whether node is contained in it's nodes collection or in it's subnodes nodes collection. Node to look for. True if node is contained. Method search by binary search algorithm node that has specified unique row Index. Null - if nothing found, otherwise reference on node. Unique row index. Valid values are higher 0 (zero). Method search node by relative position from current node. Found node, otherwise Null. Relative diff number. Negative values mean Previous node logic, positive mean Next node logic. If "adv" node is multiparent for current node than returns true, else returns false. Method uses recursion. Sorts the tree nodes. Sorts the tree nodes with the current and . Sorts the tree nodes with the specified sort type and the current . One of the value. This will also set the value in the to the specified sort type. Simple memberwise clone. Reference on cloned object. Creates a clone of this node. The clone of the node. Calculates width of string which must be drawn with specified font. Context device for drawing. Specified font. Limit measuring by width. Width of specified string in pixel. Calculates width of string which must be drawn with specified font. Context device for drawing. Specified font. Width of specified string in pixel. Draw text by native GDI API. graphics which handle we have to use. Font which we have to use for text drawing. Text color. Draws dotted border around selected node. This will be used to fast drawing when TreeCtrl loses focus. Device context needed for drawing. Calculating only the width, not the locations (as we don't know the Y) Be very discrete about calling this, as it could cause performance problems. Called when the child maxX is changed. The child's maxX Gets image for collapse or expand button. Method return True is node in RTL mode, otherwise False. True - RTL mode enabled, otherwise False. Caching Partial-Checked-State related : Start Invalidate TreeView if we have reference on it. Invalidate full window. Invalidate TreeView if we have reference on it. Invalidate part of windows specified by rect. Invalidate rectangle. Return custom control bounds. Force recalculation of VisibleNodeCount property value. Reset value cache. True - force reset for child nodes too, otherwise False. Call this when node gets expanded or collapsed, nodes are changed or height is changed. Allowed any values not equal to -1 value, other values will force recursive update of VisibleNodeCount in upper direction till root node. Update node bounds. New node bounds. Method allow to replace Primitives collection if needed. Low level jobs with internal node data. Only for inheritors. Method allow to replace subitems collection if needed. Low level jobs with internal node data. Only for inheritors. Collection that will replace current node Subitems collection. Get subitem by it order index. Get collection of node subitems. Indicate has node subitems or not. Get collection of primitives assigned to node. Returns the collection of objects assigned to the current tree node. A that represents the tree nodes assigned to the current tree node. The property can hold a collection of other objects. Each of the tree node in the collection has a property that can contain its own . This nesting of tree nodes can make it difficult to navigate a tree structure. The property makes it easier to determine your location in a tree. Gets or sets node custom control. Returns the horizontal padding used between the different parts of the tree node. Gets / sets the font of the node. Gets / sets the color of the text. Gets / sets the background of the node. Gets / sets the text of the node. Gets / sets the help text of the node. Gets / sets is node text should be drawn as multiline text or single line. Gets / sets the height of the node. Indicates the color of the Check mark. Indicates the color of the check mark when it is in intermediate state. Indicates the appearance of checkbox background. Indicates the appearance of checkbox background when the checkbox is in intermediate state. Indicates whether the checkbox of the node is visible. Gets or sets show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. Indicates whether the option button of the node is visible. Indicates whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. Indicates the color of the Option button. Indicates the color of the Option button in selected state. Gets / sets the sort order of the node. Gets / sets the sort type of the node. Gets / sets the object that compares two nodes. Gets / sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. Gets / sets the CheckState of the node.

Note that setting this property will fire the event. If you do not want this event to be fired, you can access the tree's internal data structure as follows:

treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked; treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked
Gets / sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. The specified base style should be available in the collection. Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).

Any Object derived type may be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text may be assigned.

When the tree node is cloned, if this object is cloneable (implements ICloneable interface) then it will be.

Gets / sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. Gets or sets image index of image for expand button. Gets or sets image index of image for collapse button. Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node's text. Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node's text. Gets / sets left image for node Gets / sets right image for node Gets / sets open state image for node. Gets / sets close state image for node. Gets / sets image for node that has no children. Gets / sets image for state button of expanded node. Gets / sets image for state button of collapsed node. Gets / sets the space between images for LeftImageList. Gets / sets the space between images for RightImageList. Gets / sets the space before StateImage. Gets / sets the space after StateImage. Indicates whether the node's controls will be themed. Indicates whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. Indicates whether the node has been expanded at least once. Gets / sets the culture of the node. Indicates whether the node is in editing state. Indicates whether the node is selected. Indicates whether the node is the currently active node. Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's drawing bounds. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's left images. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's state image. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's right images. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's checkbox. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's option button. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns a corresponding to the checkbox of a tree node. Returns a corresponding to the option button part of a tree node. Returns a corresponding to the plus-minus part of a tree node. Indicates whether the node's checkbox is checked. Indicates whether the node is enabled. Show/hide tree node from view. Indicates whether the buttons in the node are enabled. True to enable the buttons; False otherwise. The checkbox and option buttons can be disabled keeping the rest of the node enabled using this property. Indicates whether the first child should be marked as and this node's if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. True to ensure a default optioned child; False otherwise. Indicates whether the node's option button is checked. Indicates whether the node has child nodes. Return absolute order index of tree node. 0 (zero) - mean first node in tree. Returns the first child tree node in the tree node collection. The first child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The FirstNode is the first child TreeNodeAdv in the stored in the property of the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the FirstNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the last child tree node in the tree node collection. The last child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The LastNode is the last child TreeNodeAdv in the stored in the property of the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the last visible child tree node in the tree node collection. Returns the previous sibling tree node. A that represents the previous sibling tree node. The PrevNode is the previous sibling in the stored in the property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the previous selectable tree node. A that represents the previous selectable tree node. The PrevSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevSelectableNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the next sibling tree node. A that represents the next sibling tree node. The NextNode is the next sibling TreeNodeAdv in the stored in the property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no next tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the next visible tree node. A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the next selectable tree node. A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next selectable tree node. The NextSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextSelectableNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the child node who's option button is checked. A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. Returns the bounds of the tree node. The that represents the bounds of the tree node. The coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the control. Returns the bounds of the text area of the node. Returns the bounds of the left images, state images, text area and the right images of the node. Indicates whether the tree node is visible. Return True only if node has property Visible set to True, and parent node Visible to user (expanded and visible). Returns the parent tree node of the current tree node, if there is any. A that represents the parent of the current tree node. If this is the top most node in the tree, the Parent property returns the TreeViewAdv's node. Returns the position of the tree node in the 's tree node collection. Returns the level of the node. Specifies how deep a node is in the tree. The top-most visible nodes belong to level 1. The node is level 0. Gets / sets the parent tree view that the tree node is assigned to. A that represents the parent tree view that the tree node is assigned to. Returns the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. The path from the root tree node to the current tree node.

You can also use the more flexible method to get the path with a specific path separator.

The path consists of the labels of all of the tree nodes that must be navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the property of the TreeViewAdv control that contains this node. For example, if the delimiter character of the tree view control named "Location" is set to the backslash character, (\), the FullPath property value is "Country\Region\State".

If node not a part of tree then will be used default OS Path separator .
Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Indicates the expanded state of a tree node. True if the tree node is in the expanded state; false otherwise. Gets image for collapse button. Gets image for expand button. True - if node used as TreeView root node. Returns the TreeView History manager this node belongs to. Indicates whether the node is in UndoRedo state. Get Font that used for HotTracking. Don't forget to Dispose font after use. Property on each call return new instance of Font. Gets / sets the maximum width of all the children and subchildren of this given node. Value does not include subitems. New better name for API. this.Parent is obsolite property. Return node style info. If Node has sub items then instead of tree node style will be returned first sub item style. Return calculated row bounds. Bounds contains visible and not visible regions for user (scrolling in mind). Returns the information about the node's appearance and state. This property exposes the node's style information store. Returns the information about the immediate child-nodes' appearance and state. Occurs when the check state of the node changes. This event will be fired when the CheckedState property of the node has changed or when a new node has been Optioned.You could alternatively listen to the event of the tree which will be called when the CheckState is changing for any node in the tree. If you want to cancel the check state change, then listen to of the tree. Comparer that allow to sort TreeNodeAdv classes by internal TreeRowIndex property value. Also can be used for binary searches. Get reference on statically created comparer. Hide constructor from user. Only one instance on class allowed in AppDomain. Compare TreeNodes by TreeRowIndex property value. Class is used by node visible property. Represents a collection of objects. The , and methods enable you to add and remove individual tree nodes from the collection. You can also use the or methods to add or remove all the tree nodes from the collection. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. Tree node Method raise event is collection does not have set property value set to True. Collection changes. Method change parent of the collection. Tree node Reset collection parent to NULL value. Adds a to the collection. The to add. The position of the added node in the list. Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. One of the entries. Gets reference on parent node. If node is NULL then we have detached nodes collection. Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the collection. In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. Specifies the list of s currently selected in a .

This collection contains references to all selected nodes in the TreeViewAdv. Adding a to this collection will select the node. Removing a node from this collection will deselect the node.

Whenever a node is selected/deselected, either by user action or in code, it is automatically added/removed from the SelectedNodes collection.

This collection is read-only, which means you can add and remove elements but cannot change the existing elements.

You can listen to new selections being added to this collection using the collection's event handler or listen to the 's event.

Initializes a new instance of the SelectedNodesCollection class. This collection is always read-only. But you can still add/remove nodes. Returns a node at the specified index. Note that you cannot change the entry at a particular index. Tree node index This class holds information about the location and size of the node parts(eg plusminus,checkbox). Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: RightImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: LeftStateImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: RightStateImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: Multiline. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvStyleInfoIdentity class. that this is called only for ChildStyles. Tree node Recursively add style and it's base styles MultiColumn TreeView Array List for styles TreeNodeAdv StyleInfo Reference on parent node. Can be NULL. SubItem bounds. Storage of text bounds. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItem class. Tree node Class serialization. Serialization Info Streaming Context Called when control start initialization. Called when control ends own initialization. Reset property BaseStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BaseStyle property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Visible value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property LineAlignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LineAlignment property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Alignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Alignment property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Text value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property TextColor value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property HelpText value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Tag value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property LeftImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property RightImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Background value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderSides value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderColor value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property BorderSingle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSingle property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Reset property Font value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. True - serialization required, otherwise False. Clone TreeNodeAdv sub-item copy of this sub item. Clone TreeNodeAdv sub-item copy of this sub item. Draws background of subitem. Graphics object Rectangle bounds Mouse down node If parent node for this subitem is selected then return true else return false Method draw images from the left side of the column text. In RTL mode logic is reversed and images drawn from right side. Graphics for drawing. Start position of images drawing. New start position for other methods that will draw after us. Gets parent Node. Gets reference on parent control. Gets reference on subitem style. Gets or sets the base style for the subitem from which to inherit. The specified base style should be available in the collection. Gets or sets a value indicating whether visible property has set. Visibility of subitem also depends on column property value. If column not visible then all corresponding subitems will be skipped on painting. Gets or sets the line alignment of the text in subitem. Gets or sets the text alignment in subitem bounds. Gets or sets the subitem text. Subitem that user get by ZERO index represents treenode text and style. Gets or sets the subitem text color. Gets or sets the subitem help text. Gets or sets the subitem user data. Gets or sets the subitem left image. Gets or sets the subitem left side indices of images that stored in tree LeftImageList property. Gets or sets the subitem padding between text and left images. Gets or sets the subitem image from right side of the text. Gets or sets the subitem right side indices of images that stored in tree RightImageList property. Gets or sets padding between text and right side images. Gets or sets the subitem background style. Gets or sets the subitem border sides settings. Gets or sets the subitem border style. Gets or sets the subitem border 3D style. Gets or sets the subitem border color. Gets or sets the subitem single line border style. Gets or sets the subitem text Font. Gets a value indicating whether Is mirrored. True if RTL drawing algorithm, otherwise False. Gets or sets the column bounds. Gets or sets area reserved for text drawing Gets padding reserved for column border drawing. Gets area reserved for background drawing. Reference on the first SubItem in current collection. Create array of items instead of sizable collection. Copy of items from collection to array. Saves first reference on first SubItem Method check correctness of input parameters. parameter to check. Access to collection items by index. Treenode index Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. The style object that contains the original data. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. A that holds data for this . All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. A that holds the indentity for this . Override this method to return a default style object for your derived class. A default style object. You should cache the default style object in a static field. Reset property BaseStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BaseStyle property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize BaseStyle Reset property Visible value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize visible Reset property Font value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Font Reset property LineAlignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LineAlignment property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Line Alignment Reset property Alignment value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Alignment property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Alignment Reset property Text value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize text Reset property TextColor value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize text Color Reset property HelpText value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Help text Reset property Tag value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Tag property Reset property LeftImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Left Image Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize left Image Indics Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Image Padding Reset property RightImage value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Right Image Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. Returns a value indicating whether should serilize RightImageIndics Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. Returns should serialize RightImagePadding property Reset property Background value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. Returns should serialize Background property Reset property BorderSides value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. Returns should serialize Bordersides property Reset property BorderStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. Returns should serialize Border3DStyle property Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. Returns serialize Border3DStyle property Reset property BorderColor value to default value Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. Returns Bool value Reset property BorderSingle value to default value Gets a value indicating whether BaseStyle property value has or not. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is Node subitem is visible or not. Gets a value indicating whether Visible property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem text font. Gets a value indicating whether Font property value has or not. Gets or sets the line alignment of the text in subitem. Gets a value indicating whether LineAlignment property value has or not. Gets or sets the text alignment in subitem bounds. Gets a value indicating whether Alignment property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem text. Gets a value indicating whether Text property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem text color. Gets a value indicating whether TextColor property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem help text. Gets a value indicating whether HelpText property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem user data. Gets a value indicating whether Tag property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem left image. Gets a value indicating whether LeftImage property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem left side indices of images that stored in tree LeftImageList property. Gets a value indicating whether LeftImageIndices property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem padding between text and left images. Gets a value indicating whether LeftImagePadding property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem image from right side of the text. Gets a value indicating whether RightImage property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem right side indices of images that stored in tree RightImageList property. Gets a value indicating whether RightImageIndices property value has or not. Gets or sets padding between text and right side images. Gets a value indicating whether RightImagePadding property value has or not. Gets or sets the subitem background style. Gets a value indicating whether Background has or not. Gets or sets the subitem border sides settings. Gets a value indicating whether BorderSides has or not. Gets or sets the subitem border style. Gets a value indicating whether BorderStyle has or not. Gets or sets the subitem border 3D style. Gets a value indicating whether Border3DStyle gas or not. Gets or sets the subitem border color. Gets a value indicating whether BorderColor has not. Gets or sets the subitem single line border style. Gets a value indicating whether BorderSingle or not. Returns an array with base styles for the specified style object. The style object. An array of style objects that are base styles for the current style object. Gets parent control. Gets parent node. Gets parent subitem. Declaration of storage propterty: BaseStyle. Declaration of storage propterty: Visible. Declaration of storage propterty: Font. Declaration of storage propterty: LineAlignment. Declaration of storage propterty: Alignment. Declaration of storage propterty: Text. Declaration of storage propterty: TextColor. Declaration of storage propterty: HelpText. Declaration of storage propterty: Tag. Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImage. Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImageIndices. Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: RightImage. Declaration of storage propterty: RightImageIndices. Declaration of storage propterty: RightImagePadding. Declaration of storage propterty: Background. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSides. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderStyle. Declaration of storage propterty: Border3DStyle. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderColor. Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSingle. Static data must be declared static in derived classes (this avoids collisions when StyleInfoStore is used in the same project for different types of style classes). A collection that stores objects. Reference on parent node. flag for validating mode Adds pt to collction. TreeNode Primitive Returns Integer Adds primitives to collection. TreeNode Primitive collection Removes pt from collection. TreeNode Primitive Gets parent tree node. Raise by method. Specifies the position where a drop can occur during drag-and-drop. Represents none Position Represents onnode TreeViewDropPosition Represents above node TreeViewDropPosition Represents below node TreeViewDropPositions Represents all TreeViewDropPositions Provides data for the event. Gets or sets the Color of DragHighLightTracker can be changed based on the tree's background Color Provides data for the event. Initializes a new instance of the QueryAllowedPositionsEventArgs class. The node over which the mouse is during drag-and-drop. The computed drop-position. The allowed drop-positions. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selection highlight. True to show the highlight; false otherwise. Default is true. Gets the currently highlighted node. Gets the computed drop position. Gets or sets the allowed drop-positions. Change this value if you want to prevent drop in the . TreeViewAdv Drag and Drop UI helper class.

Use this class (will be referred to as "tracker" below) only when you want to support dropping adjacent (above or below) to a node. Otherwise simply listen to the and events and provide/use the . When used, this tracker will draw indicators above or below a node while dragging an item over the node. The tracker needs to be updated as shown below in the DragXXX events.

The usage semantics for the tracker is as follows:

Create an instance of this class and listen to the event.In the 's DragOver event update the highlighted node with a call to the method.In the 's DragLeave event clear the highlighted node with a call to the method.In the event handler, specify whether a computed adjacent position should be allowed.In the 's DragDrop event get the highlighted node and the drop-position from the tracker and insert the new node(s) accordingly.
Please take a look at our sample in the ..\Essential Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop folder for more information.
Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvDragHighlightTracker class. The instance where drag-and-drop will occur. Clears the current highlight node setting. Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragLeave and DragDrop(after you get the highlight information from the tracker class) events. Sets the node over which the mouse is currently hovering during drag-drop. The new highlight node. The point in tree where the mouse is in the tree view's client co-ordinates. Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragOver method. Occurs before drawing a highlight indicator above or below a node. You can listen to this event and prevent drawing highlights for some specific nodes. Occurs before drawing a DragInsert position. You can listen to this event and change DragInsert highlight color. Gets or setsEdgeSensitivity This property will soon be replaced by the and properties, please use them instead. Default is zero. Gets or sets a height for the top edge of a node while dragging over. Default is -1.

By default (when value is negative), the top 1/3 of the node will be considered the top edge. This value will be used when you allow dropping before a node using the property. Set this to zero if you never want to drop on top of a node.

Gets or sets a height for the bottom edge of a node while dragging over. Default is -1.

By default (when value is negative), the bottom 1/3 of the node will be considered the bottom edge. This value will be used when you allow dropping below a node using the property. Set this to zero if you never want to drop below a node.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selected background. True to draw selected; false otherwise. Default is true. Gets the node over which the mouse is hovering for drop. Gets the computed drop-position around the highlight node. Gets or sets the time interval after which a node will be expanded on mouse hover during drag and drop. Time in milliseconds. Default is 750. If you do not want a node to expand on drag over, set this value to -1. Handles the event. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles the event. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewCommand class. The node on which action is to be performed. New text for the editing action. Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewCommand class. The node on which action is to be performed. The action to perform. Executes the action to be performed. Performs the reverse action on the node. Gets the node on whom the action is to be performed. Gets the action to be performed on the node. Specifies the action to be performed. Represents Add Represents Remove Represents Edit Represents None reference to source collection Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Sets height for all columns Column Height Gets unique name for collection of columns. Returns Uniquw Column name Checks column name on unigue. Returns true if column name is unique Column Name Used for invalidate preview when user press Reset. sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Closes editor and saves data. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Closes editor and loses data. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets or sets the Collection edited by dialog Class is used for TreeNodeAdv property Text Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents Base Represents Nodelevel Represents Column Represents Subitem Controls bitmaps. Key - control. value - bitmap. Paint control in bitmap if need and save bitmap in collection. If Control has been painted return bitmap from collection. Control object cCntrol Bounds Return bitmap from collection Helps keep track of the node that is being dragged. Required designer variable. Cleans up any resources being used. bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Specifiy the allowed drop positions for the specified highlight node. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. MenuDropDown which is used Office Menu Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. Separator width. Constructor of the MenuDropDown. The ToolStripItem instance. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. The custom-sized area for a control. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Resets timers and releases mouse capture. Handles release of mouse capture. Call RedrawWindow method to Repaint Scroll buttons. Gets or sets the site of the control. The System.ComponentModel.ISite associated with the System.Windows.Forms.Control, if any. Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that System.Windows.Forms.Control.GetPreferredSize(System.Drawing.Size) can specify. Gets or sets the size that is the upper limit that System.Windows.Forms.Control.GetPreferredSize(System.Drawing.Size) can specify. Gets the ToolStripItemCollection. Gets the Main item collections. Gets the AuxPanel item collections. Gets the SystemPanel item collections. Gets or sets padding within the control. Gets the MainPanel. Gets the AuxPanel. Gets the SystemPanel Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. Gets / Sets the Layout style. Gets or sets padding within the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolTips are to be displayed on System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip items. PanelSite class. Constructor of the PanelSite Provides the functionality requires all the components. Provides the functionality required by site. Returns the service. The type represents type declarations: class types, interface types, array types, value types, enumeration types, type parameters, generic type definitions, and open or closed constructed generic types. Gets the component. Gets the Container Gets the design mode Gets or sets the Name. Class Panel Default image width. Default image height. Separator width. Width of toolstrip separator. Interval for timer. Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. Forces the control to apply layout logic to all its child controls. The rectangle which needs to be performed. Process position in Layout for items n Panel and if it not in right bounds that set correct value to it. Position to process. Move controls to down according to scroll position and their location. Move controls to up according to scroll position and their location. Handles mouse keeping pushed. Font for panel caption Text for panel caption. Caption height. Position of rightmost tab Item. Indicates if up scroll button is selected. Indicates if down scroll button is selected. Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. Interval for timer. Currently pushed button. Bounds of panel. Index of first showed item. Default font. Gets all the items that belong to a panel. Gets or sets the size, in pixels, of images used in panel items. Gets or sets the amount of spaces to indent separators in the panel. Gets or sets the panel title's text. Gets or sets the font of the text displayed in panel items. Gets or sets caption height. Gets the size of a rectangular area into which the control can fit. A System.Drawing.Size containing the height and width, in pixels. Gets or sets minimum size of panel. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Area in which user pushed mouse button. Get bounds of up scroll button. Get bounds of down scroll button. Gets or sets position of TopMost Item. Gets value that indicates if down scroll button is selected. Gets value that indicates if up scroll button is selected. Different areas of the control. Out of scroll buttons. Down scroll button. Up scroll button. PanelStrip class Constructor of the PanelStrip The panel instance. Control should not be created Handles changes in layout Handles changes in layout Forwards ItemClicked event to parent Don't call base implementation to prevent parent's changing Owner panel Layout engine Minimum size of PanelStrip. Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. The System.Windows.Forms.Layout.LayoutEngine for the control's contents. Gets or sets minimum size of PanelStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. PanelStripLayout class. Constructor of the PanelStripLayout. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. The source of the control. A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. MenuDropDownLayout class Constructor of the MenuDropDownLayout. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. The source of the control. A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. ToolStripButton with HelpText below Text that displayed in Bold style. Minimum height of control. The constructor of the OfficeButton. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Additional text displayed in Bold style near the Image. Font for additional text. Area for painting Image. Area for painting Text. Area for painting HelpText. Size of Text. Size of HelpText. Internal layout instance. Gets or sets additional text displayed in Bold style. Gets font for additional text. Gets or sets area for painting Image. Gets or sets area for painting Text. Gets or sets area for painting HelpText. Gets or sets area for painting Text. Gets or sets area for painting HelpText. Gets or sets Internal layout instance. Gets or sets whether text and images are displayed on a System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem. One of the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle values. The default is System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.ImageAndText . Control border width. Margin between Text and Additional Text. Minimum Image height. Minimum Image width. Constructor of the OfficeButtonInternalLayout The OfficeButton instance. Last preferred size of OfficeButton. Instance of OfficeButton. Bounds of image. Bounds of text. Bounds of help text. Size of text. Size of help text. Size of image. Get preferred size for OfficeButton. Gets size of image. Gets size of text. Gets size of help text. Gets TextFormatFlags to display Text. Gets bounds of image. Gets bounds of text. Gets bounds of help text. Extended DropDown. Separator width. Margin between text and Text border in Caption. Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. Interval for timer. Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. Constructor of the OfficeDropDown The ToolStripItem instance. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Call RedrawWindow method to Repaint Scroll buttons. Process position in Layout for items n Panel and if it not in right bounds that set correct value to it. Position to process. Move controls to down according to scroll position and their location. Move controls to up according to scroll position and their location. Handles mouse keeping pushed. Instance of DropDownExLayoutEngine. Position of rightmost tab Item. Indicates if up scroll button is selected. Indicates if down scroll button is selected. Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. Interval for timer. Currently pushed button. Bounds of panel. Index of first showed item. Caption height. Text for caption. Font for caption. Gets the LayoutEngine. Area in which user pushed mouse button. Get bounds of up scroll button. Get bounds of down scroll button. Gets or sets position of TopMost Item. Gets value that indicates if down scroll button is selected. Gets value that indicates if up scroll button is selected. Gets or sets caption height. Gets text for caption. Gets font for caption. Different areas of the control. Out of scroll buttons. Down scroll button. Up scroll button. Layout engine for DropDownEx. Lays out toolstrip items in StatusStripEx. The source of the control. A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. ToolStripDropDownButton for MenuDropDown. Default width in which arrow paints. Default interval for Timer. Constructor of the OfficeDropDownButton Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Base ToolStripDropDown creating replaced. New instance of OFficeDropDown. Timer to open DropDown. Caption for DropDown. Font for DropDown caption. Get DropDown location as TopLeft corner of AuxPanel. Gets or sets caption for DropDown. Gets or sets font for DropDown caption. ToolStripSplitButton for MenuDropDown. Default width of DropDownButton. Default interval for Timer. Constructor of the OfficeSplitButton Base ToolStripDropDown creating replaced. New instance of DropDownEx. Show SplitButton's DropDown. Indicates if DropDownButton selected. Timer for opening SplitButton's DropDown. Caption for DropDown. Font for DropDown caption. Get DropDown location as TopLeft corner of AuxPanel. Gets or sets if DropDownButton selected. Gets or sets caption for DropDown. Gets or sets font for DropDown caption. Interface for Spreadsheet Ribbon Gets the bool value RibbonControl advanced. Office12 related properties. Style of launcher. Office2016 Color Scheme The IDockExtended interface Gets the Dock Style. Width of border. Size of Left and Right margins of Ribbon panels Size of 125 DPI Left and Right margins of Ribbon panels Size of 150 DPI Left and Right margins of Ribbon panels Width of menu button. Height of Menu button Quick Menu touch height Initializes static members. Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdv. Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdv. Control's initial size. Called by the delegate before context menu opens. Called when header item is added. The instance containing the event data. Called when header item is removed. The instance containing the event data. Called when parent style is changed. The instance containing the event data. Called when parent is activated or deactivated. The instance containing the event data. Adds item to quick panel. Removes item from quick panel. Used to open the Customize Ribbon dialog box,once the Customize Ribbon context menu is clicked. Raises the UpdateUI event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. The custom-sized area for a control. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. Processes Windows messages. The Windows to process. Provided accessibility to the control. Gets bounds of the RibbonPopup. A RibbonControlAdvHeader control. Rectangle with RibbonPopup coordinates and size. Redraws panels. Redraws the parent. To update RibbonPanel bounds. Checks whethet toolstripitem of given type can be reflected in quick items panel. gets toolstrip item at specified position at toolstrip. Remembers about panel items. Toolstrip to get item from. Point to find item at in screen coordinates. Found item or null if nothing was found. To Update SuperAccelerator Updates context menu items. Point in screen coords. True if additional menu items should be added; otherwise false. Checks whether the item height is changed. Need to update the size of the context menu Set the size when the touch mode is enabled. Set the size when the touch mode is disabled. Gets ColorScheme according to type. Specifies the SetRibbon2013OptionValues. The value that contains the event data. The item header text The main item text. The item header font. The main item font. Gets ColorSchemeType specific to the ColorScheme. Forces the RibbonControlAdv to fire an UpdateUI event. Check if the hWnd is a child window of the parent control Updates the renderers. To ensure that RibbonControlAdv in AutoHide/Normal state Gets or sets the visibility of MinimizeButton of the . Gets or sets the visibility of RibbonDisplayOptionButton of the . Resetting the value of the Office2013ColorTable. Serializing the value of the Office2013ColorTable. Resetting the value of the Office2013ColorTable. Serializing the value of the Office2013ColorTable. Gets the Color table instance. List changed event Serializing the value of the Office2016ColorTable. Specify the MenuButtonArrowColor/MenuButtonHoverArrowColor property is whether appicable for BackStageView Indicates whether the current value of the UseTouchStyleArrowColor property is to be serialized. Resets the UseTouchStyleArrowColor property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the useDefaultHighlightColor property is to be serialized. Resets the useDefaultHighlightColor. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Gets a value indicating whether a control can be extended. The control which need to be extended. Gets or sets text displayed with component in quick panel customizing dialog. The components displayed in Quick panel. Gets or sets text displayed with component in quick panel customizing dialog. The components displayed in Quick panel. The value of the component. Indicates whether component should be available in quick access menu. The components displayed in Quick panel. Indicates whether component should be available in quick access menu. The components displayed in Quick panel. The indicates whether the component is need to be displayed in quick panel. Indicates whether component should be available in custom quick access dialog. The components displayed in Quick panel. Indicates whether component should be available in Custom quick access dialog. The components displayed in Quick panel. The indicates whether the component is need to be displayed in quick panel. Serializes the QuickPanel Alignment. returns false if the panel alignment is not false. Resets the QuickPanelAlignment. Performs starting of RibbonControl initialization. Performs completing of RibbonControl initialization. Returns TRUE if hWnd is a tabItem's panel or it's child Returns TRUE if hWnd is a handle of Popup window or of it's child Indicates whether the current value of the LauncherStyle property is to be serialized. Resets the launcher style. Indicates whether the current value of the DefaultMinimumSize property is to be serialized. Resets the DefaultMinimumSize. Indicates whether the current value of the ShowCaption property is to be serialized. Resets the show caption. Indicates whether the current value of the ShowLauncher property is to be serialized. Indicates whether the current value of the ShowMinimizeButton property is to be serialized. Resets the ShowMinimizeButton. Resets the show launcher. Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionStyle property is to be serialized. Resets the caption style. Indicates whether the current value of the TextStyle property is to be serialized. Resets the caption text style. Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionAlignment property is to be serialized. Resets the caption alignment. Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionFont property is to be serialized. Resets the caption font. Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionMinHeight property is to be serialized. Resets the height of the caption min. Indicates whether the current value of the BorderStyle property is to be serialized. Resets the border style. Indicates whether the current value of the CustomRibbonHeaderImage property is to be serialized. Resets the CustomRibbonHeaderImage. Indicates whether the current value of the HideToolTip property is to be serialized. Indicates whether the current value of the RibbonTouchModeEnabled property is to be serialized. Resets the RibbonTouchModeEnabled. Indicates whether the current value of the QuickDropDownToolTipText property is to be serialized. Resets the QuickDropDownToolTipText. Resets the HideToolTip. Indicates whether the current value of the RibbonDisplayOptionToolTip property is to be serialized. Resets the RibbonDisplayOptionToolTip. Indicates whether the current value of the OfficeColorScheme property is to be serialized. Resets the office color scheme. Serializes the ShowCustomizeRibbon Resets the EnableHighContrastTheme. Determines the Resizing behavior of the ToolStripEx in RibbonControlAdv. Serializes the CollapseBehavior. Resets the collapse behavior. Resets the EnableHighContrastTheme. Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. Specifies the BackStage Navigation button style. To reset MenuButtonAutoSize To Specify MenuButtonAutoSize to be serialized or not Resets the RibbonControlAdv default font. Indicates whether the current value of the RibbonControlAdv's Font property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. To Reset CollapsePanel Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Indicates whether the TouchMode should be available. Resets the TouchMode. To Reset SuperAccelerator To Indicate whether to serialize SuperAccelerator Gets/Sets the MinimizeButton active area bounds. Serializes the MinimizeButton bounds. Resets the MinimizeButtonBounds. To set Office2007 colorscheme ForeColor Variable for CancelEvent. This Event will be triggered when Customize Ribbon is selected from ContextMenu The argument contains the collection of the control objects. This Event will be triggered when Customize QAT is selected from ContextMenu The argument contains the collection of the control objects. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Specifies whether high contrast theme to be enabled. Header. Specifies the ribbon styled. Style of tool strips launchers. Variable that holds whether panel is expanded/collapsed. Indicates panel's minimize status Indicates whether the panel can be shown. Indicates panel's visibility status Indicates whether the user can expand or collapse the RibbonPanel. Indicates that user can scroll TabItems by mouse wheel. Gets whether default highlight color should be used Gets the Ribbon default font Color Scheme for RibbonStyle2013 Color Scheme for RibbonStyle2016 Container for extended property Description. Container for extended property UseInQuickAccessMenu. Container for extended property UseInQuickAccessDialog. Toolstrip that contains quick items when they are places below ribbon. Last pressed panel's ToolStripItem Indicates whether the event should be fired in the next application idle event. Specifies whether ToolStripTabItems need to be sorted. Indicates whether user can activate ToolStripItem(Button) on first click. Indicates whether the Default ToolTip visibility status. Indicates whether the customizeQTACheckBoxAdv checked state Indicates whether the customizeQTACheckBoxAdv checked state save Shows QickItems customizing dialog. Shows the Customize Ribbon item dialog box. Saves the current state information to Isolated Storage. Reads the persisted state information from the Isolated Storage. Saves the current state information to the specified . Provides a mechanism for coordinating the serialization behavior of multiple components. Reads the persisted state information from the specified . Provides a mechanism for coordinating the serialization behavior of multiple components. Sets the BackColor for QATDialogBoxButtons Apply the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv. Gets/Sets the style of the ToolStripEx splitter. Apply the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv with Splitter style color table ToolStripSplitter style Gets or sets style of the launcher. Gets or sets the visibility of MinimizeButton of the . Gets or sets the visibility of RibbonDisplayOptionButton of the The default value is true. true, if RibbonDisplayOptionButton should be shown, false otherwise. Gets or sets whether caption should be shown. The default value is true. true, if Caption should be shown, otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the launcher buttons are visible. true, if Launcher buttons are visible, false otherwise. The default value is true. Gets or sets the caption should be aligned to top or bottom. The default value is CaptionStyle.Bottom. Gets or sets the caption text should be drawn etched, plain or with shadow. The default value is CaptionTextStyle.Plain. Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2016 style RibbonControlAdv. The default value is Null. Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2016 style RibbonControlAdv. The default value is Null. Gets or sets the alignment of caption. The default value is CaptionAlignment.Center. Gets or sets whether the MenuButton is customized by using MenuButtonArrowColor/MenuButtonHoverArrowColor property of the TouchStyleColorTable in BackStageView. This property is only applicable when using RibbonStyle as TouchStyle The default value is false. Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used The default value is true. Gets or sets the caption font. The System.Drawing.Font to apply to the text displayed by the control. The default is the value of the DefaultFont property. Gets or sets the minimum height of the caption. The default value is 0. Gets or sets the border style for the control. The default value is ToolStripBorderStyle.Etched. Gets or sets whether the Office color scheme should be Silver or Blue. The default value is ToolStripEx.ColorScheme.Default. Specifies where QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown,applicable only for Touch style. The default value is QuickPanelAlignment.Left. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Customize Ribbon needs to be displayed Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolStripTabItems need to be sorted. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether RibbonForm has defaultMinimumSize. The default value is false. Determines the Resizing behavior of the ToolStripEx in RibbonControlAdv. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. The default value is true. Specifies whether to use default High Contrast theme color or customized color. The default value is true. Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. The default value is false. Overrides the LayoutEngine property. Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. The default value is DockStyleEx.TopMost One of the values. The default is . Overrides DisplayRectangle property. It helps to gets the rectangle that represents the display area of the control. A System.Drawing.Rectangle that represents the display area of the control. Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that System.Windows.Forms.Control.GetPreferredSize(System.Drawing.Size) can specify. Overrides MinimumSize property. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. Overrides. One of the System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft values. The default is System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft.Inherit. Gets Ribbon header. Indicates whether user can activate ToolStripItem(Button) on first click. The default value is false. Indicates whether user can scroll TabItems by mouse wheel. The default value is true. Gets or Sets the image to be displayed in the menu button. The default value is Null. Gets or Sets value that enables resizing of form by truncate its caption text fit into the caption bar, if caption length is greater than form's width. The default value is true. Gets/Sets the BackStage Navigation button style. The default value is BackStageNavigationButtonStyles.Touch. Gets or Sets the image to be displayed in the menu button. The default value is Null. Gets or Sets the size of the menu button based on the size of the text The default value is false. Gets or Sets the font in the menu button. The default value is Null. Gets or sets the default font settings of Ribbon items Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu button image should be scaled. true if menu button image should be scaled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. This property should be set for images whose size is less than Menu Button size. Gets or sets the selected ToolStripTabItem in the RibbonControlAdv. Gets or sets the ToolStripDropDown to be displayed when menu button is clicked. Gets or sets the default font settings of RibbonControlAdv The default font family is "Segoe UI" and the font size is 8.25F Gets or sets the foreground color of the control. The foreground System.Drawing.Color of the control. The default is the value of the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DefaultForeColor property. Gets the MenuDropDown to be displayed when menu button is clicked. Gets the MenuButton DropDownItems if the Ribbon Header. Gets or sets width of menu button. The default value is DEF_MENU_BUTTON_WIDTH (40). To align the BackStage Arrow button The default value is BackButtonAlignment.Left. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Menu button can respond to user interaction. The default value is true. Gets or sets the BackStageView associated with the MenuButton. The default value is Null. Gets or sets the Menu color. Gets/Sets the Office2013ColorScheme The default value is Office2013ColorScheme.White. Gets/Sets the Office2016ColorScheme The default value is Office2016ColorScheme.White. Gets or sets visibility of menu button. The default value is true. Gets or Sets whether the form title bar should be removed and replaced with built in RibbonControlAdv system buttons true if form title bar should be visible; otherwise, false. Gets or sets panel's minimized status The default value is false. Occurs when MinimizePanel has changed. Gets or sets whether the panel should be shown for the ToolStripTabItem. The default value is true. Gets or sets panel's visibility status Indicates whether the user can expand or collapse the RibbonPanel. The default value is true. Indicates whether the Minimized RibbonPanel will be shown on mouse hover. The default value is false. Indicates whether the Minimized RibbonPanel will be shown on mouse hover. The default value is false. Gets or sets the form title alignment in RibbonControlAdv header. The default value is TextAlignment.Center. Specifies the color of the TittleText in the RibbonControlAdv header. The default value is SystemColors.ActiveCaptionText. Gets or sets the font settings of the title. Specifies the text for the items in the Quick Access Toolbar Editor. Gets the parent form. Gets collection of tab groups. Gets or sets visibility of quick panel. The default value is true. Gets or sets MinimizeButton ToolTip. The default value is "Minimize Ribbon". Gets or sets QuickDropDown ToolTip Text. The default value is "Customize Quick Access Toolbar". Gets or sets OverFlowButton ToolTip. The default value is "Show DropDown". Gets or sets MinimizeButton ToolTip. The default value is "Maximize Ribbon". Gets or sets value indicating whether quick access toolbar should be shown below ribbon. The default value is false. Gets or sets the value for HideToolTip. The default value is false. Gets or sets value for TouchMode. The default value is false. Gets or sets value RibbonDisplayOptionToolTip. The default value is "Ribbon Display Option". Gets or sets value HideMenuButtonToolTip. The default value is false. Gets or sets value RibbonTouchModeEnabled. The default value is false. Gets /Set the value for Showing 2010 Quick Items Dialog The default value is false. Gets / Sets the Menu button enabled or disabled. The default value is true. Indicates whether the event should be fired in the next application idle event. The default value is false. Gets / Sets the TabStop property needs to enabled or disabled. The default value is false. Occupied control height. Occupied height is the control height with or without height of RibbonPanel, it depends on MinimizePanel property. Gets or sets value indicating whether should show the context menu in Ribbon header. The default value is true. Gets/ Sets the SuperAccelerator. The default value is Null. Gets/Sets the MinimizeButton active area bounds. The default width and heights are 30, 20. Gets or Sets the image to be displayed in the menu button. The default value is Null. Gets or Sets the image Layout of QuickPanelImage. The default value is Null. Gets or sets the image of the ribbon. The default value is RibbonHeaderImage.Birds Gets or Sets the image Layout of QuickPanelImage. The default value is Null. Gets or sets the background color for the control. A System.Drawing.Color that represents the background color of the control. The default is the value of the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DefaultBackColor property. Gets or sets the style of the ribbon. The default value is RibbonStyle.Office2007. Gets the item to hide in Custom Quick Access dialog Gets toolstrip that contains quick items when they are places below ribbon. Gets/set the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when right clicked on the Ribbon control and before context menu opens Occurs when the user double-clicks the Menu button. Occurs when the user clicks the Menu button. Occurs when the mouse pointer hovers over the Menu button. Occurs if either the is on. Occurs before the DropDown of QuickItemsDropDownButton is shown. Occurs after the DropDown of QuickItemsDropDownButton is shown. Occurs when selected(checked) ToolStripTabItem has changed. Occurs when ColorScheme is changed. Hiding Click event Hiding MouseClick event Occurs when the user double clicks the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse down on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse up on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse wheel on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse enter on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse hover on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse leave on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse move on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when the Mouse capture changed on the RibbonControlAdv. Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. Occurs when a key is released while the control has focus. This Event will be triggered when Customize QAT is selected from ContextMenu This Event will be triggered when Customize Ribbon is selected from ContextMenu Gets/Sets the style of the ToolStripEx splitter. Occurs when ColorScheme is changed. Occurs when MenuColor is changed. Occurs when RibbonStyle is changed. Layout engine for RibbonControlAdv. Lays out items of RibbonControlAdv. The container on which the layout engine will operate. An event argument from a System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. true if layout should be performed again by the parent of container; otherwise, false. Constructor of the RibbonControlPopup The instance. Creates a handle and give back lost focus to the RibbonControlAdv control. Owner for RibbonControlPopup control. Gets owner for RibbonControlPopup control. Gets the RibbonStyle Gets the RightToLeft Gets the Office2013ColorScheme. Gets the Office2016ColorScheme. Gets the TouchStyleColorTable Gets the MenuColor Gets whether default highlight color should be used On right click delegate The source of the control. A value that contains the event data. Provides data for event. Constructor for the ContextMenuEventArgs Constructor for the ContextMenuEventArgs The argument contains the list of ToolStrip items. Gets the Context menu items list. Handles the event. The source of the control. A value that contains the event data. Provides data for event. Constructor of the BeforeQATEventArgs The argument contains the collection of objects. Gets the controls collection in the QATWindow Handles the event. Provides data for event. Constructor of the BeforeCustomizeRibbonEventArgs The argument contains the collection of objects. Gets the controls collection in the QATWindow RibbonControlAdvStateInfo class. Constructor of the RibbonControlAdvStateInfo Initialize the MinimizePanel Initialize the ShowQuickPanelBelowRibbon property Initialize the QuickItems. Initializes the Touch Mode Specifies the BackStage Navigation button style. Sets the BackStage Navigation button style like Office2013 menu button. Sets the BackStage Navigation button style like Touch Style menu button. Specifies the Alignment for QuickDropDownButton Specifies the Left alignment for QuickPanel. Specifies the Right alignment for QuickPanel. Specifies the Top alignment for QuickPanel. Specifies the default ToolStripEx border like in outlook Specifies the ToolStripEx border which fits the Ribbon Panel Determines the Resizing behavior of the ToolStripEx in RibbonControlAdv. Resizes to small icon then to DropDownButton Resizes to DropDownButton Specifies the Ribbon Style. Specifies the Office 2007 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the TouchStyle Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2016 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 White Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2013 DarkGray Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2013 LightGray Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2013 Managed Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2016 White Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2016 DarkGray Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2016 Black Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2016 Colorful Color Scheme. Specifies the Office 2007 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2007 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. Specifies whether user can set custom image Color Table for TouchStyle RibbonControlAdv. Constructor of the TouchStyleColorTable. Gets / sets the BackStageCaptionColor. Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. Variable to get/set the back color of the active RibbonPanel. Gets/Sets the color of the Close Button in pressed state. Gets /Sets the ForeColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. Gets /Sets the BackColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. Initialize the title color Initialize the MinimizeButtonForeColor Initialize the MinimizeButtonHoverForeColor Initialize the MinimizeButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the MaximizeButtonForeColor Initialize the MaximizeButtonForeColor Initialize the MaximizeButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the RestoreButtonForeColor Initialize the RestoreButtonHoverForeColor Initialize the RestoreButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the CloseButtonForeColor Initialize the CloseButtonHoverForeColor Initialize the CloseButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the BackStageMinimizeButtonForeColor Initialize the BackStageMinimizeButtonHoverForeColor Initialize the BackStageMinimizeButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the BackStageMaximizeButtonForeColor Initialize the BackStageMaximizeButtonForeColor Initialize the BackStageMaximizeButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the BackStageRestoreButtonForeColor Initialize the BackStageRestoreButtonHoverForeColor Initialize the BackStageRestoreButtonPressedForeColor Initialize the BackStageCloseButtonForeColor Initialize the BackStageCloseButtonHoverForeColor Initialize the BackStage CloseButtonPressedForeColor Gets/Sets the color of the Check Box Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. Gets/Sets the color of the Hover color of the DropDown background Gets/Sets the background color of the ToolStripDropDown button Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. Gets/Set the value of the ForeColor of the tab when the mouse is hover on it. The default value is Color.White. Gets/Set the value of the BackColor of the tab when the mouse is hover on it. Gets /sets the Caption color for the Backstage. Gets/Sets the color for Spliter. Gets/Sets the color for ToolStripBorder. Gets/Sets the color for ToolStripBorder. Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageButton for Hovering. Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageTab for Hovering. Gets/Sets the color for BackStageButton. Gets/Sets the color for BackStageTab. Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. Gets/Sets the color for Image Margin. Gets/Sets the color for Image Margin. Gets/Sets the color for MenuButtonArrow Gets/Sets the color for RibbonHeader. Gets/Sets the color for DropDown Gets/Sets the color for DropDownSelected Item. Gets/Sets the color for the DropDown Text. Gets/Sets the color for the DropDown Title. Gets/Sets the color for DropDown MenuItem. Gets/Sets the color for OverFlowArrow. Gets/Sets the color for QATDown Arrow. Gets/Sets the color for TabScrollArrow. Gets/Sets the color of the SplitButton for selected state. Gets/Sets the color of the SplitButton for Pressed state. Gets/Sets the color of the button for checked state. Gets/Sets the color of the Button for pressed state. Gets/Sets the color of the Button for hover state. Gets/Sets the color of the QATButton for hover state. Gets/Sets the color of the ToolStripTab. Gets/Sets the color of the ToolStripTabItem. Gets/Sets the color for SystemButtonBackground. Gets/Sets the color of the SystemButton in BackstageVisible mode. Gets/Sets the color of the CloseButton in BackStageVisibleMode. Gets/Sets the color of the close button. Gets/Sets the color of the ToolStripTab. Gets/Sets the back color of active RibbonPanel Gets/Sets the back color of active toolstriptabitem Gets/Sets the back color of the in active toolstriptabitem Gets/Sets the color of the TabForeColor. Gets/Sets the color of the CheckedTab. Gets/Sets the color of the Close Button in pressed state. Gets/Sets the color of the SystemButton in pressed state. Gets/Sets the color for Button Border. Gets/Sets the color of the selectedTabBorder. Gets/Sets the color of the TabBorder. Gets /Sets the ForeColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. Gets /Sets the BackColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. Gets/Set the TitleColor of the RibbonControlAdv. Gets/Set the value of the MinimizeButtonForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the MinimizeButtonHoverForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the MinimizeButtonPressedForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the MaximizeButtonForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the MaximizeButtonHoverForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the MaximizeButtonPressedForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the RestoreButtonForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the RestoreButtonHoverForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the RestoreButtonPressedForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the CloseButtonForeColor Gets/Set the value of the CloseButtonHoverForeColor Gets/Set the value of the CloseButtonPressedForeColor Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMinimizeButtonForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMinimizeButtonHoverForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMinimizeButtonPressedForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMaximizeButtonForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMaximizeButtonHoverForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMaximizeButtonPressedForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageRestoreButtonForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageRestoreButtonHoverForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageRestoreButtonPressedForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the BackStageCloseButtonForeColor Gets/Set the value of the BackStageCloseButtonHoverForeColor Gets/Set the value of the BackStage CloseButtonPressedForeColor Initializes the systemButtonBackground variable. Gets or sets the BackStageCaptionColor. Initializes the variable for captionBackColor. Initializes the variable for captionForeColor. Initializes the variable for contextMenuBackColor. Initializes the variable for toolStripSpliterColor. Initializes the variable for toolStripBorderColor. Initializes the variable for contextMenuItemSelected. Initializes the variable for splitButtonBackgroundSelected. Initializes the variable for splitButtonBackgroundPressed. Initializes the variable for launcherColorChecked. Initializes the variable for launcherColorSelected. Initializes the launcherColor variable. Initializes the toolStripBackColor variable. Initializes the buttonBackgroundSelected variable. Initializes the buttonBackgroundPressed variable. Initializes the toolstripitemforecolor variable. Initializes the ribbonPanelBorderColor variable. Initializes the upDownButtonBackColor variable. Initializes the hovertabForeColor variable. Initializes the tabForeColor variable. Initializes the checkedTabForeColor variable. Initializes the tabBackColor variable. Initializes the panelBackColor variable. Initializes the selectedTabColor variable. Initializes the minimizeButtonColor variable. Initializes the minimizeButtonColor variable. Initializes the restoreButtonColor variable. Initializes the closeButtonColor variable. Initializes the selectedTabBorderColor variable. Initializes the checkedTabColor variable. Initializes the headerColor variable. Initializes the titlecolor variable. Resetting the value of HeaderColor. Serializes the HeaderColor property. HeaderColor Resetting the value of TitleColor. Serializes the TitleColor property. TitleColor Resetting the value of CheckedTabColor. Serializes the CheckedTabColor property. CheckedTabColor Resetting the value of SelectedTabBorderColor. Serializes the SelectedTabBorderColor property. SelectedTabBorderColor Resetting the value of CloseButtonColor. Serializes the CloseButtonColor property. CloseButtonColor Resetting the value of SelectedTabColor. Serializes the SelectedTabColor property. SelectedTabColor Resetting the value of PanelBackColor. Serializes the PanelBackColor property. PanelBackColor Resetting the value of CheckedTabForeColor. Serializes the CheckedTabForeColor property. CheckedTabForeColor Resetting the value of TabForeColor. Serializes the TabForeColor property. TabForeColor Resetting the value of HoverTabForeColor. Serializes the HoverTabForeColor property. HoverTabForeColor Resetting the value of UpDownButtonBackColor. Serializes the UpDownButtonBackColor property. UpDownButtonBackColor Resetting the value of RibbonPanelBorderColor. Serializes the RibbonPanelBorderColor property. RibbonPanelBorderColor Resetting the value of ToolStripItemForeColor. Serializes the ToolStripItemForeColor property. ToolStripItemForeColor Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundPressed. Serializes the ButtonBackgroundPressed property. ButtonBackgroundPressed Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundSelected. Serializes the ButtonBackgroundSelected property. ButtonBackgroundSelected Resetting the value of ToolStripBackColor. Serializes the ToolStripBackColor property. ToolStripBackColor Resetting the value of ToolStripBackColor. Serializes the ToolStripBackColor property. ToolStripBackColor Resetting the value of LauncherColorNormal. Serializes the LauncherColorNormal property. LauncherColorNormal Resetting the value of LauncherColorSelected. Serializes the LauncherColorSelected property. LauncherColorSelected Resetting the value of LauncherBackColorSelected. Serializes the LauncherBackColorSelected property. LauncherBackColorSelected Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed property. SplitButtonBackgroundPressed Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected property. SplitButtonBackgroundSelected Resetting the value of ContextMenuItemSelected. Serializes the ContextMenuItemSelected property. ContextMenuItemSelected Resetting the value of ToolStripBorderColor. Serializes the ToolStripBorderColor property. ToolStripBorderColor Resetting the value of ToolStripSpliterColor. Serializes the ToolStripSpliterColor property. ToolStripSpliterColor Resetting the value of ContextMenuBackColor. Serializes the ContextMenuBackColor property. ContextMenuBackColor Resetting the value of CaptionForeColor. Serializes the CaptionForeColor property. CaptionForeColor Resetting the value of CaptionBackColor. Serializes the CaptionBackColor property. CaptionBackColor Resetting the value of BackStageCaptionColor. Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. BackStageCaptionColor Resetting the value of MinimizeButton Color. Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. BackStageCaptionColor Resetting the value of SystemButtonBackground. Serializes the SystemButtonBackground property. SystemButtonBackground Specifies the owner of the Range Specifies the notify owner of the Range Gets or Sets the instance range name Gets or sets the value of the SystemButtonBackground. Gets or sets the Caption color for the Backstage. Gets or sets the value of the CaptionBackColor. Gets or sets the value of the CaptionForeColor. Gets or sets the value of the ContextMenuBackColor. Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripSpliterColor. Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripBorderColor. Gets or sets the value of the ContextMenuItemSelected. Gets or sets the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. Gets or sets the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. Gets or sets the value of the LauncherBackColorSelected. Gets or sets the value of the LauncherColorSelected. Gets or sets the value of the LauncherColorNormal. Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripBackColor. Gets or sets the value of the ButtonBackgroundSelected. Gets or sets the value of the ButtonBackgroundPressed. Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripItemForeColor. Getsor sets the value of the RibbonPanelBorderColor. Gets or sets the value of the UpDownButtonBackColor. Gets or sets the value of the HoverTabForeColor. Gets or sets the value of the TabForeColor. Gets or sets the value of the CheckedTabForeColor. Gets or sets the value of the PanelBackColor. Gets or sets the value of the TabBackColor. Gets or sets the value of the SelectedTabColor. Gets or sets the value of the MinimizeButtonColor. Gets or sets the value of the MaximizeButtonColor. Gets or sets the value of the RestoreButtonColor. Gets or sets the value of the CloseButtonColor Gets or sets the value of the SelectedTabBorderColor. Gets or sets the value of the CheckedTabColor Gets or sets the value of the HeaderColor Gets or sets the value of the TitleColor Color Table for Office2013 Ribbon Style. Initializing the Office2016ColorTable. Specifies the owner of the Range Specifies the notify owner of the Range Resetting the value of BottomToolStripBackColor. Serializes the BottomToolStripBackColor property. BottomToolStripBackColor Resetting the value of GalleryItemNormalTextColor. Serializes the GalleryItemNormalTextColor property. GalleryItemNormalTextColor Resetting the value of GalleryItemHoveredTextColor. Serializes the GalleryItemHoveredTextColor property. GalleryItemHoveredTextColor Resetting the value of TabGroup ForeColor. Serializes the TabGroup ForeColor property. TabGroup ForeColor Resetting the value of TabGroup BackColor. Serializes the TabGroupBackColor property. TabGroupBackColor Resetting the value of GalleryItemNormalColor. Serializes the GalleryItemNormalColor property. GalleryItemNormalColor Resetting the value of BackStageButtonHoverColor. Serializes the BackStageButtonHoverColor property. BackStageButtonHoverColor Resetting the value of BackStageTabHoverColor. Serializes the BackStageTabHoverColor property. BackStageTabHoverColor Resetting the value of BackStageButtonSelectionColor. Serializes the BackStageButtonSelectionColor property. BackStageButtonSelectionColor Resetting the value of BackStageCaptionColor. Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. BackStageCaptionColor Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. Resetting the value of BackStageTabForeColor. Serializes the BackStageTabForeColor property. BackStageTabForeColor Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. Resetting the value of BackStageButtonForeColor. Serializes the BackStageButtonForeColor property. BackStageButtonForeColor Resetting the value of GalleryItemCheckedColor. Serializes the GalleryItemCheckedColor property. GalleryItemCheckedColor Resetting the value of GalleryItemPressedColor. Serializes the GalleryItemPressedColor property. GalleryItemPressedColor Resetting the value of GalleryItemSelectedColor. Serializes the GalleryItemSelectedColor property. GalleryItemSelectedColor Resetting the value of CloseButtonBackground. Serializes the CloseButtonBackground property. CloseButtonBackground Resetting the value of SystemButtonBackground. Serializes the SystemButtonBackground property. SystemButtonBackground Resetting the value of BackStageSystemButtonBackground. Serializes the BackStageSystemButtonBackground property. BackStageSystemButtonBackground Resetting the value of QuickDropDownSelectedcolor. Serializes the QuickDropDownSelectedcolor property. QuickDropDownSelectedcolor Resetting the value of QuickDropDownPressedcolor. Serializes the QuickDropDownPressedcolor property. QuickDropDownPressedcolor Resetting the value of QuickDropDownBackColor. Serializes the QuickDropDownBackColor property. QuickDropDownBackColor Gets / sets the BackStageCaptionColor. Resetting the value of BackStageCaptionColor. Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. BackStageCaptionColor Resetting the value of CaptionBackColor. Serializes the CaptionBackColor property. CaptionBackColor Resetting the value of CaptionForeColor. Serializes the CaptionForeColor property. CaptionForeColor Resetting the value of ContextMenuBackColor. Serializes the ContextMenuBackColor property. ContextMenuBackColor Resetting the value of DropDownBackColor. Serializes the DropDownBackColor property. DropDownBackColor Resetting the value of DropDownSelectedColor. Serializes the DropDownSelectedColor property. DropDownSelectedColor Resetting the value of ToolStripSpliterColor. Resetting the value of ToolStripSpliterColor. Serializes the ToolStripSpliterColor property. ToolStripSpliterColor Resetting the value of ToolStripBorderColor. Serializes the ToolStripBorderColor property. ToolStripBorderColor Resetting the value of ContextMenuItemSelected. Serializes the ContextMenuItemSelected property. ContextMenuItemSelected Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected property. SplitButtonBackgroundSelected Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed property. SplitButtonBackgroundPressed Resetting the value of LauncherBackColorSelected. Serializes the LauncherBackColorSelected property. LauncherBackColorSelected Resetting the value of LauncherColorSelected. Serializes the LauncherColorSelected property. LauncherColorSelected Resetting the value of LauncherColorNormal. Serializes the LauncherColorNormal property. LauncherColorNormal Resetting the value of ToolStripBackColor. Serializes the ToolStripBackColor property. ToolStripBackColor Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundSelected. Serializes the ButtonBackgroundSelected property. ButtonBackgroundSelected Resetting the value of ContextMenuTitleBackground. Serializes the ContextMenuTitleBackground property. ContextMenuTitleBackground Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundPressed. Serializes the ButtonBackgroundPressed property. ButtonBackgroundPressed Resetting the value of ToolStripItemForeColor. Serializes the ToolStripItemForeColor property. ToolStripItemForeColor Resetting the value of RibbonPanelBorderColor. Serializes the RibbonPanelBorderColor property. RibbonPanelBorderColor Resetting the value of UpDownButtonBackColor. Serializes the UpDownButtonBackColor property. UpDownButtonBackColor Resetting the value of HoverTabForeColor. Serializes the HoverTabForeColor property. HoverTabForeColor Resetting the value of TabForeColor. Serializes the TabForeColor property. TabForeColor Resetting the value of CheckedTabForeColor. Serializes the CheckedTabForeColor property. CheckedTabForeColor Resetting the value of PanelBackColor. Serializes the PanelBackColor property. PanelBackColor Resetting the value of TabBackColor. Serializes the TabBackColor property. TabBackColor Resetting the value of SelectedTabColor. Serializes the SelectedTabColor property. SelectedTabColor Resetting the value of CheckedTabColor. Serializes the CheckedTabColor property. CheckedTabColor Resetting the value of HeaderColor. Serializes the HeaderColor property. HeaderColor Resetting the value of TitleColor. Serializes the TitleColor property. TitleColor Resetting the value of BackStageTitleColor. Serializes the BackStageTitleColor property. BackStageTitleColor Gets/Sets the color for BottomToolStripBackColor. Gets/Sets the Color of the GalleryItem TextColor Gets/Sets the Color of the GalleryItem hovered Text Color Gets/Sets the Color of the TabGroup ForeColor Gets/Sets the Color of the TabGroup BackColor Gets / Sets the back color of the Gallery Item. Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageButton for Hovering. Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageTab for Hovering. Gets/Sets the selection color for BackStageButton. Gets/Sets the selection color for BackStageTab. Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. Gets/ sets the Checked Gallery item back color Gets/Sets the pressed color of the Gallery Item. Gets/sets the selected color of the Gallery Item. Gets/Set the back color of the Close ButtonBackground. Gets/Set the value of the SystemButtonBackground. Gets/Set the value of the SystemButtonBackground. Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. Gets /sets the Caption color for the Backstage. Gets/Set the value of the CaptionBackColor. Gets/Set the value of the CaptionForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the ContextMenuBackColor. Gets/Set the value of the ContextMenuBackColor. Gets/Set the value of the DropDownSelectedColor. Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripSpliterColor. Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripBorderColor. Gets/Set the value of the ContextMenuItemSelected. Gets/Set the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. Gets/Set the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. Gets/Set the value of the LauncherBackColorSelected. Gets/Set the value of the LauncherColorSelected. Gets/Set the value of the LauncherColorNormal. Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripBackColor. Gets/Set the value of the ButtonBackgroundSelected. Gets/Set the value of the ButtonBackgroundSelected. Gets/Set the value of the ButtonBackgroundPressed. Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripItemForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the RibbonPanelBorderColor. Gets/Set the value of the UpDownButtonBackColor. Gets/Set the value of the HoverTabForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the TabForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the CheckedTabForeColor. Gets/Set the value of the PanelBackColor. Gets/Set the value of the TabBackColor. Gets/Set the value of the SelectedTabColor. Gets/Set the value of the CheckedTabColor Gets/Set the value of the HeaderColor Gets/Set the value of the TitleColor Gets/Set the value of the TitleColor Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. RibbonControlAdv Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. Number of Child. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. Index Child specified to the index Retrieves the object that has the focus. >An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns null if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation values. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Gets the state of this accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. The description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. Change location of arrow button in backstage Button location Left Button location Right Button location center Specifies the control items. AutoHide Mode MinimizePanel Mode RibbonPanel Mode ImageButtonItem class Constructor of the ImageButton class Constructor of the ImageButton Raises the ImageButton.VisibleChanged event. Constructor of the ImageButton Provide the functionality for the Container. Provided accessibility to the control. Specifies the NotifyDefault Indicates value. Raises the click event Preprocesses keyboard or input messages within the message loop before they are dispatched. A System.Windows.Forms.Message, passed by reference, that represents the message to process. The possible values are WM_KEYDOWN, WM_SYSKEYDOWN, WM_CHAR, and WM_SYSCHAR. true if the message was processed by the control; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the DialogResult. Gets / Sets the HoverImage Gets / Sets the DownImage Gets / Sets the NormalImage Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. RibbonControlAdv Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the object that has the focus. >An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Gets the state of this accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. The description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. RibbonMinimizePopUp class Image size for default scaling. Image size for 125 scaling. Image size for 150 scaling. Image for close button The color which needs to be applied. Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. Image for Minimize button The color which needs to be applied. Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. Image for maximize button The color which needs to be applied. Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. Image for maximize button The color which needs to be applied. Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. Returns the Help image Returns the Help image for Office2010 style. Returns the Help image for Office2013 style. Provides data for SelectedTabChangedEventHandler. Constructor of the SelectedTabChangedEventArgs. Previous selected ToolStripTabItem. New selected ToolStripTabItem. Previous selected ToolStripTabItem. New selected ToolStripTabItem. Represents the method that will handle a SelectedTabChanged event. Control that raises event. Provides with previous and new selected ToolStripTabItems. Provides data for DropDownEventHandler. Constructor of the DropDownEventArgs The DropDown that will be shown. The DropDown that will be shown. Represents the method that will handle a BeforeCustomizeDropDownPopup event. Control that raises event. Provides with DropDown that will be shown. ToolStripTabItemsComparer class. Compare the ToolStripTab items. The first item needs to be compared. The second item needs to be compared. RibbonSystemText class Initialization of the constant variable CRD_ADD. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_REMOVE. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_OK. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CANCEL. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RESET. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_NEWTAB. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_NEWGROUP. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAME. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_LABLE. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CHOOSECOMMANDS. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_MAINTAB. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CUSTOMIZATIONLABLE. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CAPTION. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMEFORMCAPTION. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMEOKBUTTON. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMECANCELBUTTON. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMEDISPLAYTEXT. Initialization of the constant variable CRD_COLUMNHEADERTEXT. Initialization of the locControl variable. Constructor of the RibbonSystemText The control instance. Gets or sets text of 'Add' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Remove' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Reset' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Ok' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'NewTab' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'NewGroup' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Rename' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Customize Ribbon' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Choose Commands From' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Main Tab' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Customizations' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of Customize Ribbon Form caption. Gets or sets text of Rename Form caption text in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'OK' button text in Rename dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button text in Rename dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Display' label text in Rename dialog. Gets or sets text of ColumnHeader in ListBox of CustomizedRibbon dialog. Gets or sets text of CustomizeRibbon in QAT drop down. Serializes the ColumnHeaderText property. ColumnHeaderText Resets the ColumnHeaderText property. Serializes the QuickAccessCustomizeRibbonText property. QuickAccessCustomizeRibbonText Resets the QuickAccessCustomizeRibbonText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogAddText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogAddText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogAddText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogRemoveText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogRemoveText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogRemoveText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogResetText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogResetText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogResetText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogOKText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogOKText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogOKText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogCancelText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogCancelText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogCancelText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewTabText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogNewTabText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewTabText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewGroupText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogNewGroupText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewGroupText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogRenameText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogRenameText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogRenameText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogLabelText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogLabelText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogLabelText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogChooseCommandsText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogChooseCommandsText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogChooseCommandsText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogMainTabText property. CustomizeRibbonDialogMainTabText Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogMainTabText property. Serializes the CustomizationLabelText property. CustomizationLabelText Resets the CustomizationLabelText property. Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogCaption property. CustomizeRibbonDialogCaption Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogCaption property. Serializes the RenameFormText property. RenameFormText Resets the RenameFormText property. Serializes the RenameOkButtonText property. RenameOkButtonText Resets the RenameOkButtonText property. Serializes the RenameCancelButtonText property. RenameCancelButtonText Resets the RenameCancelButtonText property. Gets or sets text of 'Add' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Remove' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Reset' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Ok' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'NewTab' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'NewGroup' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Rename' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Customize Ribbon' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Choose Commands From' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Main Tab' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Customizations' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of Customize Ribbon Form caption. Gets or sets text of Rename Form caption text in Customize Ribbon dialog. Gets or sets text of 'OK' button text in Rename dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button text in Rename dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Display' label text in Rename dialog. Gets or sets text of ColumnHeader in ListBox of CustomizedRibbon dialog. Gets or sets text of CustomizeRibbon in QAT drop down. Gets or sets text of menu command to add new item to Quick access bar Gets or sets text of menu command to remove item from Quick access bar Gets or sets text of menu command to customize Quick access bar. Gets or sets text of menu command to place Quick access bar below Ribbon. Gets or sets text of menu command to place Quick access bar above Ribbon. Gets or sets text of menu command to minimize Ribbon. Gets or sets title of Quick access customize dialog Gets or sets label of command selector in Quick access customize dialog Gets or sets text of 'Add' button in Quick access customize dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Remove' button in Quick access customize dialog. Gets or sets text of 'OK' button in Quick access customize dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button in Quick access customize dialog. Gets or sets text of 'Reset' button in Quick access customize dialog. Gets or sets the name of drop down in Quick access customize dialog. Info about ToolStripItem in the RibbonControlAdvHeader. Creates and initializes new instance of ToolStripItemAdvInfo. Name of the underlying item. Reference to the underlying item. The DropDownButtonAdvInfo class Constructor of the DropDownButtonAdvInfo. The ToolStripItem instance. ToolStripMenuButton class Constructor of the ToolStripMenuButton The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Gets a value indicating whether the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripDropDownItem has System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripDropDown controls associated with it. true if the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripDropDownItem has ToolStripDropDown controls; otherwise, false. Constructor of the Office2007MenuStrip ToolStripSplitButton with text associated with DropDownButton instead of Image. Constructor of the ToolStripSplitButtonEx Get preferred Font for ToolStripSplitButtonEx. > Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Prevent OnClick event if user press mouse not in ImageBounds. Uses to paint SplitButtonEx in normal state after MouseUp event if cursor not in bounds of SplitButtonEx. Message to process. Internal layout instance. Current button state. Image bounds. Button bounds. Indicates if Left mouse button is pressed. Indicates if Left mouse button is pressed. Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the item. The to apply to the text displayed by the . The default is the value of the property. Gets or sets Internal layout instance. Gets or sets Image bounds. Gets or sets Button bounds. Gets or sets current button state. If we have enough height to locate DropDown under the SplitButtonEx then set DropDown location as BottomLeft corner of SplitButtonEx. Otherwise DropDown will appear above the SplitButtonEx. Uses to paint SplitButtonEx in different states. Out of split button. Mouse hover Image button. Image button is pressed. Mouse hover dropdown button. Dropdown button is pressed or DropDown is opened. SplitButtonExInternalLayout class. Minimum Image height. Minimum Image width. Minimum Image width. Control border width. Control border width. Width of DropDownButton. 125 DPI Width of DropDownButton. 150 DPI Width of DropDownButton. Constructor of the SplitButtonExInternalLayout. The instance of the ToolStripSplitButtonEx Last preferred size of item. Instance of ToolStripSplitButtonEx. Bounds of Image. Bounds of Text. Bounds of DropDownButton. Size of Image. Size of Text. Position of separator that divide SplitButtonEx on button with arrrow and image areas. Get preferred size for ToolStripSplitButtonEx. > Gets bounds of Image. Gets bounds of Text. Gets bounds of DropDownButton. Gets position of separator that divide SplitButtonEx on button with arrrow and image areas. Gets Image size. Gets Text size. Visual group of tab items. Name of group. Color of group. List of group bounds to draw at the header. Creates new instance of ToolStripTabGroup. Returns name of group. Gets or sets name of group. Gets or sets the font of the text displayed. Gets or sets color of group. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and all its child controls are displayed. true if the control and all its child controls are displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. Gets list of group bounds to draw at the header. Occurs when Name of the TabGroup changed. Occurs when Color of the TabGroup changed. Occurs when visibility of the TabGroup changed. Occurs when font of the TabGroup changed. Collection of tab groups. Also provides TabGroup extended property. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader. Creates and initializes new instance of TabGroupCollection. Instance of underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader control. Returns true if component should be extended with TabGroup property. The source of the object. Getter of TabGroup extended property. The component which needs to get in TabGroup. Getter of TabGroup extended property. The component which needs to get in TabGroup. The ToolStripTabGroup instance. Gets underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader control. Event arguments for delegates related to tab groups. Tab group. Creates and initializes new instance of TabGroupEventArgs. Tab group. Delegate for events related to tab groups. The source of the control. Event arguments for delegates related to tab groups. An event argument contains the event data. Type converter for TabGroup property, String corresponding to null property value. Allows converting from strings. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert from. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. (Converts from strings). An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context The System.Globalization.CultureInfo to use as the current culture. The System.Object to convert. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. (Converts to string.) An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Fills list of standard values. Returns a collection of standard values for the data type this type converter is designed for when provided with a format context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context that can be used to extract additional information about the environment from which this converter is invoked. This parameter or properties of this parameter can be null. A System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection that holds a standard set of valid values, or null if the data type does not support a standard set of values. Enables standard values. Returns whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true if System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, false. Returns whether the collection of standard values returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() is an exclusive list of possible values, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true if the System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() is an exhaustive list of possible values; false if other values are possible. Serializer for TabGroupCollection. Serializes TabGroup extended property. Performs serialization. Serializes the specified object into a CodeDOM object. The serialization manager to use during serialization. The object to serialize. A CodeDOM object representing the object that has been serialized. ToolStripTabItem class. Represents a selectable ToolStripButton that can contain text and images. The IShortcutSupport interface Default width of the ToolstripTabItem in Office 2010 Style. Default height of the ToolstripTabItem in Office 2010 Style. Constructor of the ToolStripTabItem. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. The custom-sized area for a control. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Checks whether the added tab is Default tab Indicates if TabItem is selected. Indicates if RibbonPanel was auto generated Gets or sets the zero based index position of Tab items. Gets / Sets the Ribbon panel. Gets / Sets the Padding of the ToolStripTabItem. Gets whether the control is selected or not. Checks whether the added tab is Default tab Gets/Sets value if TabItem is selected. CustomDescriptor class Constructor of the CustomDescriptor. A System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor containing the name of the member and its attributes. Constructor of the CustomDescriptor. Initializes a new instance of the System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor class with the name in the specified System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor and the attributes in both the System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor and the System.Attribute array. A System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor containing the name of the member and its attributes. An System.Attribute array containing the attributes you want to associate with the property. When overridden in a derived class, gets the current value of the property on a component. The component with the property for which to retrieve the value. The value of a property for a given component. When overridden in a derived class, sets the value of the component to a different value. The component with the property value that is to be set. The new value. When overridden in a derived class, returns whether resetting an object changes its value. The component to test for reset capability. true if resetting the component changes its value; otherwise, false. When overridden in a derived class, resets the value for this property of the component to the default value. The component with the property value that is to be reset to the default value. When overridden in a derived class, determines a value indicating whether the value of this property needs to be persisted. The component with the property to be examined for persistence. true if the property should be persisted; otherwise, false. When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the component this property is bound to. A System.Type that represents the type of component this property is bound to. When the System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor.GetValue(System.Object) or System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor.SetValue(System.Object,System.Object) methods are invoked, the object specified might be an instance of this type. When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the property. A System.Type that represents the type of the property. When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether this property is read-only. true if the property is read-only; otherwise, false. MenuButtonGlyph class. Constructor of the MenuButtonGlyph The RibbonControlAdv instance. Provides hit test logic. A point to hit-test. A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor if the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph is associated with p; otherwise, null. Provides paint logic. A System.Windows.Forms.PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Gets the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. A System.Drawing.Rectangle representing the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. MenuButtonBehavior class Constructor of the MenuButtonBehavior Called when any mouse-down message enters the adorned window of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.BehaviorService. A System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. A System.Windows.Forms.MouseButtons value indicating which button was clicked. The location at which the click occurred. true if the message was handled; otherwise, false. MenuButtonTypeItem class. Constructor of the MenuButtonTypeItem Create a ToolStripItem The IServiceProvider provides the custom support to other objects. A System.String containing the name of the System.ComponentModel.Component, if any, or null if the System.ComponentModel.Component is unnamed. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed on the item. A string representing the item's text. The default value is the empty string Array of standard items MenuDropDownDesigner class Constructor of the MenuDropDownDesigner. Prepares the designer to view, edit, and design the specified component. The component for this designer. Gets the design-time action lists supported by the component associated with the designer. Overrides the ActionLists. The design-time action lists supported by the component associated with the designer. Overrides the selection rules. MenuDropDownGlyph class Constructor of the MenuDropDownGlyph The designer of the MenuDropDown Indicates whether a mouse click at the specified point should be handled by the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.ControlBodyGlyph. A point to hit test. A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor if the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph is associated with p; otherwise, null. Overrides the paint event. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data Gets the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. A System.Drawing.Rectangle representing the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. MenuDropDownOpeningHandler class Constructor of the MenuDropDownOpeningHandler Provide functionality required by all the components. Dispose the MenuDropDown. MenuDropDownItemsEditor class. Constructor of the MenuDropDownItemsEditor. Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, then System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() will return System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. Context class. Constructor of the Context MenuDropDownTypeConverter class. Provides a type converter to convert object references to and from other representations. Constructor of the MenuDropDownTypeConverter A System.Type that represents the type to associate with this reference converter. Converts the given value object to the reference type using the specified context and arguments. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo that specifies the culture used to represent the font. The System.Object to convert. The type to convert the object to. The converted object. Returns a value indicating whether a particular value can be added to the standard values collection. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides an additional context. The value to check. true if the value is allowed and can be added to the standard values collection; false if the value cannot be added to the standard values collection. RibbonAdornerService class. Constructor of the RibbonAdornerService. The IDesignerHost instance. It provides the designer transactions and components. RibbonAdornerService Provides the functionality for required site. Add the Glyphs. The GlyphCollection instance. Remove the Glyphs. The GlyphCollection instance. Gets the Adorner Designer for RibbonControlAdv. Design time RibbonControlAdv instance. Action lists. Glyph. Constructor of the RibbonControlAdvDesigner. Initializes members. Provide functionality required by all the components. Adds new item to the control. Type of item to be added. Placement of new item. Gets hit test. Enables design mode for newly added panel. Adds new item to container if needed and subscribes for events. Opening event handler for QuickToolStripDropDownButton DropDown is disabled in design mode Opening event handler for MenuButton dropdown Set Checked state item if necessary. Gets collection of action lists. Placement of item in RibbonControlAdvHeader. Item is situated in the quick panel. Item is situated in the main panel. Action list for RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesigner. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesigner. Collection of action items. Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesignerActionList. Design time RibbonControlAdv instance. Underlying RibbonControlAdvDesigner. Adds new button to the top items. Adds new tab item to the main items. Used to customize the Ribbon. Returns collection of action list items. Gets or sets value indicating whether quick access toolbar should be shown below ribbon. The default value is false. Glyph for RibbonControlAdvHeader. Underlying control. Behavior sefrvice. Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdvHeaderGlyph. Underlying control. Behavior. Returns true if hit text succeeds. Gets bounds of items area. Gets bounds of header. Type converter for RibbonControlAdv. Checks whether type can be converted. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts types. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. RibbonControlDescriptorService class Initialize the RibbonControlDescriptorService Provide functionality for all the required sites. CustomDescriptor class CustomDescriptor class. The PropertyDescriptor instance. Initializes a new instance of the System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor class with the name in the specified System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor and the attributes in both the System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor and the System.Attribute array. A System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor containing the name of the member and its attributes. An System.Attribute array containing the attributes you want to associate with the property. When overridden in a derived class, gets the current value of the property on a component. The component with the property for which to retrieve the value. The value of a property for a given component. When overridden in a derived class, sets the value of the component to a different value. The component with the property value that is to be set. The new value. When overridden in a derived class, returns whether resetting an object changes its value. The component to test for reset capability. true if resetting the component changes its value; otherwise, false. When overridden in a derived class, resets the value for this property of the component to the default value. The component with the property value that is to be reset to the default value. When overridden in a derived class, determines a value indicating whether the value of this property needs to be persisted. The component with the property to be examined for persistence. true if the property should be persisted; otherwise, false. When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the property. A System.Type that represents the type of the property. When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether this property is read-only. true if the property is read-only; otherwise, false. Gets the IsBrowsable. Overridden property. OfficeButtonTypeDescriptionProvider class Constructor of the OfficeButtonTypeDescriptionProvider The type provider. Gets a custom type descriptor for the given type and object. The type of object for which to retrieve the type descriptor. An instance of the type. Can be null if no instance was passed to the System.ComponentModel.TypeDescriptor. An System.ComponentModel.ICustomTypeDescriptor that can provide meta data for the type. OfficeButtonTypeDescriptor class Constructor of the OfficeButtonTypeDescriptor Provides an interface that supplies dynamic custom type information for an object. TypeConverter for ToolStripItemAdvInfo. Checks whether type can be converted. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts types. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Toolstrip that contains quick items when they are places below ribbon. Specifis whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Specifies whether high contrast theme to be enabled. Fake item to return for invisible items during filtering. Collection of filtered items. Indicates whether items should be filtered. Constructor of the BottomToolstrip The RibbonControlAdvHeader.QuickItemsCollection instance. Anchors a BottomToolstrip to a particular place on a System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip. The System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem to anchor. A System.Drawing.Point representing the x and y client coordinates of the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem location, in pixels. Get the ToolStripItem The ToolStripItem instance. Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. Specifies whether to enable or disable HighContrast theme. Retrieves the current display rectangle. A System.Drawing.Rectangle representing the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip area for item layout. Gets the ToolStripItemCollection Overrides the LayoutEngine Passes a reference to the cached System.Windows.Forms.Control.LayoutEngine returned by the layout engine interface. A System.Windows.Forms.Layout.LayoutEngine that represents the cached layout engine returned by the layout engine interface. Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. The source of the control A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. Dialog form for quick panel customization. Initialize the localized resources. Execute the RibbonControlAdv by using the instance of the RibbonControlAdvHeader. The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. Updates state of Add button. Updates availability of Remove button. Adds items to destination list view. Removes items from destination list view. Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. Removed items from destination list on mouse double click. Updates colection of quick buttons. Method clears destination list. Cancel Button Event Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. Ribbon panel to extract items from. Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. DropDown to extract items from. Clears source list. Updates destination list view: clears it and then fills again. Clear destination list. Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. Extracts supported items list from specified collection. Source items collection list of suported items Collection of components reflected in quick panel. Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. Collection of items in quick panel. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. StartPanel class Constructor of the StartPanel The ToolStripDropDown instance. Overrides the ToString() method. The string value. DropDown with items. Gets DropDown with items. RibbonPanelItem class Constructor of the RibbonPanelItem The ToolStripTabItem instance. The text of the panel item. Overrides the ToString() method. The panel text value. Gets the RibbonPanel QuickComparer class. Constructor of the QuickComparer The IList instance. Compare the quick items. The first item which needs to be compared. The second item which needs to be compared. Represents progress bar able to reflect functionality of referenced toolstrip progress bar. Values for progress bar related windows messages. Reflected toolstrip progress bar. NativeMessageHandler instance for subclassing reflected progress bar. Creates new instance of ProgressbarReflectable. Constructor of the ProgressbarReflectable The ToolStripProgressBar instance. Processes messages of sub classed progress bar. Passes the windows messages Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. he custom-sized area for a control. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or sets reflected progress bar. Gets or sets the size of the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Represents quick button able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip button. Creates new instance of QuickItemButton. Constructor of the QuickButtonReflectable The ToolStripButton instance. Variable for scaling factor To update size of the ToolStrip items in 150 scaling Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Redirects mouse click to reflected button. Reset the QuickButtonReflectable. Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality required by all the components. Button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. Gets or sets button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. Gets / Sets the QuickButtonReflectable is enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the size of the item. A System.Drawing.Size, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets component that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. Represents ComboBox able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip ComboBox. Creates new instance of QuickComboboxReflectable. Creates new instance of QuickComboboxReflectable. ToolStripComboBox to reflect. Creates and initializes new instance of QuickComboboxReflectable. ToolStripComboBox to reflect. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Updates text of reflected combobox. Updates selected index of reflected combobox. Updates text. Updates selected index. Update properties from reflected combobox Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxReflectable. Gets or sets ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxReflectable. Gets / Sets whether the QuickCheckBoxReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets component that is reflected by current QuickComboboxReflectable. Represents DropDownButton able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip DropDownButton. Creates new instance of QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. Creates new instance of QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. ToolStripDropDownButton to reflect Creates and initializes new instance of QuickDropDownButtonReflectable ToolStripDropDownButton to reflect. Prevents disposing of Reflected button's dropdown Detaches DropDown if quick item was removed Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Update properties from reflected button Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. DropDownButton that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. Gets or sets DropDownButton that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. Gets / Sets whether the QuickDropDownButtonReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets component that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. QuickGallery class Default dimensions for one row. Currently selected item. Currently selected gallery item. Currently disabled item. Currently checked item. Indicates if item must be checked after user clicks on it. Offset of scroll position. The upper position is 0. Current real height of layouted component without scrollers. Point where scroller was pressed. Scroller offset at the moment when scroller was pressed. Gets Currently Pointed index Gets no. of rows based on ToolStripGallery dimension Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Hover color. Serializes the GalleryItemHoverColor property. Resets the GalleryItemHoverColor property. Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Selected color. Serializes the GalleryItemSelectedColor property. Resets the GalleryItemSelectedColor property. Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Checked color. Serializes the GalleryItemCheckedColor property. Resets the GalleryItemCheckedColor property. Highlights items. Gets area for laying out items. Excludes scrollers and caption. Gets item at point. Method updates scroll offset value to show item entirely. Item's index. Resets Dimensions to its default value. Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Hover color. Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Selected color. Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Checked color. Gets or Sets the ToolTip visiblity for Gallery Gets or Sets value indicating whether toolstripgallary can Fit to its parent height. This property will take effect when AutoSize is enabled Gets or sets checked item. Gets or sets if item must be checked after user clicks on it. Gets the current highlighted ToolStripGalleryItem in the ToolStripGallery. Gets the current highlighted ToolStripGalleryItem in the ToolStripGallery. Constructor of the QuickGallery The ToolStripGallery instance. Update properties from reflected button Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. Gets component that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. QuickSplitButtonEx class Constructor of the QuickSplitButtonEx The ToolStripSplitButtonEx instance Constructor of the QuickSplitButtonEx The ToolStripSplitButtonEx instance Prevents disposing of Reflected button's dropdown Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Detaches reflected button's dropdown if item was removed Redirects mouse click to reflected button. Update properties from reflected button Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. Gets / Sets the ReflectedItem Gets / Sets whether the QuickSplitButtonExReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets component that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonExReflectable. Represents SplitButton able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip SplitButton. Creates new instance of QuickSplitButtonReflectable. Creates and initializes new instance of QuickSplitButtonReflectable. ToolStripSplitButton to reflect. Creates and initializes new instance of QuickSplitButtonReflectable. ToolStripSplitButton to reflect. Prevents disposing of Reflected button's dropdown Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Detaches reflected button's dropdown if item was removed Redirects mouse click to reflected button. Update properties from reflected button Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. SplitButton that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonReflectable. Gets or sets SplitButton that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonReflectable. Gets / Sets whether the QuickSplitButtonReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets component that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonReflectable. Represents Textbox able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip Textbox. Creates new instance of QuickTextboxReflectable. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Updates text of reflected text box. Updates current text. Update properties from reflected button Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. Textbox that is reflected by current QuickTextboxReflectable. Gets or sets Textbox that is reflected by current QuickTextboxReflectable. Gets / Sets whether the QuickTextBoxReflectable enabled or disabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) Gets component that is reflected by current QuickTextboxReflectable. Represents dropdown button situated in quick items panel and reflecting existing toolstrip. Tool strip panel item. Reinits properties. Gets tool strip panel item. Creates new instance of QuickToolStripDropDownButton. Updates current image. Performs launcher click of reflected toolstrip. Gets the item which needs to reflected. The instance of the component. Creates an item able to reflect given component. Component that should be reflected. ToolStripItem reflecting given component or null if it can't be created because of actual type of component. Gets list of items that reflect items of given toolstrip. Toolstrip to extract items from. List of items that reflect items of given toolstrip. Update properties from reflected toolstrip. Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. Provide functionality for all required components. Toolstrip reflected by QuickToolStripDropDownButton. Gets or sets reflected toolstrip. Gets component that is reflected by current QuickToolstripReflectable. Handles the GetMinSizeHandler event. The size which needs to be specified. Raises the ColorSchemeChanged event. The source of the control. The color scheme which needs to be applied. Raises the RibbonStyleChanged event. The source of the control. Indicates the RibbonStyle Raises the MenuColorChanged event. The source of the control. The menu color. Indicates the DockStyleEx. Docking style is None. Docking style is Top Docking style is Bottom Docking style is Left. Docking style is Right. Docking style is Fill. Docking style is TopMost. Docking style is BottomMost. The ISpreadsheetRibbonStyleNotifier interface. Gets the SpreadsheetRibbon The Ribbon form combined with RibbonControlAdv which makes up an application's user interface. Ribbon height when the Ribbon is minimized. This message is used to perform asynchronous invalidate of the form. To invalidate child controls the WParam parameter is TRUE. Indicates whether the theme is active or not. Constructor of the RibbonForm. To reset EnableAeroTheme To Specify EnableAeroTheme to be serialized or not Gets/Sets the visibility of the RibbonForm Border. To reset EnableRibbonBorder To Specify EnableRibbonBorder to be serialized or not In Office2007 mode form's Size and ClientSize are equal. Used to check whether the theme changed in Windows 7. Fix for #WF-25790. Occurrs when the composition changed. The Window message. Gets a value indicating whether a control can be extended. The object which needs to extend Update the frame. Updates the renderers. To check whether any control is docked using docked windows. Returns true if docked Control is present Serialzing the HelpButton image. Gets the RibbonForm shortcut. The component which specified as shortcut. Sets the RibbonForm shortcut. The component which set as shortcut The shortcut key value. Height of all TopMost Ribbon controls Height of all BottomMost Ribbon controls Indicates parent form's state. Selected system button. (SC_NONE - no button is selected) Pressed system button. (SC_NONE - no button is pressed) Highlighted system button. (SC_NONE - no button is highlighted) Used to get the height of the Ribbon Indicates whether the RibbonControlAdv is in Minimized state Gets the Height of the Ribbon,when QuickPanel is below the Ribbon. Gets/ Sets whether the AeroTheme has to be Enabled or Disabled. Gets/Sets the visibility of the RibbonForm Border. Gets or sets HelpButtonToolTip Gets or sets HelpButtonImage Specifies the office color scheme of the Ribbon Form. Specifies the appearance of the form. Specifies the radius for the curved top left corner of the Ribbon Form. Office2007 borders. AutoScroll is not supported The minimum size the form can be resized to. Gets the bounds of the display rectangle. Gets or sets parent form state. Occurs when get the Min size. Specifies the ColorSchemeType The managed custom color scheme. The silver color scheme. The Blue color scheme. The Black color scheme. Specifies the AppearanceType. Default appearance. Office2007 appearance. FrameLayoutInfo class Constructor of the FrameLayoutInfo The RibbonForm Perform the layout of the form. The width of the form. The height of the form. Initialize the Icon box rectangle. Initialize the minimize box rectangle. Initialize the maximize box rectangle. Initialize the close button rectangle. Initialize the Help button rectangle. Initialize the border width. Gets the rectangle of the text box. Gets the rectangle of the IconBox. Gets the rectangle of the MinimizeBox Gets the rectangle of the MaximizeBox Gets the rectangle of the CloseBox Gets the rectangle of the HelpButton Gets the border width of the RibbonForm. The CaptionManager class. Constructor of the CaptionManager The RibbonForm Indicates the whether the caption needs to be hide or not Composition changed. Indicates whether the composition enabled or not. Indicates whether the composition enabled or not. Fill region The graphics object which helps to draw the object. The rectangle which needs to fill. Gets the IsCompositionEnabled Window attribute. Dtt flags. Margin of the layout The RibbonFormShortcutEditor class Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. Check the value. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. Event arguments for ToolStripEventHandler Underlying ToolStrip. Initializes a new instance of the ToolStripEventArgs class. Underlying ToolStrip. Delegate for events related to ToolStrips. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Control for managing layout of ToolStrips. Width of button that scrolling tab items. Border width of Ribbon panel. Interval for timer. Corresponding TabItem. Can be null if RibbonPanel is independent control. Stores the Intermediate toolstrips. Position of rightmost tab Item. Indicates if right scroll button is selected. Indicates if left scroll button is selected. Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. Interval for timer. Currently pushed button. Launcher style. Indicates whether caption should be shown. Indicates whether launcher should be shown. Caption style. Caption text style. Caption alignment. Caption font. Caption minimal height. Color scheme. Border style. Provided accessibility to the control. Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. Gets or set the RightToLeft. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonPanel class. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonPanel class. Corresponding tab item. Adds new tool strip to the control. ToolStrip to be added. Redraws toolstrips. Redraws toolstrips using new renderers. Redraws toolstrips using new renderers. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. The custom-sized area for a control. A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. Locates toolstrips according to RightToLeft value. ToolStripEx to be located. RightToLeft value. Left value for ToolStripEx. Updates toolstrips appearance. EventArgs that contains the event data. Reaction on selection scroll buttons also. EventArgs that contains the event data. Reaction on deselection scroll buttons also. EventArgs that contains the event data. Resets timers and releases mouse capture. EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles release of mouse capture. EventArgs that contains the event data. Method search for opened DropDown and closes it. Indicates if item has DropDown and this DropDown is opened. Item to check. Returns true if closed the dropdown Returns collapsed width of all ToolStripEx Returns collapsed width To get the Width of the ToolStripEx in RibbonPanel. To get Expanded width of the ToolStripEx. To get all the ToolStripEx Intermediate wwidth in RibbinPanel. To get intermediate width of the ToolStripEx. To get the collapsed width of the TolStripEx Manages visibility of panel according to the state of corresponding tab item. Initializes and starts timer. Area where mouse was pushed and caused timer to start. Move controls to right according to scroll position and their location and set needed properties for Layout or NCCalcSize methods. Move controls to left according to scroll position and their location. and set needed properties for Layout or NCCalcSize methods Method checks position value and leave as it was before. Scroll position Returns Scroll position Occurs when Tab check state changed. The source of the control. Te EventArgs contains the event data. Occurs when ToolStripItem clicked. The source of the control. Thee ToolStripItemClickedEventArgs contains the event data. Handles mouse keeping pushed.. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Gets or sets corresponding tab item. Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item. Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. Gets or sets the RightToLeft of the Control. Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item and transfer the value to ScrollPosition property. Gets a value indicating whether if right scroll button must be located on Ribbon panel. Gets a value indicating whether if left scroll button must be located on Ribbon panel. Gets a value indicating whether if right scroll button is selected. Gets a value indicating whether if left scroll button is selected. Gets or sets the space between controls. Gets or sets area in which user pushed mouse button. Gets bounds of right scroll button. Gets bounds of left scroll button. Gets or sets the height and width of the control. Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and all its parent controls are displayed. Gets the LayoutEngine (Overrides.) Occurs when new toolstrip is added to the collection. Occurs when toolstrip is removed from the collection. Occurs when toolstrip item is clicked. Gets or sets launcher style. Gets or sets a value indicating whether caption should be shown. true, if Caption should be shown, false otherwise Gets or sets a value indicating whether launcher should be shown. true, if Launcher should be shown, false otherwise Gets or sets caption style. Gets or sets caption text style. Gets or sets caption alignment. Gets or sets caption font. Gets or sets caption minimal height. Gets or sets border style. Gets the Office2013ColorScheme Gets the Office2013ColorScheme Gets the RibbonStyle Gets or sets color scheme. Gets default color scheme Gets default border style of toolstrips Gets default caption style. Gets default launcher style. Different areas of the control. Out of scroll buttons. Right scroll button. Left scroll button. The RibbonPanelLayout class. Default distance between two ToolStrips inside a RibbonPanel. Constructor of the RibbonPanelLayout. The LayoutEngine provides the information about the layout. Initialize the RibbonPanelLayout. (Overrides) The source of the control. The bounds specified. Overrides the layout. The source of the control. The LayoutEventArgs contains the event data. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. RibbonControlAdv Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. Number of Child. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. Index Child specified to the index Retrieves the object that has the focus. >An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Gets the state of this accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. The description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. The RibbonPanelRenderer class. Constructor of the RibbonPanelRenderer The Office12ColorTable Intended for compatibility with the . Not to be used in the applications. Instance of Office2010ColorTable Gets the Ribbon panel border width. The RibbonPanel instance. Draw the RibbonPanel background. The RibbonPanel instance. The PaintEventArgs contains the data. Draw the Frame. The RibbonPanel instance. Draw the borders The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. The RibbonPanel instance. The ToolStripTabGroup instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the border. Draw the Right scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. Draw the Left scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. Indicates whether RibbonPanel is located above the corresponding TabItem. RibbonPanel control. Returns bool value Represent Right arrow Reprents left arrow The Office2010RibbonPanelRenderer class Constructor of the Office2010RibbonPanelRenderer Constructor of the Office2010RibbonPanelRenderer The Office2010ColorTable Draw the RibbonPanel background. The RibbonPanel instance. The PaintEventArgs contains the data. Draw the borders The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. The RibbonPanel instance. The ToolStripTabGroup instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the border. Draw the Frame. The RibbonPanel instance. Draw the Left scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. Draw the Right scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. The Office2013RibbonPanelRenderer class. Constructor of the Office2013RibbonPanelRenderer Constructor of the Office2013RibbonPanelRenderer The Office2010ColorTable Draw the RibbonPanel background. The RibbonPanel instance. The PaintEventArgs contains the data. Draw the borders The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. The RibbonPanel instance. The ToolStripTabGroup instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the border. Draw the Frame. The RibbonPanel instance. Draw the Left scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. Draw the Right scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. The Office2016RibbonPanelRenderer class. Constructor of the Office2016RibbonPanelRenderer Constructor of the Office2016RibbonPanelRenderer The Office2010ColorTable Draw the RibbonPanel background. The RibbonPanel instance. The PaintEventArgs contains the data. Draw the borders The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. The RibbonPanel instance. The ToolStripTabGroup instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the border. Draw the Frame. The RibbonPanel instance. Draw the Left scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. Draw the Right scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. The TouchStyleRibbonPanelRenderer class. Constructor of the TouchStyleRibbonPanelRenderer. Constructor of the TouchStyleRibbonPanelRenderer. The Office2010ColorTable. Draw the RibbonPanel background. The RibbonPanel instance. The PaintEventArgs contains the data. Draw the borders The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. The RibbonPanel instance. The ToolStripTabGroup instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the border. Draw the RibbonPanel. The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to drawn Draw the Frame. The RibbonPanel instance. Draw the Left scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. Draw the Right scroll button. The Graphics object which is used paint scroll The RibbonPanel instance. The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. Collection of toolstrips. Adds an object to the end of the ToolStripsCollection. The source of the control which needs to be added. The item can be added to end of the ToolStripsCollection The ToolStripsCollection index at which the value has been added. Removes disposed control from collection. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Raised when new toolstrip is added. Raised when disposed toolstrip is removed. Designer for RibbonPanel. Collection of verbs. Design time RibbonPanel instance. Initialize the RibbonPanelDesigner The component which needs to specified. Add the ToolStrip The source of the object. The EventArgs contains the event data. Indicates whether the specified control can be a child of the control managed by this designer. The source of the control to test. true if the specified control can be a child of the control managed by this designer; otherwise, false. Occurs when ToolStrip added. The source of the control. The ToolStripEventArgs contains the event data. Occurs when ToolStrip removed. The source of the control. The ToolStripEventArgs contains the event data. Occurs when visibility of the panel changed. The source of the control. The EventArgs contains the event data. Occurs when ToolStrip state changing. The source of the control. The CancelEventArgs contains the event data. Occurs when ToolStrip state changing. The source of the control. The CancelEventArgs contains the event data. Gets collection of verbs. Gets the SelectionRules. (Overrides.) RibbonPanelMerge Container Constructor of the RibbonPanelMergeContainer Gets or sets the height and width of the control. Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. Gets default color scheme Gets default border style of toolstrips Gets default caption style. RibbonTab Bar RibbonTab Bar Control that allows grouping child controls into tab pages. Ribbon TabControl Header control. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabControl class. Adds new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab group. Adds ribbon tab group to the control. RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. Added RibbonTabGroup instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab item. Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. Added ToolStripItem instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. Newly created RibbonTabItem.. Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. Added ToolStripItem instance. Gets tab group located at the specified point in screen coordinates. Point in screen coordinates. Group located at the specified point. Hides all pages. Retrieves header for the control. IRibbonHeaderControl instance. Creates new tab page (if needed) and initializes. Sender object RibbonTabItemEventArgs that contains the event data. Shows initial page. EventArgs that contains the event data. Correctly docks new tab page. ControlEventArgs that contains the event data. Indicates whether the current value of the GroupsCaptionColor1 property is to be serialized. Resets the GroupsCaptionColor1 property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the GroupsCaptionColor2 property is to be serialized. Resets the GroupsCaptionColor2 property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the GroupsCaptionFontColor property is to be serialized. Resets the GroupsCaptionFontColor property to it's default value. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets collection of tab groups. Gets or sets Size of the header. Gets or sets Docking style of the header. Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. Gets or sets the first color of caption gradient. Gets or sets the second color of caption gradient. Gets or sets color of groups caption font. Gets header control. Raised when tab is about to be changed. Raised when tab is changed. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabBar class. Retrieves header for the control. IRibbonHeaderControl instance. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets left panel. Gets top panel. Raised when tab is about to be changed. Raised when tab is changed. RibbonTabBar Header RibbonTabBar Header Interface for RibbonHeaderControl. Adds new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab group. Adds ribbon tab group to the control. RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. Added RibbonTabGroup instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab item. Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. Added ToolStripItem instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. Newly created RibbonTabItem. Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. Added ToolStripItem instance. Returns control that has to be shown behind transparent childs. Required control. Returns header for tab control. Required tab header. Gets collection of tab groups. Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. Gets or sets the first color of caption gradiend. Gets or sets the second color of caption gradiend. Gets or sets color of caption font. Raised when newly created tab item is added to the control. Raised when tab is about to be changed. Raised when tab is changed. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabBarHeader class. Adds new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab group. Adds ribbon tab group to the control. RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. Added RibbonTabGroup instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab item. Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. Added ToolStripItem instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. Newly created RibbonTabItem. Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. Added ToolStripItem instance. Returns control that has to be shown behind transparent childs. Required control. Returns header for tab control. Required tab header. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets ribbon header control. Gets left panel. Gets top panel. Gets collection of tab groups. Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. Raised when newly created tab item is added to the control. Raised when tab is about to be changed. Raised when tab is changed. Gets or sets the first color of caption gradient. Gets or sets the second color of caption gradient. Gets or sets color of caption font. Renderer for RibbonTabBar. Blend for painting gradient background. Designer for RibbonTabBar. Designer for RibbonTabControl. Design time RibbonTabControl instance. Collection of verbs. Action list. Pen for drawing adornment border. Initializes new instance of RibbonTabControlDesigner. Component value Releases resources. Bool disposing Adds new ribbon tab group. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new ribbon tab item. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new toolstrip button. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new toolstrip label. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new toolstrip separator. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new combobox. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new textbox. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new progress bar. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new toolstrip item to the control. ToolStripItem child type indicating type of component that has to be created. Newly created component instance. Adds new ribbon tab group to the control. Newly created RibbonTabGroup instance. Creates hosted component of given type. Type of component to create. Indicates whether text property has to be assigned. Newly created hosted component. Creates hosted component of given type. Type of component to create. Newly created hosted component. Gets designer host of the component. Component to get designer host from. Designer host of the control. Adds new toolstrip item to the control. ToolStripItem child type indicating type of component that has to be created. Group to add item to. Newly created component instance. Deactivates all groups so that they don't highlight selected items. Paints dash border. PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new item to the group. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Initializes group designer. Sender object RibbonTabGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. Activates corresponding group so that it highlights clicked item. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new single item. Sender object NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. Removes selected item highlighting if needed. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Removes single item group if single item was removed. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets verbs collection. Gets action list. Designer for RibbonTabBarHeader. Interface for designer of header control. Retrieves designer of part of header control that manages tabs. Designer of part of header control that manages tabs. Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. Initializes new instance of RibbonHeaderControlDesigner. Component param Retrieves designer of part of header control that manages tabs. Designer of part of header control that manages tabs. Event arguments for RibbonTabItemEventHandler. Underlying tab item. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItemEventArgs class. Underlying tab item. Event arguments for RibbonTabGroupEventHandler. Underlying group item. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabGroupEventArgs class. Underlying group item. Event arguments for RibbonTabItemChangedEventHandler. Old tab item. New tab item. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItemChangedEventArgs class. Item that was selected. Item that became selected. Event arguments for RibbonTabItemChangingEventHandler. Indicated whether tab changing should be canceled. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItemChangingEventArgs class. Item that was selected. Item that became selected. Event arguments for AddNewToolStripItemEventHandler. Type of item to add. Initializes a new instance of the AddNewToolStripItemEventArgs class. Item that became selected. Event arguments for NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroupEventHandler. Indicates whether new single item has to be inserted before the sender ribbon tab group. Initializes a new instance of the NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroupEventArgs class. ToolStripItem that was dropped. Indicates whether item was dropped closer to the left edge of the sender. Delegate for events related to RibbonTabItem. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate for events related to RibbonTabGroup. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate for RibbonTabItemChanged event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate for RibbonTabItemChanging event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate for AddNewToolStripItem event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate for NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroup event. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Control representing header part of RibbonTabControl. RibbonHeader Control Width of empty tab group. Additional width to add while laying out ToolStripControlHost items. Collection of tab groups. Indicates whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. The first color of caption gradiend. The second color of caption gradiend. Color of groups caption font. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonHeaderControl class. Adds new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab group. Adds ribbon tab group to the control. RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. Added RibbonTabGroup instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. Newly created tab item. Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. Added ToolStripItem instance. Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. Newly created RibbonTabItem. Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. ToolStripItem instance to be added. RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. Added ToolStripItem instance. Returns control that has to be shown behind transparent childs. Required control. Returns header for tab control. Required tab header. Lays out tab groups. LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. Initializes new ribbon tab item. Item to initialize. Occurs when TabItem check state changed. The source of the control. The EventArgs contains the event data. Adds new tab group to the controls. Sender Object RibbonTabGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. Lays out groups. Sender Object RibbonTabGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. Initializes new tab item. Sender Object ToolstripItemEventArgs that contains the event data. Performs layout. Sender Object ToolStripItemEventArgs that contains the event data. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets collection of tab groups. Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. Gets or sets the first color of caption gradient. Gets or sets the second color of caption gradient. Gets or sets color of groups caption font. Raised when newly created tab item is added to the control. Raised when tab is about to be changed. Raised when tab is changed. Control representing one tab group. RibbonTab Group Number of pixels to be added to the height of the font when size of the caption is being calculated. Blend positions for gradient background. Blend factors for gradient background. Default caption font color. Default first color of caption. Default second color of caption. Indicates whether group stores single item. Color of caption font. The first color of caption gradiend. The second color of caption gradiend Blend for painting gradient background. Font for drawing caption titles. Height of the caption. Indicates whether group is active and should highlight clicked item in design time. For designer internal usage only. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabGroup class. Forces inner controls of hosting items to invalidate. Invalidates inner controls. Required designer variable. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets a value indicating whether group stores single item. Gets or sets color of caption font. Gets or sets the first color of caption gradiend. Gets or sets the second color of caption gradiend. Gets height of the caption. Gets or sets new default value to GripSize property. Gets or sets new default value to LayoutStyle property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether default value to AutoSize property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether CanOverflow property is set or not. Control representing a tab item with associated tab page. Width of tab item. Associated tab page. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItem class. Ribbon tabpage Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItem class. Raises Activated event. Activates the item. EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets or sets associated tab page. Control representing one tab page. Ribbon TabPage Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabPage class. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Collection of tab groups. Hides Add( object ) method. Ribbon tab group object Returns Integer Removes disposed control from collection. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Raised when new group is added. Raised when disposed group is removed. Behavior for ribbon header control. Data format for drag drop operation. Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. RibbonHeaderControl designer behavior service. Rectangle used for beginning of drag drop operation. Group that should be dragged if mouse moves enough for breaking m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. Defined because mouse pointer can jump to another item while moving inside m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. Group under drag drop ooperation. Indicates whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying group. Initializes a new instance of the HeaderControlBehavior class. Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. Behavior Service Overrides the MouseDown event. Glyph MouseButtons The mouse down point Overrides the MouseUp event. Glyph MouseButtons Called when any mouse-move message enters the adorner window of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.BehaviorService. A System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. A System.Windows.Forms.MouseButtons value indicating which button was clicked. The location at which the move occurred. true if the message was handled; otherwise, false. Processes drag drop operation. Graphic object EventArgs that contains the event data. Processes drag drop operation. Graphics object EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets bool indicating whether given point is closer to the right edge of the item than to the left edge. Group under the point. Point that should be analysed. In adorner coordinates. True if point is located closer to the right edge; otherwise false. Returns selection service. Selection service Extracts group from IDataObject instance. IDataObject instance. Extracted group. Gets group under drag drop operation. Gets a value indicating whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying group. Glyph for RibbonHeaderControl. Width of group drop place highlighting rectangle width. Design time instance of RibbonHeaderControl. RibbonHeaderControl designer behavior service. HeaderControlBehavior instance. Brush for drawing drop place highlighting. Initializes a new instance of the HeaderControlGlyph class. Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. TabGroupBehavior instance. Provides hit test logic. A point to hit-test. A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor if the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph is associated with p; otherwise, null. Marks selected item. EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets bounds of items area. Designer for RibbonHeaderControl. Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. Collection of verbs. Glyph for header control. Behavior for header control. Action list. Pen for drawing adornment border. Initialize the RibbonHeaderControlDesigner The IComponent provides the all the required functionality. Gets a collection of System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph objects representing the selection borders and grab handles for a standard control. A System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.GlyphSelectionType value that specifies the selection state. A collection of System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph objects. Occurs when Tab control tab changed. The source of the control. The RibbonTabItemChangedEventArgs contains the event data. Retrieves designer of part of header control that manages tabs. Designer of part of header control that manages tabs. Gets verbs collection. Gets action list. Action list for RibbonTabControlDesigner. RibbonTabControlDesigner instance. List of action items. Design time RibbonTabControl instance. Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabControlActionList class. RibbonTab Control RibbonTabControl Designer Returns collection of action list items. Returns item collection Adds new ribbon tab group. Adds new ribbon tab item. Adds new toolstrip button. Adds new toolstrip label. Adds new toolstrip separator. Adds new combobox. Adds new textbox. Adds new progress bar. Adds new split button. Adds new dropdown button. Gets or sets Name of the control. Gets or sets Dock of the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. Designer for RibbonTabGroup. Design time RibbonTabGroup instance. Collection of verbs. Glyph for tab group. Behavior for tab group. Initializes new instance of RibbonTabGroupDesigner. Component Value Adds new glyphs to collection. Glyph SelectionType Returns Glyph Collection Adds new tab item. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new ToolStrip button. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new ToolStrip label. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new ToolStrip separator. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new combobox. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new textbox. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Adds new progress bar. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets verbs collection. Raised when new toolstrip item should be added to the tab group. Raised when ribbon tab group is clicked. Raised when new single item has to be added. Designer for RibbonTabPage. Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. Collection of verbs. Pen for drawing adornment border. Initializes new instance of RibbonHeaderControlDesigner. Component value Paints dash border. PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Gets verbs collection. Behavior for ribbon tab group. Data format for drag drop operation. Design time RibbonTabGroup instance. RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. Rectangle used for beginning of drag drop operation. Item that should be dragged if mouse moves enough for breaking m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. Defined because mouse pointer can jump to another item while moving inside m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. Selected item. Item under mouse. Indicates whether group is situated under mouse pointer. Indicates whether drag drop operation is being currently performed. Indicates whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying item. Initializes a new instance of the TabGroupBehavior class. Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. Behavior Service Processes mouse click. Highlights selected item. Graphics Object Mouse button Mouse Location Returns bool value Cancels drag drop operation. Graphics object Mouse button Returns bool value Processes drag drop operation. Graphics Object Mouse button Mouse location Returns bool value Processes drag drop operation. Graphics Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Processes drag drop operation. Graphics Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Unmarks group as group under mouse pointer. Graphics Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Marks group as group under mouse pointer. Graphics Object DrawEventArgs that contains the event data. Marks group as group under mouse pointer. Graphics Object Returns bool value Unmarks group as group under mouse pointer. Graphics Object Returns bool value Gets bool indicating whether given point is closer to the right edge of the item than to the left edge. Item under the point. Point that should be analysed. In adorner coordinates. True if point is located closer to the right edge; otherwise false. Raises GroupClicked event. Item for ToolStripItemEventArgs. Makes new item selected. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets selected item. Gets item under mouse pointer. Gets a value indicating whether group is situated under mouse pointer. Gets a value indicating whether drag drop operation is being currently performed. Gets a value indicating whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying item. Raised when group is clicked. Raised when new single item has to be added. Glyph for RibbonTabGroup. Width of item drop place highlighting rectangle width. Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. TabGroupBehavior instance. Pen for drawing item highlighting. Brush for drawing drop place highlighting. Initializes a new instance of the TabGroupGlyph class. Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. TabGroupBehavior instance. Processes cursor if it is inside of Bounds. Cursor point Returns Cursor Marks selected item. PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Gets bounds of items area. The SplashControl class provides an easy to use class that can be used to display splash screens. The SplashControl can just be dragged and dropped on to your form from the controls toolbox. The SplashControl is implemented as a component that is not visible at run time. It is visible in the component area of your form where you can select it and set its properties. If the property is set to true, the SplashControl will automatically be launched from the Load event of the host form (your application's startup form). If the is set to false, you need to call at the appropriate time and the Splash screen will be displayed. The SplashControl is by default a timed display splash screen. What this means is that the Splash screen will be displayed for a specified period and then closed. The property specifies for how long the splash screen should be visible. The unit of measurement for this property is milli seconds. The Splash screen can be made into a non timed splash screen by setting the property to -1. In this case you have to call method to close the non timed Splash screen.This approach is more suitable when you are doing some background processing in the main form and you want to keep the SplashScreen up till the work is done. The property needs to be set to your image for the Splash screen. The SplashControl can only display a image as the splash screen. Please refer to the class if you want more flexibility in building a splash screen (or splash message box) that provides more control in terms of displaying information and collecting response. You can handle the event to process any code just before the Splash screen is displayed. The event is raised after the Splash screen is shown on the screen and the event is raised after the Splash screen is closed. // InitializeComponent System.Resources.ResourceManager resources = new System.Resources.ResourceManager(typeof(MainForm)); // Create the splash control this.splashControl1 = new SplashControl(); // Setting AutoMode to true will automatically launch // splash screen - no additional code is required this.splashControl1.AutoMode = true; // The start position for the splash screen this.splashControl1.DesktopAlignment = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.Center; // The host form for the splash control this.splashControl1.HostForm = this; // Specifies if the splash screen should appear animated this.splashControl1.ShowAnimation = false; // The Splash image - specified through the designer this.splashControl1.SplashImage = ((System.Drawing.Bitmap)(resources.GetObject("splashControl1.SplashImage"))); // The time period for which the splash should appear this.splashControl1.TimerInterval = 10000; ' InitializeComponent Dim resources As System.Resources.ResourceManager = New System.Resources.ResourceManager(GetType(MainForm)) ' Create the splash control Me.splashControl1 = New SplashControl() ' Setting AutoMode to true will automatically launch ' splash screen - no additional code is required Me.splashControl1.AutoMode = True ' The start position for the splash screen Me.splashControl1.DesktopAlignment = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.Center ' The host form for the splash control Me.splashControl1.HostForm = Me ' Specifies if the splash screen should appear animated Me.splashControl1.ShowAnimation = False ' The Splash image - specified through the designer Me.splashControl1.SplashImage = CType(resources.GetObject("splashControl1.SplashImage"), System.Drawing.Bitmap) ' The time period for which the splash should appear Me.splashControl1.TimerInterval = 10000 A generic interface that defines a SplashPanel parent. Any object/Control that wants to act as a parent should implement this interface. The SplashPanel provides an easy way to display different types of messages and also collect user input in an unobtrusive manner. This interface allows your class to get notifications from the SplashPanel object you want to monitor without handling events. Invoker for notifying the splash parent before the splash panel is displayed. The splash panel object. This method will be called by the method. Return bool value Invoker for notifying the splash parent after the splash panel is displayed. The splash panel object This method will be called by the method. Invoker for notifying the splash parent before the splash panel is closed. The splash panel object This method will be called by the method. splash Panel Object Invoker for notifying the splash parent when the has closed. The child splash panel that was closed. A SplashCloseType value. This method will be called by the method. Required designer variable. Indicates whether the splash control will operate in auto mode. In auto mode the control automatically binds to the host form's load event and displays the splash screen for the specified period of time. The maximum display time allowed. The property DisplayTime uses this to reject any values greater than this. The host form for this control. Accessors provided for this field by . Holds the current display status of the splash window. The form to be used as the Splash Form. Accessors provided by SplashForm. The background image for the default splash screen. Accessors provided by . Hides the host form for the duration of the Splash. The location of the host form before it is hidden. The HostForm's size before being hidden. Specifies the initial WindowState of the HostForm. Holds the HostForm's ShowInTaskbar value. Indicates a custom panel if specified. Indicates whether a custom panel is to be used as the SplashScreen. Indicates whether the Splash Screen's owner is to be disabled when in AutoMode. Indicates whether the needed information of host form is saved to restore. Indicates whether the SplashControl needs to be disposed Initializes a new instance of the SplashControl class. The SplashControl class uses the class as the splash screen. It creates a SplashPanel object internally and manipulates it based on the settings and the methods invoked. The property is initialized to true. You need to specify the property for the splash screen's background. Initializes a new instance of the SplashControl class. The background image for the default splash screen. This sets the background image of the that will be displayed as the splash screen. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Raises the event. When overriding this make sure you call this base version. An that contains the event data. The can be used by a handling class to cancel the splash screen from being closed. You can also handle this event to get notified just before the Splash screen is closed. You can perform custom actions in the handler as per your requirements. Raises the event. When overriding this make sure you call this base version. An that contains the event data. The event is raised after the splash screen has been closed. Handle this to perform any step after the screen is gone. One use would be to hide the main form before displaying the splash screen and then making the main form visible in this event's handler. private void splashControl1_SplashClosed(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { MessageBox.Show("The Splash screen has closed."); } Private Sub splashControl1_SplashClosed(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) MessageBox.Show("The Splash screen has closed.") End Sub Raises the event. When overriding this make sure you call this base version. An that contains the event data. The can be used by a handling class to cancel the splash screen from being displayed. You can also handle this event to get notified just before the Splash screen is displayed. You can perform custom actions in the handler as per your requirements. Raises the event. When overriding this make sure you call this base version. An that contains the event data. The event is raised after the Splash screen is made visible to the user. This can also be handled to do some custom processing like displaying a status message in the main form. Hides the splash screen if its being displayed. This method does not do anything if the splash screen is not being displayed. Event handler for the Load event of the host form. This applies only when the control's is set to true. The host form control. The event args. This method is not invoked when the is set to false. You need to call in an appropriate place in your form's code to display the splash screen. Displays the splash screen. Indicates whether the splash screen should be displayed modally. You will need to call this method only when the property is set to false. Overloaded. Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. The owner form. The DialogResult value. Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. The location at which the Splash Panel is to be displayed. The owner form. The DialogResult value. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing This is the notification from the used by this Splash Control. Implementation for . The object that has closed. Specifies how the splash screen is closing. This raises the event. This is the notification from the that the splash screen is being displayed. The that is being made visible. This raises the event. Return bool value This is the notification from the that the splash screen is closing. The that is closing. This raises the event. Return true if event is cancelled This is the notification from the that the splash screen has been displayed. The that has been made visible. This raises the event. The event that is raised before the splash screen is displayed. The can be used by a handling class to cancel the splash screen from being displayed. You can also handle this event to get notified just before the Splash screen is displayed. You can perform custom actions in the handler as per your requirements. The event that is raised after the splash screen is displayed. This event is raised after the Splash screen is made visible to the user. This can also be handled to do some custom processing like displaying a status message in the main form. This event is raised when the splash window is closed. This event is raised after the splash screen has been closed. Handle this to perform any step after the screen is gone. One use would be to hide the main form before displaying the splash screen and then making the main form visible in this event's handler. The event that is raised before the is closed. This event is raised before the SplashControl is closed and it can be handled to stop the SplashControl from closing or to some custom processing. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the splash screen should appear on the screen in an animated manner. The splash screen will be animated if the value is set to true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the host form should be hidden when the splash screen is displayed. Gets or sets the initial of the Gets a value indicating whether the splash screen is currently being displayed. This property is not visible at runtime. This returns an internal value that is maintained to indicate if the Splash panel is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashControl control operates in AutoMode. When AutoMode is set to true, the control will automatically bind to the Load event of the host form, hide the host form and display the splash form as per the settings. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Splash Control is displayed modally in AutoMode. When AutoModeModal is set to true, the splash screen will be displayed modally. Gets or sets the desktop alignment for the splash screen. The type lists the values that this property can take. The default value is which places the splash screen in the center of the screen. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Splash screen shown by the SplashControl is shown as a TopMost window when displayed. True if the Splash screen is displayed as a TopMost window; false otherwise. The default is true. Displaying the Splash screen as a TopMost window makes the Splash screen appear on top of all other windows. If this property is to be false and the Splash screen is displayed in non modal mode, the Splash screen might be hidden by the Form displaying the Splash screen. If you want the Splash screen to be the TopMost window with respect to the application/Form displaying it only, you should display the Splash screen modally with this property set to false. Gets or sets the time interval for which the splash screen is to be displayed (in milliseconds). The default value is 5000 milliseconds (or 5 seconds). Set the value to -1 if you want to treat this as a non timed splash screen. In this case you will need to call to close the window. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to dispose splash control's internal form after it has been displayed once. true if splash control's form should be disposed; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to close splash control after it has been displayed once. If this property is true, SplashControl will be closed after displaying once. In this case trying to show the SplashControl more than once will throw an error. If this property is set to false, SplashControl can be displayed any number of times. Gets or sets the internal that is displayed as the splash screen. This property is not available at design time. It can be accessed at run time to set a different derived object as the splash screen. The default method to changing the object's look and feel is to set the property to your image. Gets or sets the host form of this Splash Control. This property is automatically set when the SplashControl is dragged and dropped on a form. This is used to hook into the Load event of the host form at run time to launch the splash screen automatically when the is set to true. Gets or sets the default splash screen background image. The SplashImage can be any image that can be assigned to the Windows Forms class. Gets or sets the color to be used to make the SplashImage transparent. Gets or sets a custom if the default SplashPanel is not to be used. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is to be used. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel is to be shown in the Taskbar. Gets or sets the icon for the SplashPanel. Gets or sets the text for the Splash Control. The default SplashScreen class that will be used internally by the . This derived class is used by the SplashControl class as the splash screen that is displayed. The property is added to this derived class. This is set to the object. The size of the SplashPanel is set to the size of BackImage. The SplashPanel class is a derived class that will let you design custom splash screens within the Form's designer. The SplashPanel can take multiple child controls that can be used to display information or collect information from the user. The SplashPanel class is a panel class that has uses beyond the typical splash screen. It can be used to create non obtrusive message boxes such as the Microsoft MSN messenger (as of MSN Messenger version 3.0 ) message window that informs user that a new mail has arrived. These kind of messages boxes are made very easy to create and use with the SplashPanel class. To design a custom splash, drag and drop it off the toolbox into a Form during design-time. Then populate it with appropriate Controls just like you would any other Panel. The splash panel can also appear in an animated manner on the screen. The startup position of the splash panel can also be specified through the property. The Splash Panel itself can be set to have appealing gradient and pattern backgrounds by specifying the property. When you are ready to display the splash, call this method. This will show the splash panel at the specified location. The SplashPanel uses a internally to automatically close the Splash screen after the set interval is elapsed. This behavior can be changed by setting the SplashPanel's property to -1. The SplashPanel can be explicitly closed by calling The SplashPanel also raises the , and events that you can handle. You could for example set the focus on a Control within the SplashPanel in the SplashDisplayed event handler. // Create the splash panel this.splashPanel1 = new SplashPanel(); this.button1 = new Button(); // The animation speed this.splashPanel1.AnimationSpeed = 10; // The background this.splashPanel1.BackgroundColor = new BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight); // The border style this.splashPanel1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DStyle.Bump; // The child controls - added through the designer this.splashPanel1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.linkLabel1}); // The startup location for the splash panel this.splashPanel1.DesktopAlignment = SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.SystemTray; // Specifies whether the window should appear animated this.splashPanel1.ShowAnimation = true; // The interval for which the panel is to be displayed this.splashPanel1.TimerInterval = 5000; this.button1.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button1_Click); ' Create the splash panel Me.splashPanel1 = New SplashPanel() Me.button1 = New Button() ' The animation speed Me.splashPanel1.AnimationSpeed = 10 ' The background Me.splashPanel1.BackgroundColor = New BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight) ' The border style Me.splashPanel1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DStyle.Bump ' The child controls - added through the designer Me.splashPanel1.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.linkLabel1}) ' The startup location for the splash panel Me.splashPanel1.DesktopAlignment = SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.SystemTray ' Specifies whether the window should appear animated Me.splashPanel1.ShowAnimation = True ' The interval for which the panel is to be displayed Me.splashPanel1.TimerInterval = 5000 AddHandler Me.button1.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf button1_Click) This interface is implemented by the class to get notifications from the when the wrapper form displays and closes a splash screen. Informs the listener that the splash screen has been displayed. This method is invoked from the method. Informs the listener that the splash screen has been closed. This method is invoked from the method. The parent of this splash panel. The wrapper form that will host this splash. The discrete location specified for displaying the splash panel. Indicates whether the splash display is to be animated. The desktop alignment. The timer used to specify when to dispose the splash window. The border 3D style. The display interval in milliseconds. Accessors provided for this field by DisplayTime. The background Brush info. Specifies how fast the animation is shown when the window is displayed. Specifies the number of pixels to increase or decrease in slide style. Specifies how the splash was closed. The sliding style. Indicates whether the SplashPanel should be closed when the mouse is over it. Indicates whether the mouse is over the SplashPanel or any other child control. Used for animation. To enable delayed closing. Indicates whether the SplashPanel is to be displayed as the TopMost Window. Indicates whether the Splash Panel should be in the Taskbar when shown. The icon to be used when displayed in the Taskbar. The text to be used when in the Taskbar. Used for converting the background image into a region. Region to be passed onto the Wrapper Form when its not null. The border type for the Splash Panel. Indicates whether the SplashPanel closes when the user clicks on it. Indicates whether the SplashPanel can be moved by the user. Indicates whether the SplashPanel can be resized by the user. The width and height of the border area for resizing. The width and height of the border area for resizing. Indicates whether the SplashPanel was moved. If this is true the CloseOnClick property will be ignored. Flag for checking the mouse entering and leaving. Indicates whether the SplashPanel closes when the user activate the another window. Default size of the control Initializes a new instance of the SplashPanel class. The default value for the is set to 5000 milli seconds. The splash panel has animation turned and by default will appear in the middle of the screen. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool value Raises the BeforeSplash event. A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeSplash method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSplash in a derived class, be sure to call the base class' OnBeforeSplash method so that registered delegates receive the event. Invokes the method to raise the event. The value set for the object used by the event data. A return value of true means the SplashPanel will not be displayed. This method creates a object to use as the event data and invokes the method. Raises the event. An EventArgs instance containing data pertaining to this event. The OnSplashDisplayed method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashDisplayed in a derived class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashDisplayed method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the SplashDisplayed event. Raises the SplashClosing event. The instance containing the event data. Invokes the method to raise the event. The value set for the object used by the event data. A return value of true means the SplashPanel will not be displayed. This method creates a object to use as the event data and invokes the method. Raises the SplashClosing event. A SplashClosedEventArgs instance containing data pertaining to this event. The OnSplashClosing method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashClosing in a derived class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashClosing method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the SplashCosed event. EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the event. An EventArgs instance containing data pertaining to this event. The OnSplashMouseEnter method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashMouseEnter in a derived class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashMouseEnter method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the event. An EventArgs instance containing data pertaining to this event. The OnSplashMouseLeave method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashMouseLeave in a derived class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashMouseLeave method so that registered delegates receive the event. Overrides OnMouseEnter to support SuspendAutoCloseOnMouseOver. The event data. Suspends the auto closing of the SplashPanel after the TimerInterval. Restores the auto closing of the SplashPanel. Raises the mouse down event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the MouseUp event. The instance containing the event data. Raises the MouseMove event. The instance containing the event data. Draws the background of the panel using the information in the property. The graphics object to draw on. Override this virtual function if you want to draw a different background on change the way the drawing is done. Refreshes the region from BackgroundImage. Overrides OnPaintBackground to paint the user specified as the background. The PaintEventArgs object that has the event data. This method implements the interface to receive notification from the when the Splash window has been displayed. The SplashPanel receives notification from the SplashWrapperForm that actually displays this SplashPanel on the desktop that the SplashPanel has been displayed. This is needed for the SplashPanel to start its internal timer so that the SplashPanel can be closed in the time interval set in . This methods is an implementation of the ISplashWrapperFormListener interface for receiving notification from the when the window is closed. The event is raised in response to this method being invoked. Displays the SplashPanel. Indicates whether the splash is currently displayed. True indicates splash is displayed; false otherwise. The SplashPanel considered visible if the that embeds this SplashPanel is visible. The method uses this method to ascertain if the SplashPanel is indeed being displayed. Displays the SplashPanel at the specified location. A point in screen coordinates. The value can be Point.Empty. The form that will embed the SplashForm. This can be null. Indicates whether the owner form is to be disabled. Displays the SplashPanel. Overloaded. Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. The location at which the Splash Panel is to be displayed. The owner form. The DialogResult value. Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. The owner form. The DialogResult value. Hides a splash with the specified SplashCloseType mode. A value. The time period for which the close should be delayed. This method will close the SplashPanel when it is being displayed. It invokes to ascertain that the SplashPanel is being displayed before any further action is taken. The method will have no effect if the SplashPanel is not currently being displayed. Hides a splash with the specified SplashCloseType mode. A value. Cancels and hides a splash that is open. Call this method to Hide a SplashPanel window that is being displayed currently. The SplashPanel will be closed with the set to . This method actually invokes the overloaded version that takes a as the parameter. Stops the timer object that is used to track the appearance of the SplashPanel. This method stops the and closes the timer object. This is invoked by the method and you will not need to call this directly. Starts the object that will be used to show the SplashPanel for a specified period of time. Change the property if you want to change the period for which the SplashPanel is displayed. This method is invoked by and you will not need to call this directly. This method will do nothing if the property is set to -1. Handles the event of the object that is used to track the time period for displaying the SplashPanel. The Timer object. The event data for the Timer's elapsed event. This method hides the and closes the object. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Font changed Gets or sets a value indicating SplashPanel can take a class that implements as its parent for notification purposes. An instance that implements ISplashParent. You can implement the ISplashParent interface in your classes and set the SplashParent property of the to your class to get notifications. Occurs when the splash is about to be shown. This event provides a way for the user to stop a SplashPanel from being displayed. If you set the to be true, the SplashPanel will not be displayed. You can also access the SplashPanel's and make changes to it if you want to do any modifications. Occurs after the SplashPanel has been displayed. This event informs the handler that the SplashPanel is visible now. You could display a status message or some feedback to the user in another part of the application. Occurs when a SplashPanel is being closed. This event can be handled to prevent a SplashPanel from being closed and also to do custom processing. Occurs when a SplashPanel is closed. Handling this event will tell you whether the splash was closed or canceled by the user. This, in some cases, will then let you know whether or not you should accept changes in the splash. The delegate for the event is . You could handle this event and do any post SplashPanel displayed processing in there. For example, you have an application that displays non obtrusive message boxes using the SplashPanel class, you can handle this event to check if the user has made any change or selection. this.splashPanel1.SplashClosing += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashClosedEventHandler(this.splashPanel1_SplashClosing); // splashPanel1_SplashClosing event handler MessageBox.Show("SplashPanel closing event handler"); AddHandler Me.splashPanel1.SplashClosing, New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashClosedEventHandler(AddressOf splashPanel1_SplashClosing) ' splashPanel1_SplashClosing event handler MessageBox.Show("SplashPanel closing event handler") Occurs when the mouse enters the visible part of the SplashPanel or any of its child controls. This event informs that the mouse has entered the SplashPanel. Occurs when the mouse leaves the visible part of the SplashPanel or any of its child controls. This event informs that the mouse has left the SplashPanel. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel should not be closed when the mouse is over it. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel is to be shown in the Taskbar. Gets or sets the icon for the SplashPanel when displayed in the Taskbar. Gets or sets the text when displayed in the Taskbar. Gets or sets the background color and other styles. The provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds for the splash screens you create. Gets or sets the SlideStyle for the SplashPanel. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel is shown as a TopMost window when displayed. True if the SplashPanel is displayed as a TopMost window; false otherwise. The default is true. Displaying the SplashPanel as a TopMost window makes the SplashPanel appear on top of all other windows. If this property is false and the SplashPanel is displayed in non modal mode, the SplashPanel might be hidden by the Form displaying the SplashPanel. If you want the SplashPanel to be the TopMost window with respect to the application/Form displaying it only, you should display the SplashPanel modally with this property set to false. Gets or sets the 3D border for the SplashPanel. The class provides 3D border styles for its borders. You can set the border style for the SplashPanel to any of the values supported by the enumeration. Setting the BorderStyle property to results in no border being visible. Gets or sets the type of border. Gets or sets the speed at which the animation unfolds on the screen and the SplashPanel becomes visible. The same speed is also used when the is closed. To achieve the best animation effect, the animation speed should be set relative with respect to the height and width of the . The value for the animation speed is restricted to be between 5 and 50. Gets or sets the number of pixels at which the animation unfolds in sliding style. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the window display should be animated. Set this property to true if you want the splash window to appear in an animated manner. See the property for changing the speed of animation. Gets or sets how the splash screen is aligned when it appears initially with respect to the desktop. lists the possible values for this property. The default value for the DesktopAlignment is which sets the SplashPanel to appear in the middle of the screen. Gets or sets the period of time the splash window should be visible for. The unit of measurement for this is in milliseconds. The default value is 5000 milliseconds which translates to 5 seconds. The time is taken into account after the window appears on the screen. Gets or sets a reference to the that will be used to host this SplashPanel when displayed. The SplashWrapperForm object that will host this SplashPanel. SplashWrapperForm is the top level Form based control that hosts this Splash Panel when displayed. The SplashPanel usually creates a custom SplashWrapperForm when it is asked to display itself. However, you can provide your own SplashWrapperForm if you have a customized version. You could also get a reference to the that the SplashPanel uses by default and make changes to it. The SplashPanel creates a default SplashWrapperForm when there is no SplashWrapperForm supplied to it, but ShowSplash was called to show the splash screen. Hence, the best place to get the default SplashWrapperForm associated with this SplashPanel is in the event handler. This property is not available at runtime. Gets the splash form. The splash form. Gets or sets the transparent color for the background. Gets or sets the backcolor for the control. A that represents the background color of the control. The default is the value of the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel should auto hide. Gets or sets the location to display the splash window. This is a value that is in screen coordinates. You can display a discrete location for the to be displayed at. The location parameter passed to the constructor of SplashPanel is used to set this value initially. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CloseOnClick property closes the SplashPanel. If the user clicks inside the SplashPanel and moves the SplashPanel (this is allowed if the AllowMove property is set to true), the SplashPanel will not be closed. The SplashPanel will not be closed if the click is on a Child control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AllowMove property allows the user to click within the SplashPanel and move the SplashPanel on the screen. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AllowResize property allows the user to resize the SplashPanel. Resize handles will be displayed when the user moves the mouse near the border of the SplashPanel. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled gets or Sets the touchmode Delagate used in ShowSplash for executed Invoke method. Point location Owner form Disable Owner Delagate used in PrepareSplash for executed Invoke method. Pont Location Owner form Returns bool value Delagate used in HideSplash for executed Invoke method. Splash close type Delay InMilliseconds Required designer variable. Initializes a new instance of the DefaultPanel class. The is set to 25 and the is turned off by default. You need to set the property. Initializes a new instance of the DefaultPanel class. The image to be displayed in the splash window. The creating this sets the BackImage to be its Cleans up any resources being used. bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets / sets the BackImage with an image. The image to be used as the background image. The size of the SplashPanel is set to the size of BackImage. Handles the SplashClosing event. The source of the event. A SplashClosedEventArgs that contains the event data. Delegate used for the thread-safe invoke of the GetComputedSizeInternal method. Control size return size Provides data for the event. The SplashClosed event is raised when a is closed. The specifies the manner in which the SplashPanel was closed. See the event for more information. The Splash close type object. Initializes a new instance of the SplashClosedEventArgs class. A SplashCloseType value. The SplashCloseType property is initialized with the value passed in. Gets the value indicating the way in which the Splash was closed. The SplashCloseType value indicates how the SplashPanel was closed. Specifies the positioning of the splash with the desktop. The Splash window will be made visible at the location closest to the system tray clock (if available). The splash window will be shown at the center of the screen. The splash window will be shown at the top-left of the screen. The splash window will be shown at the bottom -left of the screen. The splash window will be shown at the top-right of the screen. The splash window will be shown at the bottom-right of the screen. Does not indicate any of the above alignments. Specifies the way in which a splash control container was closed. Signifies the mode in which the splash control container was closed. This can be interpreted by the parent of the splash control container. The user wants the changes made in the splash to be applied. The user canceled the splash and expects the changes, if any to be ignored. The popup was deactivated because it was displayed for the specified time. This should be considered to be equivalent to the Done type as the user may want some changes saved. The current docking position of the windows task bar. The taskbar is docked at the bottom of the current screen. The taskbar is docked at the left of the current screen. The taskbar is docked at the top of the current screen. The taskbar is docked at the right of the current screen. Specifies to the animation functions in the class the nature of the slide animation to be performed. Slides horizontally from left to right. This animation effect is typically used when the window is displayed at the left edge of the screen. Slides vertically from bottom to top. This slide animation effect is typically used when the location of the window is at the right end of the screen. Slides horizontally from left to right. This animation effect is typically used when the window is displayed at the left edge of the screen. Slides vertically from bottom to top. This slide animation effect is typically used when the location of the window is at the right end of the screen. Slides vertically from right to left. Slides vertically from top to bottom. Fades from transparent to opaque. Slides vertically The default style. Marquee style. The Form derived class that hosts a when it is displayed. You will normally not have to use this class or refer to an instance of this class. An instance of this class will be automatically generated by the SplashPanel which will then set this as its parent when is called on it. Borders indent. Minimum animation size. Fade animation increment delay. Specifies how to space the SplashPanel within this host. This object will be notified by the SplashWrapperForm of important events. The preferred width of the when it becomes visible. The preferred height of the when it becomes visible. The timer that is used to animate the window. The animation is actually created by changing the height and width of the window at regular time intervals. The Windows API AnimateWindow does not work properly. It crashes when some controls are added to the SplashPanel. The timer that is used when the SplashPanel is being closed to create the animation effect. The that will be hosted by this SplashWrapperForm object. The for the animation. The owner form - we don't use the Owner property as that requires a TopLevel window. Result when the SplashPanel is invoked as Modal. Initializes a new instance of the WrapperForm class. The SplashPanel that will be displayed by this SplashWrapperForm. The SplashWrapperForm will be initialized with the object that it will host. The SplashWrapperForm will only be valid for the duration that the SplashPanel is visible. The SplashWrapperForm works closely with the SplashPanel object it hosts and will not be visible and the user will see the SplashPanel as the SplashWrapperForm. The SplashWrapperForm is set to be a top level window. Sets the border style for this SplashHost. The BorderStyle is a value that is painted by this control in the OnPaint handler. You can override this method to provide your own FormBorderStyle for this SplashWrapperForm. Overrides the OnPaint method to paint the 3D border style. The PaintEventArgs event data. Draws the 3D border that is specified in the property. The graphics object that is to be drawn on. The Border3DStyle value to be used for drawing the border. You can override this virtual function and draw your own implementation of the 3D border. Displays the that this SplashWrapperForm is hosting. Indicates whether the SplashWrapperForm should disable the owner form. This method calls or depending on what the property is set to. Displays the SplashPanel as a Modal dialog. Returns dialog result Places the hosted SplashPanel within the bounds of the SplashWrapperForm. The default implementation of this method sizes the hosted to occupy the entire area of the SplashWrapperForm except for the border. This method is invoked by the method. Displays the splash window without any animation. Indicates whteher the owner form is to be disabled. This method is invoked by the method if the property is set to false. The is also notified that the window has been displayed. No animation. Displays the splash host window in an animated manner. Indicates whether the window is to be displayed modally. This method is invoked by the method when the property is set to true. The used for the animation is based on the value returned by the method. Overrides Show and display using SetWindowPos and SWP_NOACTIVATE so that the focus is not grabbed. The animation of the splash window is implemented using a timer and its Elapsed event is handled in this method. The animation timer object. The elapsed event args event data. The handler for the elapsed event of the Hide animation timer. Used when the splash window is closing. The hide animation timer. The elapsed event data. Hides this SplashWrapperForm. This method is invoked by the method. This method also notifies the that the window is being closed. Private helper function used for the animated display. The relative alignment with the desktop. The style to be passed to the AnimateWindow function. Private helper method that gets the position of the Windows Taskbar. The position of the windows taskbar. The display location based on the current work area and the desired alignment. Splash Alignment The point where the splash window is to be displayed. Attaches the SplashPanel to the SplashWrapperForm. This method associates the object with this SplashWrapperForm. This adds the SplashPanel control to the form and sets its position. Sets the size of the host to the size of the SplashPanel and adjusts for the borderwidth. The size of the is adjusted to be the size of the SplashWrapperForm except for the border. Hides the SplashWrapperForm. This method calls the or method to hide the splash window. If this is a modal window, the DialogResult is set to DialogResult.OK. Hides the SplashWrapperForm. This method calls the or method to hide the splash window. If this is a modal window, the DialogResult is set to DialogResult.OK. Hides the SplashWrapperForm window in an animated manner. Called by the method. Gets Splash wrapper form Listener This is the same as the hosted by the SplashWrapperForm. This will be used by the SplashWrapperForm to notify the SplashPanel of important events so that the SplashPanel can respond. A SplashPanel object that implements ISplashWrapperFormListener. The value cannot be set through this property. All SplashWrapperForm objects are single use only. The splash host will be destroyed after the splash window is hiddden and the only way to set the SplashPanel for a SplashHost would be through the SplashHost contructor. Overrides CreateParams to add extended styles for ToolWindow and NoActivate. The SplashWrapperForm object needs to be Top level window and also should not be activated. These styles are set in this method. Gets or sets the object that is hosted by this . The SplashPanel object is the reason the SplashWrapperForm exists. This SplashPanel will be the only visible part of the SplashWrapperForm. You should not add any other controls that will be visible to the SplashWrapperForm. Specifies the mode in which to show the Splash. Represents Modeless Represents Disable owner Represents Modal Specifies the border type for the Splash. Borders in 3D style No border. Specifies which split panel is fixed, if any. "None" - no panel; "Panel1" - panel #1 respectively. "Panel2" - panel #1 respectively. Specifies splitter rendering style. Style is absent. Office 2007 Black style. Office 2007 Blue style. Office 2007 Silver style. Office 2003 style. Office XP style. Visual Studio 2005 style. Mozilla browser style. default style. Metro Style Specifies splitter current state of being drawn. when splitter is not hovered; when splitter is hovered by the mouse. Specifies whether the control is currently being dragged, and how. the splitter is still; the splitter is being dragged now; the splitter is expanded; the splitter is collapsed. Specifies currently collapsed panel. Panel1 respectively. Panel2 respectively. no panel is collapsed; Specifies an event which leads to collapsing of previously specified panel. panel is toggled when a click on it occurs; panel is toggled when a doubleclick on it occurs. Specifies needed property Represents Unknown BackgroundColor respectively ExpandFill respectively ExpandLine respectively GripLight respectively GripDark respectively HotBackgroundColor respectively HotExpandFill respectively HotExpandLine respectively HotGripLight respectively HotGripDark respectively Used in split container events to pass info about changed values to event handlers. Used for Splitter moving events. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. Basic Renderer. A class a renderer should be derived from. Create a class derived from Renderer, implementing this interface, to make your own renderers for custom splitter styles and behavior. Creates RendererInfo instance and initializes it with default values. An instance to initialize A RendererInfo instance to take parameters from returns render info Draws splitter according to settings specified in RendererInfo. Drawing context An instance of the needed RendererInfo to retrieve drawing settings from. Bounds to draw within. Draws a background. Current paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. Within these bounds we should draw. Draws a background while under mouse cursor. Current paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. Within these bounds we should draw. Draws a thumbnail. Current paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. Within these bounds we should draw. Draws a thumbnail while under mouse cursor. Current paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. Within these bounds we should draw. Draws a foreground. Current paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. Within these bounds we should draw. Draws a foreground while under mouse cursor. Current paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. Within these bounds we should draw. Gets theme settings appropriate to the current theme. An instance of SplitContainerAdv container, which owns this renderer. Flag of current mode. If mode is initialization than properties will not be set. Returns renderer info Compare current value with default value property identifier current value true if value is equal and false in other case Gets default value for some property Rendererer property Returns default value Override this method to provide correct update renderer-specified information from control. An instance of holding container. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be updated. Modified RendererInfo instance. Override this to draw a background. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Override this to provide hot background capabilities to your control's theme. Hot background means that control can change its background color when under mouse cursor. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Override this to provide thumbnail drawing according to your theme. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Override this to provide hot thumbnail drawing according to your theme. Hot thumbnail means that control can change its thumbnail color when under mouse cursor. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Override this to provide foreground drawing. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Override this to provide hot foreground. Hot foreground means that control can change its hot foreground color when under mouse cursor. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. For usage only within SplitContainerAdv class. Just point "this" to this method, so control properties will became appropriate for this theme. These properties are NOT used while drawing "default" theme. We're just blanking them. Override this to provide custom settings saving. In overriden method initialize container properties you want to modify, with appropriate values from RendererInfo class. Spliter container Bool value Modified RenderInfo. Override this to compare with default renderer settings. Property identifier. Compared value. True if value is equal and false in other case. Gets default value for some property. Property identifier. Default value. Override this to draw splitter according to renderer settings. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Provides with an appropriate renderer instance. Style by which an appropriate renderer is to be selected. An instance of Render's inheritor class, regarding to provided style. storage for saving default value for ExpandFill property storage for saving default value for ExpandLine property storage for saving default value for GripDark property storage for saving default value for GripLight property storage for saving default value for BackgroundColor property storage for saving default value for HotExpandFill property storage for saving default value for HotExpandLine property storage for saving default value for HotExpandGrip property storage for saving default value for HotGripLight property storage for saving default value for HotBackgroundColor property Bit's flag, used for for suspending update. If true than background orientation is autochanged. For usage only within SplitContainerAdv class. Just point "this" to this method, so control properties will became appropriate for this theme. Spliter containeradv container bool value Return render info Used here just for initialize background / hot background gradient colors in respect to orientation. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Draws background on graphics of some object. EventArgs that contains the event data. Render Info Rectangle bounds Draws hotbackground on graphics of some object EventArgs that contains the event data. Render Info Rectangle bounds A stub: no thumbnails!!! Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. A stub: no hot thumbnails here! Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. A stub: no foreground here! Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. A stub: no hot foreground here! Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Gets default value for property. Renderer property Returns object Updates renderer-specified information from control. An instance of holding container. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be updated. Modified RendererInfo instance. Padding between grips. Initializes a new instance of the BasicRenderer class. Draws arrows on a thumbnail. Arguments passed to OnPaint event handler. A brush for drawing background. A pen which paints triangles. Thumbnail rectangle. Instance of RendererInfo which is used to retrieve settings from. Fills an array of points with coordinates of the right arrow angles. Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. Is this a topmost arrow. An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. Fills an array of points with coordinates of the left arrow angles. Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. Is this a topmost arrow. An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. Fills an array of points with coordinates of the top arrow angles. Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. Is this a topmost arrow. An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. Fills an array of points with coordinates of the bottom arrow angles. Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. Is this a topmost arrow. An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. Sets renderer info to default value Retrieves an instance of DefaultRenderer "new DefaultRenderer()" Gets default value for ExpandFill Gets default value for ExpandLine Gets default value for DefaultGripDark Gets default value for GripLight Gets default value for Background color Gets default value for ExpandFill Gets default value for HotExpandLine Gets default value for HotGripDark Gets default value for HotGripLight Gets default value for HotBackgroundColor Gets renderer info A class in which all renderer per-instance settings are stored. gets or sets Draw state Create a class implementing this interface for each custom Renderer and add there members and properties representing SplitContainerAdv properties you want to save in per-instance basis (s.a. Orientation, BackgroundColor.). Default for this theme value for background brush. Current renderer drawing orientation. Usually reflects container orientation. Remembers the original orientation of the container. Current control draw state; Indicates whether the control themes are enabled. Indicates whether the control is enabled. Indicates whether the control's theme background should be ignored. Themes control drawing. Raiser for event OrientationChanged EventArgs that contains the event data. Gets or sets Background color The background color, gradient and other styles can be set through this property. The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. Gets or sets current renderer instance orientation. Gets or sets a value indicating whether theming is enabled for the control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether if control is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. Gets or sets a themed control. Raised when orientation changed Gets or sets current control state. Size of thumbnail. Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail arrows. Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail arrows while under mouse cursor. Default for this theme value for brush to draw thumbnail arrows. Default for this theme value for brush to draw thumbnail arrows while under mouse cursor. Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grips. Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grips while under mouse cursor. Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grip's shadow. Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grip's shadow while under mouse cursor. Default for this theme value for background brush while under mouse cursor. Panel which should be collapsed by some event. Panel which actually is collapsed. Initializes a new instance of the BasicRendererInfo class. Gets renderer info data from SplitContainerAdv object SplitContianerAdv instance Orientation value Gets renderer info data from SplitContainerAdv object SplitContianerAdv instance Orientation value Sets base info property for SpliContainerAdv Split Container Basic renderer Orientation value bool value for initmode Sets base info property for SpliContainerAdv SplitContainerAdv Container Basic Renderer Orientation value Gets or sets thumbnail size. Gets or sets brush for filling thumbnail arrows. Gets or sets brush for filling thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. Gets or sets pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows. Gets or sets pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. Gets or sets brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any. Gets or sets brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. Gets or sets brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any. Gets or sets brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. Gets or sets the hot (under mouse cursor) background color, gradient and other styles can be set through this property. The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. Gets or sets panel which is collapsed now. Gets or sets Panel which should be collapsed by some event. Default renderer style. Initializes a new instance of the DefaultRenderer class. No possibility to construct this class "normally"! Use MozillaRenderer.GetInstance() method to retrieve instance pointer instead. Retrieves an instance of DefaultRenderer "new DefaultRenderer" Initializes a new instance of the Metro Renderer class. Draw thumbnail with respect to the orientation Graphics context. BasicRender Info Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drawn. Encapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. Drawing context. Bounds to draw within. BasicRendererInfo instance to take properties from. Size of thumbnail. Smoothing mode. Brush to draw thumbnail background color. Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. Draws hot thumbnail. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Retrieves an instance of MetroRenderer "new MetroRenderer" This class allows user to draw splitter( half-tone brush filled rectangle ). Draws splitter in specified rectangle. rectangle to draw splitter in ( screen coordinates ). Retrieves device-specific information for the specified device. A handle to the DC. The item to be returned. Logical pixels inch in X Horizontal width in pixels Horizontal width of entire desktop in pixels Renderer of Mozilla style. Initializes a new instance of the MozillaRenderer class No possibility to construct this class "normally"! Use MozillaRenderer.GetInstance() method to retrieve instance pointer instead. Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. Graphics context. Render Info Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. Incapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. Drawing context. Bounds to draw within. RendererInfo instance to take properties from. Size of thumbnail. Smoothing mode. Brush to draw thumbnail background color with. Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. Draws grip with vertical orientation. Drawing context. RendererInfo instance to take properties from. Center of a grip. A new center of a grip. Incremental internal value. Padding between grips. Indicates whether we will write hot thumbnail. Draws grip with horizontal orientation. Drawing context. RendererInfo instance to take properties from. Center of a grip. A new center of a grip. Incremental internal value. Padding between grips. Indicates whether we will write hot thumbnail. Draws 1 grip, resulting from 7 points: 4 for foregroung and 2 for a shadow. PaintEventArgs. We usually use e.Graphics to draw. Basic Render info The point, which should be a center of a grip. Bool for hot Draws hot thumbnail. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Retrieves an instance of MozillaRenderer "new MozillaRenderer()" Renderer of Office2003 style. Initializes a new instance of the Office2003Renderer class. No possibility to construct this class "normally"! Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. Graphics context. Container instance. Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. Draws 1 grip, resulting from 7 points: 4 for foregroung and 2 for a shadow. PaintEventArgs. We usually use e.Graphics to draw. A container instance. The point, which should be a center of a grip. True - use hot colors, otherwise false. Draws hot thumbnail. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Retrieves an instance of Office2003Renderer "new Office2003Renderer()" Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. Graphics context. Container instance. Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. bool value hot Renderer of Office2007Blue style. Renderer of OfficeXP style. Initializes a new instance of the OfficeXPRenderer class. No possibility to construct this class "normally"! Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. Graphics context. Instance of RendererInfo which is used to retrieve settings from. Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. Draws 1 grip, resulting from 7 points: 4 for foregroung and 2 for a shadow. PaintEventArgs. We usually use e.Graphics to draw. Instance of RendererInfo which is used to retrieve settings from. The point, which should be a center of a grip. True - use hot colors, otherwise false. Draws hot thumbnail. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Retrieves an instance of OfficeXPRenderer "new OfficeXPRenderer()" Initializes a new instance of the Office2007BlueRenderer class. No possibility to construct this class "normally"! Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. Retrieves an instance of Office2007Renderer "new Office2007Renderer()" Renderer of Office2007Black style. Initializes a new instance of the Office2007BlackRenderer class. No possibility to construct this class "normally"! Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. Retrieves an instance of Office2007Renderer "new Office2007Renderer()" Renderer of Office2007Silver style. Initializes a new instance of the Office2007SilverRenderer class. No possibility to construct this class "normally"! Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. Retrieves an instance of Office2007Renderer "new Office2007Renderer()" This control is container that consists of two panels, splitter between them and allows user simply put other controls on these panels and drag splitter vertically or horizontally to resize these panels. Default splitter encrement in pixels, when moving. Default splitter position. Default splitter border width. Minimum splitter width allowed. Minimum split panel's size allowed. Default splitter width. Default name of first panel Default name of second panel Default container size. Used to ensure whether the splitter width has been changed externally. Used to ensure whether the splitter width has been changed internally. A splitter offset. Determines the number of pixels the splitter moves each increment. Previously selected components at Design-Time before splitter moving. Indicates, is container still initializing or not. Hosted Form. Splitter distance from left( top ) border. Minimum panel1 size. Minimum panel2 size. Indicates, can user move splitter or not. Used for selecting panels bounds recalculation method during container resize, in case FixedPanel is not default. Indicates, what panel size is fixed during container resize operations. Split panels Border Style. Left( or top ) split panel. Right ( or bottom ) split panel. A panel which will be collapsed when some events on it occurs. Used to check, if user is adding any controls to container manually, or container's split panels initialization in progress. This panel is drawn highlited at design-time. used for splitter drawing Previous cursor before splitter moving operation is stored here. Previous control's size before it is changed. Indicates, is spliter moving operation in progress, or not. Splitter rectangle, it is drawn in. Splitter orientation( vertical or horisontal ). Renderer, which draws control. Renderer instance-specific information Brush to draw background using gradient styles. Brush to draw background using gradient styles, while under mouse pointer. Indicates whether themes are enabled. Themes control drawing. Indicates whether we should ignore theme background. To retain the panel background color at design time. Current control style. Current control draw state. We can draw regarding of state. Current control drag state. We can draw respectively to this state. Brush which fills a thumbnail arrow (if one). Brush which fills a thumbnail arrow (if one), while under mouse cursor. Brush which draws a thumbnail arrow. Brush which draws a thumbnail arrow, while under mouse cursor. If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws it. If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws it, while under mouse cursor. If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws a shadow near it. If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws a shadow near it, while under mouse cursor. An event which leads to collapsing of previously specified panel. Indicates whether the panel is toggled. If calculating of panel bounds in CollapsePanel function. Indicates that calculating of panel bounds in OnSplitterDistanceChanged function. Ratio of the splitContainer width(height) to panel1 width(height). Default size of the control Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Default constructor. Applies scaling control Font changed Initialize splitter width and height. Initialzies container and split panels free child controls Required designer variable. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Invoked when splitter is moved. Arguments related to this event. New instance of the SplitContainerAdvAccessibility. SplitContainerAdvAccessibility Invoked when splitter is being moved. Arguments related to this event. Invoked when splitter is changing its fixed state. Invoked when splitter is changing its distance. Invoked when splitter changed its border. Invoked when splitter changed its width. Invoked when splitter changed its orientation. Invoked when mouse grabs the splitter. Invoked when mouse is moving over splitter. Invoked when mouse leaves the splitter. Invoked when mouse enters splitter region. Invoked when mouse releases splitter. A standard OnPaint message handler. Set minimum size to the panel, if the panel's autosize property is enabled Increases bounds. Invalidates window. Invoked when splitter theme is changed. Invoked when a control is removed from the splitter container. Invoked when a control is added to the splitter container. Invokes when mouse clicks the splitter Invoked when mouse double clicks the splitter Invalidate splitter when SystemColor changed. Start splitter moving operation. Corrects an increment. Destination point to move splitter to. Source point splitter is moving from. Number of pixels for one step. Corrected location. Checks, if splitter can be moved to spevified location, according to minimum size, splitter size and orientation. Destination point to move splitter to. Point is in container client coordinates. True, if can move spliter to destination, otherwise - false. Moves splitter to specified point. Correct Splitter Location according to minimul panels size and mouse position. Splitter location to correct. Corrected Splitter location. Finish splitter moving operation. If success is true, move splitter to new position, otherwise - restore previous. Sets splitter cursor. Restores previous cursor before split moving operations. Set appropriate cursor. Invalidates splitter region. Subscribes hosted form for events. Unsubscribes hosted form from events. Sets collapsed state for specified panel. Draws splitter rectangle. Rectangle to draw splitter in. Recalculates panels bounds, if one of them is collapsed. true, if recalculated succesfully, othervise - false. Recalculates panels bounds according to container size and fixed panel. true, if recalculated succesfully, othervise - false. Recalculates split panels bounds proportionally. Sets new split panels bounds according to splitter location, fixed and collapsed pannels. Corrects split panels bounds and splitter position, if any of panels has size less then minimum panel size allowed. Updates current info on rendering information, basing on current settings. This method must be called if any render relevant changes of the instance were made. If parameter panel equal Collapsed panel than collapses this panel event sender If parameter panel equal Collapsed panel and mode is DoubleClickMode than collapses this panel event sender Collapses a panel specified in m_panelToBeCollapsed, when specified event occurs. Expands a panel specified in m_panelToBeCollapsed, when specified event occurs. Returns an instance of SplitPanelAdv, according to provided CollapsedPanel. A CollapsedPanel enum member. An appropriate SplitPanelAdv instance, already owned by this SplitContainerAdv, or null if panel == CollapsedPanel.None. Retrieves a panel opposite to the collapsed one. A SplitPanelAdv instance. Resets backgroung color to the default value. Should a control serialize its background color. true, if yes. Resets hot backgroung color to the default value. Should a control serialize its hot background color. true, if yes. Invoked when splitter style is being changed. Invoked when object's parent is changed. Invoked when host is deactivated. Raises OrientationChanged event. This method is almost a stub, needed only for mouse hook subscribing. Unselectes components at design time. Restores previous selection at design-time. True, is container selected, otherwise - false. For handling mouse messages in design mode. In design mode, mouse messages can be handled only here. Begins control initializing. Ends control initializing. Occurs, when splitter is moved to new position. Occurs, while splitter is moving. Occurs, when splitter orientation is changed. Occurs, when splitter theme is changed. Gets Hosted Form. Gets or Sets Panel1 minimum size. Gets or Sets Panel2 minimum size. Gets or Sets, whether user is allowed to move splitter or not. Determines the number of pixels the splitter moves in each increment. Gets or Sets splitter distance from left( top ) border. Gets or Sets, which panel has fixed size during container resizing. Gets the collection of controls contained within this control. Gets minimum container Width ( or Height, in Vertical Orientation case ) allowed. Gets or Sets split panel, drawn highlighted at design-time. Indicates, is splitter moving operation is in progress or not. Readonly. Gets or Sets splitter width. Gets or sets a value indicating the horizontal or vertical orientation of the SplitContainerAdv panels. Gets left( top ) split panel. Gets right( bottom ) split panel. Gets or Sets, whether Panel1 is collapsed or not. Gets or Sets, whether Panel2 is collapsed. Gets or Sets currently collapsed panel. Gets or Sets the panel to be collapsed when some predefined event occurs on it. An event which leads to collapsing of previously specified panel. Determines split panels border style. The background color, gradient and other styles can be set through this property. The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. The hot (under mouse cursor) background color, gradient and other styles can be set through this property. The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. Indicates whether the control is themed. Indicates whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore the and Panel.BackgroundColor will be used instead. Gets the Themed control. Indicates the current style of the control. Sets and gets current control state. Sets and gets current control movement state. Gets or sets brush details for filling thumbnail arrows. Makes able to set brush for filling thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. Makes able to set pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows. Makes able to set pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. Makes able to set brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any. Makes able to set brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. Makes able to set brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any. Makes able to set brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. Gives readonly access to container's RenderInfo. Gets a value indicating whether the container enables the user to scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. Gets the size of the auto-scroll margin. Gets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. Gets the location of the auto-scroll position. Gets where this control is scrolled to in System.Windows.Forms.ScrollableControl.ScrollControlIntoView( System.Windows.Forms.Control ). Gets or Sets the touchmode Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. Variable for SplitContainerAdv. Constructor. SplitContainerAdv Retrieves the object that has the focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. Child Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate The vertical screen coordinate An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. Bounds of the Control Gets the role for the SplitContainerAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject Gets the state of the accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. Used for unique panel names generation. Determines, is panel collapsed or not. Used for unique panel names generation. Parent contaiener, this splitter belongs to. Background brush. Required designer variable. Default constructor. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. The background color, gradient and other styles can be set through this property. The GradientPanel control provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. Indicates whether the control is themed. Indicates whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. Indicates, draw panel selected or not at design-time. Determines, is panel collapsed or not. Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. Variable for SplitPanelAdv. Constructor. SplitPanelAdv Retrieves the object that has the focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. Child Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate The vertical screen coordinate An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. Bounds of the Control Gets the role for the SplitPanelAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject Gets the state of the accessible object. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. Gets the parent of an accessible object. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. VS2005 style renderer. Draws a background. Paint context. An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. Bounds within which we should paint. Initializes a new instance of the VS2005Renderer class. Retrieves an instance of DefaultRenderer "new DefaultRenderer()" Initializes the designer with the specified component. The to associate with the designer. The Essential Tools StatusBarAdv is an extension to the Windows Forms StatusBar. It supports different border and background styles and can contain other controls besides StatusBarAdvPanel. The StatusBarAdv control can be used programmatically as detailed below: To create an instance of the StatusBarAdv class, StatusBarAdv statusBarAdv1; Create the StatusBarAdv control this.statusBarAdv1 = new StatusBarAdv(); Dim statusBarAdv1 As StatusBarAdv � Create the StatusBarAdv control Me.statusBarAdv1 = New StatusBarAdv() Set the properties of the StatusBarAdv control. this.statusBarAdv1.Alignment = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.FlowAlignment.Far; this.statusBarAdv1.Border3DStyle = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DStyle.RaisedInner; this.statusBarAdv1.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; this.statusBarAdv1.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; this.statusBarAdv1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; this.statusBarAdv1.CustomLayoutBounds = new System.Drawing.Rectangle(0, 0, 0, 0); this.statusBarAdv1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Bottom; this.statusBarAdv1.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; this.statusBarAdv1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(0, 318); this.statusBarAdv1.Name = "statusBarAdv1"; this.statusBarAdv1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(856, 24); this.statusBarAdv1.Spacing = new System.Drawing.Size(5, 2); this.statusBarAdv1.TabIndex = 12; Add StatusBarAdvPanel controls to the StatusBarAdv control. StatusBarAdvPanel statuBarAdvPanel1 = new StatusBarAdvPanel() StatusBarAdvPanel statuBarAdvPanel2 = new StatusBarAdvPanel(); StatusBarAdvPanel statuBarAdvPanel3 = new StatusBarAdvPanel(); this.statusBarAdv1.Panels = new StatusBarAdvPanel[] { this.statusBarAdvPanel1, this.statusBarAdvPanel2, this.statusBarAdvPanel3}); statusBarAdvPanel1 this.statusBarAdvPanel1.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; this.statusBarAdvPanel1.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; this.statusBarAdvPanel1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; this.statusBarAdvPanel1.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(541, 2); this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Name = "statusBarAdvPanel1"; this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(100, 20); this.statusBarAdvPanel1.TabIndex = 1; this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Text = "statusBarAdvPanel1"; this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Type = StatusBarAdvPanelType.CapsLockState; statusBarAdvPanel2 this.statusBarAdvPanel2.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; this.statusBarAdvPanel2.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; this.statusBarAdvPanel2.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; this.statusBarAdvPanel2.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(646, 2); this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Name = "statusBarAdvPanel2"; this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(100, 20); this.statusBarAdvPanel2.TabIndex = 2; this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Text = "statusBarAdvPanel2"; this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Type = StatusBarAdvPanelType.NumLockState; statusBarAdvPanel3 this.statusBarAdvPanel3.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; this.statusBarAdvPanel3.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; this.statusBarAdvPanel3.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; this.statusBarAdvPanel3.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(751, 2); this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Name = "statusBarAdvPanel3"; this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(100, 20); this.statusBarAdvPanel3.TabIndex = 3; this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Text = "statusBarAdvPanel3"; this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Type = StatusBarAdvPanelType.LongTime; Add the StatusBarAdv control to the form Add the StatusBarAdv control to the form this.Controls.Add(this.statusBarAdv1); �Add the StatusBarAdv control to the form Me.Controls.Add(Me.statusBarAdv1) Default size of the control Metrocolor To indicate whether to serialize MetroColor or not To Reset MetroColor Style for Statusbar Reset the Appearance Serializes the Style Variable to store Border color. Occurs when the style changes Invokes when the border color changes. Enables the Metrocolor for Border. Serializes the UseMetroColorAsBorder. Resets the UseMetroColorAsBorder Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Begins initialization of the control. Ends initialization of the control. Initializes a new instance of the StatusBarAdv class. Cleans up any resources being used. True if disposing. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Font changed Indicates whether sizing should be enabled. True to enable sizing by the user; false otherwise. This method indicates whether the StatusBarAdv's is on, is docked to the bottom, the right-bottom corner aligns with the parent's right-bottom and that the Parent is not maximized. Sets the preferred size in the layout of the specified control. Use this method to set the preferred size of a control inside the StatusBar. The control whose preferred size is to be set. The size. Sets the horizontal alignment options for the specified control. If the StatusBar`s Alignment property is set to ChildContstraints, the StatusBar will use this option in the positioning and resizing of the control. The control whose HAlign is to be set. The alignment option to be set to the specified control. Returns the preferred size of the specified control. The control whose preferred size is to be returned. The preferred size of the control. Indicates whether the control should be drawn right-to-left. True if the control is to be drawn right-to-left; false otherwise. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Statusbar will draw a themed background. Indicated settings: BorderStyle = None. Gets or sets the MetroColor color of the Statusbar. Indicates the appearance for StatusBar Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Sizing grip is visible. If SizingGrip is false the statusbar will not resize it`s parent. Gets or sets a custom rectangle that the layout will use to display the panels. Set this property to specify new boundaries for the layout of the panels. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets whether to set MetroColor as its Border color. Gets or sets the alignment of the panels. This property determines the location of the panels. If set to ChildConstraints the Panels` HAlign property will be used to position and size them. Gets or sets the spacing between the panels. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the StatusBar will resize the height of the panels according to it`s height. The default value is true, indicating that when the StatusBar`s height changes the panels inside will also change their height. Gets or sets the StatusBarAdvPanel controls contained in the StatusBarAdv. Use this property to Add/Remove panels from the status bar. Gets a value indicating whether the parent control is maximized. To define the appearance of the control To Set default appearance. To set Metro appearance. The StatusBarAdvPanel is used with the StatusBarAdv to show information like key states date and time. Gap between image and text. Default delay for aniamtion. Default animation speed. Alignment Uses for animation displayed text. A value indicating whether control uses marquee style for displayed text. A value indicating whether control uses custom text feature for displaying the CAPS/SCROLL/NUMLOCK/INSERTKEY Animation speed. Delay for animation. Point which uses for animation. Direction of animation. Style of animation. Indicates whether animation can be started. Currently direnction for animation. Default size of the control Method is called when PreferredSizeChanged Event is triggered. Method is called when MinimumSizeChanged Event is triggered. Method is called when ConstraintsChanged Event is triggered. Font changed Method is called when AlignChanged Event is triggered. Method is called when TypeChanged Event is triggered. Method is called when IconChanged Event is triggered. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Initializes a new instance of the StatusBarAdvPanel class. Insert key KeyCode. Used to determine, has insert state changed from initial, when Insert key is pressed. Cleans up any resources being used. Booll disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Starts animation for marquee style. Stops animation. Begin animation. Ends animation. Restarts animation. Gets size displayed text. Return Size Gets start point of animation. Marquee Direction Return start point Method returns text according to the KeyState. returns string Raises the paint event. The instance containing the event data. Event is raised if the list of constraints has changed. Event is thrown at any time, if the alignment of panel changes. Event is triggered when PanelType changes. Event is raised when icon of the panel changes. Raised when the IsMarquee property is changed. Raised when the Animation speed is changed. Raised when the Animation delay is changed. Raised when the Animation direction is changed. Raised when the Animation style is changed. Gets or sets the tool tip of the panel. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the size of the panel will be automatically calculated by the size of it`s contents. Gets or sets the minimum size of the panel in the FlowLayout. Gets or sets the preferred size of the panel in the FlowLayout. Gets or sets the constraints in the FlowLayout. Gets or sets the HorizontalAlignment in the FlowLayout. Set this property if the parent StatusBar has the Alignment property set to ChildConstraints. Otherwise this setting will not be taken into account. Gets or sets the icon of the panel. This icon represents the icon that appears in the panel. It is a 16x16 icon. Gets or sets the type of the panel. Set this property if you want the panel to display a predefined text representing key states, date/time information or culture information. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets the alignment type of the text and icon of the panel. Gets or sets the text of the panel. This property will be ignored if the PanelType property is set to a value different than Custom. Gets or sets the custom ON text. The custom on text. This value represents the CustomOnText of the StatusBarAdvPanel. The CustomOnText will be set only if EnableCustomText is set to True. Gets or sets the custom OFF text. The custom OFF text. This value represents the CustomOFFText of the StatusBarAdvPanel. The CustomOnText is will be set only if EnableCustomText is set to True. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control uses marquee style for displaying text. Gets or sets animation speed of marquee style. Gets or sets delay for animation of marquee style. Gets or sets direction of animation for marquee style. Gets or sets style of animation for marquee style. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background color will be set to Transparent. Indicated settings: BorderStyle:Fixed3D, Border3DStyle = Etched. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. Gets or sets the backcolor of the panel. Represents custom Num Lock state Represents Caps Lock state Represents Scroll lock state Represents Long date Represents Shortdate Represents Longtime Represents Shorttime Represents Longtime in 24 Hours format Represents Shorttime in 24 Hours format Represents Currentculture Represents InsertKeyState Direction of the displaying text for marquee style. Represents Left Represents Right Behaviour of the displayed text for marquee style. Represents scroll Represents Slide Represent Alternate This control represents StatusBarAdv control with own Themes Drawing support. This means ability to use Themed StatusBarAdv on non-themed OS. Use property to draw control with selected theme. property must be set to true to draw control with theme. Name bitmap file for Gripper. Path to images. Width for left gradient. Height for top gradient. Height for bottom gradient. Transparent color for grip image. Office2007 Color scheme. Office2010 color scheme StatusBarExt visual style Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Sets the default border color Sets the bordercolor for Office2007 style sets the border color for office2010 style gets the office2010managed colors gets the office2007 managed color Image for grip button. Constructor for StatusBarExt Drawing background. EventArgs that contains the event data. Drawing background for 2010 style. EventArgs that contains the event data. Drawing grip button. EventArgs that contains the event data. Loads bitmap from manifest. The bitmap name. Reference to bitmap; NULL if bitmap failed to load. Gets or sets color scheme. Gets or sets color scheme. Gets or Sets the Visual Style Gets image for grip button. Occurs when is changed. Enumeration for visualstyle Gets or sets a value indicating whether the component is shown in StatusStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the component is the last item in the group. Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. Context menu for StatusStripEx. Initializes a new instance of the StatusContextMenuStrip class. Initializes a new instance of the StatusContextMenuStrip class. Status strip Fills in Items collection. EventArgs that contains the event data. Cancels closing if needed. EventArgs that contains the event data. Performs item click on Space key. EventArgs that contains the event data. Parent StatusStripEx. Indicates if user menu or custom menu need to be used. Gets or sets a value indicating whether user menu or custom menu need to be used. Gets or sets parent StatusStripEx. StatusStrip control extended. Default size of the control applies the scaling Font changed event Indicates if button have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether button have separator after itself. gets or sets the touchmode Gets or sets a value indicating whether button must be shown in StatusStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether button have separator after itself. Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. StatusStrip control extended. Indicates if label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. StatusStrip control extended. Indicates if label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. StatusStrip control extended. Indicates if label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. StatusStrip control extended. Indicates if label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whetherlabel have separator after itself. Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. StatusStrip control extended. Fires when item in this controls is clicked. Gets the collection of items to display on the ToolStripPanelItem Gets or sets the maximum number of rows. Gets or sets value for Default size. Gets/sets whether the buttons should be grouped. Gets or sets whether to use Standard Layout. Specifies whether to display ToolTips on items. Gets or sets value indicating whether control is transparent. Height of space between image and text and between text and down arrow in collapsed state dropdown button. Variable for scaling factor Variable for DPIGraphics To update the ToolStrip item size in 150 scaling Returns collection of toolstrip items. Pays caution to the state of toolstrip. Collection of toolstrip items. Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. The custom-sized area for a control. An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. Returns true to allow changing of State property Raises CollapsedDropDownClosing event if ToolStripEx is in collapsed state; Stores the toolstripitems TextImageRelation Stores the toolstripitems ImageScaling behavior Stores the toolstripitems ImageScaling behavior Gets the width of the toolstrip in collapsed state. To Update the IntermediateState Updates state of the control. Converts BoolEx to bool. Input BoolEx. Output bool. Converts bool to BoolEx. Input bool. Output BoolEx. Imitates launcher clicking. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Custom ToolStripPanelItem. Occurs when the ToolStrip State is Changing. State of the ToolStripEx. Specifies an advanced appearance this control. DropDown button shown in collapsed state. Gets the expanded size of the ToolStrip Gets the intermediate size of the ToolStrip Get size of intermediate To update the ToolStrip item size according to Scaling Gets or Sets whether the caption should be shown or not. true, if caption should be shown, false otherwise Gets or Sets whether the Launcher should be shown or not. true, if Launcher should be shown, false otherwise Gets or sets whether the caption should be aligned to top or bottom. Gets or sets whether the caption text should be drawn etched, plain or with shadow. Gets or sets the alignment of caption. Gets or sets the caption font. Gets or sets the minimum height of the caption. Gets or sets the border style for the control. Gets or sets whether the launcher style should be Office12 or Office2007. Gets or Sets whether the buttons should be grouped. Gets a value indicating whether the launcher is selected. Gets the height of caption. Gets the width of border. Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolTips are to be displayed on the Toolstrip items. Gets or sets corresponding ToolStripTabItem. Gets or sets a value indicating whether Office12 mode should be turned on. true if [office12 mode]; otherwise, false. Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the ToolStripEx. Gets or sets whether the Office color scheme should be Silver or Blue. Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. (overridden property) Gets or sets state of ToolStripEx. Gets or sets the image of collapsed state dropdown button. Gets or sets the text of collapsed state dropdown button. Width of toolstrip in collapsed state. Width of toolstrip in collapsed state. Size of toolstrip in expanded state. To get the IntermediateSize of the ToolStripEx Gets or sets the image of ToolStripEx (shown in quick items panel). Gets or sets control fore color. Dropdown button. Custom ToolStripPanelItem. Occurs when the image is changed State of ToolStripEx. All the items are visible. All the items are hidden to the dropdown. All items are shown as small icons. Used to set the touch mode size when it is enabled. Performance improvement Gets or sets value indicating whether control is transparent. Gets or sets value for Default size. Rows count Columns count Rows height Columns width Total width Total height Set item location depending on RTL property. Toolstrip on which items lay out. Item which must be positioned. ToolStrip RightToLeft property. Position for item on ToolStrip. Instance of PanelItemLayout. Indicates if label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. StatusStrip control extended. /// Default size of the control Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. Proposed size Returns Size Holds the Metro Seperator color Reset Metro Seperator color Indicates whether to serialize Metro Seperator Color Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. applies the scaling Font changed event Specify the RenderMode. Update renderer according to choiced color scheme. Gets ColorScheme according to type. Colorscheme type Returns Color Scheme Indicates whether the current value of the OfficeColorScheme property is to be serialized. Returns bool value Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the office color scheme. Instance of StatusStripExLayoutEngine. Items that located in left side of StatusStrip and not represent IStatusItem interface. Items that located in right side of StatusStrip and represent IStatusItem interface. Color scheme that used in Rendering. Area where Status controls painting. Area where Notifications controls painting. Dock value of StatusStripEx. MenuStrip for StatusStripEx. Specifies an advanced appearance this control. Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. One of the values. The default is . Gets items that located in left side of StatusStrip and not represent IStatusItem interface. Gets items that located in right side of StatusStrip and represent IStatusItem interface. Gets/Sets the MetroSeperatorColor of StatusStripEx Gets or sets separator position that divide StatusStripEx on two areas. Gets the area where Status controls are located. Gets area where Notifications controls painting. Gets or sets whether the Office color scheme should be Silver or Blue. Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the StatusStripEx. Gets or sets the theme color of the ColorUI Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. Gets or sets the context menu strip associated with this control. (overridden property) Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled gets or sets the touchmode Gets or sets the StatusStripEx render mode. A value that indicates the visual style to apply. The default value is Custom. Layout engine for StatusStripEx. Lays out toolstrip items in StatusStripEx. Container object LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. returns bool value Set item location depending on RTL property. Status Strip Toolstrip Item Location point Set main separator location depending on RTL property. Sgtatus Strip Separator position Set separator position and add it to list depending on RTL property. Status StripEx Separator position StatusStripEx Style Classic appearance. Metro-like appearance. Initializes new instance of RibbonTabGroupDesigner. Component parameter Updates all glyphs for StatusStripEx's items. Design time StatusStripEx instance. Action lists. StatusStripEx items' glyphs. RibbonAdorner service to have access to StatusStripEx glyphs. Action list for RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesigner. Initializes a new instance of the StatusStripExDesignerActionList class. Design time StatusStripEx instance. Underlying StatusStripExDesigner. Adds new StatusLabel. Adds new DropDownButton. Adds new SplitButton. Adds new PanelItem. Adds new TrackBarItem. Adds new ProgressBar. Adds new StatusStripButton. Adds new StatusStripLabel. Adds new ProgressBar to the status bar. Adds new DropDownButton to the status bar. Adds new SplitButton to the status bar. Adds new PanelItem to the status bar. Returns collection of action list items. Returns collection of action list items Underlying StatusStripExDesigner. Collection of action items. Design time StatusStripEx instance. Gets or sets Dock of the control. TrackBar control extended by decrease and increase buttons. Height of channel. Minimal height of TrackBar. Initial width of TrackBar. Large change of TrackBar value. Maximum value of TrackBar. Minimum value of TrackBar. Small change of TrackBar value. Interval for timer. Backcolor value Size of decrease button. Size of increase button. Size of slider. Default start color of trackbar gradient. Default end color of trackbar gradient. Default color of buttons. foreColorvalue Default color of highlighted buttons. Default color of pushed buttons. Default size of the control Default channel height Default button size Indicates whether buttons should be shown. Height of channel. Size of decrease button. Size of increase button. Stores custom height when AutoSize set to true. Large change of TrackBar value. Maximum value of TrackBar. Minimum value of TrackBar. Small change of TrackBar value. Value of TrackBar position. Size of slider. Timer for for handling mouse keeping pushed. Indicates whether slider is being moved with mouse. Area where mouse pointer is currently situated. Currently pushed item. Indicates whether control background should be transparent. Interval for timer. Indicates whether focus rect should be shown. Start color of trackbar gradient. End color of trackbar gradient. Color of button. Color of highlighted button. Color of pushed button. Specify the orientation of TrackBarEx control. Blend for slider. Blend for buttons. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Resets the ForeColor To serialize ForeColor Initializes a new instance of the TrackBarEx class. Decreases value by small change. Decreases value by large change. Increases value by small change. Increases value by large change. Draws buttons. Graphics object to draw to. Draws metro buttons. Graphics object to draw to. Draws slider. Graphics object to draw to. Disallows background painting. PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. Paints TrackBarEx. EventArgs that contains the event data. Draws focus rectangle if needed. EventArgs that contains the event data. Hides focus rectangle if needed. EventArgs that contains the event data. Invalidates control. EventArgs that contains the event data. Sets height on AutoSize. X position Y Position Bounds Width Bounds Height Bounds Speified Processes mouse click. EventArgs that contains the event data. Resets timers and releases mouse capture. EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles release of mouse capture. EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles mouse moving. EventArgs that contains the event data. mouse over variable mouse over variable mouse over variable Handles Mouse entering EventArgs that contains the event data. Resets current area. EventArgs that contains the event data. Handles keyboard. EventArgs that contains the event data. Accepts needed keys. Key Data Return True if Inputkey Gets preferred height. Returns Preferred Height Creates path for slider from rectangle. Rectangle to create path from. Created slider path. Draws background of buttons. Graphics object to draw to. Rectangle of button. State of the button. Gets slider end color according to the given state. State to retrieve color for. Retrieved color. Initializes and starts timer. Area where mouse was pushed and caused timer to start. Invalidates given area of control. Area to invalidate. Translates bounds that are the bounds of buttons of TrackBarEx. Bounds of buttons of TrackBarEx that are being modified. Non-modified rectangle if orientation is horizontal, modified rectangle - otherwise. Modifies given mouse location according to TrackBarEx orientation. Mouse location which is to be modified. Non-modified mouse location if orientation is horizontal, modified mouse location - otherwise. Invalidates focus rectangle. Handles mouse keeping pushed.. Sender object EventArgs that contains the event data. To serialize ButtonSignColor Resets the ButtonSignColor Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets a value indicating whether buttons should be shown. Gets or sets height of channel. Gets or sets size of decrease button. Gets or sets size of increase button. Gets or sets large change of TrackBar value. Gets or sets small change of TrackBar value. Gets or sets minimum value of TrackBar. Gets or sets maximum value of TrackBar. Gets or sets value of TrackBar position. Gets or sets size of slider. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control background should be transparent. Gets or sets interval for timer. Gets or sets a value indicating whether focus rect should be shown. Gets or sets start color of trackbar gradient. Gets or sets end color of trackbar gradient. Gets or sets color of the buttons. Gets or sets color of highlighted buttons. Gets or sets color of pushed buttons. Overrides ForeColor. Gets or sets the orientation of TrackBarEx control. Gets display rectangle of TrackBarEx control. If orientation is vertical, rectangle will be the same as when orientation is horizontal. Gets color for painting buttons border. Gets start color for buttons gradient painting. Gets start color for highlighted buttons gradient painting. Gets color of buttons signs. Gets bounds of decrease button. Gets bounds of increase button. Gets bounds of channel. Gets bounds of slider. Gets inflated slider bounds. Gets or sets area where mouse pointer is currently situated. Gets or sets currently pushed item. Occurs when the Value property of a track bar changes, either by movement of the scroll box or by manipulation in code. Occurs when either a mouse or keyboard action moves the scroll box. Gets or sets a value for style. Makes AutoSize property visible in property grid. Different areas of the control. Out of control. Decrease button. Increase button. Channel on the left of the slider. Channel on the right of the slider. Represents Slider. Different states of control items (buttons and slader). Default state of the item. Item should be drawn highlighted. Item is pushed. Designer for TrackBarEx. Returns left and right sizers only when AutoSize is on. Default size of the control Initializes a new instance of the TrackBarItem class. applies the scaling Font changed event Create the actual control, note this is static so it can be called from the constructor. Returns control Gets or sets a value indicating whether control is transparent. Gets or sets value of TrackBar position. Gets or sets minimum value of TrackBar. Gets or sets maximum value of TrackBar. Gets or sets the orientation of TrackBarEx control. gets or sets the touchmode Occurs when the Value property of a track bar changes, either by movement of the scroll box or by manipulation in code. Occurs when either a mouse or keyboard action moves the scroll box. To define the SuperAccelerator appearance To Set default appearance. To set Metro appearance. To define the SuperAccelerator alignment The SuperAccelerator appears on left of the control. To Set default alignment. The SuperAccelerator appears on Top left of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Top Center of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Top Right of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Middle Left of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Middle Center of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Middle Right of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Bottom Left of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Bottom Center of the control The SuperAccelerator appears on Bottom Right of the control To reset EnableSuperAcceleratorOnF10 To Specify EnableSuperAcceleratorOnF10 to be serialized or not Holds the super accelerator appearance Holds the SuperAccelerator alignment To Reset the Appearance Indicate whether to serialize Appearance Gets accelerator associated with a component Sets accelerator associated with a component Gets the accelerator of a MenuButton instance on RibbonControlAdv. The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton which tooltip should be get. String concatenating accelerator text. Assigns the accelerator to a MenuButton instance on RibbonControlAdv. The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton to which the tooltip should be assigned. The accelerator string. Assigns the accelerator to a CollapsedDropDownButton instance on ToolStripEx. The ToolStripEx with CollapsedDropDownButton to which the accelerator should be assigned. The accelerator string. Gets the accelerator to a CollapsedDropDownButton instance on ToolStripEx. The ToolStripEx with CollapsedDropDownButton to which the accelerator should be get. Indicates whether the current value of MenuButtonAccelerator is to be serialized. Resets the MenuAccelerator to its default value. Invokes BackstageTab child item visibility upon selection BackStageTab child level verification Returns selected BackStageButton Attaches to owner's window Detaches from owner's window Provides revert functionality from BackStageView Ensures BackStage visibilty Verify display level status Accelerator invoked recently Accelerator invoked in previous Hides accelerators upon keypress Returns accelerator count Accelerators Count Shows the acceleraors associate with the ToolStripItem. indicates whether to display the accelerator for ToolStripTabItem and ToolStripMenuButton alone indicates if this call is caused by item clik of a parent item indicates if this call is caused by item clik of a BackStageTab Determine accelerator invoke level Accelerator invoke status Checks if the specified item is in the CollapsedDropDownButton.Panel.Items collection Gets a value indicating if the specified component can be added to the SuperAccelerator. ToolStripItem to be added String specifying the accelerator True if this accelerator can be added Sets accelerator associated with a component ToolStripItem to be added to the SuperToolTip Existing item in SuperAccelerator against which component scope is to be decided. True if both the ToolStripItems exists under the same ToolStripTabItem ToolStripItem against which the value is to be comapred String that acts as the accelerator True if accelerator value can exists in the given scope Gets or sets the font for the accelerator key. Gets/Sets whether to show/hide the SuperAccelerator when F10 key is pressed. Gets ot sets the backcolor of the accelerator key. Gets or sets the forecolor for the accelerator key text. Gets or sets whether the accelerator should be active or not. true if active; otherwise, false. Gets/Sets the SuperAccelerator appearance Gets/Sets the SuperAccelerator alignment Gets or sets whether an underline should be drawn under the accelerator text. Gets a value indicating whether this instance is active. Returns true if linked component is disabled Gets/Sets the Accelerator appearance Gets/Sets the Accelerator alignment Returns true if all accelerators are disabled Specifies the way image and text are situated on tool tip. Image is situated before text. Text is situated before image. Specifies an advanced appearance this control. Shows the tooltip at a specified location. The ToolTipInfo created. The position to be displayed. Shows the tooltip at a specified location for a particular amount of time. The ToolTipInfo created. The position to be displayed. Duration (in milliseconds) to display the ToolTip (-1 to display infinitely) Hides the tooltip. Hides the tooltip using component. Gets SuperToolTip associated with a component. Sets SuperToolTip associated with a component. The component to which the tooltip should be assigned. The toolTipInfo created. Indicates whether the current value of ToolTip is to be serialized. Resets the ToolTip to its default value. Gets the tooltip from the MenuButton on RibbonControlAdv The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton from which the tooltip should be get. Assigns the tooltip to a MenuButton instance on RibbonControlAdv. The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton to which the tooltip should be assigned. The toolTipInfo created. Indicates whether the current value of MenuButtonToolTip is to be serialized. Resets the MenuToolTip to its default value. Called when owner's handle is destroyed. The sender. The instance containing the event data. Reset the ShowAlways property. Serializes the ShowAlways property. Gets or Sets, the duration of the ToolTip (in sec) when mouse hovers over a control. Gets or sets the maximum width of SuperToolTip. Gets or sets the theme color of the ButtonAdv Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the RangeSliderAdv. Occurs when the tool tip pops up. Occurs when the tool tip is updated. SuperToolTip Style Default appearance. Metro-like appearance. Creates instance of tooltip control Creates instance of child control for designer Sets the balloon location. The component. Gets/sets delay time in seconds Gets delay time in milliseconds Gets or sets the style. The style. ReflectionHelper class helps to get the TabStyle and TabTypes. Returns the Tab style names. The Array List The ArrayList Returns the name of the TabRenderer. The Type. The name of the tab renderer. Returns the renderer type. The tab style name. The Type. TabStyleEditor class provides a base class, that can be used to design value editors, that can provide a user interface (UI) for representing and editing the values of objects of the supported data types. Remove the invalid renderer types. The ArrayList. Constructor of the TabStyleEditor. Gets the editor style used by the EditValue method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. A UITypeEditor.EditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, then UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() will return UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. The TabStyleConverter provides a type converter to convert string objects to and from other representations. Returns whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true if System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, false. Returns a collection of standard values for the data type, this type converter is designed for when provided with a format context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context that can be used to extract additional informationabout the environment from which this converter is invoked. This parameter or properties of this parameter can be null. A System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection that holds a standard set of valid values, or null if the data type does not support a standard set of values. Returns whether the collection of standard values returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() is an exclusive list of possible values, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true if the System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() is an exhaustive list of possible values; false if other values are possible. Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert, an object in the given source type to a string using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you wish to convert from. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. Overrridden. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. The System.Globalization.CultureInfo to use as the current culture. The System.Object to convert. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. The TabControlCollectionSerializationProvider class provides an interface that enables access to a serializer. Constructor of the TabControlCollectionSerializationProvider. The Control.ControlCollection instance. The ITabControlAdvDesigner instance. Gets a serializer using the specified attributes. The serialization manager requesting the serializer. An instance of the current serializer of the specified type. This can be null if no serializer of the specified type exists. The data type of the object to serialize. The data type of the serializer to create. An instance of a serializer of the type requested, or null if the request cannot be satisfied. Current color table. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. enumerator for the Precision mode enumerator for the orientation DrawModes Enumerator for getting the shapes for the control OfficeColorSchemes Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Reset button click event Reset method that resets the value Sets the colorscheme Overrides the Size changed method Overrides the Control's Paint method Gets the Shape points for full selection and drawing Gets the shape points for the half selection Draws the basic shapes with provided points Draws the basic shapes with provided points Draws the Circle shape Draws the Circle shape Draws the Custom Shape with the provided image Draws the customshapes images Draws the heart shape Draws the heart shape OnMouseDown method to calculated the number of selecting shapes Mouse up method has been overrided Gets the mousedown value Mouse enter method has been overrided Mouse leave method has been overrided Overrided mouse move method Control's onClick has been overrided to calculate the selected star and selected half star New instance for AccessibleObject RatingControlAccessibleObject Return the number of hover stars Gets or Sets the Visual Style Gets or Sets whether to apply the gradient colors Gets or Sets the Drawmode Gets or Sets ShapeBackColor Gets or Sets Orientation Gets or Sets the Rating value Gets or Sets the Office 2007 ColorScheme Gets or Sets the Office 2007 ColorScheme Gets or Sets the office 2010 color scheme Gets or Sets the Precision types Gets or Sets the reset button visible Gets or Sets the reset button visible Gets or Sets the reset button visible Gets or Sets the reset button visible Gets or Sets the reset button visible Gets or Sets the Shapes to be drawn Gets or Sets Whether to show the ToolTip Gets or Sets the Spacing between the shapes Gets or Sets the number of shapes to be drawn Gets or Sets the Shapes border color Gets or Sets whether to enable readonly mode Gets or Sets the Shape highlight color Gets or Sets the Gradient Highlight Start Color Gets or Sets the Shape highlight color Gets or Sets the Shape Selection color Gets or Sets the shape selection start color Gets or Sets the Shape Selection end color Gets or Sets the Shape size Gets or Sets the Shape Border weight Gets or Sets the Shape Border weight Enumeration for the Styles Class for adding subproperties custom image properties class Constructor class that converts the properties and combines RatingControl Designer Designer ActionList collection Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class Overridden Initialize method. Component object Gets a value indication the designer action Class for adding Reset button subproperties custom image properties class Constructor class that converts the properties and combines QueryShapeInformation event Class for RatingControlAccessibleObject Variable for RatingControl. Constructor for EditControlAccessibleObject class. The instance of the RatingControl. Returns whether the control is Focused or not Indicates whether its focused. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An EditControlAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Gets Role of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program. Gets Name of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program Gets Bounds of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program Gets Description of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program Gets Parent of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program Gets State of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program Returns Text value of RatingControl RatingControlActionList class. Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. Represents component Overrridden InitializeActionList. Gets or sets Name. Gets or sets the shapecount Gets or sets the value Gets or sets the visual style. The style. Gets or sets the Officecolor scheme. The Officecolor scheme. Gets or sets the Shape. Shape. The TabPrimitiveTypeConverter class provides a unified way of converting types of values to other types, as well as for accessing standard values and sub properties. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. Overridden. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. The TabPrimitivesCollection provides the collection TabPrimitives. Occurrs when TabPrimittives collection changed. Add the TabPrimitive to TabPrimitivesCollection. The TabPrimitive instance. Indicates whether the TabPrimitivesCollection contains the TabPrimitive or not. The TabPrimitive instance. Remove the TabPrimitive from TabPrimitivesCollection. The TabPrimitive instance. Returns the index of the TabPrimitive in TabPrimitivesCollection The TabPrimitive instance. The index of the TabPrimitive. Insert the TabPrimitive in specified index. The index TabPrimitivesCollection, the TabPrimitive is inserted to. The TabPrimitive instance. The index of the TabPrimitive. Occurs when Tab primitive insertion completed. The index of the tab primitive inserted. The value needs to inserted. Occurs when Tab primitive removed. The index of the tab primitive inserted. The value needs to inserted. Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the System.Collections.CollectionBase instance. The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. The value to replace with newValue. The new value of the element at index. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Occurs when TabPrimitivesCollection changed. Gets or sets the TabPrimitive based on the index. The TabPrimitiveClickEventArgs class provides the information of the TabPrimitive. Clicked primitive. Constructor of the TabPrimitiveClickEventArgs. The TabPrimitive instance. Gets the primitive that gets clicked. Handles the event. The source of the control. The TabPrimitiveClickEventArgs contains the event data. The TabPrimitive class provides the required information. Primitive host. This primitive visibility. This primitive location. This primitive size. Button state. Primitive type. Image for draw foreground. Transparent image color. Default image. If can click this button. Primitive indent. Is full mode image. Using only in DropDown primitive type. Tab primitive name. ToolTip text for the tabPrimitive. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The color value. Resets the property to its default value. Constructor of the TabPrimitive. The instance of the TabPrimitiveType. The instance of the Image. The transparent image color. indicates whether the visible or not. The indent value. The name if the TabPrimitive. The ToolTip text. Load image from resourse. Calculate image rectangle for paint. Image size. Returns Image Rectangle Draw primitive background. Graphics object Draw primitive border. Graphics object Draw primitive foreground. Graphics object Draw primitive. Graphics object Sets primitive state. Button State Gets or sets tab primitive name. Gets a value indicating whether fullmode or not. This property using only in DropDown primitive type. Gets or sets a value indicating whether primitive enabled or not. If TabPrimitivType isn't Custom or DropDown then Enabled is sets automatically. Gets or sets primitive indent. Gets or sets transparent image color. Gets or sets image for draw foreground. If this value is null then draw default image. Gets or sets primitive type. Gets or sets the toolTip text for this tabPrimitive. The toolTip text for this tabPrimitive. Gets primitive state. Flat == Hot. Gets primitive bounds. Gets or sets a value indicating whether primitive visible or not. Gets this primitive size. Gets this primitive location. The TabPrimitivesHost class contains the TabPrimitive information. Interval of showing the tooltip when mouse moves between the tabPrimitives. Initial interval of showing the toolTip. Offset of the tooltip from the mouse position. Tab control. Collection of primitives. Control visibility. This control location. This control size. If layout needed. This alignment. Pushed primitive. PopupMenu of drop down primitive. Used when user holds the mouse over the tabPrimitives. The toolTip control. The mouse position. The tabPrimitive where mouse is over. Indicates whether toolTip shows for the first time. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The alignment of the TabPrimitiveHost. Refresh parent tab control. Calculate control size. Calculate child primitive location. Refresh child primitive CanClick properties. Initializes the timer. Initializes the tooltip. Handles mouse hovering over the tabPrimitives. Sender Object EventArgs that contains the event data. Validates position to show tooltip in. Position to check. True, if position is in tab's bounds to show tooltip for, otherwise- false. Shows or hides the toolTip window. Text to show in toolTip. If text is null or empty string, toolTip is hidden. Starts showing tooltips. Tootip interval Stops showing tooltips Occurs when TabPrimtive buttons clicked. The instance of the TabPrimitive. Initialize DropDown PopupMenu. Fill items in DropDown PopupMenu. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the Component and optionally releases the managed resources. to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. See the documentation for the class and its Dispose member. Gets Collection of primitives. Gets parent tab control. Gets bounds. Gets or sets host alignment. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control is visible or not. Gets this control size. Gets this control location. Gets or sets a value indicating whether layout needed or not. Gets the toolTip text. Gets a value indicating whether tooltips should be shown. Gets a value indicating whether rotate control on 90 degree needed. The PrimitiveDropDownPopupMenu provides the information about the DropDown popup menu. Indicates whether a specified control is part of the popup hierarchy. The control instance. Indicates whether the control is part of the popup hierarchy. Gets or sets the active bounds. Gets or sets the TabControlAdv. indicates the alignment of the TabPrimitiveHost. Represents far Represents Near Indicates the type of the Tab primitive. Represents First tab Represents Last Tab Represent Next page Represents Previous page Represents Next tab Represents Previous tab Represents close Represents dropdown Represents custom Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Space between top border and panel. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Tab Size Returns Overlap size Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Space between top border and panel. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. Overridden. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Inactive Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor inactive state. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Tab Size Returns Overlap size Gets the default items border color. Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. The source of the event. A DrawTabEventArgs that contains the event data. Provides data for the event of . This class contains all the information needed for the user to paint the specified item. It provides the BackColor, ForeColor, Bounds (includes space for the border), BoundsInterior(does not include space for the borders), etc. It also provides access to the default drawing logic of the tabs using its DrawXXX methods. In case you use the default drawing logic for drawing the borders, then you can use the BoundsInterior to get the rectangular area without the borders to draw your custom interior. Initialize the active forecolor. Initialize the Inactive forecolor. Creates a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs. The Graphics object into which to draw. The font using which to draw the tab. The exterior bounds of the tab. The index of this tab in the TabControlAdv. The state of this item. The color of the text. The background color. The interior bounds of this tab. A reference to the method that performs default background drawing. A reference to the method that performs default border drawing. A reference to the method that performs default image and text drawing. Creates a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs. The Graphics object into which to draw. The font using which to draw the tab. The exterior bounds of the tab. The index of this tab in the TabControlAdv. The state of this item. The color of the active tab text. The color of the inactive tab text. The background color. The interior bounds of this tab. A reference to the method that performs default background drawing. A reference to the method that performs default border drawing. A reference to the method that performs default image and text drawing. Constructor of the DrawTabEventArgs. Overridden. See . Draws the borders within the bounds specified in the DrawTabEventArgs constructor and with the appropriate color. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding DrawBorders in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's DrawBorders method. Draws the text and image within the bounds specified in the DrawTabEventArgs constructor and with the appropriate color. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding DrawInterior in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's DrawInterior method. Gets / sets the background color. A Color value. Gets / sets the color of the text. A Color value. Gets / sets the text color of the active tab page. A text color value of the active tab page. Gets / sets the text color of the inactive tab page. A text color value of the inactive tab page. Returns the index value of the item that is being drawn. Returns the graphics surface to draw the item on. Gets / sets the state of the item being drawn. Returns the interior of the tab minus the borders. A Rectangle specifying the interior area. Returns the rectangle that represents the bounds of the item that is being drawn. Gets / sets the font assigned to the tab being drawn. Gets / sets the text brush, with which to draw the text in the tabs. A instance with which to draw the text. This value will be null when the event gets fired. If you then specify a brush before calling the method, that brush will be used to draw the text. Performs default background drawing. Performs default border drawing. Performs default image and text drawing. Manages custom s (custom tab styles). When you create a custom tab style, you have to register it with the framework through the method. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. A unique name associated with your tab style. A implementation. A implementation. Each "tab style" (that you can specify in the property) is represented by a type that implements the interface and a corresponding implementation to specify certain default tab control properties. Register these implementations with this method before specifying them in the property. A good place to do the registration is from your implementation's static constructor. Note that your implementation should have a non-default constructor that takes the following 2 parameters: ( and ). Returns a new instance of a registered given the custom tab style name. The custom tab style name. The tab control that requests a new instance. The panel renderer that requests a new instance. A instance. Returns a list of registered types. Indicates whether this list is for design-time. An ArrayList of instances. If forDesignTime is true, then tab styles with the property set to false will be excluded from the returned list. Returns the instance associated with the specified tab style. The tab style name. A instance. Specifies the sizing mode of a class. The width of each tab is sized to accommodate what is displayed on the tab, and the size of tabs in a row are not adjusted to fill the entire width of the container control. The width of each tab is sized so that each row of tabs fills the entire width of the container control. This is only applicable to tab controls with more than one row. All tabs in a control are of the same width. The width of each tab is shrunk so that all the tabs are visible. This property can be set only when in single-line mode. Specifies the relative alignment of the Image with respect to the text in a . The image will be drawn to the left of the text. The image will be drawn to the right of the text. The image will be drawn above the text. The image will be drawn below the text. The text will be drawn over the image. Represents the mode in which scrolling will take place in a . Scroll by tab. Scroll by page. Specifies the direction in which to scroll. Scrolls to the left. Scrolls to the right. Specifies the preferred vertical alignment of the tabs when the tabs are aligned to the left or right of the control. Tabs are rendered based on the Control's RightToLeft property setting. Tabs are aligned to the top of the control regardless of the RightToLeft property value. Tabs are aligned to the bottom of the control regardless of the RightToLeft property value. Handles the event. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. The class that contains data for the event. Creates a new instance of the TabPanelPropertyChangedEventArgs class. The affected property. The old value for the property. The new value for the property. Returns the property that was changed. Returns the old value of the property. Returns the new value of the property. The interface that represents the tab panel's data. Indicates whether a tab is selectable. The tab's index. Indicates whether check is for visual selection or programmatic selection. True if selectable; false otherwise. Creates a new . This will fire the property changed event indicating the change in SelectedIndex. The tab style with which to draw. Returns the border style with which to draw. Returns the tab alignment with which to align the tabs. Returns the tab size if in fixed width mode. Returns the tab gap between tabs. Returns the vertical alignment of the tabs when they are aligned to the right or left. Indicates whether to draw the tabs in multiline mode. Indicates whether the selected tab should be moved to the front row when in multiline mode. Returns the tab sizing mode. A value. Returns the tab panel's back color. Returns the border color when in mode. Returns the tab panel's font. Returns the active tab's font. Returns the active tab's color. Returns the inactive tab's color. Returns the imagelist. Returns the selected tab index. Returns the text alignment of the text in the tab. Returns the text line alignment of the text in the tab. Returns the relative image alignment of the images with respect to the text in the tab. Returns y-position of the image. Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. Indicates whether to rotate the tabs when aligned vertically. Indicates whether to rotate the tabs when aligned left. Returns the left and top padding to use when calculating the tab positions. Indicates whether hot tracking is enabled. Indicates whether tooltips are enabled. Indicates whether users are allowed to move tabs. Returns a collection of . This event is thrown when one of the tab's property is changed. This event is fired before the property is changed. The extended interface that represents the tab panel's data. Indicates whether SuperToolTips are enabled. The default implementation of the interface. Adjusts y-position of the image. Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. Changes the selected tab index. Indicates whether the tab is selectable, visually or programmatically. The index of the tab page. Indicates whether check is for visual selection or programatic selection. True if the tab page can be selected; false otherwise. Overridden. See . Create a new instance of the TabPanelData class. The Control parent. Fires the event. The property name that changed. The old value of the property. The new value of the property. Fires the event. A instance with information regarding this event. Adjusts y-position of the image. Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets or sets Vertical alignment of the TabPanel data. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets / sets the border color when in mode. Gets/Sets the color of the separator. Gets/Sets the border color of the Form. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets or sets the size mode of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the backcolor of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the font of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the text alignment of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the text line alignment of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Indicates whether to rotate the tabs when aligned vertically. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets or sets the padding of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the HotTrack of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the ShowToolTips. Overridden. See . Gets/Sets the visibility of the separator. Gets or sets the UserMoveTabs. Overridden. See . Gets the TabsData. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the active tab font of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the active tab color of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the inactive tab color of the Tab panel data. Overridden. See . Fired when one of the 's properties is changed. Fired before the property is changed. Gets or sets the ShowSuperToolTips property. Overridden. See . Represents a collection of objects. Declare the TabbedMDIManager Creates a new instance of the TabDataCollection class. The that contains this collection. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Moves items from one location to another. The starting index. The target index. The number of items to move. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Called when the collection is about to change. Calls the CollectionAffected event. Gets / sets the indexer for this collection. A object. Gets/Sets the TabbedMDIManager Fired when this collection is affected. Called by implementation to allow custom drawing. A instance. True to indicate custom drawing was done; false otherwise. Handle the event. A instance. Class that encloses certain utility methods to be used by tab renderer implementations. Transforms (or removes the transform) a given rectangle, based on alignment, such that drawing code written for the TabAlignment.Top logic can be reused for all other alignments. The associated Graphics object when the paint event occurs. The current alignment. The RectangleF that is to be transformed. Indicates whether to transform or to remove the transform. The transformed rectangle, if apply is true; the rectangle on which the reverse transform is applied otherwise. Use this in conjunction with the TabRendererBase.ApplyTransform in your custom implementation of TabRendererBase. A instance that implements the multi-line tab mode. Creates a new instance of the class. The instance of the ITabControl. Overridden. See . The Graphics object. Indicates the preferred size. Invalidates the union of the tab regions specified by their indices. The beginning tab index. The ending tab index. Returns the minimum width required in the tab panel to show all the tabs. A instance. The minimum width in float. Computes the tab positions given the Graphics context. The context. Called by the Layout to calculate the tab positions. Provides the information of the TabPageAdv Constructor of the TabPageInfo. Constructor of the TabPageInfo. Indicates the text value. Indicates the order. Indicates whether the control is selected or not. Gets or Sets the Text. Gets or Sets the Order of the TabPageAdv. Gets or sets the IsSelected. It indicates whether the TabPageAdv is selected or not. Provides the information about the TabControlAdv. Constructor of the TabControlInfo. The TabControlAdv instance. ISerializable implementation. The SerializationInfo instance. The StreamingContext Returns the information of the TabPageAdv The name of the TabPageAdv. Handles the and event handler. The source of the event. An value that contains the event data. Handles the event handler. The source of the event. An value that contains the event data. Contains a collection of TabPageAdv objects. Creates a new instance of the class. A instance. The parent tab control. An instance of the interface. Moves tab pages around without removing and re-inserting them. The old position. The new position. Moves tab pages around without removing and re-inserting them. The old position. The new position. Returns the instance of the specified . The collection to search. The ITabData instance. A instance. Can be null. Overridden. See . Returns an enumerator for a range of elements in the System.Collections.ArrayList. The zero-based starting index of the TabPageAdvCollection section that the enumerator should refer to. The number of TabPageAdv in the TabPageAdvCollection section that the enumerator should refer to. An System.Collections.IEnumerator for the specified range of elements in the TabPageAdvCollection. Removes the TabPageAdv at the specified index of the TabPageAdvCollection. Overridden. See . The zero-based index of the TabPageAdv to remove. Removes the first occurrence of a specific TabPageAdv from the TabPageAdvCollection. This method ensures that the obj argument is of type TabPageAdv. The System.Object to remove from the TabPageAdvCollection. The value can be null. Removes a range of elements from the TabPageAdvCollection. The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. The number of elements to remove. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Adds an object to the end of the TabPageAdvCollection. Overridden. See . The TabPageAdv to be added to the end of the TabPageAdvCollection. The value can be null. The TabPageAdvCollection index at which the value has been added. Sort is disabled for this collection. Overridden. See . Reverse is disabled for this collection. Overridden. See . InsertRange is disabled for this collection. Overridden. See . Adds the elements of an System.Collections.ICollection to the end of the TabPageAdvCollection. Overridden. See . SetRange is disabled for this collection. Overridden. See . Adds a TabPageAdv to the collection. The TabPageAdv to add. Indicates whether a specified tab page is in the collection. The TabPageAdv to locate in the collection. True if the specified TabPageAdv is in the collection; false otherwise. Returns the index of the specified tab page in the collection. The TabPageAdv to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the tab page; -1 if it cannot be found. Removes a TabPageAdv from the collection. The TabPageAdv to remove. Overridden. See . Gets / sets a TabPageAdv with the specified index in the collection. In C#, this property is the indexer for the TabPageAdvCollection class. The zero-based index of the tab page to get / set. The TabPageAdv at the specified index. The TabControlExt type will soon be replaced with the TabControlAdv for consistency in Control naming in our library. Please replace all occurrences of TabControlExt with TabControlAdv in your app. Contains information about the event. Initializes a new instance of the class. The index of the TabPageAdv which is moved from. The target index of the TabPageAdv which is moved to. Gets the index of Tab to be moved from. Gets the Tab index where the Tab should be inserted. Contains information about the and events. Edit edit text Constructor of the EditEventArgs. The edit text. Gets or sets edit text Handles the event. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Contains information about the event. TabPageAdv index that is being HotTracked. Creates a new instance of this class with the specified parameters. TabPageAdv index that is being HotTracked Handles the event. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Contains information about the event. TabPageAdv that is closing. Creates a new instance of this class with the specified parameters. Creates a new instance of this class with the specifed parameters. Gets TabPageAdv that is closing Contains information about the event. Creates a new instance of this class with the specifed parameters. The new selected index that will be set. Returns the newly selected tab index that is going to be set in the tab control. You can get access to the corresponding using the property, as follows: private void tabControlAdv1_SelectedIndexChanging(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs args) { TabPageAdv newPage = this.tabControlAdv1.TabPages[args.NewSelectedIndex]; if(newPage == this.tab1) { MessageBox.Show("Cannot select tab page 1"); args.Cancel = true; } } Private Sub tabControlAdv1_SelectedIndexChanging(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs) Dim NewPage As TabPageAdv = Me.tabControlAdv1.TabPages(args.NewSelectedIndex) If NewPage = Me.tab1 Then MessageBox.Show("Cannot select tab page 1") args.Cancel = True End If End Sub The TabPageExt type will soon be replaced with the TabPageAdv for consistency in Control naming in our library. Please replace all occurrences of TabPageExt with TabPageAdv in your app. Constructor of the TabPageExt. Constructor of the TabPageExt. The instance of the ITabData. The instance of the ITabPanelDefaultProperties. Constructor of the TabPageExt. The text of the TabPageExt. TabControlAdv WeakContainer. Constructor of the TabControlAdvWeakContainer class. The instance of the TabControlAdv. Handles the MenuColorsChanged event. The source of the control. The EventArgs contains the event data. Handles the MenuColorsChanged event for Office2003Colors. The source of the control. The EventArgs contains the event data. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Space between top border and panel. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Tab size Returns the overlap size Indicates whether to draw ellipsis if text width is larger than tab width. This renderer allows user to draw TabPages VS2005DockingStyle style. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererDockingWhidbey class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for the tab. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics path Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. Returns Graphics Path Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. See . Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererDockingWhidbey class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. The Graphics object. The preferred size Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for the tab. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics path Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. Returns Graphics Path Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. See . Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. This renderer allows user to draw TabPages with Office2003 style. Unique renderer name. Selected item line width. Selected item border color. Color to draw tabs borders with. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Registers the custom tab style. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererWhidbey class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. The Graphics object. Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Unique renderer name. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererDockingWhidbeyBeta class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Tab size Returns the overlap size Returns the current drawing bounds. The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Returns the current drawing bounds. The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Gets the interior bounds of the tab. The bounds of the current tab The Tab which is selected Rectangle bounds Gets points of vertical border curve. Bounds to calculate borders for. If true, calculate left border, othrerwise - right border. Returns points of vertical border Gets name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Space between top border and panel. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. tab size Returns Overlap size This renderer allows user to draw TabPages with Internet Explorer 7 style. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererIE7 class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. The Graphics object. The preferred size Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. See . This renderer allows user to draw TabPages with Office2003 style. Width of line, drawn under items, when any item is selected. The default horizontal overlap. Unique renderer name. Item border width. Used for correct item bounds calculation. Used to draw borders in Office2003 style. Width of shadow rectangle. Used in shadow shape creation. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererOffice2003 class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the position where the text should be drawn given a layout rectangle and the Graphics context. The instance. The text to draw. The font with which to draw. The layout rectangle. The . The position where the text should be drawn. Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. The mouse position to test. True if hit; false otherwise. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. The Graphics object. The preferred size. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Gets the interior bounds Current Bounds Selected Tab Returns interrior bounds Indicates whether the item is the first item from the specified side. true if Right to Left Returns true if first tab Returns the border's path for item, based on item's bounds and whether item is selected or not. Returns the border's path Rectangle bounds true if selected Returns the path to draw the shadow in. Shadow rectangle. Path to draw shadow in. Returns the rectangle to draw shadow in from item's bounds. Item bounds to draw shadow for. Returns Shadow bounds Draws shadow in specified Rectangle. Graphics object Shadow Ractangle Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the Office2007 style. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Contains information about Office2007 theme colors. Gets the TabPanel bounds Contains information about Office2007 color theme. The TabControl. Blend for drawing top ellipse when office2007ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. Blend for drawing bottom ellipse when office2007ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. Registers the type of the tab. Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererOffice2007 class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the preferred size for the tabs. The Graphics object. The preferred size. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. Returns Graphics Path Gets the path for the tab. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics path Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets specified rounded path for the rectangle for drawing top ellipse when office2007ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. Rectangle bounds Returns Graphics Path Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. Gets the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Gets information about Office2007 theme colors. Gets or sets information about Office2007 color theme. Gets the tab border color. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Space between top border and panel. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Tab Size Overlap Size Manages the theme handle given a control and exposes some basic themed Drawing methods. Constructor of the ThemedTabDrawing. The instance of the TabControlAdv. Pointer to a string that contains a semicolon-separated list of classes, as expected in the OpenThemeData API. Draw the themed background of the Tab Pane. A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the TabPane. The background System.Drawing.Rectangle to draw the TabPane. Draw the themed background of the Tab Pane. A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the TabPane. The background System.Drawing.Rectangle to draw the TabPane. The clip rectangle to draw the background. Draw the body of the tab. A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the body of the tab. The background System.Drawing.Rectangle to draw the TabPane. Draw the tab background. A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the body of the tab. The instance of the ITabRenderer. Indicates whether the selected tab. The rectangle of the tab. Remove the tab control. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Indicates whether to draw from left to right. Overridden. See . Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Returns the default Active Tab Color. Overridden. See . The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default active tab panel font. Overridden. See . The tab panel data. The tab control. A Font value. Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. Overridden. See The tab renderer that implements workbook mode tabs look-and-feel. The default horizontal overlap. The default vertical overlap. Registers custom tab styles with the framework. Creates a new instance of the TabRendererWorkbookMode class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the overlap size. Overridden. See . The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. Overridden. See . The mouse position to test. True if hit; false otherwise. Returns the polygonal border of the tab from the bounds. The tab's bounds. The polygonal border. Returns the current drawing bounds. Overridden. See . The bounds as a rectangle. If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds returned by . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. Indicates the border color of the tabs. Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. The selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs by this much. Indicates the size of the tab. The overlap size. Returns the default Active Tab Color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default Inactive TabColor. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default backcolor for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the default single border color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns a system color. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Indicates whether the background color is solid. True if solid; false otherwise. This tab renderer implements the Office 2003 OneNoteStyle vertical flat tabs look-and-feel. Constructor of the OneNoteStyleFlatTabsRenderer class. The instance of the ITabControl The instance of the ITabPanelRenderer. Returns the overlap size. The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. The mouse position to test. True if hit; false otherwise. Draws the background of the tab. The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. Gets the TabStyleName. Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. This collection contains checked nodes in treeView. Use Add/Remove methods to add/remove nodes. These methods will check/uncheck proceed nodes automatically. Use Clear method to delete and uncheck all nodes from collection. Creates a new instance of this class. Adds the specified node to the collection and checks it. Removes specified node from collection and unchecks it. Clears collection. Add node to or remove from checked nodes collection and process the same way all node's subtree. Removes checked nodes in the specified collection from the list of checked nodes. Adds checked nodes from the collection to the list of checked nodes. Adds the specified node and all it's checked subnodes to the collection. Removes specified node and all it's subnodes from collection. The TreeNodeAdv with specified index in CheckedNodesColection. TreeNodeAdv collection editor. It provides a base class that can be used to design value editors that can provide a user interface (UI) for representing and editing the values of objects of the supported data types. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the EditValue method. If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, then System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() will return System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. Primitives Collection EditorForm Constructor of the PrimitivesEditorForm The primitives the contains TreeNodePrimitivesCollection. Gets the TreeNodePrimitivesCollection Provides information about a TreeViewAdv, that can be used by an accessibility application. Initializes a new instance of the class. TreeViewAdv which needs to be used for accessibility application. The GroupViewItem objects are "child" controls in terms of accessibility so return the number of GroupViewItem The number of Tree nodes. Gets the Accessibility object of the GroupViewItem identified by index. The index of the accessibility object. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. Retrieves the currently selected child. An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. Returns null if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation values. An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets the role for the TreeViewAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name. The accessible object name. Gets or sets the accessible object bounds. The accessible object bounds. Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. The description of what the object does or how the object is used. Parent of the AccessibleObject An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. Gets the state for the TreeViewAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. The value of the TreeViewAdv. Provides information that accessibility applications use to adjust an application's user interface (UI) for users with impairments. Constructor of the TreeNodeAdvAccessibleObject The TreeNodeAdv which needs to be used for accessibility application. Navigates to another accessible object. One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation values. n TreeNodeAdvAcessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Not all objects have a default action. A description of the default action for an object, or null if this object has no default action. Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleSelection values. Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. The zero-based index of the accessible child. Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. The number of children belonging to an accessible object. Gets the state for the TreeNodeAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets the role for the TreeViewAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleRole values, or System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleRole.None if no role has been specified. Gets the parent of an accessible object. An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. Gets or sets the object name. The object name, or null if the property has not been set. Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Not all objects have a default action. A description of the default action for an object, or null if this object has no default action. Gets the location and size of the accessible object. A System.Drawing.Rectangle that represents the bounds of the accessible object. Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. A description of the object's visual appearance to the user, or null if the object does not have a description. Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. The value of an accessible object, or null if the object has no value set. This class holds information about the location and size of the node parts(eg plus minus,check box). Initialize the TreeNodeAdv Initialize the Indent of the TreeNodeAdv Initialize the size Constructor of the TreeNodeAdvPart Gets or sets the size of the TreeNodeAdv before enabling the TouchMode. Gets or sets the bounds of the TreeNodeAdv Gets or sets the size of the TreeNodeAdv Gets or sets the height of the TreeNodeAdv Gets or sets the width of the TreeNodeAdv Gets or sets the location of the TreeNodeAdv Gets or sets the visibility of the TreeNodeAdv overrides the Visible property Overrides the Visible property Specifies the PredefinedPrimitiveTypes of the TreeNodeAdv TreeNodePrimitive class TreeNodePrimitive Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitive. The index of the TreeNode primitive type. The PredefinedPrimitiveTypes Creates a shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdv primitive. A shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdv primitive. Gets/Sets the Index. Gets/Sets the PrimitiveType. A collection that stores objects. Initializes a new instance of 'PrimitiveCollection'. Adds pt to collection. Adds primitives to collection. Removes pt from collection. Creates a shallow copy of the . A shallow copy of the . Raise by method. Indexer. The TreeNodeAdv represents a node in a . It contains information about the specific node like text, background style and other settings.

The collection holds all the child TreeNodeAdv objects assigned to the current TreeNodeAdv. You can add, remove or clone a TreeNodeAdv; when doing so, all child tree nodes are added, removed or cloned. Each TreeNodeAdv can contain a collection of other TreeNodeAdv objects. This can make it difficult to determine where you are in the when iterating through the collection. To determine your location in a tree structure, use the property. The FullPath string can be parsed using the string value to determine where a TreeNodeAdv label begins and ends.

The TreeNodeAdv label is set by setting the property explicitly. The alternative is to create the tree node using one of the TreeNodeAdv constructors that has a string parameter that represents the property.

You can specify images for the node using the , , , and properties.

The order in which the tree node's contents are drawn is as follows: Checkbox Option Buttons Left images State image Node Label Right images The "State image" will be one of OpenImgIndex, ClosedImgIndex and NoChildrenImgIndex.

Selecting specific tree nodes and iterating through the collection can be achieved by using the following property values: , , , , , . Assign the object returned by one of the aforementioned properties to the property to select that tree node in the TreeViewAdv control.

Tree nodes can be expanded to display the next level of child tree nodes. The user can expand the tree node by pressing the plus (+) button next to the TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed or you can expand the TreeNodeAdv by calling the method. To expand all child tree node levels in the collection, call the method. You can collapse the child TreeNodeAdv level by calling the method or the user can press the minus (-) button next to the TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed. You can also alternate the TreeNode between the expanded and collapsed states using the property.

The following example displays customer information in a control. The root tree nodes display customer names, and the child tree nodes display the order numbers assigned to each customer. In this example, 1,000 customers are displayed with 15 orders each. The repainting of the TreeViewAdv is suppressed by using the and methods, and a wait Cursor is displayed while the TreeViewAdv creates and paints the objects. This example assumes you have a Customer object that can hold a collection of Order objects. It also assumes that you have created an instance of a TreeViewAdv control on a Form.

// Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. private ArrayList customerArray = new ArrayList(); private void FillMyTreeView() { // Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. for(int x=0; x!=1000; x++) { customerArray.Add(new Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())); } // Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. foreach(Customer customer1 in customerArray) { for(int y=0; y!=15; y++) { customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(new Order("Order" + y.ToString())); } } // Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. Cursor.Current = new Cursor("C:\\Cursors\\MyWait.cur"); // Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear(); // Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. foreach(Customer customer2 in customerArray) { treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)); // Add a child treenode for each Order object in the current Customer object. foreach(Order order1 in customer2.CustomerOrders) { treeViewAdv1.Nodes[customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)].Nodes.Add( new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)); } } // Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. Cursor.Current = Cursors.Default; } ' Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. Private customerArray As New ArrayList() Private Sub FillMyTreeView() ' Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. Dim x As Integer For x = 0 To 999 customerArray.Add(New Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())) Next x ' Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. Dim customer1 As Customer For Each customer1 In customerArray Dim y As Integer For y = 0 To 14 customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(New Order("Order" + y.ToString())) Next y Next customer1 ' Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. Cursor.Current = New Cursor("C:\Cursors\MyWait.cur") ' Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear() ' Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. Dim customer2 As Customer For Each customer2 In customerArray treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)) ' Add a child TreeNodeAdv for each Order object in the current Customer object. Dim order1 As Order For Each order1 In customer2.CustomerOrders treeViewAdv1.Nodes(customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)).Nodes.Add( _ New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)) Next order1 Next customer2 ' Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. Cursor.Current = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default ' Begin repainting the TreeView. treeViewAdv1.EndUpdate() End Sub 'FillMyTreeView
Inflate offset for drawing selection rectangle. Default image index. Node custom control. To check whether the node is moving through Move function. Metro Arrow HighLightColor Indicate whether to recalculate Visible Node count Show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. Horizontal offset of text. Width of node text. Position of node with indents in pixels. Image index of image for expand button. Image index of image for collapse button. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to its default value. Resets the property to its default value. Determines if the property was modified. Called when the child maxX is changed. The child's maxX Returns the next node. TreeNodeAdv that represents the next node from the current treenode. This method will returns the next node regardless whether the node is collapsed state or not. Returns the child node who's option button is checked. Gets image for collapse or expand button. Removes itself from the parent node, if there is any. Returns the number of child tree nodes. True if the resulting count includes all tree nodes indirectly rooted at this tree node; false otherwise. The number of child tree nodes assigned to the collection. Determines whether the distance between the node's text and Leftimage is changed. Determines whether the distance between the node's text and Rightimage is changed. Populates the provided SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the object . Stores all the data needed to serialize or de-serialize an object. The source and destination of a given serialized stream, and provides an additional caller-defined context. Raises the CheckStateChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnCheckStateChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCheckStateChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCheckStateChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforePopupHelpText event. A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforePopupHelpText method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Note to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforePopupHelpText in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforePopupHelpText method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the ExpandImageIndexChanged event. Raises the CollapseImageIndexChanged event. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified label text. Passes the text value. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified label text and child tree nodes. Passes the text value. Contains the TreeNodeAdv collection Sorts the tree nodes. Sorts the tree nodes with the current and . Sorts the tree nodes with the specified sort type and the current . One of the value. This will also set the value in the to the specified sort type. Moves this node to a different collection. Moves the node to the end of the specified collection. A to which this node will move. A node can be positioned to any other TreeNodeAdvCollection in the same tree or in a different TreeViewAdv control. Note: All of the descendants of the node will move along with it. Note: A node cannot be moved to one of it's own Descendants. Moves the node to a new collection at the specified index. A to which this node will move. The new index of the node in the new collection. Moving a node by index will ensure that the node ends up at the index specified. Note that the node will first be removed from its existing collection and then added to the specified collection at the specified index. If the source collection and destination collection are the same, make sure to take into account the above semantics while specifying the index, or use the Move override that lets you specify a relative position. Moves the node to a specified position in relation to the specified "relative node". The "relative node" that determines this node's new position. Specifies where this node will be moved in relation to the "relative node". A node can be positioned relative to any other node in the same tree or even a different TreeViewAdv Control. Indicates whether the current node is a direct or indirect child of the specified node. The node that is to be tested for ancestry. True if the targetNode is a parent of this node; False otherwise. Creates the control instance. Create the control with specified name. Specifies the namespace name Specifies the control properties. Defines the control Holds the property list. Clone the custom control. The control needs to be cloned. Creates a clone of this node. The clone of the node. Expands parent nodes to make this node visible and also scrolls the tree such that this node is brought into view. Expands the node. Expands this node and all the subnodes. Collapses this node and all it's children. Calculates width of string which must be drawn with specified font. Context device for drawing. Specified font. Width of specified string in pixel. Draws dotted border around selected node. This will be used to fast drawing when TreeCtrl loses focus. Device context needed for drawing. Node's parent. Indicates whether node is contained in it's nodes collection or in it's subnodes nodes collection. Node to look for. True if node is contained. Returns the path of the node. The separator string. The path of the node.

You can also use the property to get the full path with the path separator specified in the property.

CustomControl relative location. Calculates the Longest node length Longest Length Return custom control bounds. Variable to set the custom bounds Reset the Custom control location. Serializes the custom control location. Returns true if the location is empty. Custom control collection changing. Be very discrete about calling this, as it could cause performance problems. Recalculates the dimensions of all the UI elements in this node and it's children. Metro PlusMinus Arrow Color Gets or sets node custom control. Gets or sets show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. Returns the horizontal padding used between the different parts of the tree node. Returns the information about the node's appearance and state. This property exposes the node's style information store. Returns the information about the immediate child-nodes' appearance and state. Gets / sets the font of the node. Gets / sets the color of the text. Gets / sets the background of the node. Gets / sets the text of the node. Gets / sets the help text of the node. Gets/Sets the ShowLine of the TreeNodeAdv. Gets / sets the height of the node. Gets / sets the MultiLine of the node. Gets / sets the Size of the PlusMinus. Indicates the color of the Check mark. Indicates the color of the check mark when it is in intermediate state. Indicates the appearance of check box background. Indicates the appearance of check box background when the check box is in intermediate state. Indicates whether the checkbox of the node is visible. Indicates the color of the Option button. Indicates the color of the Option button in selected state. Indicates whether the option button of the node is visible. Indicates whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. Gets / sets the sort order of the node. Gets / sets the sort type of the node. Gets / sets the object that compares two nodes. Gets / sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. Gets / sets the CheckState of the node.

Note that setting this property will fire the event. If you do not want this event to be fired, you can access the tree's internal data structure as follows:

treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked; treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked
Gets / sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. The specified base style should be available in the collection. Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).

Any Object derived type may be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text may be assigned.

When the tree node is cloned, if this object is cloneable (implements ICloneable interface) then it will be.

Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node's text. Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node's text. Gets or Sets whether the node to be selected or not Gets / sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. Indicates whether the node's controls will be themed. Indicates whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. Indicates whether the node has been expanded at least once. Gets / sets the culture of the node. Indicates whether the node is in editing state. Indicates whether the node is selected. Indicates whether the node is the currently active node. Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's drawing bounds. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's left images. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's state image. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's right images. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's checkbox. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning of the node's option button. This property returns a valid value only when queried from an owner draw paint event like . Returns a corresponding to the checkbox of a tree node. Returns a corresponding to the option button part of a tree node. Indicates whether the node's checkbox is checked. Indicates whether the node is enabled. Indicates whether the buttons in the node are enabled. True to enable the buttons; False otherwise. The checkbox and option buttons can be disabled keeping the rest of the node enabled using this property. Indicates whether the first child should be marked as and this node's if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. True to ensure a default optioned child; False otherwise. Indicates whether the node's option button is checked. Indicates whether the node has child nodes. Gets / sets the maximum width of all the children and subchildren of this given node. Returns the first child tree node in the tree node collection. The first child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The FirstNode is the first child TreeNodeAdv in the stored in the property of the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the FirstNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the last child tree node in the tree node collection. The last child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The LastNode is the last child TreeNodeAdv in the stored in the property of the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the previous sibling tree node. A that represents the previous sibling tree node. The PrevNode is the previous sibling in the stored in the property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the previous visible tree node. A that represents the previous visible tree node. The PrevVisibleNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the previous selectable tree node. A that represents the previous selectable tree node. The PrevSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevSelectableNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the next sibling tree node. A that represents the next sibling tree node. The NextNode is the next sibling TreeNodeAdv in the stored in the property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no next tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the next visible tree node. A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the next selectable tree node. A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next selectable tree node. The NextSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextSelectableNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the child node who's option button is checked. A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. Returns the bounds of the tree node. The that represents the bounds of the tree node. The coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the control. Gets the DragCueBounds Returns the bounds of the text area of the node. Returns the bounds of the left images, state images, text area and the right images of the node. Indicates whether the tree node is visible. Returns a corresponding to the plus-minus part of a tree node. Returns the parent tree node of the current tree node, if there is any. A that represents the parent of the current tree node. If this is the top most node in the tree, the Parent property returns the TreeViewAdv's node. Returns the position of the tree node in the 's tree node collection. Returns the level of the node. Specifies how deep a node is in the tree. The top-most visible nodes belong to level 1. The node is level 0. Gets / sets the parent tree view that the tree node is assigned to. A that represents the parent tree view that the tree node is assigned to. Returns the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. The path from the root tree node to the current tree node.

You can also use the more flexible method to get the path with a specific path separator.

The path consists of the labels of all of the tree nodes that must be navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the property of the TreeViewAdv control that contains this node. For example, if the delimiter character of the tree view control named "Location" is set to the backslash character, (\), the FullPath property value is "Country\Region\State".

Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Returns the collection of objects assigned to the current tree node. A that represents the tree nodes assigned to the current tree node. The property can hold a collection of other objects. Each of the tree node in the collection has a property that can contain its own . This nesting of tree nodes can make it difficult to navigate a tree structure. The property makes it easier to determine your location in a tree. Indicates the expanded state of a tree node. True if the tree node is in the expanded state; false otherwise. Gets or sets image index of image for expand button. Gets or sets image index of image for collapse button. Gets image for collapse button. Gets image for expand button. Gets / sets the space between images for LeftImageList. Gets / sets the space between images for RightImageList. Gets / sets the space before StateImage. Gets / sets the space after StateImage. Returns the TreeView History manager this node belongs to. Indicates whether the node is in UndoRedo state. Occurs when the check state of the node changes. This event will be fired when the CheckedState property of the node has changed or when a new node has been Optioned. You could alternatively listen to the event of the tree which will be called when the CheckState is changing for any node in the tree. If you want to cancel the check state change, then listen to of the tree. Occurs before a popup of the TreeNodeAdv HelpText is opened. Occurs when is changed. Occurs when is changed. A collection that contains Primitives objects. Gets/ Sets the location for the custom control. Specifies the different sort types that can be specified in the method. Sorts by text. Sorts by the tag value. Sorts by the checkbox value. Specifies the node positions in a node collection. The first TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. The last TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. The previous TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. The next TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. Special class to support serializing the ChildStyle info. Contains appearance and behavior information regarding the s. An empty style object. Overloaded. Initalizes a new style object. Initalizes a new style object and copies all data from an existing style object. The style object that contains the original data. Initalizes a new style object and associates it with an existing . A that holds data for this . All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. Initalizes a new style object and associates it with an existing . A that holds the indentity for this . Initalizes a new style object and associates it with an existing . A that holds the indentity for this . A that holds data for this . All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. Returns the for this style or null if style is used outside a grid model. The this style belongs to or null. Holds identity information such as TreeNode for the current . Returns the object that holds all the data for this style object. Returns a with default settings. Gets / sets the font of the node. Gets / sets the Color of the text. Gets / sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. The specified base style should be available in the collection. Gets / sets the background of the node. Gets / sets the text of the node. Gets / sets the help text of the node. Gets / sets the display member of the data bound to the node. Gets / sets the height of the node. Indicates the color of check symbol. Indicates the color of intermediate check symbol. Indicates the background of checkbox when it is in intermediate state. Indicates the background of checkbox . Indicates whether the checkbox of the node is visible. Indicates whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. Gets / sets the tag of the node. Can be used to store additional information for the node. Indicates whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. Indicates the color of Option button. Indicates the color of Selected Option button. Indicates whether the option button of the node is visible. Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node`s text. Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node`s text. Gets / sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. Indicates whether the node`s controls will be themed. Gets / sets the sort type of the node. Gets / sets the sort order of the node. Gets / sets the culture of the node used while sorting. Gets / sets the object that compares two nodes. Gets / sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. Indicates whether the node is enabled. Indicates whether the buttons in the node are enabled. Indicates whether the first child should be marked as if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. True to ensure a default optioned child. False otherwise. Gets / sets the checkState of the node. Constructor of the ChildTreeNodeAdvStyleInfo Constructor of the ChildTreeNodeAdvStyleInfo It provides identity information for Syncfusion.Styles.StyleInfoBase objects. It provides the storage of the TreeNodeAdvStyleInfoStore Constructor of the ChildTreeNodeAdvStyleInfo It provides identity information for Syncfusion.Styles.StyleInfoBase objects. CustomControlEditor used to design value editors that can provide a user interface (UI) for representing and editing the values of objects of the supported data types. Constructor of the CustomControlEditor. Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. To draw the check box of the TreeNodeAdv The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. A graphics object which helps to provide the data. The rectangle of the check box. The button state of the check box indicates whether the metro style specified or not To specifies the metro color To draw the RadioButton of the TreeNodeAdv The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. A graphics object which helps to provide the data. The rectangle of the check box. The button state of the check box indicates whether the metro style specified or not To specifies the metro color Provides data for the event Constructor of the TreeViewAdvSelectionEventArgs The A instance. A type. Gets the selected node collection Gets the TreeViewAdvAction Provides data for the event. Constructor of the TreeViewAdvCancelableSelectionEventArgs. The A instance. A type. The selection needs to be canceled or not. Gets or sets the cancel property. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. Provides data for the event. Gets the which is associated with the action. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. Custom EventArgs class which is used in event. Initializes the TreeViewAdvCancelableNodeEventArgs class The node which is associated with the event A boolean property which indicates whether the event is to be cancelled. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. Custom EventArgs class that is passed to BeforeCheck event of event. Initializes the TreeNodeAdvBeforeCheckEventArgs class The node which is involved in the action Parameter to indicate whether the action should be cancelled The new state of check box associated with node Gets the checkstate of the node Handles the event. Specifies the action that raised a TreeViewAdv event. The event was caused by a keystroke. The event was caused by a mouse operation. The event was caused by the collapsing. The event was caused by the expanding. The action that caused the event is unknown. Represents a collection of objects. The , and methods enable you to add and remove individual tree nodes from the collection. You can also use the or methods to add or remove all the tree nodes from the collection. Creates a new instance of the collection. Removes the element at the specified index of the TreeNodeAdvCollection. The zero-based index of the element to remove. Adds a to the collection. The to add. The position of the added node in the list. Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. Sorts the elements in the entire TreeNodeAdvCollection. Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. One of the entries. Occurs before a removing the TreeNodeAdv from TreeNodeAdvCollection. Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the collection. In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. Specifies the list of s currently selected in a .

This collection contains references to all selected nodes in the TreeViewAdv. Adding a to this collection will select the node. Removing a node from this collection will deselect the node.

Whenever a node is selected/deselected, either by user action or in code, it is automatically added/removed from the SelectedNodes collection.

This collection is read-only, which means you can add and remove elements but cannot change the existing elements.

You can listen to new selections being added to this collection using the collection's event handler or listen to the 's event.

Creates a new instance of this class. This collection is always read-only. But you can still add/remove nodes. Creates a shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdvCollection A shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdvCollection. Returns a node at the specified index. Note that you cannot change the entry at a particular index. Summary description for TreeNodeAdvCollectionEditor. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. Summary description for TreeNodeAdvBaseStylesEditor. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. Provides a type converter to convert expandable objects to and from various other representations. Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitiveConverter Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Summary description for TreeNodeAdvConverter. Constructor of the TreeNodeAdvConverter Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Provides a type converter to convert expandable objects to and from various other representations. Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitiveConverter Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Provides a type converter to convert expandable objects to and from various other representations. Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitiveConverter Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Event args that are passed in the DrawNode event of the TreeViewAdv control. Contains information about the appearance of the node and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. Initializes the TreeNodeAdvPaintEventArgs class The node associated with event The instance of Graphics class Bounds of the Node Location of Text The Level of Node The Indent of Node Indicates whether the Node is selected Indicates whether the Node is active Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled The foreground color of node Gets / Sets the RightMargin Gets the which is associated with the action. Gets the location of text as Get the bounds of Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the event was handled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting PlusMinus button was handled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting CheckBox was handled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting Option button was handled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting images in left side was handled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting state image was handled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting text was handled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting images in right side was handled Gets the object associated with the event Gets the level of node An instance of Gets the indent of node An instance of Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is selected Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is Active Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled Gets / Sets foreground color Event args that are passed in the NodeBackGround event of the TreeViewAdv control. Contains information about the appearance of the node background and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. The node associated with event The instance of Graphics class Indicates whether the Node is selected Indicates whether the Node is active Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled The BrushInfo with which the background will be painted Gets the which is associated with the action. Get the bounds of Gets the object associated with the event Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is selected Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is Active Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled Gets / Sets the BrushInfo with which the background will be painted by default, if you don't mark this event as handled. You can optionally change the properties of this BrushInfo object or provide a new BrushInfo without marking this event as handled . Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the event was handled Summary description for TreeViewAdvStyleInfoStore. Call this constructor only to initialize ChildStyles. Assumption is made in GetBaseStyles that this is called only for ChildStyles. Indicates the TreeViewAdv Visual style appearance. Represents the Default Visual style appearance. Represents the Metro style appearance. Represents the Office2007 Visual style appearance. Represents the Office2010 Visual style appearance. Specifies the selection mode for the tree. Lets you select one node at a time. Lets you select multiple nodes within the same level. Lets you select multiple nodes across all levels. Enum for specifying the options to find and replace in TreeView. This option helps match the whole searched text with the TreeNodeAdv text, while performing a search in TreeViewAdv. This option specifies whether casing needs to be considered during the search process. Enum for specifying the levels of range to find and replace in TreeView. This option helps specify whether the search needs to be performed with all levels of TreeNodeCollection in TreeViewAdv. This option helps to specify whether the search needs to be performed only with the parent level of the TreeNodeAdv. This option helps to specify, whether the search needs to be performed only with the child level of TreeNodeAdv Enum for specifying the navigation style to find and replace in TreeView. This option helps to specify whether the search needs to be performed from the bottom to the top of TreeViewAdv. This option helps to specify whether the search needs to be performed from the top to the bottom of TreeViewAdv. This option helps to specify whether the search can be performed in all cases (SearchUp, SearchDown) repeatedly. The TreeViewAdv control is an advanced tree control that surpasses the functionality and look of the standard TreeView control. It displays a hierarchical collection of labeled items, each represented by a TreeNodeAdv. Default image index. Initialize the borderSides as All. Initialize the border3DStyle as Sunken. Initialize the borderStyle as Fixed3D. Initialize the borderSingle as Solid. Initialize the borderColor. Initialize the themedDrawing property. Initialize the themedEditDrawing property. Indicates whether the themedBorder is needs to be enabled or disabled. Initialize the ignoreThemeBackground property. Initialize the help text of the TreeViewAdv. Initialize the ignoreNextMouseMove property. Initialize the timer. Initialize the ToolTipNode. Initialize the OptionedNode. Initialize the paintFilter property. Indicates whether mouse has left out of control. Nodes needed to be highlighted for selecting child. Node which must be highlighted like parent for dragging. Stub variable which indicates whether artificial drag-and-drop works when AllowDrop is set to false. Indicates whether control must draw dotted rectangle around selected node when it has no focus. Indicates whether cue image should be drawn at a distance below the mouse cursor while dragging. ImageList with images that are displayed instead of expand/collapse button. Index of default image for collapse button. Index of default image for expand button. Delays the Tool tip Point to remember last click-point. NOTE : It will be set at OnMouseDown and null ( set to Point.Empty ) at OnMouseUp. ( need to fix issue # 180 ) Initialize the m_lastButtonDownNode Initialize the NodeLevelStyleBaseName value. Initialize the BaseStyleBaseName value. Initialize the components. Initialize the Root TreeNodeAdv. Initialize the default height of the nodes. Initialize the indent of the child nodes from the parent node. Initialize the DefaultBaseStyleName. Initialize the active TreeNodeAdv. The base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. The base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. Indicates the mouseBasedSelectionOn. Indicates whether keyboard based searching should be allowed. Initialize the keyInputTimer Initialize the Label Editor. Initialize the key search. Initialize the searchFromNextSelectableNode Indicates whether the navigation up. Indicates whether the navigation down. Indicates whether the navigation to Root node. Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv expanded or not. Initialize the Line style. Initialize the Line color. Indicates whether the complete row will be highlighted when a node is selected. Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv will hide it's selected nodes when not focused. Indicates whether the DragCueBitmap is prepared or not Initialize whether the TreeNodeAdv is dragging. Indicates the CustomControlsImage. Collection contains checked nodes in tree. Collection contains selected nodes in TreeViewAdv Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdc clicked on selection. Initialize the Mouse Down point. Timer for Label Edit Initialize the active TreeNodeAdv for LabelEdit. Indicates whether the TreeNodeadv can dragged. Indicates whether the nodes will have a hot tracked appearance when the mouse cursor is hovering over them. Indicates the DisableReplacing property. Initialize the DisableFinding property Indicates whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. Initialize whether the lines are showed in TreeViewAdv. Initialize whether the Root lines are showed in TreeViewAdv Initialize the path separator Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv is printing. Initialize the tool tip control of the TreeViewAdv. Indicates the loadOnDemand Indicates whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. Indicates whether the event will be fired before drawing a node's background. Indicates whether the themed button drawing on TreeNodeAdv Indicates whether the themed tree drawing. Initialize the whether the Label edit is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv.GetPath method adds a separator at the end of the path string returned. Initialize the space left on the left side of the control. Initialize the measuringGraphics. Initialize the TreeNodeAdv Count. Initialize the selection mode for the tree. Indicates whether the selected node will be brought to view by scrolling, if necessary. Indicates whether the controls (example, PlusMinus) will have a transparent background. Setting this property slows down drawing of the TreeViewAdv control. Initialize the leftImageList. Initialize the rightImageList. Initialize the stateImageList. Indicates whether the drag-drop operation will occur only if the node is dragged on the text area. Initialize the background of the selected node. Initialize the background of the selected node when the control is not focused. Initialize the text color of the selected node. Initialize the text color of the inactive node. Initialize the Right Mousedown TreeNodeAdv. Initialize the Right Mousedown TreeNodeAdv. Initialize the curSelectedNodeIndex. Initialize the background color Initialize the Drag helper. Indicates whether an alpha blended image of the selected nodes should be drawn beside the cursor during drag and drop. Initialize the base styles. Initialize the bound styles. Indicates whether the dragged TreeNodeAdv Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv Bring into View. Indicates the direction of selection. Indicates the currently selected keys. Indicates the current now which is selected by key pressing. To indicates the whether the child nodes are needs to sorted or not. Indicates if node dimension calculation should be done on load. To indicates whether the focus Failed OnValidation To indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv is refreshed or not. Initialize the first key press. Initialize the second key press. Initialize the TimeSpan. Default size of the control Default item height Initialize the cachedRgn. Implemented for FR:730. To initialize the disabled node selection. Indicates whether the FocusRect of the TreeNodeAdv is shown or not. Initialize the m_RemovedCustomControls. Initialize the m_ControlBounds. Initialize the m_ControlParent. Initialize the StyleNamePairsList To avoid nested calling of EndEdit method. Initialize the StyleNamePairsList Initialize the scale factor Initialize the EnableTouchMode property. Initialize the HistoryManager. Indicates whether register items in history list. Initialize the ScrollersFrame. Indicates whether the suspendExpandRecalculate property. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Initialize the Metro color Initialize Visual style appearance as Default. Specifies office 2007 color scheme. Specifies office 2010 color scheme. Initialize the TreeNode Collection Get the Expanded node collection. Indicates whether the collapsed node should be selected if any of the child node is selected or not. Auto custom controls adding in TreeViewAdv.Controls false - only in designer editor. Custom control collection. Key - custom control. Value - node. Holds whether TreeNodeAdv text can be validated. Indicates whether the HScrollValueChanged. To indicates focus subscribed Initialize the horizontal scroll bar To initialize the vertical scroll bar Initialize the position of the Horizontal scrollbar. Initialize the Vertical scroll. Initialize the Horizontal scroll. Initialize the position of the Vertical scrollbar. Initialize the key pressed state for TreeViewAdv Indicates whether the KeyDown. Indicates whether the MouseDown To ensure whether the selected nodes has been added internally. Indicates whether the pressed state. Indicates whether the Mouse move operation. Indicates whether the MouseDown by using Left MouseButton . Indicates whether the mouse up. Indicates whether the last selected node To initialize the ensureVisible property. Need update custom controls visibility and bounds. To indicates whether the MouseDown with Ctrl button pressed. To indicates whether the Mouse hover on last TreeNodeAdv. Initialize whether the Tool tip should be visible or not. Initialize the CancelEventArgs. Initialize the HelpTextNode. Indicates the text selection length. Indicates the text selection start. Indicates the last text. Indicates whether the cancel edit. Initialize the dragCueOn property. Indicates whether the updating the value. To indicates whether the ignoreLeave property. Creates a new TreeViewAdv control. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Raises the NodeEditorValidateString event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeEditorValidateString method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidateString in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidateString method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the NodeEditorValidating event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeEditorValidating method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidating in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidating method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the NodeEditorValidated event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeEditorValidated method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidated in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidated method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the edit cancel event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnEditCancelled method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnEditCancelled in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnEditCancelled method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeEdit event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeEdit method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeEdit in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeEdit method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the leave event in LabelEditor The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the Timer event of the LabelEditStartTimer. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. This will be called in a native application. scenario (with COM interop) The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Performs actions required while drag enter. (Overridden method) Performs actions required while drag leaves. (Overridden method) A value that contains the event data. Performs the actions required while drag over. (Overridden method) Performs the actions required on drag drop. (Overridden method) Performs actions required while QueryContinueDrag. (Overridden method) Performs actions required OnGiveFeedback. (Overridden method) Dispatches the drag over operation. Dispatches the drag drop operation Dispatches the drag enter operation. Dispatches the DragLeave operation. A value that contains the event data. Dispatches the QueryContinueDrag operation. Dispatches the GiveFeedback operation. Raises the ThemeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. A value that contains the event data. Calls the to raise the event. An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the ItemDrag event. An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnItemDrag method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemDrag in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemDrag method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the NodeBackgroundPaint event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnNodeBackgroundPaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeBackgroundPaint in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeBackgroundPaint method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeNodePaint event. An that contains the event data. The OnBeforeNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNodePaint in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeNodePaint method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterNodePaint event. An that contains the event data. The OnAfterNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterNodePaint in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterNodePaint method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeExpand event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeExpand in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeExpand method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeCollapse event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforeCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCollapse in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCollapse method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterExpand event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAfterExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterExpand in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterExpand method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterCollapse event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAfterCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCollapse in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCollapse method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterSelect event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnAfterSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelect in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelect method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterCheck event. A that contains the event data. The OnAfterCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCheck in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCheck method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterInteractiveChecks event. A that contains the event data. The OnAfterInteractiveChecks method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterInteractiveChecks in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterInteractiveChecks method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeSelect event. An that contains the event data. The OnBeforeSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelect in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelect method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeCheck event. An that contains the event data. The OnBeforeCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCheck in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCheck method so that registered delegates receive the event. Implements the draw method. Raises the Size changed event of TreeViewAdv The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the Scrollbars VisibleChanged event of TreeViewAdv The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the Leave event of TreeViewAdv The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the selected nodes changed event. The source of the event.> A value that contains the event data. Indicates whether the Focus Internal event handler. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. This method indicates that the multipleNodes can be selected with mouseDown and drag . Raises the keyInputTimer Tick event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the Timer Tick event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the Parent GotFocus event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the style changed event. Raises the Office2010ManagedColorsApplied event. Raises the BorderStyleChanged event. The OnBorderStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderSingleChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderSingleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderSingleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderSingleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderColorChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the GradientBackgroundChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnGradientBackgroundChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnGradientBackgroundChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnGradientBackgroundChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the VerticalGradientChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnVerticalGradientChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnVerticalGradientChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnVerticalGradientChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the GradientColorsChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnGradientColorsChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnGradientColorsChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnGradientColorsChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Initialize the Print Document Initialize the MetroColorTable; Returns the collection of Expanded Node Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. The value. Overrides the AccessibleObject. The that owns the TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject. Raises the OnEnter event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the OnPaint event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the OnMouseDown A value that contains the event data. Performs actions required on mouse hover. (Overridden method) Overriding the OnMouseWheel function to handle the mouse wheel processing for scroll bars. Overrides System.Windows.Forms.Control.WndProc(System.Windows.Forms.Message@). The Windows System.Windows.Forms.Message to process. Performs actions required on setting up the cursor. (Overridden method) Selects a default node (the first visible one) if the tree did not have anything focused. Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls. Do this instead of listening to KeyDown in TextBox which prevents the gong sound when hitting esc key in text box. In a native applications. scenario this won't be hit, so we instead listen to the TextBox's KeyDown event and process the keys there. Cleans up any resources being used. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Method to invoke TreeNodeAdv's Dispose method StopAutoScrollingInternal for scrolling purpose. StartAutoScrollingInternal for scrolling purpose. Dispatches the Drag drop operation. Overloaded. Begins the editing of the specified node. The node to edit. Begins the editing of the selected node. Saves or Cancels the editing of the selected node. True to cancel editing; false to save changes. Forces the end of the editing of the selected node. Resets the property to it's default value. Forces the end of the editing of the selected node. Invalidates nodes in collection. Collection to invalidate. Recreate CustomControlCollection. This method is used internally by the tree control to add and remove selected nodes. This method will fire the appropriate selection events to let the user cancel the selection, etc. The nodes to add. The nodes to remove. Specifies what kind of action triggered this call. Indicates whether selection events should be fired before and after this selection change. Indicates whether the specified nodes to be removed from selection will be removed even if the user cancelled the selection change the BeforeSelect event handler. True if the selection changed; false otherwise. Highlighted all parent nodes. Refresh Highlighting. Returns true/false if the specified node is under the collapsed node. The collapsed. The node. true if specified node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. Returns true/false if the active node is under the collapsed node. The collapsed. true if active node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. Removes the nodes list from selected nodes list, if its under the collapsed node. Collapsed node. Returns true if the node which is to be collapsed contains any selcted nodes. The Collapsed node. true if collapsed node contains selection nodes; otherwise, it returns false. Gets the CustomControl image A CustomControl used in TreeNodeAdv. bitMap Returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the selected region of all the nodes specified. The nodes whose selected region is to be included in the resultant rect. The bounding Rectangle. The node's text and left images will be included in the rectangles. Specifies whether the AlignCustomControl method is called Specifies the location of the Custom Control. Aligns the start of custom control in the same location. Location of the Custom Control Calculates the Longest node length Longest Length Calculates the Longest node length Longest Length Calculates the Longest node length for child nodes. TreeNodeAdv Longest Length Calculates the Longest node length for child nodes. TreeNodeAdv Longest Length If Left/Right images has been assigned then those width has also been included. TreeNodeAdv Width of the image Raises the NodeStateImageListChanged event. Raises the DefaultExpandImageIndexChanged event. Raises the DefaultCollapseImageIndexChanged event. Implement this interface to support keyboard based (Shift+F10) context menu invocation. The context menu will then appear near the selected node. The PopupMenu in the XPMenus framework will then call this method to determine the location for pop-up. Draws the vertical lines of the tree. Graphics object. Node to draw the vertical lines to. The RowIndex of the node. The Last Visible Node Row Index for comparing if in the node iteration nodes have passed it. Updates Layout for CustomControl in all nodes. Selectess all nodes from current active node to first or last node. If True - select all nodes from current active node to first. Otherwise - select all nodes from current active node to last one. Gets node by path TreeNodeAdv object, root for search Node path. TreeNodeAdv object by path. Overrides Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Creates a ToolTip Creates the HelpText Begins the printing process of the TreeViewAdv. Begins the printing process of the TreeViewAdv and shows TreeViewAdv before printing. Gets the image Returns the image. Returns a that contains the image of the dragged nodes with it's state image. A instance when there is atleast one selected node; Null otherwise. Returns the tree node at the specified point in client co-ordinates. The point in client co-ordinates. A . Returns the location of the tree node in client co-ordinates. The whose location you need. A . Returns the total height of the rows from the specified start to end. The top row. The bottom row. The total height. Returns the rectangular area in which the tree node will be drawn. A . A . Returns the tree node at the specified row index. The row index. A . Returns the row index of a tree node. A . The row index. Cancels any current mouse based selection and edit mode. Returns a node from the specified path. Make sure that the path does not end with a separator when calling this. The path of the node. The node that has the specified path. Returns the path of the specified node. Node whose path is to be returned. The path of the node. Overloaded. Extends the selection to the specified node. A TreeNodeAdv. This method will not do anything if the property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. Extends the selection to the specified node. A TreeNodeAdv. Indicates whether or not any current selection should be removed. This method will not do anything if the property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. Begins a drag-and-drop operation. Added by lucas in order to resolve problem 169. The data to drag. One of the DragDropEffects values. A value from the DragDropEffects enumeration that represents the final effect that was performed during the drag-and-drop operation. Returns the width required to draw the text specified using the font specified. A object. The text that is to be drawn. The using which to draw. Width required. Collapses all the tree nodes.

The CollapseAll method collapses all the objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the control.

The state of a TreeNodeAdv persists. For example, suppose that a parent tree node is expanded. If the child tree nodes were not previously collapsed, they will appear in their previously-expanded state. Calling the CollapseAll method ensures that all the tree nodes appear in the collapsed state.

Expands all the tree nodes.

The ExpandAll method expands all the objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the control.

Cancels the edit mode.

The CancelEditMode method cancels the edit mode when the node is in the EditingMode.

Retrieves the number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. true to count the items that the subtrees contain; false otherwise. The number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. If includeSubTrees is true, the result is the number of all the tree nodes in the entire tree structure. This example describes how to count all the nodes(including child nodes) of the treeViewAdv The user could get the total number of nodes by calling GetNodeCount method with the bool argument which indicates whether count should include sub trees or not. If we pass it as true, it will count the nodes with the subtrees also. private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { //Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to //get the total number of nodes in the tree int TotalNodesInTree = this.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount( true ); MessageBox.Show( "Total nodes in tree = " + TotalNodesInTree.ToString()); } //Add nodes private void button2_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv()); } //Remove nodes private void button3_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode); } Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) ' Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to ' get the total number of nodes in the tree Dim TotalNodesInTree As Integer = Me.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount(True) MessageBox.Show("Total nodes in tree = " & TotalNodesInTree.ToString()) End Sub 'Add nodes Private Sub button2_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv()) End Sub 'Remove nodes Private Sub button3_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode) End Sub Overloaded. Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible. The node that requires visibility. Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. The node that is to be scrolled Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. The node that is to be scrolled. True to force it to be the the top-most visible node; false to just scroll it into view. Overloaded. Retrieves the TreeNodeAdv at the point with the specified coordinates. The X - coordinate position to evaluate and retrieve the TreeNodeAdv from TreeViewAdv. The Y - coordinate position to evaluate and retrieve the TreeNodeAdv from TreeViewAdv. The at the specified location, in TreeViewAdv (client) coordinates, or null if there is no node at that location. Returns the node at the specified location. The System.Drawing.Point to evaluate and retrieve the node from. The at the specified point, in TreeViewAdv (client) coordinates, or null if there is no node at that location. Returns the node at the specified location. Location. Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. The node at the point. Returns the node at the specified location. Location. Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the images and text, not the whole bounds of the node. The node at the point. If both the textBounds and textOrImageBounds params are false then the testing will be done on the whole node. Returns the node at the specified point. Specified point. Node at specified point if exist; null otherwise. Occurs when the tree's BorderStyle is changed Occurs when the tree's Border3DStyle is changed Occurs when the tree's Border2DStyle is changed Occurs when the tree's BorderColor is changed Occurs when the tree's GradientBackground is changed Occurs when the tree's VerticalGradient is changed Occurs when the tree's GradientColors is changed Occurs when the tree's BorderSides is changed Occurs when the ThemesEnabled property changes This event will be triggered when mouse hover occurs in tree nodes and it returns the particular node details which is currently being pointed from its argument. Occurs when the user begins a drag of one or more items in the tree view control.

The Item property in the argument is an array of TreeViewAdv nodes that are currently selected.

You can choose to initiate an ole drag-and-drop operation in this event handler.

To initiate an ole drag-drop in this event handler: // TreeViewAdv.ItemDrag event listener private void treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs e) { // Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). TreeNodeAdv[] nodes = e.Item as TreeNodeAdv[]; DragDropEffects result = this.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy | DragDropEffects.Move); // more application logic based on result... } ' TreeViewAdv.ItemDrag event listener Private Sub treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs) Handles treeViewAdv2.ItemDrag ' Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). Dim nodes As TreeNodeAdv() = CType(e.Item, TreeNodeAdv()) Dim result As DragDropEffects = Me.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy Or DragDropEffects.Move) ' more application logic based on result... End Sub 'treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag ' Also take a look at our ..\Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop sample for more information on how to turn on drag-drop cues.
Occurs when is changed. Occurs when is changed. Occurs when is changed. Occurs before a node is selected. The collection in the property is both read-only and fixed size. Occurs before a node's check box is checked. Occurs after a node is selected. You can determine the selected node using the property. Occurs after a node is checked. This event will be fired when the node's property has changed or when a new node has been . You could alternatively listen to the individual node's event. Occurs after one or more node's CheckState has changed due to setting. When is turned on in a parent node, changing the parent's or one of it's children's will cause the CheckStates of the parent and the child nodes to be updated appropriately. This event will be fired at the end of all these updates. Occurs before a node is expanded. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's expanded. Use this event when you set the property to true to add child nodes to the specified node before it is expanded. Occurs before a node has collapsed. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's collapsed. Occurs after a node is expanded. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's expanded. Occurs after a node has collapsed. Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's collapsed. Fired before a node is being painted when the property is set to true. Handle this event when you want to draw the node yourself. If you set the property to true the TreeViewAdv assumes that you have drawn all the contents of the node and no additional drawing will be done by the TreeViewAdv. If you leave it to false the TreeViewAdv will automatically draw the usual contents of the node. Do not draw the background of the node here. Otherwise it will draw over the vertical line. Use the NodeBackgroundPaint for painting the background. Fired after a node is being painted when the property is set to true. This event is ideal for custom drawing portions of the node in addition to the default drawing. The HandledXXX properties of the event args can be ignored for this event. Fired to draw the background of a node if the property is set. Handle this event when you want to draw the background of the node yourself. This Event will be triggered when TreeNodeAdv match is found based on search string This Event will be triggered once TreeNodeAdv match yet to be found based on search string This Event will be triggered on matched TreeNodeAdv text is being replaced based on search string This Event will be triggered on matched TreeNodeAdv text after gets replaced based on search string This event will be triggered if double click occurs on TreeNodeAdv This event will be triggered if single click occurs on TreeNodeAdv Occurs when the text entered by the user changes in the Node editor control. Occurs before the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. Occurs after the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. Occurs after the Editing mode gets canceled by Escape key. Occurs before a node gets into the edit mode. Gets/Sets the Themed Drawing Gets/Sets the ThemedEditDrawing Gets/Sets the ThemedButtonDrawing Gets/Sets the TreeNodeDragHelper Gets/Sets the ThemedTreeDrawing Gets/Sets the ThemedBorder Gets/Sets the IsBroughtIntoView Gets the MultiSelect Gets the SingleSelect Gets the BoundStyle Gets/Sets the NodeCount Gets the NeedRootLinesSpace Gets/Sets the MouseBasedSelectionOn Gets/Sets the LMouseDownNode TODO: Should we clear this on MouseLeave? Gets the LinePen Gets the SelectedNodesBounds Gets custom control collection. Gets the ClientHeight Gets the IsVerticalGradient Gets the IsHorizontalGradient Gets/Sets the LabelEditStartTimer Gets or sets custom controls visibility and bounds update need. Gets/Sets the DragCueOn Gets or sets the Key pressed state of the TreeViewAdv. Default value is false. True will be return, if keyboard input key is raised by KeyDown, KeyUp and KeyPress events, otherwise return false. Gets or sets the HistoryManager to use. The Default value is Null. It is used for Undo/Redo operations. Indicates whether register items in history list. The default value is false. The helps tor record the actions for Undo\Redo usage. Indicates whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the instead when property is set as true. True to ignore theme background; false otherwise. Default is false. Indicates whether the control and it's parts should be drawn themed. True to enable themes; false otherwise. Default is false. Gets or sets the border sides of the that will be drawn. One of the values. Default is Border3DSide.All. One of the BorderSides value. Gets or sets the background color for the . (overridden property) The default is the value of the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DefaultBackColor property. Gets or sets to make disabled node selection. The default value is false. Gets or sets the FocusRect of the node. The Default value is true. If, the property enabled, the selected rectangle will be focused. Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles. This will override the BackColor setting. The provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. The BackgroundColor. Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. The default value is Color.Black. The property is applied to TreeViewAdv when BorderStyle is set as FixedSingle. The BorderColor of the TreeViewAdv. Gets or sets the 2D border style. One of the values. Default is ButtonBorderStyle.Solid. The property is applied to TreeViewAdv when BorderStyle is set as FixedSingle. Gets or sets the border style of the control. One of the values. Default is BorderStyle.Fixed3D. Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. One of the values. Default is Border3DStyle.Sunken. Gets/Sets whether TreeNodeAdv text can be validated The Default value is false. Indicates whether an alpha blended image of the selected nodes should be drawn beside the cursor during drag and drop. True to show an alpha blended image; false otherwise. Default is true. You could customize the style in which nodes are drawn in the above image by adding a "DragNodeCueStyle" style to the collection. Gets or sets a value to scale the control based upon. The default value is 1. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled. The default control size before enabling the TouchMode. The control size before enabling the TouchMode. Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touch mode to the controls. Default value is false. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scale factor is equal to 1 Gets or sets the active TreeNodeAdv. The default value is Null. Gets the help text control of the TreeViewAdv. This is the control used to display the of the nodes. Gets the tool tip control of the TreeViewAdv. This is the control used to display the for the nodes when the text of the nodes are partially visible. Gets or sets the text color of the selected TreeNodeAdv. The default is a SystemColors.HighlightText. Gets or sets the text color of the selected node when not focused. The default value is a SystemColors.ControlText. Gets or sets the background of the selected node. The default value is SystemColors.Highlight. Gets or sets the background of the selected node when the control is not focused. The default value is SystemColors.Control. Indicates whether the drag-drop operation will occur only if the node is dragged on the text area. The default value is true. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a TreeNodeAdv has no children. An index into the . The default value is zero. A zero-based index that represents the position of an Image in an ImageList. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a TreeNodeAdv is collapsed. An index into the . Default is 1. A zero-based index that represents the position of an Image in an ImageList. Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a TreeNodeAdv is expanded. An index into the . Default is 2. A zero-based index that represents the position of an Image in an ImageList. Gets or sets the image list that holds images to be drawn based on the state of the node. The , and properties refer to an image inside this list. The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. The default value is null. Gets or sets the image list that holds images to be drawn on the right of the node. The will then indicate which images are to be drawn in the node. The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. The default value is null. Gets or sets the image list that holds images to be drawn on the left of the node. The will then indicate which images are to be drawn in the node. The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. The default value is null. Indicates whether the controls (example, PlusMinus) will have a transparent background. Setting this property slows down drawing of the TreeViewAdv control. The default is false. Indicates whether the selected node will be brought to view by scrolling, if necessary. The default is true. Gets or sets the selection mode for the tree. The default value is TreeSelectionMode.Single. Note that setting this property does not affect the current selection state. For example, if the current selection includes multiple nodes and this property gets set to TreeSelectionMode.Single, then the will not be cleared to show a single selection. One of the TreeSelectionMode Returns a collection of base styles used in the tree. A Hash table of style names versus styles. The style names are of type string and the styles are of type . This collection holds the standard style that specifies the global node settings for all the nodes (is named "Standard"), the node level styles for nodes at specific levels (should use the convention "NodeLevelX") and other custom base styles. Also when you specify a style named "DragNodeCueStyle" that style will be applied on the nodes before preparing the drag-cue bitmap during drag-and-drop, a feature that can be turned on using the property. Gets or sets the base style name pairs. Returns the standard style that all the nodes inherit from, by default. Indicates whether the method adds a separator at the end of the path string returned. The default value is false. Gets or sets the space left on the left side of the control. Default is 3. Indicates whether the label text of the tree nodes can be edited. True if the label text of the tree nodes can be edited; false otherwise. The default is false. The method will let you begin editing a node programmatically irrespective of this setting. Indicates whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. The default value is false. Indicates whether the event will be fired before drawing a node's background. The default value is false. Indicates whether the tree should follow the load-on-demand paradigm. The default value is false. When set to true, all the nodes will have the plus-minus set to visible to begin with. You should then handle the event of the nodes and add sub nodes to the respective nodes. The tree will then keep or hide the plus-minus based on whether or not children were added. This provides you a way to delay loading nodes in trees until the user initiates a node expand. Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv is printing. Gets or sets the PrintDocument. Indicates if node dimension calculation should be done on load. The default value is true. Indicates whether the nodes will have an option button. Default value is false. Indicates whether the selected node is in editing mode. Gets or sets the separator string that splits the path of a node. Call to get the path of the specified node. The delimiter string that the tree node System.Windows.Forms.TreeNode.FullPath property uses. The default value is the backslash character (\). Indicates the visual style. The default value is true. Specifies the Visual Theme Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. The default value is Office2007Theme.Blue Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. The default value is Office2010Theme.Blue Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. Gets or sets the Metro color. Gets or sets the MetroColorTable to customize appearance of the collapse/expand button. Indicates whether the plus minus controls are visible. true if plus sign and minus sign buttons are displayed next to tree nodes that contain child tree nodes; otherwise, false. The default value is true. Indicates whether the tree lines are visible. true if lines are drawn between tree nodes in the tree view control; otherwise, false. The default value is true. Indicates whether lines are drawn between the tree nodes that are at the root of the tree view. true if lines are drawn between the tree nodes that are at the root of the tree view; otherwise, false. The default value is true. Gets or sets the indent of the child nodes from the parent node. The distance, in pixels, to indent each of the child tree node levels. The default value is 19. Indicates whether the nodes will have a hot tracked appearance when the mouse cursor is hovering over them. The default value is false. true if a tree node label takes on the appearance of a hyper-link as the mouse pointer passes over it; otherwise, false. Indicates whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. Default value is false. Returns the collection of Nodes which are in Expanded state Returns the collection of Nodes which are in Collapsed state Returns the selected nodes of the TreeViewAdv. Use this property only when property lets you select multiple nodes. Otherwise, use to get the single selected node. Returns the checked nodes of the TreeViewAdv. Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv will hide it's selected nodes when not focused. true if the selected tree node is not highlighted when the tree view has lost the focus; otherwise, false. The default value is true. Indicates whether the complete row will be highlighted when a node is selected. The default value is false. true if the selection highlight spans the width of the tree view control; otherwise, false. Get or sets the OfficeScrollBars Gets or sets the color of the tree lines. Default is Color.Gray. The System.Drawing.Color of the lines connecting the tree nodes. Gets or sets the line style of the tree lines. Default value is DashStyle.Dot. One of the Line style Indicates whether keyboard based searching should be allowed. Default value is true. When set to true, the users can key in char keys to browse to the next node that begins with that character(s). Multiple characters entered in succession will be assumed to be part of the same word, so search will be performed on that substring. Search will be restricted to and nodes. Indicates whether the state of the parent node's check box is based on the check state of it's child nodes' check boxes. Default value is false. If all child nodes are checked the parent node is also checked. The same with unchecked. If some child nodes are checked and some are unchecked then the parent node will have an indeterminate state. If the CheckState of the parent node is set by code or by clicking on it the state of all sub nodes will be set to that state. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapsed node should be selected if any of the child node is selected or not. true if the collapsed node should be selected if that node has a selected child node; otherwise, false. If this property is set to false, it won't trigger the and event after collapsing the node. Indicates whether check boxes will be shown for the nodes. The default value is false. Gets or sets the selected node of the TreeViewAdv. The tree fires the event to let you cancel the change and event to notify you of a new selected node. Use to property when multi-node selection is turned on. The that is currently selected in the . The default value is Null. The base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. A instance or null if there is no such node. This node will be consulted while extending the selection in a multi-select scenario using user interaction or when calling the method. Gets or sets the default height of the nodes. The default value is dependent on the control's font height. The height, in pixels, of each tree node in the tree view. Gets or sets the root node of the TreeViewAdv. Gets or sets the top-level nodes collection of the TreeViewAdv. A that represents the tree nodes assigned to the tree view control. Gets or sets the node on which the user did a right-mouse down. A instance. This property will return a non-null value only when the user has his mouse down or when the context menu is being shown for the tree. Use this property in your context-menu's pop up event to determine on which node the user had right-clicked. However, do not use this property in a context menu item's Click property as this would be set to null by then. If the user right-clicked in the empty region then this property will return null. When the user instead used the keyboard to invoke the context menu (via Shift+F10) then this property will return the currently selected node and the menu will also appear beside the selected node. Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a horizontal scrollbar thumb. The default value is true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Recalculation of the Nodes maximum height should be done while expanding or collapsing. true if suspend recalculate the nodes height while expand/collapse; otherwise, false . The default value is false. This property can be reduced the delay while expanding/ collapsing the large number of nodes, if we set it as true. Indicates whether the size box should be drawn when both scrollbars are visible and the control is not a docked window in an MDIChild window. Note: Another better solution is drawing the NonClientArea ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. The default value is false. Showing the size box works around a problem with .NET controls because by default the area at the bottom right is not drawn and that can cause drawing glitches. Note: Another better solution is drawing NonClientArea ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a vertical scrollbar thumb. The default value is true. Gets or sets ImageList with images that are displayed instead of expand or collapse button. The below description helps the user to set Custom images for expand/collapse (+/-) signs in the TreeViewAdv The standard +/- signs for the expand/collapse buttons in the TreeViewAdv can be replaced with the custom images by setting ImageList to the newly added NodeStateImageList property of the TreeViewAdv. Single click on the image expands or collapses the current node. By setting some particular index of default image for expand/collapse button in the TreeviewAdv's DefaultCollapseImageIndex and DefaultExpandImageIndex property ,all the ParentNode's can be displayed with default Images for expanding and collapsing actions. Each Parent Node's +/- signs can be set with different images ,by setting the TreeNodeAdv's CollpaseImageIndex and ExpandImageIndex. The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. The default value is null. Gets or sets index of default image for collapse button. Gets or sets the index of default image for expand button. Indicates whether the scroll control can increase the . (overridden property) The default value is false. Delays the Tool tip by one second The default value is false. Indicates whether control must draw dotted rectangle around selected node when it has no focus. The default value is true. Indicates whether cue image should be drawn at a distance below the mouse cursor while dragging. The default value is false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether sort TreeViewAdv including all the child nodes. true if sort all with child nodes; otherwise, false. The default value is false. This example describes how to sort all the nodes in the TreeViewAdv If SortWithChildNodes property is set to true,the user can sort all the nodes including all the child nodes in the treeViewAdv. The SortOrder of the Root should be specified for the sorting all nodes. //Sorts only the root nodes. private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort(); } //Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv private void button2_Click_1(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending; this.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=true; this.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort(); } 'Sorts only the root nodes. Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort() End Sub 'Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv Private Sub button2_Click_1(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending Me.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=True Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort() End Sub Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default node should be selected on the TreeViewAdv control gains focus. true if node should be selected on TreeViewAdv gains focus; otherwise, false. The default value is true. Gets or sets padding within the control. A System.Windows.Forms.Padding indicating the space between the control edges and its contents. Occurs when the control's padding changes. Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. Overridden. Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. The default value is true. Overridden. Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. The default value is true. Gets or sets the position of the Horizontal scrollbar. The default value is 1. Gets or sets the position of the Vertical scrollbar. The default value is 1. Returns the first fully-visible tree node in the tree view control. A that represents the first fully-visible tree node in the tree view control. Initially, the TopVisibleNode returns the first root tree node, which is located at the top of the . However, if the user has scrolled the contents, another tree node might be at the top. The that represents the first fully-visible tree node in the . Gets the number of tree nodes that can be fully visible in the TreeViewAdv. The number of items that can be fully visible in the control. The VisibleCount value can be greater than the number of tree nodes in the tree view. The value is calculated by dividing the height of the client window by the height of a tree node item. The result is the total number of objects that the is capable of displaying within its current dimensions. The number of items that can be fully visible in the . Returns the last visible node. A instance. Gets/ Sets whether the Tool tip should be visible or not. The default value is true. Overrides System.Windows.Forms.Control.CreateParams. A System.Windows.Forms.CreateParams that contains the required creation parameters when the handle to the control is created. Specifies the location of the Custom Control. TreeViewAdvFindReplaceDialog class for search functionality. Specifies the Matchfound on initialization. Initialize the Node index. Initialize the search text. Initialize the TreeNodeAdvCollection. Initialize the TreeViewAdv. Initialize the TreeViewSearchOption as MatchWholeText. Initialize the TreeViewSearchRange as TreeView. Initialize the TreeViewSearchNavigation as SearchAll. Initializes new instances of TreeViewAdvFindReplaceDialog class. TreeViewAdv instance Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string The Search Text The search option for . The search range for . true if match found Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string. Search Text. true if match found Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on the search string. Search Text. The search option for . The search range for . returns true if match found. Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string. Search Text. returns true if match found. Replace the search text with replace text by specified the TreeViewSearchOption and TreeViewSearchRange. Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. The search option for . The search range for . returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Replace the search text with replace text by specified the TreeViewSearchRange. Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. The search range for . returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Replace the search text with replace text by specified the TreeViewSearchOption. Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. The search option for . returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Replace the search text with replace text. Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Text to be replaced. returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text by using specified the TreeViewSearchRange. Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. The search range for . returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text by using specified the TreeViewSearchOption. Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. The search option for . returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text. Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text by using specified the TreeViewSearchOption and TreeViewSearchRange. Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Search Text. Text to be replaced. The search option for . The search range for . returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Returns true if matched all TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Text to be replaced. returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. Defines if Search Text matches any TreeNodeAdv text. Search String. returns true if match found. Find and return TreeNodeAdv based on TreeSearchOption TreeNodeAdv instances. Search Text. Returns the Search . Find and return matched TreeNodeAdv Collection TreeViewAdv Instances Search String Returns the Search . Gets/Sets the TreeViewAdv. Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdvCollection that matches search string. Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv Search Option. Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv search range. Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv search navigation type. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the and event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Provides data for the TreeViewAdv selection events. Initialize the TreeViewAdvAction. Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of this class. A instance. Creates a new instance of this class. A instance. A type. Gets / sets the associated with the event. Gets / sets the associated with the event. Provides data for the cancelable validation events in the TreeViewAdv. Provides data for the editing events in the . Initialize the label of the TreeNodeAdv. Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Creates a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEditEventArgs. A instance. The label for the node. Returns the label for the node. Returns the that is currently being edited. Initialize the cancel that event needs to cancel or not. Initialize whether the editing needs to end or not. Creates a new instance of the class. A instance. The new text for the node. Indicates whether the event should be cancelled. Indicates whether editing should end now. This property is consulted only when is set to true. If you Cancel the operation and if this property is set to false, editing mode will end; otherwise editing mode will be preserved. Default is true. This property will be ignored by the event. Provides data for the event. Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Initialize the Mouse Button. Initialize the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. Initialize the x-coordinate of the mouse point. Initialize the y-coordinate of the mouse point. Initialize the signed count of the number of detent the mouse wheel has rotated. Creates a new instance of the TreeViewAdvMouseClickEventArgs A instance. A Number of the Mouse click. X-coordinate of the mouse point. Y-coordinate of the mouse point. The number of detent the mouse wheel has rotated. Gets TreeNodeAdv instance Gets/Sets which mouse button was pressed Gets the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. Gets the x-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event. Gets the y-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event Gets a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated, multiplied by the WHEEL_DELTA constant. A detent is one notch of the mouse wheel. TreeNodeAdvAfterFindArgs class Initialize the Search text Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvAfterFindArgs class A instance A Text which needs to be searched Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv instance that matches Search String Gets/Sets value of search string TreeNodeAdvBeforeFindArgs class Initialize the search text. Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvBeforeFindArgs class A instance The text of the which needs to be searched Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value TreeNodeAdvOnReplacingArgs class Initialize the replace text Initialize the search text Initialize the TreeViewSearchOption Initialize the TreeViewSearchRange Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacingArgs class TreeNodeAdv Instance Search String Replace String TreeViewSearchOption TreeViewSearchRange Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches search string Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search option value Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search range value Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacedArgs class Search String Replace String TreeNodeAdv Instances Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value Provides data for the event. Initialize the TextBox. Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Creates a new instance of the class. Specifies the . A instance. Returns the . Returns the that is used to edit the node. StyleNamePairsList class Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Constructor of the StyleNamePairsList class A Adds the elements of an System.Collections.ICollection to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. The System.Collections.ICollection whose elements should be added to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null. Adds an object to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. The System.Object to be added to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. The value can be null. The System.Collections.ArrayList index at which the value has been added. StyleNamePair class Initialize the string name. A appearance and behavior information regarding the Constructor of the StyleNamePair. Passes the name A appearance and behavior information regarding the TreeBoundStyleInfoStore class Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. Constructor of the TreeBoundStyleInfoStore The Overrides the HasValue Provides a unique identifier for a property in a style object and stores information about the associated property. Metro color table for collapse/expand button. Initialize the MetroPlusMinus Arrow NormalColor Initialize the MetroPlusMinus Arrow SelectedColor Initialize the MetroPlusMinus Arrow PressedColor Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the MetroPlusMinus Arrow color in normal state. Gets or sets the MetroPlusMinus Arrow color in hover state. Gets or sets the MetroPlusMinus Arrow color in pressed state. The TreeViewPrintDocument class helps to provide the custom printing support for TreeViewAdv. Use the following code for printing: TreeViewPrintDocument printDocument = new TreeViewPrintDocument(this.treeViewAdv1); printDocument.Print(); Use the following code for print preview: TreeViewPrintDocument printDocument = new TreeViewPrintDocument(this.treeViewAdv1); printDocument.PrintPreview(); Initialize the TreeViewAdv. Initialize the header text Initialize the header color Initialize the Header font. Initialize the Header height. Initialize the Header text alignment Initialize the footer text. Initialize the footer color. Initialize the footer font. Initialize the footer height. Initialize the Footer text alignment Initialize whether the page number is shown or not. Initialize whether the date time is shown or not. Indicates whether Custom Header is enabled or not. Indicates whether Custom Footer is enabled or not. Initialize whether the header is displayed on all the pages. Initialize whether the header is displayed only on first page. Initialize the PrintPosition. Initialize the image control. Initialize the Node height. Initialize the scrollbar height. Initialize the scrollbar width. Initialize the Page Number. Initialize the Date time. Initialize the Page count. Initialize the Direction to print the TreeViewAdv. Initialize whether the TreeViewAdv print directly Constructor of the TreeViewPrintDocument Constructor of the TreeViewPrintDocument The instance of the TreeViewAdv. Start the TreeViewAdv to printing process. Start the TreeViewAdv to printing process. The TreeViewAdv which needs to be printed. Begins the printing process of the TreeViewAdv and it shows TreeViewAdv before printing. Shows a PrintPreview dialog displaying the Tree control passed in. The TreeView instance for print preview. Prints entire control directly on default printer. Gets an image that shows the entire tree, not just what is visible on the form The instance of the TreeViewAdv. Returns the PrintDocument. The TreeViewAdv instance. The value of the TreeViewPrintDocument. Returns an image of the specified width and height, of a control represented by handle. The handle of the custom control. The width of the custom control. The width of the custom control. The image. Draw the image with custom controls. The handle of the control. The width of the control. The height of the control. The custom control collections. The image. Raises the event A that contains the event data Raises the event A that contains the event data Raises the BeginPrint event. It is called after the Print() method is called and before the first page of the control prints. The PrintEventArgs contains the event data. Raises the PrintPage event. It is called before a control prints. The PrintPageEventArgs contains the event data. Gets or sets the value of the Header text. Gets or sets the value of the Header text color. Gets or sets the value of the Header font. Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of the header. Gets or sets the value of the HeaderAlignment Gets or sets the value of the Footer text. Gets or sets the value of the Footer text color. Gets or sets the value of the Footer font. Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of the footer. Gets or sets the value of the Footer Alignment Indicates whether the page number is shown or not. true, if the Page number is showed in printing process. Otherwise, false. The default value is true. Indicates whether the date time is shown or not. true, if the DateTime is showed in printing process. Otherwise, false. The default value is false. Indicates whether the Header and Footer shown on all the pages. If PrintHeaderOnFirstPageOnly is enabled, then Header will shown on first page only. Indicates whether the Header is shown on first page only. Indicates whether Custom Header is enabled or not. Indicates whether Custom Footer is enabled or not. Handle the event to draw Header to the TreeViewAdv print document Handle the event to draw Footer to the TreeViewAdv print document. Represents the methods that handles and events. The source of the event A that contains the event data Provides data for the and events Initialize the rectangle to draw the Header or footer. Initialize the page number. Initialize the page count. Initialize the Graphics object. Initializes a new instance of the class. Rectangle area to draw Header / Footer Printer graphics Current page number Total page count Indicates whether printing should be canceled. Gets the current page number. Gets the total page count. Gets the Rectangle area to draw Header or Footer. Gets the printer graphics Specifies the Print direction which needs to print the control. Specifies the Horizontal direction which needs to print the control. Specifies the Vertical direction which needs to print the control. Summary description for TreeViewAdvBaseStylesEditorForm. Constructor of the TreeViewAdvBaseStylesEditorForm A instance. Cleans up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Specifies the position where a drop can occur during drag-and-drop. Provides data for the event. Constructor of the QueryDragInsertInfoEventArgs class A instance. The Color of DragHighLightTracker can be changed based on the tree's background Color Gets the TreeNodeAdv. Provides data for the event. Creates a new instance of the class. The node over which the mouse is during drag-and-drop. The computed drop-position. The allowed drop-positions. Indicates whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selection highlight. True to show the highlight; false otherwise. Default is true. Returns the currently highlighted node. Returns the computed drop position. Gets / sets the allowed drop-positions. Change this value if you want to prevent drop in the . TreeViewAdv Drag and Drop UI helper class.

Use this class (will be referred to as "tracker" below) only when you want to support dropping adjacent (above or below) to a node. Otherwise simply listen to the and events and provide/use the . When used, this tracker will draw indicators above or below a node while dragging an item over the node. The tracker needs to be updated as shown below in the DragXXX events.

The usage semantics for the tracker is as follows:

Create an instance of this class and listen to the event. In the 's DragOver event update the highlighted node with a call to the method. In the 's DragLeave event clear the highlighted node with a call to the method. In the event handler, specify whether a computed adjacent position should be allowed. In the 's DragDrop event get the highlighted node and the drop-position from the tracker and insert the new node(s) accordingly.
Please take a look at our sample in the ..\Essential Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop folder for more information.
Creates a new instance of the class. The instance where drag-and-drop will occur. Clears the current highlight node setting. Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragLeave and DragDrop(after you get the highlight information from the tracker class) events. Sets the node over which the mouse is currently hovering during drag-drop. The new highlight node. The point in tree where the mouse is in the tree view's client co-ordinates. Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragOver method. Occurs before drawing a highlight indicator above or below a node. You can listen to this event and prevent drawing highlights for some specific nodes. Occurs before drawing a DragInsert position. You can listen to this event and change DragInsert highlight color. This property will soon be replaced by the and properties, please use them instead. Default is zero. Gets / sets a height for the top edge of a node while dragging over. Default is -1.

By default (when value is negative), the top 1/3 of the node will be considered the top edge. This value will be used when you allow dropping before a node using the property. Set this to zero if you never want to drop on top of a node.

Gets / sets a height for the bottom edge of a node while dragging over. Default is -1.

By default (when value is negative), the bottom 1/3 of the node will be considered the bottom edge. This value will be used when you allow dropping below a node using the property. Set this to zero if you never want to drop below a node.

Indicates whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selected background. True to draw selected; false otherwise. Default is true. Returns the node over which the mouse is hovering for drop. Returns the computed drop-position around the highlight node. Gets / sets the time interval after which a node will be expanded on mouse hover during drag and drop. Time in milliseconds. Default is 750. If you do not want a node to expand on drag over, set this value to -1. Handles the event. Handles the event. Provides a user interface for browsing the properties of an object. Constructor of the TreeViewAdvEditorPropertyGrid It used for retrieving a service object; that is, an object that provides custom support to other objects. Summary description for TreeViewAdvEditorForm. Required designer variable. Constructor of the TreeViewAdvEditorForm A instance. It used for retrieving a service object; that is, an object that provides custom support to other objects. Constructor of the TreeViewAdvEditorForm Cleans up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Checks whether destinationNode is child node of the sourceNode. Controls bitmaps. Key - control. value - bitmap. Paint control in bitmap if need and save bitmap in collection. If Control has been painted return bitmap from collection. Summary description for TreeViewCommands. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of command for the node's Text editing action. The node on which action is to be performed. New text for the editing action. Creates a new instance of command for the node's action. The node on which action is to be performed. The action to perform. Executes the action to be performed. Performs the reverse action on the node. Returns the node on whom the action is to be performed. Returns the action to be performed on the node. Specifies the action to be performed. Specifies whether the TreeNodeAdv needs to added. Specifies whether the TreeNodeAdv needs to removed. Specifies whether the TreeNodeAdv needs to edited. Default action Extends the DomainUpDown to provide XP Look and Feel. Take a look at the and properties. Default windows message for gesture support. Default windows message for Mouse captured. Collects the boolean value if Control is selected by Touch or Mouse control. Default size of the control Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. To show/display the touch keyboard To hide the touch keyboad. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Initializes a new instance of the class. Sends the specified message to the default windows procedure. Raises the event. The source of the event. An that contains the event data. Overridden.Sets the PreferredHeight and position controls based on settings Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Positions child controls based on settings. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Overridden Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Overridden. Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on settings. Displays the previous item in the collection. Displays the next item in the object collection. Positions child controls based on settings. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Overridden and activate the themes Metrocolor Raises the ThemeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The RaiseThemeChangedEvent method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding RaiseThemeChangedEvent in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's RaiseThemeChangedEvent method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderColorChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the SpinOrientationChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Event will be triggered when the DomainUpDownExt lost its Focus. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Gets the CapturedButton according to MousePosition Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Overridden and captures the Up or Down buttons based on MousePosition. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets the border sides of the control that will be drawn in 3D mode. Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. This style is used when the BorderStyle is Fixed3D and when XP Themed drawing is disabled. Gets or sets the maximum length of the text that can be entered into the editable portion of the control. Gets or sets UpDownButton's orientation. Gets or sets visual style that is used for drawing a control. Gets or sets color scheme for control. Gets or sets color scheme for control. Gets or sets the background color. (overridden property) Overrides the property. Gets or sets the alignment of the up and down buttons on the control. Gets or sets the border style for control. Overridden.Cannot set BorderStyle to None when ThemesEnabled. Use ThemedBorder property to disable borders when themed. Gets or Sets the metrocolor Fired when the ThemesEnabled property is changed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when available. Gets or sets a value indicating whether you want themed border around the control when themes are enabled. This property is used only when the property is set. Occurs when border's 3D style is changed. Occurs when border's color is changed. Occurs when border's sides are changed. Occurs when the SpinOrientation property has changed. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. DomainUpDownExt Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. NumericUpDownExt Constructor The RibbonControlAdv instance. Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. The horizontal screen coordinate. The vertical screen coordinate. An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. Returns null if no object is at the tested location. Bounds of the Control The accessible object bounds. Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. Gets or sets the accessible object name The accessible object name. Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. The base class for wizard-like controls. Called when AfterPageSelect event is fired EventArgs that contains the event data. Called when OnBeforePageSelect event is fired EventArgs that contains the event data. Called when Next event is fired EventArgs that contains the event data. Called when Back event is fired EventArgs that contains the event data. Sets the container for the pages. Wizard Container Called by the designer when the control is created for the first time. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Adds the specified page to the wizard. The to add. Removes the selectedPage. Removes the specified page. The to remove. Selects the next page. Selects the previous page. Allow changes in wizard to be redrawn or prevents changes from being redrawn based on parameter. Indicates whether to redraw changes. This event is fired when the Next button is pressed or the NextPage method of the Wizard is called. This event is fired when the Back button is pressed or the PreviousPage method of the Wizard is called This event gets fired when selected page is about to change This event gets fired when selected page get changed Gets the Panel based class that holds the pages. Gets the Designer Host. Gets the CardLayout component used to switch between the pages. Gets or sets the array that holds the pages. Gets or sets the selected page. The WizardControl is a control derived class that enables the creation of wizard applications. The manipulation of the WizardPages is easy through the designer verbs that are available to the user and it`s properties. Auto layout banner in banner control. Auto layout title in banner control. Auto layout title in description control. Raises the Help event EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the Finish event EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the Cancel event EventArgs that contains the event data. Initializes the dynamic controls used in the wizard. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Raises the BeforeNext event. A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBeforeNext method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNext in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeNext method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeBack event. A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBeforeBack method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeBack in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeBack method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeCancel event. A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The BeforeCancel method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding BeforeCancel in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's BeforeCancel method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforeFinish event. A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBeforeFinish method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeFinish in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeFinish method so that registered delegates receive the event. Positions the Navigation buttons. bool Mirrored Raises the BannerControlLocationChanging event Banner control EventArgs that contains the event data. Occurs before Help button is clicked Occurs before Finish button is clicked Occurs before Cancel button is clicked Gets the Help button of the WizardControl. Gets the Finish button of the WizardControl. Gets the Next button of the WizardControl. Gets the Back button of the WizardControl. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the ValidatePage event being fired. Gets the Cancel button of the WizardControl. Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto layout banner in banner control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto layout title in banner control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto layout title in description control. Gets or sets the label that shows the description of the current page.

The specified Label, if not a child of the BannerPanel will then be made a child of the BannerPanel.

Gets or sets the label that shows the title of the current page.

The specified Label, if not a child of the BannerPanel will then be made a child of the BannerPanel.

Gets or sets the array that holds the pages. Gets or sets the PictureBox that shows the Banner Image of the Wizard. Gets or sets the Banner Panel of the WizardControl. Gets or sets the PageContainer of the WizardControl. Gets the used to layout the different controls in the WizardControl. Gets or sets the selected wizard control page. Occurs before the Next button is clicked. You can validate the current and cancel the next button click, if necessary. Occurs before the Back button is clicked. You can validate the current and cancel the back button click, if necessary. Occurs before the Finish button is clicked. You can validate the current and cancel the finish button click, if necessary. Occurs before the Cancel button is clicked. You can cancel the cancel button click if necessary. Occurs when Banner Panel controls are laid out. Gets or sets the FlatStyle for the Wizard Button. WizardControl Designer. WizardControl Designer. The WizardControlPage is used with the WizardControl. The WizardControlPage is used with the WizardControl. Required designer variable. Raises the PageLoad event Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Fired when the settings (Title or LayoutName) of the page are changed. Occurs when this page has been selected. Gets or sets the next page. Gets or sets the previous page. Gets or sets the name of the page as seen by the Wizard. Used with the SelectedPage property of the Wizard. Gets or sets the title of the page. Appears in the Title Label of the Wizard. Required designer variable. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the event. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Occurs to notify that the cancel button was clicked. Occurs to notify that the back button was clicked. Occurs to notify that the next button was clicked. Occurs to notify that the finish button was clicked. Occurs to notify that the help button was clicked. Occurs to validate a page before a new page is selected. You can validate this page and cancel new page selection, if necessary. Gets or sets the description of the page. Appears in the Description Label of the BannerPanel of the WizardControl. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the BannerPanel of the WizardControl is hidden when this page is selected. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cancel button is positioned over the Finish button. This will override the setting if true. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Help button is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Help button is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Finish button is visible. This will be overridden by the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Finish button is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Next button is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Next button is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Back button is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Back button is enabled. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cancel button is visible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cancel button is enabled. The WizardContainer is used with the WizardControl. It holds a collection of WizardPage controls. WizardPageSelect EventArgs. Gets or sets the Wizard Page The XPTaskPane is a WordXP like control that you can see on the right when you start Microsoft Word XP. It is a wizard based class. You can easily Add/Remove pages using the designer verbs in the designer or by calling the AddPage/RemovePage methods of the base class. Default size of the control Color table for Office2007 visual style. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Resets the BackColor property to its default value. Metrocolor of xptaskpane Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Cleans up any resources being used. Bool disposing Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Called by the Designer when the control is first created. Gets rounded borders for drawing control in Office2007 style. Bounds of the control ot get path from. Returns Graphics path Performs VerticalScrolls layout logic Called by the designer when the user clicks on the next or back buttons. Point for hit point Returns true if designer click Gets or sets the scrolling speed of Vertical Scroll. Gets or sets a value indicating whether enables scroll buttons that occupy vertical space instead of horizontal space instead of default scrollbar. Gets the vertical down scroll bar. Gets or sets the PageContainer of the XPTaskPane. Gets or sets the array that holds pages. Gets or sets the wizard pages. Gets the Header Panel. Gets or sets the backcolor. (overridden property) Gets the Header Title-Label. Gets the Header's left XPToolBar control. Gets the Header's right XPToolBar control. Gets the Header's dropdown menu (). Gets or sets the style to be used for drawing the control. Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme for the control. Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme for the control. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 The Panel based XPTaskPage. The XPTaskPane Designer. VerticalScroll Bar Initializes a new instance of the VerticalScrollBar class Defines scroll direction Timer used for scrolling. Defines scroll direction. Internal use flag - indicates whether mouse is currently over VerticalScrollBar. Brush used to draw VerticalScrllBar when Mouse is over it. Brush used to draw VerticalScrollBar. Pen used to draw VerticalScrollbar border. Updates brushes and pens used for drawing routine. Scrollbar direction arrow drawing routine. Graphics to draw on. Starts scroll timer. Stops scroll timer. Gets or sets brush used to draw VerticalScrollbar when mouse is over it. Gets or sets brush used to draw VerticalScrollbar. Gets or sets pen used to draw VerticalScrollbar border. Gets or sets a value indicating whether mouse is over VerticalScrollbar. Gets Scrolling speed. Gets or sets timer used for scrolling purporses. Gets a value indicating whether scrolling direction is up or not. Classic appearance. Office 2007-like appearance. Office 2010-like appearance. Metro theme appearance. Represents a Windows XP like task menu panel. An XPTaskBar is a panel that can display a set of command items () or frequently used features (like "Search", "Advanced Search", etc) in panels, that can be classified, contained and displayed within one or more command boxes (). The command boxes themselves can be expanded and collapsed by the user, to show or hide its set of command items and optionally a child panel. This task bar panel can be used to provide quick and easy shortcuts to commonly used commands and features. To enable themes support in XP turn on the property. This is the look-and-feel used in the Windows XP Control Panel Window. The following example creates a with 2 s and few s. Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace for this code. XPTaskBarBox taskBarBox1 = new XPTaskBarBox(); taskBarBox1.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue; taskBarBox1.ImageList = this.imageList1; taskBarBox1.Text = "Header Text"; taskBarBox1.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke; taskBarBox1.Items.Add(new XPTaskBarItem("Item 1", Color.Black, 0, "Tag1")); taskBarBox1.Items.Add(new XPTaskBarItem("Item 2", Color.Black, 0, "Tag2")); taskBarBox1.ItemClick += new XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick); XPTaskBarBox taskBarBox2 = new XPTaskBarBox(); taskBarBox2.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue; taskBarBox2.ImageList = this.imageList1; taskBarBox2.Text = "Another Header Text"; taskBarBox2.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke; taskBarBox2.Items.Add(new XPTaskBarItem("Item 3", Color.Black, 0, "Tag3")); taskBarBox2.ItemClick += new XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(this.xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick); this.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox1); this.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox2); Dim taskBarBox1 As XPTaskBarBox taskBarBox1 = New XPTaskBarBox() taskBarBox1.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue taskBarBox1.ImageList = Me.imageList1 taskBarBox1.Text = "Header Text" taskBarBox1.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke taskBarBox1.Items.Add(New XPTaskBarItem("Item 1", Color.Black, 0, "Tag1")) taskBarBox1.Items.Add(New XPTaskBarItem("Item 2", Color.Black, 0, "Tag2")) AddHandler taskBarBox1.ItemClick, New XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(AddressOf taskMenuBox_ItemClick) Dim taskBarBox2 As XPTaskBarBox taskBarBox2 = New XPTaskBarBox() taskBarBox2.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue taskBarBox2.ImageList = Me.imageList1 taskBarBox2.Text = "Another Header Text" taskBarBox2.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke taskBarBox2.Items.Add(New XPTaskBarItem("Item 3", Color.Black, 0, "Tag3")) AddHandler taskBarBox2.ItemClick, New XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(AddressOf taskMenuBox_ItemClick) Me.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox1) Me.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox2) Offset for width of XPTaskBarBox by border style. Offset for width of XPTaskBarBox by border style. Indicates whether theme is changed at run time Indicates XPTaskBar has been already initialized. internal usage flag Indicates whether layout is in progress. internal usage flag Specifies an advanced appearance this control. Specifies office 2007 color scheme. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Specifies office 2010 color scheme. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Indicates, whether WM_SETFOCUSED was received by child. Minimum size for XPTaskBar. specifies the Alignment of Taskbar box items. Default size of the control Raises the MinimumSizeChanged event. Initializes a new instance of the XPTaskBar class. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Resets the back color to it's default value. (overridden method) Overridden. See . bool disposing Default value for PADY property Serializes the PADY property Returns true if it has default value Resets the PADY value. Lays out its children. The Graphics object based on which to determine the sizes and positions. Note that the XPTaskBar control follows a different layout pattern from the usual Windows Forms Control. When requested a layout by the default Windows Forms Layout event, this control will only mark its child positions as dirty and recalculate its child positions when a subsequent Paint event occurs, with a call to this Layout method. This technique is followed to reduce flicker. Calculates taskBarBoxesHeight. Children heght used only with vertical layout This method gets called every time before the XPTaskBarBoxes get laid out by the component. You shouldn't have to override this method typically. Do so when you need a different layout logic than the default one. When overriding this method, make sure to call the base class. The base class will set up the margins and bounds for the layout. The FlowLayout component used internally can be accessed using the FlowLayout property. Internal method used to layout the s. TaskBar Box height Gets offset for width of XPTaskBarBox by different . Returns BOrder Style offset Metrocolor Gets or sets the border color. To reset EnableDefaultPADY To Specify EnabledefaultPADY to be serialized or not Overloaded. Saves the expanded state of the child task bar boxes in the Isolated Storage.

Call this method whenever you want to save the current expanded state of the task bar boxes in the Isolated Storage.

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could use the property instead.

Saves the expanded state of the child task bar boxes into the specified serializer. A instance.

Call this method whenever you want to save the current expanded state of the task bar boxes in a custom location (instead of the default Isolated Storage).

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could use the property instead.

Overloaded. Loads the expanded state of the child task bar boxes from the Isolated Storage.

Call this method whenever you want to load the saved expanded states of the task bar boxes from the Isolated Storage.

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could use the property instead.

Returns Load expanded states
Loads the expanded state of the child task bar boxes from the specified AppStateSerializer. A instance. True if loaded successfully; false otherwise.

Call this method whenever you want to load the saved expanded states of the task bar boxes from a specific location.

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could use the property instead.

Applies the deserialized expanded state information on the current task bar boxes. A instance. This method will be called to apply the persisted expanded-state of the task bar boxes. The hash table should contain text-boolean pairs indicating the text of the task bar box and it's collapsed state (true for collapsed, false for expanded). Signals the object that initialization is starting. Signals the object that initialization is complete. Occurs when the property changes. Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled Gets or sets the Taskbar box's items alignment. Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the xpTaskBar. Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. Gets or sets the vertical spacing between the layout task bar. Gets or sets the backcolor. (overridden property) Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between the layout task bar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the s should be aligned vertically or horizontally in this control. True to align vertically, one below the other; false to align horizontally. Default is true. When you set this property to false, you should typically also set the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically persists the collapsed state of the child boxes. True to persist the expanded state every time the control is disposed; false otherwise. Default is true.

When this property is true, the expanded states of the child task bar boxes are cached as the users expands/collapses them and when this control is disposed, the cached state is persisted in the Isolated Storage.

When the application loads again and when child task bar boxes are added to this control, the saved state is reapplied on the task bar boxes.

State is saved in the Isolated Storage of the system, scoped by the current user identity.

You can also optionally, explicitly control the persistent store and/or the time of persistence using explicit calls to and methods.

Gets the ScrollerFrame Gets or Sets whether to have custom scrollbar Gets or sets the width for each column when in horizontal alignment mode. Default is 100. This property will be used when the s are aligned horizontally, by setting the property to false. Gets or sets minimum size for XPTaskBar. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. Gets or sets the text associated with the control. Gets or sets the height and width of the control. Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. Gets a value indicating whether need layout Internal method, not to be used directly. Indicates whether this control's content needs to be laid out. Gets / sets the vertical padding provided in pixels between contents of the header and the header's top and bottom borders. Returns true if TaskBar style is Office2007. Returns true if TaskBar style is Office2010. Returns true if TaskBar style is Metro. Gets or sets the ImageList that will be used to draw the header images in the individual . An instance. Default is null. This ImageList will automatically be used by the child XPTaskBarBox instances. You can override this behavior by setting a different ImageList in the property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when available. This property will also affect the children's themes usage. Gets the component used to manage the layout of the s inside this control. Gets or Sets the Metrocolor Enable / disable the default padding property Specifies the Taskbar box's items alignment Represents Vertical Represents Horizontal Provides data for the XPTaskBarBox's event. Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarBox class. The item that was clicked. Returns the item that was clicked. Handles the event in the . The source of the event. An that contains the event data. Provides data for the and event. If the bounds can be represented by a Rectangle then the Bounds property will have a valid value. If it cannot be represented by a Rectangle then the Path property will have a valid value. Creates an instance of the ProvideBrushEventArgs class. The bounds for which a brush is requested. The GraphicsPath for which a brush is requested. Returns the bounds for which a brush is requested. The Rectangle specifying the bounds. Returns the GraphicsPath for which a brush is requested. A GraphicsPath object. Gets / sets the Brush that will be used to draw the specified Bounds or Path. A Brush object. The event handler should set this property for it to be used while drawing the specified bounds. Handles the and in the . The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Represents a task bar box within the . The contains a header and a content area. The content area further contains 2 portions. The first portion(Task-List portion) shows a list of clickable tasks represented by the s. The second portion(Panel portion) shows a in the content area, if there is a child Panel added to the child Controls list. Note that the can contain only one Panel. If you try to add more than one Panel to the list, an exception will be thrown. This control is XP Themes aware and if themes support is turned ON ( property set to true), it will draw the header and the content portion using themes in XP. Optionally, you can owner draw the header portion and the content portion with a custom brush to create a Windows XP task menu look-and-feel in other platforms. Take a look at the XPTaskBar class reference for an example on how to use this class. Name for visible property. Indicates whether tooltip is shown. Representes the Tooltip control. Tooltip initialization. Retrieves the XPTaskBarItem item at point. Point ( in screen coordinates ) to get item from. To calculate the bounds of the image rectangle for MetroStyle Indicates whether the XpTaskBarbaritem's text should get wrapped or not Serializes the Wraptext value resets the wraptext value Indicates whether themed drawing should be simulated for color schemes other than the default blue. This is necessary because the themes API uses the blue color scheme to draw the background colors for all theme colors. Turn this off if you want to use the blue color scheme for all the other color schemes. Specifies the animation delay when the task box is opened/closed. Default is 50ms. Specifies the total animation positions. Default is 10. Specifies the text header alignment. Specifies the header direction. Indicate whether occurs same action about XPTaskBarItem. Item which animating. Indicate whether the items added or removed it's drawing with animation. Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarBox. Signals the object that initialization is starting. Signals the object that initialization is complete. Overridden. See . Lays out it's items. The Graphics object based on which to determine the sizes and positions. Note that the XPTaskBarBox control follows a different layout pattern from a usual Windows Forms Control. When requested a Layout by the default Windows Forms Layout event, this control will only mark its child positions as dirty and recalculate its child positions when a subsequent Paint event occurs, with a call to this Layout method. This technique is followed to reduce flicker. Overrides default layout behavior. This control will delay laying out itself and its children until the next paint message. To force a layout call the method. Called when a child gets added to this control. A instance. Called when the child panel gets removed from this control. The instance. Called to update the child panel's bounds, based on the current settings and layout. The top location for the Panel. Overridden. See . The ControlEventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . The ControlEventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush event. A ProvideBrushEventArgs instance containing data regarding this event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. The OnProvideHeaderBackGroundBrush method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvideHeaderBackGroundBrush in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvideHeaderBackGroundBrush method so that registered delegates receive the event. Take a look at the class reference for an example of this event handler that uses a gradient brush to draw the header's background. Raises the ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush event. A ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush instance that contains data related to this event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnProvideItemsBackGroundBrush method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvideItemsBackGroundBrush in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvideItemsBackGroundBrush method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the CollapsedStateChanged event. A EventArgs instance that contains data related to this event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnCollapsedStateChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCollapsedStateChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCollapsedStateChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the CollapsedStateChanging event A EventArgs instance that contains data related to this event. variable for UseVisualStyleHeaderColor Serializes UseVisualStyleColor property Resets UseVisualStyleColor property to its default value Resets the header backcolor to its default value. Indicates whether the Header BackColor has a value different from its default value. Resets the header forecolor to its default value. Indicates whether the Header ForeColor has a value different from its default value. Resets the item backcolor to its default value. Indicates whether the Item BackColor has a value different from its default value. Returns the preferred height for this box. The height in pixels. Internally used by the XPTaskBar while laying out these controls. Returns the size of the expand/collapse button. The Size of the button. Overloaded. Expands the content area of this task bar box, if collapsed, with animation. Expands the content area of this task bar box, if collapsed. Indicates whether to use animation while expanding. Overloaded. Collapses the content area of this task bar box, if expanded. Indicates whether to use animation while collapsing. Collapses the content area of this task bar box, if expanded, with animation. Raises the LayoutNeed event. A EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the BeforeAnimation event. A EventArgs that contains the event data. True if there were listeners; false otherwise. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnBeforeAnimation method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeAnimation in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeAnimation method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterAnimation event. A EventArgs that contains the event data. True if there were listeners; false otherwise. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see Raising an Event. The OnAfterAnimation method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterAnimation in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterAnimation method so that registered delegates receive the event. Overridden. See . Advanced method to aid customization. The context. Advanced method to aid customization. Updates the expander button position based on the current box dimensions. Advanced method to aid customization. The context. The height for the items area. Called by to determine the height for the items area. Advanced method to aid customization. The context. The height for the items area. /// Called by to determine the height for the items area. Advanced method to aid customization. The context. The height for the header portion. Called by to determine the height for the header area. Advanced method to aid customization. The context. The text for which to determine the height. The available width. The preferred height. Called to determine the required height for the specified text given the available width. Overridden. See . The Rectangle representing the header. A Rectangle instance. The Rectangle representing the Items area. A Rectangle instance. Draws the items portion of the task bar box. The PaintEventArgs containing information about this Paint event. Draws the header portion of the task bar box. The PaintEventArgs containing information about this Paint event. Indicates whether mirrored icon and expander button in header is required. Returns the header text bounds. A Rectangle in the XPTaskBarBox client area. Used to determine, start drag and drop or not. Item to drag. Indicates whether dragging is performed. Used to draw separator line between items, when dragging. Returns the index to insert the item, from the specified point. Point to determine insertion index for. Item index or the inset item after; -1 indicates item should be inserted first. Returns separator line bounds. Draws separator between items, when dragging is performed. Initiates the DragEnter process. Initiates the DragLeave process. Initiates the DragOver process. Initiates the DragDrop process. Indicates whether the collapse button has to be toggled. Returns the at the specified point on the client. The representing the client co-ordinates. The XPTaskBarItem at the specified point. Null if none is found. Deactivate tooltip on LostFocus event. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Toggles the collapsed/expanded state of the box. Indicates whether to use animation. Overridden. See . Raises the ItemClick event. An XPTaskBarItemClickArgs instance containing data regarding this event. Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. The OnItemClick method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemClick in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemClick method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the event for the specified . A instance. Overridden. See . EventArgs that contains the event data. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . EventArgs that contains the event data. Returns the object representing the header border. The GraphicsPath object. Indicates whether tooltip is shown. Indicates whether the XpTaskBarBox expands or collapses only when the Collapse Button is clicked or always when the header is clicked. Indicates whether the item's text in XPTaskBarBox should get wrapped Indicates the state of the task bar box. True if collapsed; false otherwise. Default is false. Gets / sets the header direction. Returns the button in the header used to collapse, expand the task bar box. Gets / sets the horizontal padding provided in pixels between contents of the header and the header's left and right borders. Gets / sets the vertical padding provided in pixels between contents of the header and the header's top and bottom borders. Indicates whether it's dimensions have changed, requiring a fresh layout. Internal property. You do not have to call this property directly. Gets or sets the hot tracking color. The color of the hot track. Gets or sets a value indicating whether header text should be clipped. true if header text should be clipped; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether the control has input focus. true if the control has focus; otherwise, false. Returns the list of s. A object. You can add, remove, insert s into this collection. Indicates whether to show or hide the expand-collapse button in the header. Gets / sets the header text alignment. Returns the current child , if any. Gets / sets the preferred height required to draw the child panel. This will be the height set on the child panel. The Panel's width will be automatically set based on the available width for the . Occurs when the header portion of the gets drawn. This event allows you to provide a Brush with which the background of the header will get drawn. This event will not be fired when XP Themes is set to be used to render the header. private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) { // Blend settings float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; Blend blend = new Blend(); blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; blend.Positions = relativePositions; XPTaskBarBox box = sender as XPTaskBarBox; // Header back brush LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, true); lgBrush.Blend = blend; args.Brush = lgBrush; } private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) { // Blend settings float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; Blend blend = new Blend(); blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; blend.Positions = relativePositions; // Items back brush LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, false); lgBrush.Blend = blend; args.Brush = lgBrush; } Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) ' Blend settings Dim relativeIntensities() As Single relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} Dim relativePositions() As Single relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} Dim blend As Blend blend = New Blend() blend.Factors = relativeIntensities blend.Positions = relativePositions Dim box As XPTaskBarBox box = CType(sender, XPTaskBarBox) ' Header back brush Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, True) lgBrush.Blend = blend args.Brush = lgBrush End Sub Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) ' Blend settings Dim relativeIntensities() As Single relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} Dim relativePositions() As Single relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} Dim blend As Blend blend = New Blend() blend.Factors = relativeIntensities blend.Positions = relativePositions ' Items back brush Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, False) lgBrush.Blend = blend args.Brush = lgBrush End Sub Occurs after the box has been collapsed or expanded. Occurs when the box has being collapsed or expanded. Occurs when the content portion of the XPTaskBarBox gets drawn. This event allows you to provide a Brush with which the background of the content portion will be drawn. This event will not be fired when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing the . private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) { // Blend settings float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; Blend blend = new Blend(); blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; blend.Positions = relativePositions; XPTaskBarBox box = sender as XPTaskBarBox; // Header back brush LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, true); lgBrush.Blend = blend; args.Brush = lgBrush; } private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) { // Blend settings float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; Blend blend = new Blend(); blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; blend.Positions = relativePositions; // Items back brush LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, false); lgBrush.Blend = blend; args.Brush = lgBrush; } Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) ' Blend settings Dim relativeIntensities() As Single relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} Dim relativePositions() As Single relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} Dim blend As Blend blend = New Blend() blend.Factors = relativeIntensities blend.Positions = relativePositions Dim box As XPTaskBarBox box = CType(sender, XPTaskBarBox) ' Header back brush Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, True) lgBrush.Blend = blend args.Brush = lgBrush End Sub Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) ' Blend settings Dim relativeIntensities() As Single relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} Dim relativePositions() As Single relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} Dim blend As Blend blend = New Blend() blend.Factors = relativeIntensities blend.Positions = relativePositions ' Items back brush Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, False) lgBrush.Blend = blend args.Brush = lgBrush End Sub Overridden. See . Gets / sets the background color with which the header will be drawn. A Color value representing the header backcolor. This setting will be ignored when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing the header. Gets/sets whether to enable HeaderBackColor, HeaderForeColor, ItemBackColor in XPTaskBarBox based on VisualStyle Gets or sets the fore color of the header. This setting will be ignored when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing the header. Gets / sets the text font with which the header text will be drawn. A Font value. Default is the Font property with Bold setting. This will be ignored when is set to true. Indicates whether the control should take focus when the user click the header or an item. True to take focus; false otherwise. Default is true. Indicates whether the control should take focus when the user click the header or an item. True to take focus; false otherwise. Default is true. Gets / sets the color with which the Items portion of the XPTaskBarBox will be drawn. The Color value with which the Items portion will be drawn. This setting will be ignored when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing the content portion. Gets / sets the ImageListAdv which contains the images with which the and the header will be drawn. An ImageListAdv instance containing the images. Gets / sets the HeaderImageListAdv which contains the images with which the and the header will be drawn. An HeaderImageListAdv instance containing the images. Gets / sets the ImageList which contains the images with which the and the header will be drawn. An ImageList instance containing the images. Gets / sets the ImageList that will be used to draw the header image. An instance. Default is the value from the parent property. This ImageList will automatically be picked up from the parent instance. You can override this behavior by setting a different ImageList in this property. Gets / sets the index into the . The zero-based index to the image in the XPTaskBarBox.HeaderImageList The default is -1, which signifies no image. Gets / sets the preferred height for this control with the current settings. Gets / sets the parent. Reflects the corresponding property in the parent. Gets or sets a value indicating whether focus should be set only to the text bounds. true if focus to be set to text bounds; otherwise, false. Gets / sets the AnimationDelay for the XPTaskBarBox. Set this property to a different value if the AnimationDelay for this XPTaskBarBox is to be different. By default this is set to . Gets / sets the AnimationPositions count for the XPTaskBarBox. Set this property to a different value if the AnimationPositions count for this XPTaskBarBox is to be different. By default this is set to . Gets or sets value indicating whether the items added or removed it's drawing with animation. Specifies whether background color is propagated to items when it changes. The event that gets thrown when the user clicks on an item. The XPTaskBarItemClickArgs contains a reference to the XPTaskBarItem that was clicked. private void xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPTaskBarItemClickArgs e) { this.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None; this.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None; this.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None; switch(e.XPTaskBarItem.Tag as string) { case "about": this.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle; break; case "about items": this.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle; break; case "about drawing": this.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle; break; case "aboutSyncfusion": this.ShowAboutDialog(); break; } } Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As XPTaskBarItemClickArgs) Me.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None Me.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None Me.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None Select Case CType(e.XPTaskBarItem.Tag, String) Case "about" Me.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle 'End Section Case "about items" Me.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle 'End Section Case "about drawing" Me.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle 'End Section Case "aboutSyncfusion" Me.ShowAboutDialog() 'End Section End Select End Sub This event gets called before the box expands or collapses. This event gets called after the box expands or collapses. This event is raised when Indicates whether the mouse is currently over the header portion. True to indicate the mouse is over the header; false otherwise. Gets / sets the current on which the mouse is on. An XPTaskBarItem instance. Specifies the header direction format. Specifies the action which occurs with item. Item is showing. Item is hiding. A collection of s. Gets / sets a reference to the XPTaskBarItem at the specified index location in the XPTaskBarItemsCollection object. In C#, this property is the indexer for the XPTaskBarItemsCollection class. The location of the XPTaskBarItem in the XPTaskBarItemsCollection collection. The reference to the XPTaskBarItem. Class implementing IComparer that assists in sorting of XpTaskBarBox Items. Implementation of compare method. Represents an item in the . Take a look at the class reference for an example of the usage of this class. Used to draw item's image, after item has been dragged to other TaskBarBox. Indicates whether the item is displayed. Indicates whether the item can respond to user interaction. Name of the item. Raises the PropertyChanged event. An SyncfusionPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class. Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class and sets its text, forecolor, imageIndex and indicates whether it is a hyper link. The text of the item. The forecolor for the item. The index into the XPTaskBarBox's ImageList. A tag object that you can set for convenience. Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class and sets its text, forecolor, imageIndex, tag and indicates whether it is a hyper link. The text of the item. The forecolor for the item. The index into the XPTaskBarBox's ImageList. A tag object that you can set for convenience. Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class and sets its text, forecolor, imageIndex, tag and indicates whether it is a hyper link. The text of the item. The forecolor for the item. The index into the XPTaskBarBox's ImageList. A tag object that you can set for convenience. Contains text for tooltip. Empty string or null value means no tooltip. Indicates whether the item is displayed. Indicates whether the item can respond to user interaction. Name of the item. Creates a copy of ArrayList Collection. Occurs when one of the XPTaskBarItem's property has changed. This event may not be thrown for some of the properties in BarItem. Take a look at the property's documentation to confirm whether this event will be thrown for a property. This event will also be raised when it's associated MainBarManager's value changes too. Returns item's image. Gets / sets the text for tooltip. Empty string or null value means no tooltip. Gets or sets the item font. Gets or sets the spacing (indent) to the left of text. The left spacing. Indicates whether the item is displayed. Indicates whether the item can respond to user interaction. Gets / sets the name of the item. Gets / sets the item's text. A string value. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Retrieves the image list associated with the item. Gets / sets an index into the ImageList in the corresponding XPTaskBarBox. A zero-based index that represents the position in the ImageList control (assigned to the ImageList property of the XPTaskBarBox) where the image is located. The default is -1. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Gets / sets the XPTaskBarBox that this item is part of. Gets / sets the foreground color (typically the color of the text) property of the XPTaskBarItem. A color that represents the foreground color. The default is Color.Empty. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Gets / sets the object that contains data about the item. An Object that contains data about the control. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). Any type derived from the Object class can be assigned to this property. If the Tag property is set through the Windows Forms designer, only text may be assigned. Specifies the button that is drawn on a XPTaskBarBox header help expand/collapse it. Draws office2007 like collapse button. Draws office2010 like collapse button. Draws Metro collapse button. Gets / sets the bounds of the button in the XPTaskBarBox's client Rectangle. Indicates whether the button is expanded or collapsed. True for expanded state; false for collapsed. This is a designer for the AutoComplete control. Designer verb for adding a button. The collection of designer verbs. Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditDesigner class. Handles the AddButton. The designer. The event data. Overrides initialize. Here we add an event handler to the selection service. Notice that we are very careful not to assume that the selection service is available. It is entirely optional that a service is available and you should always degrade gracefully if a service could not be found. The AutoComplete control that is being designed. Overrides Dispose. Here we remove our handler for the selection changed event. With designers, it is critical that they clean up any event they have attached. Otherwise, during the course of an editing session many designers may get created and never destroyed. Handles the SelectionChanged event of the Selection service. The selection service. EventArgs with the event data. Updates the current selection. The ISelectionService object. Adjusts the set of properties the component exposes through a TypeDescriptor. An IDictionary that contains the properties for the class of the component. Removes a set of properties. The control to which the changes apply. The array of property names to exclude. Contains the properties for the class of the component. Returns the designer verbs collection. Designer verb for adding a button. The collection of designer verbs. Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditDesigner class. Handles the AddButton. The designer. The event data. Overrides initialize. Here we add an event handler to the selection service. Notice that we are very careful not to assume that the selection service is available. It is entirely optional that a service is available and you should always degrade gracefully if a service could not be found. The AutoComplete control that is being designed. Overrides Dispose. Here we remove our handler for the selection changed event. With designers, it is critical that they clean up any events they have attached. Otherwise, during the course of an editing session many designers may get created and never destroyed. Handles the SelectionChanged event of the Selection service. The selection service. EventArgs with the event data. Updates the current selection. The ISelectionService object. Adjusts the set of properties the component exposes through a TypeDescriptor. An IDictionary that contains the properties for the class of the component. Removes a set of properties. The control to which the changes apply. The array of property names to exclude. Contains the properties for the class of the component. Returns the designer verbs collection. Gets current Dte from running object table( ROT ). Summary description for BarManagerDesigner. Name to Office2007Theme property of the Barmanager. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show text box. true if show text box; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the button style. The button style. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use visual style. true if use visual style; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the buttons. The buttons. Gets or sets the name. The name. Extends the design time capabilities of . Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditChildButtonDesigner class. Adjusts the set of properties the component exposes through a TypeDescriptor. An IDictionary that contains the properties for the class of the component. Extends design-time behavior for the control. Designer verb for adding a button. Designer verb for removing a button. The collection of designer verbs. Instance of ButtonEdit Instance of TextBoxExt Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditDesigner class. Prepares the designer to view, edit and design the specified component. Overrides ComponentDesigner.Initialize. The component for this designer. Handles the ComponentChanged event of the IComponentChangeService. The IComponentChange Service. The event data. Handles the AddButton verb. The designer. The event data. Handles the RemoveButton verb. The designer. The event data. Returns the designer verbs collection. Returns the collection of components associated with the designer. UITypeEditor for class. Indicates whether this editor supports the painting of a representation of an object's value. An that can be used to provide additional context information. if PaintValue is implemented; otherwise. Paints a representative value of the specified object to the specified canvas. Paints a representative value of the specified object to the specified canvas. A drawing canvas to paint the value's representation on. Painting will occur within the boundaries of the specified rectangle. Fields Summary description for CurrencyCultureEditor. Summary description for CommandBar Designer. Extends design-time behavior for the control. To prevent unserializable child control from getting serialized Initializes a new instance of the CurrencyEditDesigner class. Prepares the designer to view, edit and design the specified component. Overrides ComponentDesigner.Initialize The component for this designer. Overrides PreFilterProperties and removes the properties visible in the designer for the SplashControl. Helper function for removing a list of properties. TypeConverter for DataColumnInfo. Indicates whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. An ITypeDescriptorContext object that provides a format context. A object that represents the type to which you want to convert. This member overrides . An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A CultureInfo object. If a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current culture is assumed. The Object to convert. The Type to convert the value parameter to. TypeConverter for AutoCompleteTarget. Indicates whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. An ITypeDescriptorContext object that provides a format context. A object that represents the type to which you want to convert. This member overrides . An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A CultureInfo object. If a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current culture is assumed. The Object to convert. The Type to convert the value parameter to. Summary description for DockingManagerDesigner. This class provides extended design-time behavior for mouse processing and allows user to handle it at design time in VS2005. The designer for the SplashControl class. Designer verb for previewing the Splash Form. Designer verb for cancelling the Splash Form being previewed. The designer verbs collection For the preview splash verb. Indicates whether a custom splash panel is being used. Creates a new object of type SplashControlDesigner Overrides initialize. Here we add an event handler to the selection service. Notice that we are very careful not to assume that the selection service is available. It is entirely optional that a service is available and you should always degrade gracefully if a service could not be found. Implementation for the verb PreviewSplash. The sender. The event data. Handler for the CancelSplash verb. Event sender Event data. Handler for the SplashClosed event. The splash form Event data. Overrides PreFilterProperties and removes the properties visible in the designer for the SplashControl. Helper function for removing a list of properties. Returns the designer verbs collection. Splitter distance property name. Split container, this designer is associated with. Used to handle components selection changed in VS003 designer to config correctly menu commands in VS2003 main menu, etc. Indicates, is designer active or not. Subscribes selection service events. Unsubscribes selection service events. Initializes designer. Unsubscribe DesignerHost events. Subscribe DesignerHost events. Shows context menu. Ensure that references to all split containers have been created update specified split container properties to notify designer that they are changed and needed to be serialized. Enables container's split panels design-time behaviour. Additional logic on designer activation is implemented here. Additional logic on designer deactivation is implemented here. Additional logic for selected control changing is implemented here. Gets selection service to handle components selection changed in VS003 designer to config correctly menu commands in VS2003 main menu, etc. This class implements specific for nested controls design-time behaviour to split panels. Offset, used for selection frame drawing. Used to get brigtness per cent in panel's background color to determine selection frame color. used for mathematic float comparision operations. Split panel, this designer is associated with. Initialize designer. Component, designer is associated with. Additional drawing logic is implemented here. Draws selection frame around panel. Gets selection rules allowed to this component at design-time. Notifies the IComponentChangeService that this component has been changed. A MemberDescriptor that indicates the member that has been changed. The old value of the member. The new value of the member. Called after control is desserialized. The CommandBarController acts as a central point of control for the s hosted on a form.

The Essential Tools CommandBars framework implements a hosting environment that can be used for creating toolbars, statusbars and rebars similar to those that are present in the Microsoft Visual Studio.NET IDE and the Microsoft Office XP product suite. A CommandBar, similar to Win32/MFC control bars, is purely a container control that is responsible only for it's layout state and it is the client window, such as a ToolBar, StatusBar or any other Windows Forms control, that provides the CommandBar with it's functional identity.

CommandBars have two basic states - a docked state and a floating state. In the docked state, the CommandBars are usually aligned along one of the borders (left, right, top or bottom) of the host form. Depending upon the preferences set, the bar can either take up an entire row as in the case of a menu or share it's space with other bars within a particular row as with toolbars and rebars. By default, a docked CommandBar has a gripper and a drop-down button with a customizable click event. The gripper can be used to reposition the bar within a row, move it between rows and to drag it out of the frame and float as a separate window. In the docked mode, when the row width is adequate, the CommandBars are usually sized to their maximum length. However, reducing the frame width/height will, based on the user-setting, force the CommandBar to reduce in size while retaining the same height or wrap thereby increasing the bar height. The wrapping mode is particularly useful for toolbars and is fully customizable. In the floating state, the CommandBar is parented by a floating window that can dragged around the desktop. A floating CommandBar can be redocked to it's host by either double-clicking it or by dragging it over one of the edges of the host form.

The CommandBarController class, as the name implies, serves as a form-scope controller for all the CommandBars. Attributes that are common across all CommandBars within a host form, such as the and are usually set on the CommandBarController instance. The CommandBarController implements the API and the requisite design-time support for creating and working with CommandBars.

The sample code shows how to create and initialize a CommandBarController, create a CommandBar control that is initially docked to the top border of the form and hosts a Panel control and finally add the CommandBar to the CommandBarController's collection. private void InitializeCommandBars() { // Create the CommandBarController this.commandBarController1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBarController(); ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.commandBarController1)).BeginInit(); // Set the CommandBarController's host form this.commandBarController1.HostForm = this; this.commandBarController1.PersistState = true; // Create the CommandBar control this.commandBarAddress = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBar(); // Set the CommandBar Layout/Behavior/Appearance attributes this.commandBarAddress.DockBorder = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockBorder.Top; this.commandBarAddress.HideDropDownButton = true; this.commandBarAddress.MaxLength = 400; this.commandBarAddress.MinHeight = 26; this.commandBarAddress.MinLength = 50; this.commandBarAddress.Name = "commandBarAddress"; this.commandBarAddress.RowIndex = 1; this.commandBarAddress.RowOffset = 1; this.commandBarAddress.Text = "Address"; // Create the ComboBox control and add it to the CommandBars Controls collection this.comboBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); this.commandBarAddress.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] {this.comboBox1}); // Add the CommandBar to the CommandBarController.CommandBars collection this.commandBarController1.CommandBars.Add(this.commandBarAddress); ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.commandBarController1)).EndInit(); } Private Sub InitializeCommandBars() ' Create the CommandBarController Me.commandBarController1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBarController(Me.components) CType(Me.commandBarController1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() ' Set the CommandBarController's host form Me.commandBarController1.HostForm = Me Me.commandBarController1.PersistState = True ' Create the CommandBar control Me.commandBarAddress = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBar() ' Set the CommandBar Layout/Behavior/Appearance attributes Me.commandBarAddress.DockState = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBarDockState.Top Me.commandBarAddress.MaxLength = 400 Me.commandBarAddress.MinHeight = 26 Me.commandBarAddress.MinLength = 50 Me.commandBarAddress.Name = "commandBarAddress" Me.commandBarAddress.RowIndex = 1 Me.commandBarAddress.RowOffset = 1 Me.commandBarAddress.Text = "Address" ' Create the ComboBox control and add it to the CommandBars Controls collection Me.comboBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox() Me.commandBarAddress.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.comboBox1}) ' Add the CommandBar to the CommandBarControllers CommandBars // collection Me.commandBarController1.CommandBars.Add(Me.commandBarAddress) CType(Me.commandBarController1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() End Sub
Colors for Office2007 visual style. Colors for Office2010 visual style. Indicates whether brought the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Raises the event. Metrocolor Metrocolor Raises the event. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Resumes the back color to default value. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the . Creates a new instance of the and initializes it with the container. An object implementing the interface to associate with this instance of the CommandBarController. Overloaded. Persists the current state of the objects to IsolatedStorage. Persists the current state of the objects using the specified storage medium and location. Writes the CommandBar state information onto the persistence medium specified by the parameter and at the path specified by the object. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is highly recommended that you use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible SaveCommandBarState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. A value describing the persistence medium. The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or registry key in which the state information is to be persisted. Persists the current state of the objects using the specified . Writes the CommandBar state information onto the persistence medium. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is highly recommended that you use the and methods. A reference to the instance. Overloaded. Retrieves the persisted state of the objects from Isolated Storage. TRUE if the load is successful; FALSE otherwise. Retrieves the persisted state of the objects using the specified storage and location. A value describing the persistence medium. The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or registry key containing the persisted information. TRUE if the load is successful. Reads the CommandBar state information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is highly recommended that you use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCommandBarState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. Retrieves the persisted state of the objects using the specified . An instance of AppStateSerializer, from which to load. TRUE if the load is successful. Reads the CommandBar state information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is highly recommended that you use the and methods. Restores the default state of the objects. Loads the state set within the designer. TRUE if the load is successful. Sets location for CommandBar from ChildFrameBarManager; Need this to avoid recursive mdichild and owned forms activating. Especially issue occurs when activating mdichild form, which is in minimized state, and has some floating forms related to it's ChildBarManager. Reads deserialized data to CommandBar. Loads the command bar state from cache Overloaded. Forces a layout recalculation. Forces a recalculation of all s occupied by the state specified by the value. A value representing the CommandBar position. Layout the bars which are docked. The dock bar which should be ignored while layouting. Forces a layout recalculation on the specified . The CommandBar for which the layout is to be recalculated. Brings the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. Sends the CommandBar to the back of the z-order. Gets the Dock bar Raises the ProvidePersisteceID event. An ProvidePersistenceIDEventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnProvidePresistenceID method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvidePresistenceID in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvidePresistenceID method so that registered delegates receive the event. Resumes the dock bar z-order to default value. Begins the initialization of the component. Ends the initialization of the component. Gets the list of commandBars in the commandBars Collection. Overridden. See . Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information of different instances of your Form type. The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single CommandBarController in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information of different instances of your Form type. The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single CommandBarController in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. Occurs when the property is changed. Occurs when the property is changed. Occurs when CommandBars' layout is internally suspended. Occurs when CommandBars' layout is internally resumed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether brought the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. Gets or sets the host form. The Form that will host the s. Gets or sets the edges of the form along which s are allowed to dock. A value specifying the dockable edges. Indicates whether the application's CommandBars state should be persisted. When TRUE the application's CommandBars state will be persisted. The default is FALSE. Gets or sets FreezeLayout Returns a reference to the s that belong to this CommandBarController. A that contains the CommandBars in this CommandBarController. Gets or sets the CommandBarSerializer Indicates whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for CommandBars. True to turn on themes; false otherwise. Gets a value indicating whether the control's elements are aligned RightToLeft. Gets or Sets the MetroColor Gets or Sets the MetroColor Gets or sets the visual style of the CommandBars. A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. Note that this setting will be ignored when is turned on and themes are available in the OS. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Gets colors for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Gets colors for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets the background color used to draw the host form's dockable regions. A that represents the background color. The dockable region is the area along the 's border on which the s are docked. The uses the specified color for drawing the Form's dockable regions. Represents a collection of objects. Creates a new instance of the CommandBarsCollection class. The that this collection belongs to. Adds a to the collection. The CommandBar to be added. The total number of CommandBars present in the collection. Removes the from the collection. The CommandBar to be removed. Indicates whether the is present. The CommandBar to locate in the collection. TRUE if the CommandBar is present; FALSE otherwise. Returns the at the specified index. The zero-based index of the CommandBar to get. The CommandBar designer use this interface for communicating mousemove messages. CommandBar serialization wrappers should implement the ICommandBarSerializer interface along with ISerializable. Gets name of CommandBar for save serialization data. Indicating whether state of the CommandBar loaded from isolated storage. Indicating whether state of the CommandBar loaded from isolated storage. Specifies the edges of the host form along which s may be docked. The CommandBarDockBorder enumeration is used with the and properties for specifying the host form edges along which s may be docked.

This enumeration has the FlagsAttribute that allows a bitwise combination of its member values.

None of the host form's borders is enabled for docking. The top edge is enabled for docking. The bottom edge is enabled for docking. The left edge is enabled for docking. The right edge is enabled for docking. Provides state information for a . The CommandBarDockState enumeration is used with the property for specifying the docked/floating state of the . The CommandBar is in an uninitialized state. The CommandBar is docked to the top border of the form. The CommandBar is docked to the bottom border of the form. The CommandBar is docked to the left border of the form. The CommandBar is docked to the right border of the form. The CommandBar is in a floating state. Specifies the type of resizing that a is undergoing. The CommandBarResizeType enumeration is used by the event to provide information on the type of resizing. No resizing. A floating CommandBar is being resized with the top edge being used as the resize handle. A docked/floating CommandBar is being resized with the bottom edge being used as the resize handle. A floating CommandBar is being resized with the left edge being used as the resize handle. A docked/floating CommandBar is being resized with the right edge being used as the resize handle. Provides information about the event. CommandBarWrappingEventArgs is a custom event argument class used by the class for notifying users of wrap events and also for getting the new size of the CommandBar's client control during custom wrapping. . Creates a new instance of the CommandBarWrappingEventArgs class. The current/proposed size of the 's client control. A value specifying the type of resizing. Gets / sets the current/proposed size of the 's client control. A Size value indicating the width and height for the CommandBar's client control. Returns the type of resizing taking place. A value. Delegate that will handle the event. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Provides data for the event. The CommandBarStateChangingEventArgs is a custom event argument class used by the event for notifying subscribers that a 's dock/float state is about to change. Indicating whether the event should be canceled. Creates an instance of the CommandBarStateChangingEventArgs class. A value indicating the new state of the . Gets / sets the 's new position. A value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. Delegate that will handle the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Implements a container for creating dockable toolbar, statusbar and rebar type controls.

The CommandBar class is a part of the Essential Tools CommandBars framework and allows Windows Forms developers to add to their applications dockable command bars similar to those that are present in the Microsoft Visual Studio.NET and Office XP environments.

The CommandBar, similar to to the MFC/Win32 control bars, is a container control that primarily serves as a host for some other Windows Forms control. The CommandBar class implements the hosting and layout logic while the contained control provides the functional significance.

Indicates whether to refresh floating caption text color and text font. Color for chevron. Reference to renderer for docked CommandBar. Reference to renderer for floating CommandBar Gets visual state for DropDown button. Gets visual state for close button of the floating CommandBar. Gets rectangle for display text of the docked CommandBar. Gets rectangle for display text of the floating CommandBar. Gets font for caption of the floating CommandBar. Indicates whether the chevron must be displayed. Indicates whether the text must be displayed. Resets the property to it's default value. Calculates the CommandBar's maximum length for the specified client width. Estimates the value for the to host a client control of the specified width. The client control width. The maximum length estimate. Calculates the client control bounds for the specified size and dock position. The CommandBar size . A value. The client control bounds. Changes the command bar orientation. Gets the size of the floating bar. Updates color scheme. Sets renderer for CommandBar. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Raises the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the event. An value that contains the event data. Raises the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the event. An value that contains the event data. Raises the event. An value that contains the event data. Creates a new instance of the CommandBar class. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Handles the mouse down event. Occurs when the is being wrapped. The CommandBarWrapping event is fired whenever the CommandBar is in the process of being wrapped. Handle this event for customizing the resizing/wrapping behavior of the CommandBar.

See and for more information.

Occurs when the dropdown button on a is clicked. The CommandBarDropDownClicked event is fired when the dropdown button on a is clicked. Occurs when a 's dock/float state is about to change. The CommandBarStateChanging event is fired before a CommandBar's dock/float state changes. Handle this event to perform any custom processing before state changes. and Occurs after a 's dock/float state changes. The CommandBarStateChanged event is fired after a CommandBar's dock/float state changes. Handle this event to perform any custom processing required after a state change. Occurs when a floating is hidden by the user. The event occurs when a floating CommandBar is hidden as a result of the user clicking the close button. Gets / sets the current dock or float state for the . A value. Gets / sets the edges of the Form along which the may be docked. A value. Gets / sets the linear offset of the within a row. An integer value representing the row offset. Gets / sets the index of the row/column for the . A zero-based integer value representing the row index. Gets / sets the minimum linear dimension of the . An integer value representing the minimum length. Gets / sets the maximum(ideal) linear dimension of the . An integer value representing the ideal length. Gets / sets the ideal lateral dimension of the . An integer value representing the minimum height. Gets / sets the incremental step by which the 's lateral dimension increases when wrapped. An integer value representing the incremental height. Indicates whether the text caption should be displayed on a docked . TRUE if the text is to be displayed. The default is TRUE. Indicates whether the 's positioning gripper should be hidden. TRUE if the gripper is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the should be drawn without a chevron. When a docked CommandBar is sized less than the value, a chevron will normally be displayed on it's trailing edge. TRUE if the chevron is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. Gets or sets color for chevron. Indicates whether the 's dropdown button should be hidden. TRUE if the dropdown button is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the will have a close button when floating. TRUE if the close button is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the should wrap when docked. Setting this property to TRUE will force a docked CommandBar to wrap when it's bounds are less than the value. TRUE indicates that the CommandBar will wrap. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the should wrap when floating. Setting this property to TRUE will force a floating to wrap when it's bounds are less than the value. TRUE indicates that the CommandBar will wrap. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the should occupy the entire row when docked. TRUE indicates that the CommandBar will occupy the entire row. The default is FALSE. Returns the current dock/float state of the . TRUE if the CommandBar is floating. Gets / sets the bounds of a floating . A Rectangle value that represents the float bounds of the CommandBar. Indicates whether the is allowed to float. TRUE if floating is to be disallowed. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the is allowed to dock. TRUE if docking is to be disallowed. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the is always docked to the leading edge. TRUE to enforce leading edge docking. The default is FALSE. Indicates whether the is always docked to the trailing edge. TRUE to enforce trailing edge docking. The default is FALSE. Gets / sets the font used to display text in the control. A Font object. Indicates whether the chevron is currently displayed. TRUE if the chevron is visible; FALSE otherwise Gets / sets the Virtual Left property - used for layout. Gets / sets the Virtual Right property - used for layout. Gets / sets the Virtual Location property - used for layout. Returns the Virtual Bounds property - used for layout. Gets / sets the PopupContainer control to be displayed when the dropdown button is clicked. An instance of the class. Gets / sets the PopupMenu to be displayed when the dropdown button is clicked. An instance of the class. Gets value indicating whether quick customizing is allowed and dropdown arrow should be drawn. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. ControlAccessibleObject derived class that implements the Accessibility object for the CommandBar. Represents helper methods for drawing primitives of the CommandBar and ControlBar with like Office2003 and OfficeXP visual style. Indent for gripper. Space before for gripper. Size for point of the gripper. Offset for rectangle. Radius for rounded corner of the DropeDown button. Distance between chevron's arrows. Number of the chevron arrows. Draws text of the CommandBar for like Office2003 visual style. Draws text of the floating CommandBar for like Office2003 visual style. Draws text of the ControlBar for like Office2003 visual style. Draws DropDown button for like Office2003 visual style. Draws gripper for like Metro visual style. Draws gripper for like Office2003 visual style. Draws gripper for OfficeXP visual style. Draws gripper for OfficeXP visual style. Draws the background region of the CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. Draws the background region of the CommandBar for OfficeXP visual style. Draws background of the floating CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. Draws DropDown button of the floating CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. Draws DropDown button for OfficeXP visual style. Draws arrows for DropDown button of the CommandBar with themes. Draws arrow for DropDown button of the floating CommandBar with themes. Draws background for ControlBar. Draws DropDown button for ControlBar. Draws close button for ControlBar. Draws DropDown button for ControlBar with themes. Draws chevron arrow for OfficeXP visual style of the docked CommandBar. Rectangle of the DropDown button. Draws DropDown button for docked CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws DropDown button for vertical docked CommandBar with like Office2003 visual style. Draws DropDown button for horizontal docked CommandBar with like Office2003 visual style. Draws the background region of the CommandBar like Office2003 visual style when in a horizontal docked state. Draws the background region of the CommandBar like Office2003 visual style when in a vertical docked state. Draws chevron arrow for DropDown button of the horizontal docked CommandBar. Rectangle of the DropDown button. Draws chevron arrow for DropDown button of the vertical docked CommandBar. Rectangle of the DropDown button. Draws DropDown arrow for DropDown button of the horizontal docked CommandBar. Rectangle of the DropDown button. Paint DropDown arrow for DropDown button of the vertical docked CommandBar. Rectangle of the DropDown button. Gets path for DropDown button of the horizontal docked CommandBar. Gets path for DropDown button of the vertical docked CommandBar. Sets exclude clip for CommandBar background. Gets number gripper points. Represents renderer of the Office2003 visual style for docked CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Represents renderer of the Office2003 visual style for floating CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. Represents renderer of the Office2003 visual style for docked ControlBar. Draws text of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws background of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. Draws close button of the ControlBar. Draws gripper of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. Represents renderer of the Office2007 visual style for docked CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. Represents renderer of the Office2007 visual style for floating CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. Represents renderer of the Office2007 visual style for docked ControlBar. Draws text of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws background of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. Draws close button of the ControlBar. Draws gripper of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. Represents renderer of the Office2010 visual style for docked CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. Represents renderer of the Office2010 visual style for floating CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. Represents renderer of the Office2010 visual style for docked ControlBar. Draws text of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws background of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. Draws close button of the ControlBar. Draws gripper of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. Represents renderer of the OfficeXP visual style for docked CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Gets rectangle of the DropDown button for OfficeXP visual style. Represents renderer of the OfficeXP visual style for floating CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. Represents renderer of the OfficeXP visual style for docked ControlBar. Draws text of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws background of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. Draws close button of the ControlBar. Draws gripper of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. Represents themed renderer for docked CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with themes. Draws background of the CommandBar with themes. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with themes. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with themes. Gets rectangle of the DropDown button. Represents themed renderer for floating CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with themes. Draws background of the CommandBar with themes. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with themes. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with themes. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar with themes. Gets color for caption text. Gets font for caption text. Represents themed renderer for docked ControlBar. Draws text of the ControlBar with themes. Draws background of the ControlBar with themes. Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with themes. Draws close button of the ControlBar. Draws gripper of the ControlBar with themes. Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for floating CommandBar. Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked ControlBar. Draws text of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws background of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Draws close button of the ControlBar. Draws gripper of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. Summary description for CommandBarWeakContainer. If True - indexes of command bars in array are higher, then index of commandbar that is current processing. Updates color scheme. Draws themed background. Draws background for Office2003 visual style. Draws background for VS2005 visual style. Draws background for Metro visual style. Draws background for Office2007 visual style. Draws background for Office2010 visual style. Clean up any resources being used. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. Form class that hosts the CommandBars in the floating state. Gets color for border amenably with VisualStyle. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. ControlAccessibleObject derived class that implements the Accessibility object for the CommandDockBar.

A is a specialized implementation of the class that is used for hosting controls within the Essential Tools XPMenus Framework. A ControlBar can contain two controls - the main control that occupies the ControlBar's client region and optionally, a that is displayed within the ControlBar's caption region. While just about any instance can be used as the ControlBar's main client, the caption control position is normally occupied by single line controls such as a ToolBar, TextBox or ComboBox. ControlBars thus function as full-featured docking windows that can be docked along the host form's borders or floated as top-level windows, while following the layout limitations of the XPMenus toolbars. Examples of the ControlBar concept include the Microsoft Office 2003 TaskPane window.

ControlBars are supported through the XPMenus framework and can be added to any form that has been initialized with a . Invoking the MainFrameBarManager's AddControlBar design-time verb will create a new ControlBar and add it to the form. Dropping a control onto the ControlBar sets it as the ControlBar's main client. To assign the caption control, drop control onto the ControlBar and set the to reference it.

Reference to renderer for ControlBar. Creates a new instance of the ControlBar class. Overridden. See . Updates color schemes. Sets renderer for ControlBar. Overridden. See . Gets rectangle for display text of the ControlBar. Gets / sets the height of the caption area. An integer value representing the caption height. Gets / sets the size of the ControlBar in pixels. Gets / sets the minimum extent to which the ControlBar can be sized. A value. Gets / sets the maximum extent to which the ControlBar can be sized. A value. Gets / sets the control that is displayed in the CommandBar's caption region. A instance. Gets the client control in the control collection. Summary description for ControlBarWeakContainer. Specifies the AutoHideAniamation state. No AutoHide Animation state. Hiding the AutoHide window. Showing the AutoHide window. Auto Hide Tab page. Initialize the DHCClient. Constructor of the AHTabPage. The DockStateControllerBase instance The string of the AH tab page. Gets the DockStateControllerBase. Summary description for AHTabControl. The AHTabControlBase class Constructor of the AHTabControlBase. Returns the GroupItem Rectangle. Gets the TabDataCollection Initialize the TopLevel Form. Constructor of the AHTabControl. The DockingManager instance. The DockingStyle. Forces immediate layout of control. Occurs on DockingManager ImageList changed. The EventArgs contains the event data. Add the padding on AHControl. The value that needs to be assigned Add the tab from the DockStateControllerBase. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Indicates whether control is shown or not. Remove the tab in AHTabControl. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Initialize the WindowAutoHidingEventArgs Show the AHTab control. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. Show the AHTab control. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. Specifies whether control needs to be activated after shown. Recalculating location and size for inner control childs. New layout rectangle. Hide the Controller in AHTabControl. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. Hide the Controller in AHTabControl. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. Indicates whether the controls needs to hide immediately. Update the AH TabItem text. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Returns the Active TabGroup Or SubGroup Rectangle. Returns the ActiveTabGroup Or SubGroupDockHostRect. Update the Renderer. Gets / Sets the Font. Gets/Sets the ActiveTabFont Gets /Sets the Padding. Gets / Sets the Tab alignment. Gets the DockingStyle. Sets the LeadSpace. Sets the TrailSpace Gets the EmptyLeft. Gets the ThemedControlDrawing. Gets the DockingManager. The TabGroup item class. Constructor of the TabGroupItem. Constructor of the TabGroupItem. The text of the TabGroupItem. The image index. The tag value Occurs on Property changed. Gets / Sets the text. Gets/Sets the Image index. Gets /Sets the tag value. The TabGroupItemsList class. Gets/Sets the TabGroupItem index. The index value. The TabGroupData class. Constructor of the TabGroupData. Gets the TabGroupItemsList. Gets/Sets the Padding. Gets /Sets the text. Gets /Sets the ImageIndex. Occurs when Selected index changed. Gets / Sets the SelectedIndex. TabPanelPropertyTabGroup contains the required information. Returns the default back color for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the overlap size. The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Returns the default inactive tab's color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns whether the ShowInDesignMode The TabGroupRenderer class. ITabGroupRenderer interface helps to paints the tab in group mode. Gets group item bounds form number of items. number of items. Group item bounds. Gets overlap size for current size. Starting size. Overlap size. Gets preferred size for item. Graphics in which to measure strings. Preferred size. Gets/sets group tab data. Gets/sets bounds. Initialize the OVERLAPX Constructor of the TabGroupRenderer. The ITabControl instance Gets the GroupItem bounds. The index. Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item Color of the active tab item Overrides the fore color of the tab item Color of text in tab item Gets the Preferred size Returns the TabStyleName. Returns the TabPanelPropertyTabGroup Gets /Sets the TabData. Gets / Sets the Bounds. AHTabRenderer class Constructor of the AHTabRenderer. Returns the Group Item rectangle. The tab index The group index The AHTabPanelData class. Constructor of the AHTabPanelData Creates the New Tab Data Closing control. Auto-hiding control. Showing popup menu. Maximizing control. May be used alone or in pair with Restore button. Restoring control's previous size. May be used only in pair with Maximize button. User-defined button. Specifies the Caption Button state of the docking windows. Normal state of Caption Button. Active state of Caption Button. Pushed state of Caption Button. Caption Buttons collection. Adds the caption button to the control. The CaptionButton instance. Returns whether the CaptionButtonsCollection contains the Caption button. The Caption Button instance. Remove the Caption button. The Caption Button instance. Returns the index of the Caption button. The Caption Button instance. Insert the Caption button in specified index. The Caption Button instance. Dispose the caption button. Returns the cloned CaptionButtonsCollection. Serves to merge with caption buttons collection. The CaptionButtonsCollection instance. Indicates whether the CaptionButtonsCollection are cloned. Exclude the common buttons The CaptionButtonsCollection instance. Gets /Sets the index of the caption button. The index of the caption button Gets / Sets the name of the caption button. The name of the caption button. Occurs when the collection changed. Occurs when the Collection Item changed. The CaptionButtonOptionsCollection class. Add the CaptionButtonOptions The CaptionButtonOptions instance. Check whether the CaptionButtonOptionsCollection contains the CaptionButtonOptions. The CaptionButtonOptions instance. Remove the CaptionButtonOptions from its collection. Returns the index of the CaptionButtonOptions. The CaptionButtonOptions instance. Insert the CaptionButtonOptions in specified index The index which needs to insert the CaptionButtonOptions. The CaptionButtonOptions instance. Gets/Sets the CaptionButtonOptions The index of the CaptionButtonOptions. Occurs when the collection changed. The CaptionButtonOptionsTable class Add the CaptionButton and CaptionButtonOptions. The CaptionButton instance. The CaptionButtonOptions instance. Remove the item from CaptionButtonsCollection and CaptionButtonOptionsCollection. The index which needs to be removed. Clear the collection. Dispose the collection. Returns whether its disposed. Returns the CaptionButtonsCollection. Returns the CaptionButtonOptionsCollection. The CaptionButton class which contains the required details. Constructor of the CaptionButton. Constructor of the CaptionButton. The Caption button type. Constructor of the CaptionButton. The Caption button type. The name of the caption button. Constructor of the CaptionButton. The CaptionButtonType. The name of the Caption button. The index of the image. The color The ToolTip of the caption button Occurs when caption button captured. Returns the cloned caption button. Returns the HasDefaultValue Gets / sets customizable SuperToolTip drawing info used by the caption button. A used to draw supertooltip for current button. Gets/Sets the name of this button. Gets/sets text that will be displayed in ToolTip when cursor is over this button. Indicates what color in button's image should be transparent. Indicates index of image to use when displaying this button. External ImageList should be used. Indicates type of this button. Raises the click event. Raises when Caption button changed. Raises when type changing. The CaptionButtonOptions class. Constructor of the CaptionButtonOptions. Constructor of the CaptionButtonOptions Indicates whether the modified. Gets / Sets the ModifiedView. Constructor of the CaptionPainter The DockHostController instance. Returns the Caption hit area. The mouse action on caption The coordinate point. Returns the Caption Button image bounds. The CaptionButtonType. Returns the CaptionButton Bounds The index of the caption button. Returns the caption button index The index of the caption button. Gets the caption button. The caption button. Returns the caption button from the specified point The coordinate point. The caption button. Paint the caption. The Graphics objects The Pen which needs to paint the caption. Returns the CaptionButtonsCollection. Returns the default border width. Returns the caption rectangle. Returns the Caption height. Returns the caption button height. Returns the Caption Button width. Specifies the caption hit area. None Indicates the caption rectangle. Indication the caption button rectangle. Indicates whether the caption button down. Indicates whether the caption button up. Editor for DockAbility extended property of controls in DockingManager. Constructor of the DockAbilityEditor. Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, then System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() will return System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. The object to edit. The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. Constructor of the DockAbilityUI. Dispose the DockAbility. Indicates the start dock ability. Returns the value of the DockAbility. Constructor of the InternalArrowControl The DockingStyle. Indicates whether its checked or not Returns the checked. Returns the DockingStyle. Returns the internal brush. Specifies the type of docking. The DockingStyle enumeration is used by the to convey and to get information about a dock operation. The DockingStyle value is always expressed relative to the dock target. For example, when a control is being docked to the main form and DockingStyle.Left is used, this implies that the control will be docked to the left border of the form and have a width equal to the specified width and a height equal to the form's client rectangle height. The control is docked to the left edge of the parent control. The control is docked to the right edge of the parent control. The control is docked to the top edge of the parent control. The control is docked to the bottom edge of the parent control. The control is docked as a tabbed window along with the dock target. This style is not applicable when the dock target is the host form. For internal use. No dock border. Specifies transit operations. This enum is used by ApplyDockInfo method. Initialize the name. Intialize the relation. Constructor of the RelationNamePair The name Indicates the relation. Specifies where user can dock in some control using drag providers. This enum is used by DockAbility and OuterDockAbility extended properties in DockingManager. No docking available in current control. The user can dock to the left side of control. The user can dock to top of control. The user can dock to the right side of control. The user can dock to bottom of control. The user can dock another control in tab group. Left, Right and Tabbed docking enabled. Top, Bottom and Tabbed docking enabled. All kinds of docking enabled. Defines control states according to its size. Control is maximized. Control is maximizing. Control is restoring from minimized/maximized states. Control is minimizing. Indicates the Mouse action. Specifies whether the left mouse button down. Specifies whether the left mouse button up. Specifies whether the Right mouse button down. Specifies whether the Right mouse button up. Specifies whether the double click. Specifies whether the mouse move. Specifies whether the mouse leave. Specifies the Dock preference. Indicates docked control preferred to dock in all direction. Indicates the docked control preferred to dock in horizontal. Indicates the docked control preferred to dock in vertical. Indicates the docked control preferred to tab docked. No dock preference. Initialize the DockControllerBase Initialize the DockingStyle. Initialize the priority. Initialize the dock index. Initialize the dock preference. Initialize the dock area. Initialize the control area. Constructor of the DockInfo. The DockControllerBase instance. The DockingStyle The priority The index of the control. The DockPreference. The rectangle of the docked control. Constructor of the DockInfo. The DockInfo Private constructor called during the de-serialization process. The SerializationInfo The StreamingContext Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Gets/ Sets the controller name. Gets the Dock information. Custom Event argument class used for controller change notifications. Parent Controller's, while being undocked, use this event argument to notify all child subscriber controllers of the new dock parent controller information. Constructor of the ControllerChangedEventArgs. The DockInfo The dock relationship. Gets the NewDockInfo. Gets the Dock relationship. Delegate used for ControllerChangedEvent notifications The source of the object. The ControllerChangedEventArgs contains the event data. Initialize the relation. Initialize the dock preference. Initialize the dock index. Constructor of the DCRelationship The dock relation. The Dock preference. The index of the dock control. Specifies no particular direction. Specifies horizontal direction. Specifies vertical direction. Specifies horizontal and vertical directions at a time. Specifies the Minimization. Controller is horizontally minimized. Controller is vertically minimized. Controller is not minimized. The ControllerDCRPair class Constructor of the ControllerDCRPair. The DockControllerBase The DCRelationship. DockingManagerException raised when user tries to perform restricted operation in DockingManager. Default message to show when exception fired. Constructor of the DockingManagerException. Constructor of the DockingManagerException. Inner exception. Constructor of the DockingManagerException. message to show. Constructor of the DockingManagerException. message to show. inner exception. Constructor of the DockingManagerException. info. context. Supports a simple iteration over a nongeneric collection. Constructor of the IEnumWrapper. Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; false. if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. Gets the current element in the collection. IEnumerator implementation The current element in the collection. The DockControllerBase Refresh the controller. Overrides the AddToDCR. It helps to add the docked control with specified dock relationship. The DCRelationship Overrides the RemoveFromDCR. It helps to remove the docked control. The DCRelationship. Overrides the InsertIntoDCR. It helps to insert the docked control with specified dock relationship. The ArrayList. The index which needs to be added. The DCRelationship Update the docked control index The DCRelationship Validate the target controller in specified point. The coordinate point. Validate the target controller in specified point. The control needs to be validated. Add the Child in DockingManager. The DockControllerBase instance. The DockingStyle. Insert the Child in DockingManager. The DockControllerBase instance. The index which needs to be insert the child. The DockingStyle Remove the child from DockingManager. The DockControllerBase. Replace the child in DockingManager. The current DockControllerBase instance. The new DockControllerBase instance. Get the child at specified index. The index of the child. Get the child host index. The DockControllerBase instance. Adjust the layout of the docked control. Get the dock info of the docked control. The dock enabled control. The coordinate point that needs to get the dock information. The DockInfo. Dock the docked on dropped position. The control which needs to be drop. The DockingStyle. The Close controller. Occurs when controller changed. The Dock info The DCRelationship. Invoke the Docking in DockingManager. The DockControllerBase instance. Invoke the previous dock, float transition. Indicates whether the show floating. Redock the controller. The DockInfo Indicates whether it forced to new Attempt the docked control relationship docking. The DockControllerBase instance. The IEnumerator. Invoke the docked control relationship with Docking The DockControllerBase instance. The DCRelationship. Returns the value of the Query dock relationship. The DCRelationship instance. Dispose the DockControllerBase. Apply Dock info for the docked control. Move the controller. Dock as MDI child. Update the control. Controller Changed Event - fired whenever a target controller is changed Gets / Sets the DockingManager. Gets the HostControl Gets / Sets the Deleting. Gets / Sets the ParentController. Gets the ToplevelController Gets / Sets the LayoutRect Gets / Sets the DICurrent. Gets / Sets the DITransient. Gets / Sets the DockBoundary. Gets / Sets the floating. Returns true if the controller is hosted within a floating frame. Else false Gets the MainFormController Gets the Child count. Gets the Child Host count. Gets the IEnumerator Returns null. Gets / Sets the current DCRelationship Gets the ChildEnumerator Returns null. Gets the ChildControllers Returns null. Gets the ChildHostEnumerator. Returns null. Gets / Sets the MinimumSize. A DockStateControllerBase type can be dragged around as well as serve as drop targets. This controller provides feedback and also allows itself to be dropped on other controllers. Initialize the control in AutoHide Initialize the control in AutoHide Sizing. Indicates control is entered in Auto hide mode. Exit the Auto hide mode. Indicates whether the close on exit. Gets the DockingStyle Gets / Sets the Auto hide index Gets / Sets the PreviousAutoHideIndex Gets / Sets the new DockInfo Gets / Sets the previous DockInfo. Gets / Sets the AutoHideMode. Enum of permissible drag axis. No drag axis specified. X - co-ordinate point. Y - co-ordinate point. XY - co-ordinate point. All components that expect to be dragged will need to implement the IDraggable interface. This interface is used by the drag provider to provide drag services to the component. The DockingManager designer uses this interface for communicating mouse messages to the docked/floating controls. ITabFeedback is implemented by controls that allow tabbed docking/undocking. The FBProvider implementation uses the ITabFeedback methods to interact with controls, primarily dockhosts, during a tabbed docking Add the rectangle value. The Rectangle. Gets / Sets the Rectangle for specified index. Indicates the Splitter width. Calculate the size. The DockControllerBase instance. The parent size. The new parent size. Helper Recursive functions Re get the child controllers. The DockControllerBase instance. The ArrayList that contains the DockControllerBase DockHostControllers provide the visual feedback while dragging and are responsible for sizing the host controls. Property to check the DockVisibility Constructor of the DockHostController The DockingManager instance. The DockHost instance. Overrides the AddToDCR. It helps to add the docked control with specified dock relationship. The DCRelationship. Overrides the RemoveFromDCR. It helps to remove the docked control. The DCRelationship. Overrides the InsertIntoDCR. It helps to insert the docked control with specified dock relationship. The ArrayList. The index which needs to be inserted. The DCRelationship. Overrides the AddChild. The DockControllerBase instance. The DockingStyle Overrides the InsertChild. The DockControllerBase instance. The index to be inserted. The DockingStyle Overrides the RemoveChild. The DockControllerBase instance. Gets the child at specified index. The index of the DockControllerBase Null. Gets the index of the ChildHost index. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the AdjustLayout. Show the controller. Undock the controller from the present dock/float state and then hide and dispose it. Gets the Tab Dock target rectangle. The Rectangle Get the DockInfo. The dock enabled control. The coordinate point. The DockInfo. Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock. The control which needs to be drop. The DockingStyle. Overrides the InvokePrevDockFloatTransition Indicates whether the show floating. Invoke the previous dock, float transition. Transit the docked control to previous Float state. Indicates whether the Floating needs to be shown or not. Transit the control to previous Dock state. Sets controllers size according to siblings. if location is floating. Transit the docked control to Floating state. Transit the Floating control to Docked state. Transit the Docked control in Float to Floating state. Transit the Floating to Docking in Floating state. Transit the docked control dock in Floating state. Transit the docked control to another docking state. Move floating control to floating state. Overrides the InvokeDocking. The DockControllerBase instance. Invoke the tabbed docking. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the QueryRelationship. The DCRelationship instance. Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking. The DockControllerBase instance. The IEnumerator. Overrides the InvokeDCRDocking. The DockControllerBase instance. The DCRelationship. Invoke the internal DCRDocking. The DockControllerBase instance. The DCRelationship. Redock the controller. The DockInfo Indicates whether its force to new. Overrides the UpdateDCRIndex. The DCRelationship Creates the Floating form frame. The location of the floating form Indicates whether its shown or not. Switching to the Auto hide mode Indicates whether the animation is appeared or not. Switching to Auto Hide mode Enter the Auto hide mode. Load in Auto hide mode. Exit the AutoHideMode. Drag splitter moved. The source of the control. The SplitterEventArgs contains the event data. Returns the DockInfo. Returns the previous DockInfo. Apply dock info. Move the controller. Overrides the DockAsMDIChild. It helps to dock control as MDIChild. Update the docked control. Gets/sets if control is closing. Gets / sets the Control's location in undocked mode. Gets/Sets size of controller, when controllers dock visibility is false and must be set to controller after showing it. Gets / sets the Control's size in undocked mode. Returns the selected tab page. Gets / Sets the Unique name. Gets or sets the ParentController. Returns the host control. Gets / sets the dock label for the controller. Gets/ Sets the MDI image index. Newly Added Gets / sets the image index for the host controller. Gets / sets the control image for the controller. Gets / sets the layout rectangle for the controller. Gets / Sets the floating. Gets / Sets the Floating window target size. Gets whether floating window is in auto hide mode Gets the child count. Gets the child host count. Gets the IEnumerator Gets / Sets the DCRelationship. Gets/ Sets the DockDCRList. Gets / Sets the FloatDCRList. Gets / sets the visibility state of the controller. Gets / Sets the previous DockInfo Gets/ Sets the Dock Tab control. Gets / Sets the Auto Hide Mode Gets / Sets the Float only. Gets / Sets the Hide caption. Gets / Sets the MaximizeButton Visibility Gets / Sets the Auto Hide Visibility Gets / Sets the close button visibility. Gets / Sets the MenuButton visibility. Gets/ Sets the Minimum size. The DockHost class implements a container for hosting a dockable control. Any control embedded in a DockHost automatically avails of the docking frameworks functionality. The DockHost is responsible for the frame, caption rect, docking/floating transitions etc., DockHosts interact with the docking framework through the DockHostController class. DockHost classes are never directly exposed to the users. Users are oblivious of the existence of the dockhost class and all programmatic interaction occurs through the DockingManager instance. Calling DockControl/FloatControl on the dockingmanager will create a dockhost for the particular control and lay it out as per the configuration. Constructor of the DockHost. The DockingManager instance. The dock enabled control. Initialize the Dock host. The DockingManager instance. The dock enabled control. Subscribe the child control events. The Dock enabled control. Indicates whether the event subscribe or not. Implementation of the IDraggable interface methods The DockControllerBase instance. Initiate the drag. The Mouse Action The mouse coordinate point. Returns the allowed drag axis. The mouse point of the drag location. The mouse point. The dragged axis. Indicates the DrawHollow. Cancel the Drag operation. Gets the QueryDragProceedWithDock. Provide Tab Feedback. The IDraggable instance. The Mouse action Handles the Mouse down event. Indicates the Mouse Buttons The coordinate point Handles the Mouse move event. Indicates the Mouse Buttons The coordinate point Handles the Mouse up event. Indicates the Mouse Buttons The coordinate point Handles the Double click event. Handles the Mouse leave event. Initiate the Floating resize The coordinate point Gets the Design mode of the DockingManager The DesignMode of the DockingManager. Retrieves the next control forward in the tab order of docked controls. The Control to start the search with. The next control in the tab order. Subscribe the DockHost Events. Unsubscribe the DockHost Events Clean up any resources being used. Gets the DockControllerBase. Gets the ClientRectangle. Gets the internal controller. Gets / Sets the Image index. Gets / Sets the MDI Image index. Gets / Sets the Drag DockInfo Gets/ Sets the DragRectangle. Gets the Title Bar Generate the name The dock enabled control. Coded UI Accessibility for Docking Manager Hold Host Controller instance Constructor Gets the Accessible Role Gets the Accessible Name Gets the Accessible Value Gets the Description Custom event argument class used for notifying users of dockstate changes. The DockStateChangeEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the and events. Creates a new instance of the DockStateChangeEventArgs class. The control(s) being docked/floated. Returns the collection of controls undergoing the dockstate transfer. Handles the and events. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument base class used for providing data for docking window events. The DockControlEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for a dockable control. Creates a new instance of the DockControlEventArgs class. The control undergoing the state change. Returns the control undergoing the state change. A value. Handles the and events. The source of the event. A value that contains the selected control Custom event argument class used for notifying users once mouse selection is done on control caption. Gets control which is selected Creates a new instance of the DockControlMouseSelection class. Active Control Gets mouse selected control Custom event argument class used for notifying users of DockVisibility state changes. The DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the event. Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class. The control for which the DockVisibility state has changed. Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class with specified arguments. The control for which the DockVisibility state has changed. The action which caused the event. Gets the DockingAction. Custom event argument class used for notifying users of DockVisibility state changing. The DockVisibilityChangingEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the event. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class. The control for which the DockVisibility state is changing. Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class with specified Cancel property value. The control for which the DockVisibility state is changing. The value of Cancel property. Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class with specified Cancel property value. The control for which the DockVisibility state is changing. The value of Cancel property. Gets the DockingAction Indicates whether to close the selected docking window. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument class used for notifying users of docking controls programmatically using context menu. The DockMenuClickEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the event. Creates the instance for DockMenuClickEventArgs. Returns the docking style of the window. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument class used for notifying users of docking controls state is loaded successfully or not. The DockStateLoadEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the event. Creates a new instance of the class with the dock state loaded result. if set to true dock state is successfully loaded. Returns a bool value indicating whether the dock state is loaded successfully or not. Custom event argument class used for notifying users of activation state changes. The DockActivationChangedEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the and events. Creates a new instance of the DockActivationChangedEventArgs class. The control for which the activation state has changed. Handles the and events. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument class used for notifying users of the start/stop of an autohide animation. The AutoHideAnimationEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the and events. Creates a new instance of the AutoHideAnimationEventArgs class. The control undergoing the autohide animation. The dock style of the control. The bounds of the control. Initializes a new instance of the class. The control undergoing the autohide animation. The dock style of the control. The bounds of the control. The autohide roll state. Returns the border along which the AutoHide tab is aligned. A value. Gets / sets the display bounds of the autohidden control. A value. Indicates the roll state of the autohidden control. Indicates the roll state of the autohidden control. When the autohidden control is rolled in. When the autohidden control is rolled out. No state. Handles the and events. The source of the event. An value that contains the event data. Custom cancellable event argument class used for the event. The uses the event to provide information about an impending drag operation and provides a chance to accept/cancel the drag. Creates a new instance of the DockAllowEventArgs class. The control being dragged. Returns the control that is about to be dragged. A instance representing the control that is about to be dragged. Handles the event. The source of the event. An value that contains the event data. Creates the custom cancellable event argument, The class used for the event. Initialize the control Initialize the Cancel operation Creates a new instance of the WindowAutoHidingEventArgs class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. Gets the Control, which is about to Auto Hide. Gets/Sets whether to enable/disable, Auto Hide behavior on mouse leave. true if the event should be canceled; otherwise, false. Handles the event. The source of the control. A value that provides the event data. Custom cancellable event argument class used for the event. The uses the event to provide information about an impending dock operation and provides a chance to accept/cancel the dock based on the participating controls and the style. Creates a new instance of the DockAllowEventArgs class. The control being dragged. The target control. The dock style. Returns the control being dragged. A Control object that represents the control being dragged. Returns the dock target control. A Control object that represents the target control for the dock. Returns the dock operation style. A value that represents the style of the dock operation. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that provides the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that provides the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that provides the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that provides the event data. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that provides the event data. Base size changed event args that informs user which controls size state changed. Default constructor of the ControlSizeStateChangedEventArgs. Changing control. returns changing control. Event args for size restore event. Overridden. Constructor of the ControlRestoredEventArgs. The Dock enabled control. Previous size state of control. Gets previous size state of changing control. The previous ControlSizeStates. Arguments for control minimize event. Contains only changing control. Overridden. Constructor of the ControlMinimizedEventArgs. The Dock enabled control. Arguments for control maximized event. Contains only changing control. Overridden. Constructor of the ControlMaximizedEventArgs. The Dock enabled control. Arguments for Maximize control event. Adds ability to cancel operation. Overridden. Constructor of the ControlMaximizeEventArgs. The Dock enabled control. Gets/sets if to cancel operation. Custom event argument class used by the event. The uses the event to allow users to modify the context menu displayed when a docking window's caption is right-clicked. Creates a new instance of the DockContextMenuEventArgs class. The control displaying the menu. The menu being displayed. Returns the control that is displaying the context menu. Gets / sets the context menu to be displayed. An instance of the class. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that provides the event data. Custom event argument class used for obtaining the Graphics objects used for rendering the caption of docked windows. The uses the event to obtain custom Graphics objects from the application to be used for drawing the caption area of docked windows.

NOTE: The main caption for floating windows is rendered by the Win32 system and cannot be customized.

Creates a new instance of the class. The dockable control for which the caption is being drawn. The caption bounds. Indicates the active/inactive state of the control. Returns the dockable control for which the caption is being drawn. A instance. Returns the bounds of the caption. A value. Returns the active/inactive state of the docking window. TRUE if the window is active. Gets / sets the Brush to be used for drawing the caption background. An instance of the class. Gets / sets the Color to be used for drawing the caption text and buttons. A value. Gets / sets the Font to be used for the caption text. An instance of the class. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument class used for notifying users that dock state information does not exist for a control. The DockStateUnavailableEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the event. Creates a new instance of the DockStateUnavailableEventArgs class. The control for which the dock state information is not available. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument class used by the to notify that a previously persisted dockable control cannot be located during a operation. Applications can use the as a hint to create and initialize controls selectively based on the control set in the previously persisted docking layout. Creates a new instance of the InitializeControlOnLoadEventArgs class. The name of the control that the DockingManager is attempting to load. Returns the property of the control. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument class used for notifying users that a control is being transferred from it's current to another manager. The TransferManagerEventArgs class is used by the to provide event data for the and events. Creates a new instance of the TransferManagerEventArgs class. The control whose is undergoing the transfer. Handles the and events. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Custom event argument class used by the event. The uses the event to allow users to modify the context menu displayed when a AutoHideTab is right-clicked. Creates a new instance of the AutoHideTabContextMenuEventArgs class. The menu being displayed. The docked edge of AutoHidetab control displaying the menu. Gets / sets the context menu to be displayed. An instance of the class. Returns the side to where the AutoHideTab aligned. Handles the event. The source of the event. A value that contains the event data. Specifies the close action of docked controls. Specifies that the close action is by mouse. Specifies that the close action is by code. Specifies the docking behavior of docked controls. Specifies that the Docking behavior based on Visual Studio 2008. Specifies that the Docking behavior based on Visual Studio 2010. Specifies the style of dragging. The DragProviderStyle enumeration is used by the to enable the style of dragging the docking windows. VS2005 style is set for Visual Studio 2005 by default. Standard style will set for VS 2002 and VS 2003 .NET Framework. Enables the normal style of helper frame for docking windows. Enables the Visual Studio 2005 style of docking. Enables the Visual Studio 2005 Beta 2 style of docking. Enables visual studio 2008 style for the drag provider. Enables visual studio 2010 style for the drag provider. Enables visual studio 2012 style for the drag provider. Specifies appearance and behavior of docking windows context menus. Appearance and behavior are similar to menus in Visual Studio 2003. Appearance and behavior are similar to menus in Visual Studio 2005. Specifies the Painter type. Specify the painter type as Halftone. Specify the painter type as Colored. Custom painter type. Specifies the Alignment style of the dock tab. The Tab is aligned to the Top. The Tab is aligned to the Bottom. The Tab is aligned to the Left. The Tab is aligned to the Right. Specifies the Selection style of the AutoHided window. The AutoHided window can be show/hide by MouseHover. The AuotHided window can be show/hide by Click. Specifies the Alignment style of the dock label. The Caption text is aligned to the Left by default. The Caption text is aligned to the Left. The Caption text is aligned to the Center. The Caption text is aligned to the Right. The DockingManager provides the functionality for creating and working with docking windows.

The Essential Tools Docking Windows framework enables developers to add docking windows, similar to those found in the Microsoft Visual Studio.NET IDE, to their Windows Forms applications. At the most basic level a docking window may be defined as a control that attaches itself to a host form's border, is capable of being dragged around and docked to different edges within the form and can also be dragged off the host form and floated as an individual top-level window. The docking framework allows just about any child control on a form to be made into a fully qualified docking window. The framework, in addition to the core docking interactions, implements some highly advanced features such as multiple docking levels, nested docking, tabbed docking, tear-off tabs, autohide mode, state persistence etc. To facilitate the addition of these complex features, the DockingManager has a full-fledged WYSIWYG visual designer that enables developers to create the exact docking layout that they desire without having to write a single line of code.

The DockingManager class is the central component of the Essential Tools Docking Windows implementation. The class coordinates and facilitates the multitude of complex interactions that take place between a dockable control and it's host form as well as between the dockable controls themselves. DockingManagers are form-centric and adding an instance of the component to a form makes the form into a 'dock-enabled' host. The DockingManager is implemented as an Extender Provider and upon adding it to a Form or UserControl, the controls that are immediate children of the container qualify for the docking services provided by the docking framework.

The 'EnableDocking' () extended property that the DockingManager adds to controls serves as the trigger for enabling/disabling a control as a dockable window. Upon setting the EnableDocking property, the control is enclosed within a dockable container and will be docked to a default border. The control can now be repositioned by dragging it around within the designer. The DockingManager persists the dock positions set during design time, ie., the dock state information, as a part of the application's resource and uses this persisted info when loading the application. Thus the DockingManager implements a true WYSIWYG visual designer. There is also a simple and intuitive API available for programmatic manipulation of the docking windows.

The sample code shows how to create and setup a simple docking windows layout constituting of a ListBox control docked to the left side of the form and having a width of 175 units, a second ListBox that is docked as a tab within the first ListBox, a TreeView control that is docked to the form's right border, has a width of 150 units and starts off in the AutoHide mode, and a CheckedListBox control that is initially a floating window.

NOTE: The layout initialization code shown here is required only when docking window is being used programmatically. When using the designer, the layout state will automatically be written to the application's resource file.

private void InitializeDockingWindows() { // Create the DockingManager instance and set this form as the host form. this.dockingManager = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager(this.components); this.dockingManager.BeginInit(); this.dockingManager.HostForm = this; // Disable state persistence this.dockingManager.PersistState = false; // Enable display of the default context menus this.dockingManager.EnableContextMenu = true; // Set the imagelist that will provide the icons for the docking windows. this.dockingManager.ImageList = this.ilDocking; // Dock listbox1 to the left border of the form and with an initial // width of 175 units. // NOTE - Calling DockControl() on a control for the first time, // will initialize it as a docking window. This is the equivalent of // the DockingManager.SetEnableDocking() call. this.dockingManager.DockControl(this.listBox1, this, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left, 175); // Set the text to be displayed in the dockingwindow caption this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.listBox1, "ListBox 1"); // The image index used for this control this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.listBox1, 0); // Now dock listbox2 as a tab onto listbox1 this.dockingManager.DockControl(this.listBox2, this.listBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed, 175); this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.listBox2, "ListBox 2"); this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.listBox2, 1); // Dock the treeView to the right border of the form with a width of 150. this.dockingManager.DockControl(this.treeView1, this, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Right, 150); // Set treeView1 to start off in the AutoHide position. this.dockingManager.SetAutoHideMode(this.treeView1, true); this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.treeView1, "TreeView"); this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.treeView1, 2); // Set checkedListBox1 to be initially in a floating position. Rectangle rcfrm = this.Bounds; this.dockingManager.FloatControl(this.checkedListBox1, new Rectangle(rcfrm.Right+25,rcfrm.Bottom-250,175,300)); this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.checkedListBox1, "Checked ListBox"); this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.checkedListBox1, 3); this.dockingManager.EndInit(); } Private Sub InitializeDockingWindows() ' Create the DockingManager instance and set this form as the host form. Me.dockingManager = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager(Me.components) Me.dockingManager.BeginInit() Me.dockingManager.HostForm = Me ' Disable state persistence Me.dockingManager.PersistState = False ' Enable display of the default context menus Me.dockingManager.EnableContextMenu = True ' Set the imagelist that will provide the icons for the docking windows. Me.dockingManager.ImageList = Me.ilDocking ' Dock listbox1 to the left border of the form and with an initial ' width of 175 units. ' NOTE - Calling DockControl() on a control for the first time, ' will initialize it as a docking window. This is the equivalent of ' the DockingManager.SetEnableDocking() call. Me.dockingManager.DockControl(Me.listBox1, Me, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left, 175) ' Set the text to be displayed in the dockingwindow caption Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.listBox1, "ListBox 1") ' The image index used for this control Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.listBox1, 0) ' Now dock listbox2 as a tab onto listbox1 Me.dockingManager.DockControl(Me.listBox2, Me.listBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed, 175) Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.listBox2, "ListBox 2") Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.listBox2, 1) ' Dock the treeView to the right border of the form with a width of 150. Me.dockingManager.DockControl(Me.treeView1, Me, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Right, 150) ' Set treeView1 to start off in the AutoHide position. Me.dockingManager.SetAutoHideMode(Me.treeView1, True) Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.treeView1, "TreeView") Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.treeView1, 2) ' Set checkedListBox1 to be initially in a floating position. Dim rcfrm As Rectangle rcfrm = Me.Bounds Me.dockingManager.FloatControl(Me.checkedListBox1, New Rectangle((rcfrm.Right + 25), (rcfrm.Bottom - 250), 175, 300)) Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.checkedListBox1, "Checked ListBox") Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.checkedListBox1, 3) Me.dockingManager.EndInit() End Sub
Initialize the static Field Static Constructor Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the and initializes it with the container. An object implementing the interface to associate with this instance of the DockingManager. Specifies the BARITEM_IMAGES_PATH. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Frame painter Point where the floating form need to be shown. Added to increase the customization Controls Collection used to add the controls that need cusomization of floating form location Animation interval used by the auto hide timer Gets/Sets the step size of autohide animation.It can be used to control the speed of animation An integer value specifying step size.Default is 25 This example describes how to prevent the animation when we hide controls private void dockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs arg) { if (arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Left || arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Right) Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width; else Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height; } Private Sub DockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs) Handles DockingManager1.AutoHideAnimationStart If (arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Left Or arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Right) Then Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width Else Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height End If End Sub Specify the Inactive caption forecolor for MetroStyle This property is only applicable when Visual Style is set as Metro. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Specify the Active caption forecolor for MetroStyle Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Initialize the caption line to show. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value of the ShowMetroCaptionLines. MetroColor Variable to hold useAutoHideAnimation value Resets the value. Resets the value. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the EnableAutoAdjustCaption property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Initialize the forecolor of the Docked tab control. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Indicates the Padding x for docked tab control. Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. The value of the docked tab control padding. Specify the forecolor of the AutoHide tab control Resets the property to it's default value. Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the property to it's default value. Resets the CaptionButtonForeColor to it's default value. Resets the CaptionButtonForeColor to it's default value. Begins the initialization of the component. Ends the initialization of the component. Locks host form's updates. This example shows how to avoid flickering during loading a dockstate dockingManager1.LockHostFormUpdate(); dockingManager1.LoadDockState(); dockingManager1.UnlockHostFormUpdate(); DockingManager1.LockHostFormUpdate() DockingManager1.LoadDockState() DockingManager1.UnlockHostFormUpdate() Unlocks host form's updates. Locks panel repainting. Unlocks panel repainting. Call this so that the DockingManager will not attempt to layout the elements on the form when another action is taking place (like merging MDI children into the menus) Specifies if the Hooks used by the DockingManager should be temporarily unhooked for the duration of the suspension. Call this so that the DockingManager can continue to layout elements on the form (if it was previously suspended). Call this so that the DockingManager can continue to layout elements on the form (if it was previously suspended). Suspends listening to system wide hooks. Resumes listening to system wide hooks. IGetMsgProcListener implementation The system message to progress. The system message to progress. ICallWndProcListener implementation. The system message to progress. The system message to progress. Sets a new size for the dockable control. The docked/floating control. Specifies the new size of the control. The SetControlSize method changes the dimensions of the docked control by displacing the horizontal/vertical splitter that is closest to the particular control. Gets the size of the dockable control. The docked or floating control. Size of the dockable control. Specifies the minimum width and height to which the dockable control can be resized to. The docking window. A value specifying the minimum bounds. Default value is Size.Empty. The SetControlMinimumSize method is a part of the DockingManager's programmatic API and is not exposed by the docking windows designer. The application should invoke this method for each dock-enabled control that requires a set minimum size. The best place to call this method is from a handler for the event. Please note that the control's minimum bounds are only a hint. While the will enforce the set extents far as possible, layout constraints may at times force it to overrun the minimum size. Returns the minimum bounds specified for the dockable control. The docking window. A value indicating the minimum bounds. The default value is Size.Empty. Implementation of the IExtenderProvider::CanExtend method. The target of the control. Indicates whether the control is a docking window. The control to be queried. TRUE if the control is a docking window; FALSE otherwise. Enables or disables the control as a docking window. The control instance. TRUE indicates that the control is set as a docking window; FALSE to disable a dock-enabled control. Sets the text to be displayed in the docking window caption. The dock-enabled control. A String value representing the text caption. Returns the text displayed in the docking window caption. The dock-enabled control. A String value representing the text caption. Returns the index of the image associated with the docking window. The dock-enabled control. A zero-based index into the property value. Sets the index of the image associated with this docking window at MDI Child state. The dock-enabled control. The index of the Mdi child. Sets the index of the image associated with this docking window at MDI Child state. The dock-enabled control. The icon of the MDI child. Sets the Image associated with the docking window. The dock enabled control. The representing the docking window. This overloaded version of the method is normally used only in combination with the property. Setting ControlScopeImages to TRUE signifies that dockable controls will provide their own images objects during initialization and the scope of these images will be restricted to the control's existence as a docking window. Returns the index of the image associated with the docking window. The dock-enabled control. A zero-based index into the property value. Gets the index of the image associated with this docking window at MDI Child state. The dock-enabled control. Sets the control as a non-dockable float-only window. The dock-enabled control. TRUE to disable docking. Indicates whether the control is a non-dockable float-only docking window. The dock-enabled control. TRUE if the control is a float-only docking window. Indicates whether the control can transit to floating state. The dock-enabled control. TRUE if the control can transit to floating state. Sets if the control can transit to floating state. The dock-enabled control. TRUE to allow floating. Specifies whether the docking window should be in the autohide mode on application startup. The dock-enabled control. Indicates whether the control is in Auto hide on application start up. Specifies whether the docking window should be in the autohide mode on application startup. The dock-enabled control. Specifies whether the docking window should be hidden on application startup. The dock-enabled control. Indicates whether the control is in Auto hide on application start up. Specifies whether the docking window should be hidden on application startup. The dock-enabled control. Specifies whether the docking window should not be resized. The dock-enabled control. Indicates whether the docking window should not be resized. Specifies whether the docking window should not be resized. The dock-enabled control. Indicates where user can dock in this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. The DockAbility of the control. Specifies where user can dock in this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. The index of the DockAbility. Indicates where user can dock in this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. The DockAbility. Indicates whether user can dock in this control, using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. Indicates where user can dock this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. The DockAbility of the control Specifies where user can dock this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. The index of the DockAbility. Indicates where user can dock this control using drag providers (Whidbey and VS2005 drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. The DockAbility. Indicates where user can dock this control using drag providers (Whidbey and VS2005 drag providers only). The dock-enabled control. Gets custom caption buttons collection for each docked control. The dock-enabled control. Sets custom caption buttons collection for each docked control. The dock-enabled control. The CaptionButtonsCollection. Sets the auto hide button's tooltip. Tooltip text. Returns the auto hide button's tooltip. A value which is displaying as the tooltip of AutoHideButton. Sets the close button's tooltip. Tooltip text. Returns the close button's tooltip. A value which is displaying as the tooltip of Close Button. Sets the window position button's tooltip. Tooltip text. Returns the window position button's tooltip. Text for window position button tooltip . Sets the maximize button's tooltip. Tooltip text. Returns the maximize button's tooltip. Text for maximize button tooltip . Sets the restore button tooltip. Tooltip text. Returns the restore button tooltip. Text for restore button tooltip . Returns the visibility state for the docking window's autohide button. The dock-enabled control. TRUE if the autohide button is displayed. Default is TRUE. Sets the visibility state for the docking window's autohide button. The dock-enabled control. TRUE to display the autohide button. Default is TRUE. Sets the visibility state for the docking window's close button. The dock-enabled control. TRUE to display the close button. Default is TRUE. Returns the visibility state for the docking window's close button. The dock-enabled control. TRUE if the close button is displayed. Default is TRUE. Sets the visibility state for the docking window's window position button. The dock-enabled control. TRUE to display the window position button. Default is TRUE. Returns the visibility state for the docking window's window position button. The dock-enabled control. TRUE if the window position button is displayed. Default is TRUE. Returns the docking window's visibility state. A control's DockVisibility indicates whether the control is currently 'closed' or is an active participant in the interactions within the current set of docking windows. This is different from the Control.Visible property as a dockable control that is not visible may still be a part of the docking implementation such as when it is in the autohide or tabbed docking modes. The control for which the DockVisibility is to be queried. TRUE if the control is a part of the current dock set; FALSE if it has been closed. Sets the docking window's visibility state. A control's DockVisibility indicates whether the control is currently 'closed' or is an active participant of the interactions within the current set of docking windows. This is different from the Control.Visible property as a dockable control that is not visible may still be a part of the docking implementation such as when it is in the autohide or tabbed docking modes. The control for which the DockVisibility is to be set. TRUE indicates that the control will be a part of the current dockset. Else the control will be closed. Clicking the 'X' button sets the DockVisibility to be false. Location whether the floating form need to be displayed, in case of floating control Sets the docking window's visibility state. A control's DockVisibility indicates whether the control is currently 'closed' or is an active participant of the interactions within the current set of docking windows. This is different from the Control.Visible property as a dockable control that is not visible may still be a part of the docking implementation such as when it is in the autohide or tabbed docking modes. The control for which the DockVisibility is to be set. TRUE indicates that the control will be a part of the current dockset. Else the control will be closed. Clicking the 'X' button sets the DockVisibility to be false. Maximizes the specified dockable control. The control instance. Restores the specified dockable control. The control instance. Activates the specified dockable control. The control instance. If the control is in the AutoHide mode or is part of a tabbed docking group, then invoking this method will bring the control to the foreground and set focus to it. Hides the locked autohidden control. If an autohidden control is visible and in the locked mode, then invoking this method will unlock and hideItem the control. Indicates whether the locked autohidden control should be hidden with an animation. Hides the locked autohidden control. Transfers the dockable control into or out of the autohide mode. The dock-enabled control. Indicates whether the control is set in autohide mode. Transfers the dockable control into or out of the autohide mode. The dock-enabled control. Indicates whether the control is set in autohide mode. Indicates whether only the specified control should go into autohide mode, if tabbed. Indicates the autohide mode of the control. The dockable control for which the autohide mode is being queried. TRUE if the control is in autohide. Sets the control as an MDI child. The dock enabled control. Indicates whether the docked control is specified as MDI or not. Sets the control as an MDI child. The dock enabled control. Indicates whether the docked control is specified as MDI or not. The Rectangle for the MDI child. Indicates whether the specified control is in MDI Child mode or not. Instance of a control. true if the specified control is in MDI Child mode; otherwise, false. Control must be enabled for docking. Indicates the dock/float state of the dockable control. The control for which the dock/float state is being queried. TRUE if the control is floating. Returns the current docking style of the control. The Instance of a control. A value that specifies the dock type\position. Control must be enabled for docking. It will return DockingStyle.Fill for Floating state and Tabbed group. Returns array of controls which are tabbed with the given control. The instance of control whose tabbed siblings are to be returned Array of controls Determines whether the second control is under the same group of the first control. The instance of a control. The instance of a control. true if the second control is under the first control tab group ; otherwise, false. Both controls must be a part of tab group, otherwise it will return false. Gets the tab position of the specified control. The instance of a control. An Integer value that specifies the tab position of the control. Control must be part of tab group. Sets the docked control's position within tab group. The control instance. New position of control's page. Control must be part of tab group. newPosition must be valid page index of tab group. Indicates whether the specified control is tabbed or not. The Instance of a control. true if the specified control is tabbed; otherwise, false. Control must be enabled for docking. If contextmenu is enabled, then displays the Syncfusion XP menus. Else fires the contextmenu event with a null popup menu. The DockHostController instance. The coordinate point. Shows the Docking caption context menu at the specified point. Instance of a control The location of the menu to be displayed. Adds the DockingManager to the target providers list belonging to the current manager. The DockingManager to be added to the target list. Specifying a DockingManager as a target provider by adding it to another DockingManager's target list allows controls from the source manager to be dragged and docked onto the docking layout hosted by the target manager. Removes the DockingManager from the target providers list belonging to the current manager. The DockingManager to be removed from the target list. Specifying a DockingManager as a target provider by adding it to another DockingManager's target list allows controls from the source manager to be dragged and docked onto the docking layout hosted by the target manager. Serves to remove the specified controller from the docking manager. The Dock host controller Adds controller to the docking manager. Dock host controller. Sets the RTL property for the specified control. The dock-enabled control. TRUE indicates that the control is set as Mirrored; FALSE to disable Mirrored for a specified control. Forces the host form to recalculate it's layout. Restricts dock fill auto hide border. The DockingStyle Returns the serialized controls collection enumerator in the specified Serializer. Specifies whether control contains serialization information. The AppStateSerializer The dock-enabled control. Applies deserialized state to the control. Docking manager serialization wrapper Applies deserialized state. The DockingMgrSerializationWrapperAdv instance. Reads the persisted dockstate from the Isolated Storage. TRUE if the read is successful. Reads a previously serialized dockstate. A value. The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or the registry key containing the persisted dockstate information. TRUE if the load is successful. Reads the dockstate information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCommandBarState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. Reads a previously serialized dockstate using the AppStateSerializer object. A reference to the instance. TRUE if the load is successful. Reads the dockstate information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. //Loading DockState from IsolatedStorage AppStateSErializer appstser=new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, null); dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser); //Loading DockState from xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) AppStateSerializer appstser =new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState"); dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser); 'Loading DockState from IsolatedStorage Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, Nothing) dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser) 'Loading DockState from xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState") dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser) Reads a previously serialized dockstate for the specified dockable control and applies the new state. A reference to the instance. TRUE if the load is successful. When attempting to read from the store, the LoadDockState method first attempts to locate persisted data pertaining to this control from the stored dockstate information for the 's full control set and failing that looks for dockstate information that is exclusive to the control. Restores the dockstate to that set within the visual designer. TRUE if the load is successful. Saves the dockstate information for the specified dockable control. A reference to the instance. Takes a snapshot of the control's current dock state in the 's layout and serializes this information to the persistence medium set in the AppStateSerializer. Overloaded. Saves the current dockstate to Isolated Storage. Saves the current dockstate information to the specified persistence medium. A value. Specifies the name of an IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or a registry key to which the persistence information will be written. Writes the docking windows information to the persistence medium specified by the parameter and at the path specified by the object. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible SaveDockState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. Saves the current dockstate information to the specified . A reference to the instance. Writes the docking windows information to the persistence medium. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. //Saving DockState to IsolatedStorage AppStateSErializer appstser=new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, null); dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser); appstser.PersistNow(); //Saving DockState to xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) AppStateSerializer appstser =new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState"); dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser); appstser.PersistNow(); 'Saving DockState to IsolatedStorage Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, Nothing) dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser) appstser.PersistNow() 'Saving DockState to xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState") dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser) appstser.PersistNow() Initializes the control as a docking window and sets it to be in the autohide mode. The control instance. The host container edge along which the control will be autohidden. The autohide window size. Sets the control as a separate floating window. Floats the control as a resizable frame using the coordinates and bounds specified by the rcscreen parameter. The control to be floated. The bounds for the floating parent frame. //Float control panel1 in specified manner. dockingManager1.FloatControl(panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200)); 'Float control panel1 in specified manner. DockingManager1.FloatControl(Panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200)) Sets the control as a separate floating window. Floats the control as a resizable frame using the coordinates and bounds specified by the rcscreen parameter. The control to be floated. The bounds for the floating parent frame. When control is on DockTabPage, make entire DockTabControl floating if true. //Float control panel1 in specified manner. dockingManager1.FloatControl(panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200),true); 'Float control panel1 in specified manner. DockingManager1.FloatControl(Panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200),true) Overloaded. Docks the control to the specified dock-enabled parent control. The value provides the docking information and size. The interpretation of the dockstyle and nsize values depends upon the context of the dock operation. The control to be docked. The parent control that will host the new control. This can be the or any other dock-enabled control. A value that specifies the dock type position. Specifies the docked bounds for the control. //Code to dock a control to left of HostForm with width 100 dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); //Code to dock a control(panel1) to top of another docked control(panel2). dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//panel1 will take space from panel2 at the top //Code to dock a control(panel1) into another docked control(panel2) in tabbed style dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); 'Code to dock a control to left side of HostForm with width 100 DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) to top of another docked control(Panel2). DockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//Panel1 will take space from Panel2 at the top 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) into another docked control(Panel2) in tabbed style DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,Panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); Docks the control to the specified dock-enabled parent control. The value provides the docking information and size. The interpretation of the dockstyle and nsize values depends upon the context of the dock operation. The control to be docked. The parent control that will host the new control. This can be the or any other dock-enabled control. A value that specifies the dock type\position. Specifies the docked bounds for the control. Indicates whether to dock whole tab group or specified control only. If control is not part of tab group this parameter is ignored. //Code to dock a control to left of HostForm with width 100 dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); //Code to dock a control(panel1) to top of another docked control(panel2). dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//panel1 will take space from panel2 at the top //Code to dock a control(panel1) into another docked control(panel2) in tabbed style dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); //Code to Dock a control(panel1) into another docked control(panel2) in tabbed style with whole tab group dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,DockingStyle.Tabbed,150,false); 'Code to dock a control to left side of HostForm with width 100 DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) to top of another docked control(Panel2). DockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//Panel1 will take space from Panel2 at the top 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) into another docked control(Panel2) in tabbed style DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,Panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); 'Code to Dock a control(Panel1) into another docked control(Panel2) in tabbed style with whole tab group DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,Panel2,DockingStyle.Tabbed,150,false); Resets the active control in docking manager. It is preferable to handle this call in AutoHideAnimationStop event Raises the ProvidePersistenceID event. An ProvidePersistenceIDEventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnProvidePresistenceID method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvidePresistenceID in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvidePresistenceID method so that registered delegates receive the event. Generate DockHostController of Floating Form in VS 2010 DockBehavior Floating Form Transfers a dockable control to or from an MDI child window state. The dockable window to be transferred. TRUE to set the control as an MDI child; FALSE to restore to the dockable state. The size and position of the MDI Child window This method is valid only when the form hosting the is an MDIContainer. Calculates and sets size relations with siblings. controller to calculate relations for. Creates an instance of FloatingForm. A that has been created. Raises the event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. An that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A value that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. Toggles autohide state for specified DockHostController. DockHostController to toggle state for. If true - enter AH state, else exit AH state IF parent is DockTabControl specifies if to toggle AH state for single dhc or for entire DockTabControl. If to animate autohiding. Toggles autohide state for specified Control. Dock enabled control to toggle state for. If true - enter AH state, else exit AH state IF parent is TabControl specifies if to toggle AH state for single Control or for entire TabControl. If to animate autohiding. Overridden. See . To raise OnCaptionDoubleClick event Active docked child To Synchronize Docking Manager child controls Caption Buttons Child Control To DeSynchronize Docking Manager child controls Caption Buttons Child Control Occurs when the property changes. The ImageListChanged event occurs when a new imagelist is assigned to the DockingManager. Occurs when a docking window is about to be dragged. The DragAllow event is used by the to provide information about an upcoming drag operation. The drag can be cancelled by setting the event argument's Cancel property. This example shows how to cancel dragging on a particular control private void dockingManager1_DragAllow(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DragAllowEventArgs arg){ //Check the control which is going to be dragged and cancel according to that if(arg.Control==panel1) arg.Cancel=true; } Private Sub dockingManager1_DragAllow(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DragAllowEventArgs) Handles dockingManager1.DragAllow 'Check the control which is going to be dragged and cancel according to that If(arg.Control==panel1)Then arg.Cancel=true; EndIf End Sub Occurs just before a dock operation takes place. Occurs immediately after a dock operation. Occurs before control is going to maximize. Occurs after control is maximized. Occurs after control is minimized. Occurs after control is restored. Occurs after a control's DockVisibility state has changed. Occurs when a control's DockVisibility state is changing. This example demonstrates how to cancel closing of a docked control private void dockingManager1_DockVisibilityChanging(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockVisibilityChangingEventArgs arg){ //Check the control and cancel closing. if (arg.Control == panel1) arg.Cancel = true; } Private Sub dockingManager1_DockVisibilityChanging(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockContextMenuEventArgs) Handles dockingManager1.DockVisibilityChanging 'Check the control and cancel closing. if (arg.Control == Panel1) Then arg.Cancel = true; End If End Sub Occurs when a dockable control gets activated. Occurs when a dockable control gets deactivated. Occurs just before the start of autohide animation. This example describes how to prevent the animation when we hide controls private void dockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs arg) { if (arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Left || arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Right) Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width; else Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height; } Private Sub DockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs) Handles DockingManager1.AutoHideAnimationStart If (arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Left Or arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Right) Then Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width Else Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height End If End Sub Occurs immediately after the end of autohide animation. Event occurs before control AutoHide, when mouse pointer leave its bounds. The event will raised when AutoHideSelectionStyle is specified as MouseHover. Occurs when the right mouse button is clicked over a docking window's caption. This example demonstrates how to remove menu for a particular control private void docMgr_DockContextMenu(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockContextMenuEventArgs arg){ //Checking the control and assigning an empty menu if (arg.Owner == panel1) arg.ContextMenu = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.PopupMenu(); } Private Sub dockingManager1_DockContextMenu(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockContextMenuEventArgs) Handles dockingManager1.DockContextMenu 'Checking the control and assigning an empty menu If (arg.Owner == panel1) Then arg.ContextMenu = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.PopupMenu() End If End Sub Occurs when the redock context menu item has been clicked. Occurs just before a new dock state is loaded. Occurs immediately after a new dock state has been loaded. We can get the result of dock state loading operation if we cast the event handler argument to the DockStateLoadEventArgs private void dockingManager1_NewDockStateEndLoad(object sender, EventArgs e) { DockStateLoadEventArgs dsle = (DockStateLoadEventArgs)e; Console.WriteLine(dsle.LoadResult.ToString()); } Private Sub DockingManager_NewDockStateEndLoad(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles DockingManager.NewDockStateEndLoad Dim dsle As DockStateLoadEventArgs = CType(e, DockStateLoadEventArgs) Console.WriteLine(dsle.LoadResult) End Sub Occurs just before the start of feedback of a drag operation. Occurs immediately after the end of feedback of a drag operation. Occurs whenever a dockable control's caption needs to be painted. This sample illustrates how to use this event to custom paint title bar of a docked control void dockingManager1_ProvideGraphicsItems(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideGraphicsItemsEventArgs arg) { if (arg.Control == panel1) //Checks if the control is panel1 { if (arg.IsActiveCaption)//Different drawing for active and inactive states { arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Blue; arg.CaptionFont = new Font("Times New Roman", 10); arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White; } else{ arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Gray; arg.CaptionFont = new Font("Times New Roman", 10); arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White; } } } Private Sub DockingManager1_ProvideGraphicsItems(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideGraphicsItemsEventArgs) Handles DockingManager1.ProvideGraphicsItems If arg.Control Is Panel1 Then ' Checks if the control is panel1 If arg.IsActiveCaption then 'Different drawing for active and inactive states arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Blue arg.CaptionFont = New Font("Times New Roman", 10) arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White Else arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Gray arg.CaptionFont = New Font("Times New Roman", 10) arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White End If End If End Sub Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information of different instances of the Form type. The default persistence logic assumes that applications will have only unique instances of top-level Forms. In applications that deviate from this normal and have multiple instances of the same top-level form, the persisted state of one form will be overridden by another as the default logic makes no attempt to distinguish between the multiples. The ProvidePersistenceID event allows users' to workaround this particular condition, by permitting unique identifiers to be assigned for each instance of the form. Occurs if serialized information is not available for a dockable control when loading a persisted dock state. The fires this event when it cannot find any persistence information for a dockable control when loading a saved dock state. The particular control's DockVisibility property will be set to FALSE and the control hidden. Occurs when the DockingManager is not able to locate a control during a call. The fires this event when it is unable to find a previously persisted control during a operation. Applications can use this event as a hint to create and initialize controls selectively based on the control set present in the previously persisted docking layout. Occurs when a dockable control hosted by this is about to be transferred to the docking layout hosted by some other DockingManager. Occurs after a dockable control that previously belonged to some other DockingManager has been transferred to the docking layout hosted by this . Occurs when the right mouse button is clicked over a AutoHideTabControl. Gets or sets color scheme for Office2007 MDI children The default value is Office2007Theme.Managed Gets or sets a value indicating whether floating form need to be repainted. true if floating form repaint needed; otherwise, false. If there is any flickering while resizing floating form, this property can be set to false. This property is applicable for visual styles other than Default and VS2005. Gets or sets if docking MDI children should be in Office2007 style. true if Office2007MdiChildForm; otherwise, false. The default value is false. Get or sets the previous active control. Internal Property used to persist the Last (previous) active control of the docking manager when the container of the docking manager lose the focus. This is mainly used to persist the control when the Main Form Lose it's focus when a pop up like messagebox is shown. Get or sets the Validating cancelled control if any. Internal Property used to restore the focus when validating is cancelled by any of the child controls. Gets or sets the floating form's location. Maintains the collecition of control that needs customization. Gets/Sets the border width for FloatingForm in MetroTheme. Gets or sets the visibility of the control's parent before docking. Gets of sets the control which was the the parent of the control to be docked, before docking. Gets or sets the Control hosting the and all the associated dockable controls. The that will host the docking windows. This property references the Control containing the DockingManager and all the dockable controls. A Control can contain only a single instance of the DockingManager. Gets or sets the form hosting the and all the associated dockable controls. The that will host the docking windows. This property references the form containing the DockingManager and all the dockable controls. A form can contain only a single instance of the DockingManager. Gets the dock are controllers. A MemoryStream containing the dockstate information set by the visual designer. Indicates whether the application's docking windows state should be persisted. TRUE indicates the application's dock state will be persisted. Default is FALSE. When this property is set to TRUE, the application's dock state will be persisted upon application exit and restored during the subsequent launch. Gets or sets the style of dragging. The DragProviderStyle enumeration is used by the to enable the style of dragging the docking windows. VS2005 style is set for Visual Studio 2005 by default. Standard style will be set for VS 2002 and VS 2003 .NET Framework. Gets or sets the menu style. Gets or sets the visual style for the docking controls. OfficeXP style will reflect the Office2003 style. A containing the various visual styles. Gets or sets the forecolor of the Inactive caption. This property is only applicable when Visual Style is set as Metro. Gets or sets the fore color of the Active caption when Visual style is set as Metro. Gets or sets the visibility of the ShowMetroCaptionDottedLines. true, if lines are shown. otherwise false. The default value is true. Gets or sets the splitter back color when Visual style is set as Metro. Gets or sets the Caption button color when Visual style is set as Metro. Indicates the metro color. Default value is true. Gets or sets color theme for Office2007-like visual styles. Gets or sets color theme for Office2010-like visual styles. Gets or sets the imagelist containing the image objects used by the dockable controls. A containing the images associated with the various docking windows. Gets or sets the tooltipintervel for DockingManger using tooltip. A instance. Gets or sets the Ballon style for DockingManger using tooltip. A instance. Gets or sets the tooltip used by the dockable controls. A instance. Indicates whether controls will provide their own images. A boolean value; the default is FALSE. Setting the ControlScopeImages property to TRUE denotes that dockable controls will furnish the actual Image objects during initialization using the overload that accepts an Icon parameter and these images will be bound to the control's lifetime as a docking window. This contrasts with the default implementation where the references an object and controls merely provide the index to an Image in the ImageList. Determines whether to show images in captions of docked controls and floating forms. Gets or sets if to display scroll button on DockTabControl. Determines whether to show icons in AutoHide context menu. The default value is true. Indicates the visibility state for docking panel button's tooltip. The default value is true. Indicates whether the autohidden tabs can be dragged to make it float. FALSE indicates that the dragging feature is disabled When this property is TRUE, all the autohidden tabs can be dragged to make them float. Indicates whether the autohide feature is enabled. FALSE indicates that the autohide feature is disabled. Default is TRUE. When this property is TRUE, all docked windows will contain an autohide button that can be used to set/unset the particular control to/from the autohide mode. Specifies if the DockingManager is currently suspended. Indicates whether the key combinations for menu shortcuts should be passed to the Host form True indicates all the key combinations will pass to the HOST form. Indicates whether the menu button is enabled. FALSE indicates that the menu button is disabled. Default is TRUE. When this property is TRUE, all docked windows will contain the menu button that can be used to show context menu with dock/float/autohide functionalities Indicates whether the close button is present in docking windows. FALSE indicates the close button is hidden. The default is TRUE. When this property is TRUE, all docking windows will contain a close button that can be used to hideItem the particular control. Indicates whether the maximize button is present in docking windows. FALSE indicates the maximize button is hidden. The default is TRUE. When this property is TRUE, all docking windows will contain a maximize button that can be used to maximize the particular control. Gets or sets the caption buttons collection. Gets or sets the alignment of DockLabels. The default value is DockLabelAlignmentStyle.Default. Gets or sets the Selection style of Auto Hide window. The default value is AutoHideSelectionStyle.MouseHover. Gets or sets the alignment of tabs in tab groups. Indicates whether a context menu is displayed. FALSE indicates that the context menu is not displayed. Default is TRUE. When this property is true, clicking the right mouse button over the caption area of a docking window will display a context menu. The menu can be tailored by handling the event. Indicates whether a AutoHideTab context menu is displayed. FALSE indicates that the AutoHideTab context menu is not displayed. Default is TRUE. When this property is true, clicking the right mouse button over the AutoHideTab will display a context menu. The menu can be tailored by handling the event. Indicates whether a border is drawn around the host form's client rectangle. FALSE indicates that the border is hidden. The default is TRUE. When this property is TRUE, the 's available client rectangle is enveloped by a single-line border. The border will not be drawn if the form is an MDIContainer or if it contains a control. Indicates whether to paint docked control's borders. Gets or sets the border color of docked controls. Information about the brush using which the caption background is going to painted Gets or sets if to enable super tool tip for dock caption buttons. Information about the brush using which the caption background is going to painted when the docked control is in inactive state. Color of the caption text in active state. Color of the caption button in inactive state. Color of the caption button in active state. Color of the caption text in inactive state. Gets or sets the Font of the active caption. Gets or sets the font of the inactive caption. Gets or sets the value of the key, which can be used to tab through the docked controls. dockingManager1.BrowsingKey = Keys.F10; dockingManager1.BrowsingKey=((System.Windows.Forms.Keys)(Enum.Parse(typeof(Keys), "F12, Shift, Control"))); //This will set Ctrl+Shift+F12 as browsing key DockingManager1.BrowsingKey = Keys.F10 Me.DockingManager1.BrowsingKey = CType(Enum.Parse(typeof(Keys), "F12, Shift, Control"),System.Windows.Forms.Keys) 'This will set Ctrl+Shift+F12 as browsing key Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the list of dockable controls. A for the control list. This example shows how to get the collection of controls IEnumerator ienum = this.dockingManager1.Controls; ArrayList dockedctrls = new ArrayList(); while(ienum.MoveNext()) dockedctrls.Add(ienum.Current); foreach(Control ctrl in dockedctrls) Console.WriteLine(ctrl.ToString()); Dim ienum As IEnumerator = Me.dockingManager1.Controls Dim dockedctrls As ArrayList = New ArrayList() Do While ienum.MoveNext() dockedctrls.Add(ienum.Current) Loop Dim ctrl As Control For Each ctrl In dockedctrls Console.WriteLine(ctrl.ToString()) Next Returns an array of dockable controls. Returns the last active docking window. A value. Null if no window has been activated yet. Gets or Sets a value indicating whether custom buttons can be drawn in floating window Indicates whether docked control will occupy the form's full client region. A boolean value; default is FALSE. When the DockToFill property is set to TRUE, controls are docked such that they occupy the host form's entire available client region.

The DockToFill option should not be set when the host form is an MDIContainer or if it contains an instance of the control.

Indicates whether the controls are allowed to be floated. A boolean value. Default is FALSE. When the DisallowFloating property is set to TRUE, controls may be moved around and docked within the form or other dockable controls, but are not allowed to be floated. When docked control is in unpinned autohide state this value indicates whether to slide back selected control. A boolean value. Default is FALSE. Enables or disables the MDI child activation triggered floating control visibility. A boolean value. Default is TRUE. When the MDIActivatedVisibility property is enabled floating controls associated with s hosted in MDI child forms will be shown only when the particular form is the active MDI child. When the MDI child loses activation all floating windows tied to the DockingManager will be hidden.

NOTE: This property applies only when the DockingManager is hosted, either directly or indirectly through a ContainerControl, in an MDI child form.

Indicates whether to bind floating control visibility state to the host control's visibility. A boolean value. Default is TRUE. When the HostActivatedVisibility property is enabled floating controls associated with a hosted in a ContainerControl will be shown only when the host control is visible. Hiding the host control will automatically hide all floating windows tied to that control.

NOTE: This property applies only when the DockingManager is hosted in a ContainerControl.

Indicates whether XP Themes(visual styles) should be used for the docking windows. True to turn on themes; false otherwise. Gets or sets the interval between mouse movement across an autohide tab and showing or hiding the control. An integer value specifying the time in milliseconds. Gets or sets the width of splitters between docking windows. Integer value between 0 and 30. Default value is 4. Indicates whether docked and floating windows can be resized using the medial splitters. Resizing is disabled when TRUE. Default is FALSE. Indicates whether to paint panel's caption. Boolean value. Default value is True. Indicates whether to show full autohide tabgroup's page caption. Boolean value. Default value is FALSE. Indicates whether to auto adjust selected caption in Autohide mode. Boolean value. Default value is true. This property is not applicable for Visual style VS2005 and VS2010. Gets or sets the height of the tab control used in tabbed docking groups. An integer value. Gets/sets the caption font of the docked control Gets/Sets Docking behavior of Docking Manager Gets or sets the Font for the tab control used in tabbed docking groups. A value. Gets or sets the forecolor of the Docked tab control. This property is not applicaple when visual style is set as Metro Gets / sets the padding to use to the left of the tabs while calculating the tab positions. A float value representing the horizontal padding. The default value is 5.0F Gets/Sets the forecolor of the AutoHiden tab control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to reduce flickering in RTL mode on startup. true if reduce flickering in RTL mode; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the height of the autohide tab control. An integer value. Determines whether allow to move tabs inside DockTabControl. Gets or sets the font for the autohide tab control. An integer value. Returns the current RTL setting based on the host control's setting. Enable or disable the firing of DragFeedback events upon dragging splitters. Enable or disable the state transition upon double click on caption Gets or sets whether PriorityController need to be set when in DockToFill mode. To get/set the Target dockingManager. Gets or sets a value indicating whether docking control should be imported. true if docking control should be imported; otherwise, false. Returns the key used for serializing the state information. A String value. This method can be overridden to provide a custom serialization key. Enable user to detect once double click occurs on docked windows caption NotifyNativeWindow class Constructor of the NotifyNativeWindow The DockingManager instance. The HostControl. Returns the Painter. The FramePainter contains the Brush, Color, Opacity, Painter Type and Painter. The FramePainter class provides the data (Brush, Color, Opacity, Painter Type and Painter). Constructor of the FramePainter. Gets/Sets the Painter. Gets/Sets the Brush. Gets/Sets the PainterType. Gets/Sets the Color. Gets/Sets the Opacity. SplitterWidthException class Constructor of the SplitterWidthException Constructor of the SplitterWidthException Error message Constructor of the SplitterWidthException Exception Constructor of the SplitterWidthException Error message Exception The DockingMgrSerializationWrapperAdv class helps to serialize the dock state information. Initialize the HashTable. Constructor of the DockingMgrSerializationWrapper. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the DockingMgrSerializationWrapper. The DockingManager instance. Gets the GetDHCSerializationWrapper The DockHostController instance. Gets the DHCSerializationWrapper. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the DockingMgrSerializationWrapperAdv. The DockingManager instance. The DHCSerializationWrapper helps to provide serialization support. Constructor of the DHCSerializationWrapper. The DockHostController instance. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Initialize ArrayList. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the ControllerWrapper Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the MainFormControllerWrapper. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the LayoutControllerWrapper. Gets / Sets the Layout rectangle. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the FloatingFormControllerWrapper. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the SizingControllerWrapper. Gets / Sets the DockPreference Gets / Sets the DockingStyle Gets / Sets the Priority Gets / Sets the TransientRect Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the DockHostControllerWrapper. Gets / Sets the DockingStyle Gets / Sets the ControlName Gets / Sets the UniqueName The InternalDockStateWrapper class provides the serialization support. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the InternalDockStateWrapper. Gets / Sets the InternalController. Gets/ Sets the Relations Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the DockStateWrapper. Gets / Sets the StoredLayoutSize. Gets / Sets the InternalController Gets / Sets the Relations. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the DragSplitterControllerWrapper Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Constructor of the DockTabControllerWrapper. Gets the controls. The DockingWrapperForm provides the Office2007 UI interface. Defines an interface through which a child will get notifications from a regarding certain events. You should implement this interface when you want to customize certain features in the TabbedMDIManager. You can customize the context menu that pops up when the user right clicks on the tab, for example. Called when a is attached to the main form. The TabbedMDIManager. This will also get called when a new child form implementing this interface is being created and added to an mdi parent bound to a TabbedMDIManager. Called to indicate that the TabbedMDIManager is being detached from the mdi parent. The TabbedMDIManager. Called before the context menu is shown when the user right-clicks on a tab. The representing the context menu. Called after the context menu is shown when the user right-clicks on a tab. The representing the context menu. Called when the mdi child has been added to a new . The to which the mdi child form was added to. The tab index representing the mdi child form in the tab control. Use the property to get a reference to the tab control. Returns the custom text for the tab. Set this "out" param to true if you intend to provide a custom tab text, or else set it to false. A string value that will be the corresponding tab's text, if you intend to return a valid value; else return value will be ignored. Indicates whether the user can drag and drop the tab corresponding to this mdi child in the tabbed mdi. Constructor of the DockingWrapperForm. The DockingManager The dock enabled control. Constructor of the DockRelation. Constructor of the DockRelation. The ArrayLis The DockInfo. Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. Gets / Sets the RelatedControllers. Gets / Sets the Relation The DockStateControllerWrapper class provides the Dock information. Redock the controller. The DockInfo Indicates whether it forced to new Overrides the CloseController Constructor of the DockStateControllerWrapper. The DockingManager instance. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Overrides the Refresh. Validate the target controller in specified point. The co ordinate point. False. Update the Control. Overrides the DockAsMDIChild Overrides the GetDockInfo The dock enabled control. The co ordinate point of docked control The DockInfo. Overrides the EnterAutoHideMode Overrides the ExitAutoHideMode Indicates the control close on exit. Calculate the size. Parent size The new parent size Indicates the Vertically Re sizable or not. False. Indicates the Horizontally Re sizable or not. Gets/Sets the InternalControl. Gets / Sets the Relations. Gets / Sets the floating. Returns true if the controller is hosted within a floating frame. Else false Gets / Sets the LayoutRect Gets the HostControl Gets / Sets the AutoHide Mode. The DockTab controlller class provide the abiltiy to tab the docked control. Variable indicating last hit tab button of tab control. Gets a value indicating whether the control is being disposed of. Constructor of the DockTabController The DockingManager instance. The DockTabControl instance. Overrides the AddToDCR. It helps to add the docked control in specified dock relationship. The DCRelationship Overrides the InsertIntoDCR. It helps to insert the docked control in specified index. The ArrayList The index which needs to be inserted The DCRelationship. Overrides the RemoveFromDCR. It helps to remove the tab page. The DCRelationship. Update the DCR index. The DCRelationship. Remove the tab page The DockControllerBase instance. Gets the Tab page at specified index. The index of the tab page. Gets the index of the Child Host. The DockControllerBase instance. Returns the Host index. Gets the Dock information. The dock enabled control. The co ordinate point The DockInfo. QueryDropProceedWithDock The control which needs to be drop. The DockingStyle. Set the Host control for selection. The event raised when Dock tab selected index changed. The source of the control. The EventArgs contains the event data. Occurs when Resizing the hostcontrol. The source of the control. The EventArgs contains the event data. Adjust the layout of the DockTabControl. Close all tabpages and dispose tabcontrol. Close the controller. The DockHostController instance. Transit the Floating control to Docked state. Transit the docked control to Floating state. Transit the docked control to another docking state. Transit the docked control dock in Floating state. Transit the Floating to Docking in Floating state. Transit the Docked control in Float to Floating state. Invoke the previous dock, float transition. Indicates whether the Show floating. Refresh the parent controller. Remove the DockHostFromTab The DockControllerBase instance Indicates whether transit to previous state. Invoke Docking The DockControllerBase instance. Returns the value of the Query dock relationship. The DCRelationship instance. Attempt the docked control relationship docking. The DockControllerBase instance. The IEnumerator. Invoke the docked control relationship with Docking. The DockControllerBase instance. The DCRelationship. Redock the controller. The DockInfo Indicates whether it forced to new Enter the Dock tab control in AutoHide Mode Exit the AutoHideMode Indicates whether close on exit. Calculate the size The parent size The new parent size. Returns whether its resized vertically. Returns whether its resized horizontally. Recreates wrapper for current controller. Gets type of current transit operation. Apply Dockinfo. Dock the control as MDI Child. Update the Control. Returns the Drag tab page. Gets a value indicating whether the control is being disposed of. Gets/ Sets the Layout Rectangle. Gets / Sets the Floating Gets the Dock Tabbed control Gets the host control. Gets / Sets the HostController. Gets / Sets the ParentController. Gets / Sets the Pause Activation. Gets the child count. Gets the IEnumerator. Gets / Sets the DCRelationship. Gets / Sets the SelectedController Gets the MinimumSize Gets the ChildControllers The DockTabPage class. Initialize the DockHostController. Constructor of the DockTabPage. The DockHostController instance. The text of the Dock tab page. The image index. Override the ForeColor of the TabData The DockTabControl class, provides tab appearance in dock control. Constructor of the DockTabControl. The DockingManager instance. The DockHostController instance. Initialize the forecolor of the docked tab control Initialize the DockingManager Insert the tab in DcokTab control. The index which needs to be insert the tabpage The DockTabpage instance. Add the DockTab page in Docked tab control. The DockTabPage instance. This hostcontroller calls this method, when it's parent has changed. Reparent remaining tab dockclients to the hostcontroller's new parent Handle the Mouse down event. The MouseButtonse The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Mouse move event. The MouseButtonse The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Mouse up event. The MouseButtonse The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Double click event. The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Double click event. Initiate the Floating form resize. The mouse co ordinate point. Gets the design mode. Gets the index of the tab item The mouse co ordinate point. Update the Renderer. Gets the InternalController Gets the tab for ThemedControlDrawing. Gets / Sets the Font. Gets / Sets the Active font. Gets or sets the forecolor docked tab control Gets or sets the DockingManager. Gets/Sets the padding. Gets / Sets the Tab alignment. Indicates the Scroll button whether should display or not the DockTabThemedRenderer class. Constructor of the DockTabThemedRenderer. The ITabControl instance. The ITabPanelRenderer instance. Gets the Overlap size. Gets the TabStyleName. The DragSplitterController class. Constructor of the DragSplitterController The DockingManager instance. The DragSplitter instance. Overries the AddChild. It helps to add a child. The DockControllerBase instance. The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Overrides the InsertChild. It helps to insert the child. The DockControllerBase instance. The index which needs to insert the child. The DockingStyle. Overrides the RemoveChild. It helps to remove the child. The DockControllerBase instance. Gets the child with the specified index. The index of the child Null. Gets the index of the child host. The DockControllerBase instance. Adjust the layout of the DragSplitter. Gets the DockInfo The dock enabled control. The co ordinate point, The DockInfo Dock the docked on dropped position. The dock enabled control. The DockingStyle. Based on the new splitter position, resize target controls Calculate the Size. The parent size. The new parent size. Indicates whether vertically re sizable. Indicates whether horizontally re sizable. Overrides the DockAsMDIChild. It helps to dock control as MDIChild. Update the Control Gets the Host control. Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. Gets / Sets the Floating. Gets the Child count. Gets the Child host count. Gets the IEnumerator Gets the Minimum size. The DragSplitter class. Constructor of the DragSplitter The DockingManager instance. Update the cursor. Returns the suitable dock target. The DockControllerBase interface. Initiate the drag. The MouseAction on dragging. The co ordinate point. Returns the allowed drag axis. The mouse point of the drag location. The mouse point. The dragged axis. Returns the DrawHollow Cancel the drag operation. Returns the QueryDragProceedWithDock. Handle the Mouse down event. The MouseButtonse The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Mouse move event. The MouseButtonse The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Mouse up event. The MouseButtonse The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Double click event. The mouse co ordinate point. Handle the Double click event. Initiate the Floating form resize. The mouse co ordinate point. Gets the design mode. Events fired before and after the splitter is moved Event fired on DragSplitter moved. Gets / Sets the Internal controller. Gets / Sets the DragDockInfo. Gets / Sets DragRectangle. Gets / Sets the Cursor. Coded UI Accessibility for DragSplitter Accessibility Hold FloatingForm instance Constructor Gets the Accessible Role The DragDockInfo class the contains the dragged control information. Gets/ sets the DockPreference Gets / Sets the DockingStyle Gets / Sets the Dock Area Gets/ Sets the priority. Gets / Sets the DockControllerBase. IFrameBorderPainter interface. Draw the Frame The rectangle needs to be drawn. Draw the tab frame. The rectangle needs to be drawn. The DockTabAlignmentStyle. Gets / Sets the Tab height. Gets / Sets the IsMirrored Overrides the StartPaint Overrides the EndPaint Draw the Frame. The rectangle needs to be drawn Draw the tab frame. The rectangle needs to be drawn. The DockTabAlignmentStyle. Overrides the DrawRectangle. The rectangle of the screen. Overrides the DrawRectangle. The rectangle of the screen. The VisualStyle Retrieves device-specific information for the specified device. A handle to the DC. The item to be returned. Logical pixels inch in X Horizontal width in pixels Horizontal width of entire desktop in pixels Show Floating Constructor of the ColorBorderPainter. The brush needs to be painted. Constructor of the ColorBorderPainter. The color needs to painted. Overrides the StartPaint. Overrides the EndPaint Draw the Frame. The rectangle needs to be drawn Draw the tab frame. The rectangle needs to be drawn. The DockTabAlignmentStyle. Overrides the DrawRectangle Overrides the DrawRectangle Gets/ Sets the Opacity. Sets the Brush color. Sets the Brush. Indicates the PaintFigure. Indicates the BorderRectangle Specifies the different target position of the docking window. Inner Left of the target window. Inner Top of the target window. Inner Right of the target window. Inner Bottom of the target window. Inner Tab of the target window. Outer Left of the target window. Outer Top of the target window. Outer Right of the target window. Outer Bottom of the target window. None of the target position in a window. Contains the details about the currently dragging control and target position of the docking control. Creates a new instances of a class. Overloaded constructor. Returns the Target position of the docking windows. Returns the area of Host form where the docked window is to be docked. Contains the details about the currently dragging control that allows the highlight of the docking control. Constructor of the AllowHighlightEventArgs Gets / Sets AllowHighlight. Handles the OnMouseEnter event. The source of the control. The DragControlEventArgs contains the event data. Handles the OnMouseLeave event. The source of the control. The DragControlEventArgs contains the event data. Handles the OnMouseUp event. The source of the control. The DragControlEventArgs contains the event data. Handles the OnAllowHighlight event. The source of the control. The AllowHighlightEventArgs contains the event data. Handles the OnMouseMove event. The source of the control. The AllowHighlightEventArgs contains the event data. Constructor of the DragTargetForm. Constructor of the DragTargetControl. Show the control. Hide the control. Paint the control. The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Set the bounds. The Rectangle. Raised on mouse move. The mouse co ordinate point. Process the Mouse up event. The Mouse point. Dispose Drag target control. Occurs when mouse enter. Occurs when mouse leave. Occurs when mouse up. Occurs when mouse move. Gets / Sets the parent control. Gets / Sets Active image. Gets / Sets Inactive image. Gets the visible Gets the current image. Gets / Sets the Drag Target. Gets the Internal control. Gets the Controller Rectangle. Returns the image The index. Show the control. Hide the control Show outer control Hide outer control. Show inner control. Hide inner control. Gets the mouse move The mouse co ordinate point. Returns the mouse up. The mouse co ordinate point. Dispose the drag control. Occurs on mouse enter. Occurs on mouse leave. Occurs on mouse up. Occurs in allow highlight. Gets / Sets the OuterControlller rectangle. Gets/ Sets the InnerController Rectangle Gets the inner visible. Gets the outer visible. Gets the visible. Gets / Sets the DockAbility. Gets / Sets the Outer DockAbility Returns the controller rectangle. Returns the image. Drag OuterControl. parent control. Returns the image. Show the control Hide the control. Returns the mouse down. The mouse co ordinate point. Returns the mouse move. The mouse co ordinate point. Returns the mouse up. The mouse co ordinate point. Dispose drag outer control. Occurs on mouse enter. Occurs on mouse leave. Occurs on mouse up. Occurs on mouse move. Occurs on allow highlight.. Gets / Sets the DockAbility. Gets / Sets the OuterDockAbility. Gets / Sets the ParentControl Gets/ Sets the Controller Rectangle. Drag the InnerControl The DragControl instance. Show the control Hide the control. Paint the Drag Inner control. Returns the mouse move. The mouse co ordinate point. Returns the mouse up. The mouse co ordinate point. Dispose drag inner control. Occurs on mouse enter. Occurs on mouse leave. Occurs on mouse up. Occurs on allow highlight. Gets / Sets the ParentControl Gets the Center point. Gets/ Sets the Controller Rectangle. Gets / Sets the DockAbility. Gets / Sets the OuterDockAbility. Contains the details of the mouse and painting messages for internal use. Returns the true if the messages are either painting or mouse. Otherwise it will return false. The IDragProvider interface. Custom Drag Provider class will provide the option to change the default drag provider style. Static field to get or set the bool value whether the DisallowFloating cursor should be displayed or not. Indicates the flag to Initiate the drag or not Specifies the current point of the dragging window. Specifies the initial position of the dragging point. Instance of the DragMessageFilter class to specify the messages of Mouse and Paint messages. Occurs on key down Occurs the keyup event. Update colors. Dispose the custom drag provider. Returns if it is allowed do dock IDraggable control to specified target controller. Dragging control. Dock target control. Is dock operation allowed. Returns if it is allowed do dock IDraggable control to internal target controller. Dragging control. Is dock operation allowed. Creates a new instances of a class. Overloaded constructor. Overridable method. It gets current the Docking Information Force the StopDrag Overridable method. Overridable method. Overridable method. Overridable method. Overridable method. Overridable method. Overridable method. Returns the control being dragged currently. Correct docked window location, after it has been dragged outside of working area, so it becomes visible. Returns the CanFloat When DisallowFloating Gets / Sets the SingleTabOperate. Specifies whether dragging of controls is allowed. Specifies the currently being dragged control. Gets/sets the docking manager instance. Overrides the ProcessMouseMove. The DockControllerBase intstance The IDraggable interface. The mouse point. Overrides the ProcessMouseUp. The DockControllerBase intstance The IDraggable interface. The mouse point. Overrides the ProcessDoubleClick event. Terminate the drag operation. The dock enabled control. The mouse point. Gets / Sets the Border color Gets / Sets the border width. Force the control to stop drag. Constructor of the WhidbeyDragProvider The DockingManager instance. Dispose the target form. Overrides the ProcessCtrlKeyDown. Overrides the ProcessCtrlKeyUp Overrides the ProcessMouseDown The DockControllerBase instance. The IDraggable instance. The mouse co ordinate point. Overrides the ProcessMouseMove The DockControllerBase instance. The IDraggable instance. The mouse co ordinate point. Overrides the ProcessMouseUp The DockControllerBase instance. The IDraggable instance. The mouse co ordinate point. Terminate the drag. The IDraggable instance. Retrurns the scaling. The scalig value. Overrides the GetUnderlyingControl The mouse co ordinate point. Get the Drag The host rectangle. The DockControllerBase instance. The DragTarget instance. Overrides the CanFloatWhenDisallowFloating Constructor of the TargetForm. Initialize the InternalForm Show the region on drag and drop. The DockTabAlignmentStyle Show the rectangle of the target form. The rectangle of the target form. Hide the target form Dispose the internal form. Gets/ Sets the BackColor Gets/ Sets the BorderColor Gets / Sets the BorderWidth Gets / Sets the Opacity Gets / Sets the Bounds. Gets / Sets the Location. Gets the visible. Spcifies the device information. Vertical height in pixels Horizontal width of entire desktop in pixels DragProvider in Whidbey style. Constructor of the VS2012DragProvider. see the Updates Colors. Creates target form with specific parameters. The DragProvider in Whidbey style. Constructor of the VS2010DragProvider. see the Updates Colors. Creates target form with specific parameters. The DragProvider in Whidbey style. Constructor of the VS2005DragProvider. see the Updates Colors. Creates target form with specific parameters. The Drag control for Whidbey drag provider style. Constructor of the VS2005DragControl. Loads images. Dispose the control. WhidbeyDragTargetControl. Defines constatn hilight color. Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. The source of the component The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Hide the control. Get current image. InnerDragControl fo Whidbey drag provider. Constructor of the VS2005InnerDragControl. Parent controller Initializes components. Calculates hit areas. Paints control area. The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Processes mouse move. Mouse position. if processed. Dispose the control. Generates hilighting graphics path . index of docking(top, left...) Graphics path. Occurs on mouse enter. Occurs on mouse leave. Occurs on allow highlight. OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. Default constructor of the VS2005OuterDragControl. Parent Controller. See the Initializes provider with specific parameters. Dispose the control. InnerDragControl fo Whidbey drag provider. /// WhidbeyDragTargetControl. /// Drag control for Whidbey drag provider style. Constructor of the VS2012DragControl. Loads images. Dispose the control. Defines constatn hilight color. Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Hide the control. Get current image. Constructor of the VS2012InnerDragControl. Parent controller Initializes components. Calculates hit areas. Paints control area. The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Processes mouse move. Mouse position. if processed. Dispose the control. Generates hilighting graphics path . index of docking(top, left...) Graphics path. Occurs on mouse enter. Occurs on mouse leave. Allows to highlight. OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. Default constructor of the VS2012OuterDragControl. Parent Controller. See the Initializes provider with specific parameters. Dispose the control. InnerDragControl fo Whidbey drag provider. /// WhidbeyDragTargetControl. /// Drag control for Whidbey drag provider style. Constructor of the VS2010DragControl. Loads images. Dispose the control. Defines constatn hilight color. Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Hide the control. Get current image. Constructor of the VS2010InnerDragControl. Parent controller Initializes components. Calculates hit areas. Paints control area. The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Processes mouse move. Mouse position. if processed. Dispose the control. Generates hilighting graphics path . index of docking(top, left...) Graphics path. Occurs on mouse enter. Occurs on mouse leave. Occurs on allow highlight. OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. Default constructor of the VS2010OuterDragControl. Parent Controller. See the Initializes provider with specific parameters. Dispose the control. VS2008DragProvider is used to provide docking in VS2008 style. Class constructor of the VS2008DragProvider. Parent DockingManager class. Initializes DragProvider class. Refreshes colors used to paint DropTargetForm. Creates target form to point the drop location. Parent DockingManager Constants used by Vs2008 DragProvider Event args used to force opacity change. Constructor of the FadeEventArgs. The sender of the object. Drag control class is used to layout and manage drop arrows. Constructor of the VS2008DragControl. Returns the mouse move. The mouse co ordinate point. VS2008 drag provider system uses VS2005 image names. Method is used to refresh look of VS2008DragProvider. Gets / Sets the DockAbility. VS2008OuterDragControl class is used to layout and manage drag arrows used to dock control to host form. Creates new instance of VS2008OuterDragControl class. Parent DragControl. Hide the control. Shows drag arrows with fade effect. Gets if mouse cursor is above DragControl. VS2008InnerDragControl class is used to layout and manage dreag arrwos used to dock control to another dock enabled control. Creates new instance of VS2008InnerDragControl class. The VS2008DragControl instance. Returns the mouse move. The mouse co ordinate point. Shows control with fade effect. Immediately hides control. Gets/sets layout rectangle for this control. Gets/sets current DockAbility. VS2008DragTargetControl class is used to show drop arrows. Paints control. Sender Paint event args Indicates if mouse pointer is above this control. Timer used to calculate and perform fade effect. Initializes new instance of VS2008FadeTimer class. Fires fade change event. Fade change args. Initiates animation. Forces timer to stop. The FloatingFormController class. Constructor of the FloatingFormController. The DockingManager instance. The FloatingForm instance. Host control resize The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Overrides the AddChild. It helps to add child.. The DockControllerBase instance. The DockingStyle Overrides the InsertChild. It helps to insert the child. The DockControllerBase instance. The index which needs to be inserted. The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Overrides the RemoveChild. It helps to remove the child. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the ReplaceChild. The current DockControllerBase instance. New DockControllerBase instance. Gets the child in specified index. The index of the child control. Gets the child host index. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the AdjustLayout. Invoke close controller on child Indicates the target controller. The mouse co ordinate point. Overrides the GetDockInfo The dock enabled control. Mouse point The DockInfo Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock The dock enabled control. The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Invoke Redocking Invoke the docked control to Redock with dock relationship. Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking The DockControllerBase instance. The IEnumerator. Overrides the ApplyDockInfo Overrides the DockAsMDIChild Update the control. Gets / Sets the ImageIndex. Gets the HostControl. Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. Gets / Sets the Floating. Gets the ChildCount Gets the ChildHostCount. Gets the ChildEnumerator Gets the IEnumerator. Gets the ChildControllers. Gets the MinimumSize Indicates the AutoHide status The auto hidden control in collapsed state. The auto hidden control in expanded state. The floating form control. Indicates the enable. Indicates the enable. Indicates whether it needs to be enable or not. Disable the control. Constructor of the floating form. The DockingManager instance. Updates Form BorderStyles, Icon and caption text for Vista Aero Themed OS. Performs toggling auto hide state in floating forms Implementation of the IDraggable interface methods The DockControllerBase instance. Initiate the drag The mouse action. The mouse point Returns the allowed drag axis. The mouse point of the drag location. The mouse point. The dragged axis. Returns the DrawHollow Cancel the Drag operation. Returns the QueryDragProceedWithDock. Indicates if the Default//VS2005 style is set with Vista Aero Theme enabled. Defnes if to passby windows messages. Shows close button's tool tip. Hide close button's tool tip. Update the control box visibility. Handles the mouse down. The MouseButtons. The mouse point. Handles the mouse move. The MouseButtons. The mouse point. Handles the mouse up. The MouseButtons. The mouse point. Handles the double click. The mouse point. Handles the mouse leave. Initiate the FloatingResize. The mouse point Gets the design mode of the FloatingForm. Overrides the Refresh. Gets the controller. To update maximize and restore caption button based on windows state. Gets the Image rectangle. Gets / Sets the CloseButtonVisibility Gets/Sets value to define AutoHideMode in Floating Form Gets/Sets value to display AutoHideButton in Floating Form Gets / Sets the InternalController Gets / Sets the DragDockInfo Gets / Sets the DragRectangle Gets / Sets the Text Gets/sets PassbyMessages value. Coded UI Accessibility for Docking Manager Hold FloatingForm instance Constructor Gets the Accessible Role Gets the Accessible Value Gets the Accessible Name Gets the Accessible Description Occurs on Mdi activation Occurs when de activate the control. Occurs on close. Handles the OnMdiActivate, OnDeactivate and OnClose events. The MainFormController class. Constructor of the MainFormController The DockingManager instance. The ContainerControl. Invoked by the docking manager when the form first loads Returns the TargetController The mouse co ordinate point. Gets the BorderController The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle Gets the GetAHTabControl The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Gets the dock info for controller. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the InvokeDocking. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the InvokeDCRDocking. The DockControllerBase instance. Add child The DockControllerBase instance. The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Insert the child The DockControllerBase instance. The index which needs to be inserted. The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Overrides the RemoveChild The DockControllerBase instance. Gets the child in specified index. The index of the child. Gets the Child host index from the child. Gets the Dock info. The dock enabled control. The mouse co ordinate point. The dock info. Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock The dock enabled control The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Adjust the layout of the Form controller. Adjust the layout dock area. Refresh the control. Draw the outer border for the splitter control The source of the control. The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. Enter on AutoHideMode The DockStateControllerBase instance. Indicates whether it need to be animate or not. Load in AutoHideMode The DockStateControllerBase instance. Exit the AutoHideMode The DockStateControllerBase instance. Indicates whether its closed on exit. Allow the splitter sizing. The DockStateControllerBase instance. Overrides the DockAsMDIChild. Update the control. Gets the HostControl Gets / Sets the PriorityController Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. Gets / Sets the Floating. Gets the ChildEnumerator Gets the ChildCount Gets the ChildHostCount. Gets the IEnumerator. Gets the FocusHolderControl Gets the ChildControllers. Represents a Panel derived control for use with the Essential Tools Docking Windows framework. The DockingClientPanel is a subclass of the control and implements a docking layout aware container that may be used for hosting the non-dockable controls on the Form or ContainerControl that houses the . By virtue of it being aware of the docking layout, the DockingClientPanel's bounds are automatically repositioned or resized when the container's client area changes during the course of docking/undocking operations. Controls placed on the DockingClientPanel can thus avail of it's static boundary for implementing any required layout management.

NOTE: The DockingClientPanel should not be used in MDIContainer forms as the equivalent functionality is provided by the MDIClient window.

Creates an instance of the class. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container enables the user to scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. A boolean value. Indicates whether the control is sized to fill the form's client area. A boolean value. During runtime this is always TRUE. Gets or sets the border style of the control. A value. The default is BorderStyle.FixedSingle. Defines the edges of the container to which a certain control is bound. When a control is anchored to an edge, the distance between the control's closest edge and the specified edge will remain constant. Gets / Sets the DockStyle THe FocusHolder class. Constructor of the FocusHolder The SizingController class provides the required information. Constructor of the SizingController. The DockingManager instance. The dock enabled control. The DockPreference. Add To DCRSharedList Call CloseController on this controller's immediate children. This will invoke recursion. Invoke the docking in SizingController. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the QueryRelationship. The DCRelationship Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the InvokeDCRDocking. The DockControllerBase instance. The DCRelationship Add the child in SizingController. The DockControllerBase instance. The DockingStyle Insert the child in SizingController. The DockControllerBase instance. The index which needs to be inserted. The DockingStyle Overrides the RemoveChild The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the ReplaceChild. The current DockControllerBase instance. New DockControllerBase instance. Gets the child in specified index. The index of the child control. Gets the child host index. The DockControllerBase instance. Overrides the GetDockInfo The dock enabled control. Mouse point The DockInfo Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock The dock enabled control. The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. Update the control. Overrides the AdjustLayout. Overrides the RedockController. The DockInfo. Indicates whether the control is forced to new dock. Calculate the size. The parent size. New parent size. Gets whether its Vertically Resizable or not. Gets whether its Horizontally Resizable or not. Overrides the DockAsMDIChild Gets the ChildControllers. Gets / Sets the PriorityController Gets the HostControl. Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. Gets / Sets the DICurrent. Overrides. The DockInfo Gets / Sets the Floating. Travel up the hierarchy till you reach a windowed controller Gets the ChildCount Gets the ChildHostCount. Gets the IEnumerator. Gets the ChildEnumerator Gets / Sets the current DCRelationship. Gets the ChildHostEnumerator. Gets the IsEmpty Gets the DockPreference Gets the Minimum size. Constructor of the LayoutResizer. The SizingController instance. Calculate the size. Gets the rectangle. Indicates the index of the control. VSSubclass is used to detect showing/hiding of Visual studio. Is VS window is visible. Override. Windows message. Raises VisibleChanged event. Indicates whether VS window is visible. Occurs when visibility is changing. Handles the VisibleChangedEventH event. The source of the control. Indicates the visibility. Base class to others that keep colors for different part of docking windows. Constructor of the ColorTableBase. Refresh the colors when theme changed. Initialize the color table Specifies the theme Initialize the color table. Gets the theme. Base class to other Office2010-like color tables. Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2010Base. Initialize the color table. Initialize the color table Specifies the theme Refresh the colors when theme changed. Gets/ Sets the Office2010Theme. Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2010-like appearance). Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2010. Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Base class to other Office2007-like color tables. Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2007Base. Initialize the color table. Initialize the color table Specifies the theme Refresh the colors when theme changed. Gets/Sets the Office2007Theme. Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2003-like appearance). Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2003. Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the OuterBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the GripperForegroundColor of appropriate themes. Contains the GripperBackgroundColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Visual Studio 2005-like appearance). Constructor of the ColorTableVS2005. Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office VS2010-like appearance). Constructor of the ColorTableVS2010. Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the OuterBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the GripperForegroundColor of appropriate themes. Contains the GripperBackgroundColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Visual Studio 2012-like appearance). Constructor of the ColorTableVS2012. Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2007-like appearance). Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2007. Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Contains the PushedButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2007-like appearance). Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2007Outlook The IControlStyleLayout interface. Sets the DEF_OUTER_BORDER_WIDTH. Hit Test Area. Indicates whether the mouse buttons pressed The mouse co ordinates point. Gets the Button ImageBounds Reset the caption button index. Returns the caption button index which mouse button pressed. Returns the caption button which mouse button pressed. Returns the Caption Button bounds The index of the caption button. Gets/Sets the ControlBounds. Gets/Sets the IsMirrored. Gets/Sets the CaptionOrientation. Gets/Sets the CaptionEnabled. Gets/Sets the Floating. Gets/Sets the ImageEnabled. Gets/Sets the CaptionButtonOptionsTable Returns the ActiveButtonIndex. Returns the PushedButtonIndex. Gets the Border width. Gets the TheckBorderWidth Gets the ThinBorderWidth. Gets/Sets the OuterBorderWidth. Gets the CaptionWidth. Gets the CaptionBounds. Gets the ThinBorderCaptionBounds. Gets the ThickBorderCaptionBounds. Gets the TextBounds. Gets the ImageBounds. Gets the TextRectHeight. Constructor of the CustomLayout. Hit Test Area. Indicates whether the mouse buttons pressed The mouse co ordinates point. Gets the Border width. Gets the ThickBorderWidth Gets the ThinBorderWidth Returns the Text bounds. Returns the Image bounds. Returns the caption bounds. Gets/Sets the TextRectHeight. Gets the ThickBorderCaptionBounds. Gets the ThinBorderCaptionBounds. Constructor of the LayoutOffice2003. Gets the CaptionWidth. Gets the GripperRectangle. Gets the OuterBorderWidth Constructor of the LayoutVS2005. Gets the CaptionWidth Gets the OuterBorderWidth. VS2010 layout appearance Constructor of the LayoutVS2010. Gets the CaptionWidth. Gets the GripperRectangle. Gets the OuterBorderWidth Constructor of the LayoutVS2012. Gets the CaptionWidth. Gets the OuterBorderWidth. Constructor of the LayoutOffice2007Base. Gets the CaptionWidth. Gets the ThinBorderWidth. Gets the ThickBorderWidth. Gets the OuterBorderWidth. Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. Gets the CaptionLowerBounds. Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. Gets the CaptionLowerBounds. Constructor of the LayoutOffice2010Base. Gets the CaptionWidth Gets the ThinBorderWidth. Gets the ThickBorderWidth. Gets the OuterBorderWidth. Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. Gets the CaptionLowerBounds. Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. Gets the CaptionLowerBounds Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. Gets the CaptionLowerBounds Provides the interface for for rendering the docking manager with the different themed color. Draws the docking windows. Draws the splitter control. Draws the AutoHide panels. Initializes color scheme in accordance with current theme. Initializes Office2007 colors according to given theme. Initializes Office2010 colors according to given theme. Refreshes renderer's info about painted docked control. Returns the HitTest area on the docking caption. Returns index of button for HitTestArea.Button hit test result. Returns index of button that is currently highlighted. /// Returns CaptionButton for HitTestArea.Button hit test result. Resets all data related to last performed hit test. Gets/Sets the VisualStyle for docking windows. Get/sets the bounds of the control. Gets the bounds of caption. Returns the width of the caption. Returns the width of the Border. Indicates the whether the caption to be painted from RTL or not. Caption bar of the docking windows. Creates the instance of the Caption bar. Overloaded Constructor.Creates with the CaptionState. Overloaded Constructor. Creates with Enabled state. Overloaded Constructor. Creates with the Label text. Overloaded Constructor. Creates with Caption state, docking label, Docking label alignment and with the customized font. Gets/sets the Caption state of the docking windows. Returns the enabled state of the docking windows. Gets/sets the Docking Label of the docking windows. Gets/sets the Dock label alignment style of the docking windows. Gets/sets the font for the docking windows caption. Rendering the docking manager with specified visual style. Creates the instances of the DockingManagerRenderer. Initialize the caption line to show. Draws the docking windows. Refreshes renderer's info about painted docked control. Draws the splitter control. Draws the AutoHide panels. Returns the HitTest area on the docking caption. Returns index of caption button at the specified point. Returns index of button that is currently highlighted. /// Returns CaptionButton for HitTestArea.Button hit test result. Initializes color scheme in accordance with current theme. Initializes Office2007 colors according to given theme. Initializes Office2010 colors according to given theme. Resets all data related to last performed hit test. Indicates the whether the CaptionLines is shown in Metro style. Gets or sets of alignment of the DockingManager caption text. Gets/sets the Visual Style of the docking windows. Returns the width of the caption. Returns the width of the Border. Gets/Sets the FloatBorderSize. Returns the width of the thick border. Returns the width of the thin border. Get/sets the bounds of the control. Gets the bounds of caption. Indicates the whether the caption to be painted from RTL or not. Collection of the docking windows different part of the classes such as Caption, Close Button and Pin Button. Creates the instance of the class. Overloaded constructor. The caption bar of the docking window The CaptionButtonOptionsTable instance. Indicates whether the border needs to be painted or not Indicates whether the floating The caption image index. The ImageList instance Overloaded constructor. The caption bar of the docking window The CaptionButtonOptionsTable instance. Indicates whether the border needs to be painted or not Indicates whether the floating The caption image index. The ProvideGraphicsItemsEventArgs contains the event data. The ImageList instance Gets/sets the Caption of the docking windows. Gets/Sets the borders of the docking windows. Determines whether to paint FloatingForm or docked window: TRUE - paint FloatingForm; FALSE - paint docked control. Gets/Sets the image that should be painted in caption. Gets/Sets additional painting arguments. Gets caption buttons and options associated with them. Gets ImageList that contains images used to paint CaptionButtons. Used to indicate whether painted control is in design mode. Returns the Renderer The VisualStyle. Specifies the edges of the host form to auto hide. For Internal use. Left edge of the host form. Top edge of the host form. Right edge of the host form. Bottom edge of the host form. Specifies the area which is hit by mouse pointer. None of the area. Border area of the docking window. Caption part of the docking window. Caption button of docking window. Specifies the Caption of the docking windows. Normal state of Caption. Active state of Caption. Specifies the different XP OS themes. Classic theme of XP OS. XP Blue theme of XP OS. XPOlive theme of XP OS. XPSilver theme of XP OS. Zune theme of XP OS. Represents the Office2007 tab properties for the tab style. Space between top border and panel. Returns the default fore color for the tabs. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. Draws the background of the tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. DockTabRenderer for Office2007 style. Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. Returns the overlap size. The overlap size. This implementation returns (0, 0). Overrides the Docked tab fore color Color of the docked tab item Overrides the fore color of Active tab. Color of the active tab item Creates a new instance of the DockTabRenderer Office2007 class. The tab control parent. The parent. Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Paints the background. The Graphics objects. The Rectangle needs to be painted. The Brush instance. Paint the borders The Graphics objects. The Rectangle needs to be painted. The Brush instance. The width of the border. Paints the Gripper. The Graphics objects. The Orientation which paints the gripper. The location of the gripper. The Brush instance for foreground. The Brush instance for background. Indicates the dot count. Paints the Gripper. The Graphics objects. The Orientation which paints the gripper. The location of the gripper. The Bitmap instance Indicates the dot count. Paints the Button background. The Graphics objects. The Rectangle needs to be painted. The Pen instance to draw the border The Brush instance to draw the Draw the text. The Graphics objects. The string which needs to be drawn. The font of the text. The brush instance. The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the text. The StringFormat Paint the custom button image. The Graphics objects. The Image instance. The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the text. Paint the close button image. The Graphics objects. The Pen instance The Rectangle which needs to be draw close button image. Paint the PinButton image in vertical. The Graphics objects. The Pen instance. The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Pin button image in vertical. Paint the PinButton image in Horizontal. The Graphics objects. The Pen instance. The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Pin button image in horizontal. Paint the MenuButtonImage The Graphics objects. The Pen instance. The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Menu button image. Paint the Maximize button image. The Graphics objects. The Pen instance. The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Maximize button image. Paint the Restore button image. The Graphics objects. The Pen instance. The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Restore button image. The IStyleRenderer interface. Constructor of the StyleRenderer. Refresh paint information. The rectangle which needs to refreshed. The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. Reset the ResetCaptionButtonsIndices. Paint DockedControl The Graphics object. The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the docked control. The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. Paint the Splitter. The Graphics object. >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. Paint the Auto hide panels. The Graphics object. The Rectangle which needs to be paint the AutoHide panels. The AutoHideSide. Get the Highlighted button index. Refresh the colors. Refresh the Office2007 theme. The Office2007Theme. Refresh the Office2010 theme. The Office2010Theme. Returns the HitArea. The MouseButtons whether the pressed or not. The co ordinate point of the hit area. Gets the Caption button index by using the mouse operation. The caption button index. Gets the caption button. The CaptionButton Gets the CaptionWidth Gets the BorderWidth Gets the ThickBorderWidth Gets the ThinBorderWidth Gets/Sets the Control bounds. Gets the Caption bounds. Gets/Sets the IsMirrored. Refresh the colors. Paint DockedControl The Graphics object. The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the docked control. The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. Paint the Auto hide panels. The Graphics object. The Rectangle which needs to be paint the AutoHide panels. The AutoHideSide. Paint the Splitter. The Graphics object. >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. Gets the highlighted caption button index. Constructor of the RendererOffice2003. Paint the Splitter. The Graphics object. >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. Specifies the Button color Specifies the Splitter color Specifies the Border color. Constructor of the RendererMetro. Initialize the caption line to show. Paint the Splitter. The Graphics object. >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. Paint DockedControl The Graphics object. The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the docked control. The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. Gets the ThickBorderWidth. Gets or sets the ShowCaptionLines Gets or sets of alignment of the DockingManager caption text. Constructor of the RendererVS2005. Renderer class for visual studio 2010 theme Constructor of the RendererVS2010. Paint the Splitter. The Graphics object. >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. Refresh the Office2007 theme. The Office2007Theme. Refresh the Office2010 theme. The Office2010Theme. Constructor of the RendererOffice2010 Constructor of the RendererOffice2007 Constructor of the RendererOffice2007Outlook. TabGroupRendererOffice2003 paints tabs in group mode. Item border width. Width of shadow rectangle. Properties for panel painting for current style. Registers class types. Creates an instance of the . The instance. The parent instance. Returns the rectangle to draw shadow in from item's bounds. Item bounds to draw shadow for. Draws shadow near the tab. Graphics to use. Rectangle to shadow near. Draws borders of tab. Drawing arguments. Draws background of tab. Drawing arguments. Gets tab style name. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Paints group tabs in office 2007 style. Border width. Properties for panel painting for current style. Registers class types. Creates an instance of the . The instance. The parent instance. Corrects bounds of tab item. default bounds. corrected bounds. Corrects bounds for interior. default bounds. Gets text color Color of text in tab item Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item Color of the active tab item Draws borders of tab. Drawing arguments. Draws background of tab. Drawing arguments. Gets tab style name. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Gets/Sets the Office2007Theme. TabUIOffice2003Properties describes properties for painting tab groups in AH mode Offise2003 style. Space between top border and panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Paints panel back ground. Panel owner. Graphics to use. Background color. Bounds of panel to paint. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. TabUIOffice2007Properties describes properties for painting tab groups in AH mode Offise2007 style. Space between top border and panel. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Paints panel back ground. Panel owner. Graphics to use. Background color. Bounds of panel to paint. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. Paints AH tab groups in VS2005 style. TabGroupRendererVS2005 paints tabs in group mode Visual studio 2005 Beta style. Offset between tab items. Width correction. Properties for panel painting for current style. Stores bounds of tab items. Defines if bounds changed. Stores tab group bounds. Collection to store hit rectangles of items. Offset for hit region. Inner shadowed border path. Offset for text in curved borders. Registers class types. Creates an instance of the . The instance. The parent instance. Gets group item bounds. Number of item. Bounds. Gets outer and inner border path from bounds in VS2005 style. Bounds in which to draw border. Border path. Override. See the Override. See the Performs hit test. Mouse position. If any tab item is hit. Gets preferred size for tab item. Graphics for string measuring. preferred size. Calculates overlap size. tab size. Size. Draws interior. Arguments for draw interior action. Corrects Gets current bounds. Current bounds. Gets interior(separator of tabs)bounds. Current bounds. If tab is selected. Interior bounds. Calculates hit bounds for current item. Bounds of item. Draws background. Painting arguments. Draws borders. Draw bounds action arguments. Event hangler for Items changed event. object sender. Change collection event arguments. Event hangler for item bounds changed event. object sender. Sets item bounds. Graphics to use. Bounds of tab items. Gets tab style name. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Returns the instance that provides default properties for this renderer. Border Color. Gets/sets bounds. Gets/sets tab (group) data. Width correction to base tab item width. Stores calculated width of AH tab items. Registers class types. Creates an instance of the . The instance. The parent instance. Overrides the GetOverlapSize. The size of the tab. Returns preferred size for group items. Graphics to measure strings. Preferred size Borders are not painted in this method// see PaintBorders. Info needed to draw tab item. Overrides the fore color of the tab item Color of text in tab item Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item Color of the active tab item Overriden. Info needed to draw tab item. No background in VS2005 style. Paints borders. Called from DrawInterior(). Performs hit test for this renderer style. MousePosition for hit test. if mouse is over rendered area. Sets bounds for each item. Graphics to use. Bounds of tab items. Gets AH caption to draw. Default caption for item. Caption to draw. Reformated if needed. Gets tab style name. Paints AH tab groups in VS2010 style. Width correction to base tab item width. Stores calculated width of AH tab items. Registers class types. Creates an instance of the . The instance. The parent instance. Overrides the GetOverlapSize. The size of the tab. Returns preferred size for group items. Graphics to measure strings. Preferred size Borders are not painted in this method// see PaintBorders. Info needed to draw tab item. Overrides the fore color of the tab item Color of text in tab item Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item Color of the active tab item Overrides the DrawInterior. Info needed to draw tab item. No background in VS2005 style. Paints borders. Called from DrawInterior(). Performs hit test for this renderer style. MousePosition for hit test. if mouse is over rendered area. Sets bounds for each item. Graphics to use. Bounds of tab items. Gets AH caption to draw. Default caption for item. Caption to draw. Reformated if needed. Gets tab style name. Width correction to base tab item width. Stores calculated width of AH tab items. Registers class types. Creates an instance of the . The instance. The parent instance. Overrides the GetOverlapSize. The size of the tab. Returns preferred size for group items. Graphics to measure strings. Preferred size Borders are not painted in this method// see PaintBorders. Info needed to draw tab item. Overrides the fore color of the tab item Color of text in tab item Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item Color of the active tab item Overriden. Info needed to draw tab item. No background in VS2005 style. Paints borders. Called from DrawInterior(). Performs hit test for this renderer style. MousePosition for hit test. if mouse is over rendered area. Sets bounds for each item. Graphics to use. Bounds of tab items. Gets AH caption to draw. Default caption for item. Caption to draw. Re formated if needed. Gets tab style name. TabUIVS2005Properties describes properties for painting AH tab panel in VS2005 style. Space between top border and panel. Overridden. Returns the default back color for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Overridden. Returns the default inactive tab's color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Overridden. Returns the default active tab's color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Paints auto hide tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. TabUIVS2010Properties describes properties for painting AH tab panel in VS2010 style. Space between top border and panel. Overridden. Returns the default back color for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Overridden. Returns the default inactive tab's color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Overridden. Returns the default active tab's color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Paints auto hide tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. Space between top border and panel. Overridden. Returns the default back color for the panel. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Overridden. Returns the default inactive tab's color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Overridden. Returns the default active tab's color. The tab panel data. The tab control. A Color value. This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. Paints auto hide tab panel. The parent implementation. The Graphics into which to draw. The background color. The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. Indicates whether to draw from left to right. Panel that contains layout info about hosts contained in MDIClient. A default coefficient for panels dividing. Divides panel on two parts, sets locations and sizes for panel. Method finds TabHost equal to previous TabHost and creates new LayoutPanel on its place with TabHost and previous TabHost. Previous TabHost. Newly created TabHost. Horizontal alignment for LayoutPanel. Method finds TabHost and delete it reference from LayoutPanel. Previous LayoutPanel. TabHost to remove reference. Set LayoutPanel's TabHost. Gets TabHost which belong to Panel. Indicates that TabHost should be get from ComponentOne, otherwise from ComponentTwo. Set LayoutPanel's unique name based on this TabHost's name. Uses in deserialization. Set LayoutPanel's components to null if LayoutPanel is nullable. Uses in deserialization. Some panels can contain ComponentOne and ComponentTwo with null values. Indicates if panel ComponentOne and ComponentTwo have null references. Set LayoutPanel for own TabHosts. Sets equal weights for all the tab hosts. Sets coefficient to default value. Toggles LayoutPanel alignment. Get quantity of TabHost controls in a current LayoutPanel. The quantity of TabHost controls in a current LayoutPanel. Indicates whether additonal tab host must be added. Divides TabHost controls which are situated before current TabHost control and after it and fills corresponding collections. Current TabHost control. Collection with TabHost controls which are situated before current TabHost control. Collection with TabHost controls which are situated before current TabHost control. Indicates to which collection TabHost control must be added. Gets size of current TabHost. Used to change TabHost size when visual style of TabbedMDIManager is changed. The current TabHost. Indicates how Panel divides itself on two parts. True - horizontally, false - vertically. LayoutPanel's size. LayoutPanel's location. TabHost that contain info about SplitterHost. Coefficient uses in panel dividing. Unique name to indentify Tab hosts and layout panels. Used in serialization and deserialization. Name of first Tab host. Name of second Tab host. Gets or sets objects allocation inside Panel. Gets or sets unique name to indentify Tab hosts and layout panels. Represents the class that manages the tabbed mdi. The TabbedMDIManager enables a tabbed look and feel for the MDI children in its MDI client area popularized in Visual Studio.Net(r). This can be accomplished without having to make any changes to the MDI parent or the MDI child. It also supports horizontal and vertical tab groups and supports dragging the mdi children into and away from the groups. You can also merge items to the Context Menu provided by the TabbedMDIManager.Note that when you attach a TabbedMDIManager to your MDI parent, you should use the TabbedMDIManager's property instead of the MDI parent's MDIChildren property. This is because the tabs manager, introduces additional mdi children into the mdi client that are not part of your application. For the same reason you should also use the property to auto-insert mdi child windows into a instead of the property. This however, is not necessary when you use XPMenus.The TabbedMDIManager also automatically stores the user's preferences in the isolated storage with respect to the tab group alignment, number of tab groups and their sizes. Note that this persisted state is reapplied on the existing mdi children, the next time you call . So, this pattern requires you to instantiate all the mdi children before you call AttachToMdiContainer in your app.Take a look at for some sample codes that deals with issues like displaying the mdi children in the MDI Windows menu, etc. You can optionally, programmatically control the number of tab groups and which tab group a form gets associated with using the , and other methods. The is the form that hosts each tab group. The is the tab control that is used to draw the tab group. Initializing the tabbed MDI layout is simple. In your Form Load handler: this.tabbedMDIManager = new TabbedMDIManager(); this.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(this); Me.tabbedMDIManager = New TabbedMDIManager() Me.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(Me) Minimum TabHost width when Splitter is moving. Minimum TabHost height when Splitter is moving. Specifies the Row count Instance that holds base level Layout Panel Gets the activetab host. Close button visible. Indicates whether the control is displayed. Indicates whether object was disposed. The visibility of the drop down button. Panel that contains layout data. Uses for backward compatibility. True - indicates that TabbedMDIManager mode is on, false - TabbedMDIManager mode is off. Hash table of MDIChild forms and corresponding wrappers of SublassHWMD type, where MDIChild form is key and SublassHWMD instance is value. Native window subclass for MDI container form. Indicates whether BeforeMDIChild event should be raised. Used to set the ToolTip for DropDownButton and CloseButton. Collection of forms which needs to show Close button. Creates a new instance of the TabbedMDIManager. Initializes TabbedMDIManager. Indicates whether the TabHost specified is still in use in the TabbedMDIManager. The to validate. True if the TabHost is still in use; false otherwise. Sets the tooltip for the tab associated with the specified Form. The mdi child Form. The tooltip string. Returns the tooltip specified for the form. The form whose tooltip is required. The corresponding tooltip string. This method returns the tooltip text set using a previous call to . Indicates whether a new horizontal tab group can be created, off the active child form. Creates a new horizontal tab group, moving the active child form to that group. Tab group name. Creates a new horizontal tab group, moving the active child form to that group. Indicates whether a new vertical tab group can be created, off the active child form. Creates a new vertical tab group, moving the active mdi child to that group. Tab group name. Creates a new vertical tab group, moving the active mdi child to that group. Indicates whether the current active form can be moved to the previous tab group. True if possible; false otherwise. Moves the current active mdi child to its previous tab group, if any. Indicates whether the current active form can be moved to the next tab group. True if possible; false otherwise. Moves the current active mdi child to its next tab group, if any. Returns the given a mdi child form. A mdi child form instance. A that hosts the mdi child Form. Will return null if the mdi child form is not found. Returns the given a mdi child form. A mdi child Form instance. A that hosts the mdi child form. Will return null if the mdi child form is not found or not associated with a tab page. Moves the active form to the specified tab group. The representing the tab group. Use the property to get the current list of s. Moves the active form to the specified tab group. The representing the tab group. A MDIChild form. Moves a child form to the specified tab group. The child Form. The representing the tab group. Use the property to get the current list of s. Sets next TabHost control for a current one. Current TabHost control. TabHost control to add. Sets previous TabHost control for a current one. Current TabHost control. TabHost control to add. Adds TabHost controls to collections of TabHost controls, which are next and previous TabHost controls for MDIChild form Current TabHost control. Adds TabHost control to collection of TabHost controls, which are next TabHost controls for MDIChild form. TabHost control to which current TabHost control must be added. Current TabHost control. Adds TabHost control to collection of TabHost controls, which are previous TabHost controls for MDIChild form. TabHost control to which current TabHost control must be added. Current TabHost control. Consolidates the child forms in different tab groups into a single tab group. Removes the Tab host. Removes TabHost's reference from existent TabHosts. TabHost which is removed. Method removes TabHost from LayoutPanel and modifies it. TabHost to remove. Cancels the pending splitter operation. True if successful; false if nothing was canceled. Cancels a pending operation. Dragging the splitters, for example. True if successful; false if nothing was cancelled. Suspends the layout. Resets the layout to it's default value. Updates the active tab host. Reads the tab group state information from a persistence medium. Reads the tab group states from the Isolated Storage. TRUE if the read is successful. This method loads and applies the saved tab group states on the currently loaded child forms. Note that the loaded state information is not cached to be applied to child forms that might be created later. This method is automatically called by the method. You could optionally call this method or it's other overloaded variants to load the tab group states at a different time. Reads the previously serialized tab group states. A value. The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or the registry key containing the persisted tab group information. TRUE if the load is successful. Reads the tab groups information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadTabGroupStates(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. Reads the previously serialized tab group states. A reference to the instance. TRUE if the load is successful. Reads the tab groups information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. Note that the and methods get called automatically when you enable/disable tabbed mdi. You could also cosider using the other overloaded variant that loads the information from the Isolated Storage. Applies deserialized state to the control. Method tries to deserialize layout information that contains in serialized LayoutPanel class. The nullable panel for refilling needed layout info. The deserialization info. Gets TabHost with equal hame. Name to find. Locks the Host Form redrawing. Locks the MDI client redrawing.(MDI Client alone) Unlocks the MDI Client redrawing. UnLocks the Host Form redrawing. Saves the current tab groups information into a persistence medium. Saves the current tab group states to Isolated Storage. Calling this method saves the current tab group states in Isolated Storage. This method is also called by the method to save the tag group states while disabling tabbed mdi. You could call this or any of it's overloaded variants to explicitly save the state at any specific time. Saves the current tab groups information to the specified persistence medium. A value. Specifies the name of an IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or a registry key to which the persistence information will be written. Writes the mdi tab groups information to the persistence medium specified by the parameter and at the path specified by the object. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to use the and methods. This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible SaveTabGroupStates(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. Clears the state of the saved tab group. Saves the current tab groups information to the specified persistence medium. A reference to the instance. Writes the mdi tab groups information to the persistence medium. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the serialization process. Note that the and methods get called automatically when you enable/disable tabbed mdi. You could also consider calling the other overloaded variant that stores the tab group informtion in Isolated Storage. Detaches an mdi parent from the TabbedMDIManager. The mdi parent to be detached that was previously attached through AttachToMdiContainer. True indicates that it will layout mdi children in cascade mode after detaching itself; false otherwise. This will remove all references to the mdi parent and resume default mdi behavior. This method will also save the current tab group state in Isolated Storage. Detaches an mdi parent from the TabbedMDIManager. The mdi parent to be detached that was previously attached through AttachToMdiContainer. True indicates that it will layout mdi children in cascade mode after detaching itself; false otherwise. This will remove all references to the mdi parent and resume default mdi behavior. This method will also save the current tab group state in Isolated Storage. This method is almost a stub, needed only for mouse hook subscribing. Checks if command key can be processed. This will be called after the controls and forms are done with processing the ProcessCmdKey. Attaches a mdi parent to the TabbedMDIManager. The mdi parent to attach to. This will attach the TabbedMDIManager to the mdi parent and invoke tabbed look-and-feel in the mdi client area. You should typically do this in the mdi container's constructor or in the Form Load event. This method will also call to load and apply the saved tab group states on the loaded child forms. Note that this loaded state will not be cached to be applied on child forms that might be loaded in a later stage. Method creates wrapper for MDIChild form handle, sets MessageFilter to filter received messages and adds values to hashtable. MDIChild form whose handle is to be wrappered. Method sets MessageFilter as null reference to prevent handling messages If MDIChild form is removed method also removes references of MDIChild form from hash table and message filter. MDIChild form which message handling must be stopped. True determines that MDIChild form is removed, otherwise TabbedMDIManager simply changes its state to detached. Renames tabHosts. Begins renaming from "TabHost_1". Lets you specify the weights for the tab groups when allocating the available space between them. An array of integers. An integer array with the same count as the current number of tab groups. The sum of these weights should be greater than 1. Use to take a tab group take all the available area. Divides layout panels and allocates space for Tab hosts according to default coefficient of each panel. Divides layout panels and allocates space for Tab hosts equaly. Call this method to make the tab group hosted in the specified occupy the maximum space. A instance. Updates scroll offset of currently activated MDI child form. Suspends MDIClient window and MDI container redrawing. Indicates if MDI container should be suspended for redrawing. Redraws MDIClient window and MDI container. MDI container MDI client. Indicates if MDI container should be redrawn. Resumes layout for the MDIContainer and MDICLient. Specified MDIContainer. Specified MDIClient. Indicates whether resume layout will perform for MDIContainer. True - resume layout will be performed. Suspends redrawing specified form. Resumes redrawing for the specified form. Asynchronously redraws MDIClient window and MDI container. Resumes layout for the MDIContainer and MDICLient. Indicates whether resume layout will perform for MDIContainer. True - resume layout will be performed. Asynchronously resumes redrawing for the specified form. Fires the event. The event args. Fires BeforeDropDownPopup. Overridden Fires the event. The event args. Fires the event. The event args. Overridden Set TabHost's SplitterHosts bounds to Rectangle.Empty value. The event handler for the "New Horizontal Tab Group" menu item. The event source. The event data. The event handler for the "Cancel" menu item. The event source. The event data. The event handler for the "Close" menu item. The event source. The event data. The event handler for the "New Vertical Tab Group" menu item. The event source. The event data. The event handler for the "Move Previous" menu item. The event source. The event data. The event handler for the "Move Next" menu item. The event source. The event data. Initializes the tab control representing a tab group. A derived instance. Creates and returns an MDITabPanel. A reference to an MDITabPanel control. MDITabPanel is a TabControlAdv derived class used internally by TabbedMDIManager. You can use this instance just as you would any TabControlAdv instance. You can customize the tab being drawn by providing a custom MDITabPanel derived tab or modifying the properties of the MDITabPanel instance returned by the base class. Called when an mdi child form gets removed. The mdi child Form. Raised when size of the image in the mdi tabs is changed. Called when ShowCloseButton property is changed Adds a form to a tab host. The form to add. The destination . Creates a to host a tab group (in a tab control). A new instance. Initializes the as soon as it gets created. The to initialize. The tab group index which this tab host will represent. Validates the active child form. Refreshes all MDI tab panel. Update close and drop down buttons. Get distances for splitter moving. SplitterHost to move. Value splitterHost can move to right or up side. Value splitterHost can move to left or down side. This function helps, to maintain equal size for loaded TabGroup. Specifies no. of Row to be displayed, greater than 2 To Set equal Spacing for TabGroups loaded in TabbedMDI Manager To update the coefficient To update the coefficient value based on level Creates LayoutPanel with one TabHost. Method modifies remaining redundant collections and properties. ToolStrip item to which MDIChildren menu items should be added or removed. List which contain menu items with MDIChild window reference. Container which is used to manipulate child windows. Activates MDIChild window selected by user. Updates dropdown items by MDIChildren list. Removes menu items which belong to MDIChildren references from ToolStrip menu item ToolStrip menu item from which menu items should be removed. Gets MDIChildren from MDI container. Indicates whether the current value of AttachedTo is to be serialized. Gets or sets the visibility of the close button. Gets or sets the tooltip text for the close button. Gets or Sets the ToolTip text for the DropDownButton Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs should be closed on middle button click. true if to be closed on middle button click; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the visibility of the drop down button. Indicates whether the control is displayed. Gets or Sets update for HostedForm Indicates whether the active child form will be validated before activating a new child form. True to perform validation before switching the active child form; false otherwise. Default is false. The default mdi behavior is to let you switch child forms even if validation fails for the active form. This is the default behavior in the TabbedMDIManager as well. When this property is turned on and if validation failed on the active form, the user cannot click on a tab or use Ctrl+Tab keys to activate a new page. However, note that the active child form can still be changed programmatically. Gets or sets the context menu that will be used along with the default tab context menu when the user right-clicks on a tab. A ContextMenu instance. TabbedMDIManager uses our XP Menus classes for its context menu.Using this you can add additional menu items to the context menu that pops up when a user clicks on a tab.This menu will be merged with the default tab context menu. The items in the default tab menu have a merge order of 10. Using the appropriate merge order you can insert the custom items before or after the default items. This example adds a custom context menu to the tabbed mdi manager. // Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu ParentBarItem contextMenuItem = new ParentBarItem(); BarItem newDocItem = new BarItem(); newDocItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.addDoc1_Click); newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc"; newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30; contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem); BarItem exitItem = new BarItem(); exitItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.FileExit_Clicked); exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit"; exitItem.MergeOrder = 30; contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem); contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem); // Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem; ' Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu Dim contextMenuItem As ParentBarItem contextMenuItem = New ParentBarItem() Dim newDocItem As BarItem newDocItem = New BarItem() AddHandler newDocItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf addDoc1_Click) newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc" newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30 contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem) Dim exitItem As BarItem exitItem = New BarItem() AddHandler exitItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf FileExit_Clicked) exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit" exitItem.MergeOrder = 30 contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem) contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem) ' Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem Gets the Defaultcontext menu Returns the mdi children of the associated mdi parent. An array of forms containing the mdi children. Use this property instead of accessing the mdi parent's MDIChildren property to get a list of mdi children. This is necessary because the TabbedMDIManager inserts additional mdi children that your application need not and should not access/modify. foreach(Form form in this.tabbedMDIManager.MdiChildren) { children += form.Text + "\r\n"; } Dim form As Form For Each form In Me.tabbedMDIManager.MdiChildren ' Process form Next Gets or sets the close button color. Returns an array of instances that contains the tab control(see ) used to draw a tab group. Returns the representing the "Close" menu item. Gets or sets the size of the image in mdi tabs. Gets or sets the tabs to be painted as 2D, 3D(regular), WorkbookMode or other registered tab types. Gets or Sets, show close button for tab only when mouse is over it. This property will work only if property is set to true. Gets or Sets, show close button back color. Gets or Sets, close button back color. Gets or Sets, show close button for individual tabs or not. Returns the current mdi parent form managed. Indicates whether to use Icons in tabs. True to use icons; false otherwise. Default is true. When true, the Tabs will get the Icon from the mdi child form's Icon property. Indicates whether the user can drag and drop tabs(child forms) from one tab group to another. True to allow the user to customize the tab group settings; false otherwise. If this property is true, the user will be allowed to create new tab groups and move tabs (child forms) between tab groups through the context menus and simple drag and drop. If false, the creation and sizes of the tab groups can only be set programmatically. This property also determines whether the tab group's settings are persisted for use across application instantiation. The state will be persisted only if this is set to true. Specifies whether the MDI Client will be locked when certain tasks are performed. Gets or sets a unique ID to differentiate different instances of this class. The runtime persisted information of this class will be scoped by this ID. Indicates whether the tabs should be drawn XP themed. True to draw themed; false otherwise. Default is false. Gets or sets the menu item to which the MDI Children list should be added. The to which the list should be added. Use this property instead of the property.This is necessary because the tabbed mdi manager inserts additional mdi children that your user should not and need not be aware about. Note that when you use XP Menus in Essential Tools as your mdi container's main-menu then this property need not be set. You should instead use the in XP Menus to represent the mdi child windows list. XP Menus framework automatically handles the case when the mdi child windows layout is managed by the TabbedMDIManager. The following example shows how to initialize the TabbedMDIManager with a form that is an mdi container. It also sets a menu to be an mdi list (using the TabbedMDIManager.MdiListMenuItem property) and adds custom entries to the default tab context menu. public MainForm() { // // Required for Windows Form Designer support // InitializeComponent(); tabbedMDIManager = new TabbedMDIManager(); //tabbedMDIManager.UseIconsInTabs = false; //Add Window Menu this.miWindow = mainMenu.MenuItems.Add("Window"); miWindow.MergeOrder = 10; miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Cascade", new System.EventHandler(this.WindowCascade_Clicked)); miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Horizontal", new System.EventHandler(this.WindowTileH_Clicked)); miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Vertical", new System.EventHandler(this.WindowTileV_Clicked)); miWindow.MenuItems.Add("MDI Tabbed", new System.EventHandler(this.TabbedWindows_Clicked)); // Let the TabbedMDIManager insert the Mdi Child windows list this.tabbedMDIManager.MdiListMenuItem = miWindow; // Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu ParentBarItem contextMenuItem = new ParentBarItem(); BarItem newDocItem = new BarItem(); newDocItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.addDoc1_Click); newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc"; newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30; contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem); BarItem exitItem = new BarItem(); exitItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.FileExit_Clicked); exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit"; exitItem.MergeOrder = 30; contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem); contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem); // Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem; } // Convenient way to toggle TabbedMDI mode. private bool TabbedMDIOn { get { return this.tabWindowsOn; } set { if(!(this.tabWindowsOn == value)) { this.tabWindowsOn = value; if(this.tabWindowsOn) { this.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(this); } else { this.tabbedMDIManager.DetachFromMdiContainer(this, false); // false to not invoke the Cascade mode after detaching. } } } } //Add a document private void AddDocument(Form doc) { doc.MdiParent = this; doc.Show(); } private void MainForm_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { // Add 4 documents this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); // Turn on MDI Tabbed Documents mode. // Call this after loading the mdi children to restore their previous state. this.TabbedMDIOn = true; } private int document1Count = 0 ; private void addDoc1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { document1Count++ ; Document1 doc = new Document1("DocumentOne " + document1Count.ToString()); AddDocument(doc); } //Window->Cascade Menu item handler protected void WindowCascade_Clicked(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.TabbedMDIOn = false; this.LayoutMdi(MdiLayout.Cascade); } Public Sub New() MyBase.New() ' ' Required for Windows Form Designer support ' InitializeComponent() tabbedMDIManager = New TabbedMDIManager() 'tabbedMDIManager.UseIconsInTabs = false; 'Add Window Menu Me.miWindow = mainMenu.MenuItems.Add("Window") miWindow.MergeOrder = 10 miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Cascade", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf WindowCascade_Clicked)) miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Horizontal", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf WindowTileH_Clicked)) miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Vertical", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf WindowTileV_Clicked)) miWindow.MenuItems.Add("MDI Tabbed", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf TabbedWindows_Clicked)) ' Let the TabbedMDIManager insert the Mdi Child windows list Me.tabbedMDIManager.MdiListMenuItem = miWindow ' Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu Dim contextMenuItem As ParentBarItem contextMenuItem = New ParentBarItem() Dim newDocItem As BarItem newDocItem = New BarItem() AddHandler newDocItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf addDoc1_Click) newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc" newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30 contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem) Dim exitItem As BarItem exitItem = New BarItem() AddHandler exitItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf FileExit_Clicked) exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit" exitItem.MergeOrder = 30 contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem) contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem) ' Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem End Sub ' Convenient way to toggle TabbedMDI mode. Property TabbedMDIOn() As Boolean Get Return Me.tabWindowsOn End Get Set(ByVal Value As Boolean) If (Not (Me.tabWindowsOn = Value)) Then Me.tabWindowsOn = Value If Me.tabWindowsOn Then Me.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(Me) Else Me.tabbedMDIManager.DetachFromMdiContainer(Me, False) End If End If End Set End Property Protected Overloads Overrides Sub Dispose(ByVal disposing As Boolean) MyBase.Dispose(disposing) If (Not (components) Is Nothing) Then components.Dispose() End If End Sub Private Sub AddDocument(ByVal doc As Form) doc.MdiParent = Me doc.Show() End Sub Private Sub MainForm_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) ' Add 4 documents Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) ' Turn on MDI Tabbed Documents mode. ' Call this after loading the mdi children to restore their previous state. Me.TabbedMDIOn = True End Sub Private Sub addDoc1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) document1Count = (document1Count + 1) Dim doc As Document1 doc = New Document1(("DocumentOne " + document1Count.ToString)) AddDocument(doc) End Sub ' Window->Cascade Menu item handler Protected Sub WindowCascade_Clicked(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) Me.TabbedMDIOn = False Me.LayoutMdi(MdiLayout.Cascade) End Sub Returns the representing the "Cancel" menu item. Returns the representing the "Move Next" menu item. Returns the representing the "Move Previous" menu item. Returns the representing the "New Horizontal Tab Group" menu item. Returns the representing the "New Vertical Tab Group" menu item. Gets the Active child's TabHost. Returns whether tabStyle is Office2003 style or not Indicates whether to align the tab groups horizontally or vertically. True indicates the tab groups should be aligned Horizontally; false indicates vertical alignment. Default is true. Gets panel that contains layout data. Get or sets reference on form to which we attach a TabbedMDIManager. Fired to let you provide a custom tab control. The TabControl property of the event args will be null when this event is called. You can provide a custom derived class in this event's args. If you just have to set some properties on the tab control, then listen to the event which will be called before creating the tab control. Fired before drop down popup menu. Fired to let you configure the tab control's appearance and behavior. If you have to provide a derived instance to the TabbedMDIManager, use the event. Fired after a tab control in a tab group was removed. You would typically listen to this event and unsubscribe to the tab control events that you previously subscribed to in the handler. Fired to notify that the locked mdi client area is being unlocked. Sometimes the locks(prevents painting) the mdi client window for a short period to avoid flicker as the tabbed mdi gets laid out.This happens in this version when a new mdi child form gets added to the mdi parent form and gets shown. The mdi client gets locked when the mdi child gets added and gets unlocked a while (100 ms) after the mdi child gets activated. This avoids unseemly flicker when the new mdi child gets activated. Due to this locking you may not be able to perform certain operations in the event like setting the focus on a child control in the new mdi child form (since the Form is locked along with the mdi client). In fact, calling the child form's property will return false when the mdi client is being locked. You should instead perform such operation in this event handler. Occurs before a MDI child is added to the TabbedMDIManager. Gets or sets the ToolStrip menu item to which MDI Children list should be displayed. Used to avoid misuse of this class (with null reference to ). Constructs class instance. Reference to valid instance. has to be non-null. Default group name. Default name format. Collection of Tabbed groups. Initialize new instance of TabbedGroupedMDIManager. Called when tab is moved from one group to another group. Called when an mdi child form gets removed. The Form that gets removed. Returns the TabbedGroup in the TabHost. The group of TabHost to be found. Returns the group that contains the form. The form in the group. Gets the name of the group. Gets the unique name of the group. Gets the group name of the tab host. The tab host. Validates the position of TabbedGroups. Gets the Tabbed groups collection. Indicates whether the specified group name is unique. Default group name. Default name format. Default group unique ID. Default group Unique name. Initializes a new instance of the TabbedGroup class. Name of the group. Adds a form to the corresponding tabgroup The form. if set to true property changed event is fired. Adds a form to the corresponding tabgroup The form. Removes a form from the corresponding tabgroup Raises the property changed event. Returns the tabGroup Name Returns the tabGroup unique Name Returns the MDI children collection Occurs when a property gets changed Disposes this object. This class is the parent form of a tabbed MDI tab control(tab group) managed by the . Uses for backward compatibility. SplitterHost bounds. Indicates LayoutPanel in which TabHost instance is located. Indicates a collection of next TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. Indicates a collection of previous TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. Creates a new instance of the class. The corresponding instance. Meant to be used by the framework. Overridden. See . Creates a for use within this Form. A instance. This method inturn uses to create the tab control. Specifies the tooltip for a contained form. The form. The tooltip. This tooltip will be set on the form's corresponding tab in its tab group. Removes the mdi child form from this tab group. The child form to remove. Internal flag. True if the form was found and removed; false otherwise. Overridden. See . Performs layout for TabHost's MDITabPanel control. Preferred size for TabHost. Draw borders for top tabAlignment. Draw borders for left tabAlignment. Draw borders for bottom tabAlignment. Draw borders for right tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for top tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for top tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for left tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for left tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for bottom tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for bottom tabAlignment. Gets outer borders for right tabAlignment. Gets inner borders for right tabAlignment. Returns the tab control within this form. Represents 's border height. Represents 's border color. Gets or sets SplitterHost bounds. Gets or sets LayoutPanel in which TabHost instance is located. Gets or sets a collection of next TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. Gets or sets a collection of previous TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. Returns the weight associated with this tab host when allocating the available space between tab groups. Indicates whether host OS is Vista. Gets if TabGroup is Vertically aligned or Horizontally aligned Gets or sets popup menu location. Gets X coordinates of popup menu location. Gets Y coordinates of popup menu location. Gets parent bar item of popup menu. DropDownPopupEventArgs delegate. True indicates horizontal alignment for splitter, false - vertical one. Indicates LayoutPanel to which SplitterHost is belong to. Gets or sets LayoutPanel to which SplitterHost is belong to. Array of hints. Alignment of TabHosts in TabbedMDIManager. Contains string Vs ArrayList TabbedMdiManager's LayoutPanel that contains all layout data. Private constructor called during the deserialization process Serialization info. Streaming context. Gets data from TabbedMdiManager to save TabHosts and MdiClients states. Serialization info. Streaming context. Gets index of group's selected page. Indicates group name. Gets or sets TabbedMdiManager's LayoutPanel that contains all layout data. The event args for the , and events. Gets / sets the tab control instance that is being added or removed. You can set a custom instance only when the current value is null, otherwise an exception will be thrown. Handles the , and events. Delegate for the TabbedMDIManager.BeforeMDIChildAdded event. Event data for the TabbedMDIManager.BeforeMDIChildAdded event. The control/form that is to be added to the TabbedMDIManager. Horizontal padding. Vertical padding. Redraws non-client area when ToolStrip locates on the grouped RibbonPanel. Redraws non-client area. Custom ToolStripPanelItem. Color of the scroll button arrow. Paints the Gallery item. ToolStripItem Render EventArgs True /False Draws the standard scroll bar. Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the background of the Scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Uesd to draw standard scroll bars. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Draws te scroll button background. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Draws the compact scroller. Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the scroll button background. Graphics Rectangle of the scroller ScrollButton State Paints the gallery items Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the gallery caption area. Graphics ToolStrip Gallery Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the background of the selected gallery item. Graphics Bounds of the item. Color Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Paints the DropDown arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. Graphics Rectangle of the scroll button Color of the arrow Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used Drawing the combobox text Window API enumerations Windows API Functions Retrieves a pointer to the Shell's IMalloc interface. Address of a pointer that receives the Shell's IMalloc interface pointer. Retrieves the path of a folder as an PIDL. Handle to the owner window. A CSIDL value that identifies the folder to be located Token that can be used to represent a particular user Reserved Address of a pointer to an item identifier list structure specifying the folder's location relative to the root of the namespace ( the desktop ). Converts an item identifier list to a file system path. Address of an item identifier list that specifies a file or directory location relative to the root of the namespace ( the desktop ). Address of a buffer to receive the file system path. Takes the CSIDL of a folder and returns the pathname. Handle to an owner window. A CSIDL value that identifies the folder whose path is to be retrieved. An access token that can be used to represent a particular user. Flags to specify which path is to be returned. It is used for cases where the folder associated with a CSIDL may be moved or renamed by the user. Pointer to a null-terminated string which will receive the path. Translates a Shell namespace object's display name into an item identifier list and returns the attributes of the object. This function is the preferred method to convert a string to a pointer to an item identifier list ( PIDL ). Pointer to a zero-terminated wide string that contains the display name to parse. Optional bind context that controls the parsing operation. This parameter is normally set to NULL. Address of a pointer to a variable of type ITEMIDLIST that receives the item identifier list for the object. ULONG value that specifies the attributes to query. Pointer to a ULONG. On return, those attributes that are true for the object and were requested in AttrToQuery will be set. Retrieves the IShellFolder interface for the desktop folder, which is the root of the Shell's namespace. Address that receives an IShellFolder interface pointer for the desktop folder. This function takes the fully-qualified pointer to an item identifier list ( PIDL ) of a namespace object, and returns a specified interface pointer on the parent object. The item's PIDL. The REFIID of one of the interfaces exposed by the item's parent object. A pointer to the interface specified by riid. You must release the object when you are finished. // The item's PIDL relative to the parent folder. This PIDL can be used with many of the methods supported by the parent folder's interfaces. If you set ppidlLast to NULL, the PIDL will not be returned. Accepts a STRRET structure returned by ShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf that contains or points to a string, and then returns that string as a BSTR. Pointer to a STRRET structure. Pointer to an ITEMIDLIST uniquely identifying a file object or subfolder relative to the parent folder. Pointer to a variable of type BSTR that contains the converted string. Takes a STRRET structure returned by IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf, converts it to a string, and places the result in a buffer. Pointer to the STRRET structure. When the function returns, this pointer will no longer be valid. Pointer to the item's ITEMIDLIST structure. Buffer to hold the display name. It will be returned as a null-terminated string. If cchBuf is too small, the name will be truncated to fit. Size of pszBuf, in characters. If cchBuf is too small, the string will be truncated to fit. Displays a dialog box that enables the user to select a Shell folder. // Pointer to a BROWSEINFO structure that contains information used to display the dialog box. Applies managed color scheme based on default scheme. Container form. Office2007 color scheme. Applies managed color scheme based on color. Container form. Color for managed scheme. Gets converted color by adding some values to HSL values. Gets the color that is the border color to use on a MenuStrip. Gets the color used when the image of a selected ToolStripItem is rendered. Gets the solid color used in the Launcher background. Gets the color that is the border color of a Launcher. Gets the color that is the text color of a Launcher. Gets the color that is the text color of a Launcher, when Launcher is selected. Get the end color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered. Get the starting color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, when MenuButton is selected. Get the end color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, when MenuButton is selected. Get the starting color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, when MenuButton is pressed. Get the end color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, when MenuButton is pressed. Gets the end color of a gradient used for the ToolStripGalleryDropDown's grip. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in ToolStripButton background, when ToolStripButton is in inactive state. Gets the end color of a gradient used in ToolStripButton background, when ToolStripButton is in inactive state. Get the color used when image for a ScrollButton arrow is rendered, when ScrollButton is disabled. Gets the end color of a gradient used when RibbonPanel border is rendered, and RibbonPanel is part of a group. Gets the color which is the border color of ToolStripRadioButton, when it is selected. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is highlighted. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is highlighted. Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip. Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip. Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, when the caption is highlighted. Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, when the caption is highlighted. Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group. Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group. Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group, when the caption is highlighted. Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group, when the caption is highlighted. Gets the color that is the text color of a caption. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripItem background, when ToolStripItem is grouped. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripItem background, when ToolStripItem is grouped. Gets the color that is the border color of the ToolStripItem, when it is grouped. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background, when RibbonControlAdv is in inactive state. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background, when RibbonControlAdv is in inactive state. Gets the color that is border color of a RibbonForm and RibbonControlAdv. Gets the color that is border color of a RibbonForm and RibbonControlAdv, when RibbonForm or RibbonControlAdv are in inactive state. Gets the color that if ForeColor of a RibbonControlAdv. Gets the color that is text color of a ToolStripTabItem. Gets the color that is text color of a ToolStripTabItem, when it is inactive. Gets the color that is text color of a RibbonControlADvHeader title. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the QuickPanel background. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the QuickPanel background. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background. Gets the color that is the border color of SystemButton. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, when it is selected. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, when it is selected. Gets the color used in a flash image is rendered, when SystemButton is selected. Gets the color that is border color of a SystemButton, when it is selected. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, when it is pressed. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, when it is pressed. Gets the solid color used in a flash image is rendered, when SystemButton is pressed. Gets the color that is border color of a SystemButton, when it is pressed. Gets the solid color used in SystemButton foreground. Gets the solid color used in SystemButton foreground, when it is selected. Get the starting color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the MenuButtonDropDown background. Gets the end color of a gradient used in MenuButtonDropDown background. Gets the color that is border color of a MenuButtonDropDown. Gets the starting color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. Gets the end color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. Gets the starting color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is selected. Gets the end color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is selected. Gets the starting color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. Gets the end color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. Gets the starting color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. Gets the end color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. Gets the starting color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. Gets the end color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. Gets the starting color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx is rendered. Gets the middle color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx is rendered. Gets the end color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx is rendered. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the StatusStripEx's StatusControls background. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the StatusStripEx's StatusControls background. Gets the starting color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx's item is rendered. Gets the starting color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx's item is rendered. Gets the color that is text color of a ContextMenu title. Get the solid color used in the BottomToolStrip background. Gets the solid color used in the RibbonPanel background. Gets the starting color of a gradient used when image for OfficeButton arrow is rendered. Gets the end color of a gradient used when image for OfficeButton arrow is rendered. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton. Gets the color used when image for a ScrollButton arrow is rendered. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, when ScrollButton is highlighted. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, when ScrollButton is highlighted. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, when ScrollButton is selected. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, when ScrollButton is selected. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, when ScrollButton is pressed. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, when ScrollButton is pressed. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background. Gets the color that is the border color of a ToolStripGallery's Scroller. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, when Scroller is selected. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, when Scroller is selected. Gets the color that is the border color of a ToolStripGallery's Scroller, when Scroller is selected. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, when Scroller is pressed. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, when Scroller is pressed. Gets the color that is the border color of a ToolStripGallery's Scroller, when Scroller is pressed. Gets the starting color of a gradient used when RibbonPanel border is rendered. Gets the end color of a gradient used when RibbonPanel border is rendered. Gets the color used when ToolStripTabItem separator is drawn. Gets the color used when image for a ScrollButton large arrow is rendered. Gets the color used when image for a ScrollButton large arrow is rendered, when it is disabled. Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton, when ScrollButton is disabled. Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton, when ScrollButton is disabled. Gets the starting color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn. Gets the end color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn. Gets the starting color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn and RibbonControlAdvHeader is in inactive state. Gets the end color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn and RibbonControlAdvHeader is in inactive state. Gets the color which is the border color of ToolStripCheckBox. Gets the color which is the border color of ToolStripCheckBox, when it is selected. First themes color Last theme color Summary description for Registry. Structures to interoperate with the Windows 32 API Point creation from lParam `s data Point creation from lParam `s data.(Win64 compatible) Contains parameters for the SHBrowseForFolder function and receives information about the folder selected by the user. StatusStripEx Style Classic appearance. Metro-like appearance. Workaround to fix overflow button bounds Inserts an item to the System.Collections.IList at the specified index The zero-based index at which value should be inserted The System.Object to insert into the System.Collections.IList Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the System.Collections.IList The System.Object to remove from the System.Collections.IList Determines the index of a specific item in the System.Collections.IList The System.Object to locate in the System.Collections.IList The index of value if found in the list; otherwise, -1 Determines whether the System.Collections.IList contains a specific value The System.Object to locate in the System.Collections.IList true if the System.Object is found in the System.Collections.IList; otherwise, false Destination for newly created ToolStripItems MetroToolStripRenderer Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. ToolStrip instance. True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, otherwise - False. Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. ToolStrip instance. True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, otherwise - False. Clean up any resources being used. Clean up specified resources being used. Hastable of resources to dispose Handle changes of display settings and user preferences. Index of image in gallery's image list. ToolTipText for this GalleryItem Enable Gallery Item Gets or sets tooltip text Summary description for BarControlInternalWeakContainer. Represents class for correctly drawing bitmap or icons. A value of transparency. Displayed icon. Displayed bitmaps. Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. Draws icon or bitmap. Gets duplicate displayed image. Gets size of image. Draws shadow for image. Draws grayed image. Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. Measures text. The graphics. The text. The text's font. The text's format. Size of the measured text. Measures text with default text format. The graphics. The text. The text's font. Size of the measured text. Draws separator for dafault visual style. Draws separator for Office2003 visual style. Draws separator for VS2005 visual style. Draws separator for Office2007 visual style. Draws separator for Office2010 visual style. Draws the text. The graphics. The text. The text's font. Color of the text. The rectangle of the text. The text's format. Gets fore color for default visual style. Gets fore color for Office2007 visual style. Gets fore color for Office2010 visual style. Gets fore color for VS2005 visual style. Gets fore color for Office2003 visual style. Gets disabled forecolor for current BarItem control. Current BarItem control. Color that is forecolor for BarItem control. Gets state for drawing of the BarItem. Gets pen for border of the BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets pen for border of the pressed BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets pen for border of the checked BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets light color of the pressed BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets dark color of the pressed BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets light color of the highlighted BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets dark color of the highlighted BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets light color of the checked BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets dark color of the checked BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Used to correct customization selection rectangle for ComboDropDown items. Used due to ComboDropDown item should be drawn with little left and right margins. Process keyboard messages. Gets color of the ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. Gets color of the highlighted ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. Gets color of the pressed ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. Gets color for arrow of the ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. Draws ComboButton background. Draws arrow for ComboButton. This event is triggered when the internal TextBox gets added to the . Provides data for the TextBoxBoundEvent. This event is triggered when the internal TextBox gets added to the . Provides data for the TextBoxItemBoundEvent. Text Box. True - need refresh text box layout. True - this control need highlighted. Gets bar controls. Returns true, if control must be mirrored. Gets visible text box rectangle. Gets text box rectangle. Gets TextBoxBarItem. Gets text box control. MenuActivationControl class using subclassing to detect deactivate application message. Fires application deactivate event. Constructor. Detecting deactivate application message. windows message. Event method. Event fired on mouseActivate message. Event fired on activate application message. Delegate for event. This class allows users to draw BarItem and CommandBar for Office2007 visual style. Radius for rounded polygon. Default size for flash image. Blend for horizontal shadow item. Blend for vertical shadow item. Blend for flash. Hashtable for flash bitmaps. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets rectangle for background of the BarItem Gets rounded polygon. Gets modified color. Gets vertical linear gradient brush. Gets vertical linear gradient brush. Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. Draws background. Draws outside border for pressed state. Draws inside border for pressed state. Draws border for pressed state. Draw highlighted border. Gets flash bitmap. Draws shadow for BarItem. Draws flash for pressed state of the BarItem. Draws flash for selected state of the BarItem. Draws flash for checked state of the BarItem. Draws highlighted background for BarItem. Draws pressed background for BarItem. Draws checked background for BarItem. Draws check highlighted background for BarItem. Draws background for BarItem. Draws background for DropDownBarItem. Draws dropdown background for BarItem. Draws background for TextBoxBarItem. Draws border for TextBoxBarItem. Draws background for ComboButton of the ComboBoxBarItem. Draws arrow for ComboButton. Draws background for normal state of the ComboButton. Draws background for highlighted state of the ComboButton. Draws background for pressed state of the ComboButton. Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. Draws separator. Draws BarItem. Draws DropDownBarItem. Draws TextBoxBarItem. Draws ComboButton for ComboBoxBarItem. Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. Gets bitmap for checked flash. Gets bitmap for selected flash. Gets bitmap for pressed flash. Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. Radius for rounded polygon. Default size for flash image. Blend for horizontal shadow item. Blend for vertical shadow item. Blend for flash. Hashtable for flash bitmaps. Color table for Office2010 visual style. Gets rectangle for background of the BarItem Gets rounded polygon. Gets modified color. Gets vertical linear gradient brush. Gets vertical linear gradient brush. Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. Draws background. Draws outside border for pressed state. Draws inside border for pressed state. Draws border for pressed state. Draw highlighted border. Gets flash bitmap. Draws shadow for BarItem. Draws flash for pressed state of the BarItem. Draws flash for selected state of the BarItem. Draws flash for checked state of the BarItem. Draws highlighted background for BarItem. Draws pressed background for BarItem. Draws checked background for BarItem. Draws check highlighted background for BarItem. Draws background for BarItem. Draws background for DropDownBarItem. Draws dropdown background for BarItem. Draws background for TextBoxBarItem. Draws border for TextBoxBarItem. Draws background for ComboButton of the ComboBoxBarItem. Draws arrow for ComboButton. Draws background for normal state of the ComboButton. Draws background for highlighted state of the ComboButton. Draws background for pressed state of the ComboButton. Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. Draws separator. Draws BarItem. Draws DropDownBarItem. Draws TextBoxBarItem. Draws ComboButton for ComboBoxBarItem. Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. Gets bitmap for checked flash. Gets bitmap for selected flash. Gets bitmap for pressed flash. Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. Visual state of the BarItem. Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Indicates if BarRenderer is in dragging mode MetroColor Variable to detect if application is active or inactive. Corrects customization selection rectangle for ComoDropDown item. See . gets or sets the metrocolor Gets a value indicating wether the renderer has a vertical alignment. Returns the currently selected bar item in the corresponding toolbar. This will return null if no bar item is currently selected. BarControl's bounds for specified renderer. Changed client bounds according to specified renderer. Gets brush of the pressed DropDown button amenably with VisualStyle. Gets pen for highlighted border of the DropDownBarItem amenably with VisualStyle. Gets pen for selected border of the DropDownBarItem. Internal class used to renderer a toolbar or a . Creates a new instance of the BarControlInternal class. Overridden. See . MetroColor MetroColor Raises the ThemeChanged event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Specifies whether font should be serialized. Serves to start keyboard based navigation. Stops keyboard based navigation. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Updates color scheme. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Indicates whether the specified coordinates are within BarItem. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Returns the BarItem which bounds contains point with specified coordinates. Overridden. See . Returns the associated with this control. Specifies the visual style of this Control. A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. Note that this setting will be ignored when is turned on and themes are available in the OS. gets or sets the metrocolor gets or sets the metrocolor Specifies whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when available. True to turn on themes; false otherwise. This event will be fired when the ThemesEnabled property is changed. Allows you to set a PopupParent to this control. Useful when hosting this in a PopupControlContainer. Specifies whether the icons should be drawn large. Internal property, not to be used directly. Gets a value indicating whether control's elements should be drawn for RightToLeft locales. One of the values. Indicating whether the state for CommandBars from the Form loaded from isolated storage. Clean up any resources being used. Contains the name of the children form for which loaded CommandBar state. This method will be called to fill the ParentBarItem that represents the menu that drops down when right-clicking in the toolbar area. The that represents the dropdown menu. Indicating whether the state for CommandBars of the ChildFrameBarManager loaded. Loads state for CommandBars of the ChildFrameBarManager Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Gets a value indicates whether the relate to . Gets name of the MDI Children form which needs save state. Indicates whether to show shadows for Popups. WM_APP + 3 WM_APP + 4 Hash that stores to each window handle its menu handle. key - handle to MdiChild window. value - handle to MdiChild menu. Tooltip for MDIChild ControlBox when Maximized. To toggle the ToolTip appearance for the System Buttons in the Bar when MDI child is maximized. Indicating whether the PopupSystemMenu need paint. Static constrcutor - initialize static members: Icons. Extracts icon from resources. resource name Instance of recovered icon Default constructor. To show the tooltips for the System Buttons in the Bar when the MDI Child is maximixed. Either Close or Minimize or Maximize button representation in HandleMouseMove method. Gets color for highlight button. Attaches Hook which allows easy catch of: MDI child maximization, MDI Child restore, MDI Child switching and etc. Detaches hook on class destroy. Hook function that catches MDI child's actions. Finds by Handle the corresponding MDI Child. Handle to check. Null - if nothing found; otherwise MDI Child form Locks repainting of MainForm. After Locking window stops redrawing until UnLock action done. You can safely call BeginUpdate several times (but always must be corresponding code which will call EndUpdate), because we have internal counter which accumulates calls. Several calls simply increase counter for UnLock method EndUpdate. UnLocks repainting of MainForm. After UnLocking form Invalidation will work. We have internal counter that is why each call of BeginUpdate must have corresponding EndUpdate method call, otherwise window redrawing will be in locked state till end of time. Force window invalidation. Window will redraw itself even if repainting is locked. Invalidates only part of form - it's Caption NonClient area. Updates toolbar and set variables which indicate toolbar to show control box buttons and sys menu icon. Active child reference. Resets variables to state in which toolbar will be drawn with only barItems and without system menu and caption buttons. Returns the handle of active MDI Child. Handle of active MDI Childs. True if child is maximized; false otherwise. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the System Button ToolTips on the Bar when MDI Child Form is maximized. Display System Button ToolTip; otherwise, do not display System Button ToolTip. Gets / sets the Visual Style. Indicates whether the control box should be drawn with the minimize, maximize and close buttons. True to show the control box; false otherwise. Default is true.

If a child form's ControlBox property is set to false, then the control box buttons will be drawn inactive rather than hidden, in accordance with the .NET menus behavior.

If you want to alter this behavior and instead want the control box to be hidden, set this property to false.

Throws an event when the NeedMenuButtons property changes. Default constructor. Set parent reference and Attach NativeWindow subclassing to MDIClient. Reference on owner. Subclassing WndProc for MDIClient window. We skip WM_MDISETMENU and WM_MDIREFRESHMENU messages for disabling MDI menus. On WM_MDIACTIVATE and WM_MDINEXT we are locking redrawing to disable flicking of child forms. Message class Summary description for Cursors. Represents TypeEditor for . Extension for icon file. Loads icon from stream. Loads image from stream. Gets filter string for OpenDialog. A derived class that will drop down a when the user clicks on it. This derived class allows you to show custom drop-downs from submenus, context menus and tool bars. Use the property to associate this item with a . You can use this to display for example a Color picker drop-down (by placing a in a derived . Helper class for hiding implementation in derived classes. See appropriate constructor. See appropriate constructor. See appropriate constructor. See appropriate constructor. See appropriate constructor. See appropriate constructor. Hides HandleDoubleClick property from Intellisense and property grid for derived classes. Overloaded. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class and sets its caption. The DropDownBarItem's caption. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class, sets its caption and event handler for the event of the DropDownBarItem. The DropDownBarItem's caption. The event handler for the ItemClick event. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class, sets its caption, event handler for the event and the Shortcut for this item. The DropDownBarItem's caption. The event handler for the ItemClick event. The Shortcut for this item. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class, sets its merge type, merge order, shortcut, caption, event handler for ItemClick, event handler for Popup and the event handler for Selected. The item's The item's merge order. The item's Shortcut. The item's caption. The handler for the ItemClick event. The handler for the Popup event. The handler for the Select event. Creates a clone of this DropDownBarItem instance. An object that has similar properties to this DropDownBarItem. Creates a new instance of DropDownBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. It does not copy over the property value. Gets or sets the PopupControlContainer that will be dropped down from this item when placed in a menu or toolbar. A PopupControlContainer that represents the popup control associated with this Item. This item will popup the specified PopupControlContainer when the user clicks on the drop-down portion of the bar item. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. The set PopupControlContainer will be disposed when this DropDownBarItem is disposed. Gets or sets the ParentStyle in which the menu will be drawn. A ParentBarItemStyle value indicating the ParentStyle in which the menu will be drawn. The default value is ParentBarItemStyle.DropDown. Take a look at the documentation for the ParentBarItemStyle enumeration for more information on the interpretation of each ParentBarItemStyle value. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Represents a bar item that provides the combo box functionality in the XP Menus framework. This item provides you the flat look combo-boxes in your menus and toolbars. The item can operate in either editable or listbox mode (controlled by the Editable property). The represents the current Text in the text box selected by the user. When in list box mode, you can fill the with the choices you want to provide the user. When in editable mode, you can turn on which will make the framework track and persist the entries made by the user and automatically append them to the choice list in the drop-down. Turning on AutoAppend will ignore the entries you made in the ChoiceList. The entries made by the user will be stored in the registry for reuse across applications. This entry will be associated with a custom AutoAppend category ID which will be synthesized based on the ComboBoxBarItem's text and CategoryID property. When in editable mode, a event will be thrown when the user presses the Return key when in the TextBox or when the user selects an item from the drop-down. When in list box mode, an event will be thrown when the user selects an item from the drop-down list box. Use the property to provide a minimum width the corresponding bar item should be drawn with. The actual width might be bigger than the provided MinWidth in some cases. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package\ folder for usage example. Holds ComboTextBox to set focus in it Raises the TextBoxBound event. Implementation of the interface. Begins the initialization. Implementation of the interface. Indicates that the initialization is complete. Sets input Focus to the control Creates a new instance of the ComboBoxBarItem class. Raises the InitListBox event. An that contains the event data. The OnInitListBox method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitListBox in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitListBox method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the TextBoxValueChange event. Creates a clone of this ComboBoxBarItem instance. An object that has similar properties to this ComboBoxBarItem. Creates a new instance of ComboBoxBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this ComboBoxBarItem into the specified BarItem. The ComboBoxBarItem where the values should be copied to. This method will also call to copy over base class properties. Lets handle the textBox inside the ComboBox. Gets or sets the minimum width of this item when placed in a menu or toolbar. The minimum width with which this item should be drawn. Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the ComboBoxBarItem. The maximum number of items in the drop-down portion. The minimum for this property is 1 and the maximum is 100. The maximum number is set less than one or greater than 100. Gets or sets the width of the dropdown. -1 indicates the dropdown width will be as wide as the combo. Default is -1. The width could be bigger if the combo's width is bigger. Indicates whether the DropDown list should close when an item is selected. Indicates whether the user can edit the value in this item with a TextBox. True to let the user edit the value through a TextBox. False to draw this in list box mode. Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. Indicates whether to automatically append items entered by the user in the TextBox into the drop-down list. True to turn on auto append; flase otherwise. This property will be used only when in editable mode. Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to persist autoappend list when autoappend is true. true if [persist auto append list]; otherwise, false. Returns the choice list for the user. A StringCollection representing the choices available to the user. This collection will be reset when you turn-on AutoAppend and when in editable mode. Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. Gets or sets the value in the TextBox. The string representing the value in the TextBox. Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. Indicates whether the TextBoxValue should be persisted when the application is shutdown. True to persist; false otherwise. Default is false. This property need not be set when is true. When AutoAppend is turned on, the latest value will be persisted automatically. Gets or sets a custom ListBox in the combo's dropdown. A ListBox instance. Default is null. The ListBox specified using this property will be used in the dropdown region of the combo. When no value is specified a default ListBox will be used. Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. This event optionally lets you customize the listbox before it's drop down. This event will be fired after the user clicks on the dropdown button and before the listbox is shown. Also if this combo is editable, then this event will also be fired when the user uses the keyboard to browse through the different items. This event optionally lets TextBoxValue change. Occurs when combo dropdown is opened. Occurs when combo dropdown is closed. Represents a bar item that could be used as a label for an adjacent bar item. The StaticBarItem does not respond to user mouse click and move. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the StaticBarItem class with default settings. Creates a new insatnce of the StaticBarItem class and initializes its Text property. Creates a clone of this StaticBarItem instance. An object that has similar properties to this StaticBarItem. Creates a new instance of StaticBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this StaticBarItem into the specified StaticBarItem. The StaticBarItem where the values should be copied to. The Tags will be copied over only if the actual objects are cloneable (implements IClonable). Gets or sets the color of the flat border around this item when parented by a Bar (toolbar). A value. Default is Color.Empty. A derived class that expands into a list when shown. Use this class when you have to represent a dynamic list of s. When shown this bar item will be replaced by a numbered list of s based on the supplied list and when one of the items gets clicked by the user a event is thrown by this instance with the args. This also means you should not use a ListBarItem in a tool bar. If you do so, you might see unpredictable behavior. The user will automatically be prevented from dropping a ListBarItem into a tool bar during customization. Note that the event handler will be called with a argument containing data pertaining to the child item that was clicked. Which means you should cast the regular EventArgs argument into this type in your handler. A typical example is the Most Recently Used Files list. The framework also internally uses this to represent the MDI Child list(). Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Creates an instance of the ListBarItem class. Called before the item gets expanded by its parent. This is a good place to fill the ChildCaptions list with appropriate values. Raises the event. The event args for the event. Called after this item's parent expands this item. The parent where this item is hosted. The index into the parent representing the BarItem corresponding to the first item in the ChildCaptions list. The index into the parent representing the BarItem corresponding to the last item in the ChildCaptions list. With the reference to the parent, you can insert items if necessary before the parent gets shown. Updates the checked state of the expanded list BarItems. This method is usable only when the ListBarItem is being shown in a submenu. Creates a clone of this ListBarItem instance. An object that has similar properties to this ListBarItem. Creates a new instance of ListBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this ListBarItem into the specified ListBarItem. The ListBarItem where the values should be copied to. The tags will be copied over only if the actual objects are cloneable (implements IClonable). Occurs before the expansion of the Captions into BarItems. This is a good place to delay-insert Captions into the ChildCaptions list. Occurs after the expansion of the Captions into BarItems. The handler for this event is a good place to access the expanded BarItems and set some properties on it. Note that these expanded items will be disposed when the parent menu is hidden. Returns the items in the ChildCaptions list that should be marked as checked. A list of indices into the ChildCaptions list. This list will be used to determine the checked state of the expanded BarItems. Indicates whether to use numbers in the expanded list. True to include numbers; false otherwise. Returns a list of expanded BarItems. An ArrayList if the expanded BarItems are currently shown. Null (or Nothing) otherwise. This property will return a non-null value only when queried from the event handler. It's recommended that you do not hold any references to the BarItems returned by this property. Returns the captions for the expanded bar items. Represents the StringCollection that will hold the list of captions. Returns the list of application specific values corresponding to the ChildCaptions entries. The list that contains the application specific values. The class that represents the event arguments provided by the event. Creates a new instance of the CanDragDropEventArgs class. The destination ParentBarItem or Bar. The initial cancel state. Returns the parent into which a drag-drop is attempted. This object could be a ParentBarItem or a Bar. The class that represents the event arguments for the event. Creates a new instance of ContainmentChangedEventArgs. The destination ParentBarItem or Bar. Indicates whether the BarItem was inserted or removed. Returns the new logical parent from which the BarItem was removed or into which the BarItem was inserted. This object could be a ParentBarItem or a Bar. Indicates whether the BarItem has been inserted or removed. The class that represents the event arguments in the 's event. event. Note that the event handler will be called with a argument containing data pertaining to the child item that was clicked. Which means you should cast the regular EventArgs argument into a in your handler. Creates a new instance of the ListBarItemClickedEventArgs class. An index into the corresponding ListBarItem's ChildCaptions list. Returns an index into the ChildCaptions list, identifying the item that was clicked. Represents the item that will expand to show the current list of toolbars and their visible states. You would typically use this item as a child in the "View" submenu in the main menu bar of a . Users can show/hide toolbars through this submenu and also invoke the customization dialog. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Represents the submenu that can be dropped down when part of a tool bar or another submenu in the XP Menus framework or when associated with a . The property of this class lets you add s to this ParentBarItem. The function allows you to merge two ParentBarItems together. You can turn on partial menus behavior by setting the property to true. You can also make the ParentBarItem act like a Checked-ListBox by setting the property to false. Note that when you call Dispose on the ParentBarItem object, it will not automatically dispose the BarItems in its Items collection. You will have to manually call Dispose on the children yourself, if necessary. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Default scrolling speed for displayed child items ( in milliseconds ). Set BackColor of ParentBarItem Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class and sets it default values. Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class and sets it caption. The caption for this item. Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class, sets its caption and its shortcut. The caption for this item. The shortcut for this item. Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class, sets its merge type, merge order, Shortcut, caption, Popup event handler and the Selected event handler. The item's . The item's merge order. The item's shortcut. The item's caption. The handler for the Popup event. The handler for the Selected event. Overridden. See . Indicates whether to add item to parentBarItem. Item to add to parentBarItem. True if item can be added, otherwise false. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Gets or sets the visual style of the dropdown. A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. Note that by default this value will be inherited from the that contains this ParentBarItem. If this ParentBarItem is not parented by any BarManager, then you might have to set this style manually. Gets or sets the metro back color Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Resets the property. Resets the property. Serialize the property. Reset the property. Serialize the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Resets the property. Once you reset, the property will then return a value based on the parent , if any. Indicates whether the specified key is a shortcut in any of the contained child and if so fires it's Click event. The shortcut key. True if shortcut processed; false otherwise. Finds a visible and enabled item whose is set to the specified key. The shortcut key to search. A with the specified shortcut. This method does a recursive search on all the child and s as well. Shows popup for this item. This method will not work for the items contained in XPToolBar component. Use method instead. Hides currently open popup. This method will not work for the items contained in XPToolBar component. Use method instead. Creates a clone of this ParentBarItem instance. An object that has similar properties to this ParentBarItem. Creates a new instance of ParentBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. Creates a clone of this ParentBarItem instance. Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. An object that has similar properties to this ParentBarItem. Creates a new instance of ParentBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this ParentBarItem into the specified ParentBarItem. The ParentBarItem where the values should be copied to. The items list will be shallow copied over. Copies the properties of this ParentBarItem into the specified ParentBarItem. The ParentBarItem where the values should be copied to. Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. Lets you specify a separator in the items list. The separator will be just before the specified BarItem. A BarItem present in the Items list. Removes the separator just before this BarItem. A BarItem present in the Items list. Indicates whether a separator is drawn just before the specified BarItem. A BarItem present in the Items list. True if there is a separator; false if not. Removes an item from the Items list. The BarItem to remove. Raises the PopupClosing event. A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. Raises the PopupClosed event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnPopupClosed method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPopupClosed in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPopupClosed method so that registered delegates receive the event. Merges this with another ParentBarItem. A that is to be merged with this one. Bar items with the same text value are merged according to their MergeType and MergeOrder properties. Menu merging of MDI parent and MDI children is handled automatically when the toolbars and the menu items follow the merge rules. You can use this method to merge two objects (and their submenu items) into a single ParentBarItem. Note that the menu items in the source ParentBarItems should already be added to the BarManager that contains the destination ParentBarItem. For example, you can call this method to merge the menu items of a File and Edit ParentBarItems into a single ParentBarItem that can then be associated with and displayed by a PopupMenu. The parentItemSrc cannot be the same as this object. Raises the Popup event. An EventArgs that contains the event data. The OnPopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPopup in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPopup method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the BeforePopup event. A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnBeforePopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforePopup in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforePopup method so that registered delegates receive the event. Gets/Sets whether check box overlaps baritem image bounds or not Gets or Sets scrolling speed for displayed child menu items. Gets or Sets, scroll items in menu, when mouse moves over scroll buttons. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Returns the collection of BarItem objects associated with this ParentBarItem. A BarItems collection that represents the list of BarItem objects stored in the menu. You can use this property to obtain a reference to the list of bar items that are currently stored in the ParentBarItem. With the reference to the collection of bar items for the ParentBarItem (provided by this property), you can add and remove bar items, determine the total number of bar items and clear the list of bar items from the collection. A ParentBarItem can be placed within a tool bar or within another ParentBarItem. It can also be associated with a PopupMenu to create context menus. All the above can be accomplished during design-time with simple drag and drop in the presence of a BarManager. The following example code creates a context menu with three items and shows it. private void Form1_MouseUp(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs e) { if(e.Button != MouseButtons.Right) return; PopupMenu popup = new PopupMenu(); ParentBarItem parentItem = new ParentBarItem(); barItem1.Checked = true; barItem1.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); barItem2.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); barItem3.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); parentItem.Items.Add(barItem1); parentItem.Items.Add(barItem2); parentItem.Items.Add(barItem3); popup.ParentBarItem = parentItem; popup.Show(this, new Point(e.X, e.Y)); } Gets or Sets maximum count of child items to be displayed at one time. Overridden. See . Gets or sets the ParentStyle on which the menu will be drawn. A ParentBarItemStyle value indicating the ParentStyle in which the menu will be drawn. The default value is ParentBarItemStyle.Default. Take a look at the documentation for the ParentBarItemStyle enumeration for more information on the interpretation of each ParentBarItemStyle value. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Gets or Sets the MetroBack Color Gets/Sets whether multiline function can be used. Gets/Sets whether UseGDIDrawing can be used in ParentBarItems. Gets/Sets the Length for text wrapping. Gets/Sets whether Vertical/Horizontal ParentBarItem function can be used in ParentBarItem. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Indicates whether the menu should close when an item is selected. True if the menu should be closed when an item is selected; false otherwise. Default value is true. If set to true, the menu can only be closed by clicking elsewhere or by pressing the Esc key. This setting is useful to implement, for example, a Checked-List like behavior for the drop-down menus. The following example code creates a Checked-List like menu with three items. The item's Checked value will be toggled as the user selects it. private void Form1_MouseUp(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs e) { PopupMenu popup = new PopupMenu(); ParentBarItem parentItem = new ParentBarItem(); parentItem.CloseOnClick = false; barItem1.Checked = true; barItem1.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); barItem2.Checked = true; barItem2.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); barItem3.Checked = true; barItem3.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); parentItem.Items.Add(barItem1); parentItem.Items.Add(barItem2); parentItem.Items.Add(barItem3); popup.ParentBarItem = parentItem; popup.Show(this, new Point(e.X, e.Y)); } private void ItemClicked(object sender, EventArgs e) { BarItem itemClicked = sender as BarItem; itemClicked.Checked = !itemClicked.Checked; } Indicates whether the ParentBarItem will first show a list of Recently Used Items and an Expand button when dropped down. True to turn on partial menus; false otherwise. Default is false. When in partial menus mode and when this menu is dropped down, it will hide the child BarItems that has the IsRecentlyUsedItem property set to false. When the user presses the Expand button then all the child bar items will be made visible. In addition if this ParentBarItem is parented to a BarManager, which in turn is associated with a Form, then the user's historical menu usage pattern will be reflected in the partial menus behavior. Which means any item that the user had selected in the past 90 days (or the value set in the BarManager's RecentlyUsedItemResetDelay property) will be marked as a recently used item. Also, if parented to a BarManager, the BarManager's UsePartialMenus property should be true in addition to this UsePartialMenus property for partial menus mode to be turned on in this submenu. Indicates whether the event should be fired MFC style for the bar items in this parent menu before the dropdown. True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. Take a look at the event for more information on if and when you should use this pattern for your BarItem UI update. Occurs just before the dropdown gets closed. Occurs before the submenu item's list of menu items is displayed. This event only occurs when a menu item has submenu items to display. You can use this event handler to add, remove, enable, disable, check or uncheck menu items based on the state of your application before they are displayed. Occurs just after the menu item has closed. Occurs before the submenu gets shown allowing you to cancel it. Raises the TextBoxItemBound event. Creates a clone of this TextBoxBarItem instance. An object that has similar properties to this TextBoxBarItem. Creates a new instance of TextBoxBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this TextBoxBarItem into the specified TextBoxBarItem. The TextBoxBarItem where the values should be copied to. The Items list will be shallow copied over. Lets handle the textBox inside the textBoxItem. Gets or sets the value in the text box. Gets or sets the width of the item. Represents a collection of objects. This class represents a collection of objects stored in a BarManager, or . Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Used to avoid infinite recursion on backward merges update of items collection (from MergedBar to underlying Bar). Overloaded. The constructor that instantiates a BarItems class. The constructor that instantiates a BarItems class and intializes it with the supplied array of BarItems. An array of BarItem(s). The constructor that instantiates a BarItems class and sets its BarManager to the specified BarManager. A BarManager instance. To clear the BarItem. To remove the BarItem. To remove the bar item based on index. Adds an array of BarItem objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. Override. See . Override. See . Override. See . Merges into appropriate and if necessary. BarItem to merge. Tests whether a BarItem will be unique when added to this list with the specified text and categoryID. A reference to the BarItem itself is passed so that the BarItem if already in the list will be ignored in the test for uniqueness. The BarItem to validate for uniqueness. The text value of the BarItem when it will get added to the list. True if the BarItem will make a unique entry in the list; false if not. Overloaded. Finds a in the list given it's ID. The BarItem's ID. A with the specified ID. Null, if not found. Finds a in the list given it's text and categoryIndex value. The BarItem's text value. The BarItem's category Index value. A with the specified text and categoryIndex. Null, if not found. If there are multiple bar items with the same text and categoryindex value, then the BarItem returned will be one of those in random. Finds the nested BarItem in XPToolbar. The baritem ID. The baritem containing the id The method can be used to iterate through all items in XPToolBar to find the item containing the mentioned ID. Returns the BarItem that has this hotkey in the list, if any. The hotkey for which to retrieve the BarItem. The BarItem if found; null otherwise. Overridden. See . Event sender. Event data. Gets or sets a reference to the BarItem at the specified index location in the BarItems object. In C#, this property is the indexer for the BarItems class. The location of the BarItem in the BarItems collection. The reference to the BarItem. Returns a based on it's BarItemId. Returns a based on it's BarItemId string. Gets or sets the BarManager to which this collection will be associated with. The BarManager to which this BarItems collection will be associated with. When this collection is associated with a BarManager, all the existing and any newly added BarItem child's Manager property will be reset to this Manager property. Specifies the style in which the bar items will be painted. By default the BarItem will be painted based on what they are parented by. In a main menu, only the text of the items will be drawn; in other tool bars only the image will be drawn; in a drop-down menu, both the image and text will be drawn. Image will be ignored in all the above cases. Image will be ignored only when the BarItem is in a drop-down menu. Both image and text will be drawn in all the above cases. Specifies the appearance and behavior of a . The uses this enum to determine whether to act like a drop-down parent or a submenu parent. The parent item will be drawn like a regular submenu item. The parent item will be drawn like a drop-down parent. The parent item itself will be clickable and the drop-down can be dropped down by an arrow to the right. Specifies the Text Orientation of ParentBarItem Specifies whether ParentBarItem text gets rendered in Vertical Orientation Specifies whether ParentBarItem text gets rendered in Horizontal Orientation Provides data for the event. Creates an instance of the BarItemClickedEventArgs class. The BarItem that was clicked. Returns the BarItem that was just clicked. Handles the event of the BarManager component in XP Menus framework. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. The event that will be thrown when a gets added or removed to a or . The source of the event. A that contains the event data. The event that will be thrown when a gets dragged over a (submenu) or a (Tool Bar) during user-customization in the XP Menus framework. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Specifies the style in which a (tool bar) will be drawn in the XP Menus framework. This enumeration has a FlagsAttribute attribute that allows a bitwise combination of its member values. The tool bars use this enum to specify their drawing style. No Style. This will draw an arrow button to the right of the tool bar that will allow the user to drop-down a menu from which they can select hidden items, add or remove buttons and invoke the Customization dialog. Marks this bar as the MainMenu. Setting this flag will force the bar to occupy the whole row irrespective of the MultiLine setting and enables MainMenu like keyboard and mouse based navigation. It also shows the Minimize/Maximize/Close buttons to the right and the System Menu to the left when an MDI child window is maximized. When there are more than one bar marked as IsMainMenu, the first setting is honored and the rest are ignored. Wraps the bar into multiple rows when there isn't enough space in a row while docked or when the user resizes the floating bars. When this flag is set, the text in the bars will always be drawn horizontal irrespective of which border the bar is docked to. If not set, the text will be drawn vertical when the bars are docked to the left or right border. Lets you show or hide a bar. Forces the bar to take the whole row when docked to a form's border. Allows the user to drag the bar around, allowing him to move it within the dock border, dock to a different border or float it. If not set, the bar cannot be moved. Marks this Bar as the status bar. This will take the Bar to take the whole row and dock to the bottom of the application. When there are more than one bar marked as IsStatusBar, the first setting is honored and the rest are ignored. You can also not specify IsMainMenu and IsStatusBar for the same Bar. The IsMainMenu setting will take precedence. Specifies that the text should be drawn below the image in this toolbar. Represents and encapsulates the data required for a tool bar in the XP Menus framework. This class represents a tool bar's data structure. This has to be associated with a instance to be displayed in the associated form's command bar. This class is also used by the class to represent a tool bar. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Allow resize bar in floating mode. Raises the PropertyChanged event. A SyncfusionPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the Bar. Creates a new instance of the Bar class and associates it with a BarManager. A BarManager instance. Creates a new instance of the BarManager class and associates it with a BarManager. A BarManager instance. An integer array of indices representing the positions where separators should be introduced. Creates a new instance of the BarManager class and associates it with a BarManager. A BarManager instance. The bar's name. Creates a new instance of the BarManager class and associates it with a BarManager. A BarManager instance. The bar's name. The bar's style. A list of s. A list of indices representing the separator positions. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Removes all separators between bar items in the tool bar. Lets you specify a separator in the Items list. The separator will be just before the specified BarItem. A BarItem present in the items list. Removes the separator just before this BarItem. A BarItem present in the items list. Indicates whether a separator is drawn just before the specified BarItem. A BarItem present in the Items list. True if there is a separator; false if not. Removes a from the BarItems list. The BarItem to remove. Merges this with another Bar. A that specifies the Bar to merge with this one. Bar items with the same text value are merged according to their MergeType and MergeOrder properties. Menu merging of MDI parent and MDI children is handled automatically when the toolbars and the menu items follow the merge rules. You can use this method to manually merge two objects (and their submenu items) into a single Bar. Note that the menu items in the source bar should already be added to the BarManager that contains the destination bar. The barSrc cannot be the same as this object. Raises the CaptionChanged event Raises the CaptionChanged event. Creates a clone of this bar instance. An object that has similar properties to this bar. Creates a new instance of bar and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this bar into the specified bar. The bar where the values should be copied to. The items list will be shallow copied. Creates a clone of this bar instance. Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. An object that has similar properties to this bar. Creates a new instance of bar and calls the method to copy over properties. Copies the properties of this bar into the specified bar. The bar where the values should be copied to. Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. The items list will be shallow copied. Gets or sets the BarManager this is associated with, if any. An instance of the BarManager object. Can be null. Occurs when a property's value changes in this object. This event may not be thrown for some of the properties in BarItem. Take a look at the property's documentation to confirm whether this event will be thrown for a property. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. Do not use this property directly. Occurs when the Caption value changes in this object. Gets or sets user friendly bar's caption string, which appears when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog. This will appear as the caption when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog as the bar's identity. Gets or sets the bar's name. The bar's name. This will appear as the caption when is empty. The names of these different bars within the manager should be unique. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Gets or sets the merge order for the corresponding menu item in the toolbar list popup menu. The items in the context menu that show up with the list of toolbars when right-clicked in the menu area will be ordered based on this setting. Gets or sets the bar's style. One of the BarStyle values. The BarStyle will be used only when this bar is associated with a BarManager. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Indicates whether the toolbar items can be dragged out and into this bar by the user. True to allow user customizing; false otherwise. Default is true. Changing this property's value will fire the PropertyChanged event. Indicates whether the bar items in this toolbar will be reordered when the toolbar is shrunk to show more bar items. True to allow reordering; false otherwise. Default is true. Changing this property's value will fire the PropertyChanged event. Indicates whether this toolbar can be hidden by the user during runtime. True to allow user hiding; false otherwise. Default is true. Changing this property's value will fire the PropertyChanged event. Returns the BarItems list. The BarItems collection. You can add, remove and insert BarItems into this collection. Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. Gets or sets allow resize bar in floating mode. Generates the new ID based on the provided ID. The ID based on which to generate the new ID. The new ID. If "File" is passed the new ID will be "File_1". If "File_1" is passed, the new ID will be "File_2", etc. Indicates whether the specified ID could have been generated automatically. The ID to analyze. True if possibly auto generated; false otherwise. Handles the event. Provides data for the event. Provides data for TextBoxValueChanging Event Gets the previously selected ComboBoxBarItem Text. Gets the currently selected ComboBoxBarItem Text. Enable/Disable to update the TextBoxValue value when the selected item is changed in List Items. Delegate for the event. See the event for more information. Provides data for the TextBoxValueChange event. Handles the event. Provides data for the event. Gets or sets the corresponding Font object. The Font object returned will be font that will be used by default. Specifies the text alignment of the bar. Specifies that the contents of a text are aligned with the near. Specifies that the contents of a text are aligned with the far. Specifies that the contents of a text are aligned with the center. Represents the item that will expand to show the list of MDI Children in an MDI environment. You would typically use this item as a child in the Window submenu in the main menu bar of a . When its parent is dropped down, this item will be replaced by the list of MDI children currently being shown and optionally a "Windows..." item to show the whole list when the number of children is more than 10 (or as specified in the property. When the user clicks on one of the entries, the corresponding mdi child will be activated. Clicking on the "Windows..." item will open a dialog where the users can see all the available MDI child windows. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package\XPMenusMDI folder for usage example. Gets / sets the number of mdi child links to be shown in the expanded list before the \"More Items\" BarItem. Default is 10. State of changes propagation. Allows propagation of changes to collection from to underlying . Works only for SDI forms and MDI forms without MDI children forms. Returns the array of bars used to create this MergedBar. The MDI parent form's is always at index zero. Gets or sets user friendly bar's caption string, which appears when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog. This will appear as the caption when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog as the bar's identity. Clean up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Gets or sets the Active control Gets the Command bar dock border Gets the PaintEventArgs Gets the control bounds DockBarPaintEventHandler delegate UpdateType Enumerator Raised when ActiveWindowChanged Handles the BarControlBindingChanged event of a . The source of the event. A object that contains the event data. The MainFrameBarManager manages the application's main window's menus, tool bars and the user customization capabilities in the XP Menus framework. Make sure to take a look at the 's documentation before you start using this derived class. You should associate an instance of this class with a form that will be the main form in an MDI scenario or the single top-level form in an SDI scenario. Note that in an MDI scenario, optionally you can provide the prior knowledge of the all the child form types that it might parent, in order that the menus and tool bars provide a seamless interface to the user even though they are part of different child forms' BarManager. You do this using the MainFrameBarManager's method. If you do not call the RegisterMdiChildTypes method, the child menus will be added/merged with the parent menus as and when the child forms are added to the mdi parent. When using this class in a SDI Form, it is recommended that you put all your controls in the form within a with the DockStyle.Fill property set, so that they resize as the menu's height changes. This is necessary because the menus occupy the client area of the form. This is not necessary if you are using this in an MDI Container (IsMdiContainer property set to true). Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. The BarManager manages a form's menus and tool bars and lets it participate in the user-customization feature. The BarManager should contain a reference to all the BarItems ( property) that you intend to use in the associated form's menu structure and the tool bars. The BarItems should have a unique ID. The BarManager also has a list of tool bars ( property) associated with the form. There is a "Customize" verb associated with the BarManager's designer which will allow you to design your form's menu structure and tool bars visually during design-time without writing a single line of code. Use the "Activate Menus" verbs in the VS2003 designer in case the menus/toolbars don't respond to mouse clicks in the designer. The BarManager also allows you to set certain global settings like enabling user-customization, enable partial menus, enable large icon mode for tool bars, etc. You don't normally use this class directly. You would instead use one of the following derived classes based on your form type. Use a (for the main window in an MDI and SDI scenario) or a (for the child windows in an MDI scenario). Since the BarManager is a component derived class, you can simple drag and drop one of the above managers on your form during design-time to bind it to your form. When initializing one of the derived classes in code, make sure to call and . Note: A BarManager (ChildFrameBarManager or MainFrameBarManager) cannot be simultaneously used with a . Use the property to add generic tool bars to your form. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Indicates whether to show BarItem highlighted when mouse is moves over it. Indicates whether to show shadow for images. Indicates whether to show shadows for Popups. Specifies in milliseconds, the time after which an expanded partial menu will revert back to the collapsed state. Specify the time in milliseconds. Default is 5000. Default font style of the control Font which stored after changed in design Creates an instance of the BarManager class and sets its default properties. Begins the initialization of a that is used on a form. The Visual Studio .NET design environment uses this method to start the initialization of a component that is used on a form or used by another component. The method ends the initialization. Using the BeginInit and EndInit methods prevents the control from being used before it is fully initialized. Ends the initialization of a that is used on a form. The Visual Studio .NET design environment uses this method to end the initialization of a component that is used on a form or used by another component. The method starts the initialization. Using the BeginInit and EndInit methods prevents the control from being used before it is fully initialized. Overridden. See . Metrocolor MetroBackcolor Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Initializes from designer. Returns the bar associated with the bar ID. Returns the Bar from the Bar name. Name of the bar Bar object Returns the bar associated with the bar item ID. Returns the merged equivalent, if any, of a or when in MDI mode. Returns the merged ParentBarItem that has replaced the original in the menu structure. The original . The default return value if a merged ParentBarItem was not found. A ParentBarItem if a merged equivalent was found; defaultReturnValue otherwise. Often in an MDI scenario, ParentBarItems created during design-time in the MDI Parent and MDI children are merged together (if satisfying the merge criteria) into a new ParentBarItem which will replace the original in the menu structure. Once replaced changes made to the original ParentBarItem, like adding a new will not be reflected in the merged one. So, you should access the merged item directly to add child BarItems, for example. This method lets you do the same. Returns the merged bar that has replaced the original in the menu structure. The original . The default return value if a merged Bar was not found. A bar if a merged equivalent was found; defaultReturnValue otherwise. Often in an MDI scenario, bars created during design-time in the MDI Parent and MDI children are merged together (if satisfying the merge criteria) into a new bar which will replace the original in the menu structure. Once replaced changes made to the original bar, like adding a new will not be reflected in the merged one. So, you should access the merged bar directly to add child BarItems, for example. This method lets you do the same. Updates the container Parent control Source control Adjacent bar item Update type Update data of type object true if update info need to be kept Removes all references to that are not parented by this and are in the bars and ParentBarItems of this BarManager. Removes all the references for the bar item specified. Updates the bar items. Called when the attached Form is being removed. Called when a form is set using the Form property. Returns the CommandBarManager. Returns the CommandBar associated with the Bar object. The instance whose associated CommandBar is needed. The that the bar is currently bound to. Can be null. For an MDI app, this binding is very transient as the bar gets bound and unbound frequently as the active child form changes. Hence do not cache the CommandBar returned by this method. A far is usually bound to a CommandBar whenever the form containing the corresponding BarManager is active. The method will return null if the bar is not bound to a CommandBar at the time this method is called. As an alternative, consider listening to the event which occurs whenever the bar is bound/unbound to a . Refreshes the command bars after the designer has loaded. Attaches the command bars of the form Gets called when the form is loaded. (virtual method) Looks for bindable properties in each Baritem associated with manager and create a new PD entry for it. It then creates a brand new PDC combining the PDs of the originalList and the new entries and returns the new PDC. The original list. A collection of property descriptors. Imports s from one BarManager to another. Not to be confused with "MDI Merging". The source from which to import bar items. Note that the BarManager class implements the IBarItemsRepository interface, due to which you can import items from an instance of BarManager. This method will move all BarItems from the source BarManager to the destination BarManager. The BarItems will be moved into their corresponding categories in the destination BarManager. If there is a clash in Text value of these items (no 2 items within the same category can have the same Text value), a new category will be created and the clashing item from the source BarManager will be moved to that new category. Looks for a BarManager associated with the specified form in a global hashtable and if found returns it. A form that has a BarManager associated with it. The associated BarManager; Null if not found. A BarManager gets associated with a form when you create an instance of the BarManager passing in the form in it's constructor. Processes the command key reference Message. Key data of type Keys Checks whether the key can be processed for shortcut Key true if can process Starts or stops the Customization mode and opens the Customization dialog. True to start customization; false to stop. Call this method to start Customization mode by opening the Customization dialog. If EnableCustomizing is not true then this method will return immediately without starting customization. Starts or stops the Customization mode and opens the Customization dialog. designerHost is of type IDesignerHost. Makes the caret visible on the screen at the caret's current position. Removes the caret from the screen. Returns whether the control can start dragging. Returns a list of BarItems under the specified category ID. An index into the Categories list. A BarItems list containing BarItem objects that has the specified category ID. Gets merged bars. Sets form's property named "IsUsedWithBarManager" if form is of Office2007Form type. The new value for the property. The form whose property value will be set. Raises the event. A that contains the event data. The OnBarControlBindingChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBarControlBindingChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBarControlBindingChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the CustomizingItemChanged event. An object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnCustomizingItemChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCustomizingItemChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCustomizingItemChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the SelectedItemChanged event. An object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnSelectedItemChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelectedItemChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnSelectedItemChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the PropertyChanged event. An object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the CustomizationBegin event. An EventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnBeginCustomization method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeginCustomization in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeginCustomization method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the CustomizationDone event. An EventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnCustomizationDone method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCustomizationDone in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCustomizationDone method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the ItemClicked event. A object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnItemClicked method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemClicked in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemClicked method so that registered delegates receive the event. Raises the AfterClone event. A object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnAfterClone method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterClone in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterClone method so that registered delegates receive the event. // Listen to the AfterClone event of the ChildFrameBarManager and // set the cloned BarManager's ImageList and LargeImageList. // This is necessary because cloning an ImageList (il1.ImageStream = il2.ImageStream;) seems to be broken in 1.1. private void childFrameBarManager_AfterClone(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.BarManagerClonedEventArgs args) { System.Resources.ResourceManager resources = new System.Resources.ResourceManager(this.GetType()); // Load the images from the resource and set it to the ImageLists. // You can typically copy the right-hand side portion of the following statements from the // designer generated code in the InitializeComponent method. // imgList16 and imgList24 are the names of the ImageList instances in this Form. args.ClonedBarManager.ImageList.ImageStream = ((System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)(resources.GetObject("imgList16.ImageStream"))); args.ClonedBarManager.LargeImageList.ImageStream = ((System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)(resources.GetObject("imgList24.ImageStream"))); } ' Listen to the AfterClone event of the ChildFrameBarManager and ' set the cloned BarManager's ImageList and LargeImageList. ' This is necessary because cloning an ImageList (il1.ImageStream = il2.ImageStream;) seems to be broken in 1.1. Private Sub childFrameBarManager_AfterClone(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.BarManagerClonedEventArgs) Dim resources As System.Resources.ResourceManager = New System.Resources.ResourceManager(Me.GetType()) ' Load the images from the resource and set it to the ImageLists. ' You can typically copy the right-hand side portion of the following statements from the ' designer generated code in the InitializeComponent method. args.ClonedBarManager.ImageList.ImageStream = (CType((resources.GetObject("imgList16.ImageStream")), System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)) args.ClonedBarManager.LargeImageList.ImageStream = (CType((resources.GetObject("imgList24.ImageStream")), System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)) End Sub Assists the serializer to perform serialization Copies the properties of this BarManager into the specified BarManager. The BarManager where the values should be copied to. Returns the current working bar. BarItem contains in searched Bar. Parental Bar of specified BarItem. Returns the bar renderer from bar. Bar whose renderer should be returned. Bar renderer. Bar to currently work with. Shows popup of specified item. Parent bar item whose popup must be shown. Hides currently open popup. Retrieves BarItem object by associated keyboard shortcut. Keyboard shortcut. BarItem object. Indicates whether to highlight BarItem when mouse moves over it. Indicates whether to show shadow for BarItem's images. Gets or Sets the metrocolor Gets or Sets the metrobackcolor Indicates whether to show shadows for Popups. Indicates whether the events for the BarItems should be fired mfc style when the mouse moves over it or before it gets shown in a dropdown menu. True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. Indicates whether the BarItems in this BarManager should appear in the Customization dialog that the user invokes. True to indicate they should appear; false otherwise. Default is true. If the value is true, some of the BarItems will still not appear if their corresponding categories are excluded in the CategoriesToIgnoreInCustDialog list. If the value is false, then none of the BarItems will appear in the dialog irrespective of the settings in the CategoriesToIgnoreInCustDialog property. Gets or sets the delay in days after which an item's recently used setting will be reset. Specifies the delay after which an item's recently used setting will be reset. Default value is 100 days. When a user selects an item in a partial menus enabled submenu and if the item is not a recently used item, the item will be marked as recently used (its IsRecentlyUsedItem property will be true) for the time-interval specified by this property. After this time-interval the property will be reset to false. Enables or disables Partial Menus mode in submenus. Indicates whether the Partial Menus mode should be enabled or disabled globally in all the parent items associated with this BarManager. Default is true. Enables or disables customization of menus and toolbars during run-time. Indicates whether customization of menus and tool bars is allowed during run-time. This property is true by default. If this property is set to false and if the Customize method gets called, then it will not start the customization mode. If this property is true and the is set to false, then users will be able to customize their menus, but the customized state will not be persisted for use across application instantiations. Enables or disables automatic expansion of the partial menus into full menus after a delay. Indicates whether the partial menus should be expanded automatically. This is true by default. If this property is false the user will have to click on the expander button to view the full menu. If true the menu will expand automatically after 5 seconds. Used to store the positional information of the tool bars by the designer. This property is used by the BarManager's designer to store positional information of the contained tool bars. In the case of the MainFrameBarManager, this information will be used to initialize the corresponding tool bars during runtime and design time. In the case of the ChildFrameBarManager, this information will be used to position the tool bars only during design-time. The structure of the MemoryStream is internal to this library and hence do not try to set/get this property. Gets or sets a user-friendly name that will be used to refer to a form type in the Customization dialog. Specifies the user-friendly name that will be used to refer to a form type in the Customization dialog. In an MDI scenario the Customization dialog categorizes the tool bars and bar items based on their BarManager/Form type. And its recommended to provide a user-friendly name for these BarManager/Form types. If this property is null or empty, then the form type will be used to mark these BarManagers/Forms. Gets the customization dialog. Indicates whether the customization dialog is created or not. Indicates whether the user is currently customizing the menus. You will typically not have to use this property. Advanced users while extending the BarManager framework might find this property useful. Indicates whether the DndCustomizing is true or false. (virtual property) Reflects the RightToLeft setting of the form this BarManager is attached to. One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets the item that is currently selected by the user through the mouse or keyboard. Gets or sets the item that is currently being selected or dragged by the user during customization. You will typically not have to use this property. Advanced users while extending the BarManager framework might find this property useful. Changing this property's value will throw the CustomizingItemChanged event. Returns the list of bars representing the toolbars for the corresponding form. Specifies the list of tool bars associated with this BarManager. The BarManager's designer takes care of filling this list with one entry for each tool bar. Returns the list of categories defined in this BarManager, under which the BarItems will be grouped. The entries in this list are strings representing the category names. The CategoryID property of the BarItems in this BarManager's Items list is an index into this Categories list. Also, the items in the CategoriesToIgnoreInCustDialog list are indices into this Categories list. The BarItems when added to a BarManager are identified by the framework based on their CategoryID and Text property. When these two properties combined is not unique for a BarItem within the BarManager then an exception will be thrown during runtime. Returns the list of BarItems associated with this BarManager. Specifies the list of BarItems associated with this BarManager. Every item that needs to be part of the form's menu structure/tool bar should be included in this list. When included in this list, the BarItem's CategoryID and Text property, combined, should be unique. Gets or sets the central repository of images to which the BarItems refer to when in small icons mode. Specifies the ImageList where the images that will be used by the BarItems are stored (when in small icons mode). The BarItem's ImageIndex property is usually an index into this ImageList. However, if the BarItem has its own ImageList then its ImageIndex property will be an index into that ImageList. Gets or sets the central repository of images to which the BarItems refer to when in small icons mode. Gets or sets the central repository of images to which the BarItems refer to when in large icons mode. Specifies the ImageList where the images that will be used by the BarItems are stored (when in large icons mode). The BarItem's ImageIndex property is usually an index into this ImageList. However, if the BarItem has its own ImageList then its ImageIndex property will be an index into that ImageList. The ImageListAdv to which the BarItems refer to when in large icons mode. Gets or sets the ImageList to which the BarItems refer to when disabled. The ImageListAdv to which the BarItems refer to when disabled. Gets or sets the ImageList to which the BarItems refer to when disabled and using LargeIcons mode. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which the BarItems refer to when disabled and using LargeIcons mode. Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when pressed. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when pressed. Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when pressed. Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when pressed. Returns the categories that should not be shown in the Customization Dialog. The IntList instance containing a list of category indices. The indices in this list refer to an item in the Categories list. Note that this list will be consulted only when the ShowItemsInCustomizationDialog property is true. Enables or disables LargIcons mode for items in the tool bar. Indicates whether the images in the tool bar should be drawn large or small. The default value is false. When in small icons mode, the images are of the size specified by the BarItem's ImageList's ImageSize property. When in large icons mode, the images are of the size specified by the BarItem's LargeImageList's ImageSize property. Gets or sets the form to which this BarManager is associated with. Specifies the form to which this BarManager is associated with. BarManagers should be associated with a form in order for the form to be adorned with menus and tool bars. Returns the MainFrameBarManager if this is a ChildFrameBarManager. Specifies the MainFrameBarManager if this is a ChildFrameBarManager. If this is a MainFrameBarManager then the property will return this. If this BarManager is not associated with an mdi child form then this property will return null. Gets or sets the current base form type. Gets or sets the visual style of the toolbars and main-menus in this . A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. Note that this setting will be ignored when is turned on and themes are available in the OS. Also note that setting VisualStyle.Default will result in the same effect as VisualStyle.OfficeXP. Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Indicates whether the BarItems should check for ActiveForm before displaying tooltip. Workaround for using from MFC applications. Occurs when the floating bar gets closed Occurs when reset BarItem is clicked. Occurs when bar visibility is changed by the user. Occurs when a object is bound or unbound to a Control. The component (representing a toolbar and a main-menu) gets associated with a control during runtime. This binding is static in an SDI app, but usually very transient in an MDI application. In an MDI, a bar will frequently get bound and unbound to controls as the active child form changes. The object itself exposes some styles to affect the look-and-feel of the toolbars through it's property. However, you might want to access the control hosting the object for some advanced customization of the toolbar. You can do so by handling this event which is fired whenever the bar object gets bound/unbound to a Control. For the toolbars and the main-menu, this control is an instance of the class and hence can be cast to it. You could also use the method to get the currently bound to a . Occurs when the BarManager's CustomizingItem property has changed. This event will also be raised when it's associated MainBarManager's CustomizingItem property changes. Occurs when a new is selected or unselected by the user. This is a good event to listen to if you want to, for example, show a selected item's tooltip in the status bar. Use the property to get a reference to the selected . Occurs when the BarManager's LargeIcons or ThemesEnabled property has changed. This event will also be raised when it's associated MainBarManager's LargeIcons or ThemesEnabled property changes. Occurs when the Customization dialog is about to be shown. Occurs when the Customization dialog has been closed. Occurs when one of the items in this BarManager was clicked. Occurs after a clone of this BarManager was created in an MDI scenario.

This is usually called for a when merging happens in an MDI scenario.

This event is provided to workaround a 1.1 framework bug which prevents us from cloning an ImageList (The code "imageList.ImageStream = anotherImageList.ImageStream" doesn't work in 1.1).

Indicates whether bar manager is in process of initializing, i.e. was called first time. Indicates whethr to hide Popups on form deactivation. Default is true. Indicates whether to ignore working area of the display before showing popups. Internal field, not meant to be used directly. Default font style of the control Font which stored after changed in design Font for BarItems. Name of the MDI Children form which needs save state. Automatic scaling for control. specifies the bar's child control's visibility. This method is called when the user hides a using the "Add or Remove Buttons" context menu of the toolbar. The that has been made visible or hidden in the specified bar. The corresponding . Indicates whether to show or hide the BarItem in the bar. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the MainFrameBarManager class. Creates a new instance of the MainFrameBarManager class and sets its Form property. The form to associate this manager with. Creates a new instance of the MainFrameBarManager class and sets its Form property. The logical container. The form to associate this manager with. Called by the to determine if user-customization info is available in the specified serializer. An instance. True if available; false otherwise. Initializes the drag and drop customization. Serves to end the drag and drop customization. Reset the BarVisible property. Serializing the BarVisible property. Raises the ProvidePersisteceID event. An ProvidePersistenceIDEventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. The OnProvidePresistenceID method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvidePresistenceID in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvidePresistenceID method so that registered delegates receive the event. Indicates the bar item's visibility. Checks whether the bar item is customizable. Bar item to be checked. True if the bar item is customizable Saves the current toolbars state information to the specified persistence medium, for toolbars which relate to form. Gets a value indicating whether the relate to . Gets CommandBars which relate to form. Update the CommandBars's state for toolbars which relate to form. Checks whether the key can be processed for shortcut Processes the command key. Forces to execute shortcuts in menus when child forms are opened. In this case standard ProcessMnemonic doesn't raise. TRUE if processed; FALSE otherwise. Checks whether the message being passed is a pre-filtered message. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Checks whether the child type is a registered type. Gets called when the form is loaded. control Event arguments Registers the MDI child form types that could be created during the course of an MDI application. An array of Form types. Explicit MDI Merging: Calling this method merges the menus and toolbars of the child forms with that of the main form (in an MDI scenario), immediately. The toolbars from the child forms will then be available in the "Toolbars List" for user-customization. You should call this in either your MDI Parent Form's constructor or Load event handler. This method is intended to support the following scenario. In an MDI app, you might want the XPMenus framework to merge the child form types's menus and toolbars that the MDI Parent will be parented to during the course of the application, even before the child forms are visible. Doing so will then present a seemless interface to the user with the toolbars and menus from all the different child form types being available for user-customization, all the time. Also a dummy instance of the child form types will be created at this time to retrieve the bar items, requiring the child types to include a default constructor. Take a look at our User's Guide (section MDI Merging) for more information on how the , and the properties of BarItems influence the merge behavior of those BarItems. Automatic MDI Merging: If you do not call this method explicitly with your child form types, the framework will call it for you when a child form (with XPMenus) gets loaded and then automatically unregister (using the method) the child form type when all the corresponding instances of the child type are closed. Delayed MDI Merging: Sometimes you will dynamically load new child form types into your MDI. In such cases you could optionally call this method in a later stage after you access these new types and before instances of such types get parented by the MDI parent. If you do not call this method, the child's menus will still be merged (see above "Automatic MDI Merging"), but they will be removed when the child form is closed. In such dynamic child-form loading scenarios, you might also not know whether your child forms are associated with a ChildFrameBarManager in order for you to register such types using this method. You can determine that using the method. Use the UnregisterMdiChildTypes method to "unmerge" toolbars and menus from one or more child form types. Take a look at the method reference for more information. Will be thrown if either of the types in the array is not derived from the Form class, if either of the types do not have a default constructor, if the passed in types do not have a ChildFrameBarManager associated with them or if the form associated with this MainFrameBarManager is not an MdiContainer. Re-registers forms that have been unregistered with a call to . The child form that needs to be re-registered.

Use this method in the context of "Automatic MDI Merging" (see for more information). In that context, you can use this method, for example, to merge/unmerge the menus of a child form while it is active. The steps to do so are as follows:

Add a show a new mdi child form to the mdi parent. The menus defined in the mdi child form (using a ) will be merged automatically with that of the main form. Add and show one or more instances of the same child form type, if necessary. Call to unregister this child form type. Then the menus defined in these child forms will be unmerged from the mdi parent's menu structure. Call ReRegisterMdiChild one of these child forms to re-register this child form type. Then, the menus of all these child forms will be merged with the mdi parent's menus, once again.
Removes the merging of one or more child form types. An array of form types. Indicates whether main form is forcedly redrawn after unregistering types of MDI child forms. This is an advanced method that lets you "unmerge" menus and toolbars from the child types that were either manually-registered using the method or auto-registered when new instances of such types were created (see the RegisterMdiChildTypes method for more information on manual and auto registration). You can "remerge" the child form's menus with a call to . Removes the merging of one or more child form types. An array of form types. This is an advanced method that lets you "unmerge" menus and toolbars from the child types that were either manually-registered using the method or auto-registered when new instances of such types were created (see the RegisterMdiChildTypes method for more information on manual and auto registration). You can "remerge" the child form's menus with a call to . Removes all the references of the specific bar item. Removes all the references to the items in the specified manager. Resets the toolbar positions to the default designer set positions. Calling this method will move the toolbars to the designer set positions. Note that this applies only the toolbars in the not the ones in the (that manages a MDI Child). This is because the toolbars in an mdi child do not have any positional information associated with them. Reads the previously serialized toolbar or menu states. A reference to the instance. Reads the persisted information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. This is an advanced method provided to let you customize the serialization path. By default, the framework will automatically store the user customized menu and toolbar information in the Isolated Storage (this would however be controlled by the AutoPersistCustomization and AutoLoadToolBarPositions settings). Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. A reference to the instance. This method is not public because loading and saving of the user customized info needs to be performed at a specific time and the framework doesn't support calling this method at any other time. To customize this persistence mechanism, please override this method and provide a custom instance. Saves the current toolbars or menus state information to the specified persistence medium. A reference to the instance. Saves the persisted information into the specified persistent store. This is an advanced method that lets you save the customized state of menus and toolbars into a custom persistence location. By default, the framework will handle saving and loading this information automatically. Saves the user customized information to the specified persistence medium. A reference to the instance. This method is not public because loading and saving of the user customized info needs to be performed at a specific time and the framework doesn't support calling this method at any other time. To customize this persistence mechanism, please override this method and provide a custom instance. Resets recently used items list. Resets the container. Resets user customization done to this item. A instance. True if the reset was done immediately; false if the reset will happen during next application load. Changes will be seen only when the application is restarted. Removes the previously added change image BarUpdateinfo. The bar item. This method will be called when the user inserted an item into a or during runtime using customization. The that has been inserted into the container. The next to which the above item has been inserted. The or into which the soruceItem is being inserted. Indicates whether the sourceItem is inserted before or after the adjacentItem. This method will be called when the user removed a in a or during runtime customization. The that was removed. The or from which the sourceItem was removed. Records the bar caption. Source bar Caption Records modified caption. Records recently used item clicked. Adds custom parent menu. unique id to be used for this menu Serves to remove the custom menu. Adds the custom bar. Bar Name Serves to remove the custom bar. Specifies whether the bar can be deleted by the user. Bar to be checked True if the bar can be deleted by user, else returns false. Performs the actions required while the form being closed. Performs the actions required while the form gets activated. Performs the actions required while the form gets deactivated. Note: updateBars lets you optionally delay the updation of the bars in OnFormActivated. Saves the user customized information. Saves data only when property is set tofalse. Saves the user customized information to the specified persistence medium. Saves data only when property is set tofalse. Saves the user customized information to the specified persistence medium. Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. The state serializer. if set to true, method also load bars' state. Loads data only when property is set tofalse. Loads the user customized information. Loads data only when property is set tofalse. Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. The state serializer. Loads bars' state. Loads data only when property is set tofalse. Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. The state serializer. if set to true, method also load bars' state. Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. The state serializer. Loads bars' state. Creates a clone of this MainFrameBarManager instance. An object that has similar properties to this MainFrameBarManager. Creates a new instance of MainFrameBarManager and calls the method to copy over properties. Overloaded. Converts specified point in screen coordinates to point in hosted form client coordinates, excluding Command Bars Bounds. Converts specified point in screen coordinates to point in hosted formclient coordinates, excluding Command Bars Bounds. Synchronously suspends redrawing of dock bars. Synchronously resumes redrawing of dock bars. Gets or sets font for BarItems. Gets or sets LockHostedFormForMDIChanges Gets or sets the ActiveChildBarManager Gets or sets the Form. (overridden property) Gets or sets the UserControl that will be used in the Customization dialog to allow the end user to customize the menu structure. Specifies the UserControl that will be used in the Customization dialog to allow the end user to customize the application's menu structure. This property allows you to provide a custom look for the customization dialog in your application. To do so, derive a class from the default CustomizationPanel class (the Visual Studio make this a snap using the "Add/Add Inherited Control..." menu item in the Solution Explorer view, even providing your derived class with a design time to work with), instantiate that class and assign that instance to this property, all this from within your form's constructor. Gets or sets delay in milliseconds before the displayed DropDown on ToolBar gets closed. Indicates whether the user-customization info is available in a persisted state due to a previous run of this application. True if it available; False otherwise. If the application is run for the very first time then user-customization info will not be available and this method will return false. For subsequent runs, this method will return true if the user-customization info persistence is turned on through the property, false otherwise. Indicates whether to use themes ("visual styles") to draw certain portions of the menus and toolbars. True to turn on themes; false otherwise. Setting this to true will include the BarStyle.RotateWhenVertical in all the bars currently in the manager. Gets or sets the selected bar item. (overridden property) Overridden. See . Gets the DndCustomizing behaviour Indicates whether, on application shutdown all persisted information should be reset. Note that setting this property will reset the persisted information only when application is shutdown and so the reset state will be seen only when the application is restarted (not as soon as this property is set). Overridden. See . Returns a list of CommandBar instances that will be merged with the XP Menus framework. Use this property to add generic command bars (containing custom controls) to the XP Menus framework. During design-time you can do the same by invoking the "Add Detached Bar" verb in the MainFrameBarManager designer. Indicates whether to automatically load the persisted toolbar positions when the application is restarted. True to automatically load the toolbar positions; false if not. Indicates whether user should be allowed to change the names of the menu items during runtime. True to allow renaming; false otherwise. Specifies the visibility of the CommandBars. Indicates whether to persist and load user-customized info from or to isolated storage. True to persist; false otherwise. If this property is set to false, persisted user-customized information will neither be loaded nor will new information be persisted in isolated storage. Existing information in the isolated storage will also be destroyed. To control persistence of toolbar positions, use the property. Users can still customize their menus and toolbars with this flag off, but their changes will not be persisted when the application is closed. Use to prevent users from customizing. To prevent loading of user-customized information, this property should be either set (to false) using the designer or set in your form's constructor before calling the method. Overridden. See . Returns the list of ChildFrameBarManagers associated with this MainFrameBarManager. Specifies the list of ChildFrameBarManagers associated with this MainFrameBarManager. This list will be an instance of each form type specified in the RegisterMDIChildTypes call. Returns the main-menu toolbar in the form. A object. Can be null. During design-time a is designated as the main-menu by including the IsMainMenu enum in the property. However, during runtime, a new instance is created by merging the main-menus of the mdi container and all the mdi children. This merged main-menu is exposed through this property. You can modify insert items into the main-menu during runtime in code, if necessary, through this bar. Merging takes place when you call or when the form gets activated. If you call this property before merging takes place then the in the collection with the property containing the IsMainMenu enum will be returned. Will return null, if no such bar exists. Indicates if activating menu should activate parent form. Gets or sets name of the MDI Children form which needs save state. Gets or sets a value indicating whether brought the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. Gets or sets the automatic scaling for control. Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information of different instances of your Form type. The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single MainFrameBarManager in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information of different instances of your Form type. The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single CommandBarController in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. Occurs while the dock bar background is being drawn. Occurs when is changed. Indicates whether to automatically load user's customization data when form is activating. Indicates whether to automatically save user's customization data when form is closing. The ChildFrameBarManager manages the menus and tool bars of a child window (in an MDI scenario), in the XP Menus framework. Make sure to take a look at the class's documentation before you start using this derived class. Always associate an instance of this class with a form that will be parented to another form (making it a child Form in an MDI scenario). Note that in an MDI scenario, optionally you can provide the prior knowledge of the all the child form types that it might parent, in order that the menus and tool bars provide a seamless interface to the user even though they are part of different child forms' BarManager. You do this via the MainFrameBarManager's method. If you do not call the RegisterMdiChildTypes method, the child menus will be added/merged with the parent menus as and when the child forms are added to the mdi parent. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the ChildFrameBarManager class. The form to which this instance will be associated. Creates a new instance of the ChildFrameBarManager class. The logical container parenting this instance. The form to which this instance will be associated. Creates an instance of the ChildFrameBarManager and sets it's defaults. Creates a clone of this ChildFrameBarManager instance. An object that has similar properties to this ChildFrameBarManager. Creates a new instance of ChildFrameBarManager and calls the method to copy over properties. Gets the Object data. (overridden method) Indicates whether the component should draw right-to-left for RTL languages. (overridden property) Bar changed event handler delegate Returns the Bar that was closed. The event args received in the and events. This is the type of the EventArgs received in the >Form.MenuStart and Form.MenuComplete events when the XPMenus framework is used in the form to show the main-menu and context menus. Currently this type doesn't include any properties, it just lets you distinguish between the .NET menus and the XPMenus in the Form.MenuStart and Form.MenuComplete events. Holds a list of instances. Used by a class to hold a list of bar instances representing the tool bars. Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder for usage example. Creates a new instance of the Bars class. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Returns a bar instance at the specified index. The index where a bar is searched for. The bar at the specified index. Move the BarItems from the source to the destination. Returns the Bar object using the BarName. Returns the MainMenu in the BarManager Returns the Category Index of a particular Category.If the Category is not available it creates a new Category and returns the Index of the new Category. Provides data for the event. A BarControlBindingChangedArgs specifies which object is being bound/unbound to a control as specified by the . Returns the Bar whose binding was changed. Returns the nature of change in Control binding. Specifies the nature of change in control binding. The component is being unbound from a toolbar control. The component is being bound to a control. Handles the event of the BarManager component in XP Menus framework. The source of the event. A that contains the event data. Provides data for the event. Creates a new instance of the BarManagerClonedEventArgs type. The manager that was cloned. Returns the BarManager that was just cloned. Specifies the UserControl that will be used in the XP Menus Customization dialog to allow the end user to customize the application's menu structure. Derive from this UserControl and customize by adding more controls, if necessary, during design-time. Then use the property to let the framework use your custom control. Required designer variable. Required designer variable. Creates a new instance of the CustomizationPanel class. Initializes the CustomizationPanel object. The dialog where this control is hosted. The BarManager that this control is customizing. This method will be called to initialize the CustomizationPanel and pass its references to the above objects. Inheritors could override this function and perform custom initialization at this time. When you override this function make sure to call the base class for proper initialization. Called when the dialog in which this control is hosted is closing. Inheritors can override this function to perform custom clean up. Make sure to call the base class when you override this function for proper clean up. Cleans up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Called when the dialog in which this control is hosted is loaded. This virtual is available for inheritors to override and perform custom initialization. Make sure to call the base class when you override. Called when the dialog in which this control is hosted is either made visible or hidden. This virtual is available for inheritors to override and perform custom operations. Make sure to call the base class when you override. Refresh items layout in menu grid. The IDesignerHost interface in which the BarManager is hosted during design time. A reference to an object implementing the IDesignerHost interface. This will be called only when the BarManager is customized in design mode. Initializes menus for faster dropdown-the first time. Gets / sets a custom type representing the drop-down menus. A type deriving from MenuGrid. Default is null. Specify null to make the framework use the default type. The data passed to the drag drop handlers while dragging a BarItem during User Customization. Summary description for MenuGridControlBaseWeakContainer. Gets pen for border of the selected item amenably with VisualStyle. Get BrushInfo for column amenably with VisualStyle. Get BrushInfo for highlighted item amenably with VisualStyle. Get BrushInfo for static item amenably with VisualStyle. Updates color schemes. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Indicates whether host OS is Vista. Gets or Sets, scroll items in menu, when mouse moves over scroll buttons. Current highlighted . Indicates whether must be drawing highlight background. Indicates whether must be drawing highlight background. Default offset for right-ot-left drawing. Gets adjusted rectangle for button. Gets rectangle of the gradient brush for fill ComboButton. Gets rectangle for arrow of the ComboButton. Draws DropDown arrow. Indicates whether must be drawing highlight background. Indicates whether the drop-down is currently dropped-down and visible. Gets color of the combo button amenably with VisualStyle. Gets brush of the highligh combo button amenably with VisualStyle. Gets brush of the combo button amenably with VisualStyle. Gets pen for border of the combo button amenably with VisualStyle. Default glyph height. Default glyph width. Gets pen for separator line amenably with VisualStyle. Gets pen for separator amenably with VisualStyle. Gets pen for border of the check mark amenably with VisualStyle. Gets color of the check mark amenably with VisualStyle. Gets color of the selected check mark amenably with VisualStyle. Summary description for MenuArrowButtonControlWeakContainer. Gets color for background of the highlight arrow amenably with VisualStyle. Update colors of the colorscheme. Gets rectangle for arrow. Draws double arrow. Drawa single arrow. Draws border for arrow. Draws arrow for default style. Draws arrow for Office2003 style. Draws arrow for VS2005 style. Draws arrow for Office2007Outlook style. Update colors of the colorscheme. Sets drawing region. Prepares layout of popup host and hosted menu control before showing UI. Hosted menu control. Predered size of popup. Indicates whether partial menus are used. Updated szie of popup. Gets GridBorder amenably with VisualStyle. This class allows users to draw menu for Office2007 visual style. Radius for rounded polygon. Arrow height. Arrow width. Default offset for RightToLeft drawing. Blend for highlighted item of the menu. Blend for top part background pushed comboButton of the menu. Blend for bottom part background pushed comboButton of the menu. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets modified color. Gets rounded polygon. Gets rounded polygon for menu. Gets rectangle for arrow. Gets arrow polygon. Draws arrow for ComboButton. Draws arrow. Draws highlight ComboButton. Draws ComboButton when ComboBox is highlighted. Draws ComboButton when ComboBox popup menu is visible. Draws TextBox item of the menu. Draws ComboButton for ComboBox of the menu. Draws check mark for menu. Draws background for highlighted item of the menu. Draws border for highlighted item of the menu. Draws border for menu. Draws column background of the menu. Draws button for DropDownBarItem of the menu. Draws button for parentBarItem of the menu. Gets rounded region for menu. Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. This class allows users to draw menu for Office2010 visual style. Radius for rounded polygon. Arrow height. Arrow width. Default offset for RightToLeft drawing. Blend for highlighted item of the menu. Blend for top part background pushed comboButton of the menu. Blend for bottom part background pushed comboButton of the menu. Color table for Office2010 visual style. Gets modified color. Gets rounded polygon. Gets rounded polygon for menu. Gets rectangle for arrow. Gets arrow polygon. Draws arrow for ComboButton. Draws arrow. Draws highlight ComboButton. Draws ComboButton when ComboBox is highlighted. Draws ComboButton when ComboBox popup menu is visible. Draws TextBox item of the menu. Draws ComboButton for ComboBox of the menu. Draws check mark for menu. Draws background for highlighted item of the menu. Draws border for highlighted item of the menu. Draws border for menu. Draws column background of the menu. Draws button for DropDownBarItem of the menu. Draws button for parentBarItem of the menu. Gets rounded region for menu. Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. To Set ParentBarItem BackColor ParentBarItem BackColor Provides the extended "XPContextMenu" property and manages the activation of Context Menus () in the XP Menus framework. Using this class you can easily associate a control with a . This class provides an extended property "XPContextMenu" through which you can associate a for any control on your form. Once set, the PopupMenusManager will automatically show the PopupMenu when the user right-clicks on the control. Note that when this component is disposed, it will not dispose any of the associated control or PopupMenus. Take a look at our XPToolbarsAndContextMenus sample under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package\ folder for usage example. To associate a control with a use the SetXPContextMenu method in code as follows: this.popupMenusManager1.SetXPContextMenu(this.richTextBox1, this.popupMenu2); Me.popupMenusManager1.SetXPContextMenu(Me.richTextBox1, Me.popupMenu2) Ignore working area when menu begin popup. Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the PopupMenusManager class. Creates a new instance of the PopupMenusManager class and adds itself to the specified container. The container into which to add. This constructor is used at design-time to add a component to the form's IContainer field so that it gets disposed when the form gets disposed. Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Associates a PopupMenu with a control. The control to associate with. The PopupMenu to associate. Null to remove any association with the control. The PopupMenusManager will automatically show the PopupMenu when the user right clicks on the control. Returns the associated PopupMenu of the control. The control whose PopupMenu is required. Indicates whether the ParentForm property is to be serialized. Specifies whether to ignore the working area. Gets or sets the ParentForm for responding when parent form is a modal dialog. Serves to listen to the command keys and popup events. manager != null means the PopupMenusManager is using this instance. form and control above will be the same instance. form != null means the BarManager is using this instance. When this is != null the tabbedMDIManager is expecting the ProcessCmdKey calls The position where the context menu should be shown. Adds the tool bar to an array list. Disposes of the resources, other than memory, used by the . Displays the popup menu. Gets the PopMenusManager Gets or sets the main menu form. Gets or sets the tabbed MDI manager. The XPMenusProvider class implements the interface and serves as the menu provider for the Syncfusion Essential Tools XPMenus. Controls that have a object set as their menu provider will display a instance. Creates an instance of the class. Gets the ContextMenu items Count. Indicates whether "Add or Remove buttons" is needed. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Clears all menu entries. Gets context menu instance. Occurs when menu is popped up. Occurs when menu is collapsed. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Summary description for NewBarItemDialog. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Provides designer like context menu support for a PropertyGrid during runtime.

This derived menu has a "Reset" menu item, which automatically provides the property-resetting service when made the context-menu of a , during runtime. It also includes a "Description" menu item to let you show/hide the description portion of the property grid. Just as in the VS.Net property grid.

To use this component, just create it passing the PropertyGrid in the constructor. The context menu will then start appearing for that PropertyGrid. There is no design time support for this component.

Creates a new instance of the PropertyGridPopupMenu. The to which this will be made a context menu. This class allows users to simply draw chevron button with different Themes and Styles. Chevron button border width. Draws chevron button. Graphics object to draw on. Chevron button bounds. Visual style to draw chevron with. Button state to draw chevron with. Indicates whether to draw chevron in RightToLeft mode. Draws highlighted chevron background with specified style, button state and themes used. Draws chevron arrows with specified style. Blends 30% of menu selection color. Draws highlighted chevron background in Office2003 style. Draws highlighted chevron background in VS2005 style. Draws highlighted chevron background using Themes. Draws common highlighted chevron background, if Style and Themes are not used. Draws chevron arrows using Office2003 style. Draws chevron arrows using Themes or default style. The XPToolBar class provides you a tool bar like look-and-feel that you can use outside the XPMenus framework to display BarItems. The XP tool bar look-and-feel is becoming so popular that they are beginning to get used outside of the form's menu structure, inside the forms. A good example is the PropertyGrid control that uses this look and feel to provide users some command buttons at the top (the Categorized/Alphabetic button, etc.). This XPToolBar makes it easy for you to get this tool bar look-and-feel outside the BarManager framework. Drop this control anywhere in your form and fill the items list with BarItems. You can also insert separators using the BeginGroupAt method. In code, you can initialize an XPToolBar as follows: XPToolBar xpToolBar1; // Create a new tool bar control. XPToolBar xptoolbar2 = new XPToolBar(); // Add some one or more instances of BarItem to it. xptoolbar2.Items.AddRange(new BarItem[]{this.barItem1, this.barItem2, this.barItem3}); // Setup a separator. xptoolbar2.BeginGroupAt(this.barItem2); // Set its position and add it to the Form. xptoolbar2.Dock = DockStyle.Top; xptoolbar2.Size = new Size(200, 30); this.Controls.Add(xptoolbar2); Dim xpToolBar1 As XPToolBar ' Create a new tool bar control. Dim xptoolbar2 As New XPToolBar() ' Add some one or more instances of BarItem to it. xptoolbar2.Items.AddRange(New BarItem() {Me.barItem1, Me.barItem2, Me.barItem3}) ' Setup a separator. xptoolbar2.BeginGroupAt(Me.barItem2) ' Set its position and add it to the Form. xptoolbar2.Dock = DockStyle.Top xptoolbar2.Size = New Size(200, 30) Me.Controls.Add(xptoolbar2) Indicates whether to use show chevron if not all BarItems are visible. Indicates whether to show BarItem highlighted when mouse is moves over it. Indicates whether items of the XPToolBar will be draws Horizontal when XPToolBar is vertical docked. Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Color table for Office2010 visual style. Color table for Office2007 visual style. Default size of the control Default font style of the control Font which stored after changed in design Initializes a new instance of the XPToolBar class. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. value to scale the factor based upon. Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface Sets dock style for renderer. Gets correctly size for XPToolBar Gets correctly location for XPToolBar Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overrides the ShouldPreProcessTab method. Overridden. See . Forces BarItem to fire The ItemClick event, when specified shortcut for this BarItem entered by the user. Shortcut to process. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Lets you specify a separator in the BarItems list. The separator will be just before the specified BarItem. A BarItem present in the Items list. Removes the separator just before this BarItem. A BarItem present in the Items list. Indicates whether a separator is drawn just before the specified BarItem. A BarItem present in the Items list. True if there is a separator; false if not. Overridden. See . Draws background for Office2003 visual style. Draws background for VS2005 visual style. Draws background for Office2007 visual style. Draws background for Office2010 visual style. Specified whether themed background of the parent control will be drawn. Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Overridden. See . Shows the popup of the specified item. Parent bar item to show popup items. Hides the currently open popup. Indicates whether to show chevron. Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 Indicates whether to highlight BarItem when mouse moves over it. Gets or sets a value indicating whether items of the XPToolBar will be draws Horizontal when XPToolBar is vertical docked. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. Indicates whether the events for the BarItems should be fired MFC style on Application.Idle. True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. Take a look at event description for more information on when and how this pattern should be used. Indicates whether the BarItems should check for ActiveForm before displaying tooltip. Workaround for using from MFC applications. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. Read only. Gets the invisible BarItems that are hidden in the popup when the ShowChevron is set to true. Array or BarItems. Should be used when ShowChevron is set to true Returns the collection of BarItem objects associated with this XPToolBar. A BarItems collection that represents the list of BarItem objects stored in the XPToolBar. You can use this property to obtain a reference to the list of bar items that are currently stored in the XPToolBar. With the reference to the collection of bar items for the XPToolBar (provided by this property), you can add and remove bar items, determine the total number of bar items and clear the list of bar items from the collection. The following example code adds three bar items to the XPToolBar. private void Form_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { this.barControl1.Items.Add(this.barItem1); this.barControl1.Items.Add(this.barItem2); this.barControl1.Items.Add(this.parentBarItem1); } Advanced property, meant for use at design-time. Do not use this property directly. Advanced property, meant for use at design-time. Do not use this property directly. Gets / sets the background color, gradient and other styles of the toolbar. The provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. This property is used only when XP Themes is disabled through the property or when themes are inactive in the OS. Indicates whether the images from the of the s should be used while drawing the BarItems. True to use the large image list; false to use the default image list. Default value is false. Make sure that a large image list is associated with the BarItem when you set this property to true. Exceptions will be thrown otherwise. gets the separator indices. Returns the preferred size based on the current settings. A instance. Provides information, whether popup is ignoring working area of the display before showing. This renderer is used to draw toolbar with chevron. Angle to rotate transform for vertical algnment. Used to determine invisible items count. ToolBar this renderer is rendering. Used to determine state of chevron button. Indicates whether chevron button is still pushed. Invisible items are displayed in this menu if chevron button is pressed. Creates a new instance of this class. Converts the point in screen coordinates to client coordinates. The point to convert. Point in client coordinates. Shows menu with hidden items. Returns the appropriate chevron button state, according to mouse position and whether the mouse button pushed. Mouse Position in client coordinates. True for mouse button pushed state; false otherwise. Gets rotated rectangle. Occurs when chevron button is pushed. Returns the menu, hidden items are shown in, when chevron is pressed.